This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http : //books . google . com/
I GENERAL LIBRARY \
I University of Michigan
:^ [L
^ Presented by [l
J f'.i
:.^J\QeL .''X\|^.iL^XaJ^ c,
190^35
Digitized by
Google
.U4
/
I-
f^ ^
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
^ iSXITHSOiriAN INSTITUTIOirJ^
- ' "bureau op AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR
BXXLLETIH 86
'/ 1.1 ur^'
^ATICK DICTIONARY
BY
JAMES HAMMOND TRUMBULL
WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1903
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
CONTENTS
Page.
Annonncement v
Introduction, by Edward Everett Hale ix
Abbreviations xv
Natick-Engliah vocabulary 1
Englifih-Natick vocabulary 21 7
Additions and corrections 349
III
V
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
ANNOUNCEMENT
In 1877 the United States Geographical and Geological Survey of
the Rocky Mountain Region (J. W. Powell, Director) began the issue of
a series of ethnologic reports in quarto form under the title Contri-
butions to North American Ethnology. Several of the volumes were
printed under special authority conferred by Congressional resolu-
tions; and in March, 1881, the publication of volumes vi, vii, vni,
IX, and X of tha series was authorized by the Congress through a
concurrent resolution. This authorization was superseded by the law
providing for the public printing and binding and the distribution of
public documents, approved eTanuary 12, 1895. Up to this time there
had been published eight volumes of Contributions (including one
bound in two parts), numbered i-vii and ix.
After the United States Geographical and Geological Survey of the
Rocky Mountain Region was merged in the United States Geological
Survey, the Congress made provision for continuing the ethnologic
researches and publications; and in conformity w^ith this law the Bureau
of Ethnology was founded. The Director of the new Bureau (J. W.
Powell) began the publication of annual reports in royal octavo form
with that for the fiscal year 1879-80, and at the same time continued the
issue of the Contributions to North American Ethnolog3\ Until 1895
the annual reports were specially authorized by the Congress, usually
through concurrent resolutions; since 1895 they have been issued under
authority of the public printing law. Of these reports nineteen have
been published and others are in press; the Fourteenth, Seventeeth,
Eighteenth, and Nineteenth are each in two parts or volumes.
In August, 1886, the Director of the Bureau was authorized by a
joint resolution of the Congress to begin the publication of a series of
bulletins, w^hich w^ere issued in octavo form; and in July, 1888, the
continuation of the series was authorized by a concurrent resolution.
When the public printing law was drafted this series was omitted, and
the issue terminated in 1894. Up to this time there had been published
twenty-four bulletins, each under a special title.
Digitized by
Google
VI BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
In the law making appropriation for the ethnologic work, approved
June 4, 1897, the title was changed to ''American Ethnology"; the
designation of the Bureau was modified conformably, and the Sixteenth
report (for 1894-95, issued in 1897) and those of later date bear the
modified title. From 1895 to 1900 but a single series was- issued by
the Bureau of American Ethnology, viz, the annual reports.
In 1900 the Congress authorized the resumption of publication in
bulletin form by a concurrent resolution, adopted by the House of
Representatives on April 7 and by the Senate on April 27. This
resolution is as follows:
Resolved by the Home of Representatives (the Senate concurring) f That there be printed
at the Government Printing Office eight thousand copies of any matter furnished by
the Director of the Bureau of American Ethnology relating to researches and discov-
eries connected with the study of the American aborigines, the same to be issued as
bulletins uniform with the annual reports, one thousand five hundred of which shall
be for the use of the Senate, three thousand for the use of the House of Representatives,
and three thousand five hundred for distribution by the Bureau.
Pursuant to this authority the manuscript of the late Dr J. H.
Trumbull's Natick-English and English -Natick Dictionary was trans-
mitted to the Public Printer on May 12, 1900, with the request that
the same be printed and bound and issued as a bulletin uniform with
the annual reports of the Bureau of American Ethnology. The com-
position was at once taken up; but by reason of the technical character
of the matter and unforeseen difficulties in proof reading, the issue of
this initial number of the new series has been unexpectedly delayed.
It is a pleasure to acknowledge the courtesy of the American Anti-
quarian Society and of its president, Honorable Stephen Salisbury,
in intrusting Dr Trumbull's unique manuscripts to this Bureau; and
it is especially gratifying to express appreciation of the scholarly
interest and aid of Dr Edward Everett Hale, who not only effected
the arrangement for publication but contributed an introduction
to the work. While this introduction was written from the stand-
point of the general literary student rather than the specialist in
Indian languages and characteristics, it pays a just tribute to the mem-
ory of the eminent philologist whose latest, and perhaps greatest,
work was that of compiling and comparing the acompanying vocabu-
laries from the Eliot Bible. James Hammond Trumbull was born
in Stonington, Connecticut, December 20, 1821; he was a student
at Yale, and held important public offices in Hartford during the
period 1847-1864. He was an original member of the American
Philological Association in 1869, and its president in 1874 and 1875;
a member of the American Oriental Society, of the American Ethno-
logical Society, and of several other learned societies, including the
National Academy of Sciences. In 1873 he was chosen lecturer on
Digitized by
Google
ANNOUNCEMENT VII
native languaji^es of Noi-th America at Yale University, though failure
of health soon compelled his resignation; and from Yale, Harvard,
and Columbia he was the recipient of degi*ees in recognition of notable
researches and publications. In addition to his linguistic knowledge
he possessed great learning and skill as a bibliographer. During his
later years he was a valued correspondent of the Bureau, and his wide
knowledge of both aboriginal tongues and bibliographic methods,
freely conveyed to the officers of the Bureau, proved of great service.
He died in Hartford, Connecticut, August 5, 1897.
Dr Hale pays a merited tribute also to John Eliot, ike pioneer stu-
dent of aboriginal languages in the New England region, pointing out
that Eliot was not merely a translator of the native tongues but an
original investigator of their structure. Naturally the opinions con-
cerning the aborigines and their languages based on the limited knowl-
edge of the middle of the seventeenth century were much less definite
than those resting on the numerous records extant at the beginning of
the nineteenth century; yet it is noteworthy that the early view of
E.liot, voiced by Dr Hale, as to the widespread grammatic corres-
pondences among the native tongues, possesses a meaning well worth
the interest of the pioneer student and his later interpreters, Trumbull
and Hale. The place and date of John Eliot's birth are not recorded,
but he was baptized in Widford, Hertfordshire, England, August 5,
1604. He matriculated at Cambridge in 1619, and took a degree in
1622; he subsequently took orders, and, accepting a call to Roxbury,
Massachusetts, emigrated in 1631. He remained at Roxbury in pas-
toral work throughout the remainder of his life; he died May 21,
1690. As indicated by Dr Hale, his enduring reputation rests chiefly
on his records of aboriginal languages; yet it would seem that he exer-
cised a still more important influence on his own and later generations
through his sympathetic efforts to educate the tribesmen of New Eng-
land and to raise them toward the plane of self-respecting citizenship.
In this work, too, he was a pioneer; and undoubtedly he did much to
prepare the minds of statesmen and philanthropists for the humanita-
rian views of primitive men which characterize modern policies toward
the Nation's wards. Thus it is particularly fitting that Eliot, the pio-
neer in sympathetic and systeinatic study of the aborigines, no less
than Trumbull, the direct contributor, should receive from the Bureau
of American Ethnology such honor as this publication may confer.
As has been noted by Dr Hale, the Trumbull manuscript and proof
passed through the hands of Dr Albert S. Gatschet and received the
benefit of his extended acquaintance with the native languages of the
Algonquian stock. The manuscript was not, however, edited crit-
ically; it was, on the other hand, aimed to print the matter substan-
tially as it left the author's hands, with only those minor changes in
Digitized by
Google
VIII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
punctuation, alphabetic arrangement, cross references, etc. , which the
author would necessarily have made had he lived to revise the copy;
and a list of abbreviations was prepared. Still, the task of proof
revision proved arduous, and much credit is due Mr F. W. Hodge,
who began, and Mr H. S. Wood, who completed, this work. Grate-
ful acknowledgment is made to Mr Wilberforce Eames, of the New
York Public Library, for aid in interpreting abbreviations.
July 10, 1902.
Digitized by
Google
\
INTRODUCTION
By Edward Everett Hale
Dr Trumbull's vocabularies constitute the most important contribu-
tion to the scientitic study of Eliot's Indian Bible which has been made
since that wonderful book was published.
To the preparation of these vocabularies James Hammond Trumbull
gave most of his time throughout the closing years of his diligent and
valuable life. The work was so nearly finished when he died that, as
the reader will see, it is clearh' l)est to print it as he left it, and to leave
it to the careful students of the future for completion by such work as
he has made comparatively easy. By her generous gift of the beau-
tiful finished manuscript to the American Antiquarian Societ}^ his
widow, Mrs Sarah Robinson Trumbull, has maie its immediate pub-
lication possible. The officers of the societ}^ at once consulted Major
Powell, the Director of the Bureau of American Ethnolog}^, as to the
best plan for its publication. The Bureau placed the manuscript in
the hands of Dr Albert S. Gatschet, of the ethnologic staff; and the
book has had the great advantage of his extended acquaintance with
Algonquian languages as it passed through the press.
It is hoped that the book will form the first volume in a series of
vocabularies of the native languages. Such a series, under such
supervision as the Bureau will give to the selection and editing of the
works contained in it, will be of great value to students of language;
but it will contain no book more valuable in itself or more interesting
from its histor}- than Dr Trumbull's Dictionar\%
Even in f^ircles of people who should be better informed, we fre-
quently hear it said that the Bible of Eliot is now nothing but a liter-
ary curiosity, and hardly that. Such an exprcvssion is unjust to Eliot's
good sense, and it is quite untrue. Reverend J. A. Gilfillan, whose
work of education among the northern tribes is so remarkable, found
that his intelligent Chippewa companions were greatly interested in
the Bible of Eliot, and readily caught the analogies of the language
with their own when the system of spelling and of vocalization was
explained to them.
With great good sense, Eliot used the English letters with the
sounds which Englishmen gave them. When the American Home
Digitized by
Google
X BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 25
Missionary Society first undertook its translations of the Bible, it
adopted, after son>e question, the vowel pronunciation of the Latin
nations. The wadtchu (mountain) of Eliot becomes in Mr. Sherman
Hall's translation uijiuii, the one letter u being the only letter which
is the same in both words; yet both mean to express the same sound.
It seems now a great pity that the translators in our century did not
use in any way the diligent work of Eliot.
In the spring of 1899 I placed before a Chippewa boy in the Hamp-
ton (Virginia) school thirty words of the Massachusetts Indian lan-
guage. He recognized at once fifteen of them, giving to them their
full meaning; and with a little study he made out almost all of the
remainder. In the course of two and a half centuries the uses of
words differ as much among Indians as among white ngien, but it
would seem that they do not differ more.
Such careful study as Dr Trumbull and Duponceau and Pickering
and Heckewelder have given to the Algonquian languages shows
beyond a doubt that John Eliot was one of the great philologists of
the world. His study of the remarkable grammatic construction of the
Indian languages proves to be scientific and correct. The linguists
of the continent of Europe took it for granted, almost, that Eliot's
statements regarding ^the grammar of the Indian tribes could not
be true. It seemed to them impossible that languages so perfect in
their systems and so carefully precise in their adaptations of those
systems could maintain their integrity among tribes of savages who
had no system of writing. All study of these languages, however,
through the century which has just passed, has proved that the elab-
orate system of grammar was correctly described by Eliot, and, to the
surprise of European philologists, that it is fairly uniform through
many variations of dialect and vocabulary.
It is much to be regretted that a careless habit of thought takes it
for granted that a good Indian word of one locality is a good Indian
word of another, and that names may be transferred from North to
South or from South to North at the free will of an innkeeper or of a
poet. Such transfers of words, which in the beginning amount almost
to falsehood, cause more confusion and more as time goes by.
Mr Filling's valuable bibliography of the Algonquian languages
shows us that there are now existing fourteen complete copies of
Eliot's Bible in the first and second editions. Besides the complete
text we have the New Testament printed in a separate volume in 16(51,
and in the Eliot Primer or Catechism, which has been reprinted in the
present generation, we have the Lord's Prayer and some texts from
the Bible, as well as a translation of the Apostles' Creed into the
Massachusetts language. The number of books printed as part of his
movement for the translation of the Scriptures and the conversion of
the Indians is nearlv fortv. For the use of all these books Dr Trum-
Digitized by
Google
HALE] INTRODUCTION XI
bull's dictionary will be of the very first value. Is it perhaps just
possible that the publication of this book may awaken such attention
to the subject that some of Eliot's lost manuscripts may still be
discovered ?
Of Eliot's place as a scholar and an educator Dr DeNormandie,
who now fills his pulpit in Roxburj- , speaks in the highest terms. It
would seem that we owe to Eliot the establishment of the first proper
Sunday school in America, and perhaps one may say in the English
realm. On October 6, 1674, the record of his church says:
This day we restored our primitive practice for the training of our youth. Fiist
our male youth, in fitting season, stay every Sabbath after the evening exercise in
the public meeting house, where the elders will examine their remembrance that day
♦ of any fit poynt of catechise. Secondly, that our female youth should meet in one
place (on Monday) where the elders may examine them on their remembrance of
yesterday about catechise and what else may be convenient.
''The care of the lambs," says Eliot, '' is one-third part of the charge
over the works of God."
Dr DeNormandie ascribes to Eliot the general establishment of
''grammar schools" among the institutions of Massachusetts. He
says: "One day all the neighboring churches were gathered in Boston
to ' consider how the miscarriages which were among us might be pre-
vented,' Eliot exclaimed with great fervor, 'Lord, for our schools
everywhere among us! That our schools may flourish I That every
member of this assembly may go home and procure a good school to be
encouraged in the town where he lives! That before we die we may
be so happy as to see a good school encouraged in every plantation in
the country! '" By "plantation" Eliot meant separate village.
Cotton Mather says: "God so pleased his endeavors that Roxbufy
could not live quietly without a free school in the town. " Roxbury was
the town of which Eliot was the minister. ' 'And the issue of it has been
one thing which has made me almost put the title of ' Schola lUustris^
upon that little nursery; that is, that Roxbury has afforded more
scholars, first for the college and then for the publick, than any town
of its bigness, or if I mistake not, of twice its bigness, in all New-
England."
John Eliot was quite willing to accept the responsibilities of making
laws and even a constitution for his " praying Indians." As he found
the Indian tribes, government among them seemed at best absolutely
minimum; he was unable to perceive that they had any government.
Eliot made for them a working constitution for a democracy, on prin-
ciples which are so absolutely democratic that they frightened even
the Puritan emigrants around him, the coadjutors of Cromwell and
Sidney. Poor Eliot was even obliged to recall his words in a public
recantation. The democratic constitution which he wrote for his
people is well worth the study of any faithful student of government
Digitized by
Google
XII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull 25
today. On much the same plan were hi*> fciettlenients founded where
tlie colonies of *' praying Indians," with the government of the people
by the people and for the people, and with the oversight of a >>enevo-
lent judge in Israel, were his coadjutoi-s and pupils. It is. alas,
impossible to tell what would have been the outcome of this remark-
able experiment, for the outbreak of King Philip's war in the year
1075 broke it up before it was fairly tested.
Eliot's first religious service among the Indians was on Octooer 2S,
104*>. When King Philip, in 1675, united the Indian tribes of New
England in almost simultaneous attacks on the English settlements,
the excitement in the seaboard town.s turned against Eliot's "•pra^nng
Indians,'' and the people saspected — as on such an occasion seems
natural — that these converts were in league with the enemy. So
strong was the popular feeling in Boston tliat Eliot was comp)elled to
remove his colony from Natick to Deer island, in Boston harbor, and
there, as exiles from their own land, they spent the months before
King Philip's power was broken. They then went l>ack to Xatick,
where the people celebrated, on the 4th of Juh' last, the two hundred
and fiftieth anniversary of the establishment of that village. There
seems to lie no one left in that neighborhood of the descendants of
this colony.
A late and insufiScient authority says that Natick means Place of
the Hills. The Dictionaiy of Dr Trumbull affords no support for
this etymology, and it is probabh- mistaken. Charles river, as a
small stream, passes through the village. Captain John Smith gave to
it its name, which was the name of Prince Charles, afterward King
Charles. The Indian name of this stream seems to have )>een Quino-
lieguin; this would s<fem to mean Long river, from the root quin,
it is long (comimre Quinnehtukqut, the Connecticut); or, quite as
proliably. it means the river which turns about, from quinuppe,
around aVx>ut or all alnrnt.
South of the Natick Indians the Narragansett tribe spoke a dialect
not ver}' different from theirs, and west of thetse the Mohegan trilje
used anoth(»r dialect of the same language. There is now no Nari-a-
gansett Indian who remembers any words of the language of his fore-
fathers; Mrs Mitchell, who considered herself a descendant of King
Philip and who did remember some of the words of his triln?, died in the
spring of l81Hi. The Mashpee Indians still exist as a native community,
occupying the town of ilashpee on Cape Cod. They have taken on
all the habits of civilization; among others, they preserve their own
trout brooks for the benefit of amateur sportsmen, and ivnt them to
such 8j)ortsmen for considenible revenue. They maintain free schools
as other towns of Massachusetts do, but in these schools no word of
the language of their race is spoken, nor do any of the Mashpee
Indians have further knowledw of it than does anv other New
Digitized by
Google
HALE] INTRODUCTION XIII
Englander. The Ga}- Head Indians, on Marthas Vineyard, a })rave
and spirited set of men, retained a knowledge of their own language
later perhaps than did any other of the Indians of southern New
England, but it has died out among them. In the eastern part of
Maine, however, the Passamaq noddy and Micmac Indians, whose
range extends into the British provinces, still use their dialects of the
Algonquian stock. Vocabularies of the related diatect spoken by the
Abnakis, prepared b}- the faithful Catholic minister, Seba.stian Rasles,
still exist; of these the most important wa.s printed by the American
Academy as edited by the distinguished scholar Mr John Pickering.
RdxBURY, Mass., July 19^ 1901.
B. A. K., Bill. 25 ii
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
ABBREVIATIONS
Abn.=Abnaki.
act. =active.
Adeliing=Adelung, Johann Christoph [and Vater, J. S.]. Mithridates oderallge-
meine sprachenkunde. 4 vols. Berlin, 180^17.
adj. = adjective.
adv. =adverb.
Afgh.= Afghan.
agent. See n. agent.
Alg.=Algic (Algonquian; in citations from McKenney, Chippewa); Algonkin (the
Algonkin or Nippissing dialect of the Lake of the Two»Mountains, near the
western end of the island of Montreal); Algomjuian.
an.=animate; animate object.
Ang.-Sax. = Anglo-Saxon.
Arab. = Arabic.
Arch. Amer. =Archfeologia Americana. Transactions and collections of the Ameri-
can Antiquarian Society. Vols. i-iv. Worcester and Cambridge, 1820-60.
Archer=Archer, Gabriel. Relation of Captain Gosnold's voyage to the north part
of Virginia, t)egun . . . 1602, etc. In Purchas, Samuel, His pilgrimes,
vol. IV, London, 1625; Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. viii,
Boston, 1843.
AS. = Anglo-Saxon.
Assembly Catechism. See Quinney.
augm. =augmentative.
auxil. =auxiliary.
A. V. = Authorized version.
Bancroft= Bancroft, George. History of the United States from the discovery of the
American continent. 10 vols. Boston, 1834-1874. Many other editions.
Bar., Baraga = Baraga, Rev. Frederic.
Diet, (or simply Bar.) =A dictionary of the Otchipwe language, explained in
English. Cincinnati, 1853; Montreal, 1878, 1879 (with grammar), 1880,
1882 (with grammar). References are to the edition of 1853.
Gr.=A theoretical and practical grammar of the Otchipwe language. Detroit,
1850; Montreal, 1878, 1879 (with dictionary), 1882 (with dictionary). Refer-
ences are to the edition of 1850.
Bartlett=Bartlett, John Russell. Dictionary of Americanisms. A glossary of words
and phrases usually regarded as peculiar to the United States. New York,
1848. Several later editions.
Note. It has not been possible to refer to the source of all quotations, and hence a few errors may
have crept into the bibliographic parts of this list. All known editions of important works have been
cited, note being made of the editions referred to in the Dictionary when these are known.
IV
Digitized by
Google
XVI BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 25
Barton, Barton's Compar. Voc.=Barton, Benjamin Smith. New views of the origin
of the tribes and nations of America. Philadelphia, 1797, 1798. Contains
comparative vocabulary of a number of Indian languages.
Beverley = Beverley, Robert. The history and present state of Virginia, in four
parts . . . III. The native Indians, their religion, laws, and customs, in
war and peace. London, 1705, 1722; Richmond, 1855. References are to
the second edition.
Bloch=Bloch, Mark Elieser. Several works on ichthyology, 1782-1801.
Bonap.= Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. American ornithology. Phila-
delphia, 1825-33.
Bopp=Bopp, Franz. Comparative Grammar of the Sanscrit, Zend, Greek, Latin,
Lithuanian, Gothic, German, and Sclavonic languages. Translated from
the German [Berlin, 1833-52, 1867-61, 1868-71] by E. B. Eastwick. 3 vols.
London, 1845-50, 1856.
Brebeuf=Brebeuf, Jean de. Relation de ce qui s'est passe dans le pays des Hurons
en Tannee 1636. With Le Jeune, Paul, Relation de ce qui s'est pass<^ en la
Novvelle France en Tann^e 1636, Paris, 1637; in Relations des J^suites, vol. i,
Quebec, 1858; The Jesuit relations and allied documents . . . edited by
Reuben Gold Thwaites, vol. x, Cleveland, 1897. The Quebec edition was
the one used.
C, Cott., Cotton =Cotton, Josiah. Vocabulary of the Massachusetts (or Natick)
Indian language. In Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. ii, Cam-
bridge, 1830 (edited by John Pickering) ; issued separately, Cambridge, 1829.
Caldw. =Caldwell, Robert. Comparative grammar of the Dravidian or South Indian
family of languages. London, 1856.
Camp. =Campanius, Johan. Lutheri catechismus ofwersatt p& American- Virginiske
spr&ket [followed by] Vocabularium Barbaro-Virgineorum. Stockholm,
1696. The vocabulary was reprinted with some additions in Campanius
Holm, Thomas, Kort beskrifning om provincien Nya Swerige uti America,
Stockholm, 1702. The latter work was transtated aa, A short description
of the province of New Sweden . . . Translated ... By Peter S. Du
Ponceau, in Pennsylvania Historical Soc. Mem., vol. in, pt. 1, Philadel-
phia, 1834; issued separately, Philadelphia, 1834.
Cant =Canticle8 (The song of Solomon).
Ca8s=Cas8, Lewis. Remarks on the condition, character, and languages, of the
North American Indians. From the North American Review, no. l [vol.
xxii], for January, 1826.
Catechismo Algonchino=Catechi8mo dei missionari cattolici in lingua algonchina,
pubblicato per cura di E. Teza. Pisa, 1872.
caus., causat. =cau8ative.
cf. = confer, compare.
Chald.=Chaldaic, Chaldee.
Charlevoix =Charlevoix, Pierre Francois Xavier de. Histoire et description g^n^rale
de la Nouvelle France, avec le journal historique d'un voyage fait par ordre
du roi dans I'Am^rique Septentrionale. Paris, 1744; London, 1761, 1763;
Dublin, 1766. There are other editions not containing the linguistic
material.
Chey . =Cheyenne.
Chip. =Chippewa.
Gr. Trav. = Grand Traverse band.
Mack. =Mackinaw band.
Sag. =Saginaw band.
St Marys = St Marys band.
1 Chr.=The first lx)ok of the chronicles.
Digitized by
Google
TRrMBiLL] ABBREVIATIONS XVII
2 Chr.=The necond book of the chronicles.
C. M., C. Math., C. Mather = Mather, Cotton.
Family religion excited and assisted. Indian heading: Teashehinninneongane
peantamooonk wogkouiinumun kah anunumwontamun. Boston, 1714.
Notit. Ind.=Notitia Indiaruin, in India Christiana. A discourse, delivered unto
the Commissioners, for the propagation of the (xospel among the American
Indians. Boston, 1721.
Wussukwhonk en Christianeue asuh peantamwae Indianog, etc. Second title:
An epistle to the Christian Indians, etc. Boston, 1700, 1706.
Col.=The epistle of Paul to the Colossians.
comp. =compound.
compar. =comparative.
condit. = conditional,
conj. = conjunction.
Conn. Rec.=Public records of the colony of Connecticut. Vols, i-iii, 1636-89,
edited by J. H. Trumbull; vols, iv-xv, 1689-1776, edited by C. J. Hoadly;
appendix, 1663-1710. Hartfonl, 1850-90.
constr. =construct state,
contract. = contracted form.
1 Cor.=The first epistle of Paul to the Corinthians.
2 Cor. =The second epistle of Paul to the Corinthians.
Cott., Cotton. SeeC.
Cotton, John. 8ee Rawson; El. (I. P.).
Cuv.=Cuvier, Georges L<^opold (.'hr^tien Frederic Dagobert, Baron. Several works
on zoology.
Dan.=The book of the prophet Daniel; Danish.
Danf.=Danforth, Samuel.
Masukkenukeeg matcheseaenvog wequetoog kah wuttooanatoog uppeyaonont
Christoh kah ne yeuyeu teanuk, etc. Trandation: Greatest sinners called and
encourageil to come to Christ, and that now, quickly, etc. Boston, 1698.
Oggus. Kutt.=The woful effects of drunkenness, etc. Address in Indian begins
on page 43 with the words "Oggussunash kuttooonkash." Boston, 1710.
Also a manuscript vocabulary of the Massachusetts language, in the library of
the Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston.
Dawson = Dawson, Sir John William. Acadian geology. Edinbui>?h, 1855; Mon-
treal, 1860; London, 18C8.
Del. =Delaware.
derog. =derogatory.
Descr. N. Netherland, 1671. See Montanus.
Deut. =Deuteronomy.
De Vries=Vries, David Pietersz. de. Voyages from Holland to America, A. D. 1632
to 1644. . . Translated from the Dutch [Iloorn, 1655] . . . ]>y Henry C.
Murphy. New York, 1853; in New York Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol.
Ill, pt. 1, New York, 1857.
diet. = dictionary. See Bar.; Grav. ; Rasles.
dimin. = diminutive.
Duponceau=Duponceau, Peter Stephen.
Corresp. See Hkw.
Notes on El. Gr. See El.
east. =eastern.
Eccl . , Eccles. = Ecclestiastes.
Edw.= Ed wards, Jonathan. Observations on the language of the Muhhekaneew
[Mohegan] Indians . . . Communicated to the Connecticut Society of Arts
and Sciences, and published at the recjuest of the society. New Haven,
Digitized by
Google
XVIII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 26
Ed w.= Ed wards, Jonathan — continued.
1788; London, 1788, 1789; New York, 1801; in Massachusetts Historical Soc.
Coll., ser. 2, vol. x, Boston, 1823 (with notes by Pickering); in Works of
Jonathan Edwards, with a memoir of his life and character, by Edward
Tr>'on (2 vols.), Hartford, 1842. References are to the edition of New
Haven, 1788, and that in the Massachusetts Historical Society Collections.
Egyp.=Eg)'ptian.
El., Eliot= Eliot, John.
Bible =The holy Bible: containing the Old Testament and the New. Translated
into the Indian language, and ordered to be printed by the Commissioners
of the United Colonies m New-England, at the charge and with the consent
of the Corporation in England. Second title: Mamusse wunneetupanatamwe
up-biblum God naneeswe nukkone testament kah wonk wusku testament,
etc. Cambridge, 1663 (also with Indian title only), 1685, (with Indian title
only). References are to the 1685 edition.
Gr., Giam.=The Indian grammar begun: or. An essay to bring the Indian lan-
guage into rules, for the help of suoh as desire to learn the same, etc. Cam-
bridge, 1666; in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol. ix, Boston,
1822 (with notes by P. S. Duponceau and an introduction and supple-
mentary observations by John Pickering); issued separately, Boston, 1822.
I. P., Ind. Prim.=Indiane primer asuh negonneyeuuk. Ne nashpe mukkiesog
woh tauog wunnamuhkuttee ogketamunnate Indiane unnontoowaonk. Kah
Meninnunk wutch mukkiesog. Second title: The Indian primer; or The first
book. By which children may know truely to read the Indian language.
And Milk for babes. Boston, 1720, 1747. This is a revised edition, prob-
ably by Experience Mayhew, of Eliot's Primer of 1654 (?), 1662, 1669, 1687(?),
printed w^ith Rawson's translation of John Cotton's Spiritual milk for babes
(also somewhat revised). Parts of the edition of 1720 were reprinted in
Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol. ii, Cambridge, 1830.
Man. Pom., Manit. Pom. =Manitowompae pomantamoonk: sampwshanau
Christianoh uttoh woh an pomantog wussikkitteahonat God. Translation:
Godly living: directs a Christian how he may live to plea.se God. Cam-
bridge, 1665, 1685.
N. T. =The New Testament of our lord and saviour Jesus Christ. Translated
into the Indian language, and ordered to be printed, etc. Second title: Wusku
wuttestamentum nul-lordumun Jesus Christ nuppoquohwussuaeneumun.
Cambridge, 1661 (also with Indian title only), 1680 (with Indian title only).
References are to the 1680 edition.
S. Q., Samp. Quin., Samp. Quinnup. =Sampwutteahae quinnuppekompauaenin
. . . mache wussukhiimun ut English-mdiie unnontoowaonk nashi>e . . .
Thomas Shephard, quinnuppenilmun en Indiane unnontoowaonganit nashpe
. . . John Eliot. Kahnawhutcheutaiyeuongashoggussemeseontcheteauun
nashpe Grindal Rawson. TranskUimx: The sincere convert . . . written in
English by . . . Thomas Shepard, translated into Indian by . . . John
Eliot. And in some places a little amended by Grindal Rawson. Cam-
bridge, 1689.
Also several other translations.
E. M., Exp. Mayhew =May hew. Experience.
Mass. Ps. =Ma88achusee psalter: asuh, Ukkuttoohomaongash David weche
wunnaunchemookaonk ne ansukhogup John, ut Indiane kah Englishe
nepatuhquonkash, etc. Second title: The Massachuset psalter: or, Psalms of
Da^nd with the Gospel according to John, in columns of Indian and English,
etc. Boston, 1709.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL] ABBREVIATIONS XIX
E. M., Exp. Mayhew=Mayhew, Ex i>erience— continued.
Xe kesiikod Jehovah keasehtunkup. Kekuttoohkaouk papaume kuhquttum-
mooonk kah nanawehtoonk ukkesuko<luni Lord, etc. Second t'lUe: The day
which the Lord hath made. A discourse concerning the institution and
observation of the Ix)rds-day, etc. Boston, 1707.
A manuscript letter to Honorable Paul Dudley on the Indian language of Con-
necticut colony, 1722. Contaios a translation of the Lord's prayer. When
E. M. alone is used this letter is referred to. It was printed in the New
England Historical and Genealogical Register, vol. xxxix, Boston, 1885
(communicated by John S. H. Fogg, M. D. ). Reprinte<l as follows:
Observations on the Indian language . . . Now published from the original
ms. by John vS. H. Fogg, etc. Boston, 1884.
It is pix)bable that the Indiane primer of 1720 and 1747 (see El., I. P.) was
revised by Mayhew.
Engl. = English.
Eph. =The epistle of Paul to the Ephesians.
Esth. =The book of Esther.
Etch . = Etchemin .
Eth., Ethiop.=Ethiopian.
Ex. = Exodus.
Ezek. =The \yo6k of the prophet Ezekiel.
fern. = feminine.
Forbes* Dahomey = Forbes, F. E. Dahomey and the Dahomans; two missions to
king of Dahomey in 1848-1850. 2 vols. London, 1851.
Force Tract8=Tracts and other papers relating principally to the origin, settlement,
and progress of the colonies in North America, from the discovery to the
year 1776. Collected by Peter Force. 4 vols. Washington, 1836-46.
Fr. =French.
freq. =frequentative.
Gal. =The epistle of Pawl to the Galatians.
Gallatin =Gallatin, Albert.
A synopsis of the Indian tribes within the United States east of the Rocky
mountains, etc. In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archselogia Ameri-
cana), vol. II, Cambridge, 1836.
Hale's Indians of north-west America, and vocalmlaries of North America; with
an introduction. In American Ethnological Soc. Trans., vol. ii,»New York,
1848.
Gen. = Genesis.
gen.=genitive.
Gen. Reg.=New England historical and genealogical register. Publishecl under
the direction of the New England Historic Genealogical Society. A'ols.
i-Lvi, Boston and All^any, 1847-1902.
Gerard's Herbal =Gerard, John. The herball, or Generall historic of plantes.
London. 1597, 1633, 1636.
Germ. =German.
Gookin=Gookin, Daniel.
Historical account of the doings and sufferings of the Christian Indians of New
England. In American Antiquarian Soc, Trans. (Archteologia Americana) ,
vol. II, Cambridge, 1836.
Historical collections of the Indians in New England. In Massachusetts His-
torical Soc. Coll., ser. 1, vol. i, Boston, 1792, 1806.
Goth.=Gothic.
Gr.=Greek.
gr., gram.=grammar. See Bar., El., Howse, Maill., Zeisb., and others.
Digitized by
Google
XX BUREAU OF AXEBICAX ETHXoI/KJY :»rLi.25
Ora-v . 'rra-. i<rr=«fni*. i^r. Jsui.*^. A ij^na«<Tipt *li<.-ii'»nafT of the IHinob Uinniaise,
Jj^-l'-njririir to Ur Trmnbnil.
Ha^.=llafQ£au.
Hanri'/n = Hamjion, Daniel WiIIiaffj«». A j'.'nmal of voyatre^ ami travel^ in the inter-
I'fur of Xorth America, lietwe^n the 47th an«l 5Mh degree? «^»f north latitu^le,
tf'Xten'lini; fnttn Montreal nearly t'» the Par-itir »Ntan, etr. An«lover. 1*^20.
O^ntain" Cree linffab>-Tir; material.
Hay«I*-n = Hay4en, Fnuw-ii? Van'lever. Contribution* t«» the ethnography an«i phil-
ohftnr of the Indian trilifrn of the Ml-^»iiri valley. In American Phil<ei*»ph-
iral S^jT-. Tran«., n. h.. \oL xiu Philadelphia, 1 v>.*i: printe*! «ej«arately, Phila-
d^-lphia, I'^yi.
Hf-b. =Hebrev; The epirtle of Paul to the Hebrew?.
Hib. =Hiljem^>-<>ltic.
Hi|f;drif<<^m=Hig3dnKm ^or Higge^on;, Franciij. New Kntrlandi* plantation: «»r. A
^hort and tnie de«crif*tion of the c*<f>mino«litie9< and digicom nio^li ties of that
ioiintry. I»ndon, l^W; in Maamchaoetbi Hii<torical S<x*- 0»11., ^er. 1, vol.
I, htftfion, 17H2, 1806; Force Tracti«, vol. i, Wai<hington. lNl6; Young, Alex-
ander, Chroniclei< of the fir^ planters of the ocjlony of MasBachiLietti> bay,
pK*ton, 1846.
Hkw. = Hwkewelder, John Gottlieb Eme^tus.
Tomp. Voc. =Comparative vocabulary of Algonquin dialects. From Hecke-
wfldcfr'H mana0r'riptf« inthecolle(t]oni<<ff the .\mericran Philosophical Society,
Philadelphia. Printed for the ** Alcove of American Native Languages*' in
Well«?ley College library, by E. N. Horsford. Cambridge, 1887.
Corre«j>.=sA correspondence between the Rev. John Heckewelder, of Bethle-
hem, and Peter 8. I>up<^>nceau, e<K|., etc. In American Philosophical Soc.,
Tram*, of the Historical and Literary- CVimmittee, vol. i, Philadelphia, 1819;
Pennsylvania HL-torical Srx?. Mem., vol. xii, Philadelphia, 1876.
Hist. Acc.s=An a(x>ount of the history, manners, and customs of the Indian
nations, who once inliabite<i Pennsylvania and the neighbouring states. In
Amerir^an Philowiphic:al S<ic., Trans, of the Historical and Literary Com-
mittee, vol. I, Philadelphia, 1819; printed separately Philadelphia, 1818;
also in Pennsylvania Historical S<ic. Mem., vol. xii, PhiUulelphia, 1876,
Aim manus4Tipt vocabularies of Chippewa, Delaware, Mahicanni, Nanticoke, and
Sliatvanese languages, in the library of the American Philosophical Society,
Philadelphia, and several other works containing Delaware linguistic
material.
Hof. = H'isea.
Howse=Howse, Jrjseph. A grammar of the Cree language, with which is combined
an analysis of the Chipjjeway dialect. London, 1844, 1865.
i., intr., intrans. = intransitive.
i. e. = id <'^t, that is.
111., Illin. = Illinois.
.MS Dirt. See (»rav.
imp. =im[M'rK>nal.
imiHT., iiniierat. =imfierative.
inati. = inanimate, inanimate object.
indef.= indefinite.
Ind. Laws, Indian l^WH=The hatchets, to hew down the tree of sin, which ])ears the
fruit of death. Or, The laws, by which the magistrates are to punish offenses,
among the Indians, as well as among the English. Boston, 1705.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL] ABBREVIATIONS XXI
Ind. Prim. See El.
infin. = infinitive.
in tens. = intensive.
in terj. = interjection.
interrog. =interrogath'e.
intr., intrans. See i.
introd. =introdnction.
I. P. See El.
l8.=The book of the prophet Isaiah.
J. = Jones, John, and Jones, Peter.
John=The Gospel according to St. John. Translated into the Chippeway
tongue by John Jones, and revised and corrected by Peter Jones, Indian
teachers. London, 1831; Boston, 183d (with Indian and English title).
Also several other translations into Chippewa by both authors.
Jeff .= Jefferson, Thomas.
A vocabulary of the language of the Unquachog Indians, who constitute the
Pusspatock settlement in the tow^n of Brookhaven, south side of Long island.
Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Phila-
delphia. Copy in the library of the Bureau of American Ethnology.
[Vocabulary of the Mohican, Long Island, and Shawnoe languages. ] In Gallatin,
A., Synopsis of Indian tribes, American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archseo-
logia Americana), vol. ii, Cambridge, 1836.
Several other manuscripts in the library of the American Philosophical Society.
Jer. =The book of the prophet Jeremiah.
John=The Gospel according to St John. For Chippewa Bible quotations see J.
Josh. = The book of Joshua.
Joeselyn=Jos8elyn, John.
Rar., N. E. Rar.=New England's rarities discovered; in birds, beasts, fishes,
serpents, and plants of that country. London, 1672; Boston, 1865; in
American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archteologia Americana), vol. iv,
Boston, 1860.
, Voy.= Account of two voyages to New England [1638, 1663]. London, 1674,
1675; Boston, 1865; in Massachusetts Historical Sm-. Coll., ser. 3, vol. in,
Cambridge, 18:^3.
Judd=Judd, Sylvester.
Gen. Reg. = Article on the fur trade on Connecticut river, in New England His-
torical and Genealogical Register, vol. xi, Boston, 1857.
Hadley, Hist, of Hadley=Hi8tor>' of Hadley. Northampton, 1863.
Judg. =The book of judges.
1 K.=The first book of the kings.
2 K. =The second book of the kings.
K. A. See Osunk.
Keat., Keating= Keating, William Hypolitus. Narrative of an expedition to the
source of St. Peter's river, etc. 2 vols. Philadelphia, 1824; London, 1825.
Contains vocaV)ularie8 of Sauk and Chippewa languages.
L.=Linn^ (or Linnaeus), Karl von. Several works on botany.
Lah., Lahontan=Lahontan, Armand Louis de Delondarce, Baron de. New voyages
to North America, containing an account of the several nations of that vast
continent ... To which is added, a dictionary of the Algonkine language,
which is generally spoke in North America. 2 vols. London, 1703, 1735.
Various editions in French, Dutch, and German.
Lam. =The lamentations of Jeremiah.
Lat. =Latin.
Digitized by
Google
XXII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 25
1. c, loc. cit.=loco citato, in the place cited.
.Lechford=Lech ford, Thomas. Plain dealing; or, News from New England. London,
1642; Boston, 1867 (with introduction and notes by J. H. Trumbull); in
Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. iii, Cambridge, 1833.
L-e Jeune=Le Jeune, Phre Paul.
Relation de ce qui s'est pass^ en la Novvelle France en Tann^e 1634, etc. Paris,
1635; in Relations de J(^suites, vol. i, Quebec, 1858; The Jesuit relations and
allied documents . . . edite*! by Reuben Gold Thwaites, vols, vii-viii,
Cleveland, 1897. Quoted in Gallatin, A., Synopsis of tribes, American
Antiquarian Soc. Trans. ( Archseologia Americana), vol. ii, Cambridge, 1836.
I-.e8carbot=Lescarbot, Marc. Histoire de la Nouvelle France, etc. Paris, 1609, 1611,
1612, 1618, 1866; London ( translated by P. E[rondelle]), 1609, [1612?].
LeSueur=LeSueur, Charles Alexander. Several works on zoology.
Lev. =Leviticus.
Lit., Litu. =Lituanian, Lithuanian.
loc. cit. See 1. c.
Long=Long, John. Voyages and travels of an Indian interpreter and trader . . .
To which is added a vocabulary of the Chippeway language . . A list of
words in the Iroquois, Mohegan, Shawanee, and Esquimeaux tongues, and a
table, shewing the analogy l>etween the Algonkin and Chippeway languages.
London, 1791.
McK. , McKenney =McKenney , Thomas Lorraine. Sketches of a tour to the lakes . . .
Also, a vocabulary of the Algic, or Chippeway language, formed in part, and
as far as it goes, upon the basis of one furnished by the Hon. Albert Gallat'n.
Baltimore, 1827.
Mah. =Mahicanni, Mohegan.
Maill., Maillard=Maillard, Anthony S.
Grammar of the Mikmaque language of Nova Scotia, edited from the manuscripts
of the Abb6 Maillard by the Rev. Joseph M. Bellenger. New York, 1864.
Also a number of manuscripts, preserved chiefly in the library of the Arch-
bishopric of Quebec, and several published letters containing Micmac words.
Mal.=Malachi.
Man. Pom., Manit Pom. See El.
Mar. Yin. Rec. = Manuscript deeds, etc., in the Indian language of Massachusetts,
formerly in possession of Reverend D. W. Stevens, Vineyard Haven, Mar-
thas Yineyard (?). Or, possibly, manuscript records of Marthas Yineyard
in the custody of the town clerk at Edgartown, Massachusetts.
Martins =Martius, Karl Friedrich Philipp von. Beitriige zur ethnographic und
sprachenkunde Brasiliens. Wortersammlung brasilienischer sprachen.
Erlangen, 1863; Leipzig, 1867.
Mason =Mason, Maj. John. Brief history of the Pequot war. Boston, 1736; in
Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., sen 2, vol. viii, Boston, 1819 (with an
introduction by Thomas Prince).
Mass. = Massachusetts.
Mass. Hist. Coll. See M. H. C,
Mass. Ps., Mass. Psalter. See E. M.
Mather. See C. M.
Matt. =The Gospel according to St Matthew.
Mayhew. See E. M.
Megapolensis=Megapolensi8, Johannes. A short sketch of the Mohawk Indians in
New Netherland . . . Revised from the translation [from the Dutch, Alk-
maer [1644?], and Amsterdam, 1651 (in Hartgers, J., Beschrijvinghe van
Yirginia, Nieuw Nederlandt, Nieuw Engelandt, etc.)] in [Ebenezer] Haz-
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL] ABBREVIATIONS XXIII
Megapolensi8=M^^polen8i8, Johannes — continued.
ard's Historical collections [Philadelphia, 1792], with an introduction and
notes, by John Romeyn Brodhead. In New York Historical Soc. Coll., ser.
2, vol. Ill, part 1, New York, 1857.
Menom. =Mei^omini.
Mex. =Mexican.
M. H. C, Mass. Hist. Coll. =Collection8 of the Massachusetts Historical Society. Ser.
1 (1 M. H. C), 10 vols., Boston, 1792-1809. Ser. 2 (2 M. H. C), 10 vols.,
Boston, 1814-1823. Ser. 3 (3 M. H. C), 10 vols., Boston and Cambridge,
1825-1849. Ser. 4 (4 M. H. C), 10 vols., Boston, 1852-1871. Ser. 5, 10
vols., Boston, 1871-1888. Ser. 6, 10 vols., Boston, 1880-1899. Ser. 7, vols,
i-iii, Boston, 1900-1902.
Mic. =Micah.
Micm. =Micmac.
Mitch. =Mitchell, Saniuel Latham. Several works on the fishes of New York.
mod. = modem.
Moh. =Mohegan.
Montagn. =Montagnais.
Montanu8=Montanus (van Bergen or van den Berg), Arnoldus. Description of
New Netherland. 1671. In Documentary history of the state of New York,
arranged . . . by E. B. O'Callaghan, vol. iv, Albany, 1851 (translated from
De nieuwe en onbekende weereld; of, Beschryving van America en't Zuid-
land, Amsterdam, 1671).
Morton, N. E. Canaan = Morton, Thomas. New English Canaan; or New Canaan, con-
taining an abstract of New England. Composed in three bookes. Amster-
dam, 1637; Boston, 1883 (Publications of Prince Society) ; in Force Tracts,
vol. II, Washington, 1838.
MS =manuscript.
Muh.=Muhhekaneew, Mohegan.
mut. =mutual.
M. V. Rec. See Mar. Vin. Rec.
n=noun.
n. agent., n. agentis=nomen agentis, noun (or name) of the agent.
Nah.=Nahum.
N. A. Review=North American review. Vols, i-ci.xxv. Boston and New York,
1815-1902.
Narr. =Narragan8ett, or, in citations from Roger Williams, more properly Cowwes^uck
or Cowesit.
Nash. Men. See Rawson.
Nav. Col.=Navarrete, Martin Fernandez de. Coleccion de los viages y descubri-
mientos, que hicieron por mar los EspafXoles desde fines del siglo xv, etc.
5 vols. Madrid, 1825-37.
neg., negat. = negative.
Neh. =The book of Nehemiah.
N. E. Plantation. See Higginson.
Nipm. =Nipmuc.
Norwood = Norwood, Col. Richard. Voyage to Virginia, 1649. In Churchill, Awn-
sham and John, Collection of voyages and travels, London, 1732, 1744, 1746;
Force Tracts, vol. in, Washington, 1844; The Virginia Historical Register,
vol. II, Richmond, 1849 (abridged).
Notit Ind. See C. M.
N. T.=New Testament. See El.
Num. = Numbers.
Nuttall=Nuttall, Thomas. The North American sylva. 3 vols. Philpdelphia,
1842-49.
Digitized by
Google
XXIV BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY bull. 25
N. Y. II. S. Coll. = Collections of the New York Historical Society. Ser. 1, 5 vols.,
New York, 1811-30. Ser. 2, 4 vols., New York, 1841-59. Publication fund
ser., 27 vols., New Y^ork, 1868-94.
Obad.=Obadiah.
obj.=object, objective.
Oggus. Kutt. See Danf.
Ojib.=Ojibwa, Chippewa.
Onond. = Onondaga.
Osunk. =09unkhirhine (or Wzokhilain), Peter Paul.
K. A.=WQbanaki kimzowi awighigan, P. P. Wzgkilhain, kizitokw [Spelling
and reading book in the Penobscot dialect of the Abnaki language, includ-
ing a number of vocabularies, Indian and English]. Boston, 1830.
Also several translations into Abnaki.
Palfrey = Palfrey, John Gorham. History of New^ Englan<l during the Stuart
dynasty. 5 vols. Boston and London, 1859-90.
part., particip. =participle.
pass. = passive.
Peq.=Pequot.
pers. = person.
1 Pet. =The first general epistle of Peter.
2 Pet. =The second general epistle of Peter.
Phil. =The epistle of Paul to the Philippians.
Philem. =The epistle of Paul to Philemon.
Phil. Trans. See Winth.
Pickering=Pickering, John.
Introd. to El. Gr. See El.
Pier., Pierson=Pierson, Abraham. Some helps for the Indians, shewing them how
to improve their natural reason, to know the true God, and the true Christian
religion, etc. [Catechism in Quiripi]. Cambridge, 1658; Hartfoni, 1873
(from Connecticut Historical Soc. Coll., vol. iii; with an introduction by
James Hammond Trumbull); in Connecticut Historical Soc. Coll., vol. iii,
Hartford, 1895.
pi. = plural.
poss. = possessive.
Powh.=Powhatan.
Prayers = [Sergeant, Rev. John. ] A morning prayer [and a num])er of other prayers,
translate<i into Mohegan]. [Boston? 174-?]
pres.= present.
pret.= preterit.
prog. =progres8ive. '
proh., prohib.= prohibitory.
Prov. = Proverbs.
Ps. =The book of psalms.
Quinney=[Quinney, John.] The Assembly's catechism [in Mohegan]. Stock-
bridge, 1795. Contains also a translation of Dr Watts' Shorter catechism for
children.
Quinnip.=Quinnipiac (Quiripi).
Quir.= Quiripi.
q^ V. =quod vide, which see.
rad.= radical, root.
Rand = Rand, Silas Tertius.
[Vocabulary of the Micmac language.] In Schoolcraft, Indian tribes, vol v,
Philadelphia, 1855.
A first reading book in the Micmac language, etc. Halifax, 1875.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL] ABBREVIATIONS XXV
Rand=Rainl, Silas Tertius — continued.
Also many translations into Micmac, and other works containing Micinac lin-
guistic material.
Rasles = Rasles, Sebastien. A dictionary of the Abnaki language, in North America.
With an introductory memoir and notes by John Pickering. In American
Acad, of Sciences and Arts, Memoirs, new ser., vol. i, Cambridge, 1833;
issued separately, Cambridge, 1833.
Rawson = Rawson, G rindal.
Nash. Men.=Nashauanittue meninnunk wutch mukkiesog, wusses^mumun
* wutch sogkodtunganash naneeswe testamentsash . . . Negonde wussukhd-
mun ut Englishmdnne unnontoowaonganit nashpe . . . John Cotton. Kah
yeuyeuqushkinnumunen Indiane unnonto3waonganit . . . nashpe Grindal
Rawson. Translation: Spiritual milk for babes, drawn from the breasts of
both Testaments . . . Formerly written in English, by . . . John Cotton.
And now translated into Indian ... by Grindal Rawson. Cambridge,
1691. Reprinteil in somewhat altered form in the Indiane primer of 1720,
1747 (see El., I. P.).
Wun. Samp. =A confession of faith owned and consented unto by the elders
and messengers of the churches assembled at Boston in New England, May
12, 1680. Second title: Wunnamptamoe sampooaonk wussampoowontamun
nashpe moeuwehkomunganash ut New-England, etc. Boston, 1699.
See also El., Samp. Quin.
recipr. =reciprocal.
redupl. =reduplicate.
rel.=relative.
Rev. =The revelation of 3St John.
Rev. Yer.= Revised version.
Rom. =The epistle of Paul to the Romans.
Russ. = Russian.
R. W., R. Williams=Williams, Roger. A key into the language of America; or,
An help to the language of the natives in that part of America, called New-
England. London, 1643; in Rhode Island Historical See. Coll., vol. i. Provi-
dence, 1827; issued separately, Providence, 1827; in Massachusetts Histor-
ical Soc. Coll., ser. 1, vol. iii, Boston, 1794, 1810; and in Narragansett Club
Publications, ser. 1, vol. i, Providence, 1866 (edited by James Hammond
Trumbull). The page references herein are to the Rhode Island Historical
Society edition (1827).
1 Sam.=The first book of Samuel.
2 Sam. =The second book of Samuel.
Samp. Quin:, Samp. Quinnup. See El.
Sansk. =Sanskrit.
Sax.=Saxon.
Say=Say, Thomas. Several works on American zoology.
S. B. (Chip.) = James, Edwin. Ojibue spelling book. 2 parts. Boston, 1846. Ear-
lier editions (in one volume), Utica, 1833; Boston, 1835.
S. B. (Del.). SeeZeisb.
8c. =scilicet, namely, to wit.
St;h., Schoolcraft=Schoolcraft, Henry Rowe.
Ind. Tribes =Historical and statistical information, resi^ecting the history, con-
dition, and prospects of the Indian tribes of the United States, etc. 6 parts.
Philadelphia, 1851-1857; 1860; 1884 (partial reprint; 2 vols.).
Also several other works containing Indian (chiefly Algonquian) linguistic
material.
Digitized by
Google
XXVI BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 26
Shawn. = Shawnee.
Hing. =Hingiilar.
Smith, Capt. J.=Smith, Cap/am John.
Deecr. N. England, 1616= A description of New England; or, The observations
and discoveries of Captain John Smith, etc. London, 1616; Boston, 1865;
Birmingham, 1884 (in The English scholars library. Capt. John Smith . . .
AVorks. 1608-1631 . . . Edited by Edward A rl)er); in Massachusetts His-
toricAl Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. vi, Boston, 181^7; Force Tracts, vol. ii, Wash-
ington, 1838.
Virginia, Hist of Va.=The generall historie of Virginia, New-England, and the
Summer isles, etc. London, 1624, 1626, 1627, 1631, 1632, 1705 (in Harris, J.,
Collection of voyages, vol. i), 1812 (in Pinkerton, John, A general collection
of voyages and travels, vol. xiii); Richmond, 1819 (The trve travels . . .
of Captaine John Smith, etc., vol. ii); Birmingham, 1884 (Arber eciition;
see above).
1631= Advertisements for the unexperience<l planters of New England, etc.
Tx)ndon, 1631; Boston, 1865; Birmingham, 1884 (Arber edition; see above);
. in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. in, Boston, 1833.
Smith, Fishes of Mass.=Smith, Jerome Van Crowninshield. Natural history of the
fishes of Massachusetts. Boston, 1833.
S. Q. See El.
St., Stiles=Stile8, Ezra.
Peq. =A vocabulary of the Pequot, obtained by President Stiles in 1762 ... at
Groton, Conn. Manuscript in the library of Yale University. Copy in the
library of the Bureau of American Ethnology.
Narr.=A manuscript vocabulary obtained from a Narragansett Indian, Septem-
ber 6, 1769. In the library of Yale University.
Storer, Rept. on Fishes of Mass. =Storer, David Humphreys, and Peabody, William
Bourne Oliver. Report on the fishes, reptiles, and birds of Massachusetts.
Boston, 1839 (Report of Commissioners on the Zoological and Botanical Sur-
vey of the State).
Stour. Misprint See Storer.
Strachey=Strachey, William. The historic of travaile into Virginia Britannia, etc.
London, printed for the Hakluyt Society, 1849.
8ubj.=subject.
8uff.=suffix, suffix form.
Sum. =Summerfield, John. Sketch of grammar of the Chippeway language, to
which is added a vocabulary of some of the most common words. By John
Summerfield, alias Sahgahjewagahbahweh. Cazenovia, 1834.
suppos. =suppositive.
Sw. =Swedi8h.
s. v.=sub voce, under the entry; also same verse.
S\T. =Syriac.
t., trans. = transitive.
1 Thess.=The first epistle of Paul to the Thessalonians.
2 Thess. =The second epistle of Paul to the Thessalonians.
1 Tim.=The first epistle of Paul to Timothy.
2 Tim.=The second epistle of Paul to Timothy.
Tit.=The epistle of Paul to Titus.
Tocqueville=Tocqueville, Alexis Charles Henri Cl^rel de. De la democratic en
Am^rique. 2 v. Bruxelles, 1835. Several other editions,
trans. See t.
v. = verse. See also s. v.
v.. vb.=verb.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL] ABBBEVIATIONS XXVU
vbl.=verbal, verbal noun.
Ve8puciu8= Vespucci, Amerigo (Lat. VespuciuB, Aqiericus).
Nav. Col. =Navarrete, Martin Fernandez de, Goleccion de loa viages y descubri-
mientos, que hicieron por mar los Espanoles desde fines del siglo xv. 5
vols. Madrid, 1825-37.
Vineyard Rec. JSee Mar. Vin. Rec.
Virg. = Virginian.
voc. = vocabulary.
Von Martius. iSee Martins.
Watts' Cat. See Quinney.
Weber = Weber, Albrecht Friedrich. Several works on East Indian language and
literature.
Webst., Webster = Webster, Noah. Dictionary of the English language. Many edi-
tions and revisions.
White=White, Andrew. A relation of the colony of the lord baron of Baltimore, in
Maryland, near Virginia; a narrative of the voyage to Maryland, by Father
Andrew White, etc. In Force Tracts, vol. iv, Washington, 1846.
Williams. See R. W.
Wil8.= Wilson, Alexander. Several works on American ornithology.
Winslow, Relation=W[inslow], E[dward]. Good nevves from New-England; or A
true relation of things very remarkable at the plantation of Plimoth, etc.
London, 1624; partly reprinted in Purchas, Samuel, His pilgrimes, vol. iv,
London, 1625; also in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser, 1, vol. viii,
Boston, 1802, and ser. 2, vol. ix, Boston, 1822, 1832, and in Young, A.,
Chronicles of the Pilgrim fathers, Boston, 1841, 1844.
Winth=Winthorp (=Winthrop) [Adam?]. The description, culture, and use of
maiz. In Philosophical Transactions, no. 142, for December, January, and
February, 1678 [-79]. London, 1679.
Wood (N. E.)=Wood, William. New Englands prospect. A true, lively, and
experimental 1 description of that part of America, commonly called New
England, etc. London, 1634; 1635; 1639; 1764; Boston, 1865 (in Publica-
tions of Prince Society).
Wood (L. I. ), S. Wood = Wood, Silas. A sketch of the first settlement of the several
towns on Long island, with their political condition, to the end of the Amer-
ican revolution. Brooklyn, 1824; 1826; 1828; 1865.
Wun. Samp. See Rawson.
Zech. =Zechariah.
Zeisb.=Zei8berger, David.
Gr., Gram. = A grammar of the language of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware
Indians. Translated from the German manuscript of the author by Peter
Stephen Du Ponceau. With a preface and notes by the translator. Pub-
lished by order of the American Philosopnical Society in the third volume
of the new series of their Transactions. Philadelphia, 1827; in American
Philosophical Soc. Trans., new ser., vol. iir, Philadelphia, 1830.
S. B., Spelling Book=Essay of a Delaware-Indian and English spelling-book,
for the use of the schools of Christian Indians on Muskingum river. Phila-
deTphia, 1776; reprinted with additions and omissions, Philadelphia, 1806.
Voc. = Vocabularies by Zeisberger. From the collection of manuscripts presented
by Judge Lane to Harvard University. Nos. 1 and 2. Printed for the
"Alcove of American Native Languages" in Wellesley College library, by
E. N. Horsford. Cambridge, 1887.
Also several translation^ into Delaware, and other works containing Delaware
linguistic material.
Digitized by
Google
XXVIII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 25
Zeph. =Zephamah.
Zig. = (Germ.) Zigeuner, Gyi)sy.
*In the Natick-English part this sign indicates that the words it precedes do not
belong to the Natick dialect pix)per. In the English-Natick part it apparently
indicates that the words it precedes represent ideas foreign to the aboriginal
thought. Its use seems to have been discontinued soon after the commence-
ment of this part of the dictionary.
Digitized by
Google
NATICK-ENGLISH
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
*Abbaxnoclio. See *chepy; *Hohbamoco.
*abockqu6un-a8h (Narr.), n. pi. 'the
mats of the house' (with which the
wigwam was covered), R. W. See
nppuhqu6tu; upp6hguo9,
abohquas, n. a mouse. See mishaboh-
abohquofl, n. a covert; sokamon, a
covert from rain, Is. 4, 6. See appuh-
qiidsu; upp6hqtw9.
*acawxnen (Narr.), on the other side of,
beyond. See ongkome.
*achmoowonk, vbl. n. news, C. See
aunchemaokau.
adehaii, v. i. he hunts, is hunting. Vbl. n.
adchdonk, audchdonk, hunting, what is
taken by hunting, Prov. 12, 27. N.
agent, <idchaen, a hunter, Gen. 10, 9
{adchden-drif a fowler, C). With an.
obj. adchcmauj he hunts (him, live
game); pi. -andog, Mic. 7, 2; suppos.
(ichanont, when he hunts, when hunt-
ing. Lev. 17, 13; infin. achanatj to hunt,
C. From ahchUy he strives after, is dili-
gent or active to secure.
[Narr. aucha&i, he is gone to hunt
or fowl; n^tauchdumeriy I go a fowling
or hunting. Cree ach, he is active,
diligent.]
-adchaubuk, in comp. words, root, or
roots. See toadchaubuk.
adchuwompafir, ' in the morning watch ' ,
just before light, Ex. 14, 24; Judg. 16, 2.
Suppos. of utchuwompan (it dawns,
light comes), q. v.; no pajeh utchutoom-
panit, 'until the day dawn', 2 Pet. 1, 19.
adt, dt, prep, in, at, to, £1. Gr. 22
(sometimes written ahhtU): adt yaM
naiyag, upon the four comers, Ex. 38, 2;
layeuonk'] adl sqiMginit hashab, [a place]
for spreading nets upon, Ezek. 26, 14
{ahhut sepoffenity ibid. 47, 10).
As a prefix, adt (sometimes «/, »*/, or j
adt, it — continued.
'f ) is apparently related to ohtau, he has;
ohtmu (se habet), it is; ohtdcy belonging
to, or possessing (a quality, attribute,
etc.). So, in the Cree, according to
Howse (Gr. 21), oo prefixed, or, before
a vowel, ooty *' shows that the subject
possesses the noun — he has, i. e., owns,
or possesses (it)," as ^^asadnij a snow-
shoe; oot-asadm-u, he has snowshoes.'*
[Vineyard Rec. fa, tah.']
adtahahe [acU-ttifishe], adv. as often as,
as many as, Rev. 3, 19; aUaxihe, Rev.
11, 6; ahhtU lahshej 2 K. 4, 8; utia)ch£,
1 Cor. 11, 25, 26. See tohsu; uUcoche,
[Narr. ay&tche, as often as. Cree
ilAitssur-uky they are so many; h^ it-tdse'
chickf as many as they are. Del. endchi,
so much as, as many; endchen, so often
as, Zeisb.]
adtahtou, v. t. he hides (it). Matt 25; 18;
ntU-^idtahtavrun, I hide it, Ps. 119, 11;
Jer. 13, 5; imper. 2d pere. adtaJUaushy
hide it, Jer. 13, 4. This is a cans. inan.
form, from a primary not found in
Eliot. See *aulah ( Narr. ) , an apron, =
adtaUy he hides. See also adtashau,
adtanne^en, -nekin, v. t. (inan. subj.)
it brings forth, bears, produces (as the
earth when cultivated, plants, a culti-
vated tree, fruit, etc.). See tarmegen.
The prefix cuit marks appropriation, a
growing, or bringing forth, to or for an
owner.
adtannekitteau, v. i. he plants (lays the
foundation of) his house; suppos. adtarir
nekitteadl qusmkquanit, when he built
(founded) his house on a rock. Matt
7, 24; naguntUf in the sand,
v. 26. With inan. subj., adlanehteauy
tUtan-y the house is planted, or founded,
V. 25. See wekUiean,
Digitized by
Google
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 26
adtashaU, v. t. an. he hides (himself, or
another), Jer. 23, 24; Luke 1, 24; unU- ,
tdttash'Uhy she hid them, Josh. 2, 4. See
adUxhiou. \
[Oee hdht-owy he hides it; kdht-tayoOy
he hides him. Abn. ne-kandaSaUy ne-
kafi'StaSahf je le lui cache; ne-kandSn,
je cache cela.]
adt6aU, adtauati, attdatt, v. t. he ac-
quires possession of, makes his own;
(used by Eliot for) he buys; imperat.
adtdoBhy buy thou (it), Jer. 32, 7, 8;
ddidagkf buy ye, Is. 55, 1; suppos. noh
adtdadtf . * . noh maguky he who buys,
... he who sells, Is. 24, 2; adt mish-
dadtik, *of great price', 1 Pet. 3, 4;
anoadtu rubUashy she is of price above
[is worth more than] rubies, Prov, 31,
10; vbl. n. adtS&OTik, purchasing, acquir-
ing, Jer. 32, 8; adj. and adv. adtddef of
or relating to purchase, Jer. 32, 11, 12,
16. Cf. dadtuhkauy he pays (him).
[Narr. kut-taUa&am'ish adke^ I will
buy land of you. Abn. net-^UanSS,
j'ach^te, je traite; net-atanman, j'ach^te
de lui; alaSiSanganj achat, traitement.
Cree at-dwdyoo lahd-ahtvdy Chip.], he
exchanges, barters, Howse. Chip, aid-
wenarif he sells (him), Bar.]
adtdekit, suppoe. of hohtdekm (f), she is
next in growth (?) ; noh adtdekUj she who
comes next, a 'second daughter', Job
42, 14. Cf. hohtdeu.
[Abn. Sd^hanar, son fr^re cadet.]
adtonkqfl, as n. a kinsman, or kinswo-
man; pi. -80^; kadtonkqs, Hhy cousin',
Luke 1, 36; nu tonkqSy * my kinswoman ',
Prov. 7, 4; vHuHunkqus-oh^ * her cousins',
Luke 1, 58; wadUmkqsiny a cousin, C.
One who is akin to or in some sense
belongs to another. Cf. adtdau; oh-
tunk; togqum (a twin).
[Narr. natdncks, my cousin; vxjidnckSj
a (his) cousin; vfoi-tonkgUtuock (v. mut. )
they are cousins. Abn. nnadafigSs, pi.
Sssakf mon cousin, seu le fils des pa-
rents de ma mdre (dicit vir vel mulier) ;
nnadangSseseskSi ln*dangcoaes (dimin.)
and squa (fem.)], ma cousine, la fille
du parent de ma m^re (dicit vir);
nadangSf dit-on & la femme de son frdre,
dit le p^re au man de sa fiUe, etc. Cree
t&hhxhmayoOy he is related to him.
Chip, nindangoshe, my mother's broth-
adtonkqs— continued,
er's daughter, or my father's sister's
daughter (dicit mulier).]
adtuhtagr, suppos. when (it was) in order,
or seasonable (?) ; wenominneashj at
Hhe time of grapes', Num. 13, 20,
aetaX, aeetaue, aeetawe, Atdl, adv. at
both sides, Ezek. 47, 7, 12; Ex. 26, 19:
9eqf>j on both sides of the river,
Rev. 22, 2; ihiAi-kenag, sharp on both
sides, * two-edged', Prov. 5, 4.
[Abn. HdaSiSij ou tpemaiSi, au bout,
aux deux bouts de quelque chose.]
agkemut, suppos. of ogkemauj v. t. an. he
counts. See ogkemdnat.
agqueneiinkquok, suppos. as n., like-
ness, resemblance, Deut. 4, 16, 17, 18,
See ogqti^; ogqaeneank,
agqtiit, ftqut, suppos. of .hogkaOj he is
covered or clothed with, he wears (as
clothing) ; ne agquUf ne dqut, that which
he wears, Gen. 37, 23; 1 K. 11, 30.
Adv. agwee, for wear; *to put on'. Gen.
28, 20. See hogkco.
iguahau, v. t, he goes under (it) — for
shelter or concealment is implied —
2 Sam. 18, 9; pi. dgqehaog^ Job 24, 8.
Cf. ogkcochin.
agwe. See agwu,
agwonk, under a tree, 1 Sam. 31, 13.
From ngvm and -unk, formative. See
mehtug.
a^wu, agwe, ogrwu, (it is) underneath,
below, Deut. 33, 27; Josh. 15, 19; Ex.
20, 4. The contracted form of ohkeiyeu,
earthward (El. Gr. 21); ohkeiea, C.
[Del. equiiviy Zeiab.]
ahdmaqudflutlk (?), ah^maogq (suppo».
as n.), a needle, Mark 10, 25; Luke 18 ^
25; ohhomaquesuuk, C. Adj. and adv,
'Ogqtiegde, made by the needle, of
needlework, Judg. 15, 10. Cf. adhkeomw.
[Abn. UamakSy aiguille pour faire des
nattes ou des raquettes; tsankkaiidiy
aiguille f rangoise. ]
ahanehtam, v. t. he laughs at (it). See
hahanehtam.
alUuiu, v. i. he laughs. See hahdnu.
ahadsukqueu. See hdsekdeu.
*a'htfwgrwut (Peq.), a bear, Stiles.
ahcheu. See ahchu,
ahchewontam, v. t. he is very desirous
of (it), covets (it) ; ahcheu-anUzmy he is
earnest-minded; imper. 2d pi. ahcfie*
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
ahchewontam — con tinned .
uvtitamcoky covet ye (the l)e8t gifts),
1 Cor. 12, 31; imperat. of prohibition,
ahcheirontukorij thou shalt not covet, or
* desire' it, Beut. 6, 21; suppoe. ahche-
uHmtog, he who is covetous; pi. -gig, the
covetous, Luke 16, 4. Vbl. u. iam-
donk, coveting, covetousness, Hab. 2, 9
{ahhahchuwonkf Man. Pom. 86). Cot-
ton has nut-ahchuueehteom (?), I pro-
cure; nuttahckueJUeo, I get (?).
ahchu, alicheu, v. i. he is diligent,
makes effort, exerts himself (ef. ad-
chauy he hunts). Used by Eliot only
as an adverb, in the sense of diligently,
earnestly, exceedingly, very much, etc. :
a?ichu anakaumogf they *had a mind to
work' (worked ' with a will*) , Neh. 4, 6;
ahchue taphekon (prohib. ), * labor not to
comfort me*, Is. 22, 4; ahche mUhe kut-
onkquatunkj 'thy exceeding great re-
ward', Gen. 15, 1; ahchue pannup-
inishau S—j * he must needs go through
S — ', Mass. Ps. This verb may be
regarded as, in some sort, an intensive
of usm, uneu, which expresses animate
' at^tion, he moves, he does (Lat. agit),
while adchau denotes action for a pur-
pose or directed toward an end.
[Cree ^^ache-oo {ch=tch) or age-oo
(g = dg)f he moves (quasi, Lat. age-
re)", Howse, 166. Chip, aunj-eh. Abn.
ahanlfif de plus en plus; negafir
mihSsi, surpasse-toi de plus en plus.
Del. ahchv)i (when prefixed), very,
Hkw.; achauxUy hard, painful, Zeisb.]
ahchunk (?), n. a corpse, the dead body
of a man. Num. 19, 11, 16.
^ohchuaittam, (Mass. Ps.) he 'inclines
his ear' to (it) ; he gives attention; nut-
tahchimtUxm, I incline my ear to it, Ps.
49,4 {=nuk-kodnajiam. El.]; imperat.
2d sing, ahchusutash, Ps. 46, 10 [= kuk-
keitashf El.; see k\ikkehlau].
ahenit, suppos. of hennau, q. v.
iQihaohdmoDonk. See auwohMmwonk,
ahhut. See adi.
ahkehteaunat. See ohkehUaundt.
^ahketeamuk, an herb, C. (that which is
planted). See ohkehteaundt.
-fthkon, -uhkon, -ogkon, the character-
istic (suffix) of the imperative of pro-
hibition, 2d sing. Its force is equiva-
lent to that of ahque prefixed: ontnli-
-Ahkon, -uhkon, ogrkon — continued.
dhkon, do not remove it, Prov. 23, 10;
k-ummcot-uhkon, do not steal, steal not,
Ex. 20, 15.
ahkuhk. See ohkuk, an (earthen) pot.
ahpappin. See appappin.
alipdh. See app^h, a trap.
ahpooteau, uppoDteau, v. i. it withers,
Ps. 90, 6; Is. 40, 7, 8; i. e. becomes
dry, dries up: mussoopohteau {w^unmn-
abpehtau'un, he maketh (it) dry, Hag.
1, 4. From appwau, ohleau, it is dried
by heat, parched. Cf. nundpi; nuncU'
sendt; nunnobohteaUou, See apw6u,
[ahquantam,] aliquoantani, aliquon-
tam, V. t. he forgives (it), pardons
[ahque-arUam, refrains from thinking
of], 2 Chr. 7, 14; imperat. 2d sing, dhr
quoantash, forgive thou (it), 1 Sam. 25,
28; tanuiunnean, foi^give thou to
us (our sins). Matt 6, 12. With an.
2d obj., tajnauaUf he forgives (it)
to (him); act. intrans. ahquoarUausttf
he exercises forgiveness, pardons, for-
gives. Vbl. n. ausAonkf the ex-
ercise of forgiveness, Ps. 130, 4;
tamdonkf a foigiving, foi*giveness (e. g.
of sins, Col. 1, 14). Cf. mehquantam,
alxquanumau, ohquan-, v. t an. he
forsakes, abandons (keeps away from,
ahque) him; pi. -m&og, they forsake
(him), Judg. 2, 13; suppos. -rndg, if
ye forsake, Josh. 24, 20. Cf. liA^uan-
umau (intens.), he abhors, forsakes or
abandons with abhorrence.
ahque, v. i. he leaves off, desists, re-
frains: keketa>hkaumitf he left off
(when) talking with him. Gen. 17, 22;
matta ahque womonunk, he leaves not off
his kindness, Ruth 2, 20. More com-
monly used as a negative-imperative
or prohibitive particle — ^answering to
Greek firf\ Fr. ne pas: ahque vxibesishy
*fear not', do not fear. Gen. 16, 1;
naiwoniamcoky take ye not thought, leave
off thinking. Matt. 10, 19; heiUuh,
do not call (it). Acts 10, 16; tape-
nuk, 'when she could not longer', etc.
(when she left off being able), Ex. 2, 3.
Sometimes it receives the regular verbal
infiections: ahqueh, have thou patience
with me, refrain thou to me, 'Matt. 18,
26 [=ahhimehj v. 29, a more question-
Digitized by
Google
BUREAU OF AMEKICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
ahque — continued,
able form]; ahghuk lahque'Ook]^ refrain
ye, Prov. 17, 14. Cf. uhqiide; uhque.
[Narr. aqiiie, leave off, do not; aqule
itssdkish, be not foolish, R. AV. 39, 41.
Quir. matta eakquino, it ceaseth not,
Pier. 15, 40. Cree ' * e(/d [= ithkd] , 8ub-
ordin. neg. not; used with subj. and
imperative * ' ; " dk-, or awk^-, and dkoo-^
pri vative and intensive ' ' prefixes. Abn.
eksif cessationem significat; iied-^kSip-
piy je cesse de manger; ^kSihaia^ de-
meure en repos (dit-on ft celui qui ee
fdche, badine, etc.).]
aliquedne, as n. an island; kishke ah-
quedn-ety near an island, Acts 27, 16; pi.
-nosh {ogquidnash, Is. 40, 15).
[Howse (Cree Gr. 152) gives a "verb
-» expressive of a state of rest " : * * a^koosu,
he sits (a bird, in a tree) ; a^koo-moOy he
suspends, sits (e. g., a duck in the
water) ; a^koo-tin, inan. subj. it suspends,
is situate, e. g., B.n island in the water/'
Micm. agvMky it is in the water; Ep-
dgtvUf it lies in the water (name of
Prince Edward island), Dawson's Aca-
dian Geology, app., p. 673.]
aliquAteau, quehteau, v. t. (cans.) he
refrains from (it), leaves it off; imper.
2d. pi. ahquetedwk ussenatf refrain from
doing, *take heed that ye do not',
Matt. 6, 1. With the characteristic of
forcible or disastrous action, ahqshaUj
he is compelled to refrain, unwillingly
refrains, or the like. Is. 33, 8.
[l^ATT. aquHuckf *let us cease' (fight-
ing); but the verb is imperat. 2d pi.]
aliqu^kin, v. i. inan. subj., it ceases to
bear, or produce, becomes barren, Pe.
107, 34. From ahque, with the forma-
tive of verbs of inan. growth, -ekin.
[aliqu^ne. ] See *aquhi€, peace ; a truce.
aliqtiiyeulitedU, v. i. he refrains from
fighting, Jer. 51, 30. From ahqtie and
ayeuhteau.
aliqunon, v. imp. it ceases to rain, holds
up, Cant. 2, 11. From ahquey privative,
with -*nonf the formative of verbs of
raining ( falling water) . See sokanon,
[Abn, h'k^anfiy (la pluie) cesse.]
alxquoantam. See ahquantam.
aliquompi, v. imp. ; as n. a time, a season ;
Ezek. 16, 8; Dan. 7, 12; 8, 17; suppas.
and indef. dhquomjxik, when it is the
ahquompi — continued,
time, at the time when; ne aqtwmpakj
at that time. Josh. 1 1 , 10. In his Gram-
mar (p. 21), Eliot classes ''ahquompaky
when ", with * * adverbs of time ' ' . With
verb subst. ahquompiyeuWf time is,
there is a time, Eccles. 3, 2, et seq.
{oggo8ohquompi, a little time; kemk'
kdtfae ahquompi, daytime, C. )
ahquontam. See ahquantam.
alitauun^t. See ohtauun&t.
*alxteali ( Peq. ) , a dog. Stiles. See anum.
ahtettk. See ohteak, a (cultivated) field.
ahtinosuk, when she *fluttereth over'
(her young), Deut. 32, 11.
alitomp. See ohtomp, a bow.
alitdonk. See ohleSonk, a possession.
alitotapaerodtut, 'beside the still wa-
ters', Pb.23,2.
ahtou, ahtoou. See ohlauundt.
ahtuk, n. a deer; pi. ahluhquog, El. Gr. 9;
adtunkquog, 1 K. 4, 23 (aUuk, C. ; oiiucke,
tVood). This name is used by Eliot
for ' roe ' , * roe-buck ' , and in one place
for 'hart', as well as for 'deer', generic.
Elsewhere he has nukkonahiuk (old
deer) for 'hart' (Deut. 12, 15); and
more often, aiyomp or eiyomp (Ps. 42, 1;
Cant. 2, 17), also transl. 'roe' (Prpv.5,
19; 6, 5; Cant. 8, 14). Of the several
names applied by Eliot to deer-kind:
ahiukj in New England, appears to
have been the common name of the
fallow deer, Cervus \'irginianu8. Narr.
aUuck and nSonatch. Peq. noughitch,
ndgh'ich, deer; ioau^htdgga<^hy, 'deer,
i. e., wet-nose'; cunggachie maukyase,
a great deer (Abn. manrSs, 'cerf';
'maurouse' of Joaselyn); viausshakeet
maukkyhazse 'the biggest deer* ( moose?) ,
Stiles MS. Etch, adook, Del. achtuch.
Abn. na>rke, chevreuil. Old Alg. au^as-
keshy Lah. Chip, tvatodahkeshi, vxiumHiw-
shesh, red deer; atlk, reindeer, Cervus
sylvestris. [See what Schoolcraft (Ind.
Tribes, iii, 620) says of the tradition
that at the first deers were the hunters
of men, and his statement that the
mythic **Adik was a famous hunter of
the North ' ' , etc. Look for the possi ble
relation of Mass. adchau, 'he hunts',
ahchu, *he strives after', etc., and ahtuk
(attuck), 'deer'.]
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DIOTIONAKY
alituk — continued.
aiyompf ayimj), eiyomp, *hart*, *roe*,
is Abn. dumhet the male of deer or
deerkind, a buck. Narr. kuUiomp [keht-
eiyomp'jf *a great buck*; and so, pan-
cottduwaWf -taUvHit, a buck. Del. ayapeu^
Zeisb. East. Chip, ayarbey atoaskesh,
male deer, Long.
eiyompdemes€y pL -sogt * young hart',
Cant. 8, 14; * young roes', Cant. 4, 5;
dimin. of dyomp.
qunnegk, pi. -gqucU>gt -qudog, *hind',
Gen. 49, 21; Cant. 2, 7; a doe, the female
deer. Narr. aundtiy qunnike (the former
term corresponding to Abn. JU'rar, fe-
male of deer-kind); qunnequdwhe, a
young doe.
maMdo<7, * fallow deer'. SeemoM.
alitlishkouwaU, pi. -waog, 'nobled',
principal men, Num. 21, 18.
[Narr. ata&skawduog, -kowaug, rulers,
lords, R. W. 120, 133.]
£hiinou. See Jiennau.
*aianiiatL, v. t. an. he imitates (him);
niUtianndUy I imitate, C. See ddnldh-
konauonat; unneu.
*aianiie, C. See eiydne.
*aiozLtogrkoznp, n. a knave, C.
alppanehteau, v. cans, he maketh
calm {mishiUaskineuh, the storm), Ps.
107, 29. See auiuipin.
alt, suppoB. of ayeu, q. v.
£iuhk6ntowtexik. See auiuak&ntowdonk.
aiuBkoiantam, v. i. he repents, is sorry;
nut-aiuskoianiamy I repent, Jer. 18, 10;
imperat. 2d sing, aiuskoiantamash, re-
pent thou, be sorry for, Acts 8, 22.
aiyomp, a buck. See ahtuk.
*aJLd8u-ogr (Narr.), they are counting.
See ogketamUnAt.
akodchu, v. i. he is ashamed; nut-akodj
{niU-dgkodch, C), I am ashamed, Luke
16, 3; matta akodchuog^ they were not
ashamed, Gen. 2, 25 {nutrdgkodchehik-
qurif it ashameth me, C). Vbl. n.
-chuonk, shame, Prov. 18, 13 {ogkodchu-
onkf C). Cans. an. cJuxichehheaUj he
shames (hun), makes him ashamed;
kui-a-kodchehhioogf thou puttest them to
shame, Ps. 44, 7. Imperat 2d + 3d
pers. ahque akodjheh, put me not to
shame, Ps. 119, 31.
am^tl, anUtol, v. i. he departs, goes
away, withdraws himself. Job 27, 21;
Gal. 2, 12 (without reference to the
mode or to the act of going, but simply
to the separation or removal of one per-
son or thing from another); imperat.
2d pers. sing, amatshy depart, go away;
suppos. amcntf amaiit, when he went
away; with an. obj. amdeuau, he goes
away from him; amaeuohf amayeoh,
he went away from him, Judg. 6, 21 (?),
more commonly, amaehtatumj he de-
parts or goes away from (him), 1 Sam.
16, 14; imperat. 2d -f Ist sing. amaMh'
tahy depart thou from me, Luke 5, 8;
suppos. part. ameJUarwnt, when he de-
parts, when departing, from (him ), Jer.
17,6.
-ftmaer, -ftmaug, pi. dmagquog, n. gen.
for 'fish taken by the hook.' See
*aumatit.
[axnakompau, y. i. he stands away;]
imperat. -pauishj stand thou away, C.
IJTnacnhkattatt, v. t. an. he drives (him)
away; pi. -kaudogy they drive away,
Job 24, 8.
-ftmaug. See -dmag,
^^■m^iiTiiitti^ V. t. he takes (it) away, Job
20, 19; Judg. 8, 21; imperat amaunsh,
take thou ( it) a way, Prov. 26, 4. From
amdeuy with characteristic (-num) of
action by the hand. Cf. *aumaAi,
[Narr. amduruhf take it away.]
amaushau, v. i. he departs secretly or
with evil purpose, or the like; he * slips
away', 1 Sam. 19, 10. From amdeu,
with sh of derogation.
amayeuonk l=am(ieuonk']f vbl. n. de-
parture, going away, 2 Tim. 4, 6.
^amiaque l=amisq], Muh. a beaver,
Edw. Cf. tummunky a name which was
applied properly only to the living
adult animal. (Abn^ temakSiy castor
vivant) Amisky a generic name for
beaver-kind, has been retained in the
principal Algonquian dialects: Abn.
pep8nremesk8, nipen-emeskSy winter
beaver, summer beaver; kemhkSy great
beaver, or beaver skin; cUsimeakS (or
nanbSmeskS), male, nSshneskS (or 8k-
hneskS), female beaver. Cree umUk,
Chip.omil;. Shawn. am^^iooA. Miami
mahkwaw. Del. (Minsi) amochky Zeisb.
Digitized by
Google
8
BUREAU OF AHEBIOAN ETHNOLOGY
[BT7LLETIK 25
♦ammilit, perhaps, it may be, 0.
amdmau, v. t. an. he warns (him) ; gives
(him) warning; pi. -dog^ Ps. 19, 11;
kut^mmdmohf thou wamest him, Ezek.
5, 18; vmt-amdmvh, he warned him,
Acts 10, 22; suppos. amdnwnty if he
warn, Ezek. 33, 3. Vbl. n. ( pass. ) am6n-
tiionk, warning, Ezek. 33, 45.
^a'mucksh (Peq.), n. a weasel, Stiles.
See *mu9qwuh,
aaakausu, v. i. he works, he labors,
Prov. 31, 13; nutninakous, I labor, John
5, 17; suppos. noh andkaumi^ he who
works, Eccl. 3, 9. N. agent, -men, a
worker. Is. 40, 19; pi. -enuog, Is. 44, 11.
Vbl. n. -mwnk, laboring; work, labor,
Eccl. 3, 10, 11.
[Narr. anakdusu, 'a laborer', pi.
(suppos.) -dcML Abn. ned-arokkiy je
travaille; ned-arokkihAii, je travaille
pour moi. Chip, anoibt. Bar. ; annokee,
Sch.]
*anamak^esuck (Narr.), this dtly, to-
day [==yea kemkod, El.]; anamandu-
kock, tonight, R. W.
[Abn. hme-kizegak, pendant le jour;
{aSiremi, sign, la continuation d'une
action; hemi, qui va laissant, ooulant).
- Del. digischquik^ today; elemisiquonky
this spring; elemtrmpur^, this summer,
Zeisb.]
azUbxtam, uzUbxtam, v. i. he thinks,
purposes, wills; is mind-ed, Luke 12,
17; Acts 19, 21; ne anantamup (pret.),
that which I thought, Is. 14, 24; sup-
pos. ne anoniogj what he may think, or
will; 'according to his will', Dan. 4, 35
{uncofUogy *if he permit', Heb. 6, 3).
With an. obj. ananumauy he wills to
(him), he permits (him); suppos. un-
nanumky if he permit (me), 1 Cor. 16, 7.
Vbl. n. anardamcoonky thought, pur-
pose, opinion, will; (mcLnumaonky per-
mission, will or thought (in relation
to an an. obj.). Job 12, 5. Adj. and
adv. ananiamu^, anarUarnwey willing-ly,
Judg. 5, 2.
This is the intene. or augment, form
of the primary verb antaniy he is
mind-ed, has in mind (with an an.
obj. anumau)^ which is not, perhapsi,
found separately in Eliot, but is the
base of all verbs of mental action and
of emotion. Maillard (Micmac Gr. 91 }
azUbxtam, uzUbxtam— continued,
distinguishes this class of verbs as
''personnels mentaux: ces verbes de-
signent les diff^rentes modifications de
' I'esprit, de la pens^, ou de TAme."
[Narr. nl-^dniam or rdrunn&rUam^ I
think; nireaiAm^^mjowonck^ my thought
or opinion. Abn.ne(i-€rMam,jepense.
Chip, inendam, he thinks; kaMhk-endamy
he is sad, etc.. Bar.; nind-en&indumy I
think, J. Cree iUlhetum, he thinks (it) ;
d^^^ma^oo, he so thinks (him); rrUthch
Hhetum, he well thinks, approves, etc.
Del. elendam, 'indicates a disposition of
the mind'; nvw-elendam, 1 am sad,
Zeisb.]
anaquabit, as a prep., before, in the
presence of (him), Ex. 8, 20; 9, 13;
Luke 21, 36. This is a verb in the sup-
positive (its regular indicat. pres. would
be anaqu4ippu)y and varies in number
and person with its subject, which is
the object of the preposition by which
we must translate the verb:
nun-neepoh anaquab-ean (2d sing.), I
stand before thee, Ex. 17, 6; ano-
quah4t{Zdang.), before him;
anaquaihedg (2d pi.), before you;
anaquab-'heUU (3d pL), before
them, Deut. 9, 2; neepau anaquabeh
(Ist sing.), he stands before me. Pa.
139,5.
In some dialects this prepositive verb
is further varied with the position or
attitude of its subject — ^before him when
sitting, when standing, when lying
down, etc. (see Baraga, Otchipwe Gr.,
469) ; but if such distinction was made
in the Massachusetts language it es-
caped Eliot's observation.
anaquappu is formed of appu (he
remains, he is) and onkoue (beyond, in
advance of) or some nearly related
word.
With inan. subj. anaqaohUig (sup-
pos. of aiviqaohteau)y before it, Ex.
19, 2; Judg. 20, 28; anaquoJUag wvit, be-
fore his house, C. Cf. Quir. arquabi,
Pier,
anaquesuonk, 6noq*, vbl. n. a joining,
a joint, Eph. 4, 16; pi. -ongash, Cant 7, 1.
anaquahatt, v. i. he trades, trafiics;
imperat. anaqunhunk, trade ye, (ien.
34, 10; 3d pi. ana-f/ushdJiettich, let them
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATIOK-ENGLISH DICTTIONABY
anaqushatt— continued,
trade, v. 21 {unhesh^tOy will you truck?
Wood). N. agentis anaqxishaen; pi.
-hvaog, traders, 1 K. 10, 14.
[Narr. anaqu8ha&og (they trade),
'traders'; nwuanagushauog or mouna-
qushdnchick, 'chapmen'; {maqushhdo^
let us trade, R. W.]
anaakham, v. i. he digs, hoes, breaks
the earth, Luke 16, 3 {-hamun^ as infin-
itive).
[Narr. ancukh^mmin, to hoe, or break
up; pi. aruuhk-hdmioogj they hoe. Abn.
Sdererke'hemenf il le b^he.]
*an^kig (Karr.), n. (a digging instru-
ment, ) a hoe, pi. -ganash, R. W.
[Abn. arakihigan.'l
^aiUtuchaxmneaidi (Narr. ), n. pi. acorns,
R. W.; annachim, nut, pi. -minashf C.
[Del. wunaehquimy Hkw. Abn. ane^-
hemen, pi. -noTf glands; anaskame9ij
ch^ne qui porte des glands.]
-ane, of the kind of, etc. See unne.
an^a, adv. further, Luke 24, 28 l=<mg'
houe (?)]. Of. dnu€, more than.
[Narr. enUck^ further; n^neickom&m^
a little further.]
*an6qus (Narr. ) , n. the ground or striped
squirrel, or chipmunk (Tamiaslysteri).
Cf. annuneks (ant).
[Abn. anikoMess, Cf. Abn. nannafi-
- kesegfX), il est l^ger.]
anetLham, y. i. he has advantage, gains
[goes beyond, cmeu-ami]. With inan.
obj. hwnauau, he profits or is prof-
ited by (it); toh urme aneuhamau-un
wosketomp, what is a man profited, etc..
Matt. 16, 26; suppos. (t inan.) aneti-
hamauadtf if he gain (it), ibid.; suppos.
pass, or inan. subj. aneurhamukf what
is gained; pi. yeuus aneuhamug-uhf
these things are gained, Phil. 3, 7; nut-
tdnUtuunf I overcome or conquer, C.
Vbl. n. aneu^^numdonk, gain, advantage,
profit; and pass, aneurmdadtuonk, 1
Tim. 6, 6.
aneupde. See dnupde.
Ibiin, anun, v. i. (1) it exceeds, goes be-
yond, is more than. ( 2) it rots, corrupts.
_ From dnuef more, beyond, with the
' formative of verbs of growth : it goes be-
yond, exceeds (the good or normal);
with an. subj. aninnu, anunnoOy he rots
('stinketh*, John 11, 39), pi. aninvmgy
^bun, anun — continued.
'they are corrupt', Ps. 14, 1; le. 50,
2; wuskannem anU ut agtoe puhquohkUf
' the seed is rotten under the clods ' , Joel
1, 17; suppos. man. ne aneuk, *a cor-
rupt thing', Mai. 1, 14; 'rottenness',
Prov. 12, 4; suppos. an. nok anitj he
who is rotten or is corrupt; corrupted
or putrefied flesh or an. being (some-
times used by Eliot for aneuk, after an
inan. substantive, as Prov. 10, 7 ) . VbL
n. annaxmkf decay, rottenness, Prov. 14,
30; annunaHmk, rottenness (of flesh,
or an. obj.), putrefaction. Lev. 22, 25;-
Job 17, 14; suppos. pass. (inan. subj.)
anunnamuk, when it is rotted, rotten-
ness, Hos. 5, 12.
The primary signification, it will be
observed, is to exceed, to pass beyond;
hence noh anil, he who exceeds or goes
beyond (the natural, the common, or
the normal) designates any an. being
of supernatural, uncommon, or abnor-
mal qualities or powers; and with the
indef. prefix instead of the demonstra-
tive, m^anit (somebody or something
that exceeds), became the name of
supernatural being or agency, which is
usually translated * God ' .
[Del. aleU, rotten, Zeisb.]
[Note —It was the intention of the com-
piler to rewrite the foregoing definition.]
aninnuhko), it is a help or support
(-li^jb marking continuance or perma-
nence); as n. a support, *a stay', 1 K.
10, 19.
aninnum, v. t. he gives (with the hand),
he hands (it), presents (it). From
anndmau (q. v. ), with the characteristic
{num) of action of the hand. Imperat
2d pi. aninnurruDk meUuonk, give ye
(them) food. Matt. 14, 16. With an.
2d obj. aninnumau, he gives (it) to
(him); imperat. 2d + 1st sing, aninr
numehj give thou (it) to me. Matt. 14, 8
{aninnumeh, help thou me, Ps. 22, 19;
38, 22; ken unun&mah, give thou me, C. ) ;
aninnumauj he gives (him) assistance,
helps (him); -Tnauau miUamwofsmoh,
he helped the woman. Rev. 12, 16;
hU^ninum'Cmhy I help thee, Is. 41, 10.
See anndmau,
[Narr. kut-dnnumrmij will you help
me?; andnenuif help me.]
Digitized by
Google
10
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
*anifih&mog, n. codfish, C. 8ee*pauga'
natit.
anisheau. See dnu^ehheau.
-anit, in compos, for inanii, maniUOy q. v.
anitchewan, antitchuan [anue-vlchU''
an] J V. i. it overflows, flows abundantly,
Ps. 78, 16, 20. Sefe dnupde; dnuvnUchu-
wan.
anittue, adj. corrupted; pi. -iashj Ps.
38, 5; Prov. 25, 26. See dnin.
*a2xna, n. a shell, C. ; shell-fish. See kogki.
[Narr. (pi.) andwsucky shells. Abn.
^«,« pi. imik^ coquillee; ne-Tnan^s^^ j'a-
masse coquillage pour manger.]
^annacliizii, n. a nut, C. ; an acorn. See
*anduchemineash; min.
anneg'aziulituk, n. a fish spear, Job 41, 7.
annimmung'quot, n. a stench. Is. 3, 24;
bad smell (smell of corruption or
putridity, anni -f mungquotj the forma-
tive of verbals of smelling, or emitting
odor).
annin. See anndn.
annizinoDonk, axxnun-, vbl. n. corrup-
tion, Job 17, 14; Lev. 22, 25.
annoke. See anohke.
anndOsu, axxnoDOsu, v. i. he hopes,
trusts, is hopeful, 1 Cor. 13, 7 {noh
annodsUf C. ) ; nui-anndiiSj I hope, 2 Cor.
1, 13; suppos. anndogitf when, or if, he
hopes. Vbl. n. anndotuonk {annoaus-,
ann($oiM-, etc.), hoping; hope, expecta-
tion of good, Rom. 8, 24; Ps. 62, 5.
anzuD, uxmatt, v. t. an. he says to, tells
(him). See unnau and cf. ncodnat.
Pret. ana>opj anamop, he said to him,
he told him; ne dnun, what is com-
manded (said), Ex. 34, 11; suppos. noh
ananty he who tells or says to, * com-
mands', or directs; toh anontf what he
commands (may command), *his com-
mandment', Prov. 8, 29. With inan.
obj. anndtnau (q. v.), he gives (com-
mand) to, commands (it) to (him).
In the verse last cited three forms of
the primary verb occur in the suppos-
itive: an&mmamd^ w^hen he gave (his
decree) to; ioh aruml^ *his command-
ment', i. e. his commanding, word-
giving; dnanoodtf *when he appoints*,
commands (it).
Eliot's use of the several forms and
derivatives of this verb does not enable
us to distinguish them accurately. The
anncD, unnatt — continued,
primary signification of the root is, i^er-
i haps, to send (of. aniuolam, annwnaii);
I to commission, to direct, to tell.
I [Cf. Abn. iied-drauy j'ai coutume de
lui dire; ar8», fl^che [i. e. a missile].
Del. aUumsiy go along; aUuns, arrow,
bullet; allummahen, to throw; ptuk-
alum [round missile], bullet, Zeisb.]
axxnomaU, v. t. an. (1) he commands,
directs (him); nut-annam, I command
or tell (them), 1 K. 17, 4; suppos. nean-
namog, that which I command you,
Deut. 4,2. ( 2 ) he hires, employs ( him ) ;
nut-annam-uJCf he hires me, Judg. 18, 4;
suppos. noh annamont, he who hires,
Matt. 20, 1; suppos. -pasB. annamity when
he is hired, Neh. 6, 13. (3) he sends
(him), Ex. 24, 5; nvX-annam^ I send.
Matt. 11, 10; imperat. 2d + 1st pers.
send thou to me, Is. 6, 8. X. agent,
annaxien, one who serves for hire, Ex.
12, 45; one sent, a messenger, Prov. 17,
11; aiiamnuwaen, a commander. Is. 55, 4.
[Narr. an^ {=annd>s)y hire him;
hjU-annamsht I hire you.]
annoDOSu. See anndosu.
eauaxDUkg (?), suppos. inan. (that which)
is ripe, or seaaonable, Hoe. 9, 10; Jer.
24, 2. Cf. adtuhtag; kemnohteau.
anncDtaxn, v. t. inan. he sends (it). Lam.
1, 13; imper. 2d pL -tamwk, -teammk,
send you, 2 Sam. 17, 16. Vbl. n. -team-
a)onkf a sending, a command, 2 John 4.
annumali, v. t. an. (1) he gives word to,
commands (him) : aimkausuonk tie anii-
mauont, the task which he (suppos.)
giveth (to them) to do, Eccles. 3, 10;
andmaontj when he gives (to the sea)
his decree, Prov. 8, 29. See annco. Cf.
aninnum. . (2) he helps, assists (him):
wut-annuma-ohy he helped them. Acts
18, 27; hjU-annum-urikquny he helps us,
1 Sam. 7, 12.
axxntin, annin, v. t. he lays hold of,
puts hands on, seizes; with au. obj.
am{u (?). In either form the verb sig-
nifies to take hold of an an. object; in
the inan. form, to seize (him) by a jMirt,
a limb, the dress, etc. (inan. obj.) : vjU'
tannuh wun-nxUchegan-Uy he took her by
the hand, Mark 1, 31; kiit-anneh, thou
boldest me up, Ps. 73, 23; wui-annun
unisseet'Vty she caught him by the feet,
Digitized by
Google
IRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DIOTIUNAEy
11
anntin, annin — continued.
2 K. 4, 27; imperat. anin vmssiikqun-atf
take (him) by the tail, Ex. 4, 4; sujjpos.
noh anAm-woh anunord wehtauog-xU, he
who a dog takes by his ears, Prov. 26, 17.
annuneks, n. an ant, pi. -Bog^ Prov. 6, 7;
30, 25. Cf. *an^qa9 (Abn. anikco^esa),
chipmunk.
[Del. e li cuSy pismire, ant, Zeisb.
Mod. Abn. al-ikwsy pismire.]
annuxmoDonk. See annhmcDonk.
^annuonk, vbl. n. sneezing, C. Cf.*
•nanagkwonk, * snorting ^ C.
anogku, v. i. he paints (beautifies?) him-
self, 2K. 9, ^\hU'6,nogkem, thoupaintest
thyself, Ezek. 23, 40(nu<-anno^Hnum, I
paint, C ) . ( Vb. adj . an. anogkem, anog-
quesUf he is painted, appears fine. )
[Xarr. (v. adj. an.) aunakimj he is
painted; pi. aunaJcisuckf they are
painted. Abn. eraghinanaSf 11 le faut
matacher, peinturer, etc. ; ned-h'oghij je
me matache; SmgS, il se matache.]
andgqa, n. an. a star; pi. anoggBog^ El.
Gr. 9; 1 Cor. 15, 41; Job 22, 12; mis-
hdnogkus [mishe anogqs, great star], the
morning or day star, 2 Pet, 1, 19. For
andgqussUf he appears, shows himself.
In distinction from the sun, which rises
or comes forth {paspishau) and sets
(goes away, vxtyau), the stars appear
in their places when the absence of the
Sim and moon makes them visible.
[Narr. andckqas, pi. an6cktuck; mu-
Mnnocky morning star. Chip, an&ngy
Bar.; (St Mary's) an-<5on^. Del. ardncA;
( Camp. ) ; alank (Zeisb. ) . Modem Abn.
al-akwa, K. A.]
anohke, annoke, n. ordure, dung. Job
20, 7; Zeph. 1, 17 {annohke, C.)
[Abn. arikkafif d'une odeur forte,
comme de pourri.]
andme, (it is) within, it is inside of, Neh.
6, 10; Ps. 122, 2: en an^me, in the in-
nermost parts of, Prov. 26, 22, =en
anannxU, Prov. 18, 8; suppos. (or
locat?) anomutf when it is within or
inside; *adv. of place', within. El. Gr.
21 {unnommlyeUf adj. (?) within, C);
wiUt innom hogf the inwards, entrails
(within his body) , Lev. 1, 9. In other
dialects the primary meaning of an&me
is * below*, 'under*.
[Abn. aranmekf dessous; aranmakSe-
andme — continued.
mekf sous Tarbre. Chip, andmaii or
andm\ under, underneath, below. Bar.
460 {pindjaiif pindf^ in, within, inside
of) . Del. allamiy -iyey, therein, in there,
Zeisb. Gr. 175.]
ana>hom, v. t. he sings (a song); imperat.
2d pi. anwhomcbk . . . ana>fiomdonk,
single a song, Ps. 149, 1. With an.
2d obj. 'homauj he sings to (him); sup-
pos. -homontj when he sings, he singing,
Prov. 25, 20. Cf. ketmhoinom. From
anm {annco), he tells, and ann, he goes on
telling, he narrates.
andbhque, a defective or unipersonal
verb used as an adverb or auxiliary,
does not admit of exact translation. It
signifies, primarily, to correspond with,
to be like in form, degree, extent, dura-
tion, etc. (cf. ne-ane, to be like in kind,
of the same kind.) As an adv. it is
variously translated 'as much as', 'as
far as', 'as large as', Mn like manner',
etc.: ne anoohque . , , ne noohqae, as
much as, ... so much. Rev. 18, 7;
noh ne anoohque ussitj he who so does
('hath so done this deed', 1 Cor. 5, 3);
nesahteagk ne anoohque hUhkag, the
length of it corresponds with the
breadth, 2 Chr. 3, 8; suppos. inan. ne
anukkenukj pasuk ne antLkkenuk, 'of one
size', one in extent, 1 K. 6, 25. See
nogque.
[Narr. iou anUckquaquey how big?; yd
antickquaqfue, so far; dim. yd anuckqua-
qu^sej so little way (hence) ; touniLckqua--
que, how far? Abn. knaSiSi, 'avec res-
semblance d'une chose k une autre '.]
ancDtatt (?), v. i. he revengeth himself,
takes revenge, Nah. 1, 2; with an.
I obj. -toikiii, he takes revenge on (him),
ibid, Vbl. n. ancotdonk, revenge, 2 Cor.
7,11.
ana>tauwan8hteu2ik, suppos. of -Bhuh-
teau, when he takes revenge (by blood) ;
an avenger of blood. Num. 35, 19, 21, 24.
ancDtauwanahulit^aen-iii, n. agent, an
avenger, he who revenges (by blood);
anaotodn-, Rom. 13, 4.
-antam, the characteristic and forma-
tive of verbs expressing mental states
and activities. See andniam. [In the
Delaware, -elendam, in verbs which
"express a disposition, situation, or
operation of the mind", Zeisb. Gr. 89.]
Digitized by
Google
12
BUREAU OF AMEBICAK ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
antoMihau, v. i. he falls backward, vio-
lently or by mischance; pi. -aogf Is. 28,
13. See ordomu.
anuchuwan. See anUchewan, it over-
flows.
dune, (it exceeds, surpasses) as adv.
*more, rather', El. Gr. 21; the sign of
the comparative degree: anue wunnegen,
(it is) better. Matt. 18, 8, 9; anue <mk nen
(object ), more than me. Matt. IC, 37.
[Quir. arrvef archej artchCf Pier.;
arche misit the greatest, p. 40; arche,
'chiefly', p. 40; in compos, arwej arwe-
nuguotf more noble; arwendngeaeef more
excellent, p. 10; anve-kiUamanchdskOy
most merciful, p. 41. Del. ol^otn'tm, Zeisb.
and for the superl. degree elum^ most]
antihkau, v. t he is superior to, better
than, surpasses, Nah. 3, 8; mn hit j
art thou better than?, Nah. 3, 6.
[Quir. arrdokavjah and drrcokawdu^
Pier. 100
anlun, n. a dog; pi. anHmwogj Matt 7, 6
(Narr. ayim; Nipm. aZtim; Quinnip.
arum, EL Gr. 2; R. W. 107). From
annumauj he holds with his mouth
^ {annurn, with -mau the characteristic of
action performed by the mouth ) . [The
Peq. ahteah (Abn. atU)^ is related to
adchu, he hunts. Of. Engl, hound
(Gothic, hunda) and hunt]
[Abn. atiS, pi. atlak; aremS8, Ssmk.
. Peq. rCdiUeah, (my) dog, Stiles. Etch.
aUomoos, Del. oZZum. Chip. (St Mary's)
^ an^emoosh; (Sag.) aw nee nwuch, dog
(Sch. ) ; aniMf ' mean dog', Bar. Miami
lam wah, Menom. ah natm.]
anuxnwussukup, -sikkup, -kui>pe, n.
a willow tree, Ezek. 17, 6; Is. 44, 4;
Job 40, 22 (-mhappe, Mass. Ps.).
anuzL. See dnin.
foup&e, aneu-, fus adj. and adv. over-
flowing, Is. 28, 18; with ^okanon^ an
'overflowing shower*, Ezek. 13, 13; noh
piih aniipadtOy 'he [it] shall overflow'.
Is. 8, 8. See aniickewan.
dnussehlieau, anisheau, v. caus. an.
he corrupts, makes corrupt. From
dntiCy or dnin (q. v.), it rots, becomes
corrupt, with -sh of derogation : dnush-
edog wuhhogkauhy they corrupt them-
selves, Ex. 32, 7; suppos. 2d pi. dnis-
hedg, when you are corrupted, corrupt
yourselves, Deut 4, 24. With inan.
inusftehheau, anisheau — continued,
subj. anisteau, (it) corrupts (it), 1 Cor.
15, 33.
antitclLuan. See anUchewan.
dnuwodt, as adv. too much, more than
enough, Ex. 36, 7, s=dnue woh adty Ex. -
36,6.
l&nuwutclLuwan [=ant2c/iutMin] , it over-
flows, Ps. 78, 20. See anUchewan.
anwohliou, n. a staff, 1 Sam. 17, 40; Is.
10, 15; pi. -hamnash, 1 Sam. 17,43.
[Narr. wutldnhOy (his) staff. Abn.
anbadSh^y b&ton {necT anbadShSiy je
m'appuie sur (quelque chose) en mar-
chant).]
anwdhain, v. i. he rests himself, takes
rest, Ex. 20, 11; 31, 17 InuWannHwos-
tumweh nuhhogy 1 rest myself, C. (bad) ] ;
imperat 2d pi. -muok, rest ye, Mark 6,
41 ; uUoh adt anwdsik (suppos. ) , whereon
he resteth. Job 24, 23. Vbl. n. -aindonky
resting, rest, a resting place. Num. 10,
33.
[Abn. ariSimny il se repose, aiant
tnuraill^.]
adhkeoxiia>[s], n. a hornet, Josh. 24, 12;
adhkiaumamsy bee, Ps. 118, 12 (but
'hornet' is transferred, Deut. 7, 20, and
■ ^b€e9-og\ Judg. 14,. 8, etc.); ohkeom-
moM^y bees, C. ; aohkeomuaSy Mass. Ps.
Of. ahdmaquSmuk {ohhomaqu^esuuky C),
a needle or pin. .
[Del. amoSy a bee, wasp, Zeisb.]
adhBuhqueali. See hdsekdeu.
aongkoue. See ongkoue.
^kx>que, aGohque (?), v. i. he is against, or
opposed; he is an adversary; howan
aaHjue, who is my adversary? Is. 50, 8;
suppos. noh ayeuqaeuky he who is ad-
verse, an adversary; pi. -queagigy Neh.
4, 11. See ayeuhteau; ayetiuhkonau. '
apehtunk. See appohteauy it remains or
rests in.
^apbxne (Narr.), n. the thigh; pi. -mas^i.
See mehqtuiu; mobpee.
[Chip. (St Mary's) bwaum; (Mack.)
havmiy Sch. ii, 468. Del. In uch poa mCy
the middle of the thigh, Zeisb.]
appaliqudsu. See appuhqudm.
appappin, ahp-, v. i. he sits upon (it);
u^Uahpappiny she sits on it. Lev. 16, 20;
suppos. ne appapUy that whereon he
sits, Lev. 16, 22, 23, 26. Augm. of appin.
[Chip, ahpahbewiny a saddle, Sum.]
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
13
appA, ah,-p4h (-b.an),n. a trap, a snare;
Is. 8, 14; 24, 17; Job 18, 10; pi. -hanog,
'heonog, 2 Sam. 22, 6; Job 22, 10.
From pahheau, it waits for (?) {n^uppaih,
I wait for him, Es. IdO, 5). Cf. ohppeh,
[Narr. ap^; pi. ap^hana, traps; vmh-
apihana, new traps. Of. Cree oppt/,
* tobacco bag'.]
appesettukquBsin (?), be kneels; cans. +
hmhj he made them kneel. Gen. 24, 11;
(v. i.) rest on their knees; to kneel on
his knees, 1 K. 8, 54; 2 Chr. 6, 13, etc.
appesetukquBsin, (-un), v. act. intr. he
kneels, bows the knee; imperat. 2d pi.
appesetukquatuncDkj bow the knee, Gren.
41, 43.
appin, n. a bed (a place to sit or rest on).
Lev. 15, 26; Is. 28, 20; wui^ppin, his
bed. Cant. 3, 7 (as a verb, na vmt-appin,
he sits down there, Ruth 4, 1). See
appappinj dppu,
[Abn. U96&k8Qb9n, lit, ^lev^ de terre;
ap^fij lit qui ne Test pas. Chip.: "To
each person who is a member of the
lodge-family is assigned a fixed seat, or
habitual abiding place, which is called
abbinos. ' ' — Sch. ii, 63. Del. ach pi ney,
a place to sleep on, Zeisb.]
appohteau, it remains or rests in.
[Note.— It was the intention of the com-
piler, Judging from his reference under apeh-
tunk, to complete the definition of the term
appohteau, but aside from a marginal note in
pencil no reference to it is made in the manu-
script.]
appQMu, apwdsu, op-, v. i. he roasts,
bakes; pass, it (an. subj.) is roasted,
Prov. 12, 27; Is. 44, 16; 1 K. 19, 6
{apicosUj roasted; appamsh toeyausj
roast the meat, C). Seeapw6u, "
[Del. ach pus in, Zeisb.]
dppu, v. i. (1) he sits; nut-apj 1 sit, Ezek.
28, 2; pi. appuog, they sit, Ps. 119, 3;
suppos. ken dpean, thou that sittest, Jer.
22, 2. (2) he rests, remains, abides
(M^yet), Ps. 10, 8; 1 John 3, 14; im-
perat. apsh, pi. apekj apegk, Gen. 22, 5;
1 Sam. 19, 2; Matt 10, 11; suppos. noh
apity he that abideth, who remains
{6 ^leyoov)^ 2 John 9 (fnaUa apH, *he
is not at home,' Prov. 7, 19). (3) he
is, he continues to be, lives, in a state
where rest or inactivity is implied: toh
hUapin, where art thou? Gen. 3, 9: na
kuiappin, thou art there, Ps. 139, 8; im*
dppu — continued,
perat na apah, *be there' (remain
there), Ex. 24, 12; cf. 1 Sam. 19, 3; sup-
pos. ne apU, where he was, Ex. 20, 21;
pi. part, neg apUcheg, they who are, were,
Ex. 7, 18, 21; Luke 5, 7; maUapiah nutr
dppu, I shall not be, Job 7, 21. With
dppu (he is at rest, or inactive) cf. ayeu
(he ia in place, posited), aJUeau (he has
himself, or is in possession; habet, se
habet; see oJUauundt), U8su (he acts, is
doing, agit),and unnvin, vnti^nniin (he
is such as, or of the sort of) : the verbs
by which Eliot translates, with sufficient
accuracy, the substantive verb of exist-
ence.
[Narr. yo dppUch ewd, let him sit here;
mcU-apeil, he is not at home. Abn. nedF-
dpi, je suis aasis; 3d sing. ap8. Cree,
dppu, (1) he sits; (2) he remains. Del.
w'dappin, achpin, he is there in a par-
ticular place; suppos. qoit, Zeisb. ; ackpo,
he is at home, Zeisb.]
appuhquaMunuD (?), n. a pillow; pi.
-mcounash, Ezek. 13, 18; uppuhquawur
mamn-ii, on a pillow, Mark 4, 38. See
*ahockqudsin.
[Abn. p8*k8HimSn, coussin de t^te;
p^kSiam is, ai cela pour coussin.]
appuhquau, v. t. he puts over (it) as a
covering (e. g. of a floor, side, or roof) ;
he ceils (it) with: appuhquau anomuk-
komuk mehtugquash, *he covered the
walls on the inside with wood', 1 K.
6,15.
appuhqudsu, appall-, v. i. he covers,
puts on that which covers; nashpe
cedar, he covers [the house] with cedar,
and, pass., it is covered, etc., 1 K. 7,3;
suppos. inan. ne dbuhquoaik, its cover-
ing, Cant. 3, 10. Hence uppdhquds,
obbohquos, abohquos, n. a tent, the cov-
ering of a tent, a covert, Ex. 40, 19; Is.
4,6.
[Narr. ahockqudsinaah (inan. pi.), the
mats with which the wigwam was cov-
ered. Chip. ah-pUk-tue, covering for a
lodge.]
appuminnednaah, n. pi. parched com,
1 Sam. 17, 17; {up-) 2 Sam. 17, 28.
From apw&u, he bakes or roasts, and
min-neash, kernels or fruit.
[Narr. aupdmmineanask, parched
com; aupdminea-naw-sailmp, parched
Digitized by
Google
14
BUREAU OF AMEBIOAK ETHNOLOGY
[BCLLBTIJT 25
apptixnixmednash — continued,
meal boiled with water. Abn. a&tmm-
annar, bl6 grouM; ned'abiminSy necT-
abimisij je fais griller du hU d'Inde; j'en
groule.]
appunnonnednash, n. pi. 'parched
pulse*, 2 Sam. 17, 28.
appuonk, vbl. n. sitting, a seat, Rev. 4,
41 {appuonk J a chair, C).
apsin, V. t. he lies upon (it); suppos. ne
apsukf that whereon he lies, Lev. 16,20.
^apwonnali, an oyster, C. See *op»pon€-
nauhock.
apw6su, it is baked, roasted. See ap-
pmm.
apw6u, -wau, v. t. an. he roasts or
cooks (meat) : apwdnat weyatis, to roast
flesh, 1 Sam. 2, 15; also, as used by
Eliot, V. t. inan. he bakes or cooks
(bread or other inan. obj.): apwdog
petukqununkf they bake bread (in an
oven), Lev. 26, 26; apwau petukqanneg,
he baketh (a cake of) bread, Is. 44, 15;
2 Sam. 13, 8; pish hU-appdn^ thou shalt
bake it, Lev. 24, 5. See appcom.
[Rasles gives for the Abnaki several
verbs expressing the mode of preparing
animal and vegetal food, all of which,
doubtless, had correspondences in the
Massachusetts dialect, though these are
not to be found in Eliot: e. g. necT
abipesi [^neV-apepesinflj je fais cuire
dans la cendre; ne-bagastSa, je fais
cuire (v. g. de la viande); ne-bagasse-
mahk penaJc, je fais cuire des poires de
terre; ned^ ahamJtgSl, je fais cuire sur
les charbons; ne-pemkSabajn^gS^y }\
la broche; ne-pemkg8ahanr^ je grille
( V. g. un anguille, viande) ; ned-abSSanrif
je grille de la viande, sans broche;
nMiSlhap^kSe^ je r6tis, me servant
d'une corde; ned^ap^Hn, ne-pearngSa-
bann, etc., je rdtis avec une broche, etc. ;
ned'ahann, je r5tis (y. g. un li^vre); je
le fais r5tir, etc. [Of. Del. <uhpoan,
bread, Zeisb.]
*aquaunduut (Peq.), n. the 'blue fish'
[Temnodon saltator, Cuv. ] , Stiles. Cf .
*<mic&niuck.
*aqutoe (Narr.), n. 'peace', R. W.;a
truce, cessation of hostilities. From
ahque {aqaie, R. W.), he desists, leaves
off, refrains.
aquidnet, at the island. See ahquedne.
ftqut = agquit^ ( when he is ) clothed. See
hogko),
as. See ash,
asampamukquodt. See assompamuk
quodt.
^asatxanash (Narr.), n. pi. 'a kind of
dice which are plumb stones painted,
which they cast in a tray *, R. W. 145,
146.
[Abn. SssSSanraVy les grains du jeu
duplat.]
dae-, in comp. words. See hdse-,
dsekesukokiBh, day by day. See h69e;
hdsekdeu,
asexnuk, suppos. pass. part, of tisseu: ne
asemukf that which is done, Eccl. 8,
17; pi. 'kishf v. 16.
as^quam, v. t. he sews (it); oo vnish-
kanagk, he sews new cloth, Mark 2, 21;
kut-ushquanij thou sewest up, Job 14,
17 {tigfiquamiintU monag, to sew one's
clothes, C).
[Abn. ned^dskSaSaUj je couds chemise;
skSaSaHj il lafautcoudre; ned'askSdmen,
je le couds (v. g. canot, item vestem,
etc).]
ash, as, adv. *of continuance', 'still'.
El. Gr. 21; while, Mark 5, 36; Luke
22, 47 {ash pamoMdt, 'while he yet
spake'): ash pamaniam [on'], while I
live, Ps. 63, 4 (a« pamontam, Ps. 146, 2) ;
as yeu apehy 'while I have any being',
while I remain here, Ps. 146, 2. ( f .
asq.
[Narr. as pummcwi^ 'he is not gone
by*, i. e., he is yet going. Micm. echk,
lorsque, pendant que. Chip, ka mashi,
mashi ndnge, not yet; bwa mashi, before.
Del. es, yet, Zeisb.]
ftshabp, ftshftp. See hashdbp, a net
*aahaunt (Narr.), a lobster, pi. -teaug,
R. W.; au so hau naue hoc, lobster.
Wood. Peq. muschdndaug, Stiles.
ashim (?), n. a fountain, Cant. 4, 12 (but
elsewhere iohkekom ) . The nearest cor-
respondence with this word found in
any dialect of the Algonquian is Abn.
asiem nebi, * il puise de I'eau ' ; asihi neU,
'vas qu^rir, puise, de I'eau, soit du
ruisseau, soit d la cabane'; ned-^isihib^^
'je puise de I'eau, fonti vel fluvio.'
Perhaps related to assam-au, he gives
nourishment to, he provides (?) .
ashkon. See askdn.
Digitized by
Google
tbumbull]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
15
ashkoBhqui, -ki; oshkoski, (v. i. it is)
green; as adj. green, Ps. 37, 2; Jer. 17, 8
{askosque, C): ashko8hquhkontUf in
green places, * in green pastures ' , Mass.
Ps., Ps. 23, 2; *on the green grass,'
Mark 6, 39; suppos. mkoRkqut^ when it
is green, Ps. 37, 2 (*the green herb');
inan. pi. ashkoski-yeuaskj Esth. 1, 6.
Augm. of askef q. v.
[Narr. askdskL Del. (ugask, Zeisb.]
ashkuhquame, (it is) green, i. e. grow-
ing (of a tree, or of wood). Gen. 30, 37:
onai-^h askuhqiumi-ui, 'like the green
tree', Ps. 37, 35; vt askunkqimm-ui,
under a green tree, Deut. 12, 2; 1 K.
14, 23. See aakunkq.
[Abn. aresksakSy arbre vert, qui ne
peut bruler; skdkSr, bois que n'est
pas sec; (modem Abn. ska-kwam^ green
stick, K.A.).]
^ashdnaquo (Narr. ), a cap or hat. See
htufhconukao; *onkqueekh<D.
ftshpohta^, ohshpolitag:, suppos. of
fishpohUaUj (when it is) high or (when
it) reaches up to; in height, from bottom
to top, Ex. 37, 25; 38, 1: 7i« dshpohtag,
the height of it.
ftshpxikquodt, spukquodt, it has the
taste of, tastes of; suppos. ne dshpuk-
qudk, ne spukquoky the taste of it, its
taste. See spukquodl.
ashpuinxneu, adv. as yet. See ash;
pummeu.
ashpunadt, suppos. when it happens to,
or befalls (him). See ushpinau.
ashpunuk, suppos. of ushpunnunij when
he lifts or hoists (it) up.
ashq. See cuq.
ashqehdnt, suppos. part, he who re-
mains; pi. 'Onchefff Ezek. 36, 3, 4.
aahqwhimk, n. coll. the remainder, what
is left. See ishkoiU; sequnau,
ashqueteftmuk, suppos. -peoB, inan. that
which is left. See seqvUteaumuk.
ashqunut, suppos. of sequnau; noh ash-
qanuty he who is left, who remains; pi.
-utcheg, Neh. 1, 3.
ashquoBh, pi. of ashq. See asq.
asinnekdlU, assunekOaz, has-, n. a
thorn, thorn bush, Is. 34, 13; Ex. 3, 2;
Prov. 26, 9; Ezek. 28, 24; pi. -kdsog,
thorns. Gen. 3, 18. From hassunne and
k6uSf stony (i. e. very hard) briar.
aske, (it is) raw, not cooked or prepared
for food {askin, C): askeyaus [aske-
weyaus'], raw flesh, 1 Sam. 2, 15. The
primary signification is, not yet (see
asq)\ not yet mature, green (whence
moekehtf grass, etc.); not yet fitted to
be eaten, raw.
[Narr. askHn, it is raw. Abn. skU,
crud; skiSi, cruement, on le mange cm;
skihah (an.), cm. Del. askiwi, raw^,
Zeisb. Gr. 104; S. B. 14.]
ask^quttum, n. a snail. Lev. 11, 30; Ps.
58,8.
askkiihnk. See askunkq. .
dskon (?), n. a horn (?), 2 Sam. 22, 3;
Ps. 75, 4; 1 K. 1, 29: ivut-askon, his
horn, Ps. 112, 9; pi. dskonog, Dan.
7, 8 (iveiveeriy horn, C). Cf. muskon,
a bone.
askdn, ashkon, n. an undressed skin, a
raw hide, I^v. 8, 17; 9, 11; Gen. 27, 16;
iiskon, Ex. 29, 14 {oskdrif C); wutaskoriy
his hide, Lev. 4, 11; pi. -tuiog. From
aske; asbln, it is not yet (prepared).
Cf. ohkwn.
[Del. askchey, Zeisb.]
aakonemes (?), n. dim. a little horn,
Dan. 7, 8.
askcDk, n. a serpent, pi. askcokog^ Gen.
3, 1; Deut. 8, 15. ("Snakes divers; . . .
the general Salvage name of them is
ascowke.*^ — Morton's N. E. Canaan, b.
2, ch. 5.) ashkwkf Mass. Ps., John 3,
14. See a>hk; sesikq.
[Narr. askug; mdaskug, a black snake.
Abn. skSky pi. skSgak. Peq. skoogs,
Stiles. Chip, kenahbeg, J. ; ginebig, Bar. ;
(St Mary's) ke nAi bik, Sch. Del. ach-
gook (cf. schahachgekhasu, v. adj. long,
straight, striped), 2ieisb. Gr.]
askoDtasq, n., pi. -asquasliy Num. 11, 5,
where it is put for 'cucumbers'; mon-
askwtasquashy 'melons', ibia. (butmom-
osketHmuky 'cucumbers', 'or a raw
thing', and ohhosketdmukj 'wiatermel-
on ' , C. ) From -asq^ n. generic for that
which is eaten raw or green, with askeJU,
green (in color); green-colored fruit
which may be eaten raw or unripe.
'* IsquovUersquaslies is their best bread in
summer when their corn is spent; a
fruit like a young pumpion." — Wood's
N. E. Prospect, b. 2, ch. 6. See asq.
Digitized by
Google
16
BUKEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BrLLETIN 25
askootaaq — continued .
[Narr. askulcttguagh, "their vine ap-
ple, which the English from them call
squashes, about the bigness of apples,
of several colors,'* R. W. Chip. (Gr.
Trav.) ashketuhmOf melon; (Saginaw)
esh'ke^ah-mo, 8ch. ii, 462. Shawn.
yeske^ahmdikee^ melon [cf. ohhoskeUi'
m uky C. supra] . Del. eha^kitamank ( pi. ) t
watermelons, Zeisb.]
mlrnhhiiTn, v. t. he waits (and watches)
for (it), pi. 'humwogj John 5, 3; im-
perat. 2d pi. -hunuDky watch ye (it),
Ezra 8, 29.
askuhwheteau, v. i. he keeps watch,
watches, 1 Sam. 4, 13; mU-askuhwhe-
team (-ashoHeamy Ps. 102, 7), I watch;
imper. 2d pL -teagkj watch ye, Mark 13,
35, 37. Adj. and adv. -Uae, of watch-
ing (with komukf a watch tower), Is.
21, 6. Ybl. n. 4ecumkf watching, a
watch. N. agent, -teaen, a watchman,
Ps. 90, 4; Judg. 7, 19.
^askun (Narr. ), it is raw. See cake,
aakunkq, aakkuhnk, n. a green tree,
Ezek. 17, 24; 20, 47; cf. kishkunk; tmu-
Bcoonk.
askuwhekonaU, v. t an. (with charac-
teristic of continued action) he habitu-
ally watches or is a spy upon (him).
aaa>kekodteteia>, v. i. he is a de-
ceiver, (habitually) deceives; suppos.
noh <ua>kekodteamwii, he who deceives,
Job 12, 16. {nul-asgrnkekocUeam, I
cheat, C. ) Vbl. n. -amwonkj -aumucnk,
deceiving, deceit, craft. N. agent
-amoeny a deceiver, one who is crafty,
Job 5, 12; 15, 5.
[Narr. hdt assokak&mme^ you deceive
me.]
aaa>kek6matt, v. t. an. he deceives,
cheats (him), John 7, 12; suppos.
noh asmkekomontf he who deceives
(another), Prov. 26, 19; pass, noh
awDkekomiiy he who is deceived, Job
12, 16.
aaotu, v. i. he is foolish, ignorant, sim-
ple, Prov. 14, 15, 18; 17, 7; pi. -uog,
Is. 56, 10. Vbl. n. ascolumky folly.
[Narr. atsdlu and assdko, a fool. Abn.
azSgSahgan, folie; asSghiy il est fou, il
n'a point d'esprit.]
aspuhquaetL See tuhpuhquaeu.
aaq, aahq, aaquam, not yet, before that,
Jer. 1, 5; 1 Sam. 3, 7; Luke 22, 34.
Opposed to dnu^, further, more than.
It is the base of oBke, *a«ibun, it is raw
or not prepared for food: aM:o9hkif
green; imukef young, new. In compo-
sition it serves as the n. generic for
whatever is eaten or otherwise used
when green or immature; not yet ripe;
pi. agqfwuthf whence our 'squash.' See
(utktDtfuq.
[Narr. asquanif not yet; aspummhoi,
he is not gone by; cukUn, it is raw.
Abn. hkiiamek Sa^mSk^ melon d'eaa,
qu'on ne fait pas cuire. Mlcm. tchk^
lorsque, pendant que; echkSmetiahhf aa-
paTavant. Cree numma Muxif not yet
Del. esquo, egquota, not yet, Zeisb. IlL
e9cSa, not yet]
*asqhutta>che, whilst, C. =^<uq-iaUDcht,
aasa[au (?)], v. i. to turn back: maUa
mU-ouaatp, I did not turn back, Is.
50, 5. See assduihau,
[Chip, nind ajHa, '1 draw (move)
backwards/ Bar.]
asaamaU, v. t an. he feeds (him), gives
(him) to eat. Pa. 136, 25; imperat
2d pi. anamaok, feed ye (the flock),
Zech. 11, 4; 2d+l8t sing. cLuameh, give
me to eat; mMomau [=a<M>AJbomau],
he goes on feeding, habitually feeds
or provides food for (him); nM-^hko-
mon (suppos. when) I feed (the flock),
Zech. 11, 7; imperat 2d sing. »ohkom»
mws nui-Mpsemetogf feed my lambs,
John 21 , 15. From oMamau , with char-
acteristic (ohk) of continued action.
[Narr. assdmme, give me to eat. Abn.
ned^agaman, ]e lui donne k manger;
necrdmr, je donne k manger. Micm.
ethemSey, je donne k manger. Cree
ds9amayoOj he gives him food; dsgam-
iuooy he gives himself food, serves him-
self.]
aaaau. See asm.
assepinum, v. t he ties (it) together,
binds up; imper. 2d pi. oMepinwk, bind
ye (the tares, in bundles). Matt. 13, 30;
=t&tu/tpunnum, q. v.
assiahquttaiiaog', n. pi. the Pleiades, or
seven starp, according to Eliot, in Job
38, 31; Amos 5, 8; but R. Williams
gives shtmshcuttourwduog as the name of
'the golden metewand ^ i. e. the three
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBl'LL]
NATICK-ENQLISH DICTIONARY
17
aBsish.quttauaog'^-continued.
stars in the belt of Orion, and this is
more probably correct, the name sig-
nifying * three fires', or a long wigwam
in which there are three fires; shwlsh-
cuitow, K. W. 47, 80. See (Narr.) chij*-
jxipuock under chipappu.
assdepdsu, os-, v. i. he slides or slips
bac'kward, Hos. 4, 16.
asBompamukquodt, asamp-, (suppos.
where he hides,) n. a hiding-place, a
place of concealment: tutj *in a
secret place,' 1 Sam. 19, 2; Jer. 23, 24;
Mn a den,' Heb. 11, 38. Adj. and adv.
assompamukgue: ayeuonk, hiding
place, covert, Is. 32, 2.
[Abn. mhkSangan, cache, esp^ce
d'armoire dans un arbre, etc.]
asB^tlBliaU, V. i. he goes backward; nut-
assd^shaniy 1 go backward, Job 23, 8;
kui-f thou goeth backward, Jer. 15, 6; as-
sdiUhaog, they go backward, Jer. 7, 24
{assuhshaog, John 18, 6).
[Cree fmtche, backward. Abn. a»i-
*tanl8if d'une fa^on directement op-
poe^e; ned-asi'tansif je marche k recu-
lons.]
a'ssownch. See *au9ounch,
asscotamcoozik, n. a kingdom, Dan. 7,
27; Obad. 21; —UxhtcoUimcDonk^ q. v.
Cf . ketassad.
assulisliaU. See assddshau, he goes back-
ward.
assun. See hassuHj a stone.
assunekOaz. See assinnek6u8.
BBuhy conj. disj. or (El. Gr. 22) ; asuh mat,
nor, Gen. 21, 23; Matt. 5, 34, 35. Its
primary meaning is 'after' or 'behind.'
Perhaps related to neesey two.
[Cree dche, dche, else, other, alias;
^gahf or. Chip. Uhkwd-, in comp.
'after, or the end of something';
ajawaiif behind. Del. schi, 8chita, or,
Zeisb.]
asubkaUali, y. t. an. he goes after (him) ,
pursues, follows, Deut. 1, 36; pi. -kavr
dog; imperat pi. cauhJdek^ follow me,
1 Cor. 4, 16; suppos. noh amkiity he
who follows, comes after, Eccl. 2, 18.
With inan. subj. asuhkom, he goes after
(it); pi. asuhkomwog, Jer. 2, 8.
asuhkaue, (it comes) after; as prep, and
adv. after; negonne onk nen . . . (uuh-
kaue onk nen, before me . . . after me,
B. A. E., Bull. 25 2
asuhkaue — continued.
Is. 43, 10. From a»ah and au, with
characteristic of continuing action or
progress {-k),
asuxnungquodt, ubsu-, it smells of, has
the smell or odor of; pi. inan. -quodtashf
they smell of, Ps. 45, 8; suppoe. ne
asumungquokj what it smells of, its
smell or odor. Cant. 4, 10; 7, 8; with an.
subj. wut-is8umungqu88Uf he smells of.
Vbl. n. -qiASsuonkj his smell; manontam
lie agumungquok hogkanrnky 'he smelled
the smell of his raiment,' Gen. 27, 27.
Cf. maichemunguoty weetimungquoL
it. Seeadt.
^atduntowaBh (Narr.), imper. 2d sing,
climb (it); nfdunlavfemj 1 climb. See
vmttontauau,
^atatiskawaw (Karr. ), pi. -w&uog, -t&au^,
lords, rulers, R. W. See dht&ihkowivau,
^attaboan (Quir. ) , to pray, Pier. 59; attdb-
howaxmnk, prayer, ibid. 58, 59.
^attitiaah (Narr.), n. pi. 'hurtle-ber-
ries, of which there are divers sorts,
sweet like currants,' R. W. 91. See
9(xuijduthig.
[Abn. mttar, bluets frais, sans ^tre
sees (sing. 9dU)\ lorsqu'ils sont sees,
gikisatar (atsitar, les fruits sont milrs;
bons k manger). Narr. saiUaash, 'are
these currants [these berries are] dried
by the natives.']
att6att. See adtdau.
attuk. See ahtukj a deer.
attumiinnuin, v. t. he receives (it);
takes, as his own, from another; lit.
takes in his hand {-nnum), Gen. 26, 12;
suppos. noh aUumunuk, he who re-
ceiveth. Pro v. 29, 4; pass. inan. ne at-
tumunumukj that which is received,
2 K. 5, 26. With an. 2d obj. aUumun-
numauauj he receives (it) from (him).
[Cree odiinumy he takes it]
all, ftu, v. i. he goes thither (to or to-
ward a person or place); opposed to
wamij amiy he goes thence (from a per-
son or place). Gen. 26, 1; 33, 17; Ex.
4, 18 (atii, he is gone, Prov. 7, 19); pi.
aiwg ('they journeyed', i. e. went on
their way, Gen. 35, 6), Hos. 7, 11; im-
perat. 2d sing. amh\ 1st pi. of^Jtah (otuh,
aonotuh, Mass. Ps. ), let us go to; 2d pi.
ongq, go ye. Matt. 21, 2; Josh. 2, 16; sup-
pos. viioh aydi (cU», Mass. Ps. ), whither
Digitized by
Google
18
BUEEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
ail, ftu — continued.
I (may) go, John 14, 4; may ne dyoif
the way in which I go. Job 23, 10 (but
addrij as I go, ae I went to. Acts 26, 12;
6dn uttoh woh doi, going whither I may
go, 2 Sam. 15, 20; auon, if I go to, Ps.
139, 8); toh dydan, where thou goest;
ne ay dan f *in thy way*, as thou goest,
Ex. 23, 20; suppoe. 3d sing, and part.
ayont {aiont, adnt)^ when he goes, he
going, Jer. 41, 6; John 12, 35; 2d pi.
addg, when you go, Deut. 4, 5; 11, 8;
3d pi. ne ddhettU, 'as they went', when
they were going, Luke 10, 38 (with
inan. subj. auomm; uttoh auomahuk,
* whither it goeth', Mass. Ps., John 3,
8). From the root of this verb is
formed, by prefixing w* ( preterit! ve?),
m'ai, way, a path; i. e. where there has
been going (old Engl. gang).
aiX or uwm was used when going to
or from a place which was spoken of
without reference to the locality of the
speaker; peyau (he comes) and monchu
(he goes) to or from the place of the
speaker, or in which the speaker as-
sumes to be; amdeu, he absents him-
self, takes himself away, without refer-
ence to the act of going.
[Narr. yd kutt dunan^ go (you) that
way; yd aUnta^ let us go that way.
Chip, nind-ezhahj I go (John 11, 11);
pret keezfidh, he went to (2, 12); sup-
pos. azhdkyonj whither I go (8, 14; 14,
4); azhahwahnan, whither thou goest
(14, 5). Abn. neman neda, je vas lA;
nemantsit je vas, je m'en vas. Del. eu
or vxteUf he goes (thither, to a place);
suppos. aanej if I go; <rfe, if he goes;
part eyqtf going; imperat. oak, go ye.]
^aucilp (Narr.), a little cove, or creek,
R. W. See kuppi.
audch^nk. See adchau,
audtll. See autah.
*atiliaqut ( Narr. ) , a mantle. See hogkco.
^aukeeteibnitcli (Narr.), spring or seed-
time, R. W. 69.
^atiinanep (Narr.), a fishing line, pi.
-napeash, R. W. 104.
[Del. a ma na tacy Zeisb.]
^aumaiU (Narr.), he is fishing, 'is gone
to fish*; pi. aumaCiogy they fish; nt a(i-
meUf I am fishing; suppos. pi. aumach-
ick {omdcheg, El.), they who fish, fish-
ermen. (N. agent, dma^en^ pi. -enuog.
^aumaCd — con tinned,
fishermen. El.) This verb signifies to
fish with hook and line. It is not used
by Eliot except in the participial dma-
cheg, and the derived n. agent. (Cf.
nmiarndgqwamy 1 go a fishing.) Its
base is 6m {aum), a fishhook (Matt.
17, 27), primarily a verb signifying *he
takes fish,* or simply *he takes* (cf.
amdumi.m, he takes, wnth his hand
etc.), which in the suppos. hBadmaik
{dmrndg^ dmmdg), 'when he takes,* and
pass, 'what is taken*; pi. drndgquog,
dmmxigquog. This suppos. or participial
serves in composition as a noun generic
for ' fish taken by the hook ' , and (in the
singular) for a place of taking fish, ' fish-
ing place*; and it was used by Eliot, in
a wider sense, for all fish, as kehtah-
han-dmaquog, sea-fishes, Num. 11, 22;
mogk'Ommdquog, great fishes, John 21,
11; houhamag-qut, (objective) to any
fish, Deut. 4, 18. See namohs.
[Abn. ned-anmSy je p^he k l*hame-
9on; anmiy il p^che, etc.; ahmangan,
on p4che U, il y a p^che. Del. a-man,
fishhook, Zeisb.]
*aum8<l-og' (Narr.), n. pi. a fish some-
what like a herring, R. W. See dmynis,
iunag, dnag*, iinnag, suppos. of unney
q. v., if it be so, when it is so; ne
aitnagy neaunak, that which is (i. e.
when it is) so or thus; pi. nish aunagishy
-kish; used substantively for event, oc-
currence, action; what is to be, or may
be, so, or in such manner: wame ne aunag
papaume ayeuurnUxAonky 'all the things
concerning the war*, 2 Sam. 11, 18;
lUtoh aunaky 'how the matter may fall*,
Ruth 3, 18; pamk ne woh aunagy 'one
thing is needful*, must be so, Luke 10,
42; ne dunaky 'the color of it', i.e. its
appearance, likeness. Num. 11,7; Ezek.
1, 16. Negat maUa dnana>gky 'if it
were not so', John 14, 12, =matta una-
na>gy Judg. 9, 15 {nednag, such, C. ).
As prep, according to, after the man-
ner of. See ivan'y neane; nniti.
^aunakdsu, he is painted. See anogku.
aunchema>kaU, lumaunch-, v. i. he
tells news, bears tidings, relates, com-
municates information; pi. -kaogy they
told the tidings, 1 Sam. 11, 4; pish kut-
aunchema)komy thou shalt bear tidings,
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
19
auncheixKDkatt, unnaunch — cont'd.
2 Sam. 18, 20. With an. obj. -cokmiau,
he bears tidings to, tells news to (him) ;
nuttinaunchemcokauon&oh uiinnaunche-
mcokauonky I told them good news, ' I
communicated to them the gospeP,
Gal. 2, 2. Vbl. n. -cokaonk, -cokauonk,
news, tidings, 2 Sam. 13, 30; 18, 25, 26
(ac/imam'on^, news, C). Continuative
of aunchemau (-ww»), he tells, gives in-
formation.
[Narr. auncJierndkaWj tell me your
news; avmun mesh aunchemdkau, who
(has) brought this news; lockett-dun-
chhn, what news (do you tell)? Cree
dchernoOy he relates. Abn. k^gSi arUan-
gSalj quelles nouvelles dit on? Sritan-
gSaty bonnes nouvelles; afUsemS, il en
dit, il en raconte.]
*auzLCkiick (Narr.), pi. -quduogy 'heath
cocks ' , R. W. Pinnated grouse, prairie
hen (Tetrao cupido, Wils.?), formerly
common in Massachusetts. From
anogku {aunak^gu, R. W.), he paints
himself, or is painted (?).
auohqu^eu, at the end, or extremity.
See uhqu/deu.
auBkomuwatt, auttsk-, v. t. an. he
chides, reproves, scolds (him). Vbl.
n. act. auu8k6muu)aonk, chiding, re-
proof given; pass, auuskonttwnkj being
reproved, reproof received, correction,
Prov. 15, 10; 27, 6.
^ausounch, a'asownch, (Peq.) n. a
skunk, Stiles. See squnck.
[Abn. sSgankS, b^te puante.]
*aiisup (Narr.), pi. -pdrmog^ the rac-
coon, R. \V.
[Abn. hsebaneSf 'chat sauvage^
Rasles; modem Abn. asbariy raccoon,
K. A. Del. nachenuTrif raccoon; but es-
panni-minschij 'raccoon wood, yellow
wood', Zeisb. 8. B. 66. Chip, asseebarif
Long; ais^se burij Sch.; aasebun, Sum.]
*autah, audtll, atitawhun (Narr.), the
apron or covering worn in front, R. W. ;
for adlau, he hides; and (cans. ) adlah-
heau-un {adtahwhun), hidden. Cf. ad-
toMou, Eliot has nish vnU-adtahwhyr
nuhkonnaoash, (of) these they made
aprons, Gen. 3, 7; i. e. things which con-
tinue to (or permanently, uhrk-), hide.
auwakompaiUtonk, vbl. n. torment
(endured or suffered), Rev. 18, 7. See
onkapunojiitiuonk.
auwakompanau, v. i. he suffers tor-
ment, is tormented. Adv. and adj.
nuwakoitipande ayeuonky the place of
torment.
auwakompiinnassu, v. i. (act) he in-
flicts torment, he tortures.
auwakdntowdonk, diuhk-, vbl. n.
groaning, Ps. 6, 6; 38, 9.
auwassu, auw6Bu, fiwossu, ou-, v. i.
(adj. an. ) he warms himself. Is. 44, 15,
16; Mark 14, 54; John 18, 18; nut-
amvdSf I am warmed, Is. 44, 16 {auwd-
slshf warm thyself, C).
[Narr. awdssishj warm thyself. Abn.
aSditSt il s^ chauffe. Del. a woe n, w^arm
yourself, Zeisb.]
auw^pin, v. i. the wind ceases, Mark 4,
39; there is a calm {auweppdhqmt, 'calm
weather*, when it is calm; auweptU
ahquompi, a calm season; ouncepmnue^
calmly, C).
[Narr. mv^pu, a calm, (the calm of)
peace. Abn. aSibeti, il fait calme sui
la rividre.]
auwohlidma>onk, dhhaoh-, ^Uihau"
wdh-, vbl. n. complaining, expressing
of suffering, 'groaning', Ex. 2, 24; 6,5.
auwohkon, v. i. it is used or made use
of (habitually) ; of the fat of meat, etc.,
Lev. 7, 24; of a sword, Ezek. 21, 11
(auiuohkdnat, to use, to be used, to weai
clothes out, C).
[Del. au wee ke, to use, Zeisb.]
auwohkonche, awak-, adv. scarcely,
hardly (with difficulty), Acts 14, 18,
1 Pet. 4, 18 (auohkonche, hardly; awdr
kdnche, scarcely, C).
atiwohkdntoDftu, owohk-, v. i. he
groans (aloud), Joel 1, 18; Rom. 8, 22.
auwohteaong^ash. See *ompategash,
auwohteau, v. t. iaan. he makes use of,
uses (it); pi. -t^aog mvUinohkou, they
use the right hand, 1 Chr. 12, 2;
yen siogkaavxwnky they use this proverb,
Ezek. 18, 2; suppos. noh auwohteadty he
who uses, the user, Deut. 18, 10. {niUi-
atwhteam, I use; mUt auwohteamy I wear,
C). Vbl. n. autw/iteaonJfc, making use
of, using; pi. -ongtuh, weapons, Gen.
27, 3; 1 Sam. 21, 8. (Cf. ayeuhteau.)
auwdsu. See auwasm,
awakonche. See auwohkonche.
^a'waumps, a'wumps (Peq.), a fox,
Stiles.
Digitized by
Google
20
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
- *awllun(Narr.), someone; in terrog. who? I
= hoivanf q. v. ,
*awau88eus (Peq.), a bear, Stiles. I
[Abn. aShsSs. Menom. ah way sha.
Del. au rve «j«, a beast, Zeisb. Chip, ah-
vaysee, a wild beast, S. B.] |
awossu. See auvxism.
^awwusse (Narr.), adv. farther; mnmn- \
8e»e, 'a little further', R. W.
[Chip. (St Mary's) wau^mh, far off;
(Maek.) nas-mu {tudssoy Bar.). Cree
ipdthowy afar off. Abn, aSamSiy plus
avant, derri^re; nanSat, c'est loin;
mahda nanSai^ij ce n'est pas loin. (See
ndadt; n66htenuuivdi. ) Del. awom^ -iyeu,
beyond, over, the other side, Zeisb.]
ayeu, v. i. ( 1 ) he is here, or there; he is in
a place, is located. (2) he dwells; nok
ayeu kah appu^ he dwells and abides,
Job 39, 28; nuU ai, nuit aih, I dwell (in
or at), Ps. 23, 6; Ezek. 43, 9; kuU ai,
thou dwellest; pi. ayeuog^ they dwell,
Dan. 4, 12; Is. 30, 19; negat. maiUi
ayeucoog, they do not dwell, do not
have place, *they were not', Jer. 31,
15; pret. mUi ai-upy I was (there), Acts
11, 5 [indef. na mo ntUt airiy I was there,
Prov. 8, 27; toh kuU aiUj toh kuU ai-iny
where dwellest thou? John 1, 38] ; im-
perat. ayish, dwell thou; suppos. 1st
pers. tUtoh dyee (dei), where I may
dwell. Is. 49, 20; Ezek. 43, 7; 2d pers.
dyean; 3d pers. nohdyity he who dwells.
Is. 8, 18; n« ayig, where he dwells, Job
15, 28; pi. (particip. ) neg ayegigy neg na
ayilchegy the inhabitants, they who
dwell there, Ezek. 38, 11; Mic. 7, 13.
Vbl. n. ayeuonky a place, Gen. 18, 24;
Deut. 12, 21; dwelling place, Num. 24,
21.
[Muh. (suppos.) oieety he 'who lives
or dwells in a place', Edw. Chip.
ahydhy he is (in a place), John 6, 9; 8,
35, 40; tah ahydhy he shall be (there),
John 12, 26; (ahneend^aindahyuriy where
dwellest thou? 1, 38); suppos. dhydyouy
while 1 am (here), 9, 5; ahy-6dy (where)
he is, 7, 11. Cree, net iariy *I am being
or existent'; i-dwy r-doo, he is, etc.;
inan. i-dWy it is, etc. ; suppos. i-l-driy or
i-a-ydriy if I am, etc. ; i-dty if he is, etc.
(i-d'thity if he is, in relation to another).
Howse (136, 198) regards this as ''the
verb substantive in its absolute form,"
ayeu — continued,
and Schoolcraft (ii, 436-441) gives the
whole conjugation of the corresponding
Chip, verb, " ?>-<?«, to l)e," as a sub-
stantive verb.]
ayeuhteau, ayeuwehteau, v. i. he
makes war, engages in war, fights; im-
l)erat. ayeuhteduashy make war, do bat-
tle, fight, Prov. 20, 18. Vbl. n. ayeuh-
teaonky ayeuumt-y war, a battle; pi.
-ongashy Job 10, 17. N. agent, ayeu-
teaeriy -m, one who fights or makes war,
Josh. 17, 1; 1 Sam. 16, 18. Cf. San-
skrit yudh (pret. dyutsi)y pugnare; cum
ace, impugnare; dyudhay arma.
[Narr. (imperat. 2d pi.) jHheUekey
fight; (Ist pi.) jiiheimeay let us fight.
Muh. (suppos.) oioieety the man who
fights^ Edw. Abn. ai^'dkaky ils com-
battent; ned-aSd^anmany je combats
contre lui. Cree oot^etendyooy he at-
tacks him.]
ayeuqueiik, pi. -queagigy he who is op-
posed, an adversary. See dmqae,
ayeuteaontoywaonk, vbl. n. an alarm
of war, Jer. 4, 19. (From ayeuhteaUy
and ontanvaonk, calling out, shouting. )
[Narr. wauwhatiiovxiwdnawaty * 'tis
an alarm'; ivawwhavjtowduogy they hal-
loo, shout, R. W.]
ayeuUhkonatt, v. t. an. he goes against,
makes war on (him), Ps. 18, 34; 144, 1.
With inan. subj. ivun-nutcheg ayeuuh-
koneauy his hand is against, opposes
(him). Gen. 16, 12; suppos. an. ayeah-
koncniy when he goes to war with
(him), Luke 14, 31. Adv. and adj.
ayeuuhkoney against, in opposition, Prov.
17, 11; Luke 10, 11; (mutual) ayeuuh-
kon\tiu€y in mutual or reciprocal op-
position, reciprocally against, Matt.
10,35.
ayixn, ayum, v. t. he makes (it), Ex.
37, 1; Ps. 78, 16; pi. ayimvoogy they
make (nuU iyaniy I make, C. ) ; with an.
obj. ayhiau ahiompehy he makes a bow
(but ayim kduhqaodiashy he makes ar-
rows); suppos. noh ayiky ayigy he who
makes (it), the maker. Pass. inan. '
ayimWy it is made; pret. ayimohupy it was
made, ' it became', John 1, 14; particip.
ayimamny made, built, Deut. 13, 16. [Is
this, in fact, a v. t. inan. corresponding
to ayeHy he places it?]
Digitized by
Google
TBVMBULLJ
NATICK-ENQU8H DICTIONAEY
21
Ch
[Eliot did not use the letter c, "saving in ch, of which there is frequent use in the language," and
he gave to ch the name of cfice (with the sound of ch in cheat, cheest), Gr. 2, 8. Words written by
R. Williams with c hard will be found under k.]
chachepissue. See * chalchepmCiey
wildly.
chadchabenum, v. t. he divides (it),
Job 26, 12. Frecj. of chippinum^ q. v.
chadchabenumdonk, chacha-, vbl. n.
a (permanent or continuing) division,
a bound-mark, Hos. 5, 10.
diadcliapenuk, (when) he divided (to
the nations) , i. e. set the bounds, etc.,
Deut. 32, 8.
chadchekeyeuau, v. i. he speaks vehe-
mently; (used by Eliot for) he swears.
["The word we make for swearing
nignifieth to speak vehemently," Gr.
21.] More exactly, to be vehement;
the freq. or augment, of cheke-yeuj it is
violent, vehement. Imperat. -yeuashf
swear thou, Deut. 10, 20; suppos. chad-
chekeyeuadtj if he swear. Lev. 6, 4. Vbl.
n. -yeuwdonkf swearing, an oath. Lev.
5, 4. See chekee.
cb^gohtag', chik-, suppos. of chikohiean,
it burns.
cb^gwaa, cbauguas, pron. interrog. and
relative, what, Matt. 5, 46; 6, 25. See
teaguas; teagwe.
[Quir. chagwun^ that which; pi.
chaivfficumhf Pier. Abn. k^gS ds8y qu*y
a-t-il? qu'est-ce que c'est?; k^gSi kesi^
que veux tu dire? Cree kSkoo, what?
kekwarij something, anything, whatso-
ever, what? Chip, kdgoo, what? any-
thing, etc.]
*chab, interj. fie upon it! C. See
quah.
[Cree eh! chJt! * expressive of surprise
and disappointment. ' Chip. »^y shame !
pshaw! Bar.]
cbabqubg*. See ckohqudgj a knife.
cbanantam, v. i. he doubts, is doubtful;
'tamwog, they doubt, Matt. 28, 17 {mU-
chdndntarrif I doubt; ahque chanantahj
do not doubt me, ' you may take it for
granted', C).
^chanisahau, v. i. he reels or staggers
(like a drunken man), C. Vbl. n.
(augm.) chachannisshaonkj staggering,
reeling.
cbansoxnps, n. 'the locust', Joel 1, 4;
2, 25; pi. -mogy 2 Chr. 6, 28; but 'grass-
hopper', Judg. 7, 12; Jer. 46, 23; Nah.
3, 17. Cf. fiuaqiiequeshont. The word
'locust' is transferred without transla-
tion in Lev. 11, 22; Matt. 3, 4. chon-
somps, locust, Mass. Ps., Ps. 78, 46; chdn-
sops qumshau, * a grasshopper jumps', C.
[Abn. tzanres; pi. -sak, sauterelles^
Rasles; chols^ cricket, K. A.]
*cbatcbepi88ue, cbacb-, adv. wildly;
chatchepijfstij [he is] wild (?), C.
cbaubobkisb, 'except, or, besides', El.
Gr. 22; 1 K. 10, 15; Judg. 8, 26. From
ch ippi, separate, apart. ( Is it primarily
a plural? nish chaubuk-ish, these things
apart?)
cbauguas. See cMgtcas, what.
cbauobpubteau, v.'caus. inan. he puts
it in water; imperat. chauohpuhleash om,
'cast thou [into the water] an hook',.
Matt. 17, 27.
cbauopbam, v. t. he puts into water;
hence he seethes or boils (it):
weyausj he boiled the flesh, 1 K. 19, 21.
Cf. touopham.
[Narr. choivwoph^mminf to cast over-
board; chomvophashf cast (thou it) over-
board. Abn. tsaSdpS, il est jett^ dans
I'eau.]
chauopaheau, v. i. he falls into the
water (by mischance, -sh) , Matt. 17, 15;
chauopsfiash, 'be thou cast into [i. e.
cast thyself into] the sea', Matt. 21, 21.
[Abn. ne-tzaSapira-f je tombe dan»
I'eau; tzaSapirrS^ il tombe, etc.]
*Cbduquaquock (Narr.), Englishmen*
See Chokquog.
cbe^ouasb, ch.eouash.(?), n. pL
branches or shoots (of a vine. Gen. 40,.
10,12).
cbecbequnali. See chequnau.
*cbecout, cbequit, n. the name of a fish
( Labrus squeteage, Mitch. ) From cfioh-^
ki, spotted (?).
cbeeby. See *chepy,
cbAe, Chech Ae, adv. slowly, Pro v. 14^
29; Neh. 9, 17; late (in the day or
Digitized by
Google
22
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
ch^e, chech^e — continued,
night), Ps. 127, 2. V. i. chekeUj cheku,
it is late, a long time: newuich chekUy
* after a long time', Matt. 25, 19. See
chequnappUy etc.
[Narr. vmssaume idisha^ it is too late
(in the day or night).]
chekee, adv. violently, Hab. 1, 9; Is. 22,
18 [chekeyeUf v. i. it is violent, vehement,
forcible; frequent, and intens. chadche-
keyeu; with an. subj. -keyeau, q. v.];
chekee uaseonky doing violently, an act
of violence. Is. 69, 6; {chekewdCj forci-
bly, C. ) See chequnau,
[Abn. tsiganSiSiy malgr^, ^ contre-
ccBur; par force.]
chekeenehtuonk, vbl. n. pass, for -iitu-
onkf violence (suffered), Hab. 1, 3 {che-
keiUinne-aif to be compelled, C?).
chekeh^ati, v. cans. an. (1 ) he forces, uses
force with or on ( him ) . (2 ) he ravishes
(her) , 2 Sam. 13, 22; wut-chekehS-uh, he
forced her, 2 Sam. 13, 14 (nut-chekeyeu-
toae, I compel, C).
^chftesu (Narr.), the northwest wind;
suppos. chikesiichf when it blows north-
west, R. W. Cf. vrnt-chekmaUy north-
westward. From chekeyeUf it is violent.
^Chekesuwluid, n. pr. Hhe [north-]
western god*, R. W.
cheketamoDonk (?), vbl. n. rebellion,
Prov. 17, 11 {chekeiaTTide, rebellious, C).
chekham, v. t. he sweeps (it) ; nut-chek-
ham-urty I sweep it. Is. 14, 23 {nvt-
jeeskhaniy I wipe, C). Suppos. inan.
chekhikunky (it sweeps, ) a broom. Is. 14,
23 ( checonnachatdonky C. ) . Seejiakham.
[Abn. tsikkihlffaiiy balai; ne-tdkekShhn-
€71 Sig^aniy je balaye la cabane. Chip.
nin tchigatdig€y 1 sweep; tchigatdigariy
broom. Bar. Del. tschikhammeriy to
sweep; tschikhikariy broom, Zeisb.]
chekhaUsu, -dsu, v. i. act an. he sweeps,
is sweeping; pass, it is swept, w^iped,
Luke, 11, 25; Matt. 12, 44.
cheku, ^ after a long time^ Matt. 25,
19 [?].
chemdil, V. i. he paddles or rows (a
boat); menuhke chemdogy they paddle
hard, with exertion; 'toil in rowing',
Mark 6, 48; suppos. noh chem&Uy pi. neg
chemachegy they who paddle, who * han-
dle the oar', Ezek. 27, 29.
[Narr. chhnosh (imperat. 2d sing.),
paddle, row; pi. chemeck. Chip, che-
chem^tt — continue<l.
maiy he paddles; imperat. 2d sing, chi-
main {chemauriy a canoe), Sch. ii, 387;
tchimariy canoe, Bar. Del. tschimacan^
a paddle, Zeisb.]
*chenaud8iie, adj. (an.) churlish, cross,
Cott.
chenesit, (suppos. of chenesu?) a dwarf.
Lev. 21, 20.
cheouaBh. See chSaouash.
chepaiyeuonk, vbl. n. freedom. Acts 22,
28. See chippe.
*cli^p6ck (Narr.), a dead person. See
*chepy,
^ch^p^ssin (Narr.), the northeast wind,
R. W. See vmtchepwdiyeu ( in the east) ;
twUchepwosh (the east wind). The
cold northeast was {)erhap8 assigned to
Ch^y and the spirits of evil, as was
sovxiniuy th^ pleasant southwest, to
KauidntomL
^chepewftukita^og' (Narr.), v. pi. *they
fly northward' [i. e. to the northeast],
R. W. ; = chepwoi-uhk'it auog.
chepiohke [chippiy ohke]y n. the place
apart, place of separation; chepioh-
komuky the inclosed place [komukl of
separation, hades, hell, Deut. 32, 22;
Rev. 6, 8; 20, 13; Is. 14, 9. With locat.
afl&x, cheploJik'ity chepiohkomuk-qut.
[Del. tschipey-achginky *the world of
spirits, spectres, or ghosts', Hkw.]
chepiontup [chippiy ontuply n. a skull,
Matt. 27, 33. Cf. mishkondntup.
[Abn. tsipanantep, t^te de mort.]
chepisk. See chippipsk,
chepsliati, v. i. he is astonished, amazed,
frightened, Dan. 4, 19 {chepshiy Is.
50, 7); pi. -dogy Mark 5, 42; Job 32, 15;
Dan. 5, 9. Adv. chepsd^, in astonish-
ment, in amazement, amazedly, Ezra
9, 3; Ezek. 4, 16. Vbl. n. chepshaonky
astonishment, Deut. 28, 37; 2 Chr. 29, 8.
[Abn. tgibaghinangSat, cela est effroy-
able.]
chepBhontam, v. t. he fears or is amazed
at (it); pret. nuk-chepshoniamupj 1 was
astonished at (it), Dan. 8, 27.
♦chepy, cheeby (Peq.), 'evil spirit, or
devil,' Stiles. **Abbamocho or Cheepie
many times smites them with incurable
diseases, scares them with apparitions
and panic terrors," etc., Josselyn's
Voy., 133. From a letter of Hecke-
welder's (quoted in 2 Mass. Hist. Coll.,
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
28
*chepy, cheeby — continued.
X, 147) it appears that the correspond-
ing Delaware word {ischipey) ' * had been
made use of, even by missionaries, who
kneM' no better,'* for "the soul or spirit
in man"; a use, he adds, which "none
of our old converted Indians would
suffer." The word is, in fact, only
another form of chippe (q. v. ), it is sep-
arate, or apart; chippeuy ( 1 ) he separates
or goes apart; hence, (2) he is dead or
separated (from the living); pi. chip-
peogCSsLrr. ch^ck), they are separated,^
the dead; (3) a specter, ghost, or ap-
parition of one deceased; something
separated, and preternatural, as manit
(fromdntt€) is something supernatural.
[Narr. cktpeck (pi.), the dead; c/i^p-
ass6tam, the dead sachem; chep-asqudWj
a dead woman. Abn. UehiSij s^par^-
ment, Rasles ( chihdi, ghost, K. A. ) . Del .
ischipey. Nanticoke, tsee-e-p, ghost,
dead man.]
chequit. See *checout.
chequnappu, v. i. (1) he sits still, is at
rest; (2) he keei)s silence, he is quiet; pi.
-puog, Judg. 16, 2; Ex. 15, 16; 2 K. 7, 4;
imperat. 2d sing, chekunapshj be still,
Mark 4, 39; 2d pi. -appek, be ye still,
Ps. 46, 10; nanepaushadt chequnappu,
*the moon stayed', Josh. 10, 13; and
nepanz chequnappeupj *the sun stood
still*, ibid, {nut'chequnnapy I am silent,
C. ) From cheke and dppu.
[Abn. 7ie't8ikdpij je me tais, taceo;
isigiSit sans rien dire, en silence.]
chequnali, chechequnatt, v. t. an. he
takes by violence from (him), he robs
(him): neg chechekqimukqueaneg pUh
chechequnaog (pass.), 'they that prey
upon thee will I give for a prey ' (they
who rob thee shall be robbed), Jer.
30, 16.
[Narr. aquie chechequnnuxvash, do not
rob me; suppos. pi. chechequnnuwdchicky
robbers; pajas. chechequnnittinf there is
a robbery committed. Abn. inganSxSi^
par iforce, malgr^.]
chequnikompali, v. i. he stands still;
pi. -paog, 'poog, 2 Sam. 2, 23; imper. 2d
sing, chequnikompatishj stand thou still,
Josh. 10, 12; and indie. chequnikompaUy
(he) stood still, v. 13 [where it was
mistaken for the preceding substantive,
nepauzy *8un,* by Adelun^, who in the
chequnikompaU — continued.
Mithridates (3 Th., 3« Abth., p. 388)
has given a place among words of the
"Naticks, nach Elliott" to ^chequikom-
pu/i, Sonne.* Cf. nanepaushadt chequn-
appiiy * the moon stayed ' , v. 13] . From
chike and -kompau.
chequnuBsin, v. i. he lies still; uvh
nutchequnussiiif I would lie still. Job
3, 13.
chequodwehham, v. caus. inan. he
shaves (it) off, cuts (it) off (makes clean
by cutting; caus. of chekodtam^ v. t.
inan. ; cf. chekharrij he sweeps or wipes) ;
chequodwehkamwog up-puhkukoashy they
shave their heads (withnegat. , Ezek. 44,
20). With an. obj. cheqtiodtweyaheau
nashpe chequodtweyaheg, he shaves (him)
with a razor. Is. 7, 20 (cheqtiddtoeekquog,
razor, C).
chequttummo), v. i. he roars (as a lion
or wild beast) ; pi. -umwogj Jer. 51, 38.
[Abn. zaskademSj (le chien) jappe.]
cli^taeu, V. i. it is stiff. As adj.
mimttupuk, a stiff neck, Ps. 75, 5. Caus.
inan. chetauivehieau, he stiffens, makes
(it) stiff, 2 Chr. 36, 13. Intr. (adj. an. )
chetauefsuy he is stiff, unyielding {nut-
chelauesy I am stiff, C).
chetanunaU, v. t. an. he supports (him ) ;
imperat. 2d pi. chetanuna>k noDchum-
wesitchegy 'support ye the weak*, 1
Thess. 5, J4.
chetixuaU, v. t. he compels (him), 2 Chr.
21, 11; tmi'chetim-o-nhy they compelled
him. Matt. 27, 32 {nxU-chetimUwamy I am
urgent, C).
chetiihquab, n. a crown, Cant. 3, 11;
Is. 28, 3.
[Abn. UitokkSebuir, parures, soit de
cou, soit de t^te.]
♦chichiuquat (Narr. ), it is day [-break],
R. W. 67.
[Abn. Ufe*k8aty il eat jour, jour com-
mence. ]
^chichdgrin (Narr.), a hatchet, R. W.
♦chlckot (Narr.), fire (chikkoht, C).
From chekee and ohteauy it rages, is vio-
lent. See chikohteau.
chikkin^uogT) n. pi. sparks of fire; with
nwtde (of fire). Job 41, 19; Is. 50, 11.
chikkup, n. a cedar. Is. 44, 14; pi. -pogj
Ps. 148, 9 (utchukkfip}>einiSy cedar, C).
Adj. and adv. chikkuipjMey of cedar, 1 K.
5,8.
Digitized by
Google
24
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BrLLETIN 25
cfaikkup — con tinue<l .
[Chip, jingu^ik, pine tree, Bar. ; ^hin
fftmuk, Sch.]
chikohteau, v. i. it bums, as a fire or a
torch, Ex. 3, 2; Deut. 5, 23; Jer. 7, 20;
pret. na>(au chikohtop, the fire burned,
P». 39, 3; euppos. ne chAgohtag, that
which burns, Gen, 15, 17. From chfkee
ami ohteaUf it is (by nature, inherently)
violent, it ragen, is fierce.
[Narr. chkkot (chikkohty C), fire.]
chikosum, chikkohaiun, v. t. he bums
(it), Ex. 40, 27; Is. 44, 16; with an. obj.
-mii; vut-chikosft-ohf he burned (him).
Lev. 9, 1 1 . From chekee, with the form-
ative {-suniy an.'Mu) of verbs denoting
the action of heat. Vbl. n. act chik-
kdmank, a burning, Lev. 10, 6; Is. 9, 5;
vbl. n. pass. chikkdsicuUuonky being
burned, a bum, Ex. 21, 25.
chipappu, V. i. (1) he remains apart,
separate, Prov. 19, 4; from chippi and
&ppu. (2) he is free, at liberty (i. e.
separated or apart from any tribe, not
the subject of any sachem); chipappu
wwelauomonat, she is at liberty to
marry, 1 Cor. 7, 39. Cf. *chepy.
[Narr. chippdpuocky the Pleiades, i. e.
they sit apart, form a group by them-
selves.]
chipohke, n. land not occupied; en
chipohk'U, Mnto a land not inhabited'.
Lev. 16, 22. From chippe and ohkCy
separate or free land.
*chippaclUluBin, it divides (as a path
where it forks), R. W. From chippeu.
chippe, -pi, (it is) separate<l, apart;
chippe ayeuankj the separate place, Ezek.
41, 13. Adv. and adj. chippiyeiLey Ezek.
41, 12; 42, 1, 10, 13. [For derivatives
see chepyt chepiohke, cheptorUupy etc.]
Vbl. n. chipaiyeucnk, separation, free-
dom. As n. a part, a portion; piukque
chippi, a tenth part, Ex. 16, 36. Cf.
chonchippe.
[Abn. UebiSif tmtsSbiSiy tzatzSbiSi, s^p-
ar^ment. Del. Upivriy ttpai, separately;
ischdgch-pif asunder, apart, Zeisb.]
chippehtam, v. t. he makes (it) separate,
keeps (it) apart, Num. 6, 2; with an.
obj. -ehtaOau; suppos. chapehtauontf
Heb. 7, 26.
chippesu. See chippism,
chippeu, V. i. he separates himself, goes
apart. Num. 6, 12; Gal. 2, 12; suppos.
chippeu — continue<l.
noh chapitf he who separate** himeelf;
pi. neg chaptcheg, Ezra 6, 21; Jude 19;
freq. chadchapeu; with inan. subj.
-})emcOy it divides, marks separation
(or pass, is divided. Hop. 10, 2); im-
perat. chadchapemamdj, let it divide
(one thing from another. Gen. 1, 6).
As adv. wut'chadchaube poiiamun, he
put it dividingly or for separation, Gen.
1, 4. Perhaps this last form should l^e
referred to a freq. or augm. of chipappUy
q. V. See *chepy,
\ chippi. See chippe.
I chippinehteau, v. caug. (inan. subj.) it
causes or effects separation. Vbl. n.
chippinxUunkj that which {separates, a
wall, Ezek. 42, 20 (a hedge, C).
chippinetu, v. i. he is bom free; nut-
chippenetip, I was bom free. Acts 22, 28.
> chippinnin, n. a' free man. Rev. 6, 15:
I -inninnuj he is a free man ; gunnummatta
nul-chippinninnu-w, am not I free? 1
Cor. 9, 1; suppos. pass, chapininnumitf
when he is freed, * being free', 1 Cor.
7, 22. Lit. a man apart, not subject to
any sachem or master. Cf. mimnnirij
a captive,
chippinum,' V. t. he separates (it), puts
it apart From chippi, with character-
istic (-nwm) of action performetl by the
hand. Augm. chadchatihennm [=r/ia-
chippinum], he neparates permanently
or authoritatively, establishes a divi-
sion; with inan. subj. -mo), it estab-
lishes a division, it divides. Vbl. n.
-umcDonkj -um6onkj a dividing, a bound-
mark; -coonkf -aruDironkj a separation of
animate beings, a tribe, Judg. 21, 3;
Heb. 7, 13. With an. obj. chippinad, he
separates or parts (them); imperat.
2d sing, chippirif Gen. 13, 9; pi. -mwcoifc.
Num. 31, 27; suppos. chapunonty when
he parts (them), Num. 6, 5; Prov.
18, 1.
chippipsk, chepisk, n. a [single or de-
tached?] rock, or crag; for chippi-ompak;
ui chipftipsquty on the rocks. Acts 27, 29.
[Narr. rnachipscaty a stony path; i. e.
may-chippisk'Ut. ]
chippishixi]ieuhtugrk(?), n. a bush, Job
30, 7; Is. 7, 19.
chippiMu, -e8u, v. adj. an. he is sep-
arate, apart; pi. -suogy a people, a dis-
tinct race. Gen. 25, 23.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
25
chippohteau, v. i. he is (habitually,
by custom) separate; he keeps apart.
Vbl. n. >hippa>taonky a keeping apart,
separation, Lev. 12, 5.
chipwuttconapwati, v. t. an. he kisses
(him); chipwodtam^ v. t. inan. he kisses
(it); wnt-chipivuUaonap'Ohj he kisses
him, Gen. 27, 27; vnU-chipwodtam-
mikqtioh umsseetash^ she kissed (to him)
his feet, Luke 7, 38 {nut'chipvmttconapf
I kiss, C).
[Abn. Stsedamen, il le baise.]
chinhkham. See ji*khamj he wipes
(it).
chiskenitchdhliou, n. a towel, John 13,
5; that which wipes the hands, or
with which the hand is wiped. From
chMkham and nulchj with the inan. in-
strum. formative -dhhou.
*ch6gaji (Narr.), a blackbird; pi. cho-
ganeuck, R. W.
[Peq. avLchugyese; masmiryan^ Stiles.
Abn. Ut8gher€9; tsSghereskS, ^toumeau,
Rasles; mo<lem Abn. chog-lHshv, K. A.
Del. ischoquali, blackbird, Zeisb.]
chogrq, n. a spot, a bit, a small piece (for
* farthing*, Matt. 6, 26). For chohki
or chdhki, (it is) like a point or spot.
Cf. kodchuki. Suppos. inan. chohkag, a
spot, a blemish; tvompe chohkag y a bright
spot. Lev. 13, 4, 19.
[Cree, cM-c/wic/m^ot/', it is' striped.]
Chog^uasuog:. See *Chokquog.
^chogset. See *cachauxetj under K.
chohdiolikag' (freq. of chohkag j a spot),
that which is spotted, or marked with
spots, Jude 23. See chogq.
chohcliolik^su, V. adj. an. (freq. of
chohk^m) he is spotted, blemished.
Vbl. n. -e*itonJt, a spot, mark, or blem-
ish, Jer. 13, 23.
*chohchunkquttali]iam. ^>eechu)irhunk-
gtttiohhdm, he knocks.
chohk^su, V. adj. an. (1) he is spotted;
pi. mohmcDe chohk^miog, they are thickly
spotted, 'speckled'. Gen. 31, 10, 12.
chohk^su — continued.
(2) he has a blemish, or deformity.
Lev. 21, 21, 23. Suppos. chohkesit, when
he is spotted; pi. 7ieg chohkesitcheg (freq.
chohchobk')y they who are spotted, Gen.
30, 32, 39.
[Del. chi qua m, patched, Zeisb.]
^chohki, (a point) a minute, C. (= chogq).
chohkoowaonk (?), vbl. n. a sting [ing],
1 Cor. 15, 55, 56; chohkuhhm^ a sting, C.
chohkushik, (suppos. as) n. *a jot', a
point, a speck, Matt. 5, 18; Luke 16, 17.
chohqubg:, chahqubg:, n. a knife. Gen.
22, 6; Judg. 19, 29; pi. -gash (cf. keneh-
quogy a sharp knife, under kenai) ; kenag
chahqubg, a sharp razor, Ps. 52, 2.
[Narr. chauqock (for -quock?). Abn.
niJte*k8akSyC0UteSL{X'y pl.-ugSr. Menom.
ahshaykon. ]
*Cliokquogr, Chogrqiissuoer, n. pi. Eng-
lishmen, C. ^^Englinhmansog a^uh
Chohkquogy^' title-page of Indian laws,
1709. "They call Englishmen Chdu-
quaquocky that is, Knife-men", R. W.
51.
[Abn. ntsekSakSij he has a knife.]
choncliippe, besides (praeter). Is. 44,6,
8; 1 K. 22, 7. For chaehippe (chad"
chaubef)y as implying separation, Hhat
apart ' , besides. See chippe. The Mass.
Ps. has chippe t *8ave' (besides, except-
ing), Ps. 18, 31.
choochoowdogT) n. pi. quails, Ex. 16, 13
(but Upmilmg^ transferred. Num. 11,
31). See *;wH/>ocA:.
chiih, interj. ho! look! chuh^ ken, qush-
kishy * ho! such a one [thou], turn aside,'
Ruth 4, 1.
chiihchunkquttolihlbn, v. t. he knocks
at or upon (it); nut , 1 knock (at
the door, Rev. 3, 20). For chuhy chuh^
quliuhhamy he makes a measured chnh
c/jM/i,orcallof attention(?). Cf. (Narr.>
popomiUdhigy a drum, R. W.
*chunka>, n. an oyster, C. See oppon-
enauhock.
E
*eacliimminea8lL, n. pi. (Indian) com,
C. See u^atchiminneash,
*eatawtbi (Narr. ), it is old, said of cloth;
eataubanay old traps.
ehludi, interj. 'of exhortinj^or encoura-
ging', El. Gr. 21, 22.
4ht£L, See aitaiy on (at) both sides.
eianto^konattali, v. t. an. he mocks at
(him) . See ddrUdhkonauonat,
*eia«8unck and wiaseck (Narr.), a
knife, R. W. Peq. wiyauzzege. Stiles.
eiyine (»Vfw^, Mass. Ps.), of divers eorta
Digitized by
Google
26
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 26
eiy^ne — continued .
or kinds; all sorts of; of every kind;
mmche eiyane unnej * store of all sorts of
wine', Neh. 5, 18; wame eiyane^ all
kinds of, Dan. 3, 15; iydn-a&kehtuashy
many (divers kinds of) medicines, Jer.
46, 11. See unne.
eiyoznp, n. a male deer, a buck. See
dhiiik.
en, prep, to, toward (after verbs of mo-
tion), Lev. 21, 6; Acts 10, 32.
-en, -enin, the formative of verbals de-
noting the active subject, male (nomen
agentis), represents -ninnu {nnln^ mm,
R. W.), a male, man. The second
{'€nin=-en-unne) is the general or in-
definite form, e. g. adcha-Uf he hunts;
adcha-en, he who is hunting, as dis-
tinguished from one who may be hunt-
ing or who habitually hunts (suppos.
an. noh adcha-nont) game; adchahdn
(pi. -minnu-og) , anyone who is hunting,
some hunter; tisse-Uj agit; suppos. noh
dse-itf qui (quum) agit, oraget; n. agent.
usse-a-en, ille agens. usseahi'inj qui
agens. See *nnln.
*^nada (Narr.), seven {enutta tahshe, M.
V. Rec).
^enew^him (Narr.), a male (l^east).
See ninnu; nomposhim.
*enin (Narr.), a man. See *nnhi.
enneapeyau (unne-), v. i. he sojourns.
Cf. namshpeyau; imperat. ennedpeyavsh
yen ohkCy ' sojourn in this land ', Gen. 26,
3; unneapeyonat, to sojourn (here). Gen.
47, 4; suppos. part, (pi.) dneapeoncheg,
( who are) strangers, sojourners, Lev. 25,
45; (sing. ) anyeapeont, v. 40; anea-, v. 47.
enninne^nk, vbl. n. a pestilence, con-
tagious or infectious disease; Lev. 13,
44, 46; Num. 11, 33; Jer. 29, 17 {en
ninnu-og, ItcI Sfffioi, an epidemic?).
See wesaushdonky the pestilence or yel-
low disease.
*ennonxai. See unnomdiy a reason.
' *eteans80nk(?), pi. -faw/i, knives, C. Cf.
*eia8sunck.
*ewb (Narr.), pron. 3d sing, he, she;
awdun ewdf who is that? ewd manitf
this God; etod uckqush&nMckf they who
fear him, R. W. See yevuoh; noh; -ah.
It is properly a demonstrative.
H
hahanehtam, v. t. he laughs at (it). Job
41, 29; -ehiauaut he laughs at (him),
Job 9, 23; suppos. ahanehtauontf when
he laughs at or mocks (him), Prov. 30,
17.
halidnu, alidnu (-non), v. i. he laughs.
Gen. 17, 17; 18, 12; Ps. 2,4; maUanvi-
ahanUj I do not laugh; pret. kui-ah&nup,
thou didst laugh. Gen. 18, 15; loh-
vmich hahanit (suppos. ), wherefore does
she laugh? v. 13; ahquompi adt ahani-
muk (suppos. inan. or supine), 'a time
to laugh', Eccl. 3, 4.
[Narr. ahdnuy he laughs; pi. -uock;
tav'hitch ahdnean (suppos.), why dost
thou laugh? Menom. ah-y-ah-nen^ to
laugh. Shawn, ah-^dii-lee.^
hahanuonk, alian-, vbl. n. laughing,
laughter, Job 8, 21; Eccl. 7, 3 {ahhaniX-
onk, ahanshdonk, C).
hashdbp, hash^b, n. (1) a net, Micah
7, 2; Luke 5, 5; pi. hashabpog^ Ezek.
47, 10; Hab. 1, 16 {dshdp, pi. -appog,
C). (2) vegetal fiber or fibrous ma-
terial used for making thread or cord;
haahdbp, hasliA— continued.
hashdbpog, 'flax' (the plant, when in
the field), Ex. 9, 31; hashabp, flax (pre-
pared), Judg. 15, 14; *tow,* Is. 43, 17;
hashabpe ttUtuppun, a tow thread, Judg.
16, 9; hashahp-onakj linen cloth, Mark
14, 51 {hashaponagy Ex. 35, 25). (3) a
spider's web, i. e. net. Job 8, 14; Is. 59,
5. ' ' Les sauvages racontent que ce fut
Michabou qui apprit k leurs anc^tres k
p^cher, qu'il inventa les R^ts, et que
ce fut la toile d'araign^e qui lui en
donna I'id^e." — Charlevoix, iii, 282.
[Narr. ashdpy * their nets;' ashdppockj
hemp; masaiinock, flax (Canada net-
tle?), R. W. Abn. rhdpe, filets, rets;
s^tagSky espdce de chanvre dont on fait
des rets ( taghenank, le chanvre ) . Chip.
assdby pi. 'big J nets.]
hashabnhtugq, -bpulitag^(?) {hash-
abpuhtugqy fiax-wood), n. stalks of
flax. Josh. 2, 7; a distaff, Prov. 31, 19.
hashoDnukoD, n. a hat; pi. hashamuhD-
unashy their hats, Dan. 3, 21. '
[Narr. ashdnaquOy or saunketippoy a
cap or hat, R. W.]
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
27
haainnekdUs. See asinnekdus.
ha88un, n. a stone; husmn^ pi. -nosh. El.
Gr. 10; dim. hasmnemeSy a little stone,
ib. p. 12; pi. -gash, little stones, * gravel',
Prov. 20, 17. From a word signifying
to pierce, to cut (?).
[Chip, asgirif pi. -nig (inan.), Bar.;
owhi, a«8in, pi. (an.) -rw-e/i, Sch. Cree
assinnee; dimin. assinnis, Del. achmn,
Zeisb.]
hassunekdaz. See asginnek&us.
hassnzmek, -neg^k, n. a cave. Gen. 23,
17,20. (That which covers? Cthashoh
nukcOf a hat.)
hassuxmeutunk, n. a (stone) wall, Jer.
51, 44; Ezek. 13, 12.
*haw&iiahech (Narr. ), farewell, R. W.
hennali, hennou, Aunou, v. t. an. he
calls him (by a name or appellation;
appellat. Of. ussov^enaUf he calls him
by his name, nominat); pass, he is
called: pish hennou Ishahy 'she shall be
called Woman', Gen. 2, 23; pish hennou
magcohdn, ' he shall be call^ Bountiful *
(i. e. the Giver), Is. 32, 5; suffix form
itrnttintth, appellat eum, he addresses
him, he calls him: David nagum vmt-
tinuh l=tuut-henna-uh'i'] num-Manit-
tam, * David himself calleth him [my]
Lord', Mark 12, 37; toh kultehenity * what
art thou called? ' Gen. 32, 27 ; noh ahhenii
(ahhuniUy Mass. Ps.) he who is called,
John 9, 11; suppos. dhunont, when he
calls, w^hen calling (him), 1 Pet. 3, 6.
Mutual or reciprocal hetiuog, they call
one another, they address one another.
Gen. 11, 3. Vbl. n. hettanvonky hettu-
onky mutual address, language, speech,
Gen. 11, 1. See ahenit.
[Narr. Uthhia l=toh hennau], *what
is his name?' how is he called?]
hettam, v. t. inan. he calls (it); pass.
hettamuny it is called [cf. ussmweUamy he
names (it) ; ussanvettamuny it is named] ;
pi. hettamwogy they call (it), Ps. 49, 11;
pasH. mwesuonk hettamuny his name is
called, Luke 2, 21 ; hettamuny it is called,
Gen. 2, 11, 14; Is. 56, 7.
[Narr. tahHlamen [=toh hetlamun],
what is this called?]
-hk. See -'*-.
^Hobbaznoco, n. * their evil God,' Lech-
ford's PI. Dealing, 52. **That we sup-
pose their Devil, they call Habamouky''
Capt. J. Smith (1631). ''Abamocho or
^Hobbamoco— continued.
Cheepiey^* Josselyn Voy. (See ckepy,)
"In the night . . . they will not budge
from their own dwellings for fear of
their Abamocho (the Devil) whom they
much fear." — Wood's N. E. Prospect,
pt. 2, ch. 8. "Whom they [the In-
dians near Plymouth] call Hobbamock,
and to the northward of us, Hobbamo-
qui; this, as far as we can conceive, ia
the Devil."— E. Winslow's Rel. (1624).
-hogr, -hogrk, n. (1) body, corpus, that
which is external or which covers the
living man or animal. For hogki (it
covers), or hogko) (he covers Wmself,
wears as covering). With impers. pre-
fix, muhhogy the (any) body; pi. muhr
hjogkayog. El. Gr. 9. (2) the person;
with the prefixed pronouns it has the
force of ipse; nuhhogln^hog'], my body,
or myself, ego ipse; kukhogy thy body,
thyself; umhhogy his body, himself.
[Narr. nohdck, my body; wuhdcky the
body (i. e. his body). Abn. nkaghi,
Shaghiy mon, son corps. Del. hockey,
Zeisb. Cree wey6w, the body; ne-ydw,
my body, myself.]
kogrki, V. i. it covers, or serves as'a cov-
ering; as n. wuh-hogki, pi. ivuh-hogkiosh,
the scales (of a fish). Job 41, 15; sup-
pos. wuh-Jiogkat, if it have (that which
has) scales; pi. negwuh-hogkiitdiegy they
which have scales. Lev. 11, 9 ( with inan.
or impers. subj. vmhhogkiegigy v. 10).
So, wuh-hogkiy a shell (wohhogke, C).
Cf. Engl, shell, scale; Germ, schale;
Greek KoXeo^y 6Kv\oy.
[Narr. mcka&hock [mck^wuhhogki'\,
black-shell money, R. W. Abn. 8ara-
hdghi, ^caille de poisson.]
hogrko), V. i. he clothes or covers him-
self; with inan. subj., it is a covering, it
clothes; sometimes v. t. he wears (or
is covered by) it, Prov. 23, 21; Ezek.
9, 2; Ps. 93, 1; imperat. 2d pi. hogkmk,
*put ye on', clothe yourselves with,
Eph. 6, 11; suppos. an. Jiogqut, dquty
agquity when he wears, or is clothed
with, Ps. 109, 18; 68, 13; Dan. 12, 7; ne
dquty agquity that which he wears, which
Ms on him'. Gen. 37, 23; 1 K. 11, 30.
Vbl. n. hogka>onky clothing, a garment,
Num. 31, 20; Prov. 30, 4; pi. -ongash
{auka)onky C. ). With a subst. express-
ing the thing worn or put on, hogkun-
num, v. t. he puts (it) on.
Digitized by
Google
28
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 2S
hogko— <?<)nti n utnl .
[Narr. aathf 'their deerskin', which
serveH for clothing [ = /io^ita)]; ocquash
[=:h(}gkujthy El.], put on; auhaqitt, a
mantle (i. e. what he wears). Del.
arhffiimiaUj he ia clothed; e hack quitf
his cloth; e hack quink^ clothing,
Zei«l).]
hogrkoDchin. See ogkcochin.
hohkon. See ohkcon, a dre«sed skin.
hohpaheau, v. i. (cans.) he humbles
himself, 2 (^hr. 32, 26; Ps. 10, 10; makes
himself small ( ? ) . ('f. iHeheuUy he makes
him small, or low (see jml)] suppos.
howan hoh}Hiheont^ whoso humbleth
hiniself, Matt. 18, 4.
hohpati, V. i. he is humble; pi. hohpdog
(indicat. for suppos.), *the humble*,
they art^ humble, Ps. 34, 2; imi)erat.
hohiMtahf 'humble thyself, l)e humble,
I*rov. tt, 3; suppos. nhhohpdcheg [fmh-
jHut; pi. hahiHiitcheg]^ Prov. 10, 19;
hohhohiMirhetjy the humble, Ps. 10, 12,
V^bl. n. hoh}Humky hohpdunk^ humbling,
humility, Pn)v. 15, :«; 22, 4. N. agent.
hohptirHf one who humbles himself, a
humble man, Job 22, 29. Adj. and adv.
}mhiH\(, Pn)V. Irt, 19 [hohinoe, C. ).
hohtdeu, -t6^u, adv. ex online, in onler.
Acts 11, 4; 'fnun time to time', Kzek.
4, 10, 11. The primary signifloation of
the ver!) is, 'it comes next*, or 'in
counH''; He hohtdeut that which ixMues
next, the s^H'ond, = nuhohtoiH, stx'ondly
(El. (ir. 21). With the formative
{'kih) of verlw of growth, hohUMn, he
or it grows next, is next in gn)wth;
whence, pn>bably, suppos. uoh ad-
Unkit, she who is next in agt», 'astn-ond
tlaughter', Job 42, 14. Cf. ndtM'iL
[Abh. UUiSi; /h/sokk/^, tour a tour;
ahiiM^i, (Uiiinteghikk^i, <le plus en
plus.]
*hdme8 (Narr.), an oM man; pi. h6me-
^ruil-, R. W.[?]
[Abn. nemUf^-Smeti, mon grand pOre;
tM-Smes, ma grande ni^re, etc. Chip.
nimkhdtnissy my grandfather, Bar.]
*hominey. "They l)eat [the Indian
com] in a mortar and sift the flour out
of it: the remainder they call horn-
tniney, which they put into a pot . . .
with water, and boil," etc.— Josselyn's
Rar., 53. Powhatan, homonp, broken
maize, Beverley. *' Homini, which is
♦hominey — continued .
the corn of that country beat and boiled
to mash . * * — Norwood' s Voy . to Virginia
(1649). "They live mostly on a pap,
which they call pone or homini, each of
which is made of corn." — White's Re-
lation of Maryland (1633). From the
generic for 'small fruit', 'berry', or
'grain', -/mn-rw, pi. -minneashy which
formed part of all names given to pre-
pared corn. Cf. Narr. aupumminnea'
ncLshj parched com; aupu. minea-nato-
aadmpf parche<l meal boiled, etc, ; «?/«-
kokkamtick-Smfne-ashj new-ground com;
eic&chi-nVne-cahy com, etc. Abn. ska-
imbi^, il pile le bl^; skamSri-nar (pi.),
bl^ d'Inde (ble pil^).
*hbnck (Narr.), a goose; pi. honckock,
R. AV ; the gray or Canada goose ( Anser
canadensis, L.). See w6mp<iiuck (the
snow-goose).
[Del. kfwky Zeisb. ; mareck l-aakj gray
goose. Camp. Abn. ka&k8{t). Peq.
kohutikf Stiles,]
*hopu6nck (Narr.), a tobacco pipe, R.
W. See uhpcoonk,
^hoquaun (Narr.), a fi.*»hhook. See
xOiquan,
h68e-, £se-, in composition, is a distril>-
utive, signifying each in its turn, one
after another in course: iise-kemkokish,
day by day, in daily course, Gen. 39, 10;
Matt. 6, 11; lUe-nompokishj morning by
morning, every morning, Ex. 30, 7.
Ii686k6eu, adv. in course; turn by turn:
kemkodtashf 'day unto day' (tou-
kodash hohmhkoeiiy Mass. Ps. ) ; mi-
konash, ' night unto night * , Ph. 1 9, 2. Cf .
nmhkaue^ it follows, comes after; dxth-
Huhquef admihque, to and fro; jKipaum-
)<heau dulutuhqiie, he walke<i to and fro,
2 K. 4, 35; adfurnhqiwaii and ahaCdmik-
qaeaiXy he goes to and fro, thia way and
that, Job 1, 7; 2, 2 (infinit); ahadsiik-
qtieu unuhqiideuy he looked this way
and that, Ex. 2, 12.
[Abn. ^hSsokk^f tour A tour; thHaSa"
»iSif de deux I'un; Mj ^ toute occasion,,
ainsi toujours de meme.]
howaas, n. See ddas^ a living creature;.
a live animal.
howan leitd-unni, a>unni], someone,
anyone; as interrog. w^ho? (El. Gr. 7);
pi. hmcanig (auwen, who? auwon, howan^
anybody, C. ). In Prov. 14, 34, the adj.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
29
liowan — con tinueti .
adv. forui ia used: hoime missinninnuog,
any people.
[Narr. awdiin, * there is somebody';
auiiun ewd, who is that? pi. awanick,
'some come.' Peq. Trawnnuxui*, *Eng-
Ushmen', Stiles, i. e. *some men', or
*who are these?'; ouxinuXy Mason's
Narrat. of Peq. War. Micm. Serij quel-
qu'un, celui qui, etc. Abn. aSenni, quel-
howan — continued,
qu'un; aSennangaj quel homme est-ce
qui, etc. Del. auween; pi. auwenikf who
are they? Zeisb. Gr. 176. Cree ov/enA,
pi. ouinekecj who? whosoever; indef.
au/eukj someone, anyone. Chip, aivi-
7ien, who? pi. -\-ag; aiviiay one, some-
ixxiy, anybody; aicigwhif whoever,
whosoever, I don't know who; pi.
-i, postpositive, gives to the indicative
present, which is in fact a preterit, the
definite and limited force of the truly
present or actual; e. g. au, he goes;
aui, he is going, is now on his way,
Prov. 7, 19; sokanon^ there is rain;
sokenohi (wokenonni, C), it is now rain-
ing. Though this limited present is
not noticed by Eliot in his Grammar,
and is not often to be found in his
translations, it unquestionably had
place in the Massachusetts, as well as
in other dialects of the same group.
[Abn. iy postposit. significat actuali-
tatem actionis; sSgherannS, il pleut
actuellement; pMn^ il neige; pmnnt, il
neige actuellement, etc.]
ian^uwuBsu, v. adj. an. he is lean; pi.
"iuogy Gen. 41, 3; suppos. pi. (partidp.)
-gitcheg, v. 4. See 6nouvmsm,
idne. See eiy&ne,
liLnuBSUOgr, suppos. pi. i&nu9»\tchegy for
'swarms of flies', Ex. 8, 21, 24, 29;
they are of divers kinds (?), all sorts of
creatures (?).
in, (in fine comp. -hen^ -unne) of the
kind or manner of; yeu in kah yeu iUf of
this manner and of this, 'thus, and
thus', 2 Sam. 17, 15.
i6srkd8i8h6ma>, v. i. onatuh nPecMp-
pog-wut, it 'distils as the dew', Deut.
32, 2; it moistens (?). Cf. ogqashki.
*i8hkauaus8ue, (he is) envious; iskou-
oumuy enviously, C.
ishkont, conj. lest (El. Gr. 22), Gen.
38, 9; Luke 22, 46. For aOiqanvk,
ashqunitf there remains (ne tuhqihunk^
what remains, is left)?
ishkouanatuonk, vbl. n. envy, Prov. 14,
30. Cf. jishanitttumkf hatred, under
jishontam,
iahpuhqu^u. See uahpuhqudeu, he
looks upward.
iahquano^kod, -kot, (after a numeral)
a cubit's length; suppos. ishquanogkokf
measured by cubits, by cubits' length;
with an. subj. -ogkusgUf 2 Chr. 2, 11,
12. Nean ishquanogkok; nequt-ishqua-
nogkod ne nequt ishqaanogkod, etc.,
(measured) by cubits; the cubit is a
cubit, etc. , Ezek. 43, 13. From mi$quan
{mee»k, C, q. v.), the elbow, and -ogk,
the base of verbs of counting or num-
bering: so many times the length to
the elbow.
jishontam, v. t. he despises, rejects,
hates (it): nus-sekeneam kah mU-jishon-.
iam, I hate and despise (it), Amos 5,
21; I abhor, Ps. 119, 163; Amos 6, 8;
suppos. jishantog, when he despises, he
despising, hating, Prov. 15, 10. With
an. oh], jishanumau, he despises or hates
( him) ; suppos. noh jishanumcntf he who
despises; pass, noh jishanumit, he who
is despised. Job 12, 5. Vbl. n. jishan-
fimawmk; pass. jishaniUuonk, hatred,
Ps. 25, 19.
ji«khaTn,jiahkhaTn, dushkham, v. i. he
wipes (it); nu/-ji«^itam, I wipe (it) ; sup-
pos. onaiuh tvosketomp jishkog tourmonk,
as [when] a man wipes a dish, 2 K. 21,
13. With an. attributive, jiskhamau,
he wipes (it) for (him); chiskhamau6p
wu99eeta9hj she wiped [to him] his feet,
John 11, 2. Cf. chekham, he sweeps.
[Abn. ne-kasshafif je I'essuie; ne-kat-
segiUhan, je lui essuie les pi^; kasiehaU^
qu'on I'essuie. Del. tBchukham-meny to
wipe off, Zeisb.]
Digitized by
Google
30
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BI'LLETIN 25
K
-'k-, -hk-, in composition, denotes the
continued or progressive action of the
verb; a f?oing on, or continuing to do:
' e. g. assamauj he gives him food; sohko-
mail [=: assohkamau], he supports, or
continues to give him food; petau, he
he puts (it) into; petuhkau, he goes
into; amdeily he departs; dmawhkau, he
drives (him) away, keeps him going,
etc. See kah.
♦cachauxet (Peq.)» the name of a fish;
'cunner'. Stiles. The 'chogset*, Lab-
rus chogset, Mitch. (Ctenilabrus bur-
gall, Stour. ) For choIichohkesUj marked
with spots, spotted, or striped.
kach^moD, kahch^mo), v. i. inan. it
comes (and continues coming) out
from: noatau kachhnm, 'a fiery stream
issued', etc., Dan. 7, 10. See hUche.
kacheu, v. i. he goes or comes out of:
kacheog, they went out of (the ship),
went ashore, Luke 5, 2.
kMahik, when it begins; the beginning
of. See hUchisnk.
kadtupwut, when, or if, he is hungry,
suppos. of kodtuppw.
kah, copulative, and 'k, progressive, in
its simple separable form, 'it goes on'
or 'continues'. Cf. Greek trt; Sansk.
atif according to Weber, from root at,
'to go', i. e. 'a going farther.' Sansk.
gd, to go; ga, going, or cha, *et, qufe';
Greek k«, re, Kai.
[Narr. kd, Peq. quah, E. M. Chip.
gaii (postpositive, prepositive, and sep-
arable), Bar. Micm. ok [=0^].]
k&hche. matta kdche, 'no doubt', it
is not doubtful. Acts 28, 4 {kuhche,
Danf.)
k&enimmnne, the first-ripe (fruit),
Mic. 7, 1. See keneumunne-ash,
kakenupshont, (when) going very
swiftly; suppos. of kogkenupshau. See
kenupthau,
*kakewau, v. i. he is mad, Mass. Ps.
See kogkiau,
[kasenuBsit, suppos. a churl, Is. 32, 5, 7. ]
*ka8k61iat, n. a sturgeon, C. See *kau-
posh.
*cauk6aiiaah (Narr.), n. pi. stockings,
R. W.
[Abn. kenhSn-iiar, chausees, has.
Peq. cungowurUch^ a stocking. Stiles.
DeL kau km, legging, Sch. 11, 472; ga
gun, Zeisb.]
*cau6mp8k (Narr.), a whetstone, R. W.
*kadpoBh (Narr. ) , a stuigeon ; pi. -shaiiogf
R. W. {kdpposhand kaskdhal, C.) From
kuppi (an. adj. kuppesu, he is) shut up,
inclosed, protected, i. e. by his hard
scales or plates (?).
[Abn. kabasse, pi. -Bak, Chip, nam ai\
naugh may [i.e. the fish; namohs, £1.,
or n'amag'], Menom. nah mawe, stur-
geon {nahmaish, fish) . Powh. kopotone^
J. Smith (=cloee-mouthed?).]
*cawakaahunck (Narr.), the skin of a
deer, R. W.
*Xauti^towwit (Narr.), "the great
Southwest God, to whose house all
souls go and from whom came their
corn, beans, etc., as they say," R. W.
Cf. Keihtanit IKehianii], the great God,
Gen. 24, 7.
kechequabinau, v. t. an. he hangs (him )
by the neck. Gen. 40, 22: pish kuk-
kechequabinukf he will hang thee. Gen.
40, 19; cMut kechequabeniUimuk (sup-
pos. pass. inan. ), that which he is hung
upon, a gallows, Esth. 5, 14; 7, 9 (nuk-
kehchXquabes peminneai, I am choked
with a halter, C. It should be ruishpe
pemunneal).
kechequanali, v. t. an. he takes him by
the throat; with pron. affixes, uk-
kechequan-uhf Matt. 18, 28; hence, he
embraces (him), (nuk-kehckikquan, I
embrace, I hold by the throat, C. )
[Abn. ne-keskedSnbnafiy je lesuffoque.]
kechisu. See kehchissu,
keechippam, kehch-, keihch-, on the
shore, Josh. 11, 4; Judg. 6, 17; John
21, 4; kehtahhanityOii the seashore,
Gen. 22, 17.
^keegaquaw (Narr.), a virgin or maid,
R.W.
[Chip, gigangowi, she is a virgin.
Del. kikodiqueeSf a virgin; kick och que u,
a single woman, Zeisb. ; kigape-u, Camp.
Abn. kiganU', a young man unmarried.]
Digitized by
Google
TRUXBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
31
*kee8aqu8liixi (Narr.), it is high water,
R. AV., i. e. it is at its full height, full
grown. Cf. kesuhin.
*Kee8uckqutod (Xarr.), the Sun God,
a name of the sun, R. W. [KernkquA^-
anitf God of Day or of the Sky]. See
kemL
kAche, kehcheu, v. i. (it ie) chief, prin-
cipal, saperior (because, ex prindpio;
cf. koj kwtche); hence, superior by
reason of age, old, ancient; an. pi. kehr
ckiog, kutchiogy the old (collectively),
the ancients, i. e. those who are from
the beginnmg, Ps. 119, 100; 148, 12;
Esth. 3, 13; kehchiog rvaantamwog, the
old are wise, * with the ancients is wis-
dom'. Job 12, 12. In the sing, kehche
ayetwnk, the chief place, 2 Sam. 23, 8;
kehcheu wuUDshinneunkf the chief fath-
ers [i. e. fatherhood, n. collect]. Num.
31, 26. Cf. keht-; kehlauau.
kehchenxugqwomp, n. chief captain.
See mugqwomp,
kehcheflonksq [= kehche-wnkgqiui], a
queen, Esth. 1, 9, 11. See sonksq.
kehck^suonk, vbl. n. a boil, a sore; pi.
-ongashf Job 2, 7. See kehkechim.
kehchippam. See keechippam.
kehchiflqua, kutchiaqua, an old woman,
Ruth 1, 12; 1 Tim. 4, 7; pi. -quaog,
Zech. 8, 4; 1 Tim. 6, 2.
kekchiflsu, kechisu, kehchis, v. adj.
he ifl old, superior by age; as n. an
aged person. Gen. 44, 20; Lev. 19, 32;
nuk'keckisu, I am old. Job 15, 10 {nuk-
kechiseu, Luke 1, 18); kuhchigu-it,
'when he is old', Mass. Pa., John 3, 4.
Like the Latin senex, senectus, kehchU
denotes old age entitled to respect,
without associating with it the idea of
decrepitude or senility. Cf. mahtdn-
iam. ' " Chise is an old man, and heh-
chise a man that exceedeth in age." — E.
Winalow's Relation (1624).
[Narr. kitchizej an old man; pi. -zuck;
kutchfnnUf a middle-aged man (i. e. he
is growing old). Micm. kijigSf vieux;
kijigSuiky les vieux. Del. kikey, old,
Zeisb.]
kehchithali, v. i. he forbears or re-
frains from doing (?): vus-muunumup
keJichUhon (infinit), matta nuk-kehchit-
tohhoH (causat.), *I was weary with
forbearing, I could not stay', Jer. 20, 9;
kehchithatt — continued,
suppos. kehchUhadriy if I forbear. Job
16, 6.
kehkechai, n. a sore, 'botch', Deut. 28,
27.
kehkech^su, v. adj. an. he is sore, 'full
of sores', Luke 16, 20 (augm. of keh-
chhu). Vbl. n. kehkechesuonk, a (run-
ning) sore, a boil, Ps. 38, 11; 77, 2; Job
2,7.^
[Narr. n^ chtsammamy I am in pain;
nchhamavi n'sete, my foot is sore.]
kehketoohkau, v. i. he goes on talking,
talks much. Freq. of kuiUDf he speaks,
with 'ifc progressive. Vbl. n. kehketcoh-
kdonky keketa>k-y talk, loquacity, Prov.
14, 23; Eccl. 10, 13; pi. -(mga^, 'bab-
blings', 1 Tim. 6, 20. N. agent -kaen,
a great talker; pi. -kahiuog, Tit 1, 10.
BeekuUw.
kehkomstt, kekomstt, v. t an. he talks
about (him), slanders, or speaks re-
proachfully of: mJc-kdmuk-quogf they
slander me, Ps. 31, 14. Vbl. n. kehko-
mauhiy -mtudeUf a talebearer, a slan-
derer, Prov. 18, 8,
[Cree kUgdmayoOy he scolds him (?).]
keht-, keiht-, in comp. words chief,
principal, (relatively) greatest. As a
prefix to nouns inan. corresponding to
kehche- before nouns an. See kutche,
[Del. kiUa, great. Abn. ^^maoMa vel
kiutf in antecessum," Rasles.]
kAitadtau, v. caus. inan. he makes
sharp, sharpens, whets (it) , Ps. 7, 12;
with inan. subj. -tou^o), it sharpens
(it), Prov. 27, 17; Aauuny he sharpeiis
it; pass. U is sharpened, made sharp,
Ezek. 21, 9; suppos. kehtaUauan, if I
whet (my sword), Deut 32, 41 {ketottug,
a whetstone. Wood). Cf. *cau6mp8k,
[Abn. ne-kUtadSTiy je I'aiguise; akit-
tadSn, il I'aiguise; kidadangan^ pierre &
aiguiser.]
Kehtanit, Keiktaimit lk€ht-(m)anU, the
chief or greatest mcmW], for 'the Lord
God', Gen. 24, 3, 7. With the verb
subst. kehtaniUD, keihlanniUo, he is (or
it ia) the greatest inanitto; and with the
locative suffix, kehtanUo-utf the place of
the great mamto, or where he is:
hence, probably, KaiOdntotviiit, 'the
great Southwest God,' (R. W.), or
rather his home in the Southwest.
[Del. getannitowiiy Zeisb. Gr. 37.]
Digitized by
Google
32
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
kehtauaU(?), v. t. an. he is chief among
or superior to; as n. a chief man; pi.
kehtauaogf * lords*, Dan. 6, 23. Rarely
used and of questionable propriety. X.
agent, kehlauwaeny pi. 'Iniuogj * nobles',
Prov. 8, 18.
Icehtequauitch, kehtaxi- \kehty uhf/uaej
-7ii//c/i, great, end of, hand], n. the
thumb, Ex. 29, 20; pi. -tcheash, Judg.
1, 6, 7.
[Abn. aghitkSeretsi, poUex.]
kehtequaseet [kehtf uhquar, -sect, great,
end of, foot], n. the great toe: uk-kthU-
quaseetf his great toe, Ex. 29, 20; Judg.
1, 6, 7.
[Abn. meghitkShitt ne-ghiikSMy mon
gros orteil.]
iLehtimatt, v. t. an. he appoints (him)
over, appoints (him) to office or com-
mand, 2 K. 11, 18; nuk-keitinif I ap-
point (him to rule over, etc), 1 K. 1,
35; kuk'kehtim qaothodtumvxihiuogf thou
appointest prophets, Neh. 6, 7. From
kehl; with ^mrau, the formative of an.
verbs of speaking, or of action per-
fonned by the mouth; literally, *he
great-flpei^LS him.*
kehtippitt^nftb, n. an armlet; pi.
■4pea8h, Is. 3, 19; *the bracelet that
was on his arm', 2 Sam. 1, 10; kehtup-,
Gen. 24, 30; kifUeapetendpeash, Ex. 36,
22. From keht-, (m)tihpUthi (arm),
appeu (it remains, or is permanent).
jLehtoh, keihtoh, n. the ocean, 'sea',
Gen. 1, 10; Ps. 78, 13; Hag. 2, 6; with
indef. affix, kehtohhan, kehiahfian, any
sea; pi. 'hannashj seas, oceans, Neh. 9, 6;
with locat. affix, ndeu kektahhcmniif in
the midst of the sea, Num. 33, 8; Prov.
23, 34; kishke kehtahhannitf by the sea,
on the seashore, 1 Sam. 13, 5; Deut.
1, 7. Adj. and adv. kehtahhane, of the
sea: kektahhan-nuppogy the water of
the sea, Ex. 14, 21. For kehteau, it is
very great, vast; = *k-ahieaUy it is going
on, or is indefinitely extended.
[Narr. kitthan and wecMkumy the sea,
R. W.; Ukhmnohk [?], Stiles. Del.
kiilan^ a great river (?); kitdhuxm^ the
great ocean, Zeisb. (The Del. Indians
called the great river (Delaware) and
bay KiUan (Kithanne, Hkw.); ^kid han
niinkf in the main river', Zeisb. ) Chip.
.(Sag.) keechegahma, lake; k^eche-keeche-
kehtoh, keihtoh — continued.
gatnaa, great lake, sea; (Mack.) gitche-
gumee, sea. Shawn. k*chikumhy sea.]
kehtohhanndmuk, n. 'the sand of the
sea', Ps. 78, 27 {kehtahhanomuhk^
Jer. 33, 22;) kehiahhanomuk, Mass. Ps.
[= beach (?),* where the sea goes' (?),].
kehtotan, keiht-, n. a great town. Gen.
10, Ifi^ Rev. 21, 15 (ifcc/i/-, oian).
[Del. kitaieneyy Zeisb.]
kehtoonogr, kuht-, n. a ship, Prov. 30,
19; Is. 33, 21; Jonah 1,3; pl.-ogquash;
keht-conog, great vessel (or carrier); cf.
pe-amog. [ From verb * to dig ou t ' , * hol-
lowed'; see Rasles under *crever.']
[Narr. kUdnuck; dim. hiomu^kqaese,
Abn. keiSrakSy navire. Menom. kah-
taynemoon. Del. ki toal te wall (pL)
ships, Zeisb.]
kehtaxiuanich. See kehtequanilcL
keihchippazn. See keechippam,
keiht-. See keht-,
Keihtannit. See Kehtanit.
keihtoh. See kehtoh.
kekomsU. See kehkomau,
kekuttco, v. i. he speaks habitually, has
the faculty of speech. Freq. of kutto),
k^meu, (it is) secret, private; as adv. 'in
secret', Matt. 6, 4, 6 (kemeyeue, secretly,
C; 'lU khneayeu-xU, in a secret place.
Job 40, 13); pi. kerfiecog^ishf secret
things, Deut. 29, 29. With verb subst.
kemeyeuw; suppos. kemeyeua>uk, or
-yeuuk, when it is secret; as n. a secret,
Prov. 25, 9; Dan. 4, 9. See kommcoto,
[Abn. kimiSij en cachette. Del. kimi,
Zeisb.]
*kemine£achick (Narr.), n. pi. murder-
ers; kuk-kemineantinj you are the mur-
derer, R. W.
ken, pron. 2d pers. sing, thou; mn ken
noh woh painty art thou he who shall
come? Matt. 11, 3; pi. k^nauauy you, ye
(El. Gr. 7).
[Narr. keht; pi. k^enouw%n.'\
kenai, keneh, (it is) sharp, keen, Prov.
25, 18; in comp. kene-, ken-: e. g. ken-
ompsk, a sharp stone, Ex. 4, 25; keneh-
quog, a sharp knife, Ezek. 5, 1; kdke-
neuhqtiayaogish (freq. pi.), sharp-
pointed things. Job 41, 20 (keniyeue,
sharply, C. ) ; suppos. kenag, when it is
sharp, that which is sharp, Is. 5, 28;
Rev. 14, 14; nmssetunk, . . , kenag, the
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
38
ikenai, keneh — continued.
haft . . . the blade (of a knife), Judg.
3, 22; Shtdikenagf on<both-sides sharp,
two-edged, Prov. 6, 4.
[Illin. nikiTitS, j'aiguise, j'apointis
(Grav. ) ; ifcin/a, tinted hints j dans la com-
position marquent souvent aiguiser,
apointir. Abn. kanSis, kanSiakj ^pine;
kanSeiOf cela est ^pineux, aigu. Del.
Mneu, it is sharp, Zeisb. Voc. 18; WirutUf
he is sharp (harsh, jealous, etc. ), Zeisb.
Gr. 167.]
kenaXheau, v. caus. an. he forms (him),
gives him shape. Gen. 2, 7, 19. See
kuhkenauwShiau (augm.).
kenlan, n. a spoon; pi. -mdogy 1 K. 7, 50
{kunndm, quonnam, a spoon or ladle,
C). Of. kenUn; k6numuk; kdumim.
[Narr. ^7)dm-mduo^. Abn.emib^onn.]
kenali. See kew&n.
kenauwameonk, vbl. n. [an arraying or
putting in array (?),] an army, Joel 2,
20; 1 K. 20, 25. Cf. kuhkhiauwe, or-
derly, in order, in shape.
kenawun, pron. 1st pers. pi. inclusive,
we all of us, i. e. including you to
whom we speak. See ntnawun,
keneh. See kenai.
kenepinaU, v. t. an. he binds (him), as
- by oath or promise, imposes an obliga-
tion on (him); keneep-, keeneep-j suppos.
keeneepinont, Num. 30, 3, 4.
kenepsuonk, vbl. n. a binding of one's
self, a bond or obligation. Num. 30, 3.
kenelimunne-asli, n. pi. first-fruits, Lev.
2, 12, 14; augm. kdkeneumunneashy
Num. 18, 12, 13; kdkenHm-y Ex. 22, 29.
See kdkenumunne.
kenogrkeneg^, -koneg:, n. a window,
Gen. 6, 16; Judg. 5, 28; pi. -gash, Dan.
6, 10 {kenag* kinnegf kunnaUquanick, C).
kenomp, keenomp, n. 'a captain', John
18, 12; a 'brave', a valiant man {kenom-
pdcy valiant, valiantly {-pdonkj valor,
C). [Of. Charaihi (Caribs), *magnfie
sapientisB viri', Vespucius, 1497, Nav.
Col., 3, 233.]
[Narr. keinompy captain or valiant
man, R. W. Abn. kinanbej kinanbaS
homme courageux; ne-kinanbaiy jesuis
brave, g^n^reux, etc.]
kenompattamj v. t. inan. he looks at, ob-
eerxee (it), 1 Sam. 16, 7.
B. A. E., Bull. 25 3
kenompsquab, n. an anchor; pi. -ah^og.
Acts 27, 29. See kenuhquab; ^kunndsnep,
kenoDxiaU, v. t. an. he speaks (with au-
thority, or as a superior to an inferior)
to (him), he counsels, advises, in-
structs, Ex. 33, 9; Deut. 5, 24; 2 Sam.
17, 15; imperat. 2d sing, kerum; pi.
kenconcok. Vbl. n. kenamuAonk; pass.
kenamUivxmky counsel, advice, Prov. 20,
18. N. agent, kenmnuaenj a counselor;
pi. -hiuog, Job 3, 14 (and kenmaaywa-
enin, Is. 9, 6).
kenugke, 'among', Gen. 17, 10; Lev.
11, 2; kunnuke, Mass. Ps. (Vbl. n. ken-
vgkiyeuonk, a mixture, C.) The pri-
mary signification is 'mixed' or 'inter-
mingled': kdnukke muttaanukegf 'a
mixed multitude'. Num. 11,4; =kenuk'
shoe maUadnukeg, Neh. 18, 3, See kenuk-
$hau,
kenuhquab, kenunkquab, n. an an-
chor, Heb. 6, 19; pi. Acts 27, 40. See
kenompsquah.
kenuhtug^quonk, n. 'a nail', Judg. 4,
21; a wooden pin (?) [iten-ji^i^w^f^, sharp
wood].
kenuhwhegTy n- a nail; pi. -gmhy John
20, 25 [kenMieaUy it is made sharp].
kenukkenausu, v. ad], pass, it is mixed
(by animate agency), Dan. 2, 41 ; as adj.
Prov. 23, 30 (of 'mixed wine').
kenukkinatl, v. t. an. he goes among,
mingles with (them) ; pi. -aog^ Dan. 2, 43.
kenukkiniun. See kinukkinum.
kenukahatl, kenugshatl, v. t. he is
mixed with (them). From kenugke,
w^ith the characteristic {sh) of invol-
untary action, Hos. 7, 8; Ps. 106, 35;
Dan. 2, 43: nootau kenukshau muss^gonitf
fire was mingled with the hail, Ex. 9,
24. Adj. and adv. -shde, Neh. 13, 3.
[Narr. wunnlckshany to mingle; wun-
nickshaaSj mingled. Del. gli eke na m,
mixed, Zeisb.]
kenun, kintin, v. t. ; with an. obj. kenaUj
kinoUf he bears or carries. This ap-
pears to be the earlier form (corre-
sponding to annurif q. v.), from which
kenunnumj -naUj are derived. To it
must be referred uk-kin-duhj they bore
him, Mark 2, 4, unless this is mis-
printed for uk-kinun-nduhy as in Lev.
10, 5; cf. tLk-kenin-uhy Is. 40, U {nuh-
Digitized by
Google
34
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHl^OLOGY
[bulletin 25
kenun, kinun — continued.
kunun wosketompy I cam' a man, C.)-
See kdunum.
[Narr. hmniishy I will carry you.]
kenunkquab. See kenuhquab.
kenuiikwhonk, kin-, n. a pin; pi. -oji-
gcuh; Ex. 27, 19; 38, 20, 21. From
kenaiand uhqucLe^ sharpened at the point.
kenunnali, kin-, v. t. an. he carries (an
an. obj.) in his hand or arms; sup-
pos. k&mmrumi, when he carries (him),
when carrying: ahtompek, a
bow, Amos 2, 15; mukkiewh,
a child, Num. 11, 12. With pronom.
affixes, uk-kinun-6hf she bears them,
Deut. 32, 11. See kenun,
kenunnum, v. t. he carries or bears
(it) by hand [and therefore improp-
erly used in Is. 53, 4, 11], Mark 14, 13:
l-unminum-upf *he bare it*, Mass. Ps.,
John 12, 6. Cf. kenun, kdunum,
kenuppe, swiftly, in haste, Dan. 3, 24;
Is. 5, 26; as adj. -peyeu; with verbsubst.
-peyevxD, there is haste, it * requires
haste', 1 Sam. 21, 8.]
kenupp^tu, v. i: he grows fast, Gen. 21,
8, 20; pi. -tuog, Gen. 25, 27. From
kenuppe, with the formative of verbs of
an. growth.
kenupshali, v. i. he makes haste, he goes
quickly, Eccl. 1, 5; 1 Sam. 17, 48;
imperat. kenupshaush, go thou quickly,
make haate, 1 Sam. 20, 38; 23, 27; sup-
pos. kanupshont, kenupshont, Job 9, 26;
Prov. 7, 23. Adj. and adv. kenupsk&e,
swift-going: kuhtconogquash, * swift
ships*. Job 9, 26; kenuppe keimpsMe
peyaog, * they come with speed swiftly',
Is. 5, 26 {konupishdej very swiftly, Dan.
9, 21). Augm. and in tens, kogkeuup-
shaii, he goes swiftly; suppos. kakenup-
shoni, (when) going swiftly, * swift of
foot', Amos 2, 15; neg kakenupshonit-
cheg, they who are swift, Amos 2, 14;
Jer. 46, 6.
[Abn. ne-kerharSkke, je me d^peche A
faire cela.]
kepenum, v. t. he harvests (corn, fruit,
etc.); imperat. 2d sing, kepenush, har-
vest it, *reap'. Rev. 14, 15; suppos.
pass. inan. kepenumuk, when it is har-
vested, in (time of) harN'est, Ex. 34, 21.
Vbl. n. kepenumcomik, harvesting, the
harvest, Jer. 8, 10; Rev. 14, 15.
[Narr. kepenumm'm, to gather com.]
kepahau, v. i. he falls; o/iit«7, he
falls on the ground, Mark 9, 20; pi.
kepshaog, they fall. Is. 8, 20.
kes-. See kusge-.
kesaaohteau, kesaacDteau, v. i. it is
ripe; suppos. ne kenanwtag, that which
is ripe. Is. 18, 5; pi. nish kemnootagish,
Jer. 24, 2 {kesanriwtay ripe, C).
kesantam, v. i. (and t. inan. ) he has a
purpose, purposes, intends: nnkkewn-
tarn, I purpose, 1 K. 5, 5. Vbl. n.
'tamdank, purposing, a purpose, Eccl.
3, 17; 8, 6. kesi-, ke»- (or kum-, kus-) in
comp. words has the force of * fully',
* completely ' , or sometimes simply aug-
ment., *very much.'
[Abn. kesi, tr^. Del. gischi, kischi^f
done, ready, Zeisb.]
kesitt^, adj. and adv. cooked, prepared
for eating (i. e. completed or finished;
see kesteau): kesittde ueyaus, * boiled
meat', 1 Sam. 2, 15 {kestde weyaus, C. ).
[Narr. matteag keesit&uano, is there
nothing ready boiled?; u'ussdume uYkis-
«i, too much boiled or roasted. Abn.
kis^de ^to, cela est-il cuit? Del. Iw/ii-
toon, to make (it) ready, Zeisb.]
keaittu, v. i. he is full grown, he has
finished growing. Gen. 38, 14; pi. -nog,
Judg. 11, 2. (With inan. subj. kemkun,
q. V. ) Cf. kesteau, it is finished.
keateau [kemiteau^, v. i. it is finii«hed,
' completed, made complete: anakauni-
onk keMedu-un, the work is finished, 1
K. 7, 22 (sometimes used as v. t. inan. ;
kesteau-im, he finishes it, he creates it,
Jer. 31, 22; kesleaunat ivut-anakausuonk,
to finish his work, John 4, 34) ; suppos.
noh kesteunky he who makes complete,
'the creator', Is. 40, 28. With an.
obj. kezheauy q. v. {kestoutincU, to fin-
ish, C.)
[Abn. ne-ke»i*tSn, j'ach^ve quelque
chose. Cree kt'csetow, he finishes it.
Narr. mickhsitin wequdi, he made the
light; ammn kee^eoumn k^esuck, who
made the heavens? Del. ^i schi toon, it
is done, finished, Zeisb.]
kesteauonk, -teoonk, vbl. n. a making
complete, 'creation', Mark 13, 19.
kesteauau, v. adj. an. it is made com-
plete, 'it is finished', John 19, 30; sup-
pos. kesteausik, made complete, a 'crea-
ture', Rom. 1, 25.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
35
kdsuk, n. (1 ) the visible heavens, the sky,
Gen. 1,1. ( 2 ) a day : jxmik kemk, in one
day, Gen. 27, 45; 1 Sam. 2, 34; quinni
kemkj all the day long, Ps. 25, 5; 71, 15;
pi. 'kquash; moncUash kemkqwuh, many
days, Is. 24, 22 (but more commonly
used, maachetikquinogok; see quinne)\
suppos. kesukoky when it is day, on a
day: ne ktsukok, on that day, Gen. 21, 8;
yeu k&mkokf on (or within) this day,
today, Ps. 95, 7; Ex. 2, 18; pi. kemk-
okUh; dsekesukokishf every day, daily,
Is. 51, 13; Ps. 145, 2. Adj. and adv.
kemkqude, of heaven, Ps. 78, 23, 24; of
the day, Jer. 31, 35: kemkqae u^quaif a
light by day.
kesuk by its form appears to be the
suppositive or participial of a verb kisu,
or with inan. subj. kSMn (kusain)^ it
warms or is warm. Though this verb
is not formed separately in the indica-
tive, it may be traced in the prefix kiuh
kusm- (q. v.), in the passive form kus-
sitlau, he is heated, made warm (as n,
heat of the sun), and in the verb-ad j
an. kegcosu (kescosinntai^ to be warm,
C. ). Hence in other dialects the name
of the sun as the source of heat
Abn. kiz8s (comp. nekissis, je suis
chaudement); old Alg. kijis { = kezhU)
Chip. ge^ziSt kem (cf. ge^zhik, sky
gefzhikodj day); Menom. kay-shoh (cf.
kay-shdick, sky); Muh. keesogh^ Edw.
Del. gischuchy etc. The same radical
probably, is found in kemnohleau
{kesannwtaj C), it is ripened; kesteau
(Cree kiemtow), he perfecte, com
pletes, and with an. obj. kezheau (Cree
keesehayoOf he finishes), he makes,
'creates', gives life to; kesukin, it grows
to maturity, is full grown, is ripe; and
with an. subj. keMUu — in all which
there is an apparent reference to the
sun as the source of vital warmth and
of mature development of animal and
vegetal life. Sansk. kds and kdi ( lucere,
splendere); kui (splendere).
[Narr. kSesuck, the heavens, R. W.
{keesk, Stiles); keesuckqudij by day, R.
W. Peq. k^ezuk, Stiles. Abn. kizSkS,
jour; le ciel, Tair. Chip, ge^zhik, gi-
zickf sky. Menom. kayshaick^ sky.
Shawn. kei'Sa-k^, day. Micm. kish-
kSky aujourd'hui. Del. gischuch, sun;
gischguy day, Zeisb.]
kesukod, as n. daytime, the day, as a
measure of time (i. e. while day is),
Gen. 1, 5, 13, 16; opposed to nukon, the
night season. Gen. 1,5; pi. kesukodiash,
Dan. 8, 14, 27. Adj. and adv. kesukodde,
'ddeuy in the daytime, by day, Ex. 13,
21; Job 5, 14: kemkodldeu kah nuk-
kondetiy by day and by night, Ps. 1, 2
{kegukotMe kah nukkonaey Josh. 1, 8);
k€8ukkdUa€y C.
kesukodtumash, n. pi. days, in the
sense of years IkodtumoD-^ish] or as
measuring long periods of time, Deut.
11, 21; Job 14, 1: tohshinashuk-kesukodt-
umaihy how many are his days? Ps. 119,
84.
kesukquieu, (it is) toward heaven,
heavenward (El. Gr. 21).
[Narr. keemckqhiy upward.]
kesuktm, v. i. it is mature, full grown,
ripe: kepeimmcoonk kemkun, *the har-
vest is ripe*. Rev. 14, 15. With an.
subj. kesxttu (q. v.); suppos. pajeh
kemkitf till he is (full) grown. Gen. 38,
11.
[Del. gischij kischiy ready, done; gis-
chiecheuy it is ready, done, finished;
gi 8chi guj he is bom, Zeisb.]
ketasscDt, n. king, Cant. 7, 5; Is. 6, 5;
. pi. 'tamwog, Josh. 10, 5; Job 3, 14 (to/i-
soolamwog, kings. Gen. 35, 11). Vbl.
n. ketcuNKDtamcoonky a kingdom. Matt.
5, 20 {amoiamdonky Dan. 5, 31; 7, 27;
I tahs<Dtamcoonkj pi. -ongash, Zeph. 3, 8;
Hag. 2, 22).
[Quir. k6(tas(Ddamauok, * princes*,
=sdchemdtiauk, Pier. 35.]
ket^akheali, v. cans, he giveth life to,
maketh live, *quickeneth*: uk-ketiah-
oh, *he quickeneth them*, John 5, 21;
kuk-ketkihehj thou quickeneth me, Ps.
71,20.
kete^ogrk6u [ketede'hogk']^ n. a living
creature, a living body or personality
I (see hogk) : pomantamtre keteahogkdimnu,
I he becomes {-unnu) a living soul. Gen.
2, 7; pomantamwe kete&hogkdu, a living
creature. Lev. 11, 46; life, Deut. 24, «;
the soul, the spirit. Is. 42, 1; Gen. 14,
21; 34, 8 (keteahogkauy a soul, C).
keteau, v. i. (1) he is alive, he lives, or is
quick, implying the possession of vital
energy or of animation; comp. poman-
iam; (2) he is in good health, he is re-
covered from sickness, 2 K. 20, 7; Is.
Digitized by
Google
36
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
keteau — continued .
39, 1: nag pish keteaog, they shall re-
cover, Mark 16, 18; asq kongkdeau
(augni.). is ^e well?; asg keteau, he is
well, Gen. 29, 6; sw^ noh nuk-ketearrij
shall I recover? 2 K. 8, 8. 9. Adj. and
adv., kete&e, of life, in life: matug,
Uree of life', Prov. 13, 12; tohke-
kom, * fountain of life*, Prov. 13, 14;
*quickS Num. 16, 30. Vbl. n. ketea-
onkf living or being alive; the life prin-
ciple or vital force; 'the soul* (i. e. the
life), Job 12, 10; uk-keteaonk weyaus
wusquehemigajiity *the life of the flesh
[is] in the blood', Lev. 17, 11. See
*kitonck<piei.
[Narr. nic-kSetem, I am recovered;
konkeetedugj they are well. Abn. kighey
il se redonne la vie.]
ketoohomom, v. i. he sings, recites in
song: nuk-ketwhomonif I sing, Ps. 57, 7;
with an. obj. ketwhomaiiaiiy he sings to
(him) oV tells by song; pi. -amaudogy
they sing to (him), 1 Chr. 16, 33; sup-
pos. kodtwJiamont, pi. -onchegj Eccl. 2, 8.
Adv. and adj. ketmhom&ej -hamw&e^ of
singing, of song, 2 Sam. 19, 35; Neh.
7, 67. Vbl. n. keta>homdonky a singing,
song: wame ketcohoni&e uk-keta)homaon-
gash (pi.) Datidj all the psalms (sing-
ing songs) of David [title of the psalms
in meter]. N. agent. keta)homwden
(indef. -tt-a^in), a singer, 1 Chr. 6, 33.
Cf. kuUa)f he speaks; ketaykau, he goes
on speaking, he talks. See ancohcm,
[Abn. kiSahadSy il chante.]
ketookau, v. t. an. he tells (him), he
goes on speaking to (him), 2 Sam. 20,
18; imperat. 2d sing, ketmkashy 1 Sam.
3, 10; suppos. pass, ahquompi ne adt
keketwkomuk (freq.), a time for speak-
ing [when it is to be spoktn], Eccl. 3, 7.
From kuUo), he speaks, with *k progres-
sive.
[Narr. kekuito kduntay let us speak
(talk) together; kuttdkashy speak.]
kezheali, v. t. an. he perfects, completes,
finishes (him), 'creates'. Gen. 1, 27;
6, 1: nukrkezehy nuk-kezheehy I create
him; pret. nuk-kezheomp, Is. 54, 16; sup-
pos. noh kezheunty he who makes com-
plete, who creates. Gen. 5, 1. With
inan. obj. kesteau (q. v.).
[Cree k^esehayoo, he finishes him;
MechehayoOy he begins him. (See in
kezheali — conti nued .
Howse, Cree Gr., pp. 19, 20, and 84,
verbs of 'making' in -kdyoOy -kaldyoo,
and -kdsoo.) Abn. ne-kmiSn, j'ach^ve
quelque chose; (with an. obj.) ve-kisi-
han. Del . kisch Hon , he makes, prepares
(something) ; Hw/iJ, ready, done; kischi-
toon, to make something ready; kischi-
echeuj it is ready, done, finished, Sfeisb.]
kinou. See ken{in.
*ki]iukkin\mi, v. t. he mixes or mingles
(one thing with another), C; suppos.
kinukkijiuky when he mixes it; and sub-
stantively, a mixture, the kinnikinnie
and killikinmc of w^estern tribes, —to-
bacco mixed with the bark of the red
osier (Cornus sericea) or leaves of bear-
berry (Arctostaphylos uva-ursi). Cf.
kenugke.
[Del. gli eke ni can, anything to mix
with, mixture, Zeisb.]
kintiii. See ketiun.
kinunpatt. See kenttnnau.
kiahke, (it is) by the side of, near to, by:
kishke may-ut, by the wayside, Gen. 38,
14, 21; kishke-tuky by the riverside,
Num. 24, 6; Ezek. 47, 6, 7; kishke peyaii,
he came near to, etc., Dan. 8, 17.
[Abn. kikatsi^y contre quelque chose,
• joignant quelque chose, le long du bord
de la riviere; keimSiy tout proche. Del.
giechgi. Chip, tchigau or tchxg. Cree
chSekey close by, near, nigh, by.]
kishki, (it is) broad, great from side to
side: keUotan mmi kah kishki, the city
(was) large and great, Neh. 7, 7; mishe-
kiskkde, broad, wide (absolutely, or as
opposed to narrow^), Is. 33, 21; Matt.
23, 5; suppos. ne kishkag [koshkagy kos-
kag)y the breadth of it, its breadth or
width from side to side, Job 37, 10;
Ex. 26, 2, 8 ( = ne anmhque-kishkagy Ex.
25, 10).
[Abn. Ssai'imi'kesk^gSy il est trop large,
trop ample (e. g. a garment); kesk^y
large, celal'est.]
kishkunk, n. : ut kishkunky under a tree.
Gen. 18, 4, 8. See mehtug.
kishpinum, kusp-, v. t. he ties (it)
firmly, binds close, makes fast. From
kuppi (close, fast), with the formative
(-numy with an. obj. -naii) of verbs de-
noting action of the hand; imperat. 2d
sing. ki»pimishy kusp-y Prov. 6, 21; pi.
kijihpinwky 1 Sam. 6, 7; with an. obj.
Digitized by
4
Google
NATICK-ENOLI8H DICTIONABY
37
kishpinum, kusp- — continued.
ukkishpiti'/mh, they tied them, 1 Sam.
6, 10. ( Vbl. n. kishpinoonk, binding, C. )
kishpissu, -ussu, v. i. he ties or fastens,
make« fast; and pass, he is tied, made
fast, Matt. 21, 2; pi. -suog, they are tied,
2 K. 7, 10. Vbl. n. khfipimumk, pi.
'Ongash, bonds, Ezek. 3, 25; Job 38, 31.
[Narr. kspunshy pi. kspunemokey tie it
fast. Cree ktchepi»mo, he is jrirt.]
*[ki88itta«hau, v. i. he sweats;] nuk-
kisdUashonif I sweat, C. See kussittean.
^Xitan (for Kehtanit), the great god
( manit ) . See *Kaiit(hii(nvirU, Kehtanit.
kitchewewes [k^hche \vhri»\, n. the great
owl. Lev. 11, 17; ^^kehche kwhkookhausy
Dent. 14, 16. (Strix virginiana?)
kitchisahfthatt (?), v. i. he falls into the
fire, Matt. 17, 15. •
*kitonckqu6i (Narr.), v. i. he is dead;
suppos. 2d sing. kUonckqii^anj when thou
diest [shalt die]; 3d pi. -queTieUUy when
they die; pret. (intens.) kakitonckqui-
fean, *they are dead and gone'; pmUa-
unit kHonckqut^v'Oy 'he can not live long'
[he is near dying], R. AV. Apparently
from kete&onk (vbl. n. from kcieaUy
q. v.), the life, with the formative of
verbs of going; keteaonkfjdeHj life goes.
In the Abnaki, a verb adj., from the
same base, k^tafiSsSy signified both a
dead person and a specter or the appari-
tion of the dead (answering to chepy,
q. v.); **un qui est mort, si on parle de
lui, dicitur ketanSf^a; un mort qui
reviens apr^ sa mort, k^lanS^, * ' Rasles.
kitshittau, ^kutchimttau, he washes
(it). See kiUehisstimau.
kitteamonteanumaU, v. t. an. he pities,
is kind to, shows mercy to (him); im-
perat. 2d sing, -mmichf Zech. 7, 9; pi.
-megkj Job 19, 21; suppos. noh kodium-
onteanumonty he who is merciful, who
pities, Gen. 19, 16; Prov. 19, 17. Vbl.
n. pass, kitteamonteanittuonk, compas-
sion, mercy, Num. 11, 15 (nuk-kitiea-
monteanitieam, v. i. I pity; kittnmong-
keneankquatf (w^hen he is) miserable,
pitiable; hiiiumung, sadly, C. ). See
kuta m ungineaea u; kntium a ngee.
[Abn. ne-ketemaiiglihTfiaiif j'ai <*om-
passion delui.]
kitte^Uke. toh kitt^ashe^ toh kutleashishj
how many times? 1 K. 22, 16; 2 Chr.
18, 15. See tohsu.
kittumma. See ktittumma.
kiyunk, n. 'the cuckoo', Lev. 11, 16;
but in Deut. 14, 15, kukkotv is trans-
ferred.
ko, koh, may be regarde<l as the present
imperfect or continuing present tense
of an irregular and defective verb of
existence. It signifies not merely he
(or it) is, but connotes prior existence,
he continues to be; k, in this as in
derivate verbs, denoting continuance or
progression. Past existence was ex-
pressed by mo (q. v.), which we may
call the preterite absolute of the same
verb, signifying it was and is not, and
therefore not properly employed in
speaking of that which continues to be.
Eliot has in some instances combined
ko and wio, and ko and pishy to express
the past (aorist) and future tenses of
the verb 'to be': noh koh inOy no koh,
noh paoni, ' who was, and is, and is to
come'. Rev. 4, 8; so ken nukoh [=:noh
koh^ m6, ken nukoh ^ kenpadan [and ken
nukoh p/«/0, Rev. 11, 17; 16, 5; nmukoh
[for nhi noh A*o/i], I am, i. e. I who con-
tinue to be; and neen nukoh, I am, Mark
13, 6; monkd [for mo ne koh?] nnih, it
was so. Gen. 1, 7, 9, 11, etc.; kah utioh
k6 umtapiyiy 'and where is he?' Job. 14,'
10, where kd serves as an auxiliary to^
icutapin.
kobhamuk, koppd-, suppos. pass,
(inan.) of kuppi, stopped, closed.
kobpaonk, vbl. n. an inclosure or shut-
up place, a 'haven'. Acts 27, 8; Gen.
49, 13.
kobpogTi suppos. of kuppi; as n. a haven,.
Gen. 49, 13. See kopp6muk.
kobpohsheau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it goe»
into a haven or place protected: knh-
twnog kobpohfiheau, 'the ship was at the
land', John 6, 21.
kobshasrkinit, suppos. when he is shut
up; as n. a prisoner; pi. -itcheg. Is. 42, 7.
kobshagkinittuonk, vbl. n. a being
shut up, a prison (pi. -ongagh), Is. 42, 7.
kod, with a verb, signifies intention, pur-
pose, wish, desire, and sometimes gi\'e8
to the suppositive present the force of
the paulo-post-future, as ulioh kod usseif,
what he is about to do, Gen. 41, 28; kod-
ayimog, when you intend (are about) to
build, Luke 14, 28; kod nuhhug, 'he
was alx)ut to sail'. Acts 20, 3; with the
Digitized by
Google
38
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
kod— continued.
indicative, vu-kod-uKtantamy * I will be
wise*, Eccl. 7, 23; suppos. koddan,
(when) 'thou seekest to go', 1 K. 11, 22.
[Narr. katoA enrechawj 'she is falling
into travail* , i. e. is about to be deliv-
ered. Abn. knddSif inan. subj. k^daSi,
**nota futuri, vel potius ad exprimen-
dum je veux, aftn que, sur le point de,"
Rasles. Del. n'gatta, I will (from gai-
tameii, to want, will, desire); goUa^ he
willeth, Zeisb. Gr. 162. In the Chip,
and Cree M (before a vowel, kad) or gd,
has apparently lost its desiderative force
and become a prefix or auxiliary of the
simple future indicative. See Baraga,
88; Howse, 199.]
kodchuki, ( it is ) a piece, or a part of ( it ) ,
Judg. 9, 53; Dan. 5, 5, 24; *a morsel'
(of food), Prov. 23, 8: kodchukiahk
{kodchuki-vHsq)f *a potsherd', Job 2, 8
(kodckuhki weyaiiSj a piece of meat, C. ).
kodsheau, v. i. inan. subj. it falls out (of
it), as a sword from its sheath, 2 Sam.
20, 8. Cf. kodtxnnum^ he pulls (it) out.
kodtajitam, v. t. he desires, longs for,
wishes (it). From kod^ with the form-
ative of verbs of mental state or dispo-
sition; nuk'kodiantam, I desire (it), Job
33, 32; imperat. 2d sing, ahque kodian-
tashj do not desire, Prov. 23, 3. Vbl. n.
kodtantamwonk^ desire, will, Prov. 18, 1 ;
Rom. 7, 18. With an. obj. kodtanumau,
he desires or longs for (him); suppos.
kodidnumadt, ' if thou hast a desire unto
her', Deut. 21, 11.
[Narr. ncattaiintiun or ncattiteartif I
long for it. Del. gott^tameii , he desires. ]
kodt^ntupont, kodto-, n. the top or
crown of the head. Gen. 49, 26; Deut.
33, 16, 20; Job 2, 7.
[Abn. Ssskitah^tebi, au-dessus de la
t^te; SskitsiSi, dehors, au-dessus de; kettS
(in antecessum), avant, auparavant,
Rasles.]
kodtauwompasu (?), v. i. act. he sells or
barters; imperat. 2d sing, -pashy 2 K. 4, 7;
suppoa. 7ioh kodtauompaMtj he who sells,
a seller, Ezek. 7, 12. N. agent, kod-
tauompasueiif Ezek. 7, 13.
kodtinneau (?), v. i. he faints; pi. -eaogj
Is. 40, 30.
kodtinnuxn, v. t. he draws or pulls (one
thing out of another): nuk-kodtannum
kodtinnuxn — continued.
nut'togkodtegj I draw (out) my sword,
Ex. 15, 9; kodtinnum um-mokis, he drew
off his shoe, Ruth 4, 8; suppos. noh
um-mokis kodiinuky he who draws off his
shoe, * that hath his shoe loosed ', Deut.
25, 10; imperat. 2d sing, kodihiashy
-tunush; with an. obj. kodtinnaUy kod-
nauy he pulls (him) out; imperat. 2d
pi. k/tdnwk imiivh ncotau-ui^ pull him
out of the fire, Jude 23; with pron.
affix, kodlnnehf pull thou me out, Ps.
31, 4. From kodt-, with fonnative of
action performed by the hand. Cf.
kod^heatij it falls out of.
[Abn. ne-kiteiiemei\j je tire (manu),
v. g. une 6pine du doigt; kHhigcm, tire-
bourre.]
kodtonf^skoag, as n. the top of a rock,
the summit of a cliff or crag, 2 Chr. 25,
12.
kodtongquag*, suppos. inan. as n. a pile,
that which is heaped high, by placing
one above another, *a heap', Ex. 15, 8.
From kodt- and onkwhau. See kottonk-
quag.
kodtcohamont, pi. -oncheg, singers,
Eccl. 2, 8; suppos. of ketwhomauau.
kodttOikde (?), suppos. kodiuhkOag, -oh-
kdag^ a summit or high place, the top
of a hill. Ex. 19, 20; Cant. 4, 8; Is. 57, 7;
Jer. 49, 16.
*kodtukquom-unat, v. i. to be sleepy, C.
From kod (desiderat. ) and unmLkquom-
unaty to dream ; to be inclined to dream.
[Narr. nkfttaqiMuniy I am sleepy.
Abn. kad^x^i il a sommeil. Del. n^gat-
tutigwariy I am sleepy, Hkw. ]
kodtumco, (it is) a year. Lev. 25, 5;
Deut. 14, 22; Luke 2, 41; pi. -nunash;
suppos. kddtumuk, -mwk, 2 K. 19, 29;
Luke 13, 7. Adj. and adv. kodtumu^ej
of a year, yearly. Lev. 16, 34; 25, 53:
nishwe kodtumwae kogkodtumwae (freq. ),
* three years [i. e. three times yearly],
year after year', 1 Sam. 21, 1. For
quthunuDf it measures or is a measure;
suppos. guarf/iumwjfc(?). See quttuhham.
[Narr. nquitte-cautdmmOf one year.
Abn. nekStsi-gaderiy nmi-gaderiy one year,
, two years. Del. katUea^i, year, Camp. ;
gachthiy Zeish, Shawn. A-u^''©.]
kodtumwohkom, v. i. from kodtumWy
with the formative of verbs of progress
Digitized by
Google
TBUKBX7LL]
NATICK-ENGIilSH DICTIONARY
89
kodtumwohkoxn— continued.
{-hkom)f he goes from year to year;
(with a numeral or indefinite quantita-
tive) he is years old: nabo-neese
kodtamwohkom, she is twelve years old,
Mark 5, 42.
[Narr. to^ kuUeashe kodtumwdhkomy
how many years old are you?]
kodtuppoo, V. i. he is hungry, Is. 44,
12; Matt. 4, 2; pret. nuk-kodiup [for
-upup (?)], I was hungry, Matt. 25, 35,
42; suppos. kadtupwuiy kodt-, when he is
hungry, Mark 2, 25; Is. 58, 10. From
kodf deeiderative, and -uppco (v. ge-
neric), he eats, he longs to eat.
[Narr. n^cditupj I am hungry; 'inin-'
nano&Uupy I am very hungry. Del. kai
to pa 1, to hunger, Zeisb.]
^kogkaliqutteau, v. i.: nuk-kogkahqul-
teanij I counsel or advise, C. ; with an.
obj. kogkohkaowaiij he gives counsel (to
him), C.
kogkdiau, kogk^wau, v. i. he is mad,
insane, beside himself, 1 Sam. 21, 14;
John 10, 20 (kakewau, Mass. Ps.): kuk"
kogkei (pres, actual), thou art beside
thyself; matta nuk-kogke-oh (negat.), I
am not mad. Acts 26, 24, 25; suppos.
noh kogkeait, he who is mad; pi. -edchegj
Matt. 4, 24; suppos. pass. inan. as n. kag-
kedmukf madness, being mad, 1 Sam.
21, 13. Vbl. n. kogkedankf madness.
N. agent, kogkeaen, indef. -aentn, a mad-
man. Adv. kogke, kogkee (kogkeaen C),
madly, of madness. Vb. adj. kogkeem,
he does madly, he is actively mad,
* lunatic', Matt. 17, 15.
^kogkehodpdnat, v. 1. (infin.) to be
drunk [?], C.
[Cree MeskwaypayoOy he is drunk.]
kogkeissippaniwau, -amou, v. i. he is
drunk, Ps. 107, 27 (suppos. kakemp-
padiy when he is drunk, Mass. Ps. ) ; im-
perat. ahque kogkempamteish, don't be
drunk, C. Vbl. n. -amcoonky drunken-
ness, Deut. 29, 19. N. agent, -amwahij
a drunkard, Prov. 26, 9.
kogkeusquau ( v. i. she is a mad woman ) ,
a harlot, Is. 23, 15, 16; pi. -gqudog,
Prov. 7, 10. Vbl. n. kogkeusqyjawonk,
harlotry, Masciviousness', Mark 7, 22.
kogk^wau. See kogkSau.
kogkdhsum, kogozum, kogkohkus-
8iun, kuhkussum, v. t. he cuts in
kogk^hsiun, etc. — continued,
shape, carves, engraves, fashions by cut-
ting (it), Zech. 3, 9; (infin.) Ex.'31,5;
35, 33; suppos. noh ndhtoe kokkdkdusit,
he who skilfully cuts, who has * skill to
grave', 2 Chr. 2, 7. Vbl. n. kogoxim-
(Donky carving, * graving', Zech. 3, 9.
Adv. and adj. kogoxumwey kogoksumwey
by carving or graving, car\'ed, graven,
2Chr. 34, 4, 7; Jer. 51, 47,52.
kogkopsau, (he is) deaf. Lev. 19, 14; Is.
29, 18; suppos. kdkobsonty kogkohsonty
Ex. 4, 11; Ps. 38, 13; pi. -onchegy Is.
43, 8 (kogkopsde mehtatwgy a deaf ear,
C): kohkobmhlauogy pi. -ogash, deaf
ears. Is. 35, 5, =vmhtavjogaBh kuppiye-
uash (closed ears), Mic. 7, 16. From
kuppiy closed, fast, with augm. redupl.
and intr. an. formative. '»u ko-kup^sUj
he is shut close. See hippohomi.
[Narr. n^ciipmy 1 am deaf. Abn. ne-
gaghepm. Del. gegepchoaty a deaf per-
son, Zeisb.]
kogkodequati, -quftou, v. i. he sleeps
(lightly), he slumbers, Ps. 121, 3, 4.
Vbl. n. -qudonkj slumber, light sleep,
Prov. 24, 33.
k6gkdi22iogoliquolihou, -ogkahquoli-
hou, n. a thistle, 2 K. 14,9; 2 Chr, 25, 28.
Cf . kdnukkehtahwhaiiy he pierces, pricks.
kogk6unum, v. t. he withholds (it);
with an. 2d obj. he withholds (it) from
(him); kuk-kogk&iummauy thou with-
holdest (it) from him. Job 22, 7. From
kdunum.
kogkuBSOhkoag, n. a high place; pi.
-gishy 1 Sam. 13, 6. Augm. of kussoh-
koagy suppos. of kunsohkdiy high.
kogoxum. See kogkSJwum.
kogauhkdag, n.; pi. -{-ishy 'hills', Luke
23, 30 (for kogkuMohkoagidh),
koh. See ko.
kohkatcDn, kohketcon. See kuhktUiam,
kohkodhumatt, v. i. he chew^s the cud;
negat. matta kohkodhuma)oUy he does
not chew the cud, Deut. 14, 8, = matta
07ichittamana)y Lev. 11, 7; suppos. koh-
kodhumonty Deut. 14, 6, = (mchittamonty
Lev. 11, 3; pi. -onchegy Deut. 14, 7.
Cf, atichittamau.
kohkdiia>aU, v. t. an. he denies (him).
See querumtHiu.
kohkuhquag [suppos. of kuhkuhqueuy it
goes up], n. the top (of a hill or ascent),
Digitized by
Google
40
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25-
kohkuhquag — continued,
a summit, Deut. 34, 1; a heap (of
waters), Josh. 3, 13.
kohkuttoon, = kuhkuUwn^ he thirsts.
kdhnkan, (there is) drought, v. impers.
as n. Deut. 8, 15; en neepunne kunkarnt,
in the drought of summer. Cf. kuh-
kuttcon {kuhk'j wvUamy dry, mouth], he
thirsts.
*kohunk (Peq.), a goose, Stiles. iSee
^hdnck.
komxnooto, kumxnooto, v. i. and t. inan.
he steals, Gen. 31, 19; Matt, 6, 20; pi.
'towog. Matt. 6, 20; imperat. of prohib.
2d pi. kommmtuhkon, do not steal, Ex.
20, 15; Mark 10, 19; suppos. pass. inan.
ne kommcDtomuk, that which is stolen.
Gen. 31, 39 {nuk-kummcot^ I steal, C).
Vbl. n. kommcototvonky stealing, theft,
Ex. 22, 3; Hos. 4, 2. N. agent, kom-
m<Dtowaen (indef. -o^in), a thief.
From kemeu, secretly, by stealth.
[Narr* kuk-kummcot, you steal; ka-
mdotakick (suppos. pi. ), thieves. Chip.
kemoodeshkeh, he is a thief; suppos.
chegemoodidj he who steals, John 10, 1,
10, Abn. kemSlerUy il d^robe. Del.
kimochweiXy to steal away privately,
Zeisb.]
kdmuk (?), n. a building, an (artificial)
inclosure. The primary signification is,
perhaps, that which is built, for other
use than for a dwelling place {u^k)y
Acts 5, 23: woskeche komukf the top of
the house. Is. 22, 1 ; askuhivetede komuk-
quty in the watch tower, Is. 21, 5; qun-
nunkque-komuky high building, 'tower';
meechumee-kf^muky food-house, a barn,
Luke 12, 24 {maayea-komuk, meeting-
house, C).
[Narr. wunnauchi-cdmock, a chimney,
R. W. Micm. cdmSy a harbor. Rand.
Gf. Abn. -kamigSy in ketakamigS, the
mainland; pepamkamlghek, univers (pe-
panw/<9/, par tout); mesagSignmigSy *ca-
bane de pieux, & la frangaise,' Rasles;
Micm. makhamigueSf terre, Maill.]
kongketeati, v. i. he is in good health,
is well. Gen. 29, 6. Intens. of keieau.
^konkitchea (Narr.), as, often (?). .
konkont, konkontu, n. (onomatope) a
crow, *raven% Cant. 5, 11; kutchikkonkont
[kehche konkont']^ Deut. 14, 14, and (pi. )
kihchikkong&ntuogt raven, ravens, Luke
konkont, konkontu — continued.
12, 24 (kongkonty a crow, C. ). SansK.
kdkay kdga; cornix, kdrava,^
[Narr. kaukonty pi. -tuog. Abn. kara-
^kara^mesSs (dimin.), comeille. Chip.
(Gr. Trav.) kahgahgey crow; kahgaJigesey
raven (?). Menom. kahkahkawty raven.
Shawn, kdh kdhk eSy crow. Onond. kah
jfca/i.]
kdnkutta)na>onk, vbl. n. thirst, Neh. 9,
15. See kuhkuttoon.
*konooh (Peq.?), bear, Stiles MS., 1769,
= qunnona) (?).
kdnukkehtahwhatt, v. t. an. he pierces
or pricks (him) w4th a sharp instru-
ment; lit. he causes (it) to pierce
(him); pi. -ivhoogy they pierce; and
pass, they are pierced, Acts 2, 37; with
pron. affixes, uk-kdnukkehiahwliohy he-
pierced him with (a spear), John 19,
34 (suppos. instrum. konnuketuhwhegy
kunnukuktohwhegy a spear, Ma^s. Ph.,
Ps. 35,3; 47,9).
konukfllieau, v. i. inan. subj. it pierces, it
penetrates, 2 K. 18, 21; suppos. kannk-
athunky when it pierces, piercing, Heb.
4, 12.
kdnumuk, that which bears or supports:.
ohke konamuky * the pillars of the earth ',
Ps. 75, 3. From kenuriy suppos. inan.
kdnunnont, suppos. of kcnunnnuy he car-
ries (an. obj.).
*kopiau8B, kupjrfts (Peq. ), afrog, Stile«.
koppdmuk l=kohhamuk^y a haven (that
which is closed), Acts 27, 12.
^kdpposh, n. a sturgeon, C. See *kau-
posh.
k^shkag, kdskag*, width or breadth.
See kishki.
kdshki. See kiishki.
kdsitta^, kftsittag*, when it is hot; sup-
pos. of knssittaUy q. v.
kdskag. See kishki; kdshkag.
kdsukquom (?), n. a witch.
[Abn. kSmgannykSmganriy *une jong-
lerie,* etc.; *le feu fausses observations
de futuro', Rasles.]
[kottonkquag, a heap, Mass. Ps., Pp. 33,
7; kodiunkqiiagy 78, 13.] Cf. kodtong-
quag; kuhkuhqueu.
kou^u, kouweu, v. i. he sleeps, Gen. 2,
21; Matt. 8, 24; 9, 24; (definit. pres.
koiuiy he is asleep, he now sleeps, 1 K^
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULLl
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONABY
41
kou^u, kouweu — continued.
18, 27); nuk-kotiemj I sleep, Cant. 5, 2;
suppos. 2d sing. kaeaUj when thou sleep-
est, Eph. 5, 14; 3d sing, noh kdiiy kawit,
he who sleeps; pi. kalcheg. Vbl. n.
koiU'Otiky sleeping, sleep, Pro v. 24, 33;
mishe-koueonkj a deep sleep, Gen. 15,
12. X. agent. kouHeii (indef. -enin), a
sleeper, Jonah 1, 6.
[Narr. (prey, defin. ) cowwcw'tj he is
asleep; coiciirwock, they sleep; yd cow-
ishj lodge here; (yupix)8.) cduify while
he slept. Abn. ne-kaSiy je dors; kaS, il
dort. Del. gnuwiu; participle prea.
(suppos.) geidy sleeping; gaumn, to
sleep, Zeisb. ; n^gduwij Hkw. (n^gdxoe,
Cass), I sleep.]
kdUhquodt, kdxihquod, kdunkq-, n. an
arrow, Ps. 11, 2; Prov. 25, 18; Job 41,
28; pi. -taah, 2 K. 13, 15, 18. From
kdm, a thorn, uhq- (rad. of uhqaA^, at
the point or extremity), pointed, and
ohteau (suppos. inan. ), that which has
a sharp point or is sharp at the end.
[Narr. pi. kauquaiash, Peq. kee-
guuTHf kheguntj Stiles. Abn. kanStio,
cela est ^pineux, aigu {ar8», fl^che
sans \j^te\pak8^, fl^he \ t^te); kanksk-
ar8Sy fl^che oCl il y a des plumes, etc.
Chip. (Sag.) keenowawkayn.'\
k6Unum, v. t. he carries, supports, holds
in hand; suppos. k&unuk {ne kdunuk,
what he carried, * his carriage', 1 Sam,
17, 22); pi. qtinuhtukquash k&anukegy
they who carry spears, 'spearmen'.
Acts 23, 23; freq. kogkdunurHy he holds
or carries (it) habitually, continues to
hold or carry (it), as a, distaff, Prov.
31, 19; with an. obj. kdunauy kogkdu-
naii, Gen. 19, 16; Ps. 139, 10; R^v. 20, 2.
kdUs, n. a thorn, a briar. Is. 55, 13; 2 Cor.
12, 7; Mic. 7, 4; a bramble, Judg. 4, 14,
15: kishke kdus-sehtUy by the (thorn)
bushes. Job 30, 4. See aginnekOus.
The radical ia uhq, pointed (see uh-
quaeu)f with perhaps the vb. adj. form-
ative -tissUj he is sharp pointed (pi.
'Sog)j which gives the noun the ani-
mate form.
[Abn. kanSis, ^pine,}
kouweu. See kouSu,
kco. See kwurt.
koDche. See kutche.
koochteau, v. t. he adds to or increases
by progression; primarily a causative,
he makes it progress or go on; infin.
-eauncdy *to add* (i. e. to go from) one
thing to another, Deut. 29, 19; with
an. 2d obj. nuk-kcochte-ohj I add to him
(years to his life, 2 K. 20, 6). From
kcoche (hUclie). See kwinau.
kcDhkcokhaus, n. (onomatope) an owl,
Deut. 14, 15, 16; Lev. 11, 16; pi. -sog,
Job 30, 29; kehcJie (and mishe) kooh-
kcokhausy the great owl, Deut. 14, 16;
Is. 34, 15; dimin. Jcoohkcokhomuem, the
little owl, Deut. 14, 16, =(Dhconiou8f
Lev. 11, 17. Cf. wewes (screech owl).
[Narr. kokokehonif ohdmouSy an owl.
Abn. kSkSkasSy chat-huant (and kSkassSj
le coucou) . Chip. o-A-o-Jto-o, ko-ko-ko-o.
Del., gokhoos, owl; gokhotity a little owl,
Zeisb.]
kcDkookanogs, n. a bell, Ex. 39, 25, 2d
[-ogqiumij owl-like (?)].
kcDn, n. snow, Ex. 4, 6; Job 6, 16; Ps.
148, 6. Cf. muhpcOy sdcliepo.
[Narr. c6ne (and sdchepo). Del. gurif
guhij Zeisb. Chip, kdn^ aw-kone, Me-
nom. koon.'\
kootnau, kcotnehteau, v. t. he makes
an addition to (it), increases (it) by
adding (cf. kochieau): ahque kcofnMj
thou shalt not [do not] add to it, Deut.
12, 32; maita uk-kootnau-o-un, he did
not add (anything or more), Deut. 5,
22; uk-kcDtnehteau-uriy he addeth to it.
Gal. 3, 15; imperat. 2d pi. kcotnehteaur
cok, add ye to (it), 1 Pet. 1, 5.
koowa, koD, n. a pine tree, *fir\ Hos.
14, 8; pi. kanvaog. From the same
root as kdiiSy the tree, like the English
pine (pin tree), taking its name from
it« pointed leaves, Opines, or its general
shape.
[Narr. kdwau^ a pine tree; dimin.
kowairi'suck (pi.), young pines. Abn.
k^ej pin; kanSij^, ^pine, Rasles; modern
Abn. ko-waj pine tree, K. A. Del. ciz-we,
Zeisb.]
kuhhog*, thy body, thy person, thyself.
Matt. 22, 39. See -hog.
kuhkenauw^hh^au, v. cans. an. (augm.
of kenaihheau) he shapes, fashions,
gives form to (an an. obj.). Job 26,
13; suppos. knhkenautueheontf he form--
Digitized by
Google
42
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
kuhkenauw^hh^au — continued.
ing (when he forms), Is. 44, 10; pass.
kuhkenaihelteaUf he is formed; pret. nuk-
kuhkenaihetieapy I was shapen, Ps. 51, 5.
Adv. kuhkenauwe, shapely, in order,
orderly, Luke 1, 1, 3. With inan. obj.
kuhkenauwehieaUy he shapes or fashions
( it ) ; T^rei.imk'kuhkenanw€hteop, I formed
(it), Is, 45, 7. Cf. kenauvxinieonk.
kuhkham, kuhham, v. t. he marks (it)
out; uk-kuhkham-UTif he marks it out
{nashpe pemunneatj by a line, Is. 44, 13) ;
suppos. instr. [kuhkheg] kuhheg^ that
which serves to mark with, a line; pi.
nuk'kuhheganashy my lines, Ps. 16, 6:
kuhhegan-ehtUf within the lines, Agates',
Deut. 15, 7; freq. and augm. kuhkuh-
heg^ a (land-) mark, bound, limit, Ex.
23, 31; Prov. 23, 10; Matt. 25, 4; line.
Is. 28, 10 {knhkehheg^ a rule; adj. kuh-
kuhhegdnCy regular, C).
kuhkiTineam, v. t. he ol>ser\'e8, takes
note of, marks (mentally or by obser-
vation). Lev. 13, 33; suppos, kdhkinnuk;
3d pi. kdhkinnumoheUU, Ex. 12, 42 (nuJfc-
keehkeneam, I view, C. ).
kuhkinneasu, v. i. he makes a mark,
distinguishes by mark or observation,
Job 33, 11; imperat. 2d sing, kuhkin-
neasish, mark thou, take note, observe,
Ruth 3, 4. Vbl. n. -a^uonky a mark,
sign, token. Rev. 13, 16; 14, 9; Is. 20, 3;
pi. 'Onga»h, Gal. 6, 17; Ps. 135, 9.
kuhkcDtoxnatt, v. t. inan. and an. he
pointa (it) out to, shows, makes known
to (him); kuk-kuhkootam-oush mogagishy
I will show thee mighty things, Jer.
33, 3; uk-kuhkmtoviau-uhy he showed
(it) to him, Ex. 15, 25.
[Narr. kuk-kak6temouSy I will show
thee (the way); kokotemimnea mdj/iy
show me the way.]
kuhkootomwehteatt, v. cans. inan. and
an. he instructs him, teaches (it) to
(him) [nuk'kuhkootumwefiteamy I teach,
C] N. agent, hihkwtmmuehiedeny a
teacher, 1 Chr. 25, 8 (a minister or
schoolmaster, C. ). Vbl. n. -teaonky
teaching, instruction, C.
kuhkiihheg, suppos. instrum. a bound,
landmark, limit. See kuhkham.
kuhkuhhunk, a boundary; pi. -kgashy
Gren. 49, 26; suppos. of kuhhihheauy it
marks, [kuhkunnunky a bound, Mass.
Ps. 104, 9.]
kuhkuhqueu, v. i. he goes upward, as-
cends, Ex. 24, 15, 18; Judg. 13, 20; sup-
pos. houan kohkuhqueity who shall as-
cend? etc. , Rom. 10, 6. Adv. k-uhkuhquey
above, higher. Josh. 15, 19; suppos.
inan. kohkuhquag [kottonkquagy Mass.
Ps. 33, 7], (that which goes above,) a
summit, a heap. With inan. subj. kuhr
kuhqshiriy it goes up, Ezek. 41, 7. Cf.
qunnukquey qunnuhkque,
kuhkuhqunatt, v. t. an. he draws him
up; pi. -qundog nashpe pemuneohtanashy
they drew (him) up with cords, Jer.
38, 13.
kuhkussunx. See kogkdfisum.
kuhkuttoon, kohkaton, kohketam,
V. i. he thirsts, is thirsty [has a dry
mouth, kohnkan u'ut-(am']y Judg. 15, 18;
John 4, 13: nuk-kohkuUam [nuh-kdh-
kHimiiy C], I thirst, Judg. 4, 19; sup-
pos. noh kaukvUcog, he who thirsts. Matt,
5, 6; Is. 55, 1; pi. particip. neg kau-
kuUcogigy the thirsty, they who thirst,
Matt. 5, 6. Adv. and adj. kuhkuttajfuoe,
of thirst, thirsty, Is. 41, 17. Vbl. n.
-wnooojiky thirst, Ex. 17,3; Judg. 15, 18;
kMkuUconcoQnky Neh. 9, 15.
[Narr. niC'Cdwkaicmey I am thirsty.]
kuhp^au, V. i. he comes to land, lands
(from a boat); pi. kuhpl'ogy Acts 27, 43,
44. From kuppi.
kukpinati, kuhpunati, v. t. an. he
draws (him) out [of the water (?)], Ps.
18, 16: hashabpoh (an.), he draws
the net, John .21, 11. [nuk-kuhpunuk-
upy *he drew me out* (of the waters),
Mass. Ps., Ps. 18, 16; kuhpun-up asha-
pohy *he drew the net', Mass. Ps., John
21, 11.]
knhpohke, n. [kuppi-ohkey protected or
inclosed place] the landing place, the
shore; kuhpohke-ity on the shore, Matt.
13, 2. Cf. kobhamuk.
^kuhpohhonk, n. a ladle or spo<3n (?), C.
kiilipdlikoniuk. See kuppdhkomuk.
kuhpoohhamowonk, a haven, Acts 27,
12. See kohhamuk'y kuppohJiam.
kuhpunati. See kuhpinau.
kiiliqutttun, v. t. he designates, appoints
(marks out) ; nuk-kuhqutium ayeuonky 1
appoint a place, 2 Sam. 7, 10. Adv. and
adj. kuhquttummey of appointment, des-
ignated, Jer. 8, 7. Cf. quttiihhamy he
measures.
kuhtooxLOg*, = kehtanwgy a ship.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATIOK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
43
kukkehtatt, kukkeiktall, v. t. an. he
gives attention to, hearkens to, observes
(him). From kuhkham, he marks (?).
Imperat. 2d sing, kukkeitash, Ps. 4o, 10
[ahcfiu^utashf Mass. Ps. ]; (2d -fist sing. )
kukkehtahf hearken to me, Num. 23, 18;
2d pi. noh hikkeitokf to whom, hearken
ye, Deut. 18, 15. j
[Narr. kihkitaj hearken thou to me. |
Abn. ne-kikianiy je suis attentif, j'^coute;
imperat. kita, kekSittanmi^ je t*^coute,
je t'ob^is.]
kukkoiia8liquae(?), adv. and adj.:
mimmkquaminneashy *full ears of com
in the husk', 2 K. 4, 42.
kukkow. See kiyunk.
*kuimna, adv. lately, C. See kuttumma.
kummcDto. See kommcoto, he steals.
*kuntoi (Narr. ), a spoon; pi. -mduog, R.
W.; kunndm^ quannam^ C. See kendm.
kunkohteddtede, adv. and adj. of dry-
ness, dry: ohke, dry (i. e. parched
by drought) land, Jer. 50, 12. See
kdhnkariy (there is) drought.
^kiuinatequanick, n. a window, C. See
kenogkeneg.
*kuxin68nep (Narr.), n. a killock or
anchor, R. W. See kenuhquah.
kuppadt, kuppftd, n. ice. Job 6, 16; 38,
29. From kuppi-ohieau; lit. *when it
is covered* or * closed up.'
[Peq. kuppaty Stiles. Narr. capdtj
R. W. Del. k'patteriy it (e. g. the river)
is frozen up, Zeisb.]
^kuppaquat ( Narr. ) , * it is overcast ' , i. e.
when it is cloudy, = kuppohquodt.
kuppi, (1) (it is) close, shut in, inclosed.
(2) thick, close together. (3) as n. a
thicket (a place where trees jn'ow close
together ) , a * wood ' , Eccl. 2, 6; * grove ' ,
1 K. 16, 3:^; 2 K. 21, 3; kuppahtu, in
covert. Job 38, 40; *in thickets', Jer. 4,
29; Is. 9, 18; pi. hippiyeuash, 'groves',
2 Chr. 31, 1. (Sansk. kumb or knh,
tegere; Greek Kvito), dKeTCoo; Engl,
keep, coop. )
[Narr. ctippX-macMug, thick wood, a
swamp, R. W.]
kuppogki, (it is) thick: kuhpogku poh-
kenaif (there is) thick darkness, Deut.
4, 11; pasuk menxUcheganit unnukkuh<pte
kuppogki, (it is) a hand's breadth thick, I
2 Chr. 4, 5; suppos. ne kdhpogok, the
thickness of it {gdhpogokj Ezek. 41, 9). j
Adv. kuj/pogke, Easek. 41, 26. I
kuppogki — continued.
[Abn. kepdgMf (bois) 6pais, en plat;
suppos. kepaghek. Del. kopachkan; an.
kopachkisao, Zeisb,]
kuppohham, kuppuhham, v. t. he
stops, stays, closes (it), 2 Chr.*32, 30;
pi. 2 K. 3, 25; Heb. 11, 33; suppos. kob-
hogy when he etopB (it) : noh kobhogy he
. who stops (it), Job 38, 37; pi. neg kob-
hogeg, 2 Chr. 32, 4; pass. (inan. subj.)
kobhamuky when it is closed, when it
closes, Josh. 2, 5; Titus 1, 11; with an.
obj. kuppohhauy kuppuhhouy he stops
(him). Vbl. n. kuppohhanuxxmkj -mS-
wrmky a stopping (place), a * haven',
Acts 27, 12. From kuppi -\- com {ohham ) ,
he goes, [nuk-kuphftniy I shut, C]
[Narr. kuph6mmin, to shut the door;
kuphashy shut the door, R. W. Abn.
ne-kephdmeriy je le bouche (un trou).
Del. kpa-hiy shut the door; kpa-hoorij a
door, Zeisb. Voc.]
kupi>6hkomuk [kuppi-komuk], n. (1) a
place inclosed, shut in; (2) a place
which is thick-set, where trees are close
together, Deut. 16, 21.
[Narr. cappacommocky ** which sig-
nifies a refuge or hiding-place, as I con-
ceive." R.W.]
kuppohosu, kuppuhhauau, v. adj. he
is stopped, stayed, shut in, 1 Sam. 23, 7;
Rom. 3, 19; and v. i. he stops or closes.
Cf. kogkopsauj (he is) deaf.
[Narr. n'cupmy 1 am deaf. Abn. ke-
bahahsSf il bouche cela; gagh^pgiy il est
sourd. Del. kpahasu, Zeisb.]
kuppohquodt, (when it is) cloudy
weather, when the sky is overcast
Adv. and adj. -quodtdey -quodte (?),
cloudy, Ezek. 30, 3.
[Narr. kuppaquat.]
kuppuhham. See kuppohham.
kuppuhhauau. See kuppohosu.
kuppuhhou, n. a door, Prov. 26, 14. See
kuppohham.
[Del. kporhooTiy Zeisb. Voc. 8.]
kupputtoon l=kuppi-wutta)7ij closed
mouth], V. i. he is dumb, speechless:
pish kukkuppxiitmn, thou shalt be dumb,
Luke 1, 20; pret. kupputtam^Pf he was
speechless, Luke 1. 22.
kupshagkineasuonk, vbl. n. imprison-
ment; pi. -oTigashy Heb. 11, 36.
*'kMpfis. See kopiauss; cf. mohmoskuh-
teas.
Digitized by
Google
44
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 52"
kuBhki, (it ie) rough (it HC'ratches*, is
harph): hogkcoonk^ a rough gar-
ment, Zech. 13, 4; muyafuli, rough
ways, Luke 3, 5; with an. subj. (v. adj. )
htshkesUf he is rough.
[Cree, kowlssn^ he is rough; kaskajfka-
hum, he scrapes it. Aim. kakhigan,
la gratte, instrument A gratter les
peaux.]
kuspinum. See kishphium,
kussa-, kuaso-, in comp. words, hot,
warm. See mdhktism.
kusse-, kes-, (augm.) in comp. words,
very much, fully, completely. See
kesantam.
[Abn. kesi (partic.) tr^.]
kusseh, interj. lo, behold, El. Gr. 22.
[Del. scfie, achela^ see there! Zeisb.]
ku8Behtanip[pe], -tanup, n. a stream,
a current, Ps. 124, 4; Is, 30, 28; pi.
-peashy Is. 34, 9. For hissehtan-yiippe,
flowing water, Is. 30, 25. Hent^ (adv. )
kussehtanne sepuese, the stream of a
brook. Job 6, 15; anuuiiichtiu'ane kus-
aehtamipf an overflowing stream. Is,
30,28.
kusBitchuan, -uwan [hisse-utchuan],
V. unipers. it flows in a rapid stream or
current, it continues flowing; as n. a
rapid stream, a current, Ps. 46, 4; 78,
16, 20; pi. -nashy Cant. 4, 15.
[Abn. A*m (partic.) tr^s; ktsire^ il
va tr^« vlte; kesiisSanrif kes^tanUy elle
(la riviere) est rapide.]
kussitteau, -tau, v. i. it is hot; as n.
heat (of the sim, or natural heat), Job
24, 19; 30, 30; Is. 49, 10; suppos. kdsit-
tag J kositfag, when it is hot, in the heat
of the day, Gen. 18, 1; 1 Sam. 11, 11.
For kuss-ohieau (pajeh kiLSSohtd-ut, *till
the sun be hot', Neh. 7, 3) ; suppoe. k68-
ohiag, Ex. 16, 21. (With -«/», of invol.
action or of derogation, kkfsUtashaUj he
sweats, C.)
[Narr. kttsstltiahy it is hot; kduMttekSy
hot weather; nick-qussittdunumy I sweat.
Abn. kein(U, vel kembede, c*elaest chaud.
Del. k&chUieiy warm, hot, Zeisb. Gr. 42;
kschitteuy warm, hot (it is) ; v. adj., ibid.
163.]
kusBO-. See kusm-,
kusBohkdi, n. a summit, point of rock
or earth, a crag, *high hill', Ezek. 6,
13; kussohkoi'ompsky *a sharp rock*.
ku88ohk6i — continued.
1 Sam. 14, 4; kusmhkdiyeue ayeuonganit,
*in the top of high places', the high-
est place. Pro v. 8, 2; ktissohkdiyeue nad-
chn-vtj *into a high mountain'. Is. 40,9
{kuwtuhkoe vadchUy high hill, Mass. Ps.,
IV. 104, 1 8 ) . Cf . tohkcota uaog kuttsampsk-
k6t-yeu-iUy *they climb upon the rocks',
Jer. 4, 29.
kussoxhpBkussum, v. t. he heats or
makes hot (an oven, furnace, etc.);
infinit, -umunaty Dan. 3, 19; suppos.
kussmiipskusstiky when he heats (it),
Hos. 7, 4. From kussQy ompsk ( a stone ) ,
with the formative of verbs denoting
action of fire {-^sum): he makes the
stones hot (for cooking in the Indian
manner).
[Abn. kempsked^y pierre chaude.]
kusBopitteau, v. i. it is very hot, heated
(by fire, or beyond natural heat); sup-
pos. kiissopittagy koimpittagy when it is
very hot; as n. great heat, Deut. 29, 24;
2 Pet. 3, 10; Job 6, 17. Adv. and adj.
'piudey -petAcy hot (by the action of fire,
etc.), 1 Sam. 21, 6; Ps. 6, 1: ague,
for 'fever', Deut. 28, 2. (W>\, n. ki9-
sopetteahdonky fervency, heat, C.)
kussoppuasu, -pissu, v. adj. an. he is
hot; pi. -^aogy Hos, 7, 7; suppos. kutigo-
posuky when he is hot: nepauz ku^so-
pcufuky when the sun is hot (?), 1 Sam.
11, 9 {nuk'kiftsdpisy I am hot, C. ). Vbl.
n. kussoppissnonky heating, heat, infiam-
mation, Deut. 28, 2. From k-usm and
appcMti,
^kuBstumashftonk, n. 'fever', Mass. Ps.,
John 4, 52 {uesaushaonky El.).
kutamungnlneaeatt, v. t. an. he pities
(him), Joel 2, 18. Cf. kUteamonteanu-
viaii.
kutche, ka)che [k^oK'hey k^wtUche] sig-
nifies, primarily, it proceeds or makes-
progress from; hence, it begins, has its
origin or source; but while iiwche is
used with reference to a beginning or
starting point, present or past, ka>che
or kiUche connotes progression or the
going on from a beginning or origin in
the past to the present or future, or the
relation of a cause to ita effect in the
present or future. Eliot does not ap-
j>eai: to have made this distinction in
all cases; e. g. kitchuy he l>egan (to curse,.
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBl'LL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
45
kutclie, ka>che — I'ontiniied.
etc.), Matt. 26, 74; but nwche in tlie
corresponding verse, Mark 14, 71. Ne
irutche kutche, *then began*, i. e. there-
from went on, Gen. 4,26; wa . . . kcochf
therefrom (will he gather you together),
Deut. 30, 4; yeu koDche omohkinuinm,
for this cause I raised thee up, Ex. 9,
16; kwcJie-kekdndn, koDche-mamonchanan,
kcochu wuldhkindan, kcoche-kinnean, 'in
him [from him] we live, we move, we
have our being ... we are his off-
spring'. Acts 17, 28. {kuiche, begun;
kcoche^ more, C.) Cf. k\' kachhnm
(suppos. kaJiche-vuimk)', kehche; keht-.
[Narr. 7ien kitchCj I begin, or nuk-
kitche&ssem. Abn. ib^, in antecessum,
avant, auparavant. Micm. kick et kigi
[r=^kitche], servent & former des tems
ant^rieurs; kich r^pond aussi d notre
oui, ou d^j&, pour le temps pass^, Maill.
Cree Meche-tow, he begins it; hidche
(conj. caustfl), that, to the end that.
Chip, ibi/a, in advance, beforehand;
hilchi [after, in time], Bar.]
^kutchinnu (Narr. ), a middle-aged man,
R. W. See kehchism. Eliot has keik-
cheimog, *the aged men*, i. e. those w^ho
are growing {-innuog) old, Tit. 2, 2.
kutchiog, pi. old men, Ps. 148, 2; keh-
cheiog, Esth, 3, 13. See kehche,
«kutchiahin, v. i. (inan. subj. ) it begins,
Man. Pom. 88; opposed to wohkukquo-
shin, it ends.
kutchiaqua. See kehchisqua,
kutchisaik, k^shik [suppos. of kutchis-
sin or -Uhifi], when it begins; as n. the
beginning (of that which continues to
be or to act): tueske kutchisgik, in the
(very, or new) beginning. Gen. 1, 1;
wntche kutchimk cmk yean wehqshikj from
the beginning to the end, Eccl. 3, 11;
kMMk mutiaok, the l^eginning of the
world. Is, 64, 4. Cf. kehchism.
kutchissiunaU, v. t. an. and refl. he
washes himself or another, 2 Sam. 12,
20; John 9, 7; nuk-ktUcheasum, I wash
myself, John 9, 11 {nuh-kitisumf I
wash, C); pi, -maog nnU-hmhabpcooh
(an.), they wash their nets, Luke 5, 2;
imperat. 2d sing, -mxish, wash thyself,
2 K. 5, 10; suppos. hitcheifsumog nuhhog
nlppe, if I wash myself with water,
Job 9, 30. Vbl. n. kutchmwndonk fVi'&ah- \
kutchissumaU —continued.
ing one's self or another, Eph. 5, 26;
Tit. 3, 5. With inan. obj. kxUchisslUau,
kitshiitau, he washes (it), Gen. 49, 11;
1 K. 22, 38; imperat. 2d sing. kvichU-
sittaush, 2 Sam. 11, 8; pish kuk-kitshil-
tau-w}j thou shalt wash it. Lev. 6, 27.
Vbl. n. hiichinsitioonk, Neh. 4, 23.
[Abn. ne-kesigSd, je me lave le visage;
ne-keshe1my les mains; ne-keses^g-
henan, (v. g. une chemise). Del.
kschiechsu, v. adj. clean; kschiechewj
wash him; A:«c/iieo/itoo/, washit, Zeisb.]
kutham. See htttahham.
*[kuthani,] v. t. he hollows out, makes
a hole (?) inuk-k-utham, I make a hole, C.
[Abn. kigSinaSa SanrkttaSan (ou)
iSnSanrkettSn, avec quoi creuseras-tu?] .
*kutqiiau88 (Peq.), a partridge. Stiles.
See pahpahkshas; *paupock.
kuts, kuttis, n. the cormorant. Lev. 11,
7; Is. 34, 11; kutiuhm-og (pi.), Deut.
14, 17.
[Narr. (pi.) Htmog.]
kutshdmun. See ukkiUshaumun,
kuttahham, kutham, v. t. he digs (it),
he digs (it) up or out, or digs into (it),
Prov. 16, 27 ; Job 24, 16 (pi. ) : uk-huthdm-
un, he digged it (a pit, Ps. 7, 15).
kuttaike, (it is) thine, belongs to thee;
kuttahein (incl. pi.) it is ours, belongs
to us. See wuitaiheau,
kuttinne, thou thyself, tu ipse, the em-
phasized pronoun of the 2d pers. sing.
See wutthme.
kutUnBh, 1st -h 2d sing. I say to thee.
Matt. 5, 26. See umtiinuh.
kuttis. See kuls.
kutto, V. i. he speaks, utters speech,
1 K. 8, 12; Job 3, 2: hUtco kah nanvaUj
he spake and said. Freq. [kekuUm];
suppos. pi. kdkuttcogf kdkettoog; negat.
mat kdkutta>gy rno-kdkuttwgf when they
speak not, the speechless, the dumb, '
Ex. 4, 11; Ps. 38, 13. With Jt' progres-
sive, keta)kau, he goes on speaking, he
talks; and freq. keketmkaUf he converses,
narrates. See ketmkau, Vbl. n. kutta}-
v'onk, speech, utterance ('the Word^
John 1, 1); pi. -ongash: kuk'kutta>ivon'
gash, thy words, thy speech. Job 4, 4;
Is. 29, 4; ketcohkaj kuttaywonk, *let him
speak a word', Gen. 44, 18 {hjUtay-
onky C. ) . Cf . kehkeia)hkdonk, continued
Digitized by
Google
46
BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
kuttoo — continued,
speech, talk, narration; hetUxnconk (see
hermau)^ unnonttmvaonk^ language, mu-
tual speech. ( Sansk. gad (dioere, loqui ]
and hath (loqui ) ; repet gadgada (lallans,
belbutiens. )
[Abn. ketSangan^ parole. Chip, ikiio,
he says; gigito^ he speaks, Bar. {HAdoo,
J.). Cree ketdo^ he speaks; suppos.
ketdoi.^
kuttumma, kit-, adv. very lately, £1.
Gr. 21 (kumma, C).
[Narr. kiUummdy^ even now; kittum-
ydi tokian, as soon as I wake.]
kuttuxnma, kit-, conj. unless, El. Gr.
22; John 3, 3, 5; Acts 8, 31 {kiaumma,
C). [=gut matta (but not), without,
i. e. unless there be, Job 6, 6.]
kuttumii]igee(?), low, poor, pitiable (cf.
kUteamonieanumau): kuitumungee rroske-
iompy 'a mean man'. Is. 31, 8; hit-
tumungkosketomp-aog (pi. ), 'men of low
degree', Ps. 62, 9.
[Chip, kithnagadj it is poor, mean
(of a house, e. g.); an. kUimagigiy he
is poor. Bar. Del. ktemaxu, he is poor,
miserable, Zeisb.]
k'wutche. See ktUcke.
M
m' (or, as written by Eliot, m followed
by a short vowel ) is an indeterminate
and impersonal prefix which may be
translated by *some,' *any,' or occa-
sionally by *a,' 'an,' or *the.' Du-
ponceau (notes to Eliot's Gr. xiv)
mistook this prefix for 'a definite arti-
cle', as Howse (p. 245) has shown.
It is found with substantives signify-
ing the body and its parts, with the
names of a few objects which were
regarded as specially belonging to the
person, and with some concrete and
material nouns, e. g. m'askeht, grass
( from askehteau, it is green ) ; m^atfy path,
way (from du, he goes); mHrif a fruit
(from -tn, formative of verbs of grow-
ing), etc. In all these it retains its
primary signification as a negative or
its secondary as a preteritive particle
(see ?wo). It negates the personal re-
lation or appropriation which the pro-
nominal prefixes affirm, e. g. nut-tah
(n'taJi), my heart; kuttah (if toA), thy
heart; mitah (m'to/i), heart, not mine
or thine, but some or any heart. It has
in no case a definite or determinate
force, but always the opposite.
machemohtde, lasting, enduringly. See
michemohteau.
*miLchequoce (Narr.), n. a girdle of
wampum, R. W.
[Abn. skSansSf collier de porce-
laine(?).]
michipsqueht-uash, n. pi. 'rough
places', Is. 40, 4.
miU^IMqaelit-uaah— continued.
[Narr. machipical, a stone (stony?)
path.]
machiah. See mahche; majish.
I machuk, suppos. of malche, bad.
mag'gookinont, pi. -onchegy 'the spoil-
I ers', Jer. 51, 48; suppos. of mukkwk'
inau,
magkkJTinum, =muH*7nnu7n, he col-
lects or gathers.
magdadtik, (that which is) precious,
2 Chr. 9, 1; suppos. of mdgdadiw.
I mago), magou, v. t. (1) he offers or
I presents (it), he gives (it), Esth. 2,
' 18; PiB. 147, 16 (mdkun-, Mass. PS.):
' numrmagy I present (it); imperat 2d
sing, magish; 2d pi. magcok; um-mag-uriy
he offers it. (2) he gives in exchange,
he sells; pi. magaoogy they sell, Ex. 21,
35; suppos. noh maguky he who sells,
the seller, Is. 24, 2; freq. mahmagco;
pret. mahmagup, he sold often, 'was a
seller of, Acts 16, 14.
[Narr. mduksy give thou; mdugoke,
give ye. Abn. ne-m^gheriy je donne.
Cree mdyguy he gives; mdrndygu, he
gives with iteration; mdygayskUy he
gives very often, habitually. Chip.
mtgewainy he gives it, J. Del. mikeny
he gives away, parts with (it), Zeisb.
Gr. 144.]
magooonk, vbl. n. a giving, gift, offering,
Ex. 23, 8; Gen. 33, 12: magm maga}-
ongashy he gives gifts, Esth. 2, 18.
[Quir. maugaiikq\ his gift. Pier. 51.]
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
47
mahche (nearly related to if not identical
with maJitsheaUf it passes away, is gone) ,
(1) after, in time, Luke 6, 1; mahche
quinnuppekompauearif after thou art
(mayest be) converted, Luke 22, 32.
(2) it serves as the auxiliary of the per-
fect and past perfect tenses, and, com-
bining with the verb, receives the pro-
nom. prefix : um-mahche v^ssen, he hath
done it, Is. 44, 23; ne mahcJie^ that which
hath been, Eccl. 3, 15; mahche tvunna-
munuhy (he) had blessed them, Gen.
24, 1. Cotton, strangely enough, asso-
ciates this word with ^^ahtouUnalf to
have, to be had,*' and gives "nuwi-
mahche, I have or had; kum-mah/^he,
thou hast, thou hadst, ' ' etc. Cf . am&eu^
he departs; Narr. md.w.
[Narr. mauch or m^h: iashin mhh
com-maHgf how much have you given?
Cree ghee (auxil.), have. Chip, he or
ge^ J. ; Jh- (suppos. ka-)y sign of the per-
fect and pluperfect. Bar.; masht, yet
[i. e. until now]; ha masht, not yet,
Del. ma-Uchi, already, Zeisb. Voc.]
mahchekuBsum, -kisBumoomoo, v. t.
(fire) consumes, bums (it) up, 1 K. 18,
38; 2 Chr. 7, 1; with an. obj. mah-
chehisivau, (fire) consumes (him). Job
1, 16; um-mahchekusW'Ohy it consumed
him, 2 K. 1, 10; with an. subj. (v. adj.)
mahchikkusm, he is consumed (by fire
or heat); pi. -usmog, Deut 32, 24.
From mahche^ hissa.
mahchepoo, v. i. (1) he has eaten, has done
eating; (2) he makes an end of eating,
eats (it) up, Ex. 13, 32; infinit. -pun-
neatj Luke 17, 9; imperat. 2d sing, mah"
chipvmsh, eat it up. Rev. 10, 9 {num-
mahchipj I devour, C). With an. obj.
mahchipuxtu [mahcheppoHiu], he de-
vours (him), i. e. eats him up, makes
an end of him, Ezek. 19, 6. From
mahche and -uppco, formative of verbs
of eating.
[Narr. maudhepvnUy when he hath
eaten; mauchepwetan, after I (shall)
have eaten.]
mahchi. See mohchiy (it is) empty.
xnahcliinau, v. i. he is sick. Gen. 48, 1;
2 Sam. 13, 1; num-mahchinam {nen
moKhinam, Cant. 5, 8), I am, or was,
sick. Matt. 25, 36 (num-mahcheemy C. );
• mahchinau — continued.
suppos. mahchinadiy Lev. 15, 33; pi.
-in&chegy the sick. Matt. 9, 12. Vbl. n.
mahchindonkj sickness, 1 K. 8, 37.
[Narr. num-mauchnemy I am sick;
mauchinaui (pres. defin.), he is sick
(mohchinnaij C.).]
xnahchiahq, n. an empty vessel {mohchi-
wishq) ; pi. -quaehy Judg. 7, 16; 2 K. 4, 3.
See wishq,
mahchumo), -ummu, v. i. (inan. subj.)
it is waste, barren, deserted, Nah. 2,
10; Ezek. 29, 9 (machbruDy Is. 19, 5).
Adv. and adj. mahchumcoey mohchumwe,
of waste, of barrenness, waste, barren,^
Is. 52, 9; 61, 4; Zeph. 1, 15. Vbl. n.
-mmaxmky a waste, desolation, Jer. 49,
13. See mehchieu; mohchi,
mahchumw^tau, v. cans. inan. he
wastes ( it ) , makes ( it) waste ; pi. -^htdog,
Jer. 2, 15: num-mahchumw^hi-oh, 1 make
thee waste, Ezek. 5, 14. Vbl. n. mah-
chumwehtdonkj wasting, a making w^aste^
Is. 59, 7.
malmiuttattagr. See mohmuttahtag.
mahahagquodt, n. (a time or season of)
famine. Gen. 12, 10; 26, 1. From mahi^
gheau. Adv. mahshogqtiey Ps. 17, 19.
maliBli^talishik, suppos. of mitihetashin^
there is a tempest, a great wind.
mahtftntam, mohtantam, v. i. he is
old, implying decrepitude, senility,
and decay. Cf. kehchism. From maht-
(mahche) and -antamy the formative of
verbs of mental activity, he is past-
minded or failing-minded: numr-mah-
tantamy 1 am old, Ps. 37, 25; suppos.
mahtauntogy when she is old, Prov. 23,
22; 'full of days', Jer. 6, 11; 'stooping
for age', 2 Chr. 36, 17. VbL n. mah-
tantamdonky (infirm) old age.
[Narr. maUattntamy * very old and de-
crepit.']
mahtohqs. See maiokqSy a cloud.
xnahtcD, v. i. he ceases, is done, makes
an end (of speaking); suppos. asq maht-
ooogy 'before he had done speaking'.
Gen. 24, 15; asq mahta)aony before I had
done speaking, v. 45 [num-mahteaim (?),
I cease, C.].
mahtahAna), mohtshtoo), v. 1. it grows
less, gradually fails or waates away^
1 K. 17, 14, 16.
Digitized by
Google
48
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 26
mahtshdnoo, mohtshdnOH-continued.
[Del. schaurmiUeut it is faded, Zeisb.
Gr. 164.]
mahtsheau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it passes
away, fails, perishes, comes to an end
(as the grass or a flower), James 1, 10,
11; (man's life,) Job 14, 10; (his
strength) decays, Neh. 4, 10; suppos.
ne mahtahunh, 'that which is past*,
Eccl. 3, 15; nippe mahishunk, when the
water fails, Job 14, 11. Adv. and adj.
mahtshdey John 6, 27. See mahche;
*mic?iokat,
mahtug. See mehtug,
-mCkitupaliteau. See mohtuppeau.
mal. See may.
jncgish, adv. at the last: ne kemkok,
in the last day, John 6, 39, 40, 44; 7, 37;
ogguhsemese majishy *yet a little while',
John 13, 33 (majjisheyeuey 'lately', C).
Intens. mccumajish, maumachish, at the
very last, last of all— a sign of the sec-
ond future, when it shall have been.
From mahch€f with which cf. pish.
mamaliclie (augm. of mahche) ^ a sign of
the pluperfect: waehkomopj he had
called (them) together. Acts 10, 24.
mamahclie kesuk, the air, the atmos-
phere, 1 Cor. 9, 26; Rev. 9, 2; Prov. 30,
19. [For mitmehcheu (intens. of m£h-
chieu ) , it is empty, void (? ) . ]
~^mama8ki8ha{l-i ( Narr. ) , v. i. he has the
(small-?) pox [redne8s(?)]. Vbi.n.ma-
misk-ishaHoncky the [small-] pox, R. W.
xnamatchenatt, intens. of matchenau.
mamatcheU. See matcheii.
mameechumit, n. the mole, Lev. 11, 30^
From ma-meechu, intens. of meechu, he
eat8(?).
xoameesaBliqueB, n. the swallow, Is. 38,
14 {ivamesaahquishj 'swallow', Prov. 26,
2, but toameshashqitisuy 'sparrow', Ps.
102, 7, and mamhhashquish, 'spar-
row', Ps. 84, 3, with papaskhas, 'swal-
low', ibid.); moMshasques, swallow,
Jer. 8, 7. Cf . pahpahkshas ( * partridge ' ,
Jer. 17, 11).
mamoiiauantain. See momonowantam.
mamonchu, v. i. (freq. of mohchu, q. v.)
he moves, habitually or repeatedly;
imperat. mamonchish, move, 'stir up
thyself, Ps. 35, 23; suppos. noh ma-
monchity he who moves, Ezek. 47, 9.
With inan. subj. inamonchhno); pi.
mamonchu — continued.
-emamshf (the waters) move, or 'are
moved', Jer. 46, 8.
mam6iituTimiTn. See momdntunnum.
mamontam, [v. i. he is] 'a wizard,' 2
K. 21, 6; pi. •'mog. Vbl. n. mamont-
amdonkj pi. -mdaxmgash, enchantments,
2 K. 17, 17. Cf. monetii.
mamdntunuk, when he moves (it) ; sup-
pos. of momdntunnum f q. v.
mamosBompsquehtu, n. [in?] 'gravel',
Is. 48, 19. See ma>9omp$q, a smooth
stone, pebble.
mamunappeht, n. a spider, Prov. 30, 1.
Adv. and adi. mamunapiiteae hashabpf a
spider's web. Job 8, 14.
[Abn. mSmessrabikkS. Chip, assabi-
kSsht (Bar.),i. e. net maker.]
mdmussQ, adv. (in) all, (of) the whole,
wholly. Cant. 4, 7; Matt. 22, 37: m&-
mvsae ohke, the whole earth, Is. 4, 20
{mamtissh/eue, wholly, entirely, C).
From missij mum, it is great; by augm.
reduplication, ma-mum. Cf. musmse.
See mussi.
[Narr. missim (an. ) the whole of him.
Abn. messiSij tout.]
mamussu, v. i. he commits adultery,
Matt. 5, 32; suppos. noh mamumi^ he
who commits adultery, Lev. 20, 10;
imperat. negat. (or prohib.) 2d sing.
mamuBsekon^ thou shalt not (do not)
commit adultery, Ex. 20, 14; Deut. 5, 18.
Vbl. n. mamussuonky adultery. N. agent.
mamusmaeny indef . -aeninj an adulterer.
Is. 57, 3 {manishqiLaausuenf an adulter-
ess, Lev. 20, 10. See manisquadsu).
[Narr. mammaiisUf (he is) an adul-
turer; suppos. pi. mammaiLLSachickj adul-
terers.]
mftmuttattag. See mohmuUahtag.
^manisfmmin (Narr. ), to cut or mow(?).
manisquadBu, v. i. she is an adulteress
or a harlot, 'plays the harlot*, Ezek.
23, 3, 5; pi. -mog; kum-mansqudSf thou
committest fornication, Ezek. 16, 26.
N. agent, manishqruaausueny Lev. 20, 10.
[Is here Chip, (prefix) and Del. wdn,
mdna, "bad"?]
manlt, manitto, (usually translated)
God; but Eliot more often transferred
the names 'God' and 'Jehovah' to the
Indian text. He has, however, Manii
wame masugkenuk, 'God Almighty',
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
49
xnanit, mcmitto — continued.
Ex. 6, 3; and in the 7th v. neen Jehovah
kum'ManittmmnWj *I am the Lord your
God' (lit. *I the Lord am your God'),
and neen hum-ManitKomirm^ *I will be
to you a God' (lit. I am your God),
ibid.; nen ManiUo, 'I am God', Is. 43,
12; pi. manUtoaog, 1 K. 20, 23; 2 K. 18,
33; with keht-, Keihiannit, *the Lord
God', Gen. 24, 7, i. e. the great manit.
From aneu or an-u, he exceeds, is be-
yond, superior to, or more than {Antie)
another person or thing; suppos. anit,
when he is superior to or more than,
etc. (cf. Anin; suppos. aneuk, that
which exceeds, hence that which rots
or becomes corrupt); with the inde-
terminateand impersonal prefix, m'anit,
he who (or that which) exceeds or
passes beyond the common or normal,
the preternatural or extraordinary.
manitio is the verb subst. form, he or it
is mamt: They "cry out Manittdo, that is.
It is a god," *'at the apprehension of
any excellency in men, women, birds,"
etc., R. W. 111. Possessive form, num-
manittoom, my god; kum-manittaym-uw,
your gods, etc., the suffix a>m denoting
that "the person doth challenge an in-
terest in the thing". El. Gr. 12. !
[Narr. manli; pi. manittdwock. Peq. j
mundtu. Stiles. Chip, mon-^'do, nmn-
e-do; Kiichi Manxlo, Great Spirit, Lord
God (Bar.); kesha-munedooy J. Del.
man^Ot god, spirit, angel, Camp. ; ma-
nitto, get-annitto, Zeisb. Muh. mannito,
*a spirit or spectre', Edw.]
xuanitowompae, adj. and adv. [god-
man-ly,] pious, religious.. Used with
pomaniamoonk (living, life), as the title
of Eliot's translation (1665) of "The
Practice of Piety", holy living.
xnanittowoxnp [maniltde'Ompjf man of
God, godly man, 2 K. 4, 7,- 9.
*mannotaubana(Xarr.), *embroydered
mats which the women make' to line
the wigwam, ' hangings ' , R. W. 47. Cf .
mancDt,
manontam, munn-, v. t. he smells (it),
Gen. 27, 27; Job 39, 25 (jnenantam, he
smells; num-min6niam, I smell; mun-
nauniam(Donkf [the sense of] smell, C. ).
See -mungquoi.
B. A. K, Bull. 25—4
xnanoiitaxn, munn — continued.
[Abn. iie-meraiVdamen, je le fiaire;
(3d i)ers.) amer-. Del. mellaam, to
smell, Zeisb.]
mancoham, v. t. he ransoms or redeems
(it) by payment, he buys (it); suppos.
manmhuk ohteuk, if he redeems the
field, Lev. 27, 19; kod-mancDlntk week,
if he will (desires to) redeem this
house, ibid. ; with an. obj. mancovjhaUy
he ransoms (him). Lev. 25, 49; suppos.
vmncowhoni. Lev. 27, 13. Vbl. n. manoh
irhdonk, a ransom, Ex. 21, 30; Matt. 20,
28. Cf. imnnwhiim, he values, ^yief^ the
valuation of (with an. obj. vmnnoh
whau), and vninncoumij he makes a
treaty or covenant with.
[Narr. kum-manohamin, have you
bought it?; kum-man6ham6u»h, I will
buy of you. Abn. ne-manShauy j'a-
ch^te (v. g. un esolave); ne-manShS-
maSah, j'ach^te de lui; ne-man^hSgi,
je m' achate; ne-mmiSJiSmansij jetraite.]
mancDnau, n. a cheek; Tutn-nconcD-ui^ on
my cheek. Job 16, 10; kon-namau-ash,
thy cheeks, Cant. 1, 10 (kon&nui, on
thy cheek, Luke 6, 29, = kon-nmiau-tj
Matt. 5, 29); vunnamau, his cheek.
Lam. 3, 30 (ivonnunotij C). Perhaps
from iiconauy it sucks; perhax)s from
anconau, it speaks.
[Abn. inanSey joue; nanSej ma joue;
(3tl p.) 8anSe,'i
manoonsk, n. clay, Jer. 18, 6; * mortar',
Nah. 3, 14; pi. -skog^ 'bricks', Gen. 11, 3;
adj. manonsket Job 13, 12.
mancot [=7n'n«)0» n. a basket. Gen. 40,
17; Judg. 6, 19; Jer. 24, 2; bag, Luke
12, 6, 33; ken(Dl [Ar'noX], thy basket,
Deut. 28, 5; pi. -tosh, "Instead of
shelves, they have several baskets,
wherein they put all their household
stuff; they have some great bags or
sacks made of hemp which will hold
five or six bushels."— R. W. 50. ''Xo-
tasisen or bags, which they plait from
hemp which grows wild. ' ' — Megapolen-
sis. From nwt-iny he lifts or takes up (a
burden).
[Narr. munndtey a l>asket. Peq. mun-
notghj Stiles. Abn. menSU, sac; 772am-
anStS, une chai^.]
Digitized by
Google
50
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bullktin 25-
xnansk, manslik, n. a fort, la. 25, 12;
^liaili 7,12; imnnhhe mo/iskaith^ 'stronir-
]i(»lds', Lam. 2, 5.
[Xarr. aumanal', a fort, R. AV. Del.
i,in-iiarhk\ a fence, a fort, Zei}?b.; Mrn-
tt'hkiitl: I the Delaware name of Pitts-
l>urgi, *at the fort', Hkw.]
maxLumuhkeniGOuk, siippos. of mnua-
intfhb juf/}, it rushes. Is. 17, 12, 13.
manunnappu, v. i. he remainH quiet
or patient, he sits })atiently: 1nhl:m6(j
iin'imiiiiiiqnirKj^ the waves are still, are
quiet, Ps. 107,29,:]0.
manunne, i it is) slow, soft, jrentle; adv.
.slowly, j»atiently, softly [imtnhine,
gently, ('. i: /<"// nmnutmr untUnn hih
inaiiuinif iioii'U), I a.n slow of speeeh
and slow of tongue, Ex. 4, 10. Adj.
tnaunun'uitii. X. agent. ->/rnrniny one
who is .«low or jjatient, a patient one,
Ecel. 7, 8. Vbl. n. -t/tnmik; j)atien('e,
Ilel). 6, 12. '
[Abn. im')uti, lu'llement.]
manunnoliteau, v. i. he is (piiet ( i. e.
lias (juietness), is undisturbe<l, Prov.
1, 3:].
manunnussu, -nissu, v. adj. an. he is
( i. e. acts) ]»atient, gentle, slow; im-
perat. 2<1 pi. inannnnuttiifkf -itU^tyk. Ix?
patient, R(jm. 12, 12; 1 Tliess. 5, 14.
Vbl. n. -nH.%'<uonk, (the exerci.^e of)
jjatience, Luke 8, 15; Rom. 5, 4.
[Xarr. nnnt n n.'<]i('sh (for imtnA nshesh ? ) ,
go thou gently, slowly.]
^xnanunushae nippe, 'still water', Mass.
Ps., IV. 2:], 2.
^manusqussed-ash ( Xarr. ), n. pi. beans,
R. AV. ; hhtohtene iiion<(i<<iuis}<»i't, an In-
dian bean, C. Cf. iuppuhfin(iin-<iifh.
[Peq. iNni<]iqtiisii( <!(!*, beans, Stiles.
Chip. (St Marys j tntakodt'^idntin; (CJr.
Trav. ) ni.th-l'o-(h-rt'-iKin,>^vh. Menom.
tti a nsh -ht-vli * -.<h(n k: Shaw n . in ' .</.yx7/ ee-
ihah. Chey. mnitl^k, pi. imml^kl, Ilay-
den, 295. i Abn. /mukSxittdr, gros
connne feves de terre. ) Del. i pi. i md-
hichxiquaUj Zeisb.]
*inaquainittiniyew, i from ) the west,
Mass. Ps. , Ps. 107, ?}. Cf . puhtadtnn ii/en,
(^from) the west, ibid., 75, H,
^^asaiinock i^Xarr. ), flax, R. W. See
massoiiog.
inasegik, suppos. ol mmctjen [hifi<i*fkiii),
it bears or produces much.
maslidsliasliques (?), n. the swallow,
Jer. 8, 7. See inanifrmtfhtint'.'i.
mashq. See inosii.
ma^liquanon, n. a hawk. Job 39, '2(\.
Cf. (firohshaog; guanumm.
[Del. meeclufahinnCy hawk, Zeisl). ( i. e.
broad-tail).]
maskeht. See moskehl, gra-ss.
maskehtu. See moMkfhtu.
xn&skdacheg', suppos. pi. they who boast
boa-sters, Ps. 49, 0; Rom. 1, .'JO. See
^nnsb'tnn.
xnaskogf, suppos. of uiijikoin^ q. v.
masootamailut, suppos. of muiimtatuffi),
he jiierces (him). See mmwdi't.
masq, mashq. See Jtiosg.
massonog, n. 'nettles', Prov. 24, 31; Is.
34, 13; but 'nettles' is transferred m
Job 30, 7, Hos. 9, (>, and Zei)h. 2, 9.
Comparing (Xarr.) mamfomck^ 'flax',
R. W., the name may probably be as-
signed to Urticii canadensis, tlie Canada
nettle or 'Albany hemp', the fibrous
stalk of which was used by the Indians
for baskets, mats, and nets. From
mM«^•o^, it pricks. ik^muscDtam; mu^irai'i.
[Chip, mus-zdn, muhzon^ nettle; (jeche
muhzon (great nettle), thistle, Sch. ir;
majidiif nettle. Bar.; maJtzah}, thistle,
Sum.]
^massowyan (Pet|.), a blackbinl [?],
Stiles.
masugkenuk, (he who is) mighty, pow-
erful, very great, Luke 22, 26: ^f(mit
mime maswjkt'-nttk, God Almighty, Ex.
(), 3; supj^js. of rnis,mgken.
masugkenutche, (participial) a«lj. chief
('eldest'. Gen. 24, 2).
mat. See mnila.
^matasquas, n. a mat [bat?], C.
matchaog', 'adv. of denying', no, El.
Gr. 21: ohtoon tnatchaog, he has noth-
ing, Prov. 13, 7, =ohtoou mo te(ui, v. 4.
See ma(ta.
matche, (it is) bad; as adj. and adv.
bad, badly: rndirhe meenan^ 'a nauglity
tongue', Prov. 17, 4; matche anmiuwnin,
a wicked messenger, Prov. 13, 17; sup-
pos. muchnk (as n.), that which is bad,
evil, Pr(jv. 17, 13: na marhuk ohUnn^
there is an evil, Eccl. 6, 1 [nuitrhfj
'adv. of quality', El. Gr. 18]. Intens.
of matio. (Cf. Engl, not, nought,
naughty. )
Digitized by
Google
TRl'MBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
51
xnatclie — continued.
[Narr. mntchll^ ' nanjj:ht, or evil.' A})n.
matslghenlS, cela et^t null, cela ii'ent. pan
bien. Del. iiwdhiky (inan.) Imd, evil;
machtit, l)a(l (it in), Zeish.]
match^u, v. i. he is poor (lit. he grow.s
badly or l)ecomea poor, Prov. 10, 4);
Deut. 15, 4; 2 Sam. 12, 1 ; jil. -uoij, Prov.
10, 15; Matt. 20, 11 (mdfrfu'k'ur, poor;
iioh mafchcka), he is j)oor, C ). Vbl. n.
vialchehuojik, poverty, Prov, 18, 18. N.
agent, maicht'lcaen (indef. -en in), a poor
man, Kx. 28, 3.
[Narr. num-mAchvh\ I am poor.]
xnatchemuxigquot, n. a l)ad wnell, Ps.
38, 5; Ex. 7, 18. For inatchetnungqnoh-
fetntj it smells badly; from mntrhe^ with
fonnative of verl)^ of smelling (machu-
moiiquaty *a ntink', C. ).
[Narr. vuwhemoquty it stinks. Abn.
7naU\man(j8aiy eela K'nt manvaijj. Del.
machlschimaqnotj Zeij^b.]
xuatchemuiikqussu, v. adj. an. he smellfl
badly. Vbl. n. -quwi^ionkj making a bjid
smell, Joel 2, 20 (jium-mafchimunkqusy
I stink, C).
[Narr. ma^^hcmoqussH^ *a vile or stink-
ingix^rson', R. W. Abn. niafmmaiigSsS,
II sent mauvais.]
matchendneteau, v. i. he curses; pi.
-eaogj Ps. 62, 4. Vbl. n. malvhemhie-
tedonkf cursing, Ps. 59, 12.
xuatchexiazitain, v. i. (and t. inan.) he
thinks evil, is evilly-minded (matclie-
antam); imi)erat. 2d pi. -ankimcok,
Matt. 9, 4. Vi. vushanaiikim.
matchenati (intens. jnamalchenail), v. t.
an. he curses (him); suppos. noh ma-
mtUrhenunt, he who curse.>J, when he
curses, Ex. 21, 17. See inatclici'i; mat-
tan nmau.
matchesu, v. adj. an. he is an evil doer,
he does evil, is (actively) bad. Vbl.
n. niftlrhei<e()t)kj wickedness, evil doing,
Prov. 14, 17; 10, 1(5. S. a^zent. malche-
fearti (indef. -ahthi), an evil dcx^r, Prov.
13, <), 21; 1)1. -(unnorj^ Prov. 14, 19.
[Ci'ee, innU'JuM^iy he is wicke<l. Del.
maUaHcfmacij sinful, Zeisb. Gr. 104;
macJiimu^ he is bad, ZiMsb. Voc. 21.]
matchetou, v. i, he is bad [inherently
or by nature, malclu'-ohtau^^ Prov. 13,
5, 22; pi. -tmrog, Prov. 14, 19. Vbl. n.
matchetoonk, -towonky badness [of heart
matclietou — continued .
orpurjwse (inactive)], Prov. 8, 7; P>cl.
3, 10.
[Cree mathdtissUy he is bad.]
[matcheii, matcheyeu,] intens. ma-
xnatclieU, -eyeu, v. i. he curses or
swears profanely: kifdni mamdtcheyt'n.,
*he l)egan to curse', Matt. 26, 74; im-
perat. 2d i)l. nhque mamatcheunayky curse
not, Rom. 12, 14.
matikeno), matukkenco, v. i. he is great
(primarily in stature), pi. -Jimog, Deut,
9, 2; supi>os. noh madkermkj pi. -Zrr/,
Rev. 19, 18; great men, 2 Sam. 7, 9;
Job 32, 9; mankkenilcheg, 1 Sam. 30, 2.
znatohtedeyeue: en rnatohtedeifeue cona-
rihkoli/tm-u/f 'into a rough vallev', Deut.
21, 4.'
matokqs, mahtoliqs, n. a cloud.
[Note. — This definition was not completetl.]
matta, mat, adv. no, not; compounded
with teag (thing, res): maUa teog, mutteag:
matchaog^ nothing, rien, Luke 22, 35;
Prov. 13, 7. Apparently a contraction
of mohteau {mo i)rivative and ohtcan),
it is not; cf. 7/io, monteng. In some
dialects the particle undergoes further
contraction, as in Del. /d, *a lazy no'
( Hkw. ) , tusin the French * point ' for ' ne
point ' . In composition , mai^ as a prefix,
has a jjrivative and sometimes a direct
negative force, sometimes is the equiv-
alent of maiche, bad.
[Narr. machdii^y no, not {machdge),
nothing, not so, R. W. ; mattuksj no,
Stiles. Abn. mahda, non. Micm. mSy
point; mSkSh-hy rien, ne pa^s; inaSen,
personnes, Cree nammdy no, not;
nummdnia (strong neg.), no; niimma-
imne (soft neg.), no. Del. makhtaytah,
Zeisb.; mdlta, no; fd, a lazy no; tagu,
no, not; a//rt, /a, no, no, Hkw. Powh.
mattaghy Smith.]
♦mattaiteu (Narr. ), not far off, near by,
*a little way', R. W. 76: mattdsii note-
shenij *I came from hard by', ibid. 28.
*jn&ttdgeheLD. (Narr.), there is a cross
(i. e. a head) wind; suppos. mattdgc-
hatch y when the wind is cross. See
*ivunmigchan.
mattamog, mattamag (?), suppos. as
n. one who is foolish, a fool, Eccl. 6, 8;
7, 9; Ps. 14, 1; pi. -rwog, Eccl. 7, 4, 5.
Adv. and adj. mattamogquey -mag we.
Digitized by
Google
52
BUREAU OB' AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
mattamog, mattamagr— conti nued .
fooli8h(ly), Prov. 17, 25. Yb. adj.
viaUamagqiieiumif -magwesu^ he does
foolishly, is foolish (actively). Vbl. n.
mattamagcDonkj folly (abstractly), Pro v.
15, 14; 1 Cor. 3, 19; matiamagweseonk^
-qtmisseonkf foolish doing, folly acted,
Prov. 14, 17, 18; 1 Cor. 1, 18.
mattdnittuonk, vbl. n. pass, lieing:
cursed, a curse. Gen. 27, l2, 13; Xeh.
10, 29; Prov. 26, 2 {motfannutttionk, C).
From mattdnumau.
^hnattaxmauke (Narr. ), pi. -onkantiRhy 'a
fine sort of mats to sleep on ', R. W.
[Abn. andkahn, natte, i>ean, etc.; sur
quoi on s'assoi; iiedandkfy j*ai une
natte sur quoi, etc., Ra-sles. Del. a rut
can, mat, Zeisb.]
xnattannit, n. the l>ad spirit, the devil;
pi. 'toog, Kl. Gr. 9 (^coo//, .James 2,
19); maitandj Gookin. From mat
( = maiche) and m*onil.
[Muh. nUandoUf Edw. Chip, mahje-
munedoOf J. (md die man ^ do, 8ch. ii,
458). Abn. keUiniSeskS, dieu, le grand
g^nie; matsiniShkS, diable. Del. mal-
ttchi (or machtschi) manniUo or mach-
tandoj Hkw.]
xnattantam, v. i. and t. inan. he grudges
(it), is unwilling. From matta and
'antatiij he is not-minded; adv. mat-
taniamircy * grudgingly', 2 Cor. 9, 7.
xuattanuxn (?): wim-mnttanum, I am un-
worthy ('to unloa«ie', etc., Mark 1, 7);
elsewhere, nuMapenum.
matt^nuxaati, v. t. an. he curses (him),
speaks evil to (him); imperat. 2d pi.,
matt&nummk, curse ye (Meroz), Judg.
5, 23; 3d sing, maltitnumaj, let him be
cursed, Deut. 27, 14; maldrmmire unnu-
nach, let (him) l)e as cursed, Jer. 20, 15;
uUamunavh, let ( it ) be cursed. Cf.
inaich^; inatchenaii.
^mdttapeu (Narr.), *a woman keeping
alone in her monthly sickness', R. W.
l=t:mat-apeii, *she is not at home', R.
W., or mattappuj she sits apart (?).]
mattappasquas, n. a bat, Lev. 11, 19;
maUahashquds, Is. 2, 20; malabpusques,
Deut. 14, 18. See mishabohquas.
^^nattappu, v. i. he sits down; pish mat-
tappuogj they shall sit, Ind. Laws, xvi,
xii. Cf. nummalappiiieaL
[Narr. mdtlapsh ydieg, sit by the fire.]
matteagr, nothing. See maita,
xnattompog', suppos. as n. war: quag-
qua^hivunnumook mattompog, prepare ye
war, Joel 3, 9; wekonlogig mattompogy
they who delight in war, Ps. 68, 30.
Adv. and adj. mattompagwe kesukod, day
of war or battle. Job 38, 23.
[Abn. maUahbekS, la guerre; mattan-
begSi-arenahbak, les guerriers. Micm.
matluk, 'to beat'; miUloley '1 beat thee';
TnAt&nagdj *I fight'. Rand. Del. mach-
tapeek, bad time, war time {machtapan,
bad morning weather), Zeisb.]
mattuhquab, n. skin (of a human being).
Lev. 13, 34-38; Ezek. 37, 8; naUuh-
quabj my skin; UHidtuhquah, his skin.
For m'adt'uhqu&e and dppu, that which
is (permanently) upon the outside.
^[mattxihteau, v. i. he quarrels;] num-
maliuhleam, I quarrel, C.
xnatug. See mehlug, a tree.
xnatukkeno). See maiikeno).
*[xnatw&kau, v. i. he dances;] ahque
mativdkeshj don't dance, C. Vbl. n.
maiiwakkdonk, dancing, C.
matwatt, (he is) an enemy, Ex. 15, 9;
Is. 59, 19; pi. mutwaog.
[Narr. maUvauog, 'soldiers.']
^matwadonck ( Narr. ), vbl. n. a battle.
matt, V. i. he cries, weeps, 2 Sam. 13, 19;
pi. mauog, v. 36; suppos. noh mauug, he
who wee|)s, Ps. 126, 6; suppos. pass.
maumukf when there is weeping, EccL"
3, 4; suppos. pi. (particip. ) neg maugig,
they who weep, 1 Cor. 7, i^ {neg mogig.
Matt. 5, 4 ) ; freq. tnauemau ( he mourns).
Adj. and adv. mauwe, Num. 25, 6 (maw<?,
2 Sam. 3, 16). \' bl. n. mauonkj weeping.
[Narr. mduOj 'to cry and l)ewail.'
Abn. mah8i\ il pleure ft cause, etc.; ne-
maSighe, je pleure. Chip, ke-mahwe
(pret. ), he wept, John 11, liOf suppos.
mahivldf when she wept, John 20, 11
(J.).]
^xnauchaulioxii [he has gone], 'the<lead
man'; pi. mauchauhomimg, the dead,
R. W. For mahche-mm.
*maucliepwut (Narr.), when he hath
eaten; mauchepweran, after I. (shall)
have eaten, R. W. ; suppos. of mahche-
po), he has eaten.
xnauexnaU, v. t. an. (freq. of ma'u) he
mourns for (him). Gen. 37, 34; pi.
-maog, they mourn. Num. 20, 29; im-
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
53
xnauemali — continued .
perat. prohib. mauemuhkon, mourn thou
not, Ezek. 24, 17. Vbl. n. mauen\<Donk,
mourning, Zech. 12, 11.
[Abn. ne-maSimafiy je le pleure.]
mauxnachi (?) is put for 'household
etutt' , property, Gen. 31, 37, but more
often in the plural, maumachiash, goods,
effects, movables, Nah. 2, 9: teaguash
amk maumachicuhj * money or stuff * , Ex.
22, 7. The primary meaning is perhaps
* things taken.' Cf. maumunni, it is
taken (as spoil, 1 Sam. 4, 17, 10).
[Narr. maumachiuofthy goods; aH-
qtdegs, household stuff, R. W.]
ynaumachiah (intens. of machishj ma-
jish), at the very last, Gen. 49, 19; 2
Tim. 3, 1; Pro v. 5, 11: nen maumachiah,
I (am) the last, Is. 41, 4 {momfichinhexLe^
lastly, finally, C. and Danf.; lU mo-
mdiish ne kesukok, at the last day, Jno.
C). Seemajish.
mauTnynni, -naX, v. i. (pres. def.) it is
taken (away), 1 Sam. 4, 17, 19; Prov.
4, 16. Cf. amdeuj he departs (Narr.
mdw, he is gone, i. e. is dead); nemuti-
nuniy he takes it; amdunu7/i, he takes
(it) away.
maumuttam, v. i. (and t. inan.?) he '
•mourns: irutrhy he mourns for ;
' (him), 2 Sam. 19, 1; num-momuitam, I
, lament, C. Cf. maii, mauemail.
^ [Abn. ne-maSiddmeny je pleure quel-
que chose.]
*znaun6tu (Narr.), a conjurer, R. W.
= monetUy El.
*inaunuwau. Seemon(x>«Yfu, hehi88es,C.
*inaut (Narr. ), denotes completed action
or ceHsaticm of activity. See mahehe.
*inautiibon (Narr.), *it is day.* See
mohtompatiy morning.
may, mal, n. way, path: ai/im mat/y he
^ made a way, Ps. 78, 50; lurn matjy I
am the way, John 14, 6; with locative
or directive affix, mmjuiy in, to, or by
the way; kishke mayy by the wayside;
mnikontu, in (or among) ways?, Is*. 42,
16; mim-muttnmmaifhum rnayy * I run in
the way* (of thy commandments), Ps.
119, 32, =^ num-muttikmmaomaHhontam
mnyy Mass. Ps. ) . From a-u, he goes to
(ad-it), with the impersonal prefix (?).
See m\
[Narr. nh'u/I; mayiWy is there a way?
may, maX — continued.
mai mayanunnOy there is no way, R. W.
(Cf. suppos. negat. maJUa mdanog and
mo adt manofky where there was no
way, Ps. 107, 4, 40. ) Quir. maouky in
the way (to). Pier. 29.]
*meGa<ltea (Narr.), a fighter. See me-
konau.
meechu, meech, v. t. inan. he eats (that
which is inanimate, primarily vegetal^
food; but sometimes wq/auSy fiesh, is
the object of the verb; cf. inmwivauy
he eats what is alive): num-ineechy I
eat; ummeechin, he eats it. Gen. 3, 2;
Is. 7, 22; suppos. noh meechiky meechuky
he who eats (it), John 6, 58, 51; pass,
inan. meechumWy meechummuy it is eaten,
whence weec/ium, * victuals*, Gen. 14, 11.
Vbl. n. meechummuonky fruit, vegetal
food. Gen. 3, 3; Amos 8, 2, See meetsu.
^ [Narr, Ttieitchy eat thou; ttaqua kum-
meichy what wilt thou eat? Abn. ne-
milsiy je mange cela; ne-milseny je mange
(v. i.); ne-mShahy je mange (an.obj.).
Micm. migichiy je mange. Cree iniechuy
he eats (it); f req. m&mSechu. Chip, me-
jim mahjeyouy food to eat, John 4, 32;
mahjid iveyoSy (he who) eats flesh, John
6, 56; ne-mejem-imy my meat, John 4,
34, J.; nin midjiriy I eat (it), Bar.]
meepit. See mepil.
^xneeak, n. elbow, C. See ishquanogkod.
[Abn. neskSariy mon coude; 3d pi.
8sk8hnar, Del. wl squoriy (his) elbow,
Zeisb.]
meesunk, meis-, meyaus-, n. coll. the
hair (of the head), Is. 50, 6; Ezek. 39,
17: um-meenunky her hair, John 12, 3;
pasuk meymisunky one hair. Matt. 5,
36. (Cf. we^hdgatiy hair on the body
or limbs, the hair of animals, and qu-
ndnuhquofiUy he has long hair.) This
word has the form of a noun collective,
and is perhaps from mcomy he cuts close
or shaves off, primarily he smooths,
signifying that which is cut off, in dis-
tinction from the long or scalp lock,
qunonukquoonk,
[Abn. ne-mSaaUy je le tonds; ne-mSisiy
je me tonds, je me rase les cheveux;
masSkSdiiny chevelure d'ennemis; ne-
matutek^ey je l^ve la chevelure. Menom.
maUhy head; tuay-nay-yninUy hair, Sch.
II, 470. Del. mi lachy hair; miech hee
Digitized by
Google
54
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN- 25
xueesunk, etc. — continued.
ken [cf. vH'Rhagan^ El.], hair or wool,
Zeisb.]
xueetsu, metsu, v. i. he eat^^, he takes
food, 1 K. 19, 6. Active intrans. form
(or verb adj. an.) of rneerh-Uf as if
vieech'csu, Iniperat. meetmh^ eat thou;
pi. meetsek; supixjs. iioh me€tsif.y he who
eats, 'the eater'. Is. 55, 10. Vbl. n.
meetmofikj food ('meat', Matt. 6, 25).
Cf. viet'chu, mcov'haix (v. t. an.).
[Narr. ascumetesimnm (=^asq kum-
melei<immi^)j have you not yet eaten?
kom-metesiimniHf your eating (infinit. 2d
ning.). Abn. rw-7/i//«e>r/, je mange. Micm.
iiiigkhi, je mange. Cree niechesoOy he
eats; mechesooau^ he eats a little. Chip.
wesin, he eats. Menom. inee-tee-shin.
Del. mitmj Zeisb.]
meetwe, inetwe(?), n. a * poplar', Gen.
30,37; IIos.4,13.
*meettn, meuii(?) (Peq., Groton, 1762),
n. the sun, Stiles.
xuAch^Su, xu^ch^yeu, (v. i. she is)
])arren, Gen. 25, 21; 11, 30; Luke 1, 7
{mehchhjcue, barren; mohchiykie, empty,
C.). Vbl. n. mehchhjeuonk, barrenness,
sterility, 2 K. 2, 21. See mahchumco;
mohchi.
xnehineli8hajidm(?), v. i. he })ants: num-
melnnehshanina-xqy (pret. ) I panteil, Pa.
119, 131. Cf. sauuhkissu.
[Aim. marnantmrc nercSangan^ le
caMir me bat.]
xnehquantam, -oantam, v. t. he re-
members (it); 7jfi7/i-, I remember, Gen.
41, 9; imperat. 2d sing, mehquardashj
Ex. 20, 8; Deut. 5, 15; suppos. meh-
quontog, when he rememl)ers, 2 Cor. 7,
15. Vbl: n. inehquantamoHrnkj remem-
l)rance (of inan. obj.), a memorial,
Eccl. 1, 11; Neh. 2, 20 {wiumegen meh-
quojitamtionkj *a good memory', C,
should be vmnne ttiehqmmiainaxmk) .
With an. oh], mehqudtm ma i'ly he remem-
bers (him), Gen. 19, 29; with affixes,
him-mehqudnumoushf I rememl)er thee,
Ps. 77, 3; imperat. num-mehqudnum-eh,
remenilx?r thou me. Vbl. n. luehqudn-
mmtonk, memory, remembrance (of an.
obj.). Job 18, 17; Prov. 10, 7. From
ahquantam lahpie-ajitamly he refrains
from thinking of, with negat. prefix;
mo-ahqiuwtaru, he does not refrain, etc.
mehqusjitani, -oantam — continued.
[Narr. hiu\-uieqwiinuim-e^ dost thou
rememlH^r me? Abn. ue-mikSitehai'/-
damerif j'ai la memoire de cela, je m'en
souviens; (with an. obj.) ne-uii^kSHehan-
man, ne-m i' kSeremah. ]
xuehquau, mequau, n. the thigh, Ezek.
24, 4; agwe nee(jiia-ut, under my thigh,
Gen. 47, 29; iveJupiati, his thigh. Cf.
mohpee, hip, upper j>art of the thigh;
inohfk'gh , shoul ( ler.
JXi4ht&}iogy n. the ear; pi. -ogwash. El. Gr.
10, -ogquashy Rom. 11, 8; luhiauog, my
ear; 2d jiers. keht-\ IM pers. vrht-. From
v^ihteoUy he understands, knows (?);
suppos. wauiog, he who knows, under-
stands, the knower(?), or {)erhaps from
the causative form, it makes (him) un-
derstand. Cf. na)iamnndty to hear.
[Narr. vtittoimftgy pi. -gnasfi. Abn.
metaSakS; 3d pers. StaSakS; pi. -agSr.
Peq. kuUuuanriege, your ear, or 'what
you hear by'. Stiles. Muh. lowohqiWj
ear, P>lw. Del. (3d pi.) whittawak-all ,
Hkw. ; hUtaocky ear, Camp. Cree me-td-
uxi-ki, ear, Harmon.]
mehtug, -tugq, mahtug, n. (1) a tree,
wood; pi. -ugqijuish, El. Gr. 10; mehtg-
kwkoiUu, 'among thick trees', Ps. 74, 5;
dimin. inehtug(pu's and mefUngquemes, a
small tree, El. Gr. 12. (2) small wood, a
stick, a twig {muhUnkcmnes, a stick, C. );
pi. mehUigkmmemiihy twigs. Gen. 30, 37;
withes, Judg. 16, 7, 8. In compound
words, -uhtxig or -nhtugq, tree, wo(k1;
-unk, a tree (while standing or in the
earth). See agivonk; kii<hhi7ik; mmt-
saxmk; qunuhing.
[Narr. mihtnrky ])1. H- quaah. Chip.
mitigj pi. -gog. Cree miiitick, dimin.
inwtickoos. T>e\. tiU'han [=^tugkun{?)']f
wood ( WW? /a r/ta7J, firewood); mehiUuk,
a tree, Zeisb.]
meisiuik. See wefsunk.
mekdussu, v. i. act. he strives, contends;
suppos. mehkdnmtj Is. 50, 8.
mekonaii, v. t. an. he contends with
(him), strives s^gainst (him); imperat.
2d pi. mekonaikj cout*?nd with, do bat-
tle with (him), Deut. 2, 9, 24; suppos.
7ioh mekononi, he who contends with,
Is. 45, 9; mutual, mekonittnogj they con-
tend one with the other, they strive
together. Lev. 24, 10; 2 Sam. 14, 6.
Digitized by
Google
TRL'MBULLj
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
55
xnekonaii — conti n iied.
[Narr. him-tnScautchy you are a (jiiar-
reler. ]
xnekonteau, v. i. he contends, makes
war, James 4, 2 (with ayeuwohieau, he
fights).
[Narr. viecduniUea, let us fi^ht; me-
caCleUy a fighter.]
xnenadchu, n. the left hand; nm-menad-
chuj his left hand, Dan. 12, 7 {menatche
menitchegy the left hand, C. ). Adv. and
adj. menadchee, left, of the left:
vmmeety his left foot. Rev. 10, 2; of inan.
obj. menadcheinniyeUy (it is) on the left,
Zech. 4, 3, 11.
[Narr. yo nmixnnalch, (there, to) the
left hand (of the path or way).]
menadtam, v. t. he vomits (it) up, Lev.
18, 25; Jonah 2, 10. Vbl. n. mniad-
tamcoonky mencUamcoonky vomiting, Jer.
48, 26.
[Narr. li'munnddfommWy L vomit, R.
W. Del. melandartiy he vomits, Zeisb.]
menan, n. the tongue; pi. men(tna»hy
James 3, 5, 6; Acts 2, 3; whian (ireenan),
his tongue. [Related to anttaj, inmau,
he speaks, commands (?).]
[Narr. urenat (misprint for ireenan?).
Abn. mirarS; 3d per?. SirarS.I
^menixinunk, n. milk. In the title of
the Indian translation by Grindal Raw-
son of Cotton's "Milk for Babes." In
the quotation from 1 Peter 2, 2, on
the title-page, the adv. and adj. menin-
mmnue (of milk, milky) is substituted
for Eliot's 8ogkodtuhgnne, Participial
or suppos. inan. from ucunaiiy he sucks,
with 7/i' prefixed, that which he sucks
[cf . mgkodtunk; or is it ' what is given '
(me/i/u-)?]. See na/nont(unumU; neon-
umit.
[Narr. mnnnunimgy (woman's) niilk;
wunttunogany a breast. Abn. merenakSs,
du lait; nenSniy je t^te; nSnafnmtn, je
latete.]
Iiien6g:ku8, n. the Ijelly, Job 3, 11; the
bowels, 2 Chr. 21, 15, 18; kenogkns, thy
belly; v:untwgkxiff, his l)elly, Ia*v. 11,42
{jnunuog^y bowels, C). C'f. in'mogfj, a
hole, a pit.
[Narr. nmnn&ks. Abn. ivniignri, ( mon )
ventre. Del. wnch /«/, ZeisV).V()c. 12.]
'^hoaenontaiu, C. See manonUwu he smells.
xnenulikequog, n. 'steel', Jer. 15, 12
menuhkequog — cont in ued .
( with misHehchuog, ' iron ' ) , })ut not else-
where. It signifies a very hard knife
or cutting in.strument. Cf. rhohqmg;
kcnehfjiidg (under keuai).
znenuhk^teoU, v. caus. inan. he makes
(it) hard or strong; pi. -ttux^g, Jer. 5, 3
{rium-menehketeo, I fa.sten, C. ).
menulikeu, -ke, -ki, (it is) strong, firm,
hard {'meivihke or menuhhi, adv.
strongly', El. Gr. 21), Ex. 6, 1; 1 K.
19, 11; Ezek. 3, 9; suppos. menuhh'hiky
when it is hard, Job 37, ;^; with an.
subj. (v. adj. an.) memMt'i<H, he is
strong, Is. 40, 26. N. agent, wninh-
kemetiy a strong man; ])1. 'mighty men
of valor', 2 Chr. 32, 21. Vbl. n. metmh'
kemonky strength, might.
[Narr. vunikeHUy strong; miuioqiu'm
[dimin. little stnmg], weak. Abn. ne-
merkasaniy je me sers de force, j'emploie
la force. Micm. menakt*iy je suis presse
(adv. menake); melkely je suis dur (adv.
inelki),']
xuenuhkinnuxu, v. t. he takes a strong
hold of, holds (it ) fa.<»t; pi. 'Umwog, Jer.
8, 5; imi)erat. 2d sing. menuhkeaUhy
hold (it) fa.st, Rev. 3, 3, 11. From
inenuhkexty with formative of verbs of
action i>erfonne<l by the hand.
[Abn, ne-merkeuai'i, je le tiens forte-
ment, fermement; (with inan. oV>j. ) ne-
merkniemen.^
inenulikonog, n. a stronghold; pi. -og-
(puii<hy'Ogn'oxh,Judg.6,2; 1 Sam. 23, 29,
= menuhke inanskash, Lam. 2, 5.
menuhkosliketoinp [ = //* nt nh ke- troftke-
<owp],n. a valiant man, 1 Sam. 16, 18.
menukque, n. the armpit: ngnu^ mmnk-
quity under the armpit, Ezek. 13, 18
( ' to armholes' ) ; agirf kennhpif-if, under
thy armpits, Jer. 38, 12.
[Abn. neregS'iy mon aisselU*: SirgSi
(son aisselle ).]
^menuks, n. a ))rant, C.
[Narr. )ninnnjrk%% pi. -ifn^ky R. W.
Del. mninhtrkus ahn.'< ( = l)ad fowl), *a
blackbird nearly twice as large as a
duck', etc. Camp.; uuvreck kaaky 'gray
goose', ibid.]
znenutcheg', n. the han<l; pi. -egmfhy El.
Gr. 10; ninmntchtg, my hand; irun-
iwtchegy his hand, often in contracted
form, menvAchy minhuich, imnnutch,
Digitized by
Google
66
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
menutcheg — continued,
etc. 'jpuUukqunitch (=petukqul-wunTiulchy
round-hand), the fist, Ex. 21, 18; anom-
anvtcheg {anOme^ within), the inside of
the hand, the palm, the hollow. Lev. 14,
15, 26. See muitinnoJik&Uy the right hand ;
menadchUy the left hand (menUcheg, C. ;
nunnilctieky my hand, E. M.).
[Narr. wunnichekey (his) hand; pi.
'diegaiiash. Abn. neretsi, ma main; 3d
pers. SreUi. Chip, ni-nindjf my hand,
Bar. Del. iiachk, my hand, Zeisb.]
jnenwee, n. the navel; kinwee, thy navel,
Prov. 3, 8; Cant. 7, 2; weenwee, his
navel. Job 40, 16. For w'n^, the mid-
dle (?).
[Abn. Siri, nombril; nanSxSi, milieu.]
meplt, meepit, n. a tooth; pi. -toJi/i, El.
Gr. 10; -teos/i, Cant. 4, 2; neepit, keepit,
loeepUj my, thy, his tooth.
[Xarr. \rfyit\ pi. -tecw/i. Peq. rUehiU,
(my) tooth, Stiles, Abn. 3d pers.
8ip\t.'\
xnequau. See mehquau.
xn^qiin, n. (1) a feather; (2) a pen, 3 John
13; pi. -unog: um-nieqiinog^ his feathers,
Ps. 91, 4. Adv. and adj. mequnne,
feathered, Ps. 78, 27; um-mequnne, Ezek.
39, 17; mcochekequnau, mish^qunau, (he
is) much feathered, full of feathers,
Ezek. 17, 3, 7.
[Chip, me^gwun. Shawn. meH o ndh.
Del. 7ni. gutif Zeisb.]
xnfitah [m'tah], n. the heart, 1 K. 3, 12;
Is. 1, 5; pi. i-/Mw/i, Rev. 2, 23; nuttah,
kuitah, nmttah, my heart, thy heart, his
heart [nogciui, (my) heart, Wood].
Adj. and adv. metahhuwae^ of the heart,
1 Cor. 4, 5. Cf. nuttaihe, it is mine (be-
longs to me); u^taihey it is his (belongs ,
to him).
[Narr. wntWi, (his) heart; nittd, my I
heart. Muh. 1//0/1, Fxiw. Del. (3d pers.) !
^''^e**-, Zeisb. and Hkw. { = w'(ay); ntee,
my heart, Zeisb. Chip, oo-ddi^ o-tny. \
Menom. )7my tah. Shawn. 6 ddi t'e."} <
♦meteaOhock (Narr.), " the periwinkle, !
of which they make their irdmpun
[wdrnpam, p. 130] or white money."— 1
R. W. 104. Pyrula casica or P. canali- I
culata(?). From inehlauog (Abn. j
metaSakS), an ear (?), ear-shaped shell. |
*m^tewi8 ( Narr. ) , * black earth ' : * ' From
this metewlsy is an Indian town, a day i
^m^tewiB — continued,
and a half s journey, or less (west, from
the Massachusetts) called MetevoSme-
8kf—R.W. Plumbago or graphite (?).
xnetsu. See meetsu,
mettdsafih. See mtUldsash.
metugkcDkontu. See mefUug,
*xnetUp-i>ea8h, n. pi. brains; waomiam
wuUupy a wise brain, C. Narr. wuUip,
the [his] brain, R. W. Cf . oidxip ( Abn.
8tep)y his head.
[Abn. aSiritebaUy c«rvelle; metep^
t^te.]
metwe. See vieetwe.
meun. See *meeun,
meyaiisuzik. See meesunk,
xn'hogk. See mxihhdg.
miie, miyde, mode, m6eu, adv. to-
gether. Is. 46, 8, 21; Job 41, 15; Deut.
33, 17; m6€y Acts 1, 6; moeity El. Gr.
21; moywe, C.: mrAe ptmotshagky draw
near together. Is. 45, 20; woo^u, v. 16;
nauuKieog mofu, they bow down to-
gether, Is. 46, 2.
[Abn. nuinSiy maftSiSly ensemble.
Micm. nuiSy maSij ensemble, tout il la
fois. Chip, rndmauif Bar. Cree rndh-
mou'y all together, collectively.]
mideog, miyaeog, v. i. they are as-
sembled, are together. Num. 20, 2; {mai-
yaeog. Rev. 19, 19); miyawhgy 'they
gather together'. Is. 49, 18; imperat. mi-
ydeky ynolt'ky assemble yourselves. Gen.
49, 1; Is. 45, 20; Zeph. 2, 1. With inan.
subj. nippe moiemcoy the water is gath-
ered together, Ex. 15, 8; mukkinneonk
mf^emo), Lev. 8, 4 ( miydtmcoy Judg.
20, 1), the assembly is gathered to-
gether; pi. imknuxishy Prov. 27, 25.
[Narr. midireiUy 'a court or meeting';
miawt'tucky let us meet. Abn. maxtsmnriy
on s'assemble. Quir. imtuwcwunky a
congregation. Pier. 61.]
mianatt, mdttnatt, etc., v. t. an. he as-
sembles, gathers (them) together, 2
Sam. 12, 29; suppos. mayanuky 'if he
gather together'. Job 11, 10; imperat.
2d sing. mUm, miyariy mdiriy gather thou
(them) together, 2 Sam. 12, 28; Essth.
4, 16; Num. 21, 16. Augm. and frecj.
mohmdunauy Mark 13, 27. With inan.
obj. [miannum] mdumimy he gathers (it
or inan. things). See mdunum. This
Digitized by
Google
TBUXBULL]
NATTCK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
57
mianaU, xn6ttnaU—- <*ontinued.
verb has the formative of action by the
hand, and perhaps Eliot was wrong in
using it in the sense of calling together
or causing to assemble. In the same
sense Rasles (as Abn. below) employs
the cans. an. form.
[Abn. ne-ma^^ghimank, j'assemble
(les hommes).]
*in£cliachimck (Narr.), the soul. R.
Williams (113) says this word "is of
affinity with a word signifying a look-
ing glass, or clear resemblance, so that
it hath its name from a clear sight
or discerning." Pierson's Catechism
in the Quinnipiac dialect has miUa-
chonkg, soul. The word has no discov-
erable affinity with either of the two
names {kaukaHneamtick and pebenoch-
ichauqudnickf) which Williams gives
(p. 136) to * looking glass'. Elsewhere
(p. 1 16) Williams writes pi. michichdnck'
qiiog,
[Chip, viabmolchitchagtcauy Bar. 46.
Del. me (schi tschanky soul, spirit, Zeisb.]
michemappu [^micheme-appii], v. i. he
abides forever, Is. 40, 28; suppos. Miche-
mapU Manit, * the Eternal God ' , Deut.
33,27.
mich^me, mislieme, adv. forever, ever-
lastingly, Matt. 6, 13; Philemon 15; Ps.
90, 2 (so Cotton).
[Narr. michhne. Abn. met»lmi8i^ tou-
jours. Micm. mechy d'avantage, en-
core, de plus. Cree mdog&k, always.
Del. amelschimif often (?), Zeisb.]
michexnohteau l=7nicheme-ohteau]^ v. i.
it is forever, endures forever; suppos.
ne michemohtagj that which is forever,
* eternal', Rom. 1, 20 ( = micherne ohtag^
Ps. 145, 13). Adv. and adj. michemoh-
t&e and macJiemohtAe^ everla8ting(ly),
Deut. 33, 15; Hab. 3, 6.
^hnfchokat (Narr.), a thaw; michokatehj
when it thaws, R. AV. = maJishequodt,
when it melts away, vanishes. Cf.
mahtsheau.
[Del. moschhaqucUf *the river clears
up, is getting free of ice', *the weather
clears up', Zeisb. Or.]
*niicuckaflkeete (Narr.), a meadow,
R. W. See mukkoshqvty a plain.
xnin, n. gen. a fniit; restricteil in its ap-
plication to the smaller fruitf», such as
znin — continued,
corn, berries, nuts; pi. minneash. Not
used by Eliot except in compound
names. It appears to be formed by
prefixing the indef. particle m' to -in,
the formative of verbs of growing,
*that which is grown', or which results
from growth. See weatchimin (corn),
vjenominneash (grapes), kenei't-mnnnensh
(first ripe fruits), wdrnpi-mintieask
(chestnuts, 'white nuts'), etc. Eliot
has always the inan. plural. In some
other dialects names compounde<i with
min (or minis) have occasionally the
an. form.
[Chip, meen; pi. inan. m^en-un, ber-
ries, Sch. II, 368; but mandA-min, pi.
an. -minag, com; mishd-minf pi. -minag,
raspberries, etc. Cree mlmis, a berry.
Del. mihiif * huckleberry', Jfeisb.]
znisaaliq. See mishmhq.
mishabohquafl, -bpuhquas, n. * mouse ' ,
Lev. 11, 29; Is. 66, 17. Properly the
great mouse (mishe-abohqucu) or rat.
Cf. mattappasqaas^ bat.
[Abn. 8anhig88^s98y souris. Chip.
iixiwdbigonodjij mouse. Bar. DeX. poqiiei<,
a mouse, Hkw. ; ach po qweny Zeisb. ]
xnishadchu [=mi8he'^tx\dchu'], n. a great
mountain, Luke 3, 5; Rev. 8, 8.
miflliadtuppa), -pu {nrnhe-adt-uppa)]^ v.
i. he feasts, Prov. 15, 15. Vbl. n. -/><»-
onk, a feast, Ex. 23, 16; 34, 22. Caus.
mishadiupveheauy he makes a feast, ho
causes (others) to fea.st. Gen. 40, 20;
Dan. 5, 1.
mishdndmo) (?), v. i. he groans, John 11,
33; pi. miMtndm(D()g (mifih(m6mcoog^
Job 24, 12); nxim-mishan/mumim, we
groan, 2 Cor. 5, 2, 4.
mishanaiitam, v. t. he despises, con-
temns, thinks meanly of (it); with an*
obj. i(iwhan6numai\y he despiseth (him),
Prov. 14, 2, 31. Vbl. n. act.' mwhnv-
anum&onky dishonoring; pass, mishnn-
aniUuonky being dishonored, contempt,
disgrace (passive), I^zra 4, 14; Ps. 35,
26; Prov. 18, 3 (me»hannnUtmire, 'mean-
ly', C. ). Cf. matfhemmtmn.
^^ishdnneke (Narr.), =}ni(th('(tnni'ky a
squirrel; pi. -nequock^ R. W.; -shennea-
gHf\ Stiles (mishanneky C). [The root
is 'daw' or 'scratcher' (?).]
Digitized by
Google
58
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 26
^mish^neke — con t i nued .
[Aim. mi'k^e, (^cureuil; prmikS, mci*'
anikS, *ces deux ont im Iwau poil';
ajtihihcss (dimin.), suisae [chipmunk].
Ktch. mekoo, red squirrel. Miami ve-
kirawhj squirrel. Shawn. an-eH'-wah.
Del. hankquai Camp.]
xnishdnogquB [ = m ishe-a n ogr^it, great
star], n. the morning star, 2 Pet. 1, 19;
Rev. 2, 28.
mishantam, missantam, v. i. and t.
inan. he thinks much, meditates, is in-
tent upon (it); Jer. 49, 30; Dan. 6, 3.
Vbl. n. -tamcou'onky much thinking,
meflitation, Ps. 119, 97.
znishantoowau, -ontODwau, v. i. he
shouti", cries out with a loud voice, Jer.
2o, 30; impers.(?) inishoniiDici, Is. 30, 7;
imperat. 2<l sing. mhhanta)v:ash, cry
aloud, 'lift up thy voice', Is. 40, 6, 9.
Adv. and adj. inhhantcoime, with loud
voice, loudly, Ps. 150, 5; Prov. 27, 14.
Vbl. n. mish(mi(DU'<ioyikj 'ontocfivaonk, a
shout, a loud noise [rnhhonirDonatj to
roar, C). From vuBhe and -onlcowau
( he utters ) . See *muhont(nahimh8u, he
howls.
[Xarr. mishmhitoimah, sjieak out.]-
inisliasliq, misashq [= mixhi'-m^askeht or
nmhe-nahq, great grass], n. a rush. Job
8, 11; pi. -qnoij, rushes, 'flags', Ex. 2, 3.
Adj. an<l adv. mhhni^hque, ot" rushes,
'of bulrushes', Ex. 2, 3. Of. wekniasq;
wiisfthashqnolKtk.
xnisliasketoxnp, n. 'champion', 1 Sam.
17, 4, 23, 51.
^mish&upan (Narr. ), a great wind, K.
W., i. e. it blows greatly; nilahc-traujHUt,
See wdlHiii.
mishe. See iniifs^i, great.
xnifllie-aboliquaB . See m 1^1 1 a huh 7 uas.
znishe-adtdau. See mii<h6ff(Utie.
xnislie-adt-uppa). See mlshatfttij^uv.
mislie-axinek. See *misJuhini'kt'.
xnishe-anog'qB. See inishnufXffpm.
mishedshkco, v. i. (and t. inan.) he
swallows it (completely), swallows up,
Rev. 12, 16; ne masheaahqut (suppos. ),
that which he swallows up, Jer. 51, 44;
with an. obj. misheashqunnnm (mm^'-),
he swallows (him) up. Cf. quftse(^8hkco.
mishe-ashq. See mishciffhq.
mishegski. See ?nj>/tjM*/.
mish^eau, v. cans. an. he makes (him)
great, exalts (him), 1 K. 1, 15; 7ium-
muheh, I exalt (him), Ps*. 89, 19; sup-
pos. 7ioh viishehennt, he who exalts, 2
Cor. 12, 20; suppos. pass, (part.) mishe-
liity made great, exalted, 2 Cor. 12, 7;
with inan. o))j. mhhehleau^ lie niakes
(it) great, increases, enlarges, exalts
(it), Hos. 12, 1; mun-mishteohj 'I mag-
nify' (it), Rom. 11, 13; suppos. noh
rtiashtenyik, Prov. 28, 8.
mishehtashin, v. i. it stoniis, there is a
tempest; as n. (mishehtash) ^ a tempest,
a gale of wind, Job 27, 20; Is. 29, 6;
iraabfni inuthsfiehtashf ' there arose a tem-
])estuous wind ', Acts 27, 14; imtch viishe
tahshinity 'from the storm', Is. 25, 4;
suppos. inahsheiahshik, Acts 2, 2. [The
separation of words in the last example
implies that Eliot understood misheh-
ttwhin to be formed of mishe and iahshin
(it lifts up), i. e. *a great uplifting.' It
seems rather to be from viishehteauy with
(the characteristic of violent action, «/?,
and) the fonnative of verbs denoting
action of the wind, -shin, 'the wind in-
creases greatly.']
[Narr. mishihUhin, there is a storm.]
mishekishki, -koi, (it is) broad, wide
{mishe-khhki, great from side to side),
Job 11, 8; Is. 33, 21; vmhshukskoi, Matt,
23, 5; mishshekskiy Ps. 119, 96; missi kah
mishignki kehtoh, the great and wide sea,
Ps. 104, 25; mishekiske-maogkehtn, 'in
the broad ways ' , Cant. 3, 2. See kishki,
mishe-m'askeht. Sch) mishashq.
misheme. See inicheme.
inisheu, (it is) great; adv. greatly, 1 C'lir.
16, 25. See miftsi
mishe-wadchu. See ynishadchu.
xnishikski, mishegski (?), (it is) 'fro-
ward'; suppos. rnnshiskag, when it is
froward. 'frowardness', Prov. 6, 14; 10,
32; with an. subj. mishegskiyeuog, 'they
are frowanl', Prov. 2, 15.
misliketu (?), pi. inuhketuog, (they are)
'new-born babes', 1 Pet. 2, 2.
mishkom. See miskom.
mishkondntup, n. a skull, John 19, 17
{mtjskotwntip, C. ); muikoncmtupy (his)
skull, 2 K. 9, 35; Judg. 9, 53; Mark 15,
22. For muskon-6)i(up, bone-head. Cf.
chepmitup.
^xnishkouantam, v. i. he rejoices, 0.
See inuskouantam.
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
59
xnishkouwutchinnoo-we Wdus, a prick-
ing briar, Ezek. 28, 24.
znishdadtue, adv. of great price, precious;
suppos. mishoadtiky 1 Pet. 3, 4. From
mishe-adldau. Seemag6adtik; mogoadtne.
xniahonogrod, (it is) wide, 1)roa(l; suppos.
'Ogok (of a gate or way, Matt. 7, 13).
^misliontooalipulisu, v. i. he howls;
num-mishontarnhpuhsy I howl, C. See
mishantanoaUf he shouts.
xnishontGOwau. See mishanttDwan.
^mishcDn, n. a chin, C.
mishoon, n. a boat. See mfishajn.
'^^ishquammdgr, pJ- 'mauffuock (Narr. ),
n. salmon, red-fish, R. \V. 103 ( = jnish-
qui-dmaug),
[Abn. meskSamegS; pi. -g^ak,]
'^miflliqu^lshim (Narr. ), a red fox, R. \V. ;
mishquissupSy a fox. Stiles.
^'^znisliqudwtuck (Xarr.), a (red) cedar
tree, R. W. { = imshqui'Uhttig).
[Del. me hok ho cuSy Zeisb.]
xnlshqui, (it is) red. See mtutqui.
'^^mishquBlikou, n. a trout, C.
[Abn. (pi.) skStamSk. Del. ineschU-
ameeky a trout, Zeisb. ]
[miBhuntugkoD, it is much woode<l, a for-
est?] -toa>, * it is a wood^, Josh. 17, 18.
xniskattali, mussulikaiiati, v. t. an. it
happens to or befalls (him), it is found
by or comes by chance to (him): mah-
chuhish . . . pish um-miskaiiduhy evils
shall befall them, Deut. 31, 17; suppos.
musmhkunky Gen. 42, 4.
miskom, mislikoxn, v. t. inan. he happens
U()on, finds (it); nvh k-ummi^hkoniy thou
flhalt find (it), Matt. 17, 27; suppos.
maskogy when he finds (it), Ps. 1 19, 162;
Matt. 13, 44.
[Abn. ne-meskameny je trouve ce que
j'avois perdu (with an. obj. ne-mes-
kaSah); ju'd-askamesiy j'ai fais une bonne
trouve, Rasles. Cree miskinn; with an.
obj. ynlakawayoo. Chip, mtkahwouy (he)
found him, J.]
xnissantam. See mishantam.
tnissegen, mussegen [v. i. it grows or
produces abundantly, =ini9sekin'\y\i is
plenteous, abundant, Gen. 41, 29, 31;
suppos. lie masegiky that whi(;h yields
abundance, plenty, i. e. plenteous har-
vest, Gen. 41, 30, 34. Adv. and adj. «/
missegene ohke-iiy to a plentiful land,
Jer. 2, 7; 48, 33.
miss^chuog:, n. 4nm', Josh. 8, 31; 2K.
6, (>; Job 28, 2; misnehchuog kah vienuh-
ketpiogy iron and steel, Jer. 15, 12; mis-
sehchuogque, made of iron, Deut. 28,48;
1 K. 6, 7. In other places mwo»hog (or
mdushag ) , q. v. , is used for ' iron. ' Cot-
ton has mimhcJuDog, niin(»s.
^hnissdsu (Narr.), v. adj. an. he is whole
(the whole of him). See wuw/.
*inisslidt, n. belly, C. Probably *gros
ventre'; for mishe-ohteau, it is great (?).
missi, mishe, xnisheu, znissiyeu, (it
is) great, Ezek. 17, 3; 1 Chr. 16, 25;
pi. mmigeuash hU - <pnkq}iattinkanash,
your rewards are great. Matt. 5, 12;
jiduo mimtiy it is more and more great,
*it increaseth', Ps. 74, 23; Job 10, 16;
suppos. moh»agy when it is great, a great
thing, Ex. 15, 7; Deut. 4, 32; Matt. 23,
17, 19; Anue mohsagy (that which is)
more great, the greatest, Matt. 22, 36.
[Narr. mishey miss'u Abn. ines^;
nemeseghikSi^tSiiy je le fais plus grand.
Cree missdwy it is large. Chip, mitchay
it is big, large. Bar. Del. irCcJieily big,
large (it is), Zeisb.]
znissin, xnussin, (he is) a captive, Is. 49,
24; 51, 14; 2'K. 5, 2: missinndoUy mis-
sinndy he is taken captive, becomes a
captive. Gen. 14, 14; I^m. 1, 3; pi.
-ndcoogy Lam. 1, 5. Vbl. n. misabinda)'
onky captivity.
[Narr. missinnegey yium-missinndm
[-TKom'] ewdy this is my captive.]
missinnin, n. (from luissiiiy with indef.
affix) a man, homo, i. e. any captive
or tributary, in which cla^jses were in-
cluded all men other than those of the
speaker's nation or race (viri). Cf.
vmketompy omp. PI. mminnlnnuogy
people, oi TtoXXoij Ex. 24, 2, 3; Deut. 4,
33; Num. 22, 5; mminnin kah puppina-
shinty man and l)ea8t, Gen. 6, 7; hoivae
iniM(inuin ken, of what people are you?
Jonah 1, 8; lit, what kind of slave are
Tou? (jnimtiHin or mimnninnuogy a
people; wunniasne mififtinnin, a pretty
fellow, C).
[Narr. innnw)cky innnl-iiiixxitniuwock,
men, folk, people.]
xniBsinohkau, v. t. an. he carries (him)
away captive. See 2 K. 15, 29.
miasmuxn. See mussinum.
Digitized by
Google
60
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOOY
[bulletin 7b
xnissippano sokanunk (?), it [a cloud]
rains rain, Is. 5, 6. Of. mussuppSg, a
tear. See -sippaeu.
^missipputfkuzmicheg, n. tlie wrist, C.
For mumpskonmUcheg, the bone next
to (joining) the hand. Cf. muaeipsk,
-missis, -musses. See um-misses-oh,
xnissishin, v. i . it touches. See muasinum.
*mississikkoshk, n. a shin (bone), C.
xnissittipuk. See musHttipukf a neck.
missiyeu. See missi.
xnissohham, v. t. he announces, makes
public (see musaisge); imperat. 2d -f-lst
pers. sing, missohamah, tell me, Gen. 24,
23; with quoahde (beforehand), he
prophesies; pi. quo9h&e missohhamwog,
they prophesy, Num. 11, 27. Vbl. n.
quoshdemiamkhamdonkj prophecy, Prov.
30, 1; 31, 1; with an. obj. (remote) -oh-
hamauj he announces to (him).
missohquaiu. See miuuoA^uamfin], an
ear of (dried) com; missunkquamin, a
(full) ear of com.
misscDimk. See mussamnkf a dry tree.
*xnis8tickeke (Narr.), pi. -kequockj bass,
R. W. {suckequogf Stiles); striped bass
(Labrax lineatus)? Peq. m^amgkheegey
Stiles.
xnis8ugken[a>], missuken, v. i. he is
great, powerful, mighty, 1 Chr. 16, 25:
arnie mismketi onk neen, he is more pow-
erful (* mightier') than I, Mark 1, 7;
suppos. mtwigkenuk (q. v.). Vbl. n.
misimgkena>onky greatness (in power,
importance, etc., relatively), Esth. 10, 1
(miHsegkin-iiedtf to abound; missekin-nedtf
to increase, C). From w«*««, with ap-
parently the formative of verbs of phys-
ical or inanimate growth (-kin); but, if
so, this verb could not properly have
an animate subject.
[Abn. ne-meseghir^ je suis grand; 3d
pers. meseghir; suppos. meAeghirek^ but
mesdkSsS, il est gros, or mtsegS. Cree
misshigittUj he is large. Del. meechgiluky
the big, great one, Zeisb. Voc]
missuhkaUali, missuhkozncD. Seemu^-
suhkomcD,
missunkquamin, mus-, n. a (full) ear
of corn; pi. -jninneash, 'inunash, -min-
ash, Deut. 23, 25; Gen. 41, 5, 7, 22. Cf.
munuequomin.
[Del. me w, quern ^ a corn ear, Zeisb.]
missuTiUTn. See musidnumj he touches.
mittamwus, -wussis, -wossis, n. (1) a
woman, mulier, Deut. 21, 11; 28, 56;
Gen. 2, 22; 3, 2 (cf. squd, femina); (2)
a wife, uxor. Gen. 12, 14; Deut. 22,
14; 1 Cor. 7, 16; numm-j my wife;
kumm-j thy wife; um-miUamivuS'Sohj his
wife, the wife of (him), Gen. 12, 12;
19, 26. Cf. umsso, (she) is his wife.
[Narr. miUamus; kommtUamus or ko-
loeewOf thy wife; nummittamus or wulld-
gana, my wife, R. W. Chip, ne-minde-
moam\%k, my wife (Sch. ii, 458); minda-
m6ie, *an old woman', Bar. 26. Miami
t/M^atwwwA, woman; ne-we-xvahy my wife.
Menom. rnetamOy woman; nayon, my
wife.]
mittamwussu, v. i. she is a wife; suppos.
mittamuruMit oiikatog, if she be the wife
of another, Jer. 3, 1; um-miUamtviissu,
-^mssisgUy he takes to wife, 2 Chr. 21, 6;
Gen. 25, 1.
miyde. See mide.
miyaeog. See mideog,
m'noot. See manaot,
mo, adv. * sometimes signifieth not'. El.
Gr. 21; mo teag^ nothing. Is. 40, 17,
= monteag (Is. 41, 17), matleag (Luke
22, 35'). See mcUta, Negation appears
to be the primary signification of this
particle, or rather of its base, m' (q. v. ).
With the formative of the verb sub-
stantive (m-o), jjio) it came to have the
force of an affirmation of past being
(fu^t) by denial of present, and thus
supplied the preterit of the defective
verb of existence; ko, it was and con-
^ tinues to tie; mo, it was and is not; pish,
it will be. ( The limited or definite pres-
ent, Ms now', was marked by the affix
'W for verbs of being, -ni or -i for verbs
of an. or inan. action. For the former
class, see El.- Gr. 16.) Eliot some-
times combined mo with ko to form an
aorist {koh md, mdnkd. See ko). For
the force of m' as a prefix, indeter-
minate and impersonal, see ?«*: na
mo ayeuwuttuonky there was a battle,
2 Sam. 2, 17; md wequai, there was
light. Gen. 1, 3; ken mo umtiinneumin,
thou wast a servant, Deut. 5, 17; neg mo
neemaiog, these (who are dead) were
my brothers, Judg. 8, 19; mo ayeuau, he
was made, etc., 1 Cor. 15, 45. -mo or
-wioo, the characteristic of active in-
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATIOK-SNaLISH DICTIONARY
61
mo — continued,
transitive verbs when their subject is
inanimate, is nearly related to the im-
personal prefix m* — ^for example, ruokeu^
he descends; ncoke-mcOf it descends or is
let down; ami, he goes; (omWy it goes.
[Micm. mSf point; maSen (de jnS et
Sen, quelqu'un), personne.]
mode. See midef together.
*moamitteaugr (Narr.), "a little sort of
fish, half as big as sprats, plentiful in
winter. "— R. W. 105. Perhaps the smelt
(Osmerus eperlanus), but the name
may be applied to any species which
*goe8 in shoals' or *a great many
together.' It has been corrupted to
mummychaugsLnd mummachog, by which
name several species of small fish are
popularly known, especially the orna-
mented minnow (Hydrargyra omata,
LeSueur). From mohmoeau; pass, and
mutual form, mohmoUteauog^ they go
gathered together or in great numbers.
^hnoattdqus (Narr.), *a black wolf, R.
W. 96. See mukquoshim; natUohqus,
mobpee (?) , n. the hip, the upper part of
the thigh, the ham, Gen. 32, 32; pi.
'pidog; 2d pers. kobp-, kupp-f Num. 5,
21, 22; 3d pers. loobpee {6ajruxi9, a hip,
C). Cf. mehquau, thigh; mohpegk,
shoulder.
[Narr. apbrne, thigh.]
moehte6ma>, v. inan. (pass.) cans, it is
made to be together, it is put together;
suppos. moehtedmukt when it is ' framed
together', *knit together', Eph. 2, 21;
Col. 2, 19.
m6eu. See mide, together.
moeuwehkomali, v. t. an. he calls (them)
together, he assembles. Vbl. n. -ko-
Tnonky an assembling, assembly. Num.
20, 6.
[Quir. mauwewh^komunky the church.
Pier. 63, 64.]
mogrki, mogrke, mogrge, (it is) great (of
it» kind or comparatively). Adv. and
adj. great; mogke qusmkquanash, great
stones, Josh. 10, 11; 1 K. 6, 17;
wetuomashy great houses, Amos 3, 15;
mogkiyeuj it is great; pi. -yeuashy Gen.
41, 5 (of ears of corn, they are *rank');
suppos*. pi. mdgagish, magagish, great
things.
mogki, mogke, mogrge — continued.
[Del. amangi, great, big, lai^, Zeisb.
Gr. 168; machweii^ gr^at, laige, Zeisb.
Voc]
mdg<Sadtue, adj. and adv. precious, of
great price, 2 Chr. 20, 25. See magdad-
lik; mxBhdadtue.
mbgquan, -qudn, n. the heel; pi. -nmh,
Job 13, 27; 3d pers. wogquan, vKtgquoarif
his heel, Gen. 3, 15; 25, 26; 49, 17.
[Abn. magSann, iiagiann, mon talon.
Menom. wahquooii, (his) heel. Shawn.
ohvdnee. Del. 7ian quoriy the [my?]
heel, Zeisb.]
mogqueen, -qu^n, n. a boil, a swelling,
2 K. 20, 7; Is. 38, 21; Lev. 13, 10, 19.
From mogqueinnUj it grows large, en-
larges (mogquenuw, 'it became a boil',
Ex. 9, 10),
[Abn. magSin, enflure. Del. mach-
quin, swelled, Zeisb.]
mogqu^In, -quen, v, i. it swells, en-
larges, Num. 5, 27; mogqueinnu, it be-
comes large or swollen, Deut. 8, 4; with
an.subj. mogquem, he swells, is swollen
{noh rnogquemiy he swelleth; num-niok'
queSf I swell, C).
[Narr. mocqu^mi, he is swelled; ?mm-
mdckquese, I have a swelling. .Del.
machtoeUf great, large, Zeisb. Voc]
mohchi, (it is) empty, unoccupied (moh-
chiyeue, C. ) ; mohchoi kcosh week, is there
room in thy father's house? Gen. 24,
23. Cf. mlhcMea,
mohchumcD. See mahchumcoy it is waste,
barren, made desolate.
*moh^wonck (Narr,), a rac(KK>n-skin
coat, R. W.
[Abn, mdiSaky robe de peau de cerf,
de chat-sauvage, etc.]
mohkas. See muhkosy a nail, a claw.
*mohkodtatfn-in, a widower, C.
mohkont. See muhkonty a leg.
mdhkussa, mohkos, mukos, n. a (burn-
ing) coal; pi. 'Saa^h, Is. 44, 12; * coals of
fire', Prov. 26, 21; ut mdhkoftmldu, upon
[among] hot coals, Prov. 6, 28; Is. 44,
19; anue ma>i onk ue mohkofty blacker
than a cK>al, Lam. 4, 8. For m'kussa,
the hot (n. (concrete)? or if Rasles'
translation of the corresponding word
in Abnaki be correct, from mwi and
ku89a, black-burned (?), or (Abn. mkasS)
merely *it is black' (?). Cf. hmitUau,
Digitized by
Google
62
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
zn61iku88a, etc. — continueil.
etc.; ^^mocassa, the black of theMiail",
Wood.
[Abn. inkas(\ char]>on cteint (?);
vikase-skStaij charbon ardent. Del. me
hackachley, a coal, Zeisb.]
xnohmo^og", freq. of moeog ( = miae()fj,
q. v.), they go often, or habitually, to-
gether, *they often met'. El. Gr. 17.
znohmoskuhteas, n. a frog (obj. pi.
-team, Ps. 78, 45, a misprint? Mas.«.
Ps. has mnhmoskohieaseuh ) . Elsewhere
Eliot has ({nogkubpiasU'Og, frogs. Cf.
Peq. koplaiiss.
xnohmdUnum, frecj. of ynonnumy he gath-
ers together.
xnohmuttahtfLg, m&muttattag', mah-,
(suppos. as) n. lead, Ezek. 22, 18, 20;
27, 12; Ex. 15, 10; Zech. 5, 7; 'tin',
Num. 31, 22, but not elsewhere.
mohpanag:, muh-, -og, n. the breast
[mamnue], Joel 2, 16; Hos. 9, 14; noh-
j>fma<7, -ny breast, Cant. 1,13; imhjxmag,
vmhp-, her breast, * bosom', Prov. 5, 20
(mohp<'innc(/j C. ).
[Narr. mapannog, the breast; wun-
nunnbgan-aHh, breasts. Menom. oh-
paun. Shawn. 6pdh la.]
xnohpegk, muhp-, -peg, n. the shoulder.
Lev. 8, 25; 9, 25; oftener without the
impers. prefix, uhpegk, Num. 6, 19;
18, 18; Ezek. 24, 4; namvdnaii xikpequa-
null (accus. pi.), *he bowed his shoul-
ders'. Gen. 49, 15; na»haue ohpeqiuni-ity
between his shoulders, Deut. 33, 12.
Cf. muttugk.
[Xarr. uppPke, shoulder; })1. uj>})e-
quock. Chip, peknmuy pikqiui, the (up-
per part of the) back. Del. ho pi fpiou,
the fore shoulder, Zeisb.]
xnohsag, suppos. of jnissij great.
mdhuliequssuk, n. a 'flinty rock', Deut.
32, 1 3 ( = mcoohsh t-quMuk) . See qussuk.
mdhshipsq, n. flint stone, Is. 50, 7 (^moo-
ohshi'piitk, iron stone) .
znohtantam. See mahMniam, he is old,
decrepit.
* [mohtanulikussu , ] num-mohtanuh-
kus, I finish or conclude, C. [?]
*moh.tchinau [^mahchinaii], he is sick;
num-mohtchmam, I am sick, C.
mohtompan, (it is) morning, Ezek. 7, 7;
suppos. -ompog, when it is morning; as
n. Gen. 1, 5, 8, etc.; en {or pajeh) moh-
mohtompan — continued.
iompan-it, till morning, till the morrow,
Ex. 23, IS; Zeph. 3, 3.
[Xarr. mautdhon, it is day.]
mohtsh^ncD. See mahtahdna).
mdhtukquds-og, n. pi. 'conies', Ps.
104, 18, and ogko^hquog, Prov. 30, 26.
[Abn. maHegSt!<.<S-nk, lievre.]
mohtupohsin, v. i. it lies waste. Is. 15, 1.
mohtuppaeu, v. i. it melts or vanishes
(as ice by heat or a cloud by the sun);
pi. -(u'og, J(»b 6, 17; pass, -aemo), it is
melted, made to vanish, Job 7, 9; 6, 17;
Josh. 5, 1. Cf. mahtitheau.
mohtutteau, v. t. cau.s. inan.; pass, it is
consumed or made an end of, melted,
Jer. 6, 29 (of lead, by the fire); act. it
consumes, makes an end of, Deut. 32,
22.
xn6hwhaii. See mwnhauy he t*ats ( him ) ,
mokaketODmuk, (when he is) dumb,
Ps. 38, 13; suppos. of mokakuttaj = mat
kaknllm, he does not speak, he is mute,
dumb; pi. -iwg, Ex. 4, 11; Matt. 9, 33;
mo nuk-kaketojjt (pret. ), I was dumb,
Ps. 39, 2, =mat nnk-kaketcop, v. 9.
mokus, mokis, (indef. ) -sin, a shoe
(moccasin); pi. mokumnash^mox'mai^hy
Amos 8, 6; Matt. 10, 10; nm-mokis (-m.*j),
his shoe, Deut. 25, 9, 10; pehtoxina^h^ put
on your shoes, Ezek. 24, 17; nukkdnok-
kussinash, old shoes, Josh. 9, 5.
[Narr. mocussinafts and mockussin-
chaHs, shoes which 'they make of their
deer skin worn out ' , R. W. Peq. muck-
a.'^oij^. Stiles. Abn. mkest^eny pi. -vfn-;
ne-mekeniten, mon Soulier; ne-maksenekty
j'en fais. !Mi(*m. inkeshen, pi. -nel.
Chip, (pi.) makii<inan {mekisinike(I,i*hoi^'
maker), Bar.; rndkesin, pi. -nnr}, Howse.
Cree mf'takettiuy pi. -es^ind.]
xnomanch, mcDinansh, adv. at times,
now ami then, often, Prov. 7, 12; Judg.
13, 25; Matt. 17, 15; at intervals.
[Cree mummnin, here and there one.]
momoncliu. See mamonchuy he moves
al)out.
rndxadne, (it is) 'freckled'; momone
chohki, 'it is a freckled spot'. Lev. 13,
39.
momonehtaUaii and momontaU, v. t.
an. he makes sport of, mocks at, de-
rides (him), Neh. 4, 1; pi. 'tai'idogy 2
Chr. 36, 16; suppos. momoiUauonty when
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATIGK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
6^
znomonehtattatt, etc.— continues 1.
he uiockH at, mocking, Gen. 21, 9; Job
12, 4.
xndmdneeu, v. adj. an. he is spotted, is
black or dark colored here and there, in
ppots or strii)es. Freq. distrih. of mm-
esii^ he is black; pi. mdrndmeKuotj, they
are *<(risled', (Jen. 31, 12; suppos. mo-
monesit; j)l, part, -sitchty, 's|)eckled',
Gen. .SO, ;-{2, 39 {wtrun momneexlt, when
he is round-about dark-marked, 'ring
streaked ', Gen. 31, 8). Cf. mwnajrchoh-
kesu,
znomonowantam, mamonau-, v. i. lie is
scH>rnful, a scorner, Prov. 9, 7, 8; 15, 12.
Adv. -Unnnr, 2 Chr. 30, 10.
momdntunniun, mamdnt-, v. t. he puts
it in motion, moves (it) about:
yiippe, he 'troubled the water', John
o, 4; suppos. mamuntunuk inimiMitico-
nash, when he moves his lips, Prov.
16, 30.
mozndiinog-, n. pi. the eyebrows; 3d pers.
ummomounog (accus. -oh, Lev. 14, 9),
his eyebrows.
[Abn. maihiuiun, sourcil, le poil,etc.
Del. mamaworij Zeisb.] ^
momooechohkesu, v. adj. an. he is black-
spotted, has dark spots; pi. m6ma>echoh-
kesuo/j {mnhiiime chohkesurxj, they are
si)eckle<l. Gen. 31, 12); suppos. pi.
(part. ) moincoechohkhitcheg, {y^'hen they
are ) si>otted. Gen. 30, 32; speckled, Gen.
31,8. From 7tml (it is dark colored),
with fre<i. ordistrib. reduplication, and
chohkf'-su, he is spottt^ or has a spot.
[mdnde, monde, there is much, there
is abundance;] pi. nano majtimath, they
are increased, Jer. 5, 6; mouaaah, they
are many, ibid.; supims. mmmk, when
there is abundance, when it aln^unds,
Ps*. 72, 7; 1 Pet. 1, 3; am monak, 'this
great store', 2 Chr. 31, 10; with an.
subj. muuiwff, (they are) many pei*sons
(El. (ir. 8), Ex. 1,9; Dan. vi A\ Matt.
7, 14; suppos. pi. inon(trJny, It*. (R), .'S; 2
Cor. 4, 15; suppos. 3d pi. moutth^ttH.when
they 'are increastnl*, become many,
IIos. 4, 7. Vbl. n. vionaonkj abundance,
Deut. 33, 19.
[Narr. (russaume mauuduog, 'they are
to(j full of people.']
monak, mcnnak (in compounds, -onak,
'(mcujkrortwj), n. (1) cloth, 2 Sam. 20, 12;
Matt. 9,»10: Judg. KJ, 14: hashabp-onak,
I linen cloth, Mark 14, 51; wmk-rmngk,
I new cloth, Mark 2, 21; uomp-onnk,
(white) cloth, Deut. 22, 17; hihpogk-
' onag, a thick cloth, 2 K. 8, 15 {rnamk
vionag, black cloth, C, but better, mm-
oimk). (2) a garment of cloth, as dis-
; tinguished from ne dqut or hogkoDonk (cf.
I ohkmn), a covering of skins: 'coat',
I Dan. 3, 21; 'cloak'. Matt. 5, 40; 'vest-
ure', Dan. 22, 12.
[Xarr. nuuhiek. 'an English coat or
I mantle', R. W. 107.]
monakenehheau, v. cans, trans, he
I makes cloth, he weaves; pi. -heaog, Is.
59, 5; with inan. obj. motiakenehteav, he
weaves (it). N. agent, momikenehtetien
I (indef. -rnin), one who weaves, a
weaver, Ex. 35, 35; Job 7, 6.
[Narr. ko-mauHekunnuo, have vou any
cloth?]
monailehteau, v. i. he is merciful. Num.
I 14, 18: num-monanehteam, I am nierci-
I ful; intens. nnm-momomiuctedmy Jer. 3,
12. Vbl. n. inotifindeaonk, mercy, Ex.
34, 7; Neh. 9, 32; Ps. 145, 8. Cf. klt-
ienmonkanumau.
I mondnumaU, v. t. an. he compassion-
' ates, is merciful to (him); nuinmond-
uum, I show mercy to, Ex. 33, 19; im-
I)erat. imntdnmnonchj Zech. 7, 9; with
I suffix mondnumeh, be merciful to me,
Ps. 119, 132.
, monaskcotasq-uasli, n. pi. melons,
I Num. 11, 5 {mootioskeidmukj cucuml)ers,
I C. ). ii'eti askofldsq.
I mdnasquisseet. See ^inayimqusfk'd-anh,
beans.
' mondt, (it is) abundant, (there is ) much,
Ps. 37, 11 ; u'oh mondt, ( it ) might abound,
2 Cor. 4, 15: mmcheke montif, exceed-
ingly abundant, 1 Tim. 1, 14; pi»h monfft,
it shall be increa.'^ed, i. e. become abun-
dant, Dan. 12, 4; pi. mowttmih, Prov. 15,
16; 2 Chr. 9, 9. From mnmwhieav .
[Narr. mdunetaah, 'great store',
abundance.] '
monchanamukqussu, v. i. he does that
which is wonderful, he works wonders;
with an. obj. -quiu<uau, he does, etc..
Digitized by
Google
64
BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 95
moncbanftiniikqii— u — continued,
to (him); whence, n. agent, -qugmaeny
a * wonderful one ' , Is. 9, 6. From mon-
chanamukf suppos. Oi mofu;hanamau (t.
an. form of rnohchanatam)y and ussu,
xnonchanatam, -uxii, v. i. (and t. inan.)
he is astonished, he wonders (at it), he
is surprised, Is. 59, 16; pi. -arnxvog,
Matt. 22, 33 (^chepshaog, Mark 11, 18) ;
numchanlash , * marvel ( thou ) * , John 3,
7 ( = muhcharUash, Mass. Ps. ). Vbl. n.
'tamaxmk, wonder, amazement, Acts 3,
10; and causat. -tamwahuwaonk, caus-
inj< wonder, a mangel, a wonder, Deut.
13, 1, 2. From monch-Uj he moves,
with formative of verbs of mental ac-
tivity, he is startled or disturbed in
mind.
xnonchanaU, v. t. an. ( 1) he moves (him),
carries (him) away. Gen. 31, 18; with
affixes, 1 Sam. 30, 2. (2) he conducts or
guides (him): umrmonchan-uh m may-
utf he guided them in the way. Gen.
18, 16.
[Narr. maiichasey be my guide (im-
perat, =monchum»hy from luonchu^trUy
V. i. act. he acts as guide, he guides);
kum-maOuchan-ishy I will conduct you.]
xnonchu, v. i. he goes, se movet (denot-
ing merely the act of going, without
reference to its end or aim); hence, he
departs, goes away, removes, Matt. 25,
18; Gen. 24, 10: num-monchemj I go,
Matt. 21, 30; pret. num-monchip, I went,
Jer. 13, 5; suppos. noh monchity he who
goes, Jer. 22, 10; imperat. monchith;
pi. numcheky go; freq. mamanchUy q. v.
Related to amdeu, he departs (?).
Cf. Sansk. moAch (ire, se movere);
manthy math (commovere, agitare);
Lat. motus, mittere.]
[Narr. mauchH (pres. defin. =7non-
chu-d)y he is gone; mauchwhy be going
(imperat. ) ; num-mauchhniny I go. Abn.
ne-manUiy je vais; ne-mah neday je vais
1ft. Cree dchee-oOy he moves. Chip.
aunjShy Howse 194; ma' jay he goes,
Sch. II, 469. Del. maiMchiUy he is gone;
suppos. malschity Zeisb.]
xndneaU, monneaU, monunneatt, v. t.
an. he looks (intently) at, observes
(him); uin^monunneavrohy he looked on
them, 2 K. 2, 24; imperat. (affix) men-
neahy look thou on me, Ps. 119, 132; pi.
3n6neaU, etc. — continued.
monneieky monunneieky look ye, Job 6, 28;
suppos. moneaucnty Matt 5, 28. With
inan. obj. mdninneaniy mAnunneaumy he
looks at (it), Pb. 104, 32; Ezek. 21, 21;
Ex. 14, 24; suppos. iioh moninneogy he
who looks, etc., Num. 21, 8. Cf. kah-
kirmeam,
monetu, v. i. he is a diviner, a magician.
Vbl. n. monetuonky ' divination ^ Deut.
18, 10. Cf. mamontam.
[Narr. maunHUy a conjurer, R. W.]
m6nkd. See mo and ko.
monneatt. See mdneau,
xn6n6i. See ma)n6i, it is deep.
monomansuonk, vbl. n. a vision, Dan.
8, 17, 26; 10, 14.
*xndnoowau, he hisses;, infin. maunu-
w6naty to hiss, C.
monopulipeg, n. a trumpet, Neh. 4, 20;
Ps. 150, 3: puhpequcuth monopuhpegy
sound a trumpet. Matt. 6, 2. Cf. puh-
pegk.
monah, n. a cock or hen, Luke 22, 34,
60, 61 (mdnishy ndrnpashy a hen, a cock,
C. ). R. Williams (p. 56) has ''chicksy a
cock, or hen: a name taken from the
English."
xnonteag', nothing. See matta.
monimkB, n. the ash tree, Is. 44, 14.
[Abn. angmakS, fr^ne. Chip, papdg-
imak. ( Baraga has agimaky ash tree [cf .
agimy snowshoe], and three ** other
kinds", viz. gaw&komljy pap&gimaky and
wmagak. ) Del. pachgammaky black ash
tree, Zeisb.]
monunneatt. See mdvieau.
mo8, *'a word signifying futurity** (El.
Gr. 20), corresponding to the auxil-
iary 'must* or * shall* before a verb in
the indicative: mosnunnupy 1 must die,
Deut. 4, 22; ma>che mos ntd-ahquonta-
maiiy how often shall I forgive him?
Matt. 18, 21; ne mos nnihy it must needs
be so, Mark 13, 7. See mahche; no.
[Narr. mace, mesh: mef^h nSonchem
peyaum, I could not come; moce-nanip'
pekimy I will come by and by.]
moakeht, maskeht, n. grass (£1. Gr.
10) , Gen. 1, 11 ; Is. 40, 7, 8; pi. -ehtuashy
Dan. 4, 25, 32, 33; ^pasture*, 1 Chr. 4, 39,
40; moskehtuashy * hay ' ; woskoshkehtuash
(=vmske-oskehtuash)t 'tender grass',
Prov. 27, 25; itiish-ashkehtuai ne ohle^
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBVLL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
65
moskehtj maskeht — continued,
'there was much grass in that place',
John 6, 10 (oskoak, grass; mosketucuthf
hay, C). Vbl. subst. moskehtuo), he
is grass. Is. 40, 6. Dim. moskehiuemeffj
El. Gr. 12. From askehteau, it is (lit. it
makes, caus. inan.) green, with the
indeterm. prefix, that which is green.
See a4fke.
[Narr, ma«itift«M/i, grass or hay. Abn.
meskikSary herbes. Del. masgik, Zeisb.]
moskehtu, mask-, n. (the same word
as the preceding) is used for medicine,
physic, i. e. herbs; onoUuh moskehtu-^,
like a medicine; iyan-askehtuash, many
(kinds of) medicines, Jer. 46, 11.
[Nan*, maskitf physic. Chip, mash-
kiH l-keke], Bar.]
mdsogque, adv. and adj. adhering, stick-
ing to [y. i. it sticks close, adheres],
Prov. 18, 24; Jer. 42, 16. Cf. musnnum,
he touches; mistissin, it touches.
2ii6sog^ueliteau, v. caus. inan. he makes
it adhere, joins it to; imperat. mdsog-
qadeomh, join them together, Ezek.
37, 17.
mtfeogqii nnuin , v. t. (inan. obj. ) he joins
or puts together; suppos. mdsogqunuk,
when he joins together, Matt. 19, 6.
See muMuhkomw.
mosq, masq, mashq, n. a bear, Prov.
17, 12; Amos 5, 19; 1 Sam. 17, 34, 36
{moshq^ C). The base is the same as
that of ncosquodtamundtj to lick, and the
name signifies Hhe licker,' from the
bear's habit of licking his forepaws
(see the Abnaki below); [or is it from
(Cree) mdkwa-num^ he squeezes (hugs)?
(Howse 93).] Cf. ^awuusseus; *jpaufai-
nawaw.
[Narr. mosk^ or paukdnawaw. Muh.
mquoh, Edw. Del. machkf Zeisb. Abn.
aSessSSf ours; m8%k^a8iriMhA»8 [=m^8-
kSaSrdsiar], il se l^che les pattes; mes-
k8^, peau d'ours. Chip, makwd (milk'
wah, Howse). Cree mUskwah,']
mdttnaU. See mianau.
mtfununi, y. t. he gathers together (inan.
obj.); kum-m6unumj thou gatherest,
Matt. 25, 24. Freq. mohm&unum. Vbl.
n. m6unum6(mkf mouunnumaxmkf (a
gathering,) tribute, custom, 1 K. 9, 21;
Matt. 17, 25. With an. obj. mianau,
q. V. Cf. mukkinnum.
B. A.E., Bull- 25 5
I ni6unum — continued.
[Narr. mofwinnee, he gathers (fruit, or
I inan. obj. ) ; mowinnadogj they gather.
Abn. manSiSi, ensemble; ne-manSene-
men, je les mets ensemble; maSinSy il
cueille, il ramasse. Del. mavmni^ sa-
sembled, Zeisb.]
xnduslias:. See ma>68hogy iron.
moxinash, n. pi. See mokus, a shoe.
moyeu. See w(»i, ordure.
moyeu, m6eu. See mide, together.
mooche, as an auxiliary of the future
tense, expresses obligation or necessity
{=mos a>iche); moKhe nuttabuttantatnau-
dmun Oodf *we are bound to thank
God^ 2 Thess. 1, 3; ma>che kenpannup-
vmaham, Hhou art [must] pass oyer',
etc., Deut. 2, 18 (cf. na)che thos, it must
needs be. Matt. 18, 7); ma>che mos ntU-
ahquonianuxu, (how often) must I for-
giye him? Matt. 18, 21. Cf. mos; a>che,
[Quir. m/kichef there must be, Pier.]
xna>clieke, ''a word signifying more,
much,'' used to express degrees of
comparison. El. Gr. 15; anue moh
cheke, much more, Rom. 5, 9; 'more
exceedingly', Gal. 1, 14; nano ma>chekef
more and more, Mark 15, 14; mwcheke
ma)ckeke, exceedingly, yery much, Gren.
17, 2, 6, 20; mmcheke onk, more than,
Matt. 10, 37 {mmchekeymuk, excess-
iyely, C).
moochekohtau, y. t. he has more, adds
to his possession of (it); noh maoche-
.kohtunk (suppos.) wahUauonk, nuDche-
kohtau unkquanumoHmkf he who increas*
eth knowledge increaseth sorrow, Eccl.
1, 18.
mooee. See man, ordure.
mooi, (it is) black. El. Gr. 13; dark
colored. Matt. 5, 36; Esth. 1, 6; pi.
manyeuash, Jer. 4, 28 (not ma>e8euash,
as in El. Gr. 13, by typ<)graphical
error probably ) . With an. subj . nuoesu
[y. adj. an. he is] black or dark colored ;
pi. ma>esuog, El. Gr. 13.
[Narr. m6m, gdcki, black; moioSsu, a
black man.]
mooi, moDee, moyeu, n. ordure, dung,
Ezek. 4, 12; 1 K. 14, 10; um-moyeu,
their dung, 2 K. 18, 27; um-^a>e, Lev.
4, 11; 8, 17.
See momansh.
Digitized by
Google
66
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
xnooxnoMikoznaU l=m(Dma>sk(Dau?'\: um- I
mannooskom'&uh , they murmured against i
him, Ex. 15, 24 {numrjrKDmoMkcowam^ I i
murmur, C.)- i
xnoomooskooati, -koowati, v. t. an. he |
murmurs at (him); pi. -kanvaog^ they
murmur, Pe. 106, 26; suppos. pi. nag
mconKDskaywa^hegy they who murmur,
Is. 29, 24. Vbl. n. mwmwskaywaonky
-queyeuonk, a murmuring, John 7, 12
(mwrnmskummaonkf Ex. 16, 7).
xnoomcDskquenaU [ = moomtDskoKiu?] :
m(Dm(Dsqu€ndogj they murmur at (him),
Ex. 17, 3 (manncDsqaencDwSnat, to mut-
ter, C).
[Abn. ne-mSskShdam, je gronde, suis
f&ch^; ne-mSskShman, je le gronde.]
xncDznoMBqlieaU, freq. or intens. of mcos'
qJieaUj he provokes (him) to anger.
Vbl. n. pass. mwrncMf/uetiuonky provo-
cation (received), 1 K. 21, 22.
maymoMBqueuttam, v. i. he murmurs,
mutters, grumbles. Perhaps not rightly
used in John 6, 61; cf. um-momoakkee-
tati'ouh, *he gnasheth upon him with
his teeth*, Ps. 37, 12, and num-maiL'
miisketunkquogj 'they gnash upon me*,
etc., Ps. 35, 16.
[Abn. ne-manmaskigSelasgij je fais dee
grimaces.]
mcDxide. See mdnde.
*ma>naeech (?), a dish or tray, C.
moonaeu. See mamdu
xna>nak. See m&naky cloth.
xnoondi, -naeu, (it is) deep, Ps. 140, 10:
Eccl. 7, 24; Lam. 3,55; as n. the deep,
Gen. 1, 2; a gulf, Luke 16, 26; depth,
Eph. 3, 18; nuDrUn onk, it is deeper than,
Job 11, 8. Adv. and adj. mamoe nippe-
ashf deep ^'aters, Ezek. 34, 18; suppoe.
moDnoag, when it is deep; pi. (with
intens. redupl.) mammnoagiahy (very)
deep places, Ps. 136, 6. In compound
words sometimes amdi-y amou-.
moondkdi, n. a valley, Deut. 8, 7. See
am6uhk6i.
*ina>nopagwut, in deep waters, Mass.
Ps., Ps. 69,2.
xnoDdhBhog. See mcodshog,
•mcDonk, vbl. n. weeping, C. See mau,
moodshog, moDdliBhogr, mousha^, n.
iron. Num. 31, 22; Is. 60, 17; 1 Tim. 4, 2.
Adj. and adv. -shogqufj 'dhagque^ of iron,
Deut. 8, 9 ; Is. 45, 2, etc. Cf . missehchuog;
mdhshipsq.
moDdshog, etc. — continued.
[Narr. mou^huck. Abn. mii^gherSj
cela est dur; cf. siogke, mggo/Uunk (the
name apparently signifies black metal;
cf. *wompoh9hog). Del. mck-acksun,
[black stone,] iron, Zeisb. Voc. 29.]
ina>osketomp, n. a black man [?], El.
Gr. 16. Cf. ux>sketomp.
moopau, -p6, -pdogr (?), n. the cater-
pillar, 1 K. 8, 37; 2 Chr. 6, 28; Joel 1, 4;
2, 26; asmmau moapoh (accus. ), he gives
food to the caterpillar, Ps. 78, 46 {mm-
paiU, Mass. Ps.).
ma>e, n. The name of the moose (C^rvus
alces, L. ) is used by Eliot in the pi. ;
mcDsdog for * fallow deer*, 1 K. 4, 23;
^^moosy a beast bigger than a stag,** etc.,
Smith*sDescr.of N.E. (1616). '* Which
the salvages call timose'\ Morton's N. E.
Canaan. "The beast called a moose* \
Wood's N. E. Prospect. The plural
indicates ma>sWy or mami^ as the orig-
inal form of the singular, a name given
to the animal from his habit of strip-
ping the lower branches and bark from
treea when feeding; mcos-u, *he trims*
or *cut8 smooth*, *he shave?.' See
mcosum.
[Narr. mods; pi. -sdog. Abn. mSs;
pi. 'SaJc. Chip, mons (Bar.) ; moz^ mooze
(Sch. 11,464). Cree mon^«6a. Menom.
monsh.']
mcDei, (it is) smooth, primarily made
smooth (by cutting?); bald, C; vico-
cheke mcosi onk pummee^ smoother than
oil, Prov. 5, 3; mmseu kus-sequnukquog,
they leave thee bare, Ezek. 16, 39;
mcose qiissukquayiesasky smooth Hinall
stones, 1 Sam. 17, 40; mcos-ompskquehtu^
among the smooth stones. Is. 57, 6.
Adj. inan. [ma)«di] mcosiyeu; pi. -yeuai<hf
Is. 40, 4.
moDBompskinaiuiu, it is paved, a pave-
ment [i. e. an extension of smooth
stones, mam-ompsk-kin-ussii], E^th. 1,6.
moDBOxnpsq, a smooth stone; mmsomp-
sqitehtu, among the smooth stones, Is.
57, 6; intens. mamoMompx^u^^u ('grav-
el*). Is. 48, 19.
moiaontupau, -ppa>, v. i. he is bald [on
the forepart of the head], 'he is fore-
head-bald*, Lev. 13, 41 (cf. mukukkon-
tupauy he is quite bald, his head is
bare). Vbl. n. -orUuppdonk, baldness,
Digitized by
Google
TBCMBULL]
NATICK-ENOLISH DICTIONARY
67
moosontupau, -ppco— continue<l.
Jer. 47, 5; Mic. 1, 16 (mumntipy a l>akl
head, C).
[Del. moschantpeuy Zeisb.]
mcDeqlieaU, -quehheaU, v. t. an. he pro-
vokes, vexes (him); infin. 2d pere. sing.
kum'm<Dsqheo6naty Lev. 18, 18. Freq.
manrwosqheau, q. v.
moDsiihq, n. a fly; pi. -quog, Ps. 78, 45.
Dimin. mmaeguhq-uog, Ps. 105, 31. For
ma>i-8ogk€j black biter (? ) . Cf . sogkemas,
gnat.
[Chip. (imo?w«i^ (pl*)* httle bees or
flies, Bar.; missimwky misisaukf wasp.]
mcDeiun, v. t. [he cuts smooth] he
smooths (his head), he shaves off or
removes (his hair or beard), *he polls
his head*, 2 Sam. 14, 26; pish moMum
um-meemnk, *he shall shave off his
hair'. Lev. 14, 8; imperat. mcMumushy
'cutoff thy hair*, *poll thy head', Jer.
7, 29; Mic. 1, 16; suppos. mamik, when
he, etc., 2 Sam. 14, 26. With an.obj.
mxufwau (for mcosehheau^ causat.?), he
cuts or makes smooth (an an. obj.);
wuh'hogkuh, he shaves himself,
Lev. 13, 33 ; shepsohy he shears sheep,
Gen. 31, 19; 38, 13. Cans. inan. mcoseh-
teaUf he makes it smooth; suppos.
m(D»Uieunkj when he, etc.. Is. 28, 25.
Intrans. act, mcosu, he smooths, cuts or
trims smooth.
[Abn. ne-misi, je me tonds; je me
rase les cheveux; ne-mSaaUy je le tonds.]
mcDeummu (?), v. i. (adj.) he is jealous;
num-mmcheke-moMummuam, I am very
jealous, 1 K. 19, 10; suppos. noh mw-
mmonl, he who is jealous. Num. 5, 14.
Vbl. n. pass, mamtieamooonk, jealousy.
Is. 42, 13.
mcDeumwaAiquok, n. a razor. Num.
8, 7. From a causative, perhaps framed
by Eliot, mamimwaihheaUy and the gene-
ric determinative -qux>k (-^ruo^), a knife.
moowhatt, mtfhwhatt, v. a. an. he eats
what is alive, devours, as a beast of
prey, Gen. 49, 27; 1 K. 13, 28; ummoh-
whouhy (the beast) devoured him, Gen.
37, 20; askwk um-mamhohf a serpent
bit him, Amos 5, 19; subj. ne woh ma>-
vjhxd, that (flesh) which may be eaten,
Lev. 11, 47; noh manuhont, he who eats,
V. 40; noh moohhtikque, * he that eateth
me*, John 6, 57. Cf. meetm.
moDwhati, mdhwhatt — continued.
[Narr. mdhoj to eat (alive), R. W.;
cum-mdhicqwx'kj they will eat you;
Mohominggiick or Mau(p.u)Luogy "the
Canilmlj?, or Men-eaters, up in to the
WejJt" (Mohawks). Cree momcdyoo,
* he eatu him', Howse.]
^^sickquatash (Narr.), n. pi. 'boiled
corn whole' (i. e. mo-sohquttahhashy not
broken small or pounded?). See soh-
quttahham. When broken, sohqiiUah-
ha»h without the prefix. Hence the
common name succotash y improperly
applied, however, to the unbroken
com.
[Abn, mesikStaVy bl^ en tier, qui n'est
pas piM. Del. mesittewally boiled com
whole, Zeisb.]
mBque. See mftsqui, red.
msqu^eonk. See mxisqutheonk.
mBqui. See miisquiy red.
m'tah. See m)tiah.
*xntickko-whee8ce (Peq.), the whip-
poorwill, Stiles.
^xnuckqu^tu (Narr.), he is swift; hum-'
mAmmuckquetfy you are (very) »wift>
R.W.
mugquomp, mu^womp, n. a captain^
Mark 6, 21; Dan. 2, 15; Luke 22, 52; an
officer, 1 K. 2, 9; 2 Chr. 13, 12; 'duke',
Gen. 36, 40-43; augm. mummugquomp^
Acta 5, 26; kehchemugquotnpy chief cap-
tain. Gen. 21, 22 {kehchum-y Acts 21,
31; kitchum-y v. 33; pi. kehchimmug-
quompiiogy Rev. 6, 15) lumukqtiompaey
valiantly, C.]. = mogki-ompy great
man(?).
[Narr. muckquomp-atiogy captains or
valiant men.]
muhh6g [=m^}u>gk]y n. the body, El.
Gr. 9; Matt. 10, 28; k-ufihogy thy body;
\mhhogy his body; muhhogkunky n. col-
lect (an indef. number of) dead bodies,
corpses, Nah. 3, 3. See -hog.
muhkont, mohkont, n. a leg, £1. Gr.
10; Is. 47, 2; pi. -tash, Prov. 26, 20; 3d
pers. vmhkorUashj his legs, Dan. 2, 33.
[Narr. mohkdnl'osh. Abn. Skanty son
jambe.]
muhkos, muhkas, n. a nail, a claw,
talon, or hoof; pi. -kossog; vmkhassoh^
his nails (accus. -sohy Deut. 21, 12);
Dan. 4, 33; 7, 19; kahJcdssogy thy hoofs,
Digitized by
Google
68
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BrLLETXN25
mdhkoe, mtihkas — continne^l.
Mic. 4, 13; Hontei^-kosmg, horeea' hoofe,
Judg. 5, 22. See mukqst and uhqu&e.
[Narr. mokAssitrky naib<. Abn. mekas;
pi. '9ak; 3d pi. Sk6j>ar. Del. muckooSy
awl, nail, Zeisb.]
muhkoe. See mdhkusm, a coal.
muhpanag. See mohpanag^ breast.
xnuhpegk. See inohpegk, a shoulder.
muhpeteog, -eag, n. a rib, Gen. 2, 22
(mehpeledk, C. ) ; 3d pers. vmhpeteog and
uhpeteogy Gren. 2, 21 ; pi. -gcaih, Dan. 7, 5.
[Narr. peUatigon^ petedgon. Abn. n^-
pigalgan, ma odte, mon o6t6; 3d pers.
Spigalgan.J
muhpit, n. an arm {mShpUj C); pl-
-piUenagh, El. Gr. 10; 2d pers. kuhpii;
3d pers. vmhpU; pi. -Uienash, Gen. 49, 24.
[Narr. vmppUtene, -huuh, (his) arm,
arms. Abn. pedin, bras; ne-pedin, mon
bras.]
muhpo), V. impers. it snows {mawpaw.
Wood); pres. def. muhpan^ it is snow-
ing (mukpwfwi, it snows; sun muhpco,
does it snow? C). Adv. and adj.
muhpcoe kemkody a snowy day, 1 Chr.
11,22. C(.*s6chepo,
[Cree mtspoon; suppoe. miapook.}
muhpuhkuk. See muppuhkuk, a head.
muhpuhkukquanitch, -nutch, n. a
finger or finger's end; uhp-, the tip of
his finger, Lake 16, 24; pi. -rutcheashy
fingers, Dan. 5, 5. Tor muppuhkukque-
iffunnulchy head of (his) hand.
muhpuhkukquaseetaali, n. pi. the toes,
Dan. 2, 41, 42; 3d pers. upptikk-, his
toes, 1 Chr. 20, 6. For muppuhkukque-
wuueet-atihy head of (his) foot {muppuh-
kukqvuuetyC), See kihUquaseety the great
toe.
muhpuhkukqut, (upon the head, as n. )
a helmet or covering for the head ; more
often with prefix of 3d pers. uppuhk-.
Is. 59, 17; Ezek. 27, 10; muppufikukquU
ohtag (that which belongs on the head),*
*mitre', Ex. 28, 39; pi. uppuhhukqut
ahhohiagishy 'bonnets*, v. 40; Lev. 8, 13.
mukkatchoukB, mukkui-, n. a son, 'a
man child', 1 Sam. 1, 11; Job 3, 3.
[Narr. num-^miickqu&chucka, my son;
muckquachuckqu^hnesey &]itt\ehoj. Peq.
. muckachuxy boy. Stiles. L. Island, ma-
chMchariy boy; machaweeskt l^mukkUsey
El.], a little boy, 8. Wood.]
mukk^e, n. r. scab, Lev. 13, 7, 8.
[Abn. meghiy gale.]
mukki, n. a (male) child; pi. mukkiogy
Ps. 148, 12; 2 K. 2, 24; Gen. 33, 5; di-
min. mukkieSy a little child, Prov. 20, 11;
Matt. 18,4; 'babe', Ex. 2,6 {mtikkoies,
C); pi. -9ogy Matt. 18, 10. Vb. adj.
mukki^suy he is a child; suppoe. mog-
kiemeouy when I was a child, 1 Cor. 13,
11. Vbl. n. TnukHemaxmk {mukkaiesu-
onky C. ), childhood, Eccl. 11, 10. [From
mukukki. This word has been displaced
by naumouy etc., in the Cree, Chippewa,
and western Algonquian.]
[Narr. num-muckiewy my son],
mukkumum, ma^k-, v. t he collects or
gathers (inan. objects) ; infinit. -^munat
herb9-<uh, to gather herbs, 2 K. 4, 39;
mukkinunuDky gather ye ( the tares, Matt
13, 30); mukkinitch, let him gather
(the manna, Ex. 16, 16); suppoe. noh
magunuky he who gathers up. Num. 19,
10. Cf. mdunum.
[Abn. ne-meghenemariy je le trie.]
mukkoohqut, n. a plain, Gren. 11, 2; 13,
10; muJto«Ai:ur, Gen. 19, 25. From mo^H
and ashk { = aihkoshkiy green; m^askeht,
grass), with the locative suffix, the
great grass place; mukoshgutdey plain
(as adj.), Jer. 48, 21.
[Narr. micuclxul:ee(«, a meadow. Abn.
fii«8iktib^''i:^, place where grass is. Micm.
m^skeegoocdcadeey meadow.]
mukkfokin, v. i. he bares himself, un-
clothes; imperat 2d pi. mukkcokeky -eg,
be bare, * strip yourselves', Is. 32, 11;
with an. obj. mukkfokinaiiy he strips,
makes (him) bare; imperat. prohib.
ahque mukkwkin matchekuy do not [strip]
rob the poor, Prov. 22, 22; suppos. mag*
gcokinont; pi. -onckeg, * spoilers', Jer.
51, 48. N. agent Tnuldai>k%nnuv>aeny a
plunderer, a robber; pi. -^tio^, * extor-
tioners'. Is. 16, 4 (suppos. mukkookin-
nuwaenuUy 'if he rob', i. e. if he be a
robber, Ind. Laws, xvi).
[Abn. ne-megSgnahy je le pille.]
mukkukkontup, n. a bald head, Lev.
13, 42 (locat -f <Juni«).
mukkukkontupaU, v. i. he has a bald
head. Lev. 13, 40, 42. Vbl. n. -ppdmky
baldness. Is. 3, 24. Cf. moMontupaiL
mukkutchouka. See mukkaichouk».
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
69
mukkuttuk, n. the knee, Is. 45, 23; pi.
•^ikquogy Job 3, 12; Is. 35, 3; 3d pers.
ukkuiiuky h is knee. For m* f/uUuk ( from
quttau-euy or rather from the same base) ,
that which sinks down or goes down.
[So, Ang. Sax. cneow, Goth, hneigan,
£ngl. knee, and Ang. Sax. hnig-an, inch-
nare, incurvare.] Nish noh mukkuttuk
nauwaeuy every knee bows, Phil. 2, 10.
[Abn. nekedekS, mon genoa. Del.
gitlguy Zeisb.]
mukos. See mdhkussa.
mukqs, n. an awl, Ex. 21, 6; Dent 15,
17. From ukquAeu, it is pointed. Cf.
mUhkoB,
[Narr. (pi.) miicksuck, awl blades.
Del. muckooSf awl, nail.]
mukquoshini, n. a wolf (El. Gr. 9),
Is. 65, 25; Jer. 5, 6; mummugquoshum,
Gen. 49, 27; mukqamhum^ C. (who has
also ncEttcohqusmogy wolves). For muk-
quoshim the Mass. Pa. (John 10, 12) has
noUcahqus. From mwhwhauj he eats
live flesh, with {-oshim) the generic de-
terminative of the names of beasts.
[Narr. muckquashim, pi. -mwock;
moaUdquSy a black wolf; ncUdqus, a wolf;
natdquasfiunckf a wolf-skin coat. Peq.
mucks y St iles. Ch ip. mah ing gun, me ea'
guriy mawekan {maheenguriy J.), Sch.
II, 464. Menom. manh-wawe, Shawn.
m^wdii wah, Mex. mayaqueti [^ = ifc].
Otomi muhu.l
mukquttunk, n. the throat; kuh^uttunk-
anity to thy throat, Prov. 23, 2. From
the same root as mukkuttuk; m^quUunky
the going down (the swallow? or the
bending of the head?).
[Narr. giUtuck. Abn. mekStangan^
gosier; 3d pers. akSdangan, Del. guntay
* swallow it', Zeisb.]
mukukki, (it is) bare, bald, destitute of
covering, Jer. 48, 37.
[Narr. muckuckiy bare (without nap,
said of cloth).]
muxnxnislikod, n. abundance, 'great
store ' ; meeehumj * store of victual * ,
2 Cbr. 11, 11. From misgi; augm. ma-
mmiy very great.
-mungquot, -quodt, suppos. -mungquoky
the generic determinative of verbs of
smell.' See asuhmungquodl; matche-
mungquot (it smells badly); weetemung-
qaoi (it smells sweetly), etc
*niuxinltnnock (Narr.), a name of the
sun and of the moon, R. W. 79. From
andgqSy star (or from its radical), \^ith
a prefix of which the significance is not
clear [or frcftn munndhy island (?).]
♦munnaonk, n. the throat, C. (?) CL
manamau,
*muxinawhatteailg (Narr.), ''a fish
somewhat like a herring," R. W.
Probably Alosa menhaden, Mitch., the
*bony fish^ 'hard head\ or *mun-
haden' of the fishermen; called also
in the northern parts of New England,
pauhagen. Both names have reference
to the use of this and other species of
herring as fertilizers; munndhquohteau,
he manures or enriches the earth, and
Abn. '^pakkikkanny on engraisse la
terre," whence ''pSkangaUy petit pois-
6on."
xnunnequomin, n. com or grain when
growing or in the field, Hos. 14, 7; pi.
-minneashy -munneashy green earsof com,
Lev. 2, 14. (Cf. migsunkquaminneask,
-munoihy full ears, ears of com, Gren.
41, 5, 7, 22. ) [Manured com (?).]
♦mtinnogs, bowels, C. See menogkus,
xnunn^h, n. an island, Acts 28, 1; Rev.
6, 14; with the locative affix, munndhr
hannii (menoJi-y munndh-), to, at, or on
the island. Acts 13, 6; 27, 26; 28, 7, 9,
11; pL 'dhhanashy Ps. 97, 1; Is. 41, 5.
Adj. and adv. munndh-hanney of an is-
land, Is. 13, 22; 34, 14.
[Abn. menahan, lie; -hanSky dana
rtle. Chip, min is, me nias, MenonL
may nainsh. Shawn, men a thie. Del.
mun dh tdhe, Sch. ii, 462, 474; menatey
(and 'teu)y Zeisb.]
munn^liquohteau, v. t. he enriches the
land, fertilizes, manures; pajeh jnunnd-
quofUedaUy until I dung it, Luke 13, 8.
munn^ntam. See ^uinontam, he smells it
^miinnlicks (Narr.), the brant goose
(Anser bemia) ; pi. -stccky R. W.
[Peq. a'kobyeezey brants, Stiles. Mass.
menuksy a brant, C]
*nniiiTniTiTmg (Narr. ), milk. See merlin^
nunk.
munumuhkeina), v. i. it rushes (makes
a mshing sound?); suppos. inan. sub].
manumuhkemcouky when there is a rush-
ing (of mighty waters). Is. 17, 12. VbL
n. munumuhkeonky a rushing, ibid.
Digitized by
Google
70
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
'[mturaniieet (?), n. the bladder:] adj.
•4of f/tjAxid; fjtone in the bladder. Man,
Pom. Hh.
[Abn. mnit8*teti^ manSe, lee fe«s«e8.]
muppuhkuk, muhpuhlrak, n. a head,
Ij«. 1,5; Amoe K 10. Rarely ii>»e<l with
the imperg. prefix; more commonly
(3*1 jiers. ) nppuhkuk, (his) head. Lev.
1,4; 3,2; Job41, 7; Pe. 68, 21 ( ^scalp').
Pee -oniyp.
[Xarr. upj/oqu/mtup, the head; mup-
pttruckj a long lock.]
muppuak, -pisk, n. the back, Rom. 1,
30; Jer. 18, 17; nnppi$k, my back; 2d
pen*, tup-; 3<1 pere. uppiskf ujypushk;
vpj/ts^pinnit, at, on, or to the back, Prov.
10, 13; 19, 29; anaquaheh kah nuppiit-
quauit, Y)efore anfl behind me, Pa. 138, 5.
From jtoske, l)are, uncovered.
[Narr. vppu»fpmn, the back. Abn.
peskSatif mm dc*; ne-jte^kSanek, derri^re
mon doe; ne-paski-peskSan-rJiany je d^
couvre lui, le milieu des ^paule«). Chip.
pek V7un\ pe fpioif vong^ pik wun."]
*miiach<indaug' (Peq.),a lobeter, Stiles.
See *€uthaunt.
^uiTiahoahketonip, n. [great man], 'a
noble man', Maas. Ps., John 4, 46.
miialuxm, miaham, n. ''an Indian boat,
or canow made of a pine or oak, or
che»tnut-tree," R. W. 98; a boat, John
«, 22; Act* 27, 30; pi. -nosh, John 6, 23;
nt um-miMham-tit, into the [his] boat,
John 6, 22; kwmsham, thy boat. Samp.
Quinnup. 156; mvashoany boat or canoe,
and proiUaem, C.
[Xarr. mufhodn; dim. -rnhnese, a little
canoe. Abn. amas^r; pi. -8rar, canot
de bois. Peq. meshv^e, Stilea. Chip.
chemauii, Sch. ; ichiman, Bar. Del. a mo
chooly Zeiflb.]
mushqun, n. the liver: nushquHy my
liver. Lam. 2, 11; wusqun, wushquriy his
liver, Prov. 7, 23.
[Chip, koorif fjuoorif oqaoyuy Sch. ii,
458. Miami haw ko ne. Shawn, oh
kmie."]
muskesTik, n. (1) the eye. El. Gr. 10;
Job 10, 18; Matt. 18, 9; pi. -ukquash,
(2) the face, Ezek. 10, 14; nusk-y kusk-,
tpuMkesuky my, thy, his face or eye.
(Sansk. ikshy videre; aksha^ oculus.)
[Xarr. vtiskeemrk (his) eye. Peq.
akeezucksy eyes. Stiles. Muh. hkeei<qu€j
'- I
mnakecuk — continued,
eye. Abn. tw-jtijirfjSk, ma face; /f*-, sa
face; ite-UftJu^kS, mon ifiI. Chip, tthkrzh
ig, $kezh ig, eye. face. Menom. mai*h
kay fhnick, eye; o«A iray *ha»jko^ I his )
face. Shawn, o $kr?jt a kv^e, \ hy i eye.
Di'l. intJirhgink, \hia) face. Zeisb.]
mnakOau, v. i. he lK>asti>, he speaks
boastfully, Ps. 10, 3; suppos. 2d pers.
km mdskowdan, thou who ( when thou)
boasteth. Rom. 2, 23; pi. (part.) rug
md^kdacheg, they who boast, boasters.
Vbl. n. muskdaonk, muk-y boasting.
mnakodtuk, n. the forehead, Lev. 13,
42; nusk'y kusk-, mukodtuk, my, thy,
his forehead.
[Xarr. mfc&ttuck. Abn. meski\tegSfy
front; 3d pers. «»i:-.]
miLikon(?), n. a bone; pi. -twwA, Prov. 14,
30; but usually in .*)d pers. tni«iY>n, ( his)
bone, Job 2, 5; Ezek. 37, 7; pi. Judg.
19, 29 ( vri»hkfm, iceithkeen, C. ). Cf. Askon,
a horn; a$kdny a hide, undressed skin;
mifhkdnonlupy skull.
[Xarr. imskan. Chip, ok&n, his bone-
Miami kaiv ne. Menom. oh konne.']
muakon-dntup. See mishkondntup.
mnakoaantam, v. i. (1) he is boastful,
P6. 34, 2. ( 2 ) he rejoices, exults, is very
glad, Pb. 14, 7; imperat. -antfu(hy rejoice
thou, Joel 2, 21; 3d pers. -arUajy let him
rejoice, Pis. 48, 11. See muskdau.
xnusoDtam, v. t. inan. he pierces (it) with
an arrow, dart, or other sharp instni-
ment; with remote an. obj. -tamauy be
pierces (it) to (him), makes (it) pierce
(him); suppos. masattamauut wusqun,
'when a dart strikes through his liver*,
Prov. 7, 23. The base or primary verb
(musa>y it pierces) is not found in Eliot;
moMonog (a nettle; moiaimocky R. W. )
i^ formed from it.
muaquantam, v. i. [musqtiianlamy blood-
minded] he is angry, Jonah, 4, 1; 2
Sam. 13, 21; suppos. mitsquantogy if he
be angry, when angry, Prov. 14, 17; im-
perat. prohib. ahque musquarUashj be not
angry, Eccl. 7, 9. Vbl. n. act. -tamaxmk;
pass. -nUtuonkf anger. Bee*8qudntam,
[Xarr. num-musquantumy I am angry.
Abn. ne-mSakStrdamy je suis en colore,
je suis fach^.]
muaquanumau, v. t. an. he is angry at
(him), Lev. 10, 16; imperat. prohib.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISfl DICTIONABY
71
musquanumau — continue<l.
ahque musquanumj do not fret thyself,
Ps. 37, 1, 7, 8; ahque mosquaniunehy do
not be angry with me, 0.
[Narr. kum-musquaihiam'Whf I am
angry with you.]
^musquash, the muskrat (Fiber zibethi-
cus); muakquashj Josselyn's Voy. and
N. E. Rar. 53; inusquasstiSj Smith's
Desor. of N. E.; muskewashe, Morton's
N. E. Canaan; ' civet scented musquash,^
Wood's N. E. Prospect. [wtw^i-o«/ww,
red animal (?) or mcMkou (?).]
[Abn. mSskSisaS. Del. damaacus,
Zeisb.]
musqu^eonk, msq-, vbl. n. [from
causat. musquShh^aUy it makes him red,
it reddens,] blood, Deut 12, 16, 23;
Acts 17, 26; 28, 8; TKDsqh-, my blood;
kcosqh-, thy blood; vmsq- or cd»^, his
blood. Adj. and adv. musqueheongaiie,
bloody. Cf. *ruepu4:k,
[Narr. mishqu^ and n^epuck, the blood ;
miaquinashf the veins. Chip. raWkwe^
blood; us kwai att6, (his) vein. Shawn.
misk u^Cf blood; m^shks mah, vein.
Menom. mainh kee, blood. Abn. mmg-
iaghesS, il est tout couvert de sang.
Bel. mhuk, blood, Zeisb. Gr. 104.]
xnilflqiii, mXahqui, niBqiii, and -que, (it
is) red, Ex. 15, 4; Josh. 24, 6; Esth. 1, 6;
suppos. mosquagf moshquag, when it is
red, Gen. 25, 30; Ex. 25, 4. In comp.
words, musgu'y mgqu-; msquonagk, -akj
red cloth or clothing, Matt. 27, 28, 31
(see m&nak). With an. subj. (v. adj.)
mtisquesuy (he is) red, Gren. 25, 25; Zeeh.
1,8.
[Narr. msqUi. Peq. mesKpiou [scar-
let?] , Stiles. Abn. mkMghen i8, cela est
rouge. Cree mithkw&Wy it is red; mUh-
koOf blood. Chip, mvtquay misqmzt (an. ) ;
radix, mUk, Sch. ii, 466. Shawn, mfshr
wdJi we. Menom. mainh kiew. Del.
machkeu, v. adj. red (it is), Zeisb.]
musseet, n. a foot; pi. -tash. El. Gr. 10;
nus-j kus-f wus-seetf my, thy, his foot;
vmMeetoDoashf their feet, Josh. 3, 15
{misseety a foot, C).
[Narr. wusatte. Peq. kuzseety (thy)
foot. Stiles.]
musaegran, -Aon, n. the loins, Ezek. 23,
15; Nah. 2, 10; nusseganohtogq-uty in my
loins, Ps. 38, 7; (mis sekonohtogq, my
muBsegan, -Aon — continued,
reins, Prov. 23, 16); km-, in or from
thy loins, Gen. 35, 11; wussSkanohiogqut
(Dshoh, in the loins of his father, Heb.
7, 10.
muBsegen. See missegen,
muBB^gon, v. impers. it hails; as n. hail,
Ps. 148, 8; 78, 48; missegun, Rev. 16,21;
suppos. missegogy Is. 32, 19.
[Abn. sikSrdi, il gr^le. Chip, sess^-
gaUy Bar. Cree shfsh^kun. Miami me
ze kwav},'\
muBB^B. See um-misses-^h,
muBBi, whole; suppos. (?) nuk-keteaonk
ash mussity * my life is yet whole ' , 2 Sam.
1, 9. (Not found elsewhere. The pri-
mary meaning is ' great ' . See missi. )
mnsBin. See missin.
muBBinum, miB-, muBsunnum, v. t. he
touches (it) [he smooth-handles it;
from mamy with the formative of verbs
denoting action performed by the
hand]; suppos. noh masunuky he who
touches it. Lev. 15, 7, 12; Amos 9, 5;
freq. mohmussunnum, he touches (it)
often, he handles (it). Vbl. n. mussun-
numworiky touching, touch (missinu-
maxmky C). With an. obj. mussur
nau {mis-)y he touches (him); suppos.
noh masunonty he who touches him,
Lev. 15, 11, 19; with inan. subj. missis-
sin ('ishiny muS')y it touches, adjoins,
reaches quite to; missishin kesukqut, 'it
reached unto heaven', Dan. 4, 11; mis-
sussin sussipponkomuky it reached to the
wall of the house, 2 Chr. 3, 11, 12; mis-
sishin kuhlamogy the ship touches, is
aground, Acts 27, 41.
muBsipp^g. See musmppeg.
muBBipBk, n. the ankle; -kut, to the
ankle, ankle deep, Ezek. 47, 3; 3d pers.
imissupskony his ankle bone, Acts 3, 7.
(Strictly the back and sides of the ankle
joint; mttssi-poske-askony where the
bones touch behind. So, Aim. "«e-
dapsk^kSiy mon cou derri^re, metabskS-
*k§ky le derri^re et les deux c6t^ du
cou." Cf. missippuskunnicheg, wrist
(the back of the wrist, C).
muBBiBBe, adv. in public, publicly (?),
Matt. 1, 19. Cf. mdmussey mussi.
[Micm. m^shely tous; m^sheda, tons
ensemble. Narr. missesUy adj. an. the
whole. Abn. messiSiy mesetsatSi, tout
Digitized by
Google
72
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BCLLETIN 25
muBaiaflo continued.
"entier. Del. messissUf whole; mejfiturhe'
yeuj wholly, entire, Zeisb.]
muBsissittGon, n. a lip (miwtMtom, C. );
pi. -nashy El. Gr. 10; 3d pere. vrnm*-,
his lip, Prov. 12, 19; 17, 4. For miw-
smi'muiiwn, it is close to the mouth.
[Del. wBche ion, lip, Zeisb.]
mussittipxik, n. a neck, Ps. 75, 5; Is. 30,
28 {misdtteippeg, C); pi. -kanash, Judg.
5, 30; hismUijniky thy neck, Cant. 7, 4;
tn«-, his neck, 1 Sam. 4, 18; mussi-l-
muhpeg {upp^ke, R. W.), joining the
shouldere.
[Narr. gUchipuck,"]
]nu88ohquam[izi], miaaoh-, mua-
aunk-, n. an ear of ripened com, Lev.
2, 14; Mark 4, 28; pi. -munneaskj -mm-
mash, Gen. 41, 5, 7; 2 K. 4, 42. From
rmissco (dried), with the formative of
verbs of growth, -quam; mustohquamin,
it grows dry or ripens by growth.
[Abn. memskSf 6pi de bl6.]
muaaoDonk, miaacDunk, n. a dry tree,
Ezek. 17, 24; 20, 47. Cf. askunkq (a
green tree); kishkunk.
[Abn. mesSakS abdsi, arbre sec; aresk-
iakS, arbre vert, qui ne pent briiler.]
muaaoDpohteau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it
becomes drj', *it withers*, Hag. 1, 4;
suppos. -ohtag, when it dries or withers,
Is, 27, 11.
muaauhkallaU. See miskauau,
muaauhkoma), xnia-, v. t. he goes on
touching (it), Dan. 8, 5; with an. obj.
-uhkauauy he reaches or goes on to touch
(him), 2 Chr. 3, 11.
[Abn. ne-mnmenemen, je le touche
(tango).]
muaaunkquamin. See mismnkquamin,
a (full) ear of corn,
muaaunnum. See mussinum.
muaaupp^g, muaaipp^g, pi. -p^qaash,
-p^gwashy n. tear, Lam. 2, 18; Mai. 2, 13;
nu«-, mytears. Job 16, 20; Ps.6,6. Cf.
missippano and -gippaeu.
[Abn. meseblgSan; pi. -nar, larme;
nSsseblgSani, j'en verse. Del. suppin-
^uo/Z (pi.).]
muawaU, v. t. an. he pierces or wounds
(him) with an arrow or other missile,
1 K. 22, 34; 2 Chr. 18, 33; and pass, he
is hit or wounded, etc.
moawatt — continued.
[Abn. memriy vel mes8dans8, 11 est
blessd d*une balle ou fi^he; mesSy il est
blens^.]
mutchalit, -oht, n. a sinew, Is. 48, 4;
pi. -tashy Job 10, 11; 30, 17; Ezek. 37, 7;
3d pers. tnUchoht.
[Abn. Stsety nerf du corps, de Thomme
ou des animaux. Del. wtscheet, sinew.]
mutc]i&n,n. the nose, Is. 3,21; Prov. 30,
33; the muzzle or snout of an animal,
Prov. 11, 22; nxUch&nyhilchAn,wutch&ny
nayi thy, his nose; ul wutcMn-ity into
his nostrils, Gen. 2, 7.
[Narr. wuchadn. Peq. kuchijage,
(thy) nose, Stiles. Abn. ne-kitan, mon
nez; mSsittany le mufie.]
muttteg, -agk, n. a standard, a banner,
Ps. 60, 4; Is. 59, 19; Jer. 4, 21; 60, 2;
51, 12; pi. -nkinash.
[Abn. meUSeghmy ^tendard.]
mutUUoLOOO^, -anwo^, [they are very
many], John 21, 6 (of 'the multitude
of fishes'), Ezek. 47, 10; Nah. 3, 3;
V. i. from nwU&e-y not used in the sing.
mutt^, adv. exceedingly, very much,
very; wwmegeny (it is) exceeding
good. Num. 14, 7; mcochekey ex-
ceeding much, 2 Sam. 8, 8; vninr
netUy very beautiful, 2 Sam. 11, 2.
muttinnunk, muttannong [n. coll.
from muMeUy a very great number, a
multitude, an. or inan.], a thousand;
neqiU muUannunky one thousand, Num.
31, 4. Adj. and adv. -ngane; pi. an.
muUannongan-ogkustuogy TieqiO mutton-
onglanel muUanonganogkussuogy a thou-
sand thousand (persons), 1 Chr. 21, 5;
pi. inan. -ogkodtaahy 1 Chr. 22, 14. (See
-ogkodt'.)
[Narr. n^quiUe miUdnnugy one thou-
sand . Abn . rrUdrGy ten ; negStd amkSaki,
one thousand.]
muttaohke, muttaok, n. the world,
Luke 16, 8; John 14, 27. For muUae
ohkCy very much land.
muttdaaah, met-, n. pi. [leggings],
*ho8en', Dan. 3, 21; ^greaves', 1 Sam.
17, 6; 'sandals', Mark 6, 9; muUasmsh,
stockings, C. Cf. kaukdancuh.
[Chip. metdSy l^ging; (Sag. ) ivee tah
mm, (his) l^ging. Menom. nie ieesh
shon, Shawn. miU a tdh. Miami (auh
mma.l
Digitized by
Google
tbvmbull]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONAEY
73
muttaaonitch, n. the little finger; num-
mat; my little finger, 1 K. 12, 10; 2 Chr.
10, 10. For maUa'OSuh-nxUch (menut-
cheg)y the last of the hand [no hand
after (?); last (or least) of the hand (?).]
muttdsons, n. the youngest son, Gen.
42, 13; 2 Chr. 21, 17; 22, 1; -oh, Judg.
9, 5. From mat-asuhf not after (?). See
the Abnaki below.
[Abn. ne-medesmnn^iy je suis le cadet
de tons, ^posito quod nuUus alius sit.']
muttinnohkdu, muttinuhkdu, n. the
right hand; nuUirmohk&Uf my right
hand, Ps. 73, 23; vmt-f his ri^ht hand,
Dan. 12, 7; {tinnirmhkde menitcheg, the
right hand, C. )
xnuttinnuhkduneiyeue, adv. on the
right hand, to the right, 2 Chr. 23, 10.
[Narr. yd miiinnocky to the right!
Abn. arenakaiSi, la main droite.]
muttinwhunutch, n. a finger. See uml-
tinwhunitch.
xnuttoxnpeuk (?), -pek, n. the jaw; 3d
pers. vmti&mpeuk, 'pek, his jaw, Jndg.
muttompeuk (?), -pek— continued.
15, 15, 16, 19. Adj. and adv. tciUomr
pukone, Prov. 30, 14.
[Del. ki warn pi caiif the jawbone,
• Zeisb.]
muttcon, n. the mouth, El. Gr. 10; nut-y
hit', icuUam, my, thy, his mouth; pi.
-nosh; 3d pi. imUtamtDivdash, their
mouths, Ps. 78, 30; Heb. 11, 33.
[Narr. wuUbne, (his) mouth. Peq.
. kuUdneege, (thy) mouth, Stiles. Abn.
ne-dSn, ma bouche; 8d8n, sa bouche.
Chip, nindon, my mouth (Bar.). Del,
wdoon, (his) mouth, Zeisb.]
muttoimniiiwog, n. pi. the kidneys, Ex.
29, 13; Lev. 3, 4; the reins, Jer. 17, 10;
nid-, my reins, Ps. 26, 2. Cf. wunnus-
KDog, testes.
muttugk, muttixkki, n. the shoulders
(upper part of the back); uinuUnkeef,
on my shoulders. Job 31, 36; kuttugkit,
on thy shoulders. Josh. 14, 5; wuUugkit,
on his shoulders, Luke 15, 5 (vmltukit,
Judg. 16, 3); niUikf a shoulder, C.
N"
na, demonstrative particle, there: na ut
(and naiU)y thereat, therein, thereon,
Is. 42, 11; Luke 13, 6; na vmtche, there-
from, thence, hence, Ex. 11, 1; na
ohteau, there is, Eccl. 6, 1; na wo, there
was, 2 Sam. 2, 17; Gen. 1, 3. Cf. tie,
nenan, noh, nan, '
[Del. ma, * there it is*, Zeisb.]
xiabo, nab, a particle which, ''from 10 to
20, they add before the numeral '' : nabo
nequt, eleven; nabo neese, twelve, etc.,
El. Gr. p. 14 (nobo nis, twelve, Maas.
Ps.). Cf. napanna and Chip, nabino-
iawan, *he repeats his words'; nabaan,
*he fastens it (or puts it) to the end of
something,' Bar. [From n^epau (?).]
[^SLrr.piuck-nab'naquUf eleven ;piucil"-
nab-neesc, twelve. Peq. pitig-naubiU-
nuquut, eleven, Stiles. Abn. -negSd-
annk6/0, eleven; niB-ahnk&o, twelve.
Chip, midasswi ashi b^ig, eleven ;
ajihl ny, twelve. Bar. Cree mitcUat-
pSyakoo-ddup, eleven; neeshoo-sdup,
twelve, etc.]
nabohteai, n. dry land, Hag. 2, 6. Cf.
nunnobohtedou.
nadtsuw^mpu, natt-, v. i. he looks (for
the purpose of seeing some object,
looks for or at an object; cf. nuhquainaly
to direct the eye or look in that or
this direction), 1 K. 18, 43; 19, 6 (nato-
wompu); pi. -puog, they look, 2 Sam.
22, 42. See toompu. With man. obj.
nadiautoompadtam, he looks for (it);
Buppos. 2d pi. nadtauwompadlamSg we-
quai, while ye look for the lights Jer.
13, 16. With an. obj. nadtautvompamau,
he looks for or at (him).
[Abn. nederahbaddmen; (with an.
obj. ) -bdman, je le regarde.]
nddteoh, n^teuh, as prep, since, Deut
4, 32: ne kesukok, since that day
when, 1 K. 8, 16; nadteoh padon, since
when I came, Gen. 30, 30; kddshik
muttaok, since the beginning of the
world. Is. 64, 4 (naleah, lately, since, C. ).
[Abn. ndigM, niaga, netn^ pour lors,
lorsque.]
nadtippaeu. See nehtippaeu.
nadtuppo), natuppu, v. i. he feeds (as
an animal, other than man): pigsog
naiuppuog ut uoadchu-ut, swine feed upon
Digitized by
Google
74
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
nadtuppo), natuppu — continued,
the mountain, Luke 8, 32; ke-netassu-
mog pish nadttippcoog^ thy cattle shall
feed, Is. 30, 23; with inan. obj. nadhip-
poowarUam, he feeds on (it), Jer. 50, 19;
with an. obj. ymdiuppcowaUy -pwau, he
prepares food (?) for or feeds (?) him;
imperat. 2d -{- 3d sing, nadtupweh, * dress
him meat', 2 Sam. 13, 7; cf. v. 5, umn-
neliteauitch meeUnionk, let her dress the
meat [food]. See -uppw, determinative
generic of verbs of feeding.
[Narr. natuptvockf (animals) feed.]
na^tau, v. t. ^causat. inan. from nd-uniy
he sees (?)], he appears, shows himself
to (him): monchu na^htaudnat (infin.),
he went to show himself to, 1 K. 18, 2;
pret. naeJiktompy he appeared to, 2 Chr.
3, 1; with affixes: ke-naeihtunkw^ I ap-
pear to you. Lev. 9, 4. Cf. nahHnaUy he
shows (it) to; nahiustni.
nag, suppos. of n&-um, he sees, when he
sees (it).
nag. See neg^ they.
nagont, nagunt (?), n. sand, Heb. 11, 12;
1 K. 4, 20; nagurUu, -atUUf in or on the
sand, Deut. 33, 19; Matt. 7, 26. See
kehiohhann6muky 'sand of the sea' {keh-
tahhannomuhkf Mass. Ps.), Ps. 78, 27.
[Abn. nigakSf sable. Del. le kaUy
Zeisb.]
nagum, pron. 3d sing. an. he, El. Gr. 7
( = nohf q. v.); pl. nagoh (=nahoh)j
they.
[Narr. naikgom, his own. Del. neka
or nekamaj he, Zeisb. Gr.]
nagwuttede, adv. continually, all the
time, always. Job 7, 16; 27, 10; Prov. 17,
17; 19, 13.
[Abn. nekSieruXy quelques jours ensuite
(in postenim).]
nagwuttelieyeuoDOnk, vbl. n. continu-
ance, * perseverance', Eph. 6, 18.
nagwutteohteau \na^gwtJCUAe.'Ohleau],\. i.
it continues to be, it is continual,
1 Sam. 13, 14.
nahen, adv. almost, £1. Gr. 21; Judg.
19, 9; nearly, nigh to, Phil. 2, 27, 30:
nen nahen nun-nupf * 1 am at the point
to die', Gen. 25, 33; Tiahen nuppWj 'he
is at the point of death', Mark 5, 23.
Cf. rui'i; nana,
[Narr. iieenk (of a dying man), *he is
nahen — continued .
drawing on.' Abn. n^hhd, t6t, bien-
t6t. Cree wi-e^, 'exactly.']
nahnagkide. See nohnagkiAe.
^nalinafyeumooadt ( ? ) , a horse, C. See
nayeumuk; nayeutam.
nahnaahatt (freq. of nashau)y v. i. he
breathes; 3d pers. infinit. umnnahnash-
mat, to breathe. Josh. 11, 11; -dneaty
V. 14; suppos. nanashorU {iiahnashmUy
Deut. 20, 16) and nanashonity when he
breathes; pl. (part. ) neg nanashonilchegy
they who breathe, Josh. 10, 40 (tien
nunnds8ham, 1 breathe, C). See
nashaiionk,
*nahog, they, them; ut nahogy to them,
C.,=nahohy El. Cf. noh.
nahohtdeu [=ne hohtdeu, the next in
order], adv. secondly. El. Gr. 21:
ompdsiky the second row, Ex. 28, 18;
afterwards (i. e. next after), Deut 1, 8;
Luke 23, 26. See hohideu,
nahdnnushagk. See nohnushagky * fare-
well.'
[Note.— Deflnlllon not completed.]
nahoMik, a 'pinnacle', Matt. 4,5; Luke
4, 9; suppos. from a verb form ndi-ussu
(inan. subj. -usseu), he makes pointed
or tapering; ne nahamky that which is
made pointed. See ndu
nahtinaU, noht-, v. t. inan. and an. he
shows (it) to (him); he makes (it)
appear to (him), Esth. 4, 8 (infin.):
kenahtinushy I will show to you, Judg. 4,
22; howannahtinukqueogy yfho "Will show
(it) to us? Ps. 4, 6; suppos. nohtinorU,
Judg. 1, 25. Cf. naShtau; namefUau.
nahtuBsu, v. t he shows, makes appar-
ent {-ussu, performs the act of show-
ing); imperat. no/i^ show thou (it),
Ezek. 43, 10; with affix, nahtusseh kum-
mayashy show me thy ways, Ps. 25, 4
{nahtuJUeh keeky show me your house,
C).
nti, V. i. it makes a point or angle, it is
angled or angular: yaue n&iy it is four-
angled, square, Ezek. 45, 2; ut yaue naeSy
on the four comers, ibid. ; suppos. nalagy
naiyagy when it makes an angle; as n.
a comer, an angle: yaxie naiyag welUj
the four comers of the house (lit. where
the house four-corners), Job 1, 19,
= yawve n&yag, Ex. 27, 2, and yaue nah
nayag (freq. all the comers). Acts 11,5.
See nasfiin.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATIGK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
75
naihaue, nauw^, adv. in the middle,
Cant. 3, 10. See ndeii.
^hiiim (Narr.), by and by; (suppos.)
ndmiich, R. W.
naicomaU. See ndyeumau.
naicomuk. See ixayeumxik, [when he is
carried,] when he rides.
naj, 3d pers. sing, imperat. of nano^ it is
the same, it is so. See nan.
naxneh^ati, naznli^ati, v. t. an. he finds
(him), discovers (him) [makes him
visible; causat. an. form from naii, he
sees him; cf. nahtinaxiy na^htau]'. ne-
namhehy ne-namehhehy I find him (-nam-
mehy Hos. 9, 10) ; kenamhehy thou findest
me; ke-namhesh, I find thee, 1 K. 21,20;
suppos. nameheontj when he finds, he
finding, Prov. 18, 22; negat. nen matta
namhedhj I did not find him, 2 Cor. 2,
13; with inan. obj. namehleau, he finds
(it), Prov. 18, 22; 17, 20; suppos. na-
mehteujik, Luke 15, 9 {nun-ndmeehteOy I
find, C).
[Abn. ne-namttlSn; (an. obj.) ne-na-
mihafiy je d^couvre, je vols; ne-namihSej
je vois.]
namohkaeihheatt, v. t. [causat. form of
namohkau]f he lends to (him); 'kamh-
huau, Ps. 112, 5; -kohheau, Prov. 19,
17; imperat. 2d pi. nainohkaeihuugky
lend ye, Luke 6, 36; namakouhe (?),
lend it to me, Luke 11, 5. See nogkoh-
kdeihhuundt.
[Abn. ne^emekaSihan, je lui pr^te;
imperat. nemekaSi or kaSihi. ]
namohkaU, v. t. he borrows (from or of
another) ; imperat. -kaushy borrow, 2 K.
4, 3; suppos. ndmohkaudnontf when he
borrows, Ex. 22, 14. Cf. nogkohkouundt.
namohs, n. a fish (ndmdSy C. ) ; pi. -sogy
El. Gr. 9, Matt. 17, 27; Ex. 7, 18, 21;
dimin. namohshneSy pi. -mesogy Matt. 15,
34. [The first letter does not belong to
the root, but represents the determina-
tive particle. It is not found in com-
pound words (see -dmag). The base is
the same as in aum; trans, aum-auy he
fishes. In the Old Algonkin and in
some modem dialects the determinative
prefix is given to the sturgeon as the fish
par excellence. The final s represents
the an. adj. form -e«t, or what is equiv-
alent to it, odasy animal, animate being. ]
[Narr. nammauvsy pi. -mck, Abn.
namohs — continued.
namhy pi. -sak. Old Alg. hicons (na-
mahiy sturgeon). Chip, ke^go (nam aVy
naugkmayy sturgeon). Menom. nah-
maish (nahmawCy sturgeon). Del. na
meesy pi. -sak. Powh. noughmasSy J.
Smith. Micm. nemeshy Maillard.]
namxKDham, v. i. he answers, replies:
kah narwaUy he answered and said.
Job 15, 1; 16, 1; with an. obj. -hamauy
he answers (him). Gen. 41, 16. Vbl.
n. -hamdonky an answer. Gen. 41, 16;
2 Sam. 24, 13. From nompe, in turn,
reciprocally.
namshpeyau, v. i. 'he sojourns' [visits,
remains for a time (?)], Gen. 20, 1. Cf.
enneapeyau.
nan, a particle denoting likeness or
identity, the same as, or such as: noh
nany the same person, Heb. 13, 8; Ps.
102, 27; 716 nauy the same thing, Dan.
5, 5; John 4, 53 (nenany nnihy nont nety
'the same', C); ne nan qussuky that
same stone. Matt. 21, 42; pi. inan.
nanoashy such (things), James 3, 10;
with verb subst. ne nano, it is the same,
it is so: 720^ nano {nnoh)y he is the same
or such; matta ne nanoy it is not so. Acts
10, 14; yeush matta took nanoashy these
things ought not to be so, James 3, 10;
imperat. 3d sing, ne najy let it be so,
'even so', Matt. 11, 26; Luke 11, 2;
Rev. 22, 20; ahque ne najy 'not so',
Acts 11, 8; suppos. ne nagy if it be so,
Dan. 3, 17; matta nana>gy if it be not
so, V. 18. Cf. Aunagy neancy nnih. [All
these have the same base, and it is im-
possible to distinguish always the forms
of each under Eliot's varying notation.]
[Narr. mat endno, mat edno, it is not
true.]
nanadnont, pi. (neg) nanadnoncheg; sup-
pos. of nanavnirnnaUf they who rule,
rulers, Ex. 18, 21; Is. 52, 5.
nanadnum. See nanawunnumy he bears
rule, he rules over (it).
nanabpi, -peu, ( it is ) dry. See nunobpe,
^anagkoDOnk, vbl. n. 'snorting', C.
nanahkineg, (as n.) a sieve. Is. 30, 28.
See nmhhik; nunnohkinnum.
nana[h]konchi7eu-ut, in a narrow
way (passage), Num. 22, 26; in a strait
(place). Job 36, 16: mo adt nanakon'
chana>gy 'where there is no straitneee',
Digitized by
Google
76
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
nana[h] konchiyeu-ut — continueil.
ibid.; [nun-^nanohkontap, I am in a
strait (betwixt two), 1 Phil. 1, 23.
nanamunnum qiinuhtug, he bran-
dishes ('shakes') a spear, Job 41, 29.
nanaseu, adv. one by one, Mark 14, 19;
Is. 27, 12; nan&se, John 8, 9. Freq.
from nussuy nusseu, alone.
nanashont, suppos. of nahnashauy he
breathes.
nanashwu, v. i. he prepares, makes
ready; imperat. 2d sing, 'ivish, prepare
thyself, be ready, Jer. 46, 14. With
an. obj. naavtshweau, he prepares or
makes (him) ready; wnth inan. obj.
nanashwetamj he makes (it) ready; sup-
pos. nanashwetogy when he prepares
(it), Prov. 8, 27; with inan. obj. and
an. ending, -wetamau anoetuonk^ he pre-
pares a habitation for (him), Ex. 15, 2.
nanashwuxmuin, v. t. he prepares (it);
nunnana»livmnnumy I prepare it. Matt.
22, 4. (With formative of verbs de-
noting action of the hand. )
nanaunuxn. See nanmmtnnum.
^nftnftw^teou, he keeps [safely, makes
safe] ; nun-ndnaueehtoo, I keep, C. See
nannotve, nandtcetea,
nanawunnuxn, -a^nuxn, -annum, v. t.
[primarily to keep safely,] he rules over,
governs (it), Dan. 4, 17; 5, 21: ke-narMu-
num, thou rulest (it), Ps. 89, 9. With
an. obj. nanawunriau, -dunnaUf he rules
over or governs (him), Ps. 59, 13; Rom.
7, 1 : pish ke-nanauwunuk, he shall rule
over thee, Gen. 3, 16; suppos. ?iana-
wunonty nariadnont, he who rules; pi.
-onchegj they who bear rule, rulers, Ex.
18, 21; Is. 52, 5 (rmnamui^heg, magis-
trates, rulers; title-page of Indian Laws).
N. agent, nanuwunnuaerif nananuivahij
vananuaSn, a ruler. Num. 13, 2; Ex. 22,
28; Jer. 51, 46; *a nobleman', John 4,
46, ^mushdshketompy Mass. Ps. {nan-
auonnudnat, to rule or govern; ndnd-
wanumeehy keep thou me, C).
[Narr. neen nanojcwunnemurij I over-
see, I look to or keep; naunduivhearU
(and nanouivi'tea) y a keeper or nurse, an
overseer and orderer (of their worship),
R.AV. 52, 112.]
nanepaushadt, -pduzshad, n. the
moon, Gen. 33, 14; 37, 9; Josh. 10, 12,
13; nepdiizshady Ps. 148, 3. Cf. nep&uAy
the sun; also a (lunar) month.
nanepaushadt, -pduzshad — continued.
[Narr. naneimushat, the moon, the
moon god (and mimndyinockj a name of
both the sun and the moon). Abn.
kizSs (le soleil ou) la lune; nibankizSSy
la lune (nihah-kizSs, nibahiSi, de nuit;
ne-nibahsSy * je marche de nuit* ). Chip.
keezis (Sag.), ge^zis (St Marys), (gisiss,
Bar.), sun; te be ke «w, diy ik ge^ zis
(night sun), moon, Sch. Del. ni pa
hum J the moon; nipahwij by night; ni-
pawoochueriy to go, to travel, by night,
Zeisb.]
nannahkixinuxn. See nunnohkinnum,
nannowe, nanouwe, adv. freely, Matt
10, 8; Rev. 21, 6; safely; nanomyeue,
in safety, Lev. 25, 19 (nanamvey free;
-auiviyeuey safely, C. ) ; nannoiv€y volun-
tary, of free will, Dfeut. 16, 10.
nannxikshon^t. See nunnukkiishondt.
nanzLumit, n. the north wind. Cant. 4, 16.
[Narr. nanummalin and 8unnddin.'\
nanzLununiyeu, -mau, adv. at the north,
northward, Gen. 13, 14; Is. 14, 31,
wiUch nannummaUy from the north, Ps.
107, 3.
[Del. lotvaneUf v. adj. northerly,
Zeisb. Gr. 164; to wan a chen, north wind,
Zeisb. Voc. 44.]
nand, (it increases) more and more, in-
creasingly; used as an adverb of com-
parison: nano missiy it increases (be-
comes more and more great), Job 10,
16; nano mmnatashj they {inaxi.) increase
in number, are more, many, Ezra 9, 6;
nano nKiantam, he is more and more
wise, increases in wisdom, Luke 2, 52
{ndndy moreover, C ) ; nanomwonkquaeu
7iano nunkquaash, * heaps upon heaps',
Judg. 15, 16.
*nan6ckquttin (Narr.), the southeast
wind, R. W. Cf. nunnukquodtiU.
nanohkinum, v. t. he seethes (i t ) , boils (? )
it; imperat. and suppos. nanohkinu-
mcok ioh woh yeu n&nohkimunugy 'seethe
ye that ye will seethe*, Ex. 16, 23.
nandmonkquodtau, v. t. (freq.) he con-
tinues to heap up, he piles (it) up. Job
27, 16. See nomunkgudg; numwonk"
quau.
^nanompaniBSuonk, vbl. n. idleness, C.
See the following:
nanopassumall, he supplicates of, en-
treats (him). See nanumpassumau,
nanouwe. See nannowe.
Digitized by
Google
lEUMBULL]
NATICK--ENGL1SH DICTIONARY
77
^nan^w^tea, nan^u- ( Narr. ) , a nurse or
keeper, an overseer and orderer (of
their worship). For nanawehteauy he
oversees or directs. See nanmtmnnum.
*nan6wii88u (Narr.), vbl. adj. an. it is
lean. See Orunmm^gvi.
^nanpeh, very (used in the comparison
of adjectives): nanpeh peissimi, (he is)
very small; nanpehne, * mostly*; nan-
pehyeuy * especially*, C.
[Cree Tidspich, very, Howse.]
nftnxikquok, when there is danger; sup-
pos. of 7iunnukquodi.
nanxikqiiBhont, suppos. of nunnuk-
qushauj he trembles. See nunnukkush-
ondt.
nnnnmj ^^^tum m tM , nanop-, V. t. an. he
. entreats, supplicates (him) : nan-nanum-
pa99um, I pray [supplicate] (him),
John 14, 16; ^cunnwche nanopamm&uhf
they began to entreat him, Mark 5, 17
(ken-nanndmpasmmushy I pray or en-
treat you, C).
naniinkqussu, nanunkqsu, v. adj. an.
he is palsied, Matt. 8, 6; Mark 2, 3;
suppos. n&nonkusffU, v. 4; suppos. part.
-hamnitche, v. 10. Cf. imnnukkushtmdiy
to tremble.
nanwe, adv. and adj. common [from
nan, the same, such as], general, usual,
normal; hence native or indigenous,
as opposed to pen&we, strange, foreign,
of another kind: nanice mmhininnuogf
common people, Mark 12, 37; pe-
tukqunegy common bread; ttmt-
Episdeiim Jude, the general Epistle of
Jude (nanwe xcoBketomp, any man, C).
See nnih; nnin,
[Del. lenniy original (?), common;
lenni m'biy pure water; len-<ichpoan,
common bread; lenachsinncdl, common
stones, Hkw.; levee ^ common, ** applied
to such objects of nature or of art a£ are
of common occurrence**; Unet augh-
kweeyuny "common cloth, such as the
Indians ordinarily use,** Cass in N. A.
Review, No. 50, p. 68. Abn. areni;
areni SdamaTiy du petun [tabac] com-
mun du pays; ned-aren-andsij je parle
Abnaqui; arenranpe [=Del. lenrdpH],
homo (i^hi-anpi, vir). Mic. Ir^, man.
The Iroquois equivalent is onS^^ e. g.
**<mk8S (m8iy sauvage, homme vrai.**]
nanwetu, v. adj. (he is common-bom,)
a bastard, Deut. 23, 2; Zech. 9, 6 (nan-
iretue, C. ). From nanwe, with the form-
ative -etu of verbs of production and
growth.
nanwiyeu, v. 1. he wanders about (has
no specified place), strays; pi. -yeuog,
they wander ( * through all the moun-
tains*, Ezek. 34, 6). With sh of invol-
untary action or mischance, nanwus-
shau, *he wanders, i. e. is lost*, C.
nanwunnoodsquaaU, -squauwau, v. i.
she is a harlot, a common (nantoe)
woman. Vbl. n. -squautonk, harlotry,
fornication, Acts 15, 20; 21, 25; Matt
5, 32. N. agent, -squauwaen, Deut. 24,
17. See na>d8qua6nat.
nanwunnoMiflquaausu, -squaudsu, v.
adj. an. she is a harlot, practices har-
lotry. N. agent. -«x«i, Lev. 21 , 14; Prov.
23, 27; Is. 57, 3.
nftoDeukomunneat. See ndcMukomun-
neat,
^nftpi^y until, C. Qeepajeh.
napazina, num. five; tahshe is to be
added unless nabo or nab is prefixed,
El. Gr. 14: napanna tahshe; pi. an.
tahsuog,tohmog; pi. inan. toh-
8ua8h or tahshinash, Nabo napanna^ fif-
teen ; iahMkqtMmef for fifteen
days. Gal. 1, 18.^
[Narr. napdnna. Peq. nuppau, Stiles.
This is Chip, nabaniy 'one side*, i. e.
one hand; nabanidasse, 'he has one leg-
ging on*; nabanSnindjiy 'he has only
one hand*, Bar.; nabaninindjy 'the
other hand.*]
^hoapeh, 'if you dare,' C.
napehnont, "adv. of wishing"; *0, that
it were*: uHnam, 'I wish it were', El.
Gr. 21, 34; Deut 28, 67. It serves as
an affix in all numbers and persons of
verbs in what Eliot calls the optative
mood.
*nftppi7eue, adv. narrowly, C.
napwGoachegr, suppos. pi. part of nup-
w6au. See nupwo&<mk.
naahauanit, the spirit of God (manit).
Matt 4, 1; cf. maUanity the de\'il, same
verse. [Oftener with adj. "Holy"
prefixed or "God** added(?)]. See
-anit.
nashaue, prep, between, Dan. 8, 5; Mic.
7, 14; in the middle, Jer. 39, 3;
Digitized by
Google
78
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
naahaue — continued.
mayashy between the ways, 1 Sam. 14, 4;
nanashaue nenatvun kah ierij between us
and you, Luke 16, 25; nanohkoyUap na-
8haue neeninashf I am in a strait betwixt
two, Phil. 1, 23; ne penoivomdi nashawe
ummiUamwussin kah penomp, there is a
difference between a wife and a virgin,
1 Cor. 7, 34; nashaue ken kah nagum,
between thee and him. Matt. 18, 15;
Cf. ndeuy in the middle, and nishwe or
nashwey third. To the latter (nxuhwe)
nashaue is nearly related, as are both
these to neese^ two.
[Chip, ndsmvmiy between. Bar.; ne-
sahiiahyeey J. (Cf. Del. lechauwaak, a
fork; lecheimny breadth.)-]
nashationk, vbl. n. [from TiashaUy freq.
nahnashau (q. v.), he breathes]: (1) a
breathing, breath. Gen. 2, 7; Ezek.37,
9, 10; nashaonky Job 4, 9; nushdonky J oh
41, 21. (2) the spirit of man, Prov. 18,
14; 1 Thess. 5, 23; a disembodied spirit,
1 K. 22, 21; 2 Chr. 18, 20; Job 4, 15.
[Abn. ne-n^ssSy je respire.]
nashin, [v. i. it is between or contained,]
it makes an angle or corner: yauut
nashiriy it is 'four-square', Rev. 21, 16,
= yauut namny Essek. 43, 16, = yauut
nashinity v. 17; suppos. natihiky where it
makes a comer; as n. a comer or in-
cluded angle: adt nathiky at the comer,
Mark 12, 10, ^adnahshxky Ps. 118, 21;
Acts 4, 11; yauut naahik ohkey in the
four comers of the earth, Ezek. 7, 2.
Adv. and adj. tiashiuney of or at a cor-
ner: qussuky comer-stone. Job 38, 6;
squorUaniy comer gate, Jer. 31, 38.
Cf . ndu
nashomuk, suppos. pass, of nushau, he
kills. Seenushdnal.,
nashpe, prep, by means of, by, with (an
inan. agent, instrament, etc.), Ps. 78,
26; 1 Chr. 12, 33-37; Eccl. 2, 1.
[Quir. «pe. Pier. Del. nachpiy Zeisb.]
nashqun^iun, v. t. (with na>tau) he
kindles (a fire). Lam. 4, 11: nunnashq-
undnum ruDieau, I kindle a fire, Jer. 21,
14; 43, 12; 49, 27; suppos. noh nashqun-
ndnugy he who kindles (a fire), Ex. 22, 6.
nashquneau, v. i. it bums: nwtau nosh-
quneauy a fire bums, * is kindled ', Deut
32, 22; Jer. 15, 14. Adv. -undey burn-
ing: nashqunde noataUy buming fire.
nashquneau — continued.
Dan. 7, 9; mohkossaashy buming
coals, Ps. 140, 10; missediuogy red-
hot iron, Indian Laws, i.
nashqussuxii, v. t. he lights (a lamp,
candle, torch, etc.), he sets it on fire
(kindles a fire, Jer. 17, 27) ; pret. -umup
lamps-ashy he lighted the lamps, Ex.
8, 3; suppos. nashqussuk weguananteg,
when he lights a candle, Luke 8, 16.
nashqutteau, v. i. it bums, it is bum-
ing: namwnde nashquUeaUy it bums
with a flame, 'a flame bumeth*, Joel
2, 3; suppos. ne nashquUagy that which
bums, fire: onaiuh wuttuhq en nashqut-
tagy 'as wood to fire ', Prov. 26, 21.
Of all these forms the base is the
name of fire which Williams writes
sqtUtay but which is not used separately
as a substantive by Eliot. Of the three
names for fire which appear to have
been most frequently used, na)tau or
ruDteau was apparently restricted to tire
kindled for domestic use or for the
service of man; chikoht (Narr. rhlckot),
from chekey fierce, violent, to fire as a
power or in action; and nashqutta {sqiit-
tay R. W. ) as nearly equivalent to our
characterization of "the devouring ele-
ment," or fire as an enemy. Cf. nosh-
quUin,
[Narr. a^iitta, fire. Abn. skitaiy feu;
skStaSiOy il y en a. — Rasles.]
nashquttin, [v. i. there is] a destractive
tempest, a violent storm. Is. 28, 2; 29, 6;
suppos. ruu(hquity Job 27, 21 (jiashquit-
tiriy a northerly storm or a tempest, C. ).
naawaeu, -wayeu, v. i. it is scattered;
adv. rmsw&ey -uuyeue, Is. 18, 2, 7; Jer.
50, 17. [?] See seahham.
natauwompu. See nadtauwdmpUy he
looks.
natinnealiteau, natinahteau, v. i. he
seeks, makes search; pi. -^og, they
sought, 2 K. 2, 17. Vbl. n. -Uaonk,
search, Ezra 4, 19.
natinneham, v. t he seeks (it), Prov.
14, 6;. 18, 1; Job 39, 29; pi. -hamwogy
they seek (it), Heb. 11, 14; imperat. 2d
pi. -hamwky seek ye. Matt 7, 7; suppos.
noh natinnohhog, he who seeks. Matt.
7, 8; with an. obj. natinneawhauy he
seeks (him), 2 Chr. 26, 5; -whooiiy Rom.
3, 12; with affixes, wun-natinneahivh-oh,
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
79
natinneham — continued .
he seeks (him), Matt 18, 12; suppos.
# noh natinnewhonty he who seeks (him),
Lam, 3, 25.
[Narr. natlnnehaSf search (thou); tea-
qiia kun-ndiinnej what do you look for?]
natippaeu. See nehtippaeii,
natcDtomaU, v. t. an. he questions (him),
asks (him) a question; (naicotamauau)
Matt. 16, 13; -mauoh, Matt. 22, 35;
with the characteristic {-hk) of con-
tinue<i action, natcotomuhkau, he makes
inquiries, goes on asking questions (of
him); infinit. -konaty to inquire, Ezra
7, 14.
[Narr. kun-natdtemi, do you ask me?
n^natotemdckauriy I will ask the way.
Cree tintow-ethemayoo, he looks for,
seeks ( him) ; untow-^hetum, he seeks it.]
natcDtomuliteaonk, vbl. n. (from -uh-
teauy V. i. he asks) a question, Mark 11,
29; 12, 34 {naitwtumwehteaonk, C).
nattauw6mpu. See nadkmwdmpu.
^attoohqus (Mass. Ps. ), a wolf, John 10,
12 {natta>qu8sU'0gf wolves, C); ontoquos,
a wolf, Wood.
[Narr. natdgus, wolf; moaU6quSf a
black wolf, R.W.]
natuppu. See nadtuppwj he feeds.
natwontaxn, v. i. and t. inan. he consid-
ers, meditates, devises, Ps. 36, 4: nun-nat-
icorUam, I meditate, Ps. 119, 15; I de-
vise, Mic. 2, 3; imperat. 2d sing, -ontash
nun-naJtworUamotconk (vbl. n.), * con-
sider my meditation', Ps. 5, 1.
xi£-um, v. i. he sees, Job 28, 24; Matt. 12,
22; and t. inan. he sees (it). Job 34, 21: ,
nunnaumy I see, Jer. 1, 11; John 9, 25;
suppos. nagy when he sees (it). Gen.
42, 1:3 6 (naiky Matt. 21, 19); imperat.
2d sing nauky naushy ndsh; pi. naum-
wky see, behold. Vbl. n. n&umcDonk,
sight, Deut. 28, 67; Luke 4, 18. With
an. obj. ndauy nauaUy he sees (him),
Gen. 42, 7; John 1, 29; imperat. 2d pi.
n6ky Is. 42, 1 ; suppos. nauonty when he
sees (him), 2 K. 4, 25; with affixes, ke-
nd-ehy thou seest me, Gen. 16, 13; noh
naiit, he who seeth me, John 12, 45;
14, 9. Cf. nogqae, wompa.
[Abn. ne-namihiiy je vois. Del. ne
meny to see, Zeisb.]
naumatttonk, vbl. n. a law, Deut. 1, 5.
pi. 'Ongashy Ex. 16, 8. C'- ncowaonky
wussiUumundt.
-nauxnon (not found without the pro-
nom. prefix), son. See wunnauinonvh,
^natint (Narr.), alone, only. See nonL
natlt [na w/], adv. of place, El. Gr. 21;
therein, thereon, thereat, Is. 42, 11: na
ut ahqmmpagy at that time, Dan. 3, 8;
luih uiy thereon, Luke 13, 6.
nauusiikomunzieat. See ndamtkomun-
neat.
nauw^. See naihaue.
nauwaehtamuneaU, v. t. inan. he bows
down to (it); infin. 2d pi. Lev. 26, 1.
nauwaeti, v. i. (1) he bends down, bows,
stoops, Judg. 5, 27. (2) he worships,
Ex. 34, 8; pi. -atogy they w^orship, Ex. •
4, 31; they bow down, Is. 46, 2; im-
perat. 2d pi. nauwuegky worship ye, Ex.
24, 1. Adv. ndmvd€y Gen. 49, 15.
nauwakompati, v. i. he stands stooping
or bowed down; suppos. -pauity w^hen
he stoops, Luke 24, 12.
[Del. nauwaquepiny to hang the head
down, Zeisb.]
nauwanuxn, v. t. he bends or bows down
(his person, head, face, etc.), Ex. 34, 8;
pi. 'umuvgy Ex. 4, 31; Luke 24, 5; pret.
nauwanumdmp Judah, I have bent Ju-
dah, Zech. 9, 13.
nauwdsu, -seu, v. i. act. he performs
the act of bowing or stooping, he bows
or stoops, Is. 46, 1; John 20, 11; suppos.
fiddusity when he stoops, John 20, 5.
naiiwot, nauwut. See ndadt,
nawhutche [na vnUch^y therefrom or
there out of], some of, a part of, El.
Gr. 8; Is. 44, 16, 17: kemkodtash,
some days, Dan. 8, 27.
''biawwftuwquaw (Narr.), afternoon.
From nauvxieuy he goes down, stoops.
n^yeuxnaU, naicoxnaU, v. t. an. he bears
or carries (on his back or shoulders) an
an. obj.; infin. 3d sing, wu-ndyeu-
m6nat yokoh (an.), to bear the yoke.
Lam. 3, 27.
nayeuxnuk, naicDinuk, which has the
form of the suppos. pass, participle,
'when he is carried or borne' (on the
shoulders of another), is used by Eliot
for the indicative v. t. he rides upon:
nayeumuk as9-ohy she rode upon an ass,
1 Sam. 25, 42; cheruhy on a
cherub, 2 Sam. 22, 11 { = nayeumugky
Ps. 18, 10); pi. -ukquogy they rode
upon (camels). Gen. 24, 61; suppos.
part. pi. neg naoomukqutchegy they who
Digitized by
Google
80
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
nayeumuk, naiannuk — continued,
ride upon (assies), Judg. 10, 4; horsman-
og nayeumukqutcheg horsett-ohj 'horse-
men [when] riding upon horses',
Ezek. 23, 6; sing, noh nammukqut horaes-
ohy he who rides horses, Amos 2, 15
{\v&[iCQ nahnaiyeiimooadt^ *a horse or a
creature that carries', C).
[Narr. kun-niish, I will carry you (on
my back); nayivayoHmewot, a horse;
u*unnia naijnayodmexrotj he rides on
horseback. Abn. ne-nah^mah, je le
porte sur mes ^paules; 3d sing. Snah^-
man; ahassSj cheval; iie-ndhSmSkS
ahassSf j ' y vais ; -nSih^man ou ne-tianhS'
mariy je charge T enfant, je le porte (sur
le dos). Del. 7iech na yun gees, a horse;
na yu mau, he is carried; na yu muk, he
carries me; na yun dam, he carries a
load, Zeisb.]
nayeutam, y. t. he bears or carries (it)
on his x)er8on (on his breastplate, Ex.
28, 29): pish nayeutam ameanun, he
shall bear his own burden, Gral. 6, 5;
suppos. part. pi. nayeiUogig, they who
bear [are * laden with']. Is. 1, 4. [From
namoaeu, nauwaehtam, he bends or
stoops to it (?).]
[Narr. nidytash, take it on your back;
nidutamwock, 'they are loden' , i. e. carry
burdens.]
ne, demonstrative and directive particle
or pron. inan. (El. Gr. 7) this, that;
pi. nish, these, those: ne teag, this thing.
ne adt, thereat, at that place, Ezek. 6, 13.
neane, neyane (1) Ine ttnne, like this, of
this kind, such as this], so, such, in the
same manner as, as. El. Gr. 22; Luke
22, 27, 29; Mark 4, 26; suppos. nedunak,
-ag ( when it is so, or such as) , according
to, in accordance with, like: neaunak
wnt-anakavMumk, according to her work,
Jer. 50, 29; unnaumattwnkj accord-
ing to the law, Ezra 10, 3 (nedhag, such,
C. ) . (2) as n. the appearance of a thing,
its likeness: ne dunak onatuh ne dunaJt,
'the color thereof as the color of.
Num. 11, 7; nedunag yeu mvitaok, 'the
fashion of this world', 1 Cor. 7, 31;
neaunak meniUcheg, 'in the form of a
hand', Ezek. 10, 8. See dunag^ and cf.
na; nan; nnih; nS; noh; unne,
[Del. nahanne, 'so, so it is', Zeisb.]
neanussu Ine unnus8u]f v. adj. an. he
neanuBSu — continued,
is such as or of the kind, he is like
(see nnnusmi); suppos. nednussUj when
he is like, of the kind of {neydnusU,
'after its kind', Lev. 11, 16, 19; pi. ne-
yanicssehettit, after their kind w. 14, 16) :
iieanumt voskelomp, nnih um-meiiukesU'
ouky as is the man so is his strength,
Judg. 8, 21 ; neanumi vxysketomp, in the
likeness of man, Phil. 2, 7.
^necawnauquanaah, 'old bams' (pL).
See auqunnash, R. W. 93. Dlin. (Ms.
Diet.) ^*naganari, naganara, (pi.) viel-
les cachis dont il ne reste que le trou" ;
^^naganaki nimirigSa, il m'a donn^ son
champ qu'il abandonne."
n^chippo^. See neechippog,
n^dteuh. See nddteoh, since.
neechan, v. i. he or she issues from or is
given birth; as n. issue or offspring
(without r^;ard to sex or age); pi. nee-
chanog, they are children (i. e. issue):
ke-neechanog, thy children, Rom. 9, 7;
thy issue, Gen. 48, 6; suppos. neechdnit,
when he or she is a child, Rom. 9, 8; pi.
part, neg neechdnutcheg, they who are
children or issue, ibid.; wun-neecJian-oh,
the issue of (him), Rom. 9, 26,27. N.
collect, wunneechd^neunk, his issue, col-
lectively, Rom. 9, 8. See oniseu.
[Abn. nSnitzannij j'ai un enfant; 3d
pers. SniizannS; 3d pi. -nnatj ke-^Uzan-
nak [suppos.], tes enfants. Del. nittch^
nUschaan, child, Zeisb. Voc. 6, 10.]
neechau, n^chau, v. i. and t an. she
gives birth to a child, is delivered, is in
labor, Is. 66, 7; Gen. 4, 17, 22; 35, 16;
suppos. neechadt, when she is in labor.
Gen. 38, 28: sun nun-neecham, shall I
bear a child? Gen. 18, 13; pret. neechop,
she was delivered, she gave birth to (a
child), Heb. 11, 11.
[Narr. niechaw, she is in travail;
paugcMche nechauwaw, she is already
delivered. Abn. ne-nighiM, ne-nitsS,
j'enfante.]
neechippog:, nehch-, n^h-, n. dew,
Dan. 4, 15, 23; Gen. 27, 28, 39. Cf.
nefUippaeu,
[Narr. rUechipog, R. W. 82.]
neek, nek, my house, my dwelling. Seef
week+.
neekin, nekin, v. i. he or she is bom.
[Regularly the formative -kin denotes
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
81
neekin, nekin — (continued,
the growth of inanimate being, as does
-etu that of animate: netUy he grows;
neJnn, it grows; but from Eliot's use of
these two forms it appears that nekiv
had the force of an an. passive, he
is bom, he is grown; netu an. in-
trans., which we may nearly translate
by * he has birth ' , * he grows. ' See both
forms in the same verse, John 3, 4]:
vutch nekin-ne&i (infin.), from birth,
Hos. 9, 11; nekin^ (a tree) grows, is
grown, Ezek. 17, 6; Dan. 4, 33; (of the
hair), Judg. 16, 12; suppos. nekik, negik,
when it grows or is grown, Dan. 4,
33 (nekuk, Matt. 13, 32); pi. an. -kig:
n^keekig, Rom. 9, 11; pi. inan. -ki^h:
nehikish, 2 K. 19, 29; (pass, form) nekity
when he is born, John 3, 5, 6; pi. neg
nSkitchegf John 1, 13. Cf. adlannegen;
sankin; tannegen, etc.
[Abn. nig8, on enfant est n^, il est
sorti; tzanigS (cf. tannegen^ EL), il cesse
de croltre.]
neempau, v. i. it thunders; as n. thun-
der, Ps. 81, 7 {nimhaUy thunder, C):
ken-neempdmogf *thy thunder*, Pa. 104,
7; 77, 18.
[Narr. neimpduog, thunder.]
neemskom (?), v. t. he brings (it, i. e.
food or drink?) : nunneemskompetukgun'
neg, 1 fetch bread, Gren. 18, 5; imperat.
1st pi. neemskomuttuhf let us fetch (it),
1 Sam. 4, 3. With an. 2d obj. neemsko-
mah nippemes, bring me a little water,
1 K. 17, 10.
neen, nen, pron. Ist sing. I; pi. Indus.
ketiavmn, exclus. neenavmny we, El.
Gr. 7; nen nnoh, I am he (who), Is.
41, 4; nanashaue nenawun kah ken, be-
tween us (exclus. pi.) and thee, Luke
16, 26; hut nanashaue kenavmn, between
us (all of us, inclufl. pi.), Judg. 11, 10.
The pronoun in the singular has the
form of the noun agent, with n' direc-
tive or demonstrative as the base.
[Del. nt, I; nUuna, we (exclus.); ki-
lunoj we (Indus. )y Zeisb.]
^eepftnon, n. a shower, C.
neepattau, -padtau, v. t. inan. (1) he
stands (it) upright, erects (it), e. g. a post
or column, 2 Chr. 3, 17. (2) he boils or
cooks over a fire, i. e. sets up the pot
for boiling: neepdidu sdbafiigt he *sod
B. A. E., Bill. 26 6
neepattau, -padtau — continued,
pottage*, Gen. 25, 29; imperat. yiepa-
taiti'h mbah^gf 'seethe pottage*, 2 K. 4,
38, and with an. obj. nepas [='nepaush'}
umfie ohkuhk, 'set on the great pot*,
ibid. (ne]wUiohkuhqu6naiy to boil the
pot(?),C.).
[Abn. nibadeniy l^ve cela; ne-nibade-
nakSny je l^ve un pieu. Del. nipachton,
he raises or sets up (e. g. a post, a pole),
Zeisb. Gr. 160.]
neepattunkquonk, nepattuhquonk,
n. a post or stake, 1 Sam. 1, 9; Is. 33,
20; a pillar, 1 K. 7, 2, 17, 20, 21; an
image (statue) , pi. nmn^neepattunkqwmk-
anog, their images, Ex. 34, 13 [nepatuh-
quonk'Osh, (printers') 'columns*, Mass.
Ps. title-page].
neepau, neepoh, v. i. ( 1 ) he stands, holds
himself erect; and, as implying a change
of posture. (2) he rises, erects himself,
Ex. 2, 4; 24, 13; pi. -pdog, Ex. 32, 6;
imperat. 2d sing, nepaush, 'up*, stand,
Judg. 8, 20; pi. -pwkf -pdkj stand ye,
1 Sam. 12, 16; Nah. 2, 8; suppos. noh
neepauit, he who stands, Deut. 1, 38
{nun-neepa>f I stand, C). [Cf. Chip,
and Alg. niba, nipaia, he sleeps, and
Mass. nuppa>, (he is) dead.]
[Narr. yd niepoush, stay or stand
here. Del. m pu^ he stands; pret. m
poop; imperat. 2d sing, ni pa wU, Zeisb.
Cree n^powoo, he stands.]
^eepuck (Narr.?), blood, R. W. Per-
haps the Peqnot (Muh.) name. See
musquSkeonk.
[Abn. Tieba'kkanSm, mon sang; 3d
pers. ahakkanSmj bagakkann, sang.
Miami nepe kon we, blood.]
neeae, num. two, El. Gr. 14; an. pi.
neemogt Deut. 22, 30; inan. pi. nee-
sinashy Cant 7, 3; suppos. neesit nompe,
when it is two times, when it is
doubled, Qen. 41, 32 {neese iahshe,
twice as much, Job 42, 10).
[Narr. netsse. Peq. nah, neese. Del.
m 9chi, Zeisb.]
*neemkkA^og (Narr.), eels, R. W.; nee-
$huongok, Stiles. [Neese-0!vu)g, they go
by twos or in pairs, they couple; cf.
Abn. nisaSSaJc, lis sont mari^. See
neqtiUUconna^'Og.'} The name of 'ne-
shaw eel* is yet retained by the fisher-
men of Marthas Vineyard and perhaps
Digitized by
Google
82
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIX 25
^eeshaliog: — continued,
elsewhere in Massachusetts for the sil-
ver eel (Mursena argentea, Le Sueur).
I am inclined to believe that it origi-
nally belonged to the lampreys ( Petro-
myzon americanus, Le Sueur), which
may appropriately be called 'pairers*
or * couplers* in distinction from the
'single going' eel.
[Peq. nee^hj pi. neesJmaugx, Stiles.]
neesin-wog, v. i. (pi.) they lie two to-
gether, they couple, and v. t. they lie
with, have carnal connection with,
1 Sam. 1, 22; sing, neemiy he (or she)
lies with, Gen. 19, 33; 35, 22; imperat.
Ist pi. neesintuhj let us lie together,
Gen. 39, 7, 12; suppos. noh neesukf he
who, et€., Lev. 20, 13; Judg. 21, 11.
^ From neesej two, with the formative
{-sin) of verbs of lying down. Vbl. n.
neesinncoonky coupling, lying with an-
other. Num. 31, 18.
[Abn. ni»8s\n8da, nisSsinSkj noiis
couchons deux ensemble (de duobus
viris non mal6 audit, de viro et fseminA,
mal6).]
neesne^chags nesnechag, num. twenty.
El. Gr. 14. Adj. pi. an. kodtog;
inan. kodtash. From neese and
nutcheg (hand; see memUch€g)y the sec-
ond time of employing the hand in
counting, twice [the number of fin^rs
on each] hand.
neesTiko88ont, suppos. part, parting the
hoof, Deut. 14, 6. From neesey two, and
miihkoSy nail, hoof.
neeswe, both, the two, Matt. 15, 14; Luke
6, 39. See neese.
neetsk^hheati, v. cans. an. he makes
(him) well, heals, cures: ken-neet^keh-
heshj I heal thee, 2 K. 20, 5; imperat.
neetskeh kxihhog, heal thyself, Luke 4,
23 {nun-neetskehj I heal; neeUkeh, heal
thou [me], C). Vbl. n. neetskehuwa-
onky a cure, Jer. 33, 6. With inan. obj.
neetskehteau, he makes (it) well, he
heals or cures (it), e. g. a wound, a dis-
ease, etc., Ps. 103, 3. "^
neetskesu, v. adj. an. (he is) cured, re-
stored to health, Jer. 46, 11. Vbl. n.
'kesuonky a cure, health-giving, . Prov.
4, 22.
neetu, v. i. ( 1 ) he (or it) grows, as a plant
or animal, Job 8, 11; Ps. 92, 12; pi.
neetu — continued.
-uogy Jer. 12, 2. (2) he is born, Prov.
17, 17; Job 5, 7; Is. 9, 6; cf. neekin.
This word is not easily translatable;
it signifies he comes into life, has birth,
but it also (with an an. subj.) con-
notes the coming into the family or
tribal relation, domestic life and growth.
Cf. luetu.
neg, nag, pron. demonst. they (who),
El. Gr. 7: wanie neg, all they who,
Lev. 11, 9, 10; accus. imgohy they whom,
them. Cf. nohy nagum,
negonne, *adv. of order*, first. El. Gr.
21. Like nequtta (one), of which it is
the ordinal, negonne appears to be
nearly related to nukkdne (Abn. ne-
gannU)y old, ancient, and so first in
order of time. See nukkomauondt; nuk-
kdne; pamk.
[Narr. necdumi. Abn. nikkanniSif de-
vant, par avance. Del. niganiy at the
first, Zeisb.]
negonshaU, v. i. he goes first, he is in
advance; v. t he goes before (them).
[The characteristic -sh denotes going
swiftly, as in 2 Sam. 18, 27: suppos.
noh negonshonty he who runs before or
foremost] N. agent, negonshaen, a
leader (indef. -hiin)y Acts 24, 5.
negontoati, v. t. he sends a message to
(him), i. e. sends .word before or in
advance of coming, 2 Chr. 2, 3 {nun-
7iek6nchuamy I send, C).
negonuhkati, v. t. an. he goes onward
before (him), continues to go before or
in advance of [with the characteristic
{'Uhk) of progression] : ynxn-negonuhkau-
ohy he goes before them, John 10, 4.
[Abn. ne-nikkannSssSy v. i. je marche
devant.]
neg^shkag, =n^ kdshkag, its breadth.
See kushhi.
nehchippog. See neechippog.
nehenwonche, (1) his own, their ow^n,
2 Sam. 12, 3; 2 K. 18, 27; Prov. 14, 10.
(2) of himself, of themselves, suAsponte;
nish nehenwonche nekukishy things which
grow of themselves, spontaneously, 2
K. 19, 29.
nehnekikom, -ekugkom, v. t. he tears
or rends (it). Josh. 8, 7: umn-nehiekik'
om-uny he tears it in pieces (of a wild
beast, Mic. 5, 8); nen nehnekugkoniy I
Digitized by
Google
TRl'M Br I.I.I
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
83
nehnekikom, -eku^kom— continued,
rend (it), Hos. 13, 8. AVith an. obj.
n^hnekukkaiiy he tears or rends (him),
as a wild beast his prey; with affixes
umn-nehntkukkait'ohf he tears him, Luke
9, 42; supiXMS. iwh iiehnekukaumU, he
who tears (when tearing), 1 K. 13, 26.
Intens. from a primary nekaen, with
the characteristic {-uhk) of continued
action. From the same primary are
formed mk'\t8s6m, he cuts or gashes;
neh-nekshaeuy it rends or tears; neh-nek-
inunif he tears (it) by hand, etc. See
the following.
nehnekikdsu, v. i. act. he goes on tear-
ing, continues to tear; in fin. -dmnneat,
Jer. 15, 3; pass, he is torn; suppos. n^h-
negikaimk, when he is torn, Ezek. 4, 14.
See nehnekikom,
nelmekinum, v. t. he rends or tears (it)
in pieces; with an. obj. -kinaii: nim-
nelinekinvky he pulls me in pieces (as a
lion tears his prey). Lam. 3, 11 (nun-
negununij I tear, C. ). From nek-aeii,
with formative (-mum, -inau) denoting
action performed by the hand, and
intens. reduplication.
nehnekshaeu, v. i. it tears; from neh-
nekaeitf with characteristic of involun-
tary or violent action. As n. a rent, Is.
3,24.
nehnekuf^kom. See nehnekikom,
neluieteapa>(?), v. i. he devours, Dan. 7,
19; (v. t. ) imperat. nehneeteapsh weyatu,
devour thou flesh, v. 6.
nAmeyii (?), *cloven^ Acts 2, 3.
nehteau (?), v. i. [he procures food by
hunting or fishing, etc.?]: tvanne teag
nehteau-ohog (pi. neg.), they caught
nothing (by fishing, John 21, 3). Cf.
ncDtamdgqu&eUy ' I go a fishing ' ; natin-
neham, he seeks for.
[Abn. ne-nalMka, je vais chercher
de la mangeaille.]
nehtippaeu, natip-, v. i. it is covered
with water; pi. -pamh, they (inan. ) are I
covere<l, etc.. Gen. 7, 19, 20; [suppos. ;
netippogy = neechippogy dew?].
[Marginal note.— " Wrong; see ogqueh-
chi;" {Iiogkn ogqunnedtf) .]
nelit6e, adv. and adj. skilful [ly], 2 Chr.
2, 8; nShtde and nnhtoe, v. 7, intens. '
nunnehtdey 1 K. 5, 6. The base (relate<l
to uxihtrauy he understands) signifies
iieht6e — con ti nue<l .
knowledge ornkill acquired by practice.
The primary verb (n^'hieauy noht/kiu?)
I have not found in Eliot.
nehtdnum, v. t. he handles (it) dexter-
ously or skilfully, he is practiced in
the use of (it); pi. -umivog, they han-
dle, i. e. know how to use (swords,
Ezek. 38, 4); suppos. noh nohionuk, he
who handles (a sickle, Jer. 50, 16); pi.
neg nohtonukegf they who (know how
to) handle (shields, spears, etc.), 1
Chr. 12, 8; 2 Chr. 25, 5. From nohtoe,
with skill, and the formative {num) of
action of the hand.
[Del. n/to, I can, Zeisb. Voc. 10.]
nehttUitau. See netuhtdu,
^neimpaflo^ (Narr.), thunder, R. W.
See neempau.
neit [net with locat. affix], then, at that
time, Judg. 8, 21, 22; Luke 22, 36.
nek. See nefk.
nekin. See neekin,
nekittomashik (?), suppos. where it
parts or divides: adt neekittomashik may,
* at the parting of the way ' , Ezek. 21 , 21.
Cf., adt neesinash nogkishkauadttimaytdt
mayashy * where two ways met', Mark
11, 4. [From nequttay where they be-
come one (?).]
*noktis, adv. there (?), C.
neznehkiili, 'adv. of likeness', so. El. Gr.
22; but in his translation it is used as a
conjunction: nemekeh, so (accordhigly).
Gen. 37, 14; nemehkeh neilj so then,
1 Cor. 7, 38.
nemomp^Uu (?), v. i. 'he has taken a bag
of money with him', Prov. 7, 20.
neznunnuxn, v. t. he takes (it) in or with
his hand, Ex. 24, 6; Is. 40, 15; Matt.
14, 19; pi. -tw/iico^, they take (it). Josh.
4, 8; imperat. 2d sing, nemnminh; pi.
-nummk; with an. obj. neninnauy he
takes (him). Josh, 2, 4. Ci. vtaumunniy
it is taken away; tohq-unnumy he catches
or takes hold of it, etc. The formative,
-nnnum ^an. obj. -unail), denotes, gen-
erally, action performed by the hand;
more exactly, physical action per-
formed directly upon the object with-
out the intervention of an instrument
or aifent.
nen. Si*c tiem.
Digitized by
Google
84
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
ne naj, let that Ije m, so l)e it. See nan.
[Narr. endtch or endtch keht anwvdyean,
[let it \ye em you command,] 'your will
shall be law.']
nenan, the same (thing), Phil. 2, 2. See
nan.
ne nogque, *that way-ward', El. Gr. 21;
toward that. See tiogque.
^nexLOOlique, adv. so, C. Cf. anwhque.
See nogque.
nepattuhquonk. See neepaUunkqtionk.
nepdus, -p^uz, n. (1) the sun, Gen. 19, 23;
37,9; Josh. 10, 12, 13; Ps. 89, 36. (2)
a month, Ex. 12, 2; Rev. 22, 2; pi. (an.)
-zaogf 'Zsaag: neemog nepauzaog, two
months, Judg. 11, 37. Gf. kemk, nane-
paiifthadt.
[Narr. nippaiiu9j -pdtmis, the sun;
patiiruck npatm^y one month. Abn.
kiz89^ le soleil; nibadSsse, il Maire, il
marche.]
nepauzshad, n. the moon. See nane-
pau4!hadt.
nep^unk, n. a bush, Ex. 3, 2, 3: ut ne-
phinkquamity in a bush, Acts 7, 30; Luke
20,37.
n^pun, n. (the latter part of) summer,
Gen. 8, 22; Jer. 8, 20. Cf . sequan. "The
earing of their com [the Virginians
call] nepinoughf the harvest and fall of
the leaf, taquUock.^^ — Capt. J. Smith's
Virginia, b. 2, p. 28. Adv. and adj. ne-
punnde, in or of summer.
[Narr. nSepun and quaqdsguant sum-
mer. Abn. nipenSy V6i/^ pass^; niperij
r^t^ present; nipegM, V^t^ prochain;
nipeniSif pendant T^t^. Cree nSpin; sup-
pos. n^ek. Chip, ne'bin, Del. ni pen,
Zeisb. Cf. Abn. mibif leaf. Lescarbot
gives Souriquois [Micmac] nibir hetour^
when spring comes; lit. when the leaf
comes, p. 697 (repr. iii, 671).
*nequitt^coiinati-og (Narr. ), n. pi. eels,
R. W. [literally, *they go one by one',
or 'singly', i. e., are not seen in pairs.
Cf. neeahadog; and see Narr. Club ed.
of Williams' Key, note 251]; nequiUka,
an eel, C.
nequt, num. one, El. Gr. 14 (see Pick-
ering's Notes, xliv-xlvi): nequtta tafishe
(1+5), six, Job 5, 19; nequtta tahshin-
chagy sixty, 2 Sam. 2, 31. Cotton makes
this distinction between neqvd ^.n&pasiik
(q. v.): ^^nequiy a thing that is past:
nequt — continue<l.
/kwmA, athing in l)eing," which, though
not absolutely correct, is jierhaps ety-
mologically well founded. Ne(pU ap-
pears to be nearly related to negonne^
first in order, and to nukkone (another
form of the «ame word), old, or left
V)ehind; perhaps also to nekin^ it is lx)m
or begins to he. The primary mean-
ing is that which begins a series: one,
as a b^inning of numeration, while
jxmik signifies one by itself, a unit.
[Narr. nqaH. Peq. nuqiiut, Stiles.
Abn. p^zekSf one; nekSdans^ six; negSda-
Ueg^S, one hundred, etc.; nekStsiSiy
uniquement. Micm. nekSt^ un, une fois;
adv. seulement, Rasles.]
nequtchipiMU, n. the portion or sliare of
one person, a share, a part, Prov. 17, 2.
From nequi and chippe.
XLequtteke8ukqua8h6]iat, (infinit. as)
n. one day's journey : aH , he goes
on one day's journey, 1 K. 19, 4.
[Narr. nquittakeesiqudckatj one day's
walk.]
ne-sfthteag, as n. its length (see mhUaii,
it extends) : aMaeu nemhteag, on its two
ends, i. e. on the two sides long- wise,
Ex. 25, 19.
nes^uBuk, num. seven, Mark 8, 5; usually
wnth tai\9he or adtahshe: ne^dumk iah^he,
seven, Ezek. 45, 23; an. pi. -tahgucn,
ibid.
[Peq. nezzdugnsk, Stiles. Narr. hmda.
Abn. tanbaSans. Cree neeshtodsaik or
t^ypuckoop. Chip. nijwds»wij Bar. ; nkh-
%pa8»im. Del. nischaschy Zeisb.]
nesnechaer. See neemeichag.
netassu, v. adj. (as n.) a domestic ani-
mal; pi. neUismiogy 'cattle', Gen. 6,20;
Ps. 148, 10 (netas, C. ). From neetu and
(the base of) assamau, he feeds him:
house-fed animals.
[Narr. netasi/og, cattle; "this name
the Indians give to tame beasts, yea,
and birds also which they keep tame
about their houses."— R. W. 95.]
netatup, -ppe, adv. like, so. El. Gr. 2^;
Luke 22, 31; in such manner. Matt. 5,
12; neanej . . . netatuppe, as ... so,
Prov. 26, 21. For ne tatuppe, it is equal.
[Narr. netMupy *it is all one.']
neteag [=ne teag] , this or that thing: yen
jnohsag neteagy 'this great thing' (mat-
Digitized by
Google
TRCMBl'LL]
NATICK-ENGLI&H DICTIONARY
85
neteag — (•ontinue<l.
ter, fat't), Dent. 4, 32 (ueteuy nogkodtu-
vmk, a thing left, C. 172).
[Del. medhacle^ 'matter', Zeisb.]
netomp, my friend. See xceetomp.
netompas, my sister. 8ee nedompas.
netuhtdu, Hehtdhtau, v. cans. inan. he
learns (it), acquires skill in (it): nun-
netuhtoii'Unf I learn it, Gen. 30, 27; niun-
mahche nMhtop (pret), I have learned
(it), Phil. 4, 11; pi. nehtuhiauog, Deut.
31, 12; -U)og, they learn, are skilled
in, Dan. 1, 17. Vbl. n. -tdonk, -Uiuonkj
learning, skill, Dan. 1, 17; John 7, 15.
N. agent. -t6en (indef. -tdhiin), a skil-
hil man, 2 Chr. 2, 13.
netiantaiu, v. 1. and t. inan. ke grieves, is
sorrowful, he grieves for (it), 1 Sam.
20, 34; imperat. of prohib. afique netmn-
tammky do not grieve. Gen. 45, 5; pret.
-amup, -amopj I was grieved. Vbl. n.
-amdonk, grief [grieving], sorrow, Prov.
15, 13; Is. 53, 3. See nohtimwinneat,
[Xarr. n^nowantam, I am grieved for
you.]
newutche [ne nmtche, that from], adv.
for, from, because. El. Gr. 22; there-
fore, Eccl. 2, 1; because. Is. 7, 5;
ym, for this cause, because of this,
Eph. 3, 14 {nauwitchj thence, C.)- Cf-
iiawhiUche, therefrom.
[Del. nev?erUschij Zeisb.]
*neyaiiat, last year, C.
neyane. See iieane,
*n^yhQiii (Narr.), a turkey; pi. -om-
mdrwg.
[Abn. n^h^nS (and ^hhnS)^ coq.]
*nick6xn]no (Narr.), a (solenm) feast or
dance.
nikklimnie, nuk-, easily, James 3, 17;
with an. subj. nikkumemiy Matt. 11,
30; suppos. (?) mtkkummai: anue iiuk-
kummaiy more easily, * sooner', Luke
16, 17; uttoh ne nukkummatj * whether it
is easier' (to say, etc.), Mark 2, 9; nuk-
kiLmmatta, 'rather than', (this) *and
not' that, preferably to, Prov. 8, 10.
ninyeu, nunneyeu, n. urine, 2 K. 18,
27; ISp 36, 12.
nippe, nuppe, n. water, Deut 23, 4;
Judg. 6, 25; Ps. 78, 16, 20; pi. -peash,
Ps. 105, 29. From a root 'pe, 'pi (not
found separate), with the directive and
determinative ne. In compound words
nippe, nuppe— continued,
the suppos. '/?o<7 is employed, as in »on-
kip]K>g [i^onqui-fMglj cool water, i. e.
water when cool. See -j>og,
[Peq. nvppf nupph^ Stiles. Quir.
nip'p\ Pier. 22. Narr. nip. Abn. nehi,
eau; tekebi^ eau froide. Cree nlppee (in
comp. 'dppwooyj * liquor ' , liquid ) . Chip.
rubehj J.; ne^bi, Sch. Del. w'fe/, Zeisb.
(and me nup peek, a lake or pond).]
nippisse, nips (dim. of nippCj small
water), a pool or pond, John 5, 2, 4, 7,
as adj. and adv. nuppisse nippe, water of
the pool; nippeash, waters of the
pool. Is. 22, 9, 11; pi. -xcw/t, ponds, Is.
19, 10 {nippisj Mass. Ps., John 5, 2).
[Narr. niphvese, 'some water' (for
drinking); nips, a pond.]
nippissepo^, nup-, n. a pond or small
lake, Neh. 3, 16: en juippi8»€2>ag-uiit,
*into a standing water', Ps. 107, 35;
'into the lake', Luke 8, 33. From nip-
pisse and -pog.
nips. See nippi^se.
nish, pi. of ney these or those (inan.), El.
Gr. 7; Luke 15, 16.
nish. See nishwe, three.
nishkeneunkque, -unique, (it is) un-
clean, filthy. Lev. 5, 2; 1 Tim. 3, 3, 8;
suppos. -unkquoky when it is unclean,
Lev. 5, 2; ne , that which is un-
clean, filthy, 'abominable', Jer. 44, 4;
Lev. 7, 21. AVith an. subj. nishkeneunk-
qussUy v. adj. an. he is unclean, (one
who is) unclean, etc.. Lev. 11, 5; 12, 2;
Job 15, 16; suppos. -u<wi/. Lev. 5, 3.
Vbl. n. -ussuonk (an.), uncleanness,
Lev. 5, 3; Col. 3, 5. With inan. subj.
nishkeneunkquodlau, it is unclean or
filthy. Adj.andadv.-o<ft<i«,Zech.3,3,4.
[Del. nis km, nasty, Zeisb.]
niflhkenon [v. imp. it drizzles] , as n.
fine rain, drizzle, 'mist'. Acts 13, 11;
'vapor', James 4, 14. N. collect, nish-
kenunk, 'small rain', Deut. 32, 2. Cf.
sokanon, it rains.
[Chip, nvtkddady the weather is very
bad. Bar. 532. Del. niskelaan, foul,
rainy weather, Zeisb.]
niahketeau, v. caus. inan. obj. he makes
(it) unclean, defiles (it); pi. -eauog,
Jude 8.
nishketeauundt, v. act. to defile, to make
unclean: nishketeauog, they defile (it),
Digitized by
Google
86
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin* 25
nishketeauundt — con ti nueci .
Jude 8; alujue ytishkhikookj do not de-
file yourselves, Lev. 18, 24; yeush trun-
nishkukquna^hf these things defile (him),
Mark 7, 15.
[Del. niskUoUf he dirties, bewrays
(it), Zeisb. Gr. 160.1
nisliiioh, each one, everyone (an.), Lev.
11, 15; Is. 6, 2; (inan.) Ps. 119, 101.
^niBhqu^kinneat, to rage, C. 206; nun-
nUhquet, I rage, ibid. 205. Cf. nashquUin,
a tempest.
^nishquewam : fien nunnishqaewam, I
chide or scold; nishqtiemiUinnecU, to be
chid, C. 185. See auskomuwau.
nisliwe, nish, num. three, El. Gr. 14;
Ex. 21, 11; nUhweu, 1 Cor. 13, 13; pi.
an. nidhvog; inan. nishmnashj shwinashy
1 Chr. 21, 10. More exactly nish, three ;
niahwe, adj. (inan.) the third, Rev. 6, 5;
2 K. 19, 29; (an.) Dan. 5, 7; Rev. 4, 7;
and adv. thirdly, 2 Cor. 12, 28: naahive
kodtumoOf the third year, Deut. 26, 11;
nishunij "adv. of order", thirdly, El.
Gr. 21; suppos. (an.) Tiashwity when he
is third, he who is third, Rev. 16, 4, =
nashamt, Rev. 14, 9, ^noahmtmdj Matt.
22, 26; nishwucU nompCf three times, at
the third time, Ex. 23, 14, 17; Ezek.
21, 14. Cf. naskauey between.
nisohke, adv. all the while, so long as,
=ne 9ohke, 1 Sam. 25, 7: nisohke poTnan-
tog J 'all the days of his life' (so long
as he may live) , 2 K. 25, 30; tohmkke
ohkecoky * while the world standeth',
1 Cor. 8, 13.
[Cree sdke^ extremely, very greatly;
mdosHkj always, Howse.]
nissim, I say. See ussindt,
n naj, let it be so. See nan.
xmih, V. i. it is so, it is like or the same
as (with an. subj. neanussuy q. v.): ne-
anussU wo»ketompy nnih um-inenukesu-
onky as is a man so is his strength, Judg.
8, 21; mdnkd nnih, it was so. Gen. 1, 7;
nnihy *it came to pass'. Gen. 6, 1; 38, 1;
Matt. 7, 28; ne yeuyeu nnihy that now is
(so), Eccl. 3, 15; ut/oh woh yeush en
nnihy how can these things be (so)?
John 3, 9; suppos. nnag: nnih mahche
yen nnagy 4t came to pass after this',
i. e. it was so after this was so, 2 Sam. |
13, 1; pret. nniyeupy it was so, Eccl. 3, j
15; pi. yeush nniyeupashy these things ;
nnih — continued,
were so, Is. 66, 2; ne most nnihy it must
needs be so, Mark 13, 7. See neaney
mine.
[Del. leuy 'true', Zeisb. Or. 173; 'it is
so', Zeisb. Voc. 9.]
[Note.—" nnih not separable from unni.'']
nnih, (it) 'was so', Gen. 1, 7; 'it came to
pass'. Gen. 6, 1; 38, 1; Matt. 7, 28; 'is',
Eccl. 3, 15; =unney q. v. Apparently
a verb substantive from 7ian or neaney
literally 'it (was) so', or 'it (is) so':
ncDu^og nennihy they said these things
were so. Acts 24, 9; uUoh woh yeush en
nnihy how can these things be (so)?
John 3, 9; nnih mahche yeu nnag, *it
came to pass after this' (it was so after
this was so), 2 Sam. 13, 1; ne mahche
dnagkupy ne yeuyeu nnih, that which
hath been is now, Eccl. 3, 16; ne pish
dnak mahche nniyeup, that which is to
be hath already been, ibid.; yeush
nniyeupashy these things have been, Is.
66, 2; nniyeupy 'it came to pass' (was
so), Neh. 4, 12; m mos nnihy it must
needs be so, Mark 13, 7; woh nniyeuashy
(all things) 'are possible' (may be so) ,
Mark 10, 27 (nenihy that is, C. 181; ne
ennih or nemehkuh ne (conj. ) so that, C.
234). Seedunagf.
[Narr. etu or nniUy is it so? R. W. 29;
nniy eiUy it is true, ibid. 63.]
[This second definition of nnih appears in
the unieyised portion of the manuscript be-
tween the term nishk and P, and, although it
repeats to some extent the references contained
in the first (revised) definition, it is here in-
serted in full. The first definition of nnih oc-
curs in the revised manuscript, where it follows
the term *nick6mmo.]
*iiiitTi (Narr.), man; pi. nninnuogy R. W.,
who also writes enhiy man, and pi. nin-
nuocky a "general name belonging to
all natives". • Related to ?it% neen (I),
nanwey and unne (of the kind or spe-
cies), the radical meaning of nnin or
nnlnnu is, 'he is like myself, or 'of
the same kind'. This word could
properly have no place in Eliot's trans-
lation. It is, however, once or twice
introduced, as in Mark 10, 6: ninnuoh
(accusat. ) kah squay ' male and female ' ,
i. e. man and woman. The Indians
restricted its application to men of their
own race or like themselves. (See
nanwe. )
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
87
*nnin — continued .
[Quir. ren, pi. rhiawawh Abn. aren-
anbey homme; ned-aren-andSS, je parle
Abnaqui. Chip, mini, Bar. ; eninneCy J.
Cree ethbiUj homo, an Indian. Shawn.
h leu eh J man; len dth wax, an Indian.
Micm. InSi, homo. Del. lenno, man;
lendpe [=Abn. arenafiM]^ a Delaware,
vir; lenniy a man, Zeisb. (see nanwe);
lin 71 i le lia pe, 'Indians of the same
nation', Zeisb. S.B. 70.]
nd (?), adv. and demonstr. pron. (?) at
that (place), that; yeu uhqudeUj . . , nd
uhqudeu, on the end on this side, . . .
on the end on that side, Ex. 37, 8; n6
pajeh, until (that). Matt. 11, 13; 18, 22;
= noh pajehj Is. 5, 8 {nd pajeh, until,
C. 234 ) . See rUkosukarnunneat, ncohqueu,
^6, adv. far off. (The idea of motion is
associated, going far off or to a distance;
ndadiy at afar off, at a distance, is used
when distance in time or place is ex-
pressed absolutely. )
♦n6, for nohf nahohy or nagoh (?), Luke 23,
28; nd aush, go (to him), Matt. 18, 15.
si6adt, xLO^dtit, nooadt, adv. afar off,
Ex. 2, 4; 24, 1; in old time, Josh. 24, 2;
Neh. 12, 46; Ezra 4, 16; Mic. 7, 14:
ndootahtah, remove it far from me, Prov.
30, 8 {tiautmtj noadtf far, C; noadtit, a
great way off, ibid.). See nmhqueu,
[Narr. natwoty agreatway ; n&wwaiicky
far off at sea, R. W. 76. Del. lawat, long
ago,' Zeisb.]
n6adtuck, adv. a long time (El. Gr. 21).
n6ahtuk, nddhtuk [ndeu-tuh], the mid-
dle of the river, Josh. 12, 2; 13, 9,*16.
n6appit, ndahpit, the Highest, the
Most High, Ps. 18, 13; 46, 4; (he who
is) afar off, Prov. 27, 10; suppos. vocat.
pi. ndapphoguhf ye that are [dwell]
afar off, Is. 33, 13.
n6e. See 'udeu,
ndetipukok, nouttipukok, n. mid-
night, 1 K. 3, 20; Ex. 11, 4; pajeh
ndeuHpukkoky till midnight, Judg. 16, 3;
ndetipiikodaeUy at midnight, Judg. 16, 3
IrUku-pohrkenae-kodf the middle of the
dark hours or time].
[Narr. ncmasliawatippocaty R. W. 67.
Del. la mtpi kat, 25eisb. Voc. 44. Abn.
nancoitebikat, Rasles.]
ii6eu, n6e, adj, in the middle, the midst,
Ex. 15, 8; Judg. 16, 29: en ndeUy in the
ndeu, n6e — continue<l.
midst, Prov. 23, 34; Matt. 10, 16, =ut
n6eiiy Ps. 78, 28; noeukommukf *in the
midst of the hair (i. e. inclosed place),
Luke 22, 55; imishou ndeu Samaria kah
Galilej went through the midst of Sa-
maria and Galilee, Luke 17, 11; wutch
ndeu aginnekdussShlu, from the midst of
the bush, Ex. 3, 2; t*^ ndeu adtanohke-
teamuky in the midst of the garden,
Gen. 2, 9. See luishaue.
[Abn. nanSiSij le milieu, au milieu.
Del. lelawi, half way (?), Zeisb. Gr. 176;
the middle, half, Zeisb. Voc. 20. Chip.
ndvxigamy 'in the middle of a lake,
bay, of a river, etc.'; nawaiiy center, in
the center, middle, in the middle;
ndiuaiiwant it is the middle, the center;
natvakwaj 'in the midst of a forest';
nawakwe (from naokwe), 'it is mid-day
or noon'; ndwabikj 'in the midst of an
object of metal'; nawy n&uxi, ndwiy "in
composition, signifies in the middle, in
the midst of", Bar.]
nogkl nhkftu6nat . See nogkushJcauMat,
[nogkohkileihliuundt, v. t. to lend:]
namohkaeihhuunat pish kenogkoh kou-
wehy thou shalt lend to, Deut. 15, 6
(-ogguhkouey Deut. 28, 12); noh nogoh-
hmheonckehy that which is lent to, 1
Sam. 2, 20. Vbl. n. nogohkodnity -kouhu-
adt (after noh)y he who lends, a lender.
Is. 24, 2; Prov. 22, 7. See namohkaeih-
heau.
[nogkohkouundt, v. t. to borrow:] nog-
ohkauy he borroweth, Ps. 37, ^1; maUa
pish kenogkohkdmhy thou shalt not bor-
row, Deut. 15, 6; nogkohkauunahy it was
borrowed, 2 K. 6, 5; nogkohkouaen-iny
a borrower, Is. 24, 2, =nogkuhkaU'
waen-iny Prov. 22, 7. See namohkau. ^
XLOgkus. See mendgkuSy the belly.
xiogku8likau6xLat, nogkuBk-, nog-
kishk-, V. t. an. to meet (anyone),
Jer. 51, 31; Matt. 25, 1; kenogskunk-
qunaty to meet thee, 2 K. 5, 2^\ xcun-
nogskaudnaty to meet him, 2 K. 5, 21; 2
Sam. 19, 24; tuunnogskauohy he met him,
1 K. 18, 7 {u/unne nogkishkdadtucnky
'well met' (as a salutation), C. 225).
[Narr. nokuskduateeSy meet (thou)
him; nockuskauaiUeay let us meet; neen-
meshndckuskawy I did meet. "They
are joyful in meeting of any in travel,
Digitized by
Google
88
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLKTIN 25
xiogkuBhkau6iiat, etc. — continued,
and will strike fire either with ntones
or sticka, to take tobactx), and discourse
a little together."— R. \V. 75. Cree
ntigge-skow&yoo, he meets him. Chip.
ndhgenhkooddhdeimig, they meet one an-
other, Howse 85. ]
no^que, (prep.) toward, Cant. 7, 4; yeii
nogquey hither, 2 K. 2, 8 (see yddi); en
nogqufj toward (the east, Zech. 14, 4).
From nauondty to see (?) : ndky behold
ye; muskettuk nogqueoiiy *when the eye
saw me', Job 29, 11; neh nogqut,
the eye which saw him, 20, 9; nohndg-
quehj who seeth me [whom I am in the
presence of], Gen. 16, 13; ndg-
quean, when he seeth thee, Ex. 4, 14;
nogqiieon, when it sees me, Job
29, 11; howan kenogkumuriy who seeth
us. Is. 29, 15; matta kendgkanin, he sees
us not, Ezek. 8, 12 ( tvunnaumamny
9, 9) ; matta nogkm, it does not behold
him, Job 20, 9. Hence, "to the sight
of." It can hardly be the contracted
form of ne ogqu^. See ne nogque; nuh-
qiuiinai,
[Del. loquely see thou; pi. loqueek, see
ye, Zeisb. Gr. 174.]
nog^uenuxnunat, v. t. to yield or de-
liver up (inan. obj.): (ihque nogqumu-
nuokf do not ye yield up (inan. obj.),
Rom. 6, 13.
no^queonat, v. t. an.: nogquegk, yield
yourselves up (to him), Rom. 6, 13.
* nogquissinneat, v. i. to appear, C.
180: nunnogquuy I appear; -f «fimtm,
we appear, ibid.; ne ogguhse nogquoky
which appeareth for a little time, James
4, 14. See anogkenat; aruhhque; Anuk-
quok,
nogrqiUwuonk, n. appearance or looks,
C 1 80; woskeche nogqUamonky a pretence,
ibid.
[Cree nok-oosuy he is visible; nok-vuiiy
it is visible, Howse 114.]
nob, nagtun, pers. pron. 3d sing, he, she,
him, her (EL Gr. 7); noh is also, and
perhaps in strictness always, a demon-
strative pronoun: this (man), he who
(EL Gr. 7). See *nahog. In Luke 3,
23-38, it is used for the Greek tov ( with
vi ov understood ) , * the son of * ; nen nnoh
{nen ne-noh or nan-noh), I am he (that
or the same he), Is. 41, 4; ut nohy in him,
nob, nagum— continued.
C. 178; nashpe ndgum, with him; ut
ndgum, to him, ibid. 178, 231.
*nohhaniiiniun^t, v. t. to sail to (to go
by M'ater?) = nohhamundL- en nohhamun,
to sail to. Acta 20, 16; nuUinhamumuny
I 'homumun, we sailed to. Acts 27, 4, 7;
I nahhamuvgy they sailed to. Acts 13, 4;
I kod nuhhugy he was about to sail to,
I Acts 20, 3; mdnunnohhomogy when we
I sailed slowly.
[Del. nahimeny to go down the water
(river, creek); nahihilleeny to sail down
the water; naUahhemen, to sail up (the
water, river), Zeisb. Gr. 242.]
nohkog [=nukonde'iy ^y ^i^^^ ii^ the
night, Job 5, 14: ne nokkogy in that
night, Dan. 5, 30. See ndetipukok; nuk-
kondeu; nukon.
nohkontfnat. See ncokondnat.
nohk6u, n. the right hand {noh kdunuk,
that which carries (?); from kenumunu-
ndt ) . See imUtinnohkdu; allied to menuh-
keuy strong.
XLObnogkide meenan, a stammering
tongue. Is. 32, 4; nalinagkidey stammer-
ing(ly), Is. 33, 19. See menan.
XLObnompit, adv. oftentimes. Job. 33, 29.
From nompe.
nobnusbagk, farewell.
[Note. — ^Definition not completed.]
nobsbamwebteunk (suppos.)? when it
is 'compacted' (united firmly?), Eph.
4, 16.
^obtimwixmeat, to sob or sigh: nunnoh'
tiimupy I sob or sigh, C. 209. See ned-
antam.
nobtinaii. See nahtinail.
ndbtoe, skilful, skilled, 2 Chr. 2, 7; neh-
tdey V. 8; ndktoey nnhtoey v. 7; nehiuhto (?)
V. 14; nunn-y skilfully, 1 K. 5, 6.
nobtoznp, in comp. words, one who leads
or directs: nohtompeantog (q. v.), one
who leads in prayer, a minister; noh-
tompuhpequodi (q. v.) , one who leads in
music, a chief musician.
^obtompeantog, n. ministers, C. 213;
but sing, a minister, Rawson, Nash.
Men., title-page; * a bishop', 1 Tim. 3, 2.
nobtoznpubpequodt, n. a chief musi-
cian, a player on instruments of music
(title to Ps. 75 and 77 ) ; pi. nohtompuJipe-
quodcheg, Ps. 87, 7, ^nohtdepeqiuisheg^
Gen. 4, 21.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
89
iioht6iiukqu8, n. a brother (?) : nunnoh-
tonugqus, my brother, Gen. 20, 13; vm-
nohtonugqusohf her brother, Gen. 24, 63,
55; noh nmnnohi6nukq\/isoh (congtr. ),
whose brother, Acts 11, 2; nohidnukqm,
my brother, v. 21; kenohidnukquSy thy
brother, v. 23. [Employed only by
females or to express the relation of a
brother to a sister. See weeiuksquoh.
In the translation of John's gospel
printed with the Massachusetts Psalter
(1709), weiahtu is substituted for vmn-
nolUdnuhjussoh of Eliot] Cf. treemcU;
weetomp.
nohtonn mil n lit, v. t. to handle (?), to
carry in the hand(?),to use habitually,
to be skilled in the use of: nehidnumxoog
togkodtegafihy they handle swords, Ezek.
38, 4; noh nohtonuky sickle, he who
handleth the sickle, Jer. 50, 16; neg
nohtonnkegy they who handle (shield,
spear, etc.), 1 Chr. 12, 8; 2 Chr. 25, 5.
See ndhioii.
nompaas, adj. male. Num. 3, 15; 5, 3;
31, 17; Matt. 19, 4; pi. nompaJ^sog, Ex.
13, 15; nomposhiniy a male animal,
Deut. 7, 14; pi. -unissog, Ex. 13, 12.
[Narr. enewdshimy R. W. 96.]
nompakou, nump-, n. a jewel, a pre-
cious thing, Prov. 11, 22; Ezek. 16, 12;
a treasure'. Matt, 13, 44; pi. -huntwA,
Prov. 10, 2; Gen. 24, 53.
noznpatauunat, v. t. to put in the place
of, to substitute (one thing for another) ,
1 Sam. 21, 6.
noznpe, adv. again. Gen. 26, 18; instead
of, Gen. 4, 25; Judg. 15, 2; Num. 8, 16
{ = imtch nampey v. 18); repeatedly, ex-
pressing with a numeral the number
of repetitions or 'times': nishunuU
nompe, * three times' (to the third
time), Num. 22, 28, 32; 'natanmk tah-
shU nompe, seven times, Lev. 8, 11 ; 14, 7;
vMDchehU nompe, oftentimes, Luke 8,
29; freq. nonompu, noknompU (q. v.);
noh nompeyii ne teag, * he who repeateth
a matter', Prov. 17, 9; sun nen nunnom-
pin (rody *Am I in God's stead?' Gen.
30, 2. See nampmham,
[Del. lappi^ again, Zeisb. Gr. 171;
*once more', ibid. 175. Abn. nahbiy
r^iproqnement ]
noznpennuxnuxULt, v. t. to restore, to
render back: notnpennush, restore thou
(it), Judg. 11, 13.
XLompo&eu, nompofte, adv. early in the
morning, Neh. 4, 21; Hos. 13, 3; Prov.
27, 14; Ps. 127, 2; early on the mor-
row, Ex. 32, 6.
nomposliim, adj. male, Deut. 15, 19; pi.
'tvogy Geh. 32, 14: pish nompaiyeuo) kah
squaiyeua), Hhey shall be male and fe-
male*, Gen. 6, 19. Cf. *nnm; squdshim.
[Cree ndpdyoo, man, vir; nApdywoo,
he is (a) man, How8al7 (rather, he is
male).]
XLompulikeik, adv. on the morrow, 1 K.
3, 21; Esth. 2, 14; =na nompuky Acts
10, 9; =^nan6mpunky Acts 20, 15.
nomshd— , v. i. to drift, or be driven be-
fore the wind(?) : nomshdog, they * were
driven', Acts 27, 17; nunnomshdmuny
*we let her drive', v. 15. [From noh-
ham, he sails, with sh* of violent mo-
tion.]
nomunkqu^, noznungrquag, n. a heap,
Gen. 31, 46, 51, 52; Ruth. 3, 7; mm'
tvonkquduy Deut. 13, 16; Josh. 7, 26; num-
munkqudey heaped, Cant. 7, 2; nanom-
tconkquaeu nano nunkquashy * heaps upon
heaps', Judg. 15, 16. From numv-de,
full of. See numtronkqiUtauundt
nomwausseonk: usseup amomwausse-
onk Jehovah y *he executed the justice
of the Lord', Deut 33, 22.
nonclie: noh nonche pabuhianumadt,
* thou art come to trust ' (condit. ) , Ruth
2, 12; nonche wunassoomedgy 'if ye be
come to betray me', 1 Chr. 12, 17. See
*nont.
nonkane. See nunkane.
noxLompu, adj. instead of. Is. 55, 13.
''hionAiyeu, all alone, C. 232. See ntiMu.
*nont, used by Cotton sometimes for the
verb to be, often, apparently, as an ex-
pletive (see 7iotU below) : nen nonty I be;
ken noniy thou art; nohney he is; nemh,
that is, C. 181; kenauun yeu, we are;
kenaunuy ye are; ndg na, they are, ibid. ;
nagum nont, he waa; nenauun nee, we
were; kenau n€, ye were; ndg ne, they
were, ibid.; napeh nont ne Unnioogy O
that we were (such), ibid.; nont kuppe-
ydmpy thou didst come, p. 185; nont
wame nunnuppumuny we must all die,
p. 188; nont noowonteapy I did dig, ibid. ;
mukkitchogqUigsog nont puhpHogy boys
will play, p. 204; nontpaswee nuppaxm,
thou must shortly die, p. 237; nont
xcoh mmpoMu, he must confess (his
Digitized by
Google
90
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETl.N 25
*nont — conti nued.
sins), p. 252; neirag hisiiont htMampoo-
autaiimmmonate^ *we must therefore
acknowledge', C. Math. Notit. Ind. 55;
80, in title to Ind. Laws, imh nashpe
nanamiacheeg kuenunt samniatahainvogy
*by which the magistrates are to [i. e.
must] punish ', etc. ;. 7iont rroh sampcoau-,
he must confess, C. 252.
nont, only: wehenont (Voc/, ( who can . . .)
but God only? Mark 2, 7; piMuknont
God, 'there is but one God*, Ind.
Primer, 19, 31; pish nagum nont
kanransfmnij him only shalt thou serve,
Matt. 4, 10.
[Narr. paiisuck Tuuunt wianW, there is
only one God, R. W. 114.]
nontaua-hettit. See *aldunt(no(Mh; umt-
tdniaminatf to climb.
nontsipamtfliettit [=nonche-9ippam +] .
See rnissippano.
^nontweantamiinat, to wish: nunnont-
v^edntanij I wish, C. 216. See kodtan-
tanif he desires,
*nodlikeyeiie, adv. softly, C. 230.
^oohkie. See nwkki,
nddhteauiindt, v. i. to be far off; inan.
subj. nddhieauj it is far from us, Is. 59,
11.
si661ituk. See ndahtuk.
^oonapuock [=namappuog'\ (Narr.),
*they have not room one by another*,
R. VV. 65.
*no6natcli ( Narr. ) , a deer : * * nodnaich , or
attiick ntiyUf I hunt venison '% R. W.
143; noughiichj nogh-ich, deer, Stiles
(Peq.); [a doe with a fawn(?), "when
it gives suck."] See ahtuk.
*n6o8uppa<iog (Narr.), beavers, R. W.
See tummAnk. Cf. *aiisupf raccoon.
nOosukomunneat, nfto)-, nauus-, v. i.
to be at a distance, to be far from,
Lam. 3, 17: kenaamikom, thou art far
from (it). Is. 54, 14; maita kenScomka-
mcD, thou art not far from (it), Mark
12, 34; TiooMukonqaeogy (it) is far from
us. Is. 59, 9; 7i6<Dmh>ngqushy be it far
from thee. Matt. 16, 2; ndoDsukdk, 'get
ye far from (him) *, Ezek. 11, 15; ayeu-
onk wusmume rujujMukoman (and Tiaw-
8uk(mgqtiiean)f 'if the place be too far
from thee', Deut. 12, 21; 14, 24. See
nwhqueu (an&ckquaquej R. W,).
nda>8ukomunneat, etc. — continued.
[Del. na schm'hkij adv. (?) so far,
Zeisb.Gr. 174.]
n6padtixLayeu(?), adv. south westward.
Acts 27, 12 [tannnshin en ndpadiinayeu
and inUcheksuaUf "itlieth to the south-
west and northwest", A. V.; "looking
northeast and southwest". Rev. Ver.;
("looking down the southwest and
down the northwestward", Greek);
"toward the southwest and by west
and northwest and by west", L. Tom-
son, 1596.]; nopaiunnieu\ eastward (or
northeastward ) (?) , Mar. Vin. Rec. 1685.
[Narr. mopdiin^ the east wind, R. W.
83.]
xL08weetau6nat, ncoBwet-, nosweht-,
V. adj. an. to serve, Deut. 10, 12; to
obey, Prov. 30, 17; 2 Cor. 10, 5; noa-
wehtamunAt, with inan. obj. to obey the
words of, commands of, etc., 1 Sam. 8,
19; nami'etanonadvUf to serve them,
Deut. 4, 19; nosweetashy obey thou. Gen.
27, 8; na)9wetah nen^ yield yourself to
me, C. 216; lumwetamrnkj obey ye, Deut.
13, 4; nosivehtokf obey ye (them, an.),
Eph. 6, 1; noosivetam&natet to obey; ken
TUDSwetahj obey thou me; nwswehtaw
manii, obey Grod, C. 202.
xLOswehtam^nk, ncMwetamooonk, n.
obedience, 1 Sam. 15, 22; maJt namueh-
tamdonky disobedience, 2 Cor. 10, 6 {noM-
weiamaxmky C. 202).
no8welitau6iiat. See nosweetau&nat,
*nottomaer, mink. See Judd's Hadley,
355. Cf. Del. gunnamochky Zeisb.
{ = qamnjamaug)y otter (see his nkeke),
nouttipukok. See iidetipukok.
*noww6ta (Narr.), no matter, R. W. 54.
nooadt. See ndadt
nooche, for na cocky adv. thenceforth,
therefrom, from that time. Often used
interchangeably with kcochey kutche; but
while both are inceptives, nooche seems
to appropriately mark the time and
kutche the occasion of beginning of
action, as vmtche does the cause of
action. [Note. — On further examina-
tion I do not find this distinction
well founded. See (pch.] yeu kesukok
ncoche kummishaeshy 'this day will I
begin to magnify thee*, Josh. 3, 7;
nmche wekitteauy he began to build;
neg nagig ncoche wuUamtohkon&uh, they
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
91
noche— con tinued .
began to mock him, Luke 14, 30, 29;
yeti nooche tissenadutj this they l)egan
to do. Imatta ncoche peyoh, *I am not
come', Matt. 9, 13; nmchi Jehovah^ *I
am the Lord^s' (i. e. I proceed from
the Lord), Is. 44, 5, in which places
na>che la perhaps used for iien mch.']
See tahnwchey causelessly, * in vain ', and
kutche,
{Del. nutschi, at the beginning, Zeisb.
Gr. 177.]
♦noochuxn, I blame; from wutchumonaie^
to blame, C. 182.
na>chuxiiwe8uonk, n. tenderness, weak-
ness, Deut. 28, 56.
nGOchumwetanoowaonk, n oo c li u m -
wehtahwhuttuonk, n. a wound; pi.
-migashy Prov. 26, 22; 27, 6.
noKhumwi, adj. weak (El. Gr. 13), Num.
13, 19; primarily, weak, because in its
beginning (from na>che): ruDchumwe
VMnnepog^ moskehtuey the tender
herb, Deut. 32, 2; Job 28, 27; pi. noh
chumiviyevtash; an. nockumwesu, (he is)
weak (El. Gr. 13), tender, Gen. 33, 13;
1 Chr. 22, 5; noh ncochumwesit, he that
is tender, Deut. 28, 54, 56; he that is
lame, Prov. 26, 7; pi. Matt. 11, 5 {nm-
chimwe, maimed, C. 172; ncocMimm,
tender, ibid. 175; noDchinuDe, weak, ibid.
176).
[noMlsquadnat, v. act. an. to seduce, to
commit fornication with:] naxlsquad-
nont, 'seducing', Ex. 22, 16. See nan-
vmnna>dsguaau.
^oohchumwesud, adv. M^eakly, C. 230.
noohki, nookiyeue, adj. soft, Prov. 25,
15; Job 41, 3; pi. inan. na>kkiyeuashy
Ps. 55, 21; an. iicohUtu, tender (soft,
as a young animal), Gen. 18, 7 (nooh-
keshahlnashy soft wool, C. 175; noohkie
monag, limber cloth, ibid. 172).
noohkik [that which is softened or made
soft]: ^'Nocake, as they call it, w^hich
is nothing but Indian com parched in
the hot ashes; the ashes being sifted
from it, it is afterwards beat to pow-
der."— Wood. It is used by Eliot for
*meal' (1 Chr. 12, 40), *fiour' (Lev.
2, 4, 5, 7; 24, 5), and Aground com'
(2 Sam. 17, 19). nwkkikanehteushy
nohkik — continued.
'grind thou meal'. Is. 47, 2.] See
nanahkineg; nunnohkinnum.
[Marginal note.— "From a word which
means 'to sift', sifted. Cf. sieve. From
ncoArM?"]
[Narr. "rKj^-^/nH-, parched meal, . . .
which they eat with a little water, hot
or cold", R. AV. 33; pUhqu^hick, un-
parched meal, p. 36. Del. lo-cai, flour,
meal, Zeisb. Voc. 9 (cf. lo ka hel la, to
let it drop, p. 44).]
XLOoliqueu, noohque [nd uhqudeu. See
nd; nda)8ukomunneat'\: unnrnhqueu, so
far as, at such a distance, Acts, 28, 15;
na nwhquey so far distant, Ps. 103, 12;
vmssaume nSohk, if it be too far dis-
tant, *if the way be too long for thee',
Deut. 14, 24 {uttoh urmuhk&hquaty how
far? C. 228). Cf. ancohque; nuhquainat;
wekque.
[Narr. tou ni!ickquaque, how far? R. W.
72 (how much, 137) ; tou arv&ckquaque,
how big?; yb anuckquaqae, so far, ibid.]
nookeontamunat, v. t. to descend to or
upon: nwkeontanif (he) came down
(upon the mount), Ex. 19, 20; wannay-
keontamuriy he descended on (it), Ex.
19, 18; ncohmiaudog, they descended
(upon it, i. e. a ladder), Gen. 28, 12.
nookinat, v. i. to descend, to go down:
nookeuj he descended, Ex. 34, 5; (from
heaven) Matt. 28, 2; she went down,
Gen. 24, 16; ncokcop, he descended
(pret. ), Eph. 4, 9; namookeogy they shall
descend, John 1, 51; nwch na>kem ketuk-
qui, * I came down from "heaven *, John
6, 38; noh nmkit, he who descends, or
descended, Ps. 133, 3; Eph. 4, 10; ikd-
khnoy -mWy (pass.) it was let down, Acta
10, 11; 11, 5; Rev. 21, 10; ruokUchy let
him descend or come down, Mark 15,
32; noakinuk vmnnvichegashy when he
let down his hands, Ex. 17, 11. From
nookinum.
[Del. nahiky ndhivny down, below;
(whence) nahoochwetiy to go down or
below, Zeisb. Gr. 180.]
nookinumuzUlt, v. t. to pull down, Jer.
18, 7; to lower (inan. obj.) with the
hand, to pull down; nookinum, she let
it down, Gen. 24, 18; pish ruDkinnum-
wogy they shall take (it) down, Num.
4, 5; Jiwkinnumwky *raze it'. Pa. 137, 7.
Digitized by
Google
92
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
nokohteauunlit, to soften or uiake soft:
na>koJd€au, he softens (it), Job 23, 16.
See nmhku
na>koinpaii6nat, v. t. an. to let or lower
(one) down, as by a cord, etc.: wun-
nml'ompanuh, she let them down (by a
cord), Josh. 2, 15; lnun]riwkompanii, I
was let dow^n (from the wall), 2 Cor.
11, 33.
ncDkondnat, nohk-, v. t. an. to cast
down, to throw down (an. obj.): n'ut-
tinnohkonuh ohkeit, he cast him down
to the ground, Dan. 8, 7; umnnwkuh-
konuh, he cast them down (from the
rock), 2 Chr. 25, 12. Cf. penohkdnau.
See unndhieamundL
nookahindt, v. i. to cast one's self down:
TUDkshaUj she fell down, John 11, 32.
nookuhkonaudnat, v. t. an. to cast or
throw down from a high place: min-
ruDkuhkonduhf they threw her down,
2 K. 9, 33; tvuttinufikonduh, they cast
him (into the sea), Jonah 1, 15; wun-
nookuhkonuh, he (^ast them down, 2
Chr. 25, 12. Cf. penohk&nau.
xi€DnaniontukquQhwli6nat, v. t. an. to
owe to, to be indebted to: pamik nay-
^^namontukquohwhauy one owed (him so
much ) , Luke 7, 41. See unnontukquoh-
wh6nai.
XLOonau, noma), . cheek. See manamauy
(m^namau),
noone: nwne quthumcomik, scant measure,
Mic. 6, 10.
xia>xL6nat, v. act. an. to give suck, to
suckle, 1 K. 3, 21: wunamuhy she gave
him suck, 1 Sam. 1, 23; namdog, they
give suck, Lam. 4, 3.
[Cree ndonUy he sucks, How^se 81.]
na>nontaxniin6t, v. t. to suck, to obtain
by sucking, to imbibe {naminneat, C.
211) : pish kenamontam toohpanaguncD^
thou shalt suck the breasts. Is. 66, 16
(in this place Eliot haa given to this
verb the meaning elsewhere appropri-
ated to namundt, and vice versa; see
example under noonundt); nwnantamy
he shall suck up. Job 20, 16; namonUim'
woh, they shall suck up. Job 39, 30
{mukkaies nam&niamy a child sucks, C.
211). Cf. munnorUam, he smells. See
namundtf and *7neninnunkf milk.
noonoo. See namau.
XLOonoonde, noonoounile, adj. flaming,
Is. 29, 6; Ezek. 20, 47; Nah. 2, 3: na>-
Htnde ntnUiUy flaming fire, 'fiery flame*,
Dan. 7, 9.
nooxLCDuneau, n. flame, Judg. 13, 20; Job
15, 30; ruDJiamdutj in the flame, Judg.
13,20.
XLOOXLuk, n. a suckling, one who sucks or
is suckled, Deut. 32, 25; Jer. 44, 7;
Lam. 4, 4. See nconontamundt; na>nun&t,
nooxLuk^e, adj. sucking: ruonukAe muk-
kUSf a sucking child. Num. 11, 12. See
namun&t.
[Narr. nunmse, a baby, Stiles; ndoiisu
nondnnis, a sucking child; munnunnug,
milk; %nirmunn6gan-cuihy breasts, R. W.
126. Peq. nuzouSj 'sucklings of men
and beast'. Stiles. Del. no ne tschik
(pL), suckling babes, Zeisb. Voc. 25.]
namumun^t, v. i. to be unable: nama-
rmmj I can not, Luke 11, 7; 16, 3; rw»-
nuniy he was not able, he could not,
Num. 14, 16, =:namunumj Deut. 9, 28;
nomanumtimun, we are not able, Ezra
10, 13; wunnamuhy they (inan.) could
not, Ezek. 31, 8; iinheau dmamhkau'
dnatj he could not drive (them) out,
Judg. 1, 19 {nwnat, 'to be wanting, or
defective', C. 214).
[Narr. nondnunij nodnshem, I can not,
R. W. 30. Del. nol hand, lazy, Zeisb.]
XLOOXLun^t, V. t. to suck: {nunnamundty I
to suck. Job 3, 12, with prefix of Ist
pers.;) nwrmcDw, I suck, C. 211; pish
kenam, thou shalt suck (the milk), Is.
60, 16; pish nxonwog, they shall suck,
Deut. 33, 19; neg namontogigy they who
suck (the breasts), Joel 2, 16 [rmnu-
nvichey a sucking child. Is. 49, 15, = no-
ndnesey R. W. 45). See namontamuiidt.
na>6iiat, naywonat, v. i. to say (with
reference to the thing said), Luke 14, 7.
It is used by Eliot as synonymous with
the irregular verb tLSsindty to say, but
the latter appears to have been used
when attention was to be called to the
i speaker or the person spoken to. Cf.
oniwD, he says to; kenomau, he speaks
I with authority; kvJOxDy he speaks, utters
I speech; kelcokauy he goes on speaking;
kehketmkauy he goes on talking; uttinA-
\ nai, to say to; nwwau . . . Jehovah tok
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBri-L]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
93
XLOO 5nat, noowonat — continued .
Anuhpie, ne numn, he said ... * What
the Lord saith [may say] to me, that
will I speak', 1 K. 22, 14 (cf. Num. 24,
13); nmivau, he said, Cren. 27, 35; 1 K.
8, 15; noDwopf he said, 1 K. 8, 12; 2 Sam.
13, 28 {anaoivop, he said to, 2 Sam. 13, 35;
unnauj he said to, or saith to, ibid.);
nowaogy they say or said. Is. 41, 7;
fifDwwihy say thou, Prov. 20, 22; Luke
7, 7; namagk, say ye, Lev. 11, 2 (unndkf
speak ye to, ibid. ) ; nfique kutckenoowagkf
do not l)egin to say, Luke 3, 8; nmadi, if
he say, Gen. 24, 14; namaan, if thou
sayest, Prov. 24, 12 {unnanvdnatj to say,
0. 207).
[Quir. i-uuKm, to speak, Pier. 52. Del.
lu-e-Uf he says, J/eisb. Voc. 9, 20; lu-eepy
he said (pret.); Zm-«, say on, tell.]
noosh, my fatber. See a)she.
ncpeqnodtamnnittt noMquat, v. t. to
lick: pish tKDsquoUamiPog, they shall lick
(thy blood), 1 K. 21, 19; ruDsquodtogy
when he licks (grass), Num. 22, 4;
noodsqfuam&og wame, they lick up all,
Num. 22, 4; freq. namoMqftodtamundlf
-quatamundty to lick often or habitually;
pish nconmsquadtamwog {-squaiamwog)
puppiuai, they shall lick the dust, Mic.
7, 17; Pb. 72, 9; Is. 49, 23; (iwDtow)
namcDsqaodiam nippe, the fire licked up
the water, 1 K. 18, 38. See mosq.
nawukautfnat [—asukaudnat (?); cf.
asvhkauau] , v. t. an. to follow, to pursue:
vmnnoMukavoh, he followed them, Luke
22, 54; noMukawmty pursuing, Judg. 4,
22; mn woh nunnamtkduy shall I pursue
(them)? 1 Sam. 30, 8; TuxmtkaUj pursue
thou (them), ibid.
noMuttahhoowadnat. See ncMwuttah-
tvhau&ncU,
ncMuttahwhaudiiat. See namtmtiah-
whau&nat.
^huDSwenat, v. i. to yield; nurmoMweemj
I yield, C. 216.
na>8weonk, n. yielding, submission,
Eccl. 10, 4.
^Qoswetamoxmk. See nomvehtamdonkt
obedience.
na>8W6tautfiiat, v. t. an. to yield to, to
serve. See nagweetaudnat,
naMwuttahhouwaen-in, n. a pursuer,
Lam. 1, 6.
noMwuttahwhaudnat , noosuttali-,
ncDSuttahhoowadnat, etc., v. t. an. to
follow after, to pursue: iKosuttahwhau,
he pursued after (him), 2 Sam. 2, 19;
namdtahhcowaogy they pursued, Judg.
8, 4; nnnncDsuhtahwhdog, I will pursue
them, Ex. 15, 9; neg namiuUtahukqued'
gig, they which pursue (are pursuing)
you. Is. 30, 16; keiicosmiUahikqunat,
(he) to pursue thee, 1 Sam. 25, 29. Cf.
omskaadnat.
ncDt. See mancot, a basket.
xLCOtamog^uaen, ncotamog^uoinaen,
n. a fisher, one who fishes, pi. -\-\iog,
Is. 19, 8; Ezek. 47, 10; Luke 5, 2; nco-
tarndguYienHog, Jer. 16, 16 (cf. omae-
nuogy Ezek. 47, 10); poTiashabpaeniiogy
fishers (with nets), Matt. 4, 18; nattcoh-
quinntiaenin, pi. -f nuo^, C. 159. See
*aumaiii.
na>tam6grqudeu, adj. of or belonging to
a fisherman: hogkcoonk, * fisher's
coat*, John 21, 7.
nootamdgrquam, 'I go a fishing', John
21, 3: nag pish wunruDtam&gqmn&ah,
they shall fish them [take them by
fishing], Jer. 16, 16.
ii0Dtam6gqiUU>nk, n. a draught of fish,
Luke 5, 9.
nootamogquomaen. ^eencaUxmogqmen.
na>taina>onk, n. hearing, 2 K. 4, 31;
tiaicke nootamHonky a quick hearing,
C. 163.
nootamuxULt, v. t. to hear, Ezek. 12,
2: mehtauoffwash noDtaTnamumU, ears to
hear with, Deut 29, 4; nunnaotatny I
hear, 1 Sam. 2, 23 (0. 194); nwtam, he
hears or heard, v. 22; ncotamunap^ he
heard, Ps. 78, 21 ; ncotamwogy they hear
or heard. Matt. 11, 5; imperat. ncoUuh,
hear thou, Deut. 33, 7 {nmiahy hear thou
me, 1 K. 18, 37; ken ncotahy C. 194);
ncotammky hear ye. Is. 42, 18; Deut
6, 4; ncDtiegky hear ye me, 2 Chr.
29, 6; hearken ye, 2 Chr. 18, 27
(keMDiamUmwcDy ye hear, C. 194; noh
toadtinneaiy to be heard, ibid. ) ; with an.
obj. ncDtdnaiy to hear a person (see ex-
amples in imperative above); kencotah,
thou hearest me, Ps. 17, 6; mehiauog
nootiit (subj.), when the ear heard or
hears me. Job 29, 11.
Digitized by
Google
94
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
nootau, xLOOteau, n. fire, Ps. 105, 39;
Prov. 30, 16; Gen. 22, 6. See chikkind-
sttog.
[Quir. ronV and yoit/, Pier. 22. Narr.
mAUapah y6Ug, sit by the fire, R. W. 30;
ndtej ybie, chickof, sqidta^ fire; twtdwese
and chickaut&icese^ a little fire, ibid. 47,
48. Peq. yewt^ Stiles. Abn. sk^i,
skAar, feu, Rasles. Del. luteuy it bums;
an. nHussi, I bum, Zeisb. Gr. 162, Voc.
20.]
nootimis, n. an oak tree, 2 Sam. 18, 9;
Is. 44, 14.
[Narr. paugduiemisk, R. W. 89.]
nootinat, v. i. to lift or take up a burden.
nootindnat, v. t. an. to lift as a burden;
an. obj. ruDtindp nippekontu, I drew him
out of the water, Ex. 2, 10.
[Narr. nidutdsh, 'take it on your
back', R.W. 51. [Cree ne n&tdwy I
fetch him, Howse 52.]
nopwantam^&e. See neuantor/i, he grieves.
ncDwaonk, n. a saying (that which is
said, Deut. 1, 23; 1 Sam. 18, 8): nuUin-
nanvaonk, my saying, Gen. 4, 23; mUtin-
ncoiLxtonganash, 'my commandments',
Ex. 16, 28.
naywesuonk, my name. Is. 42, 8. See
xv^suonk,
xuDwonat. See tuD&ncU.
*nquittaqtinnegat (Narr.), one day.
See neqiit; -qiiinne.
nuhhog, nuhog, my body. Matt. 26, 36;
myself, ^teeranhhog (m!hog),
nuhhogkat, unto me. Is. 6, 6; Cant. 7,
10.
mihkiihkfadnat, v. t. an. obj. to come
upon, to overwhelm, Ex. 14, 26; pi^h
nuhkuhkauau sontimohy 'he shall come
upon princes', Is. 41, 25.
mihkuhkomimAt, v. t. to cover over, to
envelop, to overwhelm: nnhkuhkom^ it
covered, Ex. 14, 28; 40, 34; xcxinndh'
kukkomun^ it covered it^ Ex. 24, 15, 16.
From ncokinat.
nuhog. See mihhog,
nuhquamat, uniikquainat, v. i. to look,
to direct the eye, ^nthout reference to an
object (cf. nadtamvdmpUj he looks for a
purpose, he looks in order to see some-
thing which is or is not within sight):
nuUinuhquain nogque^ I look towanl (it),
Jonah 2, 4 (cf. nogque) ; nuhquaeog, they
xLiikquamat, etc. — continued,
looked or faced (to the north, etc. ), 1 K,
7, 25; (oh iciUch nuhquaedg ke«tikqnieu,
why do you look toward heaven? Acta
1,11. V.t.noh ndgqii^h , he w ho sees me,
Gen. 16, 13; HnuhqxiAeu, ahadtnikr/iteUf
'he looked this way and that way',
Ex. 2, 12. The compounds are numer-
ous, a8 ompamuhqnaendtf to look back
or behind; 9ohha>quamat (sonkiDhq-)^ to
look out from, to look forth; ushpuh-
qudinat {aJtp-y ishp-^ ^-), to look up-
ward, etc. From (naumunat) naum, to
see; -uhqud^y to that side, in that direc-
tion (?). See nd, n6(uU; *pdnikqud;
nwhpu. (Cf. kuhkinassiwieatj to take a
view, C. 214. )
nukkeemoo, it was shaken, Ps. 18, 7; pi.
inan. -{-ashy they were shaken, ibid.
See nunnukkunumundL
nukkies, yes. See mix.
niikkodtnmumtt, v. t. to leave behind,
to abandon, to forsake (inan. obj.),
Prov. 13, 14; 16, 17; Dan. 9, 5; ne teag
nogkodtumuk, a thing left, C. 172. With
an. obj. 7iukkon6nat (q. v.); nnkodlU'
mtinaif to leave, C. 199; nunnulcodtnm,
I leave, ibid.
[Narr. nickdUash^ leave or depart; pi.
nickdUammoke, nickatiamutta, let us de-
part, R. W. 55. Cree nugga-tum, he
fetcheth him, Howse 42. ]
nukkomauon^t [negomu-audnai'], to be
first, in advance: nukkomau, he came
first to ... , John 20, 4.
nukkoxUleu, adv. by night, in the night,
Ex. 13, 21; Ps. 32, 4; 42, 8; 105, 39.
See nohkog.
[Narr. ndukocks nokan-ndwif by night,
R. W. 70.]
nukk6ne l=negonnej first], adj. old, an-
cient, of old, Eccl. 1, 10 ('original',
'old', C. 173) : seipf ancient river,
Judg. 5, 21; qimnonmij old lion.
Is. 30, 6; may ash f the old ways.
Job 22, 15; iiukkoyiadchUy the ancient
mountain, Deut. 33, 15; yeush nukkdn-
eyeuukish, 'these are ancient things', 1
Chr. 4, 22; ayimuj) negonne uukkdneye-
uuty 'he hath made the first old'; ne
negonneayenmhj 'that which waxeth
old', Heb. 8, 13.
[Abn. negahnle, c'est une vieille cou-
tume; negahni arenanhak^ les anciens;
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
95
nukkdne — continued.
nikkanniSif devant, par avance; nenik-
kannSsii^, je marche devant, Rasles, 558,
559. Del. n^chowiyeyu, it is old, Zeisb.
Gr. 165.]
nukkondnat, v. t. an. to leave, to go
away from, to abandon, to forsake,
Deut. 12, 19; pass, noh nusmi nukkonan,
he alone is left, CJen. 44, 2S0; pish nuk-
koruiUy he shall leave (them), Mark
10, 7; Eph. 5, 31; mikkondg, if ye turn
away, Xum. 32, 15; toh ivutch nukk&ndg^
why have ye left (him), Ex. 2, 20;
ahque rmkkosseh (an. suffix), do not
thou leave me, Ps. 27, 9; nukkonant
(part.), leaving, Gen. 2, 24; * depart-
ing from', abandoning, Jer. 3, 20 (see
nukkodtumundt); nukkdnittuog, they de-
parted from each other. Acts 15, 39
{nukk<mittinneaty to be left, C. 199).
[The Narragansett form appears to
have been (nukkodtshdnai) nickatshdnat
for the v. an., though the first of the
following examples may be traced to
nukkondnai: mat kiinnickanshy I will not
leave you; ahquie kunnickkatshash, do
not leave me; taivhitch nickatshiianf
why do you forsake me? R. W. 75.
(This form has the characteristic sh of
disastrous or undesirable action.)]
nukkukquiinneat, v. i. to be old, with
reference to a measure of duration or
existence: kconenukkukquiinneat, to be
in a full (good old) age, Job 5, 26 (see
-guinne and kodtumicohkom) ; tok unnuk-
kookquiyeu noh nonk^q, how old is that
girl? C. 240.
nukkukquiyeuonk, age: wuUin- — , 1
K. 14, 4.
nukkiunmat : ultoh ne nukkummai,
'whether it is easier* (to. say, etc.),
Mark 2, 9.
nukkiunmatta (?), 'rather than' (it), in
preference to (it), *and not', Prov. 8,
10. Cf. kuUttmmaj unless. See nik-
kumme.
nukktiinme. See nikhimme*
nukok. See X'O.
nukon, n. night, Gen. 1, 5, 16; pi. nuko-
ncuhf nuhkona^hf Job 7, 3; nukkon -f
a$h, C. 164. From nmkinat, to descend,
to go down; or from nukkondnai^ to
leave, to go away from (?) the sun, gone
down or having left (?). See nohkog.
XLiikquodtut. See nnnnukquodiui.
nukquttegheun, an only child, son or
daughter: wunnukquttegheonuh okasohf
the only one of her mother. Cant. 6, 9;
nunnukqutiegheun, my only child, Luke
9,38.
nTiznxnatappixineat, v. i. to seat one's
self, to sit down: nummatappn, he sat
down, Ruth 4, 1; Luke 14, 28; nwrn-
matappuogy they sat down, Ruth 4, 2;
Luke 22, 55; nummatapsh, sit down. Is.
52, 2 {nummattdp&nat, to sit; nnnnum'
mdttap fl sit; appti, he sits, C. 209) . See
appin; cf. Abnaki (Rasles, 'asseoir',
p. 388).
nuxn-zneech. See meechu,
xLiunmekitckdnont, (one) having a flat
nose. Lev. 21, 18 {neneque mutchan, flat
nose, C. 170).
nuxnmishe, I . . . greatly, 1 Thess. 3, 10;
Heb. 12, 21; =:mi8hef with prefix of Ist
person.
nummiss^B, -ssis, my sister. See um-
missies,
nuxmnittamwoB, -wtui, my wife. See
mittamwus,
^mixnmoxitiiliquahwkuttuonk, n. a
debt, C. 203.
^nummoohquonat, ' to sup up pottage',
etc., C. 211; pish nummnhqiiaogj they
shall sup up pottage, Hab. 1, 9.
nuxn-znuttuxmnashum may, ' I run in
the way' ('of thy conmiandments'),
Ps. 119, 32, =num'muUummaomashonr
tarn may, Mass. Ps.
numpakou. See nompakoti, a jewel.
xLumwApanumundt (?), v. t. to fill (one
thing with another) : numw6han kutas-
kon pummee, fill thy horn with oil,
1 Sam. 16, 1; numwdbpanuma)k, fill ye
(barrels with water), 1 K. 18, 33;
numivapogkunnumivog wunnonka^h, they
filled the troughs (with water), Ex. 2,
16; numtcdquom uppcothonchwmut, she
filled hef pitcher. Gen. 24, 16.
numwie, adj. full of, filled with. Num.
22, 18; 24, 13; Judg. 6, 28; fully, C. 228.
*numwamechijnehk6nat, to fill [to
make full with food (?)], C. 191: wfinnum-
fcamechiniehteam, I fill [I am filled, I be-
come full of food(?)], ibid.
xLumwameechum, I am full, he is full
(of food), Prov. 30, 9.
Digitized by
Google
96
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
numw^pa^od, (a x>lac*e) full of water,
2 K. 3, 17.
xLuinw6p[pinneat (?)], v. i. to fill up, to
make full (of an. obj.): nag pish num'
li^dpuog, they shall fill (thy houses, i. e.
thy houses shall }ye full of them), Ex.
10,6.
numwohtauunat {numwolUindtf 1 Thess.
2, 16), V. t. and i. to fill up, to make
full, to be full (inan. subj.): num-
wohteau, it filled (the whole earth),
Dan. 2, 35; it is full, Ps. 26, 10; pish
nmnwohteau, he shall fill (the world).
Is. 27, 6; wunnumxDohiauun twotau, he
filled it with fire, Rev. 8, 5; numwoh-
tomh, fill thou (thy hand), Ezek.10,2;
aJtqtiain numwohtanOj it is not yet full,
(ren. 15, 16; numwohiajy let (it) be filled,
C. 191.
XLumwonkquau, n. a heap. From nan-
omwonkquaeu. See normmkqu&g.
numwonkquttauuxULt, v. t. to heap up,
Eccl. 2, 26; numvxmkquoUou, he heaps
up, Ps. 39, 6; freq. nandmongquodiauu-
naty to heap up abundantly or to make
great heaps, Ps. 39, 6; Job 27, 16. See
nomunkqudg.
nvLH&ej adj. dry (?) . Found only in Eliot
in compound words. See nunobpe.
nunassenlit, v. t to make dry, to dry
(from nunde-ussendt): pish nunnunas-
sumy I will dry up (the waters), Is. 42,
15; 44, 27; nunndhsum sepuashy he drieth
up the rivers, Hag. 1, 4. Cf. vnmninab'
pehtau'uriy he maketh it (the sea) dry,
Hag. 1, 4. See nunobpe; numwbohteat-
eou.
nunkane, nonkane, adj. light (not
heavy). Num. 21, 5; 2 Cor. 4, 17; {nun-
kon) Matt. 11, 30; anue nunkmwog onky
*they are lighter than', Ps. 62, 9
{nonkki wednun, a light burden; non-
ganney lightly, C. 172, 228).
[Narr. ndukouy light; kunnaHtij you
are light, R. W. 55, = kunndukouy p. 75.
Del. langany Zeisb.Gr. 173.]*
xtiinkomp, n. a young man. El. Or. 9; pi.
nunkompaogy Is. 40, 30; dim. nunkom-
paeSy nunkompaemcs (El. Gr. 12): ash
nunkompdeaiiy when thou wagt young,
John 21, 18 {ndnkup or nonkumpaeSy a
boy, C. 156). Cf. wusken,
nunkquaash l=inumto(mkquash], heaps;
suppos. nana (?), q. v. Cf. muUdnnunky
etc.
nuzikaqua, nunkaq, n. a girl (El. Gr. 9),
a young woman, Gen. 24, 14, 16; Deut.
22, 15, 28 {nonkkishqy ivisskisqitay a girl,
C. 157 ) ; penompae nvnkgSy a\'irgin, Deut.
22, 23 (see penomp) ; pi. nunkstpMogy Ps.
148, 12; icunnunksquomog (obj. -j/io/i),
her maids, Ex. 2, 5; imnksquaJi^ity *in
their youth' (subj.), when they were
girls, Ezek. 23, 3; dim. nunksquneSy
nunksqiiaemes (El. Gr. 12).
[Del. long-ochqxieuy a brisk young
woman, Zeisb. Voc. 43.]
*niiniiftpi. See mmobpey dry.
XLU2inauinon, my son: ken 7iunnaumony
yeu kesukok nanuiumon hihhogy 'Thou
art my Son, this day have I begotten
thee,' Heb. 1, 5. See wunnaumonuh,
^unne nogkishkdadtuonk, ' well met '
(as a salutation), C. 225. See nogkush-
kati&nat,
nunneukontiink, nunnuk-, n. an im-
age or idol, 2 Chr. 34, 4, 7; Mic. 1, 7 (?»*»-
nuk&ntonky C. 155).
XLunneyeu, n. urine. See ninyeu.
nunnippog, -ipog, 'freshwater', James
3, 12. See nippe; -pog.
nunnobolite^ou [=nanabpi (?)] : nunno-
bohiedSuuty on dry ground, Ex. 15, 19,
i. e. made dry (?), or dry by nature (?) ;
Josh. 3, 17, ^nabohtecMuty Ex. 14, 16,
22 {nunnapohteaiyeuuty 'in dry places',
Mass. Ps., Ps. 105, 41); wutch nunnoboh-
iea&uuty 'from the dust of the earth'.
Gen. 2, 7 {nunnopohieaiy dry ground,
Mass. Ps., Ps. 107, 35). See nunobpe.
xLunnobohteateou, -teaiyeuteop, he
dried up (the waters), made dry land.
Josh. 4, 23; 5, 1 {nunnoppohteaiyeuehteau
tohkekamuashy he dries up the springs,
Mass. Ps., Ps. 107, 33). See nunobpe;
nunassendl,
nunnohkinnum, Tiannah-, v. t. he sifts
(it). Is. 30, 28: nunnannahkinnumy I
sift (it), Amos 9, 9; nanndhkinumuky
when it is sifted, ibid.; nanahkinegy a
sieve, Is. 30, 28. Cf. nmhkiky from pri-
mary nohkeu (?).
mninukkuniiTniiniit, v. t. to shake
(inan. obj.): nunnukkununiy (he or it)
shook (it), made it shake, Heb. 12, 26;
pass. nunnukkem(Dy it was shaken, Ex.
19, 18 {nukkeem(Dy Ps. 18, 7).
nunnukkimh on^t, nannukskondt,
xLunnukquskon^t, v. i. to tremble, to
shake: nunnnnnukkushomy I quake (for
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
97
nunnukkushonilt, etc. — continued,
fear), Heb. 12, 21; nunnukkushomp, I
trembled, Hab. 3, 16; nunnukiheau, it
trembled, 2 Sam. 22, 8; nunnukBhaog,
they trembled, Ex. 19, 16; 1 Sam. 14, 15;
nunnukBhaxi mishenukshdonk mcDcheke,
*he trembled very exceedingly', Gen.
27,33; nunnukkushonif -qushorU (part.),
trembling, Mark 5, 33; Acts 9, 6;
matta woh nanukkuskonog (?), 'which
can not be moved ' (?), Heb. 12, 28 {nun-
nukkisahdnaif to tremble or tingle, C.
213; nunrmkHshshomy I shake, p. 208;
'kishom, I tremble; ncoweyatut nunnukia-
thauy my flesh trembleth, p. 213).
[Del. mm gach tachiy I shake for cold,
Zeisb. Voc. 25.]
ntmnukontuxik. See nunneukotunk,
nunnukquappineat, v. t. to be in dan-
ger: nunnukquoppu en, he is in danger
of, Matt 5, 21, 22, =nukquoppUy Mark
3,29.
nuxiniikque, adj. and adv. dangerous,
perilous, 2 Tim. 3, 1.
ntmnukquodt^t, adv. in peril, in dan-
ger {=:nukquodiut)f Lam. 5, 9; Rom. 8,
35; 2 Cor. 11, 26: ndnukquoky when it
is dangerous, Acts 27, 9 [both suppos.
forms, but used as nouns, as in Rom. 8,
36]. Cf. nanalhlkonchiyeu-fU,
nunnukqusliozUit. Seenunnukkushandt.
nunnukqusaen^t, v. i. to take heed, to
act i^autiously (nunnukqusnnneal, to be-
ware, C. 182): matta nunnukqusgUj he
took no heed, 2 K. 10, 31; nunnukqus-
mh {kiihhog)y take heed to thyself,
Ex. 34, 12; Deut. 4, 9; 12, 30; (nukmsh,)
Ex. 10, 28; nunnukqus8eky take ye heed
(to yourselves), Deut. 11, 16; 27, 9; Jer.
9, 4; Matt. 16, 6; nunnukqumichy let him
take heed, 1 Cor. 10, 12; nashpe nunnuk-
qamty *by (his) taking heed*, Ps. 119, 9
{jien nunnukqus, I beware, C. 182; nun-
nukqusmoniash kektah, beware of the
sea, p. 232).
nunnukquaaudncok (from v. t. an. ), be-
ware ye of (an. obj.), =ioabesu6na>k,
Phil. 3, 2.
^nunnukqussuontamunat, v. t. to be-
ware of (inan, obj. ) : nunnukqusguontask
keUah, beware of the sea, C. 182, 232.
nminnkahiie, adj. trembling, which
trembles, Deut. 28, 65; 2 Cor. 7, 15
{ninukshae, C. 176) ; mat nunnukquthe
kuttamn, boldness of speech, 2 Cor. 7, 4.
B. A. E., Bull. 25—7
nnnnukah^nk, n. trembling (through
fear), 1 Sam. 14, 15; Job 4. 14.
XLunnutcheg, my hand. See mentUcheg
(m^nutcheg).
nunobpe, adj. dry. Num. 6, 3 (nunndpi,
C. 169) : najiabpij nanabpeu, dry land (as
distinguished from water or land cov-
ered by water), Gen. 1, 9, 10 {^^naboh"
Uai, Hag. 2, 6); ntinnobohke, * the earth',
dry land, Prov. 30, 16; ayimketoh 7iun-
nobiyetiuty *he made the sea dry land',
Ex. 14, 21; tiunnappesish, be (thou) dry.
Is. 44, 27.
[Narr. nndppiy dry; nndppaquaty dry
weather, R. W. 82.]
xLilxLOhkomuk, n. a landing place (a
*shore'). Acts 27, 39; John 21, 8, 9;
Jonah 1, 13: keiahluinne unnunohkcnnuk,
the seashore, Jer. 47, 7.
nunoktlle, adj. dry (that which has be-
come dry or is made dry ) : mehtugy
j dry tree, *dry stubble', Is. 56, 3; Job
I 13, 25; pi. -dashy Josh. 9, 5; Ezek. 37, 2;
nunohtduty in that which is dry (L e. in
, a dry tree, Luke 23, 31); nunohtdeuy
Ezek. 37, 4; Hos. 9, 14.
xLunoliteauundt, v. i. to become dry, to
dry up: nwiofUeaUy it is (become) dry.
Josh. 9, 12; nippeash . . . nunohtaashf
I the waters dry up. Job 12, 15; nunah-
i topy it was dry, Judg. 6, 40; nunolUajy
let it become dry, Judg. 6, 39; nt<n-
nohsitCi), if it be dry, Judg. 6, 37. OL
' nunnowuxi ( Narr. ) , harvest time, R. W.
92.
, nuppe, diminutive nuppUse. See nippe,
water; nippissey a pool or pond.
< nuppiasepog. See nxppmepog.
I nuppoh, nuppohwhun, n. a wing (not
I found except in the constructive or ob-
I jective nuppoh, nuppohwhunoky with
prefix of 3d person): nuppohvmnau,
winged, having wings. Is. 6, 2; yauin-
nepuhwhunauy having four wings, Ezek.
1, 6. See wunnuppohy wunnuppokwhun.
[Allied to nuppunat and nepausCJ).]
xLuppa>, nuppoDe, adj. (he is) dead, Judg.
4, 22; 1 Sam. 24, 14; pL an. nappoMg,
Ps. 88, 5, 10.
nuppoDe, nuppoongrane, adj. deadly,
producing death, Mark 16, 18; James
3, 8; Rev. 13, 3.
nuppcoonk, n. death, Gen. 21, 16; Ex.
10, 17; Job 5, 21; 2 K. 4, 40.
Digitized by
Google
98
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 2^
^nuppoDpasainneat, 'to wither or pine
away (as a tree)', C. 216; mehtuk nup-
pwta, a tree withers, ibid.
nuppundt, V. i. to die, Eccl. 3, 2; 1 Cor.
9, 15 {nuppunat, C. 237). The literal or
primitive meaning of this verb is per-
haps to go away, or, rather, to sleep. It
is probably allied to nuppohy a wing or
wings. The Indian languages abound
in euphemisms for expressing death,
* * so terrible is the King of Terrors to all
natural men . " "They abhor to mention
the dead by name, . . and amongst
States, the naming of their dead Sa-
chims" is one ground of war, R. W. 161.
nuppcoy nupf he dieth or died. Job 14,
10; 21, 23; Is. 59, 5; Gen. 23, 2; Ezek.
24, 18; nen nupup, I died . . . Gen.
30, 1; 48, 21; Rom. 7, 9; pish nttp, he
shall die, Ezek. 18, 4, 20; kenup,
thou shalt die, Gen. 2, 17; nuppun, he
dieth, Eccl. 3, 19; nuppuk, nupuky when
he dies or is dead, he may die, Eccl. 3,
19; Rom. 7, 2; 2 Sam. 3, 33; noh next
nupuky who died there, 2 Sam. 10, 18;
napukegt nupukegj pi. the dead, Eccl.
4, 2, =napunutchigy Num. 16, 48 (pish
nunnupf I shall die; nont wame nenup-
pumun, we must all die, C. 188).
[Alg. nipai-. Chip, niba, he sleeps
( Bar. ) ; nibdj he dies. (The Chip, prefix
ni (Bar.) denotes a * going away',
change (?) of place or posture; cf.
nepau, to rise up. ) Narr. : Roger Will-
iams usually employs the verb kilonck-
quSi[naQ (q. v.), to die, and has nipu%
mdiv [nuppoOf amdeu (?)], 'he is gone';
nlppitch ew6, let him die [a sentence:
let him be put to death]; niphettUch,
let them die, R. W. 122; micheme-
shdid, he is gone forever, p. 160; yo
dpapany he that was here; mauchauhom,
the dead man; pi. mauchauhomuocky
— chtpeck; chepassdtam, the dead sa-
chem; chepasqudwj a dead woman; m-
chimaHipan, 'he that was prince
[sachem] here', p. 161. Cree Jiippuy
he is dead; nippdw, he sleeps, Howse 31.
Del. mboiui, mortal; mhoagan death,
Zeisb. Gr. 104.]
nupweshandnat, v. t. an. to persuade:
tvunnepweshanuhj he persuaded him, 2
Chr. 18, 2; sunnummatta . . . kenup-
weshanukwo), doth not (he) persuade
nupweshandnat — continued,
you, 2 Chr. 32, 11; nupweshandmuny we
persuade, 2 Cor. 5, 11 {nupweshaafisco'
6nat, to persuade, C. 204; nunnup-
weshan, I persuade, p. 203).
nupweshassowaonk, n. persuasion, Gal.
5, 8 {nupwesfiassa^waonky C. 204).
nupwo^nk (?), n. a riddle, Judg. 14,
12-15; a proverb, Prov. 25, 1 {nuptvd-
tvaonky C. 163); *a mystery', 1 Cor.
13, 2. See napwcoacheg; siogkanmonk.
[nupwoshwdnat (? ) , j to choke: nupwosJi-
wdogy they are choked (with cares),
Luke 8, 14; niah uhpamiincomaHtshy these
(inan.) choke (it), Mark 4, 19 {nup-
pashoon wvicfie weyaus, I am choked
[with flesh], C. 185; paaahomninyieaty
to be choked, ibid.; nukkehcMquahes
peminneaiy 1 am choked with a halter,
ibid . ) . See kechequabinau,
nuslUle, adj. slain, killed (dead by vio-
lence), Is. 22, 2.
nufllUU>nk, n. slaughter, Is. 27, 7; Jer.
12, 3; a killing, Heb. 7, 1; Is. 22, 13.
nush^teaen, n. a murderer, Deut. 35,
28; 1 John 3, 15; shehtederiy 'bloody
man', Ps. 5, 6.
[Narr. keinineUichicky pi. murderers,
R. W. 117.]
nushAteaonk, n. murder (abstract),.
Luke 23, 19; killing, Hos. 4, 2; pi.
-ongafhy Matt. 15, 19; Mark 7, 21; sheh-
tedonky Rom. 1, 29.
nush^teauunat, v. i. to commit mur-
der, to be a murderer: noh ncishteohpy
'who had committed murder', Mark
15, 7; nushehteaog ut mayntj they com-
mit murder in the way, Hos. 6, 9;
kenushteomwwy you commit murder,
Jer. 7, 9; nushehteuhkon, -ieahkony thou
shalt not kill, Deut. 5, 17; Matt. 5, 21;
*thou shalt do no murder', Matt. 19, 18
{nunnishteamy I kill; nunrmhUap, I did
kill, C. 196).
[Narr. kemineaniijU>€k, they murder
each other. R.W. 76.]
nushdnat, v. act. an. to kill, Deut. 9, 28;
Esth. 3, 13; Acts 9, 24 (nuniehanaly C.
196) ; pass, nushittinn^aty to be killed,
Esth. 7, 4; but nushau, nuahaog (3d
pers. sing, and pL), are used indiffer-
ently for the active or passive voice,,
he or they slew or were slain (see nushr
dhkonat): nunnush, I slew him, 1 Sam^
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
99
nush^nat — continued .
17, 35; 2 Sam. 1, 16; nusk, kill thou,
Judg. 8, 20; Acts 10, 13; nushon (?),
he murders (them), Ps. 10, 8; he slew,
Judg. 15, 15; nushcDk, kill ye, Luke 15,
23; nushehteuhkoriy -ahhtm, thou shalt
not kill, Deut. 5, 17; Matt. 5, 21; pish
nunnusJij I shall slay. Gen. 27, 41; nush-
ojUy nasJumt (part.), slaying, Gen. 4,
15; Ex. 21, 14; nushau, nusheaUj he
slew, 1 Sam. 17, 36; Ex. 2, 12; 2 Chr.
25, 3; he was slain, Dan. 5, 30; wurir
shduh, (it) slew them, Dan. 3, 22, = nah
minnushoh, Luke 13, 4; pish nushau,
he shall l)e put to death, Ex. 21, 12,
15, 16, etc.; mos nusheaUy he must be
killed. Rev. 13, 10; nmhaog, they slew.
Gen. 49, 6; Judg. 3, 29; pish nushoog,
they shall be slain, Ezek. 26, 6; nush-
6og (as part, pi.), slain, they who are
slain, Ezek. 26, 6; 32, 21, 2^-25; Is.
22, 2; noh nashomuk, who was slain,
Judg. 20, 4; pass, pish nunnushit, I shall
be slain, Prov. 22, 13; (Dsqfieonk nashitj
the blood of the slain. Num. 23, 24; neg
nushitcheg, the slain, Ezek. 32, 20.
[Narr. niss, kill him; pi. nUmke, R.
W. 122.]
nushtilikdnat, v. act. i. to kill, to
make slaughter {nishehkonat, to kill,
C. 196) : togkodUg kodtinnumauun nush-
uhkdnat, *the sword is drawn ... for
the slaughter', Ezek. 21, 28 (to go on
killing, to kill as a business, k' pro-
gressive).
nussequnneat Inussu-sequnnecU]^ v. i.
to remain alone: nen wehe nussequnii,
*I only remain', 1 K.18,22; nen webe
nvssequnneanity I only am left, 1 K. 19,
14. See sequnau.
nussin, nuttin, I say. See ussindt,
nu88u, nusseu, adj. an. alone (solus),
Ex. 18, 18; 24, 2; Deut 33, 28; Matt.
18, 15; nasct Job 9, 8: nMnniwwf, I alone.
Is. 63, 3; nahse . . . nusseUj alone ... by
myself, Is. 44, 24; nohsiii, if she be
* desolate ' (as, a widow), 1 Tim. 5, 5
{nunndnsiupy I was alone; nomsiyeue
(and 'wukse'), all alone, C. 167; nmi-
siyeuy ibid. 232).
[Narr. hdnnishishem, are you alone?
nnUhishem, I am alone; pcaHsuck naunl
manUy 'there is only one God'; naUgom
nauntf He alone (made all things, etc. ),
nuBBu, nusseu — continued.
R. W., 31, 114, 115. Del. iiechoha, adv.
alone, Zeisb.]
[unjnussu, (he is) shaped, etc. See
under U.
nutcheg, hand. See menulcfieg (m*7iul-
cheg),
nuttaihe, pi. an. nuUaiheog; inan. nut-
taiheashy mine, (is) mine, Gen. 26, 20;
Mai. 3, 17; Ezek. 35, 10. See vmttmhe.
nuttaih^in, ours, (is) ours. See lout-
taihe.
nuttin, nussin, I say. See tUlinonat.
nuttiniin: nen nuUinniin nen jiiUtinniin,
for 'I am that I am', Ex. 3, 14; ne-
mutche ne nuttiniin {^ne nxUlunnixn\
Mass. Ps.), *for so I am', John 13, 13;
({id maita ne niUtinniein, *but it is not
so with me', Job 9, 35; yeu mo nuttin-
aiiny thus I was, Gen. 31, 40; yeu nuttin-
miny thus I have been (and am), v. 41;
woh nutiinni onatuh ne moUia dniyeUy * I
should have been aa though I had not
been'. Job 10, 19 {nen nuttinne-aiin nen
nuttinne-aiiny 'I am such as such as I
am ', or * I myself remain or continue to
be such ais I myself remain' InuUinne-
aiin=l am such as (I)]; nuttinniy 1 am
become; [nuttinni]yumuny we are be-
come ; unniincU, to become, C. 1 81 ) . See
unnaUnneat, Cf. vmitinniin.
[Del. n'teUiy I (do, say, etc.) thus
or so; k'telliy thou (dost, sayest, etc.)
thus or so; tu'telliy he, etc., Zeisb. Gr.
177.]
nuttinne, even I, Neh. 4, 13; ego ipse,
Ezek. 38, 23.
nux, adv. yea, yes, verily (El. Gr. 21);
verb subst. nuxyeuootUchy let it be yea,
James 5, 12; nuky yes. Stiles (Narr.).
^^niWy as it is commonly written, but
should rather be nukkieSy in two sylla-
bles", Exp. Mayhew. See *6.
[Micm. ^y 'oui'; lok {=nok)y *bien'.
Main. 29. Abn. *ga signif. affirmita-
tem: niga, oui, c'est cela', Raslea 553;
nikkiy c'est cela m^me, p. 555. Chip.
e nange koy yes, certainly; e nangCy O
yes. Bar. 476. Del. ekeey ay I Zeisb.
lUin. "Rad. nagay nagaia, vox feminis
propria, assui^ment, vraiment; nissi
naga, oui vraiment, je le die."— Grav.
MS.]
Digitized by
Google
100
BUREAU OB^ AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
O
*6, 66 (o nasal ) , yea, yes ; ' ' but there being
another Indian word of the same signi-
fication, viz., TJtu-, . . . the former is
scarce ever used in writing."— Exp.
May hew. (du, well, it is well, C. 227. )
6ftas, 6au8, howaas, n. an animal, a
living creature. Gen. 2, 19; 7, 4; Lev.
11, 47 {doas lodas'], C. 171); pi. owaam-
negy Is. 13, 21; odMneg, Ezek. 1, 14; -oa-
d»ineg,y. 19 (odagineg, creatures, C. 171;
oau'cumnegf p. 66): irnhnoh 6au8 wan-
nahnahshontf * every thing that hath
breath', Pa. 150, 6; nishnoh oaaspdmon-
togt every thing that liveth, Ezek. 47,
9; nishnoh oaas pish pomantam, every
thing shall live, ibid.; oaas momanchinj
creeping thing, Lev. 11, 20, 21; ti-uske
odas, a new creature. Gal. -6, 15. Cf.
wddUf w&u (an egg) ; (Dch (forth, out of) ;
om/k', father; tt'^^aiw, flesh. Largely used
in compound words, especially in the
names of animals. The termination
•SsUi of the animate form of adjectives
(El. Gr. 13) is derived from 6aas; so nom-
paaSf male ( = ne-omp-oaaSj man-ani-
mal); mukquosh (mogkedaas) , great ani-
mal, wolf; musquasstiSf musquash ^ red
animal, muskrat.
[Abn. aSaasaky les animaux, Rasles.
Del. au vfe sis, a beast, pi. -j-sacy beasts;
au we yey is, wild beast, wild creature,
Zeisb.]
^oadtehteaonk, n. payment, C. 203.
dadtehteauundt, v. t. to pay, as a debt,
a vow, etc. ; to make payment of: 6ad-
tehteaouy he pays (tribute). Matt. 17, 24;
axjdtehteauy Jonah 1, 3; pish k\U6adteh-
teaniy thou shalt pay (money), 1 K. 20,
39; dadtehieashy pay thou (thy vow),
Eccl. 5, 4.
6adttQik6iiat, v. t. an. to pay to, Deut.
23, 21; Esth. 4, 7: kutoadtuh kaushy I
will pay thee, Num. 20, 19; dadtuhkauy
'kaUy pay thou to (him or them), 2 K.
4, 7; Ps. 50, 14; nen mU6adtuhkau6ogy (in
that case) I will pay you, i. e. if you
agree (subj.), Esth. 3, 9; dadtuhkahy pay
thou me, Matt. 18, 28 (oadtuhkah eyeuy
pay me now, C. 203). See adtdaH,
«oadtuhkoB8uwaliu6nat, v. t. an. to
cause to be paid [to], C. 203.
6au8. See 6das.
obbohquoB, n. See uppdhquds.
6bohqulU>nk, n. a covering, Ex. 26, 7.
Be^ appuhqadsu.
*ockqutcliaiin (Narr.), "a wild beast of
a reddish hair about the bigness of
a pig, and rooting like a pig; from
whence they give this name to all our
swine"; pL -^nug; R. W. 95; the
woodchuck (Arctomys monax) (?).
Cf. ogkoshquog ('conies' ?), El. From
dgushauy agqshau {agweshau), he goes
under, roots or burrows. See ogkatchin
(agwe-wuichau)y he comes from under.
Cf. ogkatchin.
[Mod. Abn. ag-askwy K . A . Del. gosch
goschak (pi.), hogs, Zeisb. Voc. 17.]
ogrgruhae, adj. little [small in quantity
or amount]. Pro v. 24, 33: anue ogguhse,
much less, Prov. 17, 7. Dim. ogguhse-
mese nippe, a (very) little water. Gen.
24, 17; iogguhsemesty * by Httle and
little', Deut. 7, 22, =o6gguhs^seUy Ex.
23, 30 (ogkosscy adv. little, C. 233).
o^gxihsoadtu, of little worth, Prov. 10,
20.
ogrffuhsuog, an. pi. few, Deut. 26, 5;
Matt. 7, 14; inan. pi. ogguhsinashy a few
things. Matt. 25, 21, 23; ogguhsesinash
(dimin.) , Gen. 47, 9: ogguhseqiiinogoky
in a few days [at the end of a few days] ,
Dan. 11, 20 {ogkossibog, few, C. 169).
[For ogkesu (?) and ogkesesu (?).]
ogkem6nat, a^kemdnat, v. t. an. to
number or count (an. obj.): ogkeniy
number ye (the people), Num. 26, 2;
'take the sum of, Num. 4, 22; ogke-
mmky Num. 1, 2; agkemeheUeupohy they
numbered (them), Num. 26, 65; nagog-
kemutchegy agkemxUchegy they who were
numbered, Num. 26, 51, 57.
[Cree u'cke-mayooy he counts him,
Howse 43.]
ogrkesu.
[Note.— Definition not given. See oggufue;
ogkemondt: ogkdamanAt ]
ogketamfliKit, v. t. (1) to number, to
count, to take the sum of: nashpe ogkC"
iamundty by count, 'according to a cer-
tain number', Deut. 25, 2 (inan. obj.);
(tgketamy he counts. Job 31, 4; ogketaj
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
NATIOK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
101
ogketamfliKit — con ti nued .
ne adtahmk, let him count the number
of, Rev. 13, 18; ogkeiam, he has num-
bered, Dan. 5, 26. (2) to read (C. 206) ;
ogketam, he read. Josh. 8, 34; ogketamup
matta^ he read not, v. 35; ogketcuth^ read
thou, Jer. 36, 6; Jioh ogkeLog, he who
reads. Matt. 24, 15.
[Narr. ak^tashy pi. aketlambke^ count
or reckon ( it ) , * tell my money ' ; ak^mog,
* they are telling of nishes * ; naikhimin,
I am telling or counting;' **for their
play [gaming with rushes] is a kind of
arithmetic"; rUaqule akhamen^ I will
leave play [I cease counting], R. W.
136, 145, 146. Del. achk'mdamm, to
count, to read, Zeisb. ]
-ogkod, pi. -h ta»h; an. -ogkvMu^ pi. + og,
*dgkodchinat, to be ashamed, C. 180,
= akodchinM. See akodchu.
*okodc]iiie, adv. with shame, * modest-
ly', C. 229; mat okodchUey shamelessly,
ibid. 230. See akodchu,
*ogkodcliuonk, n. shame, C. 159. See
akodchu-onk.
Ogkome, -mai, prep, beyond. See ong-
kame,
-ogkon. See dhkon.
ogkosbquog, n. pi. * conies', Prov. 30,
26. CL m6htukqu&8-og. In Lev. 11,5,6,
"cony" and **hare" are transferred
from the English. See dgushau; *ock-
quichaun.
ogka>c]xin, bogkoochin, v. i. it depends
or is suspended from, he is suspended
from, 2 Sam. 18, 9, 10. Cf. dgushau, he
goes under; agice-woushau, he hangs
under. See toaashau.
[Narr. tedg yo augwMtticky what
hangs there?; yo augwhdUouSy hang it
there, R. W. 56. Chip, agddjiriy he
hangs or is on high, Bar. 180. Cree
vfckooche-mayooy he suspends him in
water [?], Howse 43; cf. u'ckootow, he
hangs it up, p. 47.]
ogkoowau, he seemed to (them). Gen.
19, 14 [visusest?].
o^uamush: puppissi . , . ne ogqua-
mushonkf the dust which cleaveth to
you, Luke 10, 11. Cf. onkhumundt, to
cover.
ogq^ianwmnniit, v. t. to liken or com-
pare one thing with another; an. og-
quanumdnatj to liken one person' to
ogqiianumundt — continued .
another: ahque ogqu&num, * count me
not', do not liken me to, 1 Sam. 1, 16;
hovmn ogquanumdg, to whom will ye
liken (him). Is. 40, 18; inan. ogque-
neunkquodiy -quoty it is like (it may be
likened to), Matt. 13, 31; 20, 1; 22, 2.
The verb substantives from ogque and
ogquenneunk and their derivatives are
variously formed and with no uniform-
ity of application: pish niUogqanneuiik-
quehy 1 will liken him to, Matt. 7, 24;
lUtoh woh natogquxnttamiiny to what shall
I liken (it), Matt. 11, 16; kuUogqun-
iieavmiy do ye make it like (him), 'com-
pare it unto' (him), Is. 40, 18.
[Del. k^delgiqai, so as thou, thou art
like; w'delgiqui, so as he, he is like,
Zeisb. Gr. 172, 173.]
o^u^, agque, wuttogque, like to, in
the same manner as, Is. 40, 22, 24, 31 ;
ne ogqxity like it, Deut. 4, 32. See agque-
nieunkquok; nogque; ogkwtvau.
[Del. linaquoty elinaquot, 'so, so as',
Zeisb. Gr. 172.]
ogrqueneunk, a^queneunk, n. likeness,
similitude, Deut. 4, 16, 17, 18: agqae-
neunkquoky that which is like to, = og-
queneunkquodty Matt. 13, 31 ; 22, 2. The
2d pers. subj. pres. of the verb used for
the concrete noun.
o^ueneunkquMu, adj. an. (he) is
likened or made like to, Matt. 7, 26;
13, 24.
o^ueneunkquBsuonk, n. the making
like in appearance, a similitude. Is. 40,
18; parable, Matt. 15, 15; 22, 1.
ogrquidnash, pi. n. islands, Is. 40, 15.
See aJiquedne; mtmndh,
ogqunnedt, v. i. to wear clothes, to be
clothed, Jer. 4, 30; 1 Pet. 3, 3; see
hogko). ogqimnum&naty v. t. to put on,
to ornament the person with, 1 Pet.
3, 3, =ne dqiUy 'which was on him',
which he wore, Gen. 37, 23, =ne ag-
quUy 1 K. 11, 30; aqut silver y (when he
is) clothed with silver, Ps. 68, 13; haa-
hahp&nak agquity clothed in linen, D&n.
12, 7 (see agquii; hogka>) ; nag dgqutchegy
they that wear, 1 Sam. 22, 18 {ogquin-
neuty to put on, C. 204; nvidgquanneh-
huam (causat. ) , I clothe; wuttogquanneA-
huonaiy to Clothe; vnUtogqtiannehhiUin^
neat, to be clothed, ibid. 186).
Digitized by
Google
102
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 26
ogqunne^t — continued.
[Narr. ocguashy put on (clothes), R. W.
107.]
o^uxineg^, n. a shield, Deut. 33, 29; Is.
22, 6; pi. +a8hy 1 Chr. 13, 34. From
ogqannedt.
ogrqunneunkqusflinneat, v. t. to make
in the likeness of, to make like to. Gen.
5, 1 (nuUogqueneunks sauumnumuk, I
seem to be weary, C. 208) .
ogquodchuau en wadchuut, he went
up into the mountain. Matt. 5, 1; 14,
23; Mark 6, 46; ogquodchuau wadckuxdy
*he went up into a mountain', Matt.
5,1.
o^uodtum, V. t. * he garnished', 'over-
laid' {weta, the house) with (it), 2 Chr.
3, 6, 7; vmt-ogqv/xHum'Uriy he overlaid
it with, V. 4, 5.
ogquonkqua.g, n. 'rust'. Matt. 6, 19.
o^uonkshde, adj. moldy; pi. -shamhy
Josh. 9, 5; verb subst. ogqaonhsheau, it
was moldy, v. 12.
ogquonkflhiink, n. 'mildew', 1 K. 8, 37;
lit. mold. (Elsewhere than here 'mil-
dew ' is transferred. )
''^og^uoB, togquos, a twin; pi. -^-suogy C.
176.
[Narr. iackqimvooky twins, R. W. 45.]
ogquBhki, adj. wet, moist (by dew or
rain, og), Dan. 4, 33: wenomineash . . .
en ogqushkey grapes . . . moist, Num.
6, 3. Verb subst. ogqushkajy let it l)e
wet, Dan. 4, 15; iogkdsxshdmcOy it 'dis-
tills' (like dew), Deut. 32, 2 (cf. og-
(fuehcliippanukquogy they are wet (with
showers), Job 24, 8); ktUogqiUchippan-
nkquog, they wet thee (with dew), Dan.
4, 25. Cf. nuchippog. See wultogH;
*o€kqutc?iaun.
[Feq. u*uUdggiOy wet (i. e. it is wet);
waughluggachyy 'deer, i. e. wet-nose'.
Stiles.]
*ogwantam{inat (?), to perceive: ogquon-
tamooacUinneaty to l>e perceived, C. 203;
ogquarUamtinaty to suppose or imagine,
ibid. 211.
*ogwlian (Narr. ), a boat a<lrift, R. W. 99.
ogrwu. See agiim.
ohguhshhoog, he minisheth them,
makes them few. Ph. 107, 39.
*oh]io]xiaque8uuk, a needle or pin, C.
161 [for ohkom- (?)].
olihontseonat. See ontseu.
olikas, =6ka8j mother.
olike, n. the earth, land. Gen. 1, 10; Ps.
78, 69: lit ohkeitj on the earth, Lev.
11, 2 {ohkSy ground, C. 160); a country,
region, 2 K. 3, 20; ut ohkeit^ in the land,
1 K. 8, 37; nutohket, to my country,
Gen. 24, 4; kutdky thy land, Ex. 34, 24;
pi. ohkeashy countries. Gen. 26, 3, 4;
iveenohke, the grave, Prov. 30, 16.
From the same radical as d^cw (mother),
a>8?ie (father) , w6&u (an egg) , etc. ; ' that
which produces' or 'brings forth'.
Like 6ka8 (q. v.), the form is passive.
Cf. Greek, yea, ytf; Egyp, kaui (feni. );
kOf a bull; kua, the phallus (?).
[Narr. oAke and sanaukamuck, earth
or land; nUtauke, niBmwndwkamuck^ my
land; wuskdukamnck, new ground, R.
W. 89. Del. hacki, Zeisb. Voc. 8.]
ohkehteaen-in, n. a sower, one who
sows, Matt. 13, 3, 18.
ohkehtaaundt, ahkehteaunat, v. t. to
plant, Eccl. 3, 2: ohkehteau tanohket-
eaonky he planted a garden, Gen. 2, 8;
ohketeaog ohteuhkdnashf they sow the
fields, Ps. 107, 37; pish weenomimieoh-
keieauauog, they shall plant vineyanls.
Is. 65, 21 (=pish ohkehieaog weenomin-
neohtekonashy Zeph. 1, 13); pish kuioh-
keteavfiy thou shalt sow, Mic. 6, 15; ne
ahketeaopy that which thou sowest, 1
Cor. 15, 36, 37; pass, ne ahketeamuk up^
that which was planted, Eccl. 3, 2;
ahketead{t)y subj. when he sowed. Matt.
13, 4; noh ahketeadt, he that sows, v. 37
( ohkeehkonaty to sow or plant; nuUohkeeh-
team, I sow or plant; ahquompi kuUoh-
keteam kuUanni, when do you sow your
rye? C. 209). See ohteuhkonai,
[Narr. aukeeteaOimen (and qtUtdune-
mun), to plant com; aukeeteaHmiich,
' planting time ' (let him plant) ; aukeeted-
hettU, ' when they set com' ; nummmUau-
keetea&men, 'I have done planting',
R.W. 91-92.]
♦ohkeieu, adj. below, C. 168.
ohkeiyeu, adv. toward the earth (El. Gr.
21 ) ; ohkekontu, out of the ground. Gen.
2, 9. See agum.
[Narr. aukeeaseiu, 'downward', R.
W. 52.]
^ohkeommoDSOg, bees, C. 156. See adh-
keomm; massonog.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
103
ohkeonogrk [ohke-vxynogf earth hole], n. a
t-ave: ohkeonogkqut, in caves of the earth,
Heb. 11, 38, = ohkeanogquehtu, Job 30, 6.
-ohkoon, n. a skin (dressed or prepared
for use; of. askduj oskdn, 'imiskdn)^ Lev.
13, 46, 48, 56; 15, 17. From ogqunne&i,
to cover, to clothe; cf. hogkoOj he clothes
himself; ivuskon^ i. e. tvuskeohkcon, a
new or undressed skin. ) Cf. mdnak,
•ohkoDxiie, adj. made of skins: badgerde
ohkamie, made of badger skins, Num. 4,
10, 12, 14; ne league maitagunne unskq^ I
'anything (vessel or bottle) of skin'.
Lev. 13, 59, ^league hohkamie wiskq,
V. 58, =ohk(nnie wiskq, v. 57, ^teag-
quodtag, v. 48, = maUagune wishq, v. 49,
=wcfme ne ohkamayeuxDk, v. 51; hohkoo-
nie auwohiecumk, all that is made of
skins. Num. 31, 20. See ogqunnedL
•ohkoDuziiuik, n. collect, skins; skins of
badgers, £x. 35, 23; cf. sheepsoskunky
goatsoskunky sheepskins, goatskins, Heb.
11, 37.
-dhkq, n. a worm. See cohk,
ohkuk, ohkiihk, ahkuhq, n. an (earth-
en) pot or vessel, Job 41, 20, 31; 2 K.
4, 39, 40, 41; pi. -^quog, Mark 7, 4:
nippee hassune ahkuhqaog, water-pots of
stone, John 2, 6 (ohkukCt a kettle, C.
161).
[Narr. auaicky a kettle; mUhquockuk,
a red (copper) kettle, R. W. 36. ]
ohkukquteaen-in, n. a potter, a maker
of pots, Jer. 18, 6.
-ohpantu, ' he treadeth on ' ( walks upon ) ,
inan. obj., Job 9, 8.
ohpequan, shoulder. See mohpegk,
•ohppeh, *I may cast a snare'; (or sup-
pos.?) matta woh ohpjjeh^ 'not that I
may cast a snare', 1 Cor. 7, 35. Cf.
appeh,
[Mabginal note.—" Wrong."]
*ohquae, C. 235, = uhqude (on the other
end), q. v.
oliquantim6nat, v. i. an. to forsake. See
ahquanumaiu
^hqninn m i m ^t, v. i. to be loathsome.
See Hhquanum&nat.
ohquanupam, on the shore or margin of
the sea, Ex. 14, 30, =ohquanu kehtah-
hannit, Mark 2, 13; ohke . . . ohquan-
8hin may kelahhannity *land by the way
of the sea', Matt. 4, 15.
dhqudssdaen, -^nin, 'an austere man',
Luke 19, 21, 22.
ohqueneunkqua, adj. terrible. See unk^
queneu nkqtissue,
dhquontamoonk, indignation, 2 Cor. 7,
11.
-oht^e, -ohtag, -ohteau, in compound
words, that which is of (or which has)
the quality or nature of, or belonging to.
ohtdeu, 'hecroucheth', Ps. 10, 10.
ohtauun^t, ahtauun^t, v. t. to possess,
to have (in possession), Gen. 23, 9;
Judg. 18, 9; Neh. 9, 15; Amos 2, 10
{ahtoufinat, to have, C. 194; ahleauh-
nat, to spare or preserve, ibid. 210;
ohtOy he hath (it), Mass. Ps.): noh
tmdchanont wunnaumoniineuhj ohlau
]X)maniam6onkj 'he that hath the Son
hath life', 1 John 5, 12; noh . . .
ynatta ohtoou pomantainoonk^ 'he hath
not life', ibid.; Jieg ohtunkeg ohke,
'who were possessors of lands'. Acts 4,
lU; nuiahiomun , , . uWm, wehave . . .
a house, 2 Cor. 5, 1; ohtauunndt ohke, to
inherit the land, Ex. 23, 30; yioh ohiunk,
the owner (suppos. ), Prov. 1, 19; hoivan
ohinnk, who hath? Prov. 23, 29; Ex. 24,
14; mteaguas ohtunk ketatteamung, 'any-
thing which is (belongs to) thy neigh-
bor', Ex. 20, 17. It is this verb in the
intransitive form (ohieau) which Eliot
has most frequently employed to sup-
ply the want of the verb of existence
(see Du Ponceau's notes to Eliot's
Grammar, xxi-xxix, and Pickering's
Supplem. Obser\'., xxx-xliv). Thus,
ayeiionk . . . ohteau wiUtat Kirjaih-jta-
rim, 'the place is behind Kirjath-jea-
rim', Judg. 18, 12; ohteau, it is, it was,
Ex. 40, 38; Matt. 6, 30; pUh ohteau, it
shall be. Gen. 17, 13; Matt. 6, 21; ohtag,
(that) which is. Matt. 5, 14; pinh oh-
taash (inan. pi.), they shall be, Deut.
6, 6; ohtop, it was, John 1, 1; kutah-
tauun, thine is, Matt. 6, 13; ahtoou ah-
toonk, he 'hath any inheritance', I^ph.
5, 5; ahtoog, they had (brick, etc.),
Gen. 11, 3; nuppaxmk ohteau ohkuhqut,
there is death in the pot, 2 K. 4, 40;
na ohtxi, nah ohta, there are (there is?),
C. Math. Not. Ind. 52(mUahtou,nviohtd,
mdtohtd, I have, I possess (it) ; kutahloup,
thou hadst; noh ahtou, he has; nuUaJiUh
Digitized by
Google
104
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
ohtauundt, ahtauundt — continued.
rnnn, we have; kuttalUomwm, ye have;
img ahtoog, they had, G. 194, 226).
[Del. olhatlon or irulaUon^ he haa or
possesses, Zeisb. Gr. 158; haliau^ 'he
has, it has, it is there', ibid. 162; kalieu,
Zeisb. Voc. 18.]
*ohteak. See *ohteuk.
-ohteau. See -ohide,
ohtedonk, alit6onk, n. a possession:
vmtohttwnk, their possession, Gen. 47,
11; vmtch ahi^onk^ 'for a possession',
Lev. 14, 34; machemohtag ohtdonkf an
everlasting possession. Gen. 17, 8.
ohteuhkonat, V. i. to sow or plant a field.
Matt 13, 3; Lev. 26, 5; Is. 28, 24:
ohie&hkausxi, is sown, 1 Cor. 15, 43, 44.
See ohkehteaundt,
ohteuk, ohteak, n. a field. Matt. 13, 38,
44; land which is cultivated or inclosed,
or to which the idea of ownership or
individual possession attaches (from
ohtauundt or ohtdey and ohke) ; pi. ohieuk-
kdna^h, Ps. 107, 37; John 4, 35 (ohteuk-
kOnanh, C. 160); wiU ohieakonity in his
field, Matt. 13, 31; ut ohieakonii, in the
field, Ex. 23, 29; utwoskecheohteakonity in
the open field, Num. 19, 16; Lev. 14, 53
{ahi^k, soil, a field, C. 160). See ohke.
ohtohtosu, ( is) remove<l, Job 14, 1 8. See
oniahtatiundf,
ohtomp, ahtomp, n. a bow, 2 K. 13, 16
Ps. 78, 57: uwikimiau wviohlompe, he
bends his bow (hath bent. Lam. 2, 4)
hUafitomp, thy bow. Gen. 27, 3; ofUomp
kah kdvhquodtash, bow and arrows, 2 K
13, 15; pi. ivtUohtompehy icutahiompecooh
their bows; Jer. 51, 56; 1 Sam. 2, 4; oh
iompeitchegy those who carry bows, bow-
men, Jer. 4, 29; noh kdnunnoni ahiom-
pehy he that handleth the bow, Amos,
2, 15; noh nohtuhtxinkeg kah pmtnnkan-
oncheg ohtompehy who handle and Vjend
the bow, Jer. 45, 9. [phiAe-ompy that
which belongs to a man (?)]. See om-
pategash; ivonkinonaL
[Abn. tanbi Peq. n'teumpy nut-
teumpshy (my) bow: Towauniiemaudno
ivaudgunum n'teump neegau nuckhegunt;
moh-che mussyums mochin ieautum eyew
teaium gynchumSy ' I wish I had my bow^
and arrows: I think I would [now]
shoot you ' ( * eyewy now; tentuniy I think;
moh'che, I will; moche aatiguumbe, I'll
ohtomp, ahtomp — continued,
certainly ; gynchewsy I kill ' ) , Stiles. Del.
hat ia pey Zeisb. Voc. 18. Micm. ahpee.
Montagn. achaape. Skoffie mishtamp-
pee. Chip. mUigioab. Powh. aUatvpy a
bow; attoncey arrows, J. Smith.]
oiohquashadt (?), when he was walking
along by (or near). Matt. 4, 18, =;)/mm-
wushadty Mark 1, 16.
6kas, olikas, cokas, n. mother; con-
struct. Skasohy Gen. 21, 21; Matt. 10, 35,
37: ohkasoh JesuSy the mother of Jesus^
John 2, 1; ndkaSy nwkaSy my mother^
Matt. 12, 48; Luke 8, 21; kdkaSy kwkas,
thy mother; Mark 3, 32; Luke 8, 20;
Eph. 6, 2; pi, nokamiidnogy our mothers,
Lam. 5, 3; okaslnneunky mothers, (col-
lect. ) all motherhood, Mark 10, 30 (wul-
tookdsiny a mother ; nyutchehimu, her
mother, C. 162). From the radical <$m,
koy with a termination marking the
nomen patientis, as ooshey ooch does the
nomen agen tis. Perhaps the same word
(with animate termination), as fthke^
earth.
[Narr. okdsuy a mother; ndkacey nioh-
whawy my mother, R. W. 44.]
okauau, he: ne^ut ookauauy he has one
wife, 1 Tim. 3, 2.
okummeB (?) [=<5A:cw-Mmmi8^«?], aunt,
father's brother's wife: kokummeSy 'thy
aunt'. Lev. 18, 14; *oibum»it«, thy grand-
mother, 2 Tim. 1, 5 {vmUookummminy
a grandmother, C. 162).
[Del. mu cho mejty grandfather (ait
femina?), 2feisb. Voc. 23.]
6m, n. a hook (and line), Matt. 17, 27. See
*aumaiii,
[Del. amariy fish-hook, Zeisb.]
otnj&chegf n. pi. fishers: neg omdchegy they
who (fish with a hook) 'cast angle'.
Is. 19, 8.
omden, n. a fisherman; pi. omaenuogy
Ezek. 47, 10. Cf. nwtamogquaen.
omaenat (?), to fish. See *aumafn.
*6mmi8,pl. +»uogy herring, C. 159. See
aumsA-ogy 'a fish somewhat like a her-
ring ' , R. W. 102. See *munnawhaUeaug.
[Pekcil note.— "Dim. of aumauog ?: for
aummfm, depreciatfvc aiimUfh. See note in
R. W. 114."1
*omdgpeh, adv. almost, C. 233; vt 6m6^
wamey generally, ibid. 225, 228. Cf*
momanchy at times, now and then.
Digitized by
Google
tbumbull]
NATICK-ENGL18H DICTIONARY
105
omolik[inat?], v. i. to rise up, to rise
from sleep {omuhkenaie, to arise, C.
180): omohkea nompoden, he rose early
in the morning, Ex. 24, 4; omohkUy 1
K. 3, 20; omohkeog nompodCf they rose
early, Ex. 32, 6; 1 Sam. 29, 11; omohkeon
(subj.), when I arose, 1 K. 3, 21; noh
omohkit nompdaef he who rises early,
etc., Prov. 27, 14; omkish, arise thou.
Gen. 19, 15; omokemm kah nepomo), it
arose and stood upright (pass, form,
'was arisen* and 'was stood ')i <jen.
37, 7 {nuUomuhkem, I arise; nutlomuk-
kemuYiy we arise, C. 180).
[Abn. anmikkSt je me 16ve, a
somno.]
omohkin6nat, v. t. an. to raise up, an.
obj.; omohkineh, raise thou me up, Ps.
41, 10.
[Abn. Sdahmikenarif je le fais lever,
je le Idve de terre.]
omp, n. man. This word is nowhere
found by itself, and perhaps was al-
ready obsolete when Eliot* s acquaint-
ance with the language was commenced;
but its recurrence in compound words
suffices to fix it as the dialectic name
appropriated, in accordance with Indian
usage, to the favored race, whose men
were all viri, while those of other tribes
or nations were contemptuously re-
garded as even less than homines —
mimnnuogy or captives. (See mi^ln]
misifinnin,) From this root come, ap-
parently, nompaas (ne-omp-ddcutj the
man animal), a male; wosketomp (wos-
kehuae-ompj hurtful or bloody man), a
warrior, or * brave*, one who bears
arms (see note below); mugquomp
{mogke-ompf great man), a captain;
nunkomp {jumkon'Ompj light man?), a
young man, not grown up; penomp
{penowe-omp ?, a stranger to man, nes-
cia viri ?), a virgin; omskaudnat (for
omp-), to conquer, to put to flight;
and, perhaps, ompehtedonk (omp-ohldef
that which belongs to man or to the
conqueror), tribute.
[Note.— Regarding wotkdomp the compiler
notes: "This is wrong, bat I can not fix the
true meaning of tvosket-.' This is followed by
a note in pencil: '* Perhaps not wrong. 1883."]
ompachissin, 'the top of it [a ladder]
reached* (to heaven). Gen. 28, 12.
ompamuhquaen^t, v. i. to turn one*s self
around, to turn back, to look behind
one: ompamuhquaeu, *he turned back',
2 K. 2, 24; cthque ompamuhqaaishy do
not thou look behind thee. Gen. 19, 17;
ompdmuhquaiohf she looked back, v.
26; matta ompamuhqaaeogy they look
not back, Jer. 46, 5; ompamuquaehtavutu,
V. t. he looked back at, Jer. 13, 16. See
nuhguaincU.
*ompana[enat?], v. i. to lift one's self
up, to rise up (as opposed to nauivaenat,
to bow down): ompan&eu, he lifted
himself up; ompanacop (pret.), Mass.
Ps., John 8, 7; ompandit, when he lifted
himself up, v. 10.
^ompategrt pi. H-cw/i, weapons, ^lass.
Ps., John 18, 3, = auwohteaongcuth (?)^
El. See auivofUeau,
*ompattainftnat, 'to wear clothes out';
maJUompattamiinaty to wear out; num-
mahche ompattam, 1 did wear; nag woh
ompattamwogy they would wear, C. 215.
See auwohkon.
ompatuBBlnat, to lean upon {ompaiin'
sinrdnaty C. 199) : rwh ompaiumn ueky he
leans on his house. Job 8, 15; omjHi-
tusshuoogy they lean on (him), Mic. 3,
11; ompattunfuky if he lean (or leaning)
on it, 2 K. 5, 18; 18, 21; John 13, 23;
ompaimunm kah anwohhou, *the stay
and the staff *, Is. 3, 1; ompoHssunntDonky
the stay, ibid.
ompehteie, ompetede, adj. of tribute;
-teagumhy tribute money. Matt. 17, 24.
ompehte^nk, ompwet- {ompeteaonky
C. 203), n. tribute, Gen. 49, 15; Num.
31, 28; Matt. 17, 24, 25; 'toll*, Ezra
4, 20: omp-ohtdey ompehtedonk , that
which belongs to men, i.e. masters (?).
See omp. l^'ompeht . . . donk, an old
Indian word that signifies obedience
by giving any . . .", C. 155 (partly
illegible in his manuscript).] See om-
iminndonk,
omp^nat, v. i. to be loose, unbound,
free, 1 Cor. 7, 27: omp^auy if thou he-
loosed (or free) from, ibid.; noh om-
peneau vmichy she is loosed from (the
law), Rom. 7, 2.
ompeneatisu, adj. (was) loosed, Mark.
7, 35; pi. an. -\-ogy Dan. 3, 25.
Digitized by
Google
106
BUREACJ OF AMEBIC AN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
^mpenednat, v. t. an. to loose or unbind
an. obj. {ompinnednat, to release, Luke
23, 20); = ponanaudnat (see ponanau):
wut&mpinneuhf he loosed him (from
bonds), Pa. 105,20[-rM?ou;ifor-n«*/i(?)];
Acts 22, 30; ompinneau, he looseth (the
prisoners), Ps. 146, 7; ompinneuk^ loose
ye him, Matt. 21, 2; kutompenimdnu-
ncumt, *I (to) release unto you', i. e.
I to cause to be unbound to you.
Matt. 27, 21; ompin (?), loose thyself.
Is. 52, 2.
-ompenumun^t, v. t. to loose, to unbind.
Rev. 5, 2: ompeneum^ he looseth (the
bonds), Job 12, 18; ompenim nuppe-
munneatf he has loosed my cord, Job
30, 11; ompinimunashj they are untied,
loosed. Is. 33, 24.
[Narr. w&mpanishy untie this; aumr
panilmmin, to undo a knot, R. W. 54.]
ompetag, -ak, adv. afterward, after
that, Josh. 24, 5; Ps. 73, 24; Neh. 6, 10;
Mark 4, 28: wutch ompetak, for the time
to come, the future, Is. 42, 23 ( * shortly *,
C. 230).
ompetede. See ompehtede.
ompete^onk. See ompehtedonh,
•ompontinnumundt maga>onk, to send
an offering (or tribute, homage), 1 Sam.
6, 3: nish ompontinumauogish vmtch \
mag<Donkf which things ye return him
for an offering, 1 Sam. 6, 8.
-ompoDchanumundt {ompoDckenatf v. i.?
to roll, C. 206): vmiompwclianumadnt
qustuky to roll away the stone. Gen.
29, 8 [i. e. to remove the obstruction (?),
ompenumundt and imUche (?) ].
*ompa>chenat, v. to roll, C. 206.
*omppuwussueonknunkquat, n. vice,
C. 165.
•ompsk, ompsq, in compound words, a
stone or rock; equivalent in some cases
to qusmikf in others to hasmn. See k£'
nompsq (a sharp stone, under kfmai)^
wanashquompskqiU (the top of a rock),
togiconkanompsk (a millstone, under
toggukwonk)f kussohkoi-ompsk (a high
pointed rock), etc. Not used in Eliot's
Bible except in compound words; but
missUcheompsqut (obj.), * a great stone',
is in Samp. Quinnup., p. 156. The pri-
mary meaning seems to be an upright
{ompai) rock or stone (p'sk ) . Eliot has :
ompsk, ompsq— continued.
pasipskkodt'tU [paJuvrp'sk'], 'in a cleft
of the rock % Ex. 33, 22; agwepassompskO'
dMu, 'under the [cleft upright] rocks',
18.57, 5; woskeche piskuttu, (from) 'the
top of the rocks', Num. 2S, 9; ul aUco-
che pishkodttUf 'on a crag of the rock',
Job 39, 21; kenugke pumipskquehtu, (of
river courses) 'among the rocks', Job
28, 10; kussampskdiyeuuty 'on (high)
rocks' (or on a high rocky place), Jer.
4, 29; chippipakui, 'upon a rock' under
water, Acts 27, 29; mamossompsquehtUf
in 'graver (?), Is. 48, 19; wutch vmke-
chepiskquttUf 'from the top of the
rocks', Num. 23, 9 (sing.tuoakechepiskq,
on the top of a rock, Ezek. 24, 7).
ompskot, n.: Tiequircmpakoty *a penny*,
Matt. 22, 19; Mark 12, 15; Rev. 6, 6
{ompskod, a penny, C. 203; ompskotashj
pence, Ind. Laws, ii, p. 3). Cf. nequt-
ompskinauaheUitf 'of a span long' (pi.);
nequt omsHnausu ne mhleag, 'a span
shall be the length of it', Ex. 28, 16.
[Narr. nequitidmpscaty 1 penny (that
is, a penny's worth of tvdmpan; prob-
ably a measure of length ) ; neeaadmscat,
2 pence; yowdmscai^ 4 pence; qaJHor
iaahaumscatf 6 pence ( = quMaiuUu, qudt'
tticUu; men =2 qudUualueSy =12 pence,
or a shilling); piuckquat (10 qudttua-
tnes)y 60 pence, = quUatashincheck aum'
scaly ^nquUtdmpeg, or nqaitnishcaiisu,
1 fathom of their stringed money;
neemumpaiigcUucky 2 fathoms = 10^ shil-
lings, etc.; neemumsqusmyi, 2 spans of
ivdmpayi; yovxfmp9CU99dyij 4 spans, etc.,
R. W. 128, 135.]
ompsq. See ompsk.
[-ompu: eii wompUf he looks. Cf. Chip.
out waubf to see.]
^ompuwussiioxik, n.: aiontogkoie ompur
wussuonk, craft or guile, C. 165.
ompwetea^nurin, n. a tributary, Lam.
1, 1; pi. ompdeaenuog, Judg. 1, 30.
ompwete^nk. See ompehtedonk.
ompwunn^nk. See omvmnndonk,
ompwunnit: noh ompwunnit, 'a raiser
of taxes', an imposer of tribute (?),
Dan. 11, 20.
ompwuxin6nat, v. t. to pay tribute to,
Mark 12, 14; Luke 23, 2: pish kut&mp-
ivunnukguogy they shall be tributaries
[pay tribute] to you, Deut 20, 11;
Digitized by
Google
thumbull]
WATIOK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
107
ompwuxindnat — continued .
umtompunukoouhj they were tributaries
to them, Judg. 1, 33; tpuiomptminuhj
(he) gave him presents, paid tribute,
2 K. 17, 3.
omskaudnat, v. t. an. to prevail over,
to put to flight: pish omskauw&og^ they
shall chafie, put to flight, Lev. 26, 8;
omskosuy he prevailed in battle, was
the conqueror, Ex. 17, 11; vmtomskauoh,
he chased him, Judg. 9, 40.
omwunn^nk, ompw-, n. tribute (paid
or referred to the payer). Num. 31, 37,
38, 39. See ompehiedonk.
dnag*. See dunag,
dxUlt, auon^t, v. t. to go to a place or
object, Eccl. 7, 2; Jer. 37, 12. See ex-
amples under au, to which add ontuhj
let ua go to, 1 Sam. 11, 14; Luke 2, 15;
ongq, go ye, Matt. 21, 2; Josh. 2, 16.
Cf. (DmunAt.
onatuh, adv. as, like, Ps. 78, 15, 27, 65;
oncUuh . . . netatuppe, as ... so,
Prov. 26, 9 (construed with the suppos.
mood for unne toh^ as though, as when).
Cans, verbsubst. onaiuheyeiuD ( ' he took
on him'), he made himself like, Heb.
2, 16.
onch, conj. yet, notwithstanding that,
Ex. 9, 17; Eccl. 1, 7; Hos. 9, 16; ohn-
chikoh, but yet, Rojn. 5, 7; ohnchf Is.
14, 1 (=anA, with form of imperat. 3d
pers. singular or absolute participle).
See qui,
oncheteau. See onchieau,
oncheteauun, * revised* or * corrected'
(as used in title-page of Rawson's revi-
sion of Eliot's translation of Samp.
Quinnup., 1689): onehheaog iimthashub'
pcouh, they mended their nets, Mark
I, 19; onchteauunat weh, to repair his
house, 2 Chr. 24, 12; 34, 10; oncheUau-
unat, 2 Chr. 24, 5. See anchteau.
onchittamauonat (7), v. i. to chew the
c\xd(^) ; (d. kohkodhuTnaii, onchittamau,
it chews the cud, Lev. 11, 4, 5, 6; <m-
chiUamont, part., cheweth the cud. Lev.
II, 3, =kohkodhumo7U, Deut. 14, 6;
amchiUamonchegy pi. they which chew,
etc., Lev. 11, iy^kohkodhumoncheg,
Deut. 14, 7; mcUia onchiUamauo), he does
not chew. Lev. 11, 7, Somalia kohkod-
humdau, Deut. 14, 8.
onchteau, onclieteau, he amends (it);
suppos. 2d pi. oncheteadgy 'if ye amend
(your ways), Jer. 7, 5; onchleoook, amend
ye (your ways), v. 3; onchetde, amended,
title-page of second ed. of Indian Bible.
See oncheteauun.
onchtedonk, n. a repairing, repair: onch-
teSonk wek^ the repairing of the house,
2 Chr. 24, 27.
onchteiink, part.: ohchteunk pokgahunky
the repairer of (he who repairs) the
breach. Is. 58, 12.
ongrkoxne, ogkomai, prep, on the other
side of, Josh. 24, 2, 3 (its adversative is
sometime yddi^ 2 Sam. 2, 13) : ogkomde,
on the other side (of the way), Luke
10, 31, 32; ogkomde pummejieutunkanit,
on the other side of the wall, Neh. 4,
13 (* behind the wall'); nag ogkomut
sepuvUy (to) those beyond the river,
Neh. 2, 7. See acavrmen{6akit), ogka-
muk l=:Accomac] Jordan^ (that which
is) beyond Jordan, Matt. 4, 15.
[Abn. ahgSanmekf en del^. Quir. oib-
k6mmuk kalhana, over the seas, Pier. 10.
Cree akdmikf across, on the other side.
Del. gamunky over there, the other side
of the water; achgameUf over against,
Zeisb.]
ongkoue, prep, beyond (El. Gr. 21), 1
Sam. 20, 37: iimtuhahame . . . ongkoue,
on this side . . . on that side or beyond
(the river), Josh. 8, 33; aongkddej ut-
most, farthest off, Deut. 30, 4; Jer. 9, 26;
25, 23; annup aongkouoh komutj *come
from the uttermost parts of the earth',
Matt. 12, 42; en aongkouej to the furthest
(' utmost '), Deut 34, 2 (onibifcdu^, C. 168 ) ;
ongkoufy behind, 1 Sam. 21, 9. See
wutuhshame.
ongquoxndnat. See onkquommommaxmk,
onk, conj., a particle which nearly an-
swers to the Greek dr^y and is com-
monly used in the continuation of a re-
cital or for connecting parts of a propo-
sition or members of a sentence less
closely and directly than by kah. It is
sometimes put for 'and ', Gren. 20, 12, 13;
Matt. 18, 5; elsewhere for *so', *so
that', Ps. 78, 20, 29. anue onk wamcy
more than all, 1 Chr. 16, 20; anvs mU-
fuken onk neeuy he is more great than I,
Digitized by
Google
108
BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 26
onk — continued.
Mark 1, 7; missi onky greater than,
Mark 4, 32 (onkne, besides, C. 234).
[Was it originally the same as xronk ?]
onkaeeae, adv. (dimin. of ongkoue)^ a
little farther, Acts 27, 28.
[Narr. aurwcuisesey R. W. 55.]
oxikapunanittuonk, n. torment (en-
dured; referred to the subject). Rev.
9, 5; Ex. 1, 13, 14 (* rigor'). See avr
nHtkompandonk.
onkapunanonat, onkaptmndnat, v. t.
an. to torment, to torture: tvtUonka-
purmandoiUy to torment them. Rev. 9,
5; ahqiie onkapunanehy torment me not,
Luke 8, 28. Pass, onkapunnandogj they
were tortured, Heb. 11, 35. Cf. auwa-
kornpunnasmi.
onkapunndnittue, adj. and adv. cruel,
severe, Heb. 11, 36 (with reference to
the subject or victim).
onkapunxUU>nk, n. torment, torture,
cruelty [inflicted; referred to the
agent], Rev. 9, 5 (3d pers. pi.).
onkatog, adj. another, Deut. 28, 30: pamk
. , , onkafogt one . . . the other, Deut.
21, 15; ketassmt ayeuhkononl wonkatogeh
keta8sa)toh, a king going to war against
another king, Luke 14, 31 (here -on-
kaiog has the prefix of 3d pers., *his
other' (?), and objective affix); pi. on-
kaiogig (linkaiak, Pier. 14). From onk
or wonk,
^onkatogibiit, conj. otherwise, C. 234.
*onkatuk, onkne, conj. besides, C. 234.
oxikauoht, onkauohteau, onkauwoht,
n. a shadow, Gen. 19,8; 2 K. 20,9; Is.
32,2.
onkauwonkqut, 'behind a tree'. Is.
66,17.
OTikhumimiCt (onkwhdnai, an.), v. t.
(1) to put one thing above another, to
cover. (2) to hide. See ptUtogham.
onkwhau, he hideth (it), Prov. 27, 16;
nutonkhum nuskemky 1 hide my face,
Deut. 31, 18; onkwhonty part, hiding,
Prov. 27, 16; onkwhosikj unhchosiky (it)
is covered by, Prov. 26, 23, 26 {nuttonk-
humun nuhfiog, I cover (myself), C.
187).
[Cree tu^ktvUnnahum, he covers it,
Howse 45; uckwunnaivayooy he covers
him, ibid. 45, 83.]
onkne. See *(mkatuk.
onkouoht^, adj. shady: mehtug-
quashy Job. 40, 22.
onkquanuzncDonk, n. sorrow, physical
pain, Nah. 2, 10. See onkqtiommom'
nuDonk; unkquanumaxmk,
onkquattink, n. a recompense, Is. 35, 4;
7cut , his recompense. Job 15, 31
{onkquaionky wages or reward, C. 203).
*onkqueekha>, n. a hat, C. 160; ohk-
qaontapap€y cap, C. 239.
[Narr. saunketlppo or ashdnaquOy a hat
or cap, R. W. 107.]
*onkqueneuzikque, adj. cruel, C. 168;
severe, p. 175.
onkquequohhou, -hoo, n. a veil, Ex. 34,
33; 2 Cor. 3, 14. See puUogquequohhou.
onkquequohhou, 'he covered his face'
(with it), Is. 6, 2.
onkqunn^sog, n. pi. claws: uvnkqunnS-
9ogy their claws, Zech. 11, 16. Dimin.
from uhquoriy a hook. See mUhkos.
onkquobquodt, (it is) 'lowering'. Matt.
16, 3. See kuppohquodty (when it is)
cloudy weather; *onndhguatt raining, C.
[Del. achgumhocquaty it is cloudy
weather, Zeisb. Or. 162; ach gum hok,
cloudy, Sfeisb. Voc. 13.]
onkquoxnmoxnmaMnk, n. sorrow, Gen.
3, 16; pain, 'torment'. Matt. 4, 24.
See onkquanumaxmk; unkquanumaxmk,
onkquoxnxnomwe, adj. sorrowful, in sor-
row. Gen. 3, 16, 17. See unkque.
onkquosketueonk, n. poisoning, Ps. 58,
4. See uhqaosket,
onkquotte6nat, v. t. an. (1) to recom-
pense (a person ) : onkquoUeau, he recom-
pensed (them), Prov. 26, 10; neh pish
iputonkqucUauohy he will recompense
her, Jer. 51, 6; kuppapasku onkquaJUmsh
[-oi«/i?], I will render to you double,
Zech. 9, 12; unonquatdky recompense ye
(her), Rev. 18, 6; neyan onkqucUunk-
quedgy as she has recompensed you, ibid.
(2) to hire, to pay wages: kutonkquai-
oushj I will give thee hire, 1 K. 5, 6;
yeu kah yeu onkquatoe nuttinhikquny ' thus
and thus he dealeth.with me' (pays
me such wages), Judg. 18, 4. See
annamau (2).
[Narr. kuUaunckquiUaunchj I will pay
you; kummuchickdnckquatouSy I will pay
you well; tocketaonckquiUiinneay what
will you give me? R. W. 72; kuUeaiio
Digitized by
Google
thumbull]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
109
onkquottednat — continued .
cammeinah, *I will give you your
monejr?', p. 135.]
onkqussohhou, n. the cover or Mid* (of
a chest, 2 K. 12, 9).
onkup[pe], n. strong drink, Is. 5, 11, 22;
Prov. 20,1, =manuhkag wutlaUamdonkf
Lev. 10, 9, =menuhke Kmltatiamdonk,
Num. 6, 3; onhippe, Prov. 31, 4, 6.
[Abn. dkSbiy boisson forte, Rasles.
Del. acheuxm, strong, spirituous, Zeisb.
Gr. 167.]
onkwhegT} n. =onkwh(mk; pi. -fcw/i, cov-
ers to dishes, etc.. Num. 4, 7.
onkwhongrane, adj. covering, Num. 4, 5.
onkwhonk, n. a covering, Num. 4, 6,
10, 14; a screen or curtain, v. 25, 26:
wtUck mishehtash, a covert from the tem-
pest,' Is. 32, 2; pi. onkwhongashf cover-
ings, Prov. 31, 22. See pvitoghanu
onkwhoauonk, n. that which makes a
cover or covers; pi. -ongash^ Ex. 25, 29.
*onn6hquat {?), ^raining', C. 222. Cf.
wunnohquodij fair weather.
[Narr. dna^cU, rain, R. W. 83. Del.
alhacquoty *it rains a general rain (over
a large surface of country) ', Zeisb. Gr.
161; * stormy, rainy weather', Zeisb.
Voc. 14.]
6noque8uonk, ana-, n. a joint; pi. -on-
ga8h, Cant. 7, 1 ; Eph. 4, 16.
dnouwussu, adj. lean, Ezek. 34, 20 [from
amoU'Wegaua, low [hollow] flesh (?)]:
CDweeyauaei wees pish &nauxcus»eumw, ' the
fatness of his flesh shall wax lean'. Is.
17, 4; iandutmissuogj ianamvussitoheg
(an. pi.), Gen. 41, 3, 4; 6nautuuasii€y C.
172.
[Narr. nan&wumssUf it is lean, R. W.
143.]
onquO]ita>woxidt, v. 1. to roar, as a wild
beast: piah onquontatwau, he shall roar,
Is. 42, 13; nxdogquoYUmwomuny we roar.
Is. 69, 11; pish ogqaonioMog vmske qun-
nonouutf they shall roar like a young
lion, Is. 5, 29 { = nehnehUau{og), Hos.
11, 10).
onquottantan»iTi<it, v. t to recompense
or reward; (inan. obj.) to repay: noh
woh onkquoUarUanij he will recompense
(it), Job. 34, 33; nuUmkguadiarUam, I
will recompense (it), Jer. 16, 18; ahque
onkquldk, do not recompense (evil for
onquottantamundt — continued,
evil), Rom. 12, 17; onkqucUoniaj, let him
recompense (thy work), Ruth 2, 12.
onsapinne^t. See ontapirmedt.
ontahtauundt, v. i. to be moved, Jer.
24, 9; to be in a state of motion or to
be made to move from one place to
another, passively [sometimes transi-
tive, to move or impart motion to: wu-
tontcUauunaUj with prefix of 3d pers., to
remove it. Gen. 48, 17]: *maUa orUah-
tdunwut (pass, neg.), not to be moved,
1 Chr. 16, 30; pish onlohteauj it shall be
, removed, Ezek. 7, 19; sun woh qussuk
I ontahtauunf shall the rock be removed?
I Job 18, 4; pish oniahtauun, it shall be
! removed from its place, Is. 22, 26; que-
< nohUig oniohteaUj the foundation moved
[was moved], 2 Sam. 22, 8; agwu oh-
tagish wadchxmsh ohtahiaashy the foun-
I dations of the mountains were moved,
Ps. 18, 7; mat pish ohtohianOt it shall not
be moved, Ps. 96, 10.
I [•NoTB.— " Wrong. ThU Is a different verb.
See ofUataAunat.'*]
[Cree {l)dt'astdyoo (inan.), he is, or
is lying, in another place ; ( 2 ) ai-cUMyoo
(an.), '*he ali-ates, puts, him in an-
other place, removes him"; (3) at-
ootdyoOf he goes elsewhere, 'removes ',
Howse 157. Chip. (1) aund^-ahtd, (2)
oo<V aund'<Lss&un^ (3) aund^-oota, ibid.]
*ontaneehkizuieat, to step; nuUontdneh-
tipy I step, C. 210. Cf. ontamu.
ontapinnetft, onsap-, ontsap-, v. i. to be
removed to another place ( with refer-
ence to change of place without the ac-
tion, volition, or power of independent
motion of the object moved) ; with pre-
fix of 3d pers. wulorUapHnatj (he) to be
moved, 1 Thess. 3, 3: God n6eu appu,
mpUa pish ontappuy God is in the midst
of her, she shall not be moved, Ps. 46, 5;
nag pish aniappuog, they shall move,
Mic. 7, 17; rnatia ontappSog, they may
not be moved, 2 Sam. 7, 10; ontapush,
ontsapishy 'be thou removed', Matt. 21,
21; Mark 11, 23; onsappineaUf onsap-
puogj Num. 33, 6, 6, 7, 8, etc. (antsa-
pinneatf ontsahlduunatf to move, to move
one's house, C. 202; nuianlsiapf I move;
nutantsepHmuny we move, ibid.; tohwaj
oniootadny why do you remove? ibid.
239).
Digitized by
Google
110
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 2&
ontapinnedt, etc. — continued.
[Cree al-dp-u (an.), *he other-sits,
changes his seat', Howse 156. Chip.
aund^'dhbehj ibid.]
ontaahdnat, v. t. an. to remove or move
from place to place (to be removed (?),
Ezek. 23, 46): ontashau, he removeth
(them), Dan. 2, 21; unUontah»huhy he
removed them, ijen. 47, 21; he re-
moved him. Acts 7, 4. Cf. *6teshem;
(Dtshoh.
ontatatiunat, v. t. to move (an inan.
obj.). Gen. 48, 17 (with prefix of 3d
pers. ) : ontaloushkusseetj remove thy foot,
Prov. 4, 27 {onlaUauah, Luke 22, 42);
<mlah (?) dhkon, remove (it) not, Prov.
23, 10; noh (mJtattank, he who removeth,
Deut. 27, 17; niatta pish kuloniattdwh,
thou shalt not remove (it), Deut. 19, 14;
nScotahtahj remove (it) far from me,
Prov. 30, 8 (arUsapinneat, orUsahidwunaty
to move, to move one's house, C. 202).
Of. ontahtauundt.
[Cree at-astdw (inan.), he removes
it» How^se 156. Chip, ood^ aund^-
ahtdorij ibid.]
ontchetde, amended. Title-page of sec-
ond ed. of Indian Bible. See onchteau.
onthamundt, v. i. to put out, to quench,
to extinguish, as a fire, lamp, or candle
(cf. ruDtau iMea, the fire goes out, Prov.
26, 20; wequananteg niaUa ohUuD, the
candle does not go out, Prov. 31, 18;
tuaban ayUhoh, the wind bloweth) : nag
ontohwhdogj they are quenched, !& 43,
17 (orUah-, Ps. 118, 12) ; matta pish oh-
tanco, it (anger) shall not be quenched,
2 Chr. 34, 25 ( on^nco, 2 K. 22,
17) ; matta pish (ynihamanin, it shall not
be quenched. Is. 34, 10; 66, 24; inaUa
dtUanaokf not to be quenched, Luke
3, 17; nag onihamvx)gj they quench
(coals), 2 Sam. 14, 7; uhnihamwog nay-
teauy they quenched the fire, Heb. 11,
34; pass, pish (mthamun, it shall be put
out, Prov. 13, 9; nmiau . . matta pish
oivthamamny the fire shall not be put out,
Is. 34, 10; 66, 24; Lev. 6, 12. See uhtap-
paUauunat,
ontamu, adv. : onlamu penushaUf he fell
backward, 1 Sam. 4, 18, = antwshau {an-
towAoo^, they fell backward. Is. 28, 13).
Ci. *<mianeehhinneat,
^ontCDwaonk: , Umne ontoiudonkf a hoarse
voice, C. 171. See ayeuteaontanvaonk.
ontBappinnetft. See ontapinnedt.
ontseonk, n. offspring: mUontseonk, my
offspring, Job 31, 8; vmt , his or
their offspring, Job 21, 8.
ontseu, he descends, proceeds from, he
is the offspring of: tvamie orUseUy * with-
out descent', Heb. 7, 3 (see vrntont-
seonk); tieg otUsecheg ttmich Jacobs *they
that come of Jacob', Is. 27, 6; ontsetcheg^
they which issue from (them), 2 K. 20,
18; nutonsem^ I proceed from, John 8, 42;
ohhontsedg wutch mdchuk en machuhU,
* they proceed from evil to evil, ' Jer. 9, 3.
I Cf. atmundt (indie. Ist sing. nawi).
, -ontup, in compound words, head. See
! cftepiontup; kodtdniupont; *uppaqu6ntup;
wompdntupont; icuskondnltip, Cf. Abn»
I Step,
^onuhquBhakomuk, 'a house of mer-
I chandise' (?), Mass. Ps., John 2, 16.
6d]it6hkonauonat, eiantuhk-, elan-
I togk-, etc., V. t. an. to mock at, to de-
ride; eiontogkonaogj they scoff at (him),
Hab. 1, 10; kuitddrUdhkonehy thou mock-
est me. Num. 22, 29; nag ruDche nut-
tdontdhkonOuh, they began to mock him,
I Luke 14, 29 (see momonehtatiaiJL); an.
act. i. dontogkkossu, he mocks, is mock-
I ing, Judg. 16, 9, 13. Vbl. n. udntohkus-
\ saywaeuy a mocker. Job 17, 2.
6ontdmiik, tduntomuk, n. the womb,.
I matrix, Ex. 13, 2; 12, 15; 34, 19; Num.
I 8, 16: vmtch Oontomukqut, from the
womb, Jer. 1, 5 {6l6muky Exp. May hew;
i wuttoiUdm&kqul, C. 158).
I *opponenauhock (Narr.), n. pi. oysters,
I R. W. 103; uponuhpug (Narr.), Stiles;
, a'punmjhaug (Peq.), ibid.; chunka)^
I apuonnahf an oyster, C. 159. From
I apwdnat (to roast) and hog, wuhhog
I (shell-fish).
opwdsu. See appa)su.
*08ac6ntuck (Narr.), *a fat sweet fish,,
something like a haddock ^ R. W. 103.
Perhaps the pollack (Merlangus pur-
pureus, Mitch.) or hake (Merlucdua
vulgaris, Cuv. ), more often called 'whit-
ing ' . Possi bly the same as ^aquaunduuty
blue fish' (Peq.), Stiles.
oahkoshqui, adj. green: oshkoshqul, as
the green herb, Ps. 37, 2. See ash-
koshqui,
*08k6n, n. a hide, C. 156; a skin. See
askdn; wiiskdn.
*08ko8k, grass, C. 160. See moskehL
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
111
dsoowunnumundt, v. t. to change, Dan.
7, 25; Jer. 2,36: dscoiminum wuthogkcoun-
ashj he changed his clothes, Gen. 41,
14; matta u^tUdsanvunoh, he does not
change it, Lev. 27, 10 (dscmnmonty if he
change, an. obj., Lev. 27, 10); maita
mU6h6sue usm, ' I change not\ Mai. 3, 6;
dscDwemcOy it changes, it is changed,
Lam. 4, 1.
ossdepdsu, he slideth back, Hos. 4, 16;
assdepdme, adj. backsliding, Hos. 4, 16.
Cf. assdushaUf he goes backward.
Otan, n. a town, a 'city'. Gen. 4, 17;
Josh. 8, 19, 21; pi. -fcw/i. Gen. 19, 29;
2 Pet. 2, 6. See kehiotan, a great town.
[Narr. otdUy the town, pi. Mnash;
otanickf to the town, R. W. 120. Del.
u te ney (« te nunky in town), Zeisb.
Voc. 31.]
otanemeB, n. dim. for otan, a village.
Matt 21, 2; pi. -\-ash, Is. 42, 11; Luke
13, 22.
*6te8hem (Narr.): wetuomuck ndtesheiriy
I came from the house; acdwmuck ndte-
sherrif I came over the water; ndivira-
tiLckndteshemy I came from far; tuckd-
teshanOj whence came you? R. W. 28;
lunna wiUskaHock, whence come they?
ibid. 29. See mtshoh; ivadchinat,
*6u, well (it is well), C. 227. See *6.
ouwibi, n. mist, vapor. Gen. 2, 6; Job
36, 27.
[Abn. aSanis, il fait brouillard; a^a-
nebSgcU, sur la riviere. Chip, awdni-
bma, it drizzles, Bar. 533; awdn, it is
foggy, ibid. 532. Del. awonriy fog, Zeisb.
Voc' 7.]
ouwassu, he warms or warmed himself,
Is. 44, 16. See auwassu,
owanux. See hmvan.
owohk6nta>&u. See auwokkdntaxiu.
owdhflhaog, n. the hawk, Deut. 14, 15.
See mashquanon; qiianunon.
dwonogkuog, V. i. 3d pers. pi. they
'have holes*, they burrow, Matt. 8,20,
= aywonogkwogf Luke 9, 58. See wSnogq,
*6wwepiimue, adv. calmly, C. 227. See
-a>-, an inseparable negative particle,
interposed between the radical and the
last syllable, or the suffix, of affirmative
verbs, to constitute the negative form:
coivadchanumun, he keeps it; mwad-
chanumamriy he does not keep it, or, as
more commonly found, mcMa ayicad-
-co continued.
chanumooun (with a double negative).
The negative oo enters into the com-
position of several words other than
verbs of negation, as imnne (q. v.),
(D-ann^, none. Cf. hotvarij someone;
nnneii, etc.
a>ch, GOtch, adv. out of, forth from,
thence: na a>tch sohhamun, there went
forth from. Num. 11, 31; na cock soltlia-
jnutif *he went out from thence*, 1 K.
12, 25; na mch qushkeUy thence he re-
turned, 2 K. 2, 25; cotcheany he made
from (it). Gen. 2, 22. This is one of
the most important radicals of the lan-
guage, denotmg origin, source, causa-
tion: cf. na (Dtch (ncoche), therefrom;*
kcDchy kcoche^ kuiche, which denote ori-
gin and progress, though often used by
Eliot for ncoche; whence kutche or
kehchcj chief; kehchis, old; kuichissikf
the beginning (of action, etc. ), and the
perhaps identical ntUche as a preposi-
tion (from, out of, for), mgh, a father,
and a>ka8f 6ka»y a mother, and perhaps
ohke, the earth, have apparently the^
same origin; hence, too, a>chetuonganogy
parents, etc. ; also imtchj umiche: mo teag
jinitchj without cause, 1 Sam. 19, 5,=
mat teag wutchy Lam. 3, 52, = M'a7in^
monteag vutch, Ps. 35, 7, = initch mon-
teagy ibid.; nenan xwdclie, for the same
cause, Phil. 2, 18. See v^iche.
[♦Note.— After "na mtch {luoche), there-
from", in the manuscript, occurs the following:
''m6 (otche (mwche and, with a slightly altered
form and meaning, nuihcfie) , thence-after (the
sign of the pluperfect tense)." In the margin
this is marked ' ' omi t " , and a footnote explains
that "mcoche, for mds cotchey with reference to
a future, implies obligation or necessity. See
[Cree and Chip. See Howse, Cree
Gr.,pp. 166, 289,291.]
oochaus, oochaas, n. a fly, Eccl. 10, 1;
Is. 7, 18. Of. mcomhq.
[Del. u tschey Zeisb. Voc. 12; pi.
iiischewaky ibid. 31.]
oocheinnat, v. i. to be weaned, Gen.
21, 8; a)cheninopy he was weaned. Gen.
21, 8.
(Dclietuon^aiiog, pi. parents: cocJietuan-
guh (constr.) his parents, Luke 2, 27,
=^\cutchetuonguh (obj.), Luke 18, 29;
ka>chetuongana>6ogy your parents, Luke^
21, 16; Eph. 6, l'.
Digitized by
Google
112
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
CDchiixmeat, v. p. to be advantaged or
profited (rmttchiinneatj Is. 47, 12): teag
noDchiin^ what advantage will it be to
me? what am I profited? Job 35, 3;
malUi naKhiiniij it profited me not, Job
33, 27; teaguas kcochiyimwcOj what are
you profitwi? Hab. 2, 18; a>chiin, (it) is
profitable, Eccl. 10, 10; ivoh cochiin^ it
may profit, Job 35, 8; ni»h matta pish
ka>chiMnash, these things shall not profit
thee. Is. 57, 12; nish moita wadddyeu-
viukish, things which can not profit (be
profitable), 1 Sam. 12, 21; xvanne teag
xcuichieu, it profiteth nothing. Job 34, 9.
Gf. (Dtcheun, he made from (it).
oohk, (Dhkq, 6hkq, n. a worm, Job 17,
14; 24, 20; 25, 6 (=a»k(Dk, Ps. 22, 6);
1)1. whquaog, Is. 14, 11; (ohqoUj it bred
worms, Ex. 16, 20; cwAto^noMO^, worms,
Deut. 28, 39 {oskookBej dimin. askcokj Is.
41, 14); oohke, C. 156. See askoak.
[Del. mooch-w^y Zeisb. Voc]
Gohcomous, n. a little owl. Lev. 11, 17,
=k(Dk<Dkhormvem, Deut. 14, 16. See
ka)?ika>khau8.
[Narr. of^&mous, an owl, R. W. 85.]
QOhquaeu. See uhguae.
ookas. See 6ka8.
(Dmsinneat, oomussinneat, v. i. to go
or come down, to move downward.
See woomsinnedL
CDmundt, wtfmiinat, v. i. to go or come
from (cf. aiij v. i. he goes thither; peyau,
he comes hither) : ODmun, com, ?<wm, he
goes or comes, went or came, 2 Chr. 1,
13; Job 37, 9; Prov. 14, 16; Dan. 8, 5; na
(DmuTif he went thence, 2 K. 2, 25; Gen.
20, 1; 35, 21; amvwogy they journeyed
(went). Gen. 35, 16 (went from, Num.
33, 5, 13, 17, etc.); tunoh kmm, toh
kcomun^ whence comest thou? Gen. 16,
8; Job 1, 7; tohnoh kamnDO), whence come
ye? Gen. 42, 7 (tohhunrm kaam kekit,
when did you come from home?C. 185) ;
ongky go ye to, from dnat^ au&naty Matt.
21, 2; Josh. 2, 16 (more commonly Twon-
chek) ; {niUtdm nummisnnninneumuty I go
to my people. Num. 24, 14; pish ntUom
vnihhogkatf I shall go to him, 2 Sam. 12,
23; kutdmurij we are going, Num. 10, 29;)
with inan. nom., aymaxD nannummiyeUf
it Cometh (is come) out of the north,
Jer. 46, 20; pishwmtuogwutchwuhhogkcUf
* they shall be of her ^ i. e. proceed from
oomun^t, w^bnunat — continued,
her. Gen. 17, 16; umcoco (there) pro-
ceeds out of ( inan. ) , Mark 7, 21 ; wmaxD,
there came out of (the cloud a voice),
Luke 9, 35 [kuhtamog 6m<»f a ship was
going to {iromau6naty &nat), Jonah 1,3];
(Dmup aongkouohkomukf (she) came from
the uttermost parts, etc.. Matt. 12, 42;
ahque wmrngk^ depart not from. Acts 1,4;
nutoTiseni kah nmm Godut, ' I pipceeded
forth and came from God', John 8, 42;
noh ncomurij I am from him, John 7, 29.
The Mass. Ps. substitutes 6mau (aum»
man) for Eliot's a?/, he went to, where
obj . is inan. DerixsLtiveaipomohhamuncU
(pummohf the sea), to go by water; soh^
hamunai, to go forth; w&munat, tr^mu-
ixai (tuoma>€na(?) : enmayui neniimany * in
the way by which thou earnest ' ( mayest
come, i. e. mayest come from). Is. 37,
29; ne wdmcouk wutch^ 'that proceedeth
out of (that may come from), Deut. 8,
3; w&itwuk (tor wommuk?) kesukqul^ (it)
may come from heaven, 2 Pet. 1, 18;
howan yeuoh wag Edom, (suppos. ) * who
is this that cometh from Edora? Is.
63, 1 {noh wdg Godut, (who art) come
fFomGod, Mass. Ps., John 3, 2); uttdh
loomompy whence I came, John 8, 14
{utiuh wamcouky * whence it cometh*,
Mass. Ps., John 3, 8) ; asq yeu w6m(Domp,
before I go (hence). Job 10, 21; \oaik
Judea, when he came out of Judea,
John 4, 54. See wadchinat.
[Note.— The terms nnd their definitions in
heavy parenthesett above are marlced with the
marginal note, ** from ationdt, dndt."]
[Narr. mishoon hdtmvockj they go by
water (by boat), R. \V. 74; tdnna co-
loaiLm, whence came you?; yd wowa<im,
1 came that way, ibid. 28. Del. noorriy
koom, wum, I, thou, he comes from
thence, Zeisb. Abn. nSmerij je viens de
U; subj. 8ma; Stghe^ venant, etc.]
oonanuxnau. See tounnunuman,
oone, a>na, =ivunnej q. v.
oonetuonk. See wunneluonk.
Gondi, a>n6e, adj. blue, E^th. 1, 6: amd-
agk, am^ag, blue (cloth), Ex.38, 18,23;
2 Chr. 2, 7; =am667iag; pi. (ondiyeucuih,
Esth. 1, 6.
[Roger Williams gives Narr. pe^/iatii,
blue (p. 154), but that is apparently
identical with uppeshau^ a flower. Poe-
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
113
•amdi, oonde — continued.
sibly the Indian who taught him the
word, having misunderstood his ques-
tion, gave him the name of the object
to which his attention was called in-
stead of its color. Cotton gives jyeshai,
blue (168); uppeshaUy a flower (160);
peshdnjidqucUf blue color (168). Cf.
Arab, zahr^ a flower; az^rek, blue.]
<Dnou, oondi, adj. deep. Except in com-
pound words, it has always the defini-
tive prefix, TH^amdij probably to dis-
tinguish it from <mi6iy blue ( the color of
deep water) ; and for the same reason
the nV is retained in such compounds
as mamompagy deep waters. See fnaovUn.-
<z>n6uhkdi, n. a valley, Josh. 11, 16, 17;
2 K. 3, 17; Is. 40, 4 {oonouivohkoaiy -|-
yeiLoshf C. 158): ut amdSkkouut, in a
valley, Gen. 14, 17; en anUtuhkdiyeuut^
to the valley, Num. 32, 9; en amouh-
kdiyeue^ into the valley. Josh. 7, 24;
amouohkoiyeuey adj. ' of the low coun-
try*, 2 Chr. 26, 10 [amdi-ohke, hollow
land] ; pi. aynduhiuash^ amduhkoiyeuashy
Ezek. 36, 4, 6.
<DXiouwii88e, lean. 8ee Onouvmme,
<Dxiam£t, V. i. ' to yell ' as a wild animal,
* to howl ' : amwog^ * they yell ' (as lions'
whelps), Jer. 51, 38 [from anuniy a
dog(?)]; nishno pa9uk puih oano), every
one shall howl, Is. 15, 3; maush kah
conshj *cry and howl*, Ezek. 21, 12;
(munk, howl ye, Zech. 11, 2.
[Chip. vHih-o-nOf he howls. Spelling
Book.]
<Dna>ozik, n. howling. Is. 15, 8; Zeph.
1, 10.
<Dna>waonk. See vmnncowdonk^ a cov-
enant, an agreement.
<DBlie, cosh, (constr. ) coslioh, n. father,
(ien. 17, 5; Prov. 17, 21; Matt. 10, 37:
nmshf my father, Gen. 22, 7; Luke 15,
21; nmshwiiy our father, Luke 3, 8; 11, 2;
kmsh, thy father, Gen. 12, 1 ; n^ulch ne-
gonne ncoshik, from my forefathers, 2
Tim. 1, 3 (suppos. form); kcoahea {ka>-
shco), your father. Gen. 31, 6, 7; 43, 7
wshoh (constr.), the father* of, his
father, Prov. 17, 21; (obj.) Gen. 19, 33
28, 7; ken pi*h wutooahinj thou shalt be
a father (of many nations). Gen. 17, 4
wuiamhimauy [he who is (? ) ] a father, Ph,
103, 13; Prov. 4, 1; L«. 9, (>; Mark 13
B. A. E., Bull. 25 8
Qoshe, Goeh, Qoshoh — continued.
12; 1 Thess. 2, 11; God trutcoshe'tg, 'if
God were your father * , John 8, 42. See
*dteshem; cotshoh; umdch'mat.
[Narr. o«/i, a father; ndsh^ my father,
c6shy your father; cuttdsOy have you a
father? R. W. 44. Del. 7iooch, my
father; gooch {kooch)^ thy father; o<7i-
waUj his father, Zeisb. Vo(*.]
^ooshesixi, an uncle, C. 162 (dimin. of
(Dshe). See u^^tmsites,
OMshkappeuxn, -oppeuxn, n. a con'.*u-
bine: tuoskoppeumy my concubine, Judg.
20, 4, 6; (obj. pi.) +o/i, 2 Sam. 16, 21,
22; 21, 11, See irishquin; iruskapjjeum.
OMhoh, See aoshe.
Goeke, for wiutke (especially in compound
words), new, young, first in time, etc.;
before,
[coeoowdneat, v. i. to swim:] neg uxjh
(osancecheg, they who can swim, Acta
27, 43. Cf. pamwsWy he swims; ossoe-
pdsUj he slideth l>ack.
[Del. a scho unU, to swim, Zeisb.
Voc. 14.]
GDsqlieozik, n. ])lood. See misquehetmk.
a)6ukongqimoau(?), it (the brazen sea)
'was set above upon them', 1 K. 7, 25.
a>tatta]n(6onk. See wiiaitamdonk.
otch. See okIi; vmtdie.
CDtcheun, he made from (it), Gen. 2, 22.
See (Dchiinneat.
ootchteau, he produces (it) from (it),
he forms it: aoicheau-un, Ex. 38, 8;
mtche-un, he produces from it (an. obj. ),
Gen. 2, 22.
Gotshoh: waban coishoh^ the wind blow-
eth, John 3, 8 (wuUishau, Mass. Ph.).
Cf. *6teshein,
[Del. ia undcheHy whence blows the
wind?; hwannhink undchen^ the wind
comes from the north, Hkw. 456
(see ^irundschun\ Zeisb. Gr. 161).
Chip, nodirij it blows, is windy, Bar.
532. Old Alg. loiUuiy wind, Lah.]
(Dwee, interj. of sorrow (El. Gr. 22} ; (fowe,
ah! C. 234.
Goweesquabinneat, v. i. to wrap up.
See weeufpiaphnieat.
CDwesuonk, n. his name, Ex. 20, 7; Gen.
29, 16. See u'huo)d\
CQWohsumundt. See nohsumumit.
QOWonogkcDog. See owonogkuog.
Digitized by
Google
114
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLBTIK 25
pft, a particle which, prefixed to a verb
in the indicative, gives it the sense of
the 1st perg. imperative; nofwaantam,
I am wise; pd-ncowaarUam^ let me be
wise, El. Gr. 25.
[Cree /xl, indecl. particle, prefixe<i to
the root of the verb, has the force of
'should* or 'would* conditional: ne pH
nipan, I should or would sleep.]
p&, applied to extension in time, an
indefinite going-on. It ha« the force of
'yet* in such phrases as 'while he waa
yet speaking ' . I ndic. ash jyAmekemkok^
w^hile it was yet day, 2 8am. 3, 35;
piiamuj 'upward* in age or time: *irom
twenty years old [kah paamu] and up-
ward*, i. e. passing. Num. 26, 2,4,=
paAnie, 2 Chr. 31, 16, 17. Suppos. ash
pamaxtdtj while he yet spoke, Job 1,
16, 17; Matt. 14, 43. Pass. (inan. sub-
ject) pamemcDy it is passed, Ps. 18, 12.
Imperat. 3d pers. would be, regularly
formed, paj or pajeh (q. v. ) [or pame-
jeh (?)], let it go on or continue (until).
Cf. pomantum (suppos. pam6iUog)^ he
lives; pomushau, he walks; jAmsheaUy
it is past, etc. ( Cf . also Sansk. }xwih, ire,
se movere. )
[Abn. pemi (=amplsi and anptsi) , in
compos. * pendant, vel encore ' ; * il est 4 *
(with verb in infinitive), Rasles. Del.
peni mif yet, to this Time, Zeisb.]
P&-, p6-, pti- [p*], prefixed to wonls
which signify motion, denotes indirec-
tion in the act or agent. In verbs of
motion it signifies 'all alwut', 'in one
direction or another*, or without direc-
tion. Cf. pa-nyiCf 'out of the way',
'astray', and pu-mmohy the sea; p<i-
ma>8a)y he swims; pu-mompngmy it
creeps; iximUchuany (water) runs, etc.
[For the Cree, Ilowse (84) has pirn-
mit&chmiooy 'he moves himself hori7X)n-
tally, crawls', and perhaps this may be
the primary signification.]
paamu, adv. past, upward (in age or
time). Num. 26, 2, 4. Seejxim<r.
paanonteg, as n. a (wunnownng) fan,
Is. 30, 24, i. e. that which blows away.
See pauanuMunk.
pabalitanum [pa-M<-aw-t(»i], v. t. he
trusts: pahahtanumaxiy he trusts in
(him), has confidence in; inan. patfohr
tanianty he trusts (it), depends on (it).
Adj. and adv. pabalUanumwey -w&Cy faith*
fully {pdpahtarUdmu'€y C).
padahquohhan. See padtohquohhau.
padteateamin-ash, n. pi. nuts, Gen.
43,11.
padtipp^Uhin, padtap^Uhin, v. i. it
drops, there is dropping; freq. papad-
tippdshiny there is a shower; verbal pd-
pddtinunky 'showers', Deut. 32, 2.
[Del. pankpecheriy a drop; popankpe--
cheriy it drops (cf. popetelauy it is show-
ery, * rains by showers ' ), Zeisb. Abn.
ahpeteranUy il est encore k pleuvoir, il
pleut encore.]
padtohquohhan, padahquohlian, v. i.
it thunders (padtohquohhan and pattoh-
qtwhhdnniy it thunders, C); as a n.
thunder. [From a verb which signifies
'to hear', 'to be heard' (?). Pierson's
Catechism (Quiripi) has padaky he
heareth. Cf. Cree ph/tow-ayooy he hear&
him; peytuniy he hears it. But see the
next following verb.]
[Note.— The bracketed part of thLs deflnition
Is marked "omit" in the manuscript.]
[Abn. pl'danghiagSy le foudre, ton-
nerre. Qlmr.p&ddahqiiAhhnmyYi^T. Del.
peelhacquouy it thunders, Hkw., which
Cass correct** io jxtathoc^quony 'it begins
to thunder' (from pad, 'to come', and
hoc^guony 'thunder'). [Is either cor-
rect?] Zeisb. has pcd hac quon, it thun-
ders; ]>en da quoty it is heard, Voc. 26.]
padtuhkuhnteau, v. t. he smites (it)
into (it), 1 Sam. 19, 10, of a dart or
spear thrown from the hand,
pagrkodtcmtfoi. See pdkodtarUAm,
paguanau, v. t. an. he destroys (him);
inan. paguaUiUy pagwodtau, he destroys
(it); V. i. paguateaUy pagwohteaUy he
is destroying, or is a destroyer; pi.
pagwiioogy they destroy, are destroy-
ers. (This was the name given to the
Muhhekans of eastern Connecticut by
neighboring tribes: PeqiuiUdogy Pequots,
' destroyers ' . ) Verbal paguanuonky de-
stroying, destruction, Prov. 15,11; 18,
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
115
pa^anau — continued .
7; Is. 59, 7; * pestilence', Ps. 91, 6.
From pohf]' (]wgk'-)j to break, to divide.
See pohqui.
[Narr. pauquaiWy * there is a slaugh-
ter'; pequttoog patiqfuanariy *the Pequts
are slain', R. W. 151. Cree piickwaht-
ayooj *he hates (him)'.]
pagruoddie, pa^wodche, adv. 'it may
be ', perhaps. El. Gr. 22 (pogqwAtche^ C. ).
[Alg. pakSathy prohablement.]
pahch ani tchau, v. i. he has fingers: ne-
quiia-tahshe , he haS six fingers,
2 Sam. 21, 20. See pohchanutcK
palichasittau, v. i. he has . . . toes,
2 Sam. 21, 20; lit. he has divided-feet
(pahshe-wusseet). See pohchanutch,
palichau, pauchau, pdhchau, v. i. he
turns aside, deviates: n-utch mayut,
he turns aside from the way. Num.
22,23.
[Del. pachgectieuy 'where the road
strikes off'; pachgeeuy 'to turn out of
the road', Zeisb.]
pahheau, v. t. an. he waits for (him):
nup-pa'ihy I wait for (him), Ps. 130, 5;
suppos. noh pdhhity he who waits; v. t.
inan. pahtaUy pafUOy he waits for (it);
v. i. an. pahUisgu, he is waiting; suppos.
noh pAhUdty he who is waiting. Verbal
^a/i<«tionA;, waiting, 'forbearance', Rom.
2, 4 {jmhOiooogy they wait; nup-pahtigy I
stay, I am ready ;\pa/i/«i, ready, C).
From pd. Cf. pdme.
[Del. pee soopy he waited (pret),
Zeisb.]
pahke, pohki, (1) it is clear, plain, evi-
dent; adv. plainly, clearly. (2) it is
clean, pure. See pohki and cf. pohqude.
pahkheail, pahkehlieaU, v. t. an.
(caus.) he cleans (himself or another),
makes clean, 'purifies', I^ev. 8, 15.
V. t. inan. jxthketemty he makes (it)
clean, purifies (it). V. i. an. pahkem
(=pahk(numi)y he is clean, pure. Lev.
13, 13; 2 Sam. 11, 4. Adj. an. clean,
pure.
pahpalikfllias, n. a 'partridge', Jer. 17,
11, ^pohpohkumiy 1 Sam. 26, 20. Cf.
jxDhpohquUog ( pi. ) , * quails * , Ps. 105, 40.
See mameesashqueSy the swallow.
[Narr. pdnpock-sfiogy partridges, R.
W. 85. Peq. popoquakerCy quail. Stiles
(see his kutquauss, partridge). Del.
palipahkBhas — continued.
pahhachty pheasant; popoaWy partridge.
Chip. (Gr. Trav.) ptih-pmh-kuh-sey *a
snipe' (?), Sch. ii, 4«6.]
palipasinnum, v. t. he plucks off (as
corn, Luke 6, 1). Hee pohshimun.
palipassehteau, v. i. lie is cleaving or
splitting (wood). Suppos. noh }xihpas-
sehtoffy he that cleaveth woo<i, Eccl. 10,
9. Redupl., with caus. inan. form, from
pohMnurriy he divides (it), 'he causes
it to divide', 'makes it half ' (seepo^-
she).
pdhpohkuxnas, n. a moth, Luke 12, 33.
Cf. Matt. 6, 19y papoquitamuk (suppos. ),
'moth', for 'when it is injured by the
moth ' . See papekg.
pfthshe, palishe, half, a part of. See
pohshe.
paliBODnogrk, n. pi. -ogqumhy a board,
Acts 27, 44; Ex. 27, 8. See pahptmeh-
teau.
[Abn. pslkaskSy planche, ais. Del.
pasfikachky Zeisb.]
pfihBu. See pdioo,
pfthtekdmuk. See p u m m a w utta u wde
komuh
pajeh, adv. until: yeu pajehy until now;
nd pajehy until (ndpajy C. ). See pdme.
[Del. peUichiy Zeisb.]
p&kodche, adv. completely, to the end,
to the full, thoroughly. (It is strictly
a verb impers., 'there is completion',
' it is through ' . ) Freq. or intens. pdipog-
kodchey 2 Chr. 36, 21. See pohshane.
[Narr. paucdtchfy paugcMchfy R. W.
[Del. packantschiy fully, completely,
Zeisb.]
*p&kodchiziiau, v. t. an. he condemns
(him), primarily, disposes of, makes an
end of: noh pakodchimity he who con-
demns; pogkodchummuy 'to condemn',
'to convince*, C.
p&kodchteau, V. i. (inan.subj.) itfinishes,
completes, or comes to an end; inten-
sive pakqjteau, Dan. 9, 24, John 5, 36;
pass. part, pakqjteau-uny (it is) finished,
Ezra 5, 16. The causative form, pog-
kodchehteau (he makes complete, fin-
ishes), is of more frequent occurrence:
nup-pogkodchehteoh, I have finished or
completed (it), 2 Tim. 4, 7.
[De\.pakanischiechto7i, he fulfills, com-
pletes (it), Zeisb.]
Digitized by
Google
116
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
1.BULLKTIN 25
p&kodtantdm, pogk-, pa^k-, v. i. and
t, inan. he determines, reHolve**, piir-
lK)He8, 2 Chr. 32, 2; I^ani. 2, 8. Act.
v})l. pakcHUnntamdxmky determination,
settknl j)urj)oae. From pakodche and
•anlaniy completely-minded. Cf. kod-
iantam^ he intends or wishes.
*p&konii6tam, n. a codfish, C.
[Narr. paugammty R. W. Abn. ni*-
hinwkSj iiSkamgSy pi. -gSak, morue,
Rasles.]
p&me, pa^me, may be regarde<l as a
defective verb used separately as an
auxiliar}' or in composition with other
verbs to denote progress, continuance,
or duration of action. It is related to,
if not formed from, the indefinitive
jmrticle. jy&me^ paAmv^ is the suppos.,
pummni the indie, form. See under
pama)ttam.
[Marginal note.— " Rewrite thlK. Cf. jw-
marUam; pomohhom; pomunhau. a«h pwruneti,
2K.14,4, seecMA."]
pamequanum [=pame'Unneguanum'\j
V. t. inan. he rolls (it) about; suppos.
noh pamequdrmkf he who rolls (when
rolling) it, Prov. 26, 27.
pamltchuan, -utchuwan, -oowan, v. i.
impers. it flows or runs (as water, irre-
spective of direction or force). As
n. * running water', Prov. 5, 15. Im-
perat. 3d pers. poviUchuwadj^ * let ( the
waters) be dispersed abroad*, Prov. 5,
16 (onatuh nippeit pamuttchuwohky 'as
w^aters which run,' Mass. p8.,Ps. 58, 7).
From j)djne (q. v.) and wuiche-u, it
proceeds from. More immediately,
from pomushaUf he walks, moves, with
the introduction of the hard eh^ denot-
ing involuntary or inanimate activity.
[Cree pimmlchenmny it flows, as water,
Howse 49.]
panunoli. See pummoh, the sea (?) .
pamompagin, v. i. unii)ers. it creejis
or crawls {nujj-pummaotashomy I creep,
C. ). As adj. (also pomompugve) creej)-
ing, crawling. Suppos. owuas noh jHtm-
ompagit^ an animal which creeixs or
crawls; pi. neg jkimompakechcg. Freq.
pajKimompaffin^ ]H>hp6m6mpiif;in (and
jmpamootchegf Ps. 148, 10). Seepopom-
omjmkcchvg.
[Cto} jmnmitdchemoOf * he moves him-
sc'lf horizontally, crawls', Howse 84.
' pamompagin — continwetl.
Abn. m'-pemigSni, je rami)e, je marche
sur le ventre. \^\. pimochkhasin (v. adj.
an.), stirre<l, move<l, Zeisb. Gr. 166;
pommo()ch,ni, it creeps, Zeisb. Vck%
27.]
p&montog, suppos. of pomanfam (q. v.),
he lives: noh jmmontog^ he who liveth,
I 1 K. 3, 23, 25; I^m. 3, 39; pi. jximonto-
I gig, 'the living'.
panKDBO), pamwdscD, puzndso), v. i. he
; swims, moves himself by swimming
• {nup pumosayu'eem^ I swim, C. ) ; suppos.
noh pdnuDsaomtj he who swims. Is. 25,
11. For pame-oomn, Ci.oMaoveneni^he
swims.
[Abn. ne-pemak8\tf'my 'je nage'.]
. pftmsheau, pamusheau, v. i. inan. it
passes, goes on. See pomiuhau,
! pamutchuwan. See pamitchuait.
r pamwdso). Seejxima>8a).
; *pftnikqu& [=;xi7mu/j9Ma«i], 'squint-
! eyed ' , C. From panne and vhqn^e, he
I looks contrary or perversely.
' panne, pannu, out of the way, i^er-
versely, contrary: pannu ivuttin, 'the
wind was contrary*, Matt. 14, 24; Acts
27, 4; an panneu, *he went another
way', 1 K. 13, 10. Cf. the prefix pA-\
also pendwe, strange, foreign; pena?u, it
is spread about.
[Del. jtallhriy elsewhere, otherwise;
paUiaeiiy he goes away, goes wrong,
' Zeisb.]
; panneatt, v. i. he errs, goes out of the
! way, g(K'8 wrong, Prov. 10, 17; suppos.
• lysirt. pamu'oni J going astray, * jK^rveiT^ ',
1 Pn)v. 14, 2; verbal panrwyeuonk (jtan-
n€-«-wiA:),wr(mg-going, 'i)erversene8s',
Prov. 15, 4.
pannetlBsu, v. i. an. he does wrong, com-
I mits a fault; suppos. noh jtdnnesH (pan-
neu»seit) , he who does wrong, who goes
1 astray. Num. 5, 12, 29; verbal panneila-
! seonky wrong-<ioing, error, Prov. 17, 9;
Jude 11; agent, vb. '^mnneui^sedeny a
wrong-doer ('the unjust', 1 Pet. 3, 18).
pannODwau, v. t. he deceives, speaks
falsely to (him). Imperat. 2d r 1st
j)ers. ahqiw jxnma^rahy do not lie to me,
2 K. 4, 16. Adj. and adv. pannancaey
falsely, dec^eitfully. X. verlml ;>a?jna>-
waonk {&nd 'Uxiyeuonk)^ wrong saying,
a lie, Ps. 7, 14; Rev. 21, 27; agent, vb.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
117
panncowau— continued.
pannanvaen-hiy a liar. From pannes and
ruDimUy he speaks.
pannu. See purine.
panuppu, panuppe, throughout, thor-
oughly; as V. i. panuppa ivame^ (he) is
through all, Eph. 4, 6; prep., Rom. 1,8;
adv., (len. 11, 3; Rom. 15, 19; intens.
jHipannuppey throughout, 2 Chr. 34, 7.;
wholly, Jer. 2, 20.
[ A bn. papanmiSit * par tout ' . ]
panupwuahaU, v. t. he goes through-
out: panvpmivthaog oUina^h, * they went
through the cities', Luke 9, 6; 2 Chr.
16, 9 { pannupishdnat kehtoh kah ohke^
*to compass sea and land', C; but
kup-pannupivxishoneau, etc., 'you com-
pass', etc., Matt. 23, 15). From pun-
uppu.
pftpftdtinunk, n. coll. fine rain, 'show-
ers', Deut. 32, 2. See pddiippdshin,
papalitantaxn, v. i. and t. inan. he trusts.
See pabahtanum.
pap^bnompagin, freq. of pumompitgin
(q. v.), it creeps.
p&p&mootachegr, part. pi. '(creeping
things', Pb. 148, 10.
p^paxme, adv. 'safely', Prov. 31, 11 (?)
{papdne^ * wholesome ', C. ) : ^mimne kxih-
kintieasishj mark thou well. Job 33, 31.
papannoowau, v. i. he flatters; suppos.
noh pap(mnm(Uy he who flatters, Prov.
28, 23. Adj. and adv. papai\6.e, flatter-
ingly, Prov. 26, 28.
papaquanne, papuk-, adv. 'utterly',
'thoroughly', Judg. 15, 2; Is. 40, 30;
Nah. 1, 8; Zech. 14, 11.
papashpe, prep.(?) through: icwviilum
papatthpe mahtokqsi'Uty he shines through
the cloud, Job 22, 13. By redupl. from
peshaUy it breaks through. Cf. nejxiuz
paspishauy the sun rises. .
papaskhas, n. the 'swallow', IV 84, 3;
but cf. mamee^ashquei^.
papasku. See papiske, double.
papauzne, prep, concerning, with resi)ect
to, of.
pape^usik, suppon. part. inan. when (it
is) very small, a very small thing; pi.
pajieaaikishj 'small things', Zech. 4, 10;
Acta 26, 22. See peds'm.
papelssit, pi. -itcheg; suppos. part. an.
very small (persons), very young, Esth.
3, 13. Intens. of pelimmn (q. v. ). From
papelssit — continued.
p(tpeijme^L has come the corrupted form
'j>rt/>oo.v<'' (pi. ^ papooses^ ), a young child.
[Narr. yd cuppdppooSj is this your
child?; papooH, a child; iiippapixm^ my
child, R.W. Peq. jkmpponSj 'an infant
new-born ' , Stiles. ]
papekq, n. a flea, 1 Sam. 24, 14; 26, 20
(poppeky C. ). Cf. pdhpohkumas.
[Abn. bablkSf puce; hdhisy ciron dans
les mains, etc.; pS^kSe, vers dans la
chair, sur viande. Del. achpiquak (pi. ),
fleas, Zeisb.]
papenuppashunk, n. 'a drop' ('in the
bucket'. Is. 40, 2). [Is it a noun col-
lective from 2X1 (jteawe) and nuppe^ ' very
little w^ater'?] Cf. pfidiippashm.
pap^sukaeu, v. i. or adv. it is twilight;
in the twilight, Ezek. 12, 6.
papisiswaonk (?), vbl. n. 'mirth', fun,
Man. Pom. 86.
[Chip. pau^pCf he laughs.]
pdpiske, papasku, papske*, v. i. it is
double; adj. double. By re<lupl. from
piskeu (there is) double: plskhmum-wk
fhdpvike neyaunag . . ., 'double unto
her double, according to . . .', Rev.
18, 6; jxipske ahtoonk, a double portion,
Deut. 21, 17. Sometimes with nieesU
(twice), as neesit piskeu (for j^'^pfsku)
oddtehteatiy he pays double, Ex. 22, 4, 7.
pdpiiihsuke, adv. one against the other,
reciprocally opposite, 1 K. 20, 29; Num.
8, 2, 3. By redupl. intens. from piuh-
mke (q. v.).
papokquog, suppos. as n. a cleft; pi.
-gishj Amos 6, 11. From pohpohquij
augm. of pohqul, it breaks, opens. See
passipskodtut.
papomushau, papdmshau, v. i. he jour-
neys, continues walking. Acts 10, 38
(pajxiumtuihauy Matt. 9, ;^5). Fre<i. of
pomushaa (q. v.).
^paponauxnsCl, pi. -rog (Xarr.), n. "a
winter fish which comes uj) in the
brooks and rivulet**; some call them
frost fish,'' etc., R. W. 105. The 'tom-
cod' or 'frost-fish' of the markets
(Gad us [Morrhua] tomcinlus, Mitch. ).
Tacaud, the specific name given Ijy Cu-
vier, may Ije from tohkoi (Narr. tahki)^
* when it is cold ' , 'cold- weather fish ' , or
'SsLvr. taqudUtriy frost, it is frozen, 'frost-
fish', but certainly does not signify
Digitized by
Google
118
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
*papo]iaum8t)l — continued .
* plenty fisli ' in any Algonquian dialect.
From popon-de and aunisfif diinin.
[Abn. apSnahmesS-akj *petits [pois-
sons] de la mer'J
*pap6ne (Nam), winter, R. W. 69. See
pop<hi.
*papdnetixL (Xarr. ), v. unipers. (it
blows from the west, or it blows win-
tery), the west wind, R. W. 83. From
papfme {popSTif El.), winter.
papske. See pdpiske.
papukuanne. See papaquanne.
pdpumunont, pi. -oncheg^ suppos. part,
of pepunvmuj flying: pdhpumunoiii
psukseSf flying bird (i. e. bird when
flying), Ps. 148, 10.
pasau. See pasaxiu.
*pft8hanne, adv. fully, C. ^iee pohshane.
paahkBheau, v. i. it bursts asunder,
bursts with violence, explodes; intens.
of pasishau (it bursts) by the incorpo-
ration with the root of shk, marking vio-
lence and disaster.
pashkuhkom. See paskulikom.
pashpeht^Qilieau {-lahwhau^ El. Gr.),
v. t. and i. an. he makes (it) pierce
through (him), he 'smiteth through'
(him), Job 26, 12.
[Old A\g. patch ipaouGy I dart, Lah.]
pashpiohonau, v. t. an. it goes through
(him), pierces (him) through; pass, he
is pierced, *shot through', Ex. 19, 13.
pasinnum, v. t. he plucks (it, as com,
etc., Mark 2, 23). See polmkinum.
paaiflhau, passishau, v. i. it bursts or
is torn asunder, Mark 15, 38; Luke 23,
45; with an. subj.. Acts 1, 18. Intens.
oipeshau (see j)eHhaui) .
paskanontam, v. i. he suffers extreme
hunger, he is starving, Jer. 38, 9; nupp-,
I perish with hunger, Luke 15, 17.
Vbl. n. p(tskcinontama>onkf extreme hun-
ger, Ex. 16, 4. Adv. paskanontamwef in
extreme hunger, Lam. 2, 19.
[Abn. peskarahdamSsse^ il a faim mar-
chant [?], Rasles. Cf. Abn. peskant,
'creu'.]
paskoogruxL tahshd, num. nine; pi. an.
pa8k(x>guntah9i(iog; inan. talighinash
(or (oh8uask)t El. Gr. 14 (pdsukcogun,
Luke 17, 17): nabo pa$ka>gun, nineteen
(as an adj. varied by tahsJU (or tohsu)
in pi. an. and inan., 2 K. 25, 8); paska>-
paskoog^n tahshd — continued.
gun (ahshinchag (pi. an. -kodtog^ -kod-
tash)f nine hundred, Ei. Gr. 15.
[Narr. paskugit {p&ska>gitj C. ), as adj.
pi. with tasuog and tashinash^ R. W.
Del. (Unami) peschkonky Hkw.J
paskuhkom, pashk-, v. t. he bursts (it)
asunder or in pieces (Nah. 1, 13; Jer.
2, 20; 5, 5; 30, 8: applied to the burst-
ing of bonds or fetters). Cf. scohqkuh"
kom. See *peskhdmmhi.
pftsoo, pfthsu, V. i. (it is) near. Adv.
near by, Gen. 19, 20; Matt. 24, 33.
[Chip, beshoj near by. Bar. Abn. pSs-
98ly c'est proche. Del. peschot^ Zeisb.]
pasooau, pasau, v. t. an. he brings (him)
to: up'pasohuh, he brings him, Luke
10, 34; imperat. 2d pi. pascok^ bring ye
hither, Luke 14, 21. This is the pri-
mary (and perhaps the only) significa-
tion of the verb: *near them', bring
them near. From juUcOy near.
[Abn. ne-p^ii8ahj je Tapporte.]
pftaa>che l=pd8m-widchef near- from],
adv. a little way off, not far, 2 K. 5, 19.
[Del. peschotschi, near; pechuwatf
pechuwiwij near, Zeisb.]
p^bcosukau, v. i. he goes or comes near,
he approaches; suppos. noh pasamikog,
he w'.io comes near, Num. 1, 51; Luke
7, 12; imperat. pascDSHkiitch^ let him
come near to me, Is. 50, 8.
pasootappu, v. i. he is (remains) near,
Is. 50, 8 (elsewhere pamvoppu)^ sup-
pos. noh pasa>tappitj noh pasivopH^ he
who is near, Is. 57, 19; Pro v. 27, 10.
From pdscDche^ or pdam^ and dppUj
manet.
[Abn. phs8dap8y il est proche, il
demeure proche.] •
pasootshau [pascoche-au], v. i. he goes
or comes near, approaches, 2 Sam. 18,
25; suppos. noh pancotahadt, he who
comes near, Num. 3, 10, 38. pascoishau
expresses merely the fact of approach
or proximity; pdwDsukau^ the action of
going or coming, continuing to ap-
proach.
" [Abn. pe8»8dSsst; approche-toi; ne-
pessSdSssej j'approche; ne-pessSssekdmeriy
j'approche de cela.]
paspiohau, v. i. it breaks through, it
bursts forth, blossoms, (after nepauz,
the sun) rises, Eccl. 1, 5; suppos. part.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBCLLl
NATIOK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
119
paspishau — continued.
paspishontf (when rising, ) sunrise, Eccl.
1, 5; Num. 21, 11; Ps. 50, 1; and of
the rising of the ' day-star \ 2 Pet. 1, 19
(up-pmhpishaonk nepaz, the sunrising,
C); freq. papashpiahauy he passes
through (a place or country) ; pi. -aogf
2 Sam. 2, 29. Freq. or intens. of ptshauiy
it blossoms, bursts forth.
[Narr. pdshisha, it is sunrise, R. W.]
pasquasT) suppos. inan. (when it is)
made fine, in powder: pasqtiag 7i(Dk?nkf
fine flour, Lev. 23, 13, 17, etc. Cf.
sohqfui, powder.
[Abn. peadif poudre. Narr. pishqu^-
hicky unparched meal.]
pasquodtam, v. t. inan. he chews (it)?;
suppos. pass. inan. pasquodiamoomuky
(when it is) chewed, Num. 11, 33.
passipskodtut (for pam>mp9kodtui)y Mn
the clefts of the rock', Jer. 49, 16;
Obad. 3; pcmpskodtut, Ex. 33, 32: pas-
sompskodehtUy (among) the clefts, Is.
57, 5. From pahske {pohshe), broken
or divided, and -ompsky n. gen. for rock.
See papokquog.
paasishau. See pasisJiau.
pasBdhtham, -fththam, v. i. he digs a
pit or trench, Jer. 18, 20, 22; cf. Ps. 94,
13; pasehtham (v. t. ), he digs or 'cleaves*
into (it), Judg. 15, 19. Vbl. n. path
tohihegy -ahiheg, a ditch, a pit, Prov.
22, 14; Is, 22, 11 {pohmhieg, Ps. 40, 2);
pi. -gashy Gen. 14, 10 [poMehtan-oihy pi.
*the channels' (of the waters), Mass.
Ps., Ps. 18, 15]. Cf. pismgk; pim.
passukosaaU, v. i. he parts the hoof.
Lev. 11, 7. From pohstiy divided, and
iiJb<5Mo,( its) hoof. Seemiihkos; uhqude.
[Chip, pezhiki, a buffalo.]
pasuk, num. one; Ex. 12, 46; Judg. 9,
2; Eccl. 4, 8, 10. (In his Grammar,
Eliot gives as the numeral adnoun
* one ' , n€(fiitj only. ) -j9rt«uto, it is one ;
pi. 'koKDogy they are one, 1 John 5, 7.
Verbal, pasukaxmky being one, unity,
oneness, -pasukcoogy inan. -kaxxshy
with Tiequl prefixed, one hundred, El.
Gr. 15; iiequl pamkooey a hundred times,
Eccl. 8, 12. See Pickering' s note on neqfut
and jMuruib in the reprint of Eliot's Gram-
mar (2 Mass. Hist. Coll. ix), p. xlv.
Cotton made this distinction: ^^nequty a
thing that is past; pasuky a thing in
pasuk — t'ontinued.
being. ' ' This Heckewelder considered
a mistake, yet it was not without some
foundation, ^^curu^ denotes unity and
completeness, one by itself, and with-
out reference to a series; nequUa (its
ordinal is iiegonney first) appears to have
the same base as nukkonney old, dis-
carded, left behind [cf. mikkonaUy he
leaves (him) behind], and so first in
order of time; but if this distinction
was not already obsolete in the time of
Eliot and Williams it does not appear
to have been observed by either.
[Mah. : **/>d«c/i«^isthetrueMahicanni
word for one", Hkw. Narr. pdwsucky
R. W. ( who gives also nquU, one) . Abn.
pezekSy insai.pezekSny one (but nequt or its
equivalent is found in nekSduns [=ne-
qutta tah8he]y six; negSdahnkdOy eleven;
negSdcttegS^y one hundred, etc. ), Rasles.
Chip, hashick and nin-god-judh (or ning
dvxi)y Sch. II, 211, 213, 216. "Be-
fore substantives signifying measure of
time or other things, . . . instead of ^e;?^
[baMck] y we say ningd. " — Bar. Gr. 433.
pdzhigy one; pdzhegoOy he is one, Jones.
Cree peyaky peyakoOy he is one or alone;
pSyakootow (inan. ), he uniteth, Howse.]
pasukqat, num. once. Gen. 18, 32; Josh.
6,3.
paawauwdtilog, v. i. (pi.) they are near
of kin, * they are her near kinswomen'.
Lev. 11, 17. From j^dso) and weetauoogy
they are related, lit. they live to-
gether.
paswohteau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it is near,
Ps. 22, 11; Zeph. 1,7. From pdsa> Sind
ohteaUy se habet.
paswoppu. See pctscotappu.
paswu, adv. lately, El. Gr. 21; *for a
season'. Acts 13, 11: onk paswSse
(dimin. ), 'some days after'. Acts 15, 36
{pa^ivese, soon, C). Seepdso),
*pattoliquoha2ixii, v. i. it thunders, C.
See padiohquohhan.
pauanontam, v. t. he fans (it); v. i.
pauanontustniy he fans; cf. Jer. 4, 11 ; 15,
7; Is. 41,16.
pauanulitiuik, paan-, pauundn-, n.
a fan (for winnowing), Luke 3, 17; cf.
Matt. 3, 12; Jer. 15, 7. See paanonteg.
pauchau. See pnhchau.
Digitized by
Google
120
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Bl'LLETIN 2fr
paudtatt, V. t. he brings (it), 1 K. 8, 32;
Esth. 3, 9 (paiou, he brinjrp, C); *he
Cometh with', 2 Sam. 18, 27; imperat.
puHfUatixh, briujf thou, Amos. 4, 1 (pat-
(iniMh, C. ); .«up|M)H. pttudtnnkj when he
brings, Ph. 126, fi {p(iH(Hnk\ Mas'. Pa.).
Vbl. pandto^mk^ a }>ringing in, Heb. 7,
19. Cf. }HiHwan. (Cf. also Sansk. jt>a/,
ire; />«</, ire, adire.)
[Narr. pautuxu^, hving hither, R. W.
Abn. (ipelSn, il apporte; nepetSn, j'ap-
porte; with an. obj. ne-pisSan^ je Tap-
ix)rte. Chip, oo Intoon, he brings it.
Cree, inan. iti'iiton^ 2ia.phjshooh(tijm>i^.),
Howse 41 . Del. peton^ he brings, Zeisb.
Gr.l52.]
-paug, n. gen. in comjK)un(i wonls, signi-
fying water. See -pog.
*paugaiiaut (Narr. ), n. codfish, pi. •4am-
wock, R. W. See *iMonn6tam.
*paug^utemi8k (Xarr.), n. an oak tree
(pohkuhtimiiiy white oak; vrsattiinlSy red
[yellow] oak, C. ); pangautemissaHndy
an oak canoe, R. W.
*pauishoozi8 (Peci.), meadow lark (8tur-
nella ludoviciana, Bonap.), Stiles.
^auktinawaw (Narr.), a l)ear; also the
name of the constellation 'the Cireat
Bear, or Charles Waine', R. W. [For
pohkeimuaUy he gt)es in the dark or at
night (?).]
^Paumpdguasit (Narr.), n. 'the sea
gfxl . . . that deity or gtKlhead which
they contrive to Ihj in the sea.' — R. W.
9H, no.
paumushatt, v. i. he walks. See }njmn-
nhnn.
^pauochauog* (Narr.), v. i.* 'they are
playing or dancing', R. W. Ho; pnn-
ochautowwin {^panorhohleanun'?'], 'a bau-
ble to play with', ibid.
paiipakinasik, adv. in the twilight, Prov.
7, 9. Dimin. of jwhpohkeni^ it is dark.
Suppos. }xmpf)hknuk, when dark (?).
See pohkrnl. Does not often occur in
P^liot's translation; i)erhap8 not else-
where than in the verse cited.
♦paupock (Narr.), partridge, pi. -j^moj/,
R. AV. See pdh/KihkshaK Cf. (Peq.)
poiM>fpi alette f (juails. Stiles {=pfDhpa)hq-
utiog, (|uails, El. ) ; jyohpohk-uasu^ par-
tridge. El.
[Chip. (Gr. Trav. ) puhpnahkuhsey
*paupock — con t inue<i .
* snipe'; pahjmhsa^ 'woodpecker', Si*h.
II, 466. Del. pub ha ckuj phea£a.nty
Zeisb.]
pauundntunk. See jxtuanuhtuuk,
pauwau, (1) V. i. he 'uses divination'
(infin. jxiuwdinneaty Ezek. 21, 21), he
practices magic or son«ery. Adv. p<iu-
wdej 1 Sam. 15, 23. Vbl. n. pamrauouk
(pi, -oni7<M/0/ witchcraft*, 2 Chr.33,6;
Gal. 5, 20 (cf. Actfl 8, 9). (2) n. a wiz-
ard, a diviner, Ex. 22, 18; Deut. 18, 14;.
Dan. 4, 7.
[Narr. powiMu'j 'a priest', pl.-»r«//o^,
R. W. 111. Cf. Quir. )H>ai6, 'holy',
Pier. 41, etc.]
payont, when he comes, when <'oming;.
8up|K)s. part, of pcyau.
-p6, the root of names of 'water' in
nearly all dialects of the Algonquian.
It has usually the demonstrative prefix^
and is not found without it in the New
England diale<*ts. See nipjfe (u^pe);
-pog. [Cf. the Sansk. pdj to drink (;>a,
drinking, for drink; ap, water), a root
I" which runs through almost all Indo-
I European languages: Zend, pro, water;
I Afgh. po'l; Litu. tippe^ flumen; Irish
abhf flumen; Greek IID,, ninooKa;
Lat. potum.]
I [Abn. nehi {n'pi). Narr. nip. Muh.
I 7i'6a/. Chip. n<K-6i, ?ie-6f, w«-6^^, water p
se be.j see hee^ river. Cree nip pee. ]
pe-. See ])d-.
I peamesan. See pedsin.
peantam, v. i. he supplicates, (in flliot's
tiansl.) he prays; lit. he is small-
minded {pe'(mtam)t he humbles him-
self. Tr. an. pvaniamauaUy he prays,
to, supplicates (him): ken kuppeantam-
oush, I pray to thee, Ps. 5, 2. 'Advocate
fonn' (imjwrat. ) j>eantamwawthy pi ay
thou for (them), 1 Sam. 12, 19; -nan-
shinneatiy pray thou for us, Jer. 37,
3. Vbl. n. peaniamdorik, supplication,
prayer.
[Narr. peeyauntam, 'he is at prayer',
R. W. Abn. pai'ibatam, il prie. Del.
I jja ta inauj to pray, Zeisb. Muh. pe-
I yuhtom-manwukon (vbl.), 'religion',
! Edw. Quir. peaio, used by Pierson for
' holy', etc., Catechism 41, 42, 57; inan.
pi. jteaiowty ibid. 55. This seems U) be
the primary or the simple verb fronv
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
121
peantam — oonti nued .
which peavtam was formed, and is per-
haps identical with paufmu (q. v.);
peaidtnmgany 'holiness', Pier. 51. See
(Ut/iboan.'\
peantoowau, v. i. he has a small voice,
speaks low; pass, with inan. subj. pean-
tcDiromco, it has (or there is) 'a small
voice', 1 K. 19, 12. From pe and orUrD-
wall. Ci. miMhont€oiroma)f *it roareth'
(Job 37, 4), has a great voice. See
ml»haul(D\van.
pedsin, V. i. it is (very) small; n. a small
thing, Num. 16, 13: imssaHme peatfin,
it is too small, 2 K. 6, 1. Double dimin.
peajm8(m[-w'\, a very small thing, Ex. |
16, 14. Suppos. inan. peamk, peeftik^
and peyiUik, when it is small, a small
thing. Josh. 17, 15: anue jieyasik 0}d' ne
mo teag, ' less [more little] than noth-
ing'. Is. 40, 17. Intens. pa]>€dsik (q. v. ).
See peu.
*peawe, pewe, a<lj. little: pewe mukkoie-
sag, little children; peakomuky a little
house, C. See peil,
pechehquogkunk, -gwonk, n. the
sheath or scabbard of a sword. From
pet-aUj he puts in, and chohqudgyA knife;
with the terminal of the suppos. inan.
concrete, that which a knife is put
into. j
*peegham, v. i. he shaves (himself);
nup-peeghanif I shave, C. See cherptod-
vehham; mcomm.
peeksq, peeakq, n. the 'night hawk',
Lev. 11, 16; Deut. 14, 15.
[Abn. pipigSSy * oLseau de proie ' (?).
Del. piachky Zeisb. V<k\ 6 (cf. pi»geiiy i
it is night; pisgekt, at night, ibid. ).]
pe6u. See j)H\.
pegskiyeue (?), adj. 'narrow' (of 'win-
dows'), Ezek. 41, 26.
pehcheu, adv. unawares, unintention-
ally. Num. 35, 11; Gal. 2, 4. Perhaps
related to pftshan (q. v. ), he goes into it
by mischance, he falls into it.
[Abn. piit^iSi, vel jMiUii (by mistake,
unintentionally ) . Del. pitjtchiy acciden-
tally, by chance; as v. he blunders acci-
dentally, Zeisb. Ctr. 183.]
pdhteau, V. i. it foams; n. foam, Hos.
10, 7; 'the scum' (of a lx)iling i)Ot),
Ezek. 24, 6, 11, 12 (pehtom): petauuttcD' ,
pdhteaa — con tinned .
ncfM Ipi'htau (an.) -wuttfon-rttl, he foam-
eth (at the mouth), Mark 9, 18. Cf.
pefthani.
[Abn. pi*fti' or pitti'', foam, froth
(^cume); pittaSh, it foams; piUieite
8d8ii, he foams at the mouth.]
pehtehennitchab. See fM'teheunitehab.
pehtoxinau, v. i. he puts on his shoes
(moccasins); unperat. pehto^rinaah, put
oa your shoes, Ezek. 24, 17. From
]}et(m and (m)okiJissin. Cf. amauriHh
hint'moA'hiashy take off thy shoes, Ex.
3,5.
pehttuhhennitchab. See j^etehennit-
chah.
pehtuanuxn. See pHuanum.
peisses, n. an infant, a child. Gen. 37, 30;
44, 22; Luke 1, 59; pi. -h og. [By con-
traction from peissmUj or a diminutive-
of endearment for peissese (?).]
peississu, v. i. an. or adj. an. he is very
small (Amos 7, 2, 5), very young.
Supi)08. MoA peMmtj 'he who is least'.
Matt. 11, 11; ash peimmt, while he wa»
yet (very) young or small, 2 Chr. 34,
3; pi. -Hcheg. Intens. or dimin. of en-
deannent, papeissity pi. -itchegj young
children, Esth. 3, 13.
[Abn. piSftessi, il est petit; piSsenen
(inan.), cela est petit. Chip, pungiy a
little, a few. Bar. 424, =pungeey small,
'limited to the expression of quan-
tity',* Sch. Cree appettis (adv. ), little;
AppistesmHy he is small; (inan.) dppisd-
sirty it is small. Narr. papoos, a child.]
[♦Marginal note.—" It has changed places -
with itgquht^. See Sch."]
pemaogok, pednogok, where the path
or way is narrow. Matt. 7, 13, 14: peo-
nogoil (indie, pres.), Prov. 23, 27 (of 'a
narrow pit ' ) ; en peimmaogok mayiky in
the narrow path, Man. Pom. 87. From
p€y small; -wmy, path; -aog (suppos.
from «(/), where it goes; -ohke, place;
and pediutg (suppos. of <»m, he goes)
ohke.
[Narr. peemdyagdty *a little way',
R. W.]
*pemi8qa&i (Narr.), adj. crooked or
winding, R. W. 56.
[Cree puskayy 'diverging, branch-
ing', Howse. Del . pimochqueu, t wi8te<.l..
turned, Zeisb.]
Digitized by
Google
122
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLSTIN 25
[peni8quzinu]n,v. t. he wreaths, twines,
twists (it);] adj. -numv^de^ 'wreathed',
Ex. 28, 14,=pepem8qunnum7vUy v. 22.
[Del. phnochqueiij vbl. adj. turned,
twisted, Zeisb.]
pemsquoh, n. a whirlwind, Job 37, 9;
Is. 40, 24. For pevfisqivAuy it winds
about, twines (?). Cf. pepemsque.
pemunnealit, -unneat, n. a cord, a
string, Is. 50, 2; Mark 7, 35; pi. -i-ash
and +(mcuih, Judg. 15, 13; 16, 11, 12.
Suppos. of pemunohteau (it is twisted
or plaited), *when twisted' (pemin-
iieaht om€j a fishing line; pedmenyahty
a cable, C). The primary meaning
seems to be plaited or braided; that
which is made by putting one (strand
or thread ) across another. Cf . pummee-
che. See tuttuppun.
[Abn. pemaiSiy il va de travers. Cree
pim-ichj crosswise. Del. pimenatan,
thread; piiweu, slanty, Zeisb. Cree pi-
ewMJ-num, * he awryeth it'; pimme-numj
*he twists it', Howse 93. Powh.:
** Their women use to spin ... a kind
of grasse they call p^mmenau; of these
they make a thread very even and
readily."— J. Smith, Hist, of Va.]
pezi£ekinnu, v. i. it grows and spreads,
spreads as it grows (of a vine, Ezek.
17, 6). FrompenaeUf with k progressive,
and -tnnM, the characteristic of verbs of
growth and production: *it goes on
growing and spreading ' , or * it continues
to spread as it grows.'
penaSu, v. i. it is spread about, as a
growing plant, tree, or vine. Cf . panney
out of the way.
[Narr. pendi/i, 'crooked', R. W. 56.]
penolikdnau, v. t. an. he casts or throws
(him) down: kup-penuhkon-eh, thou
casteth me down, Ps. 102, 10 {penoh-
koncUj to throw down, C. ) . From ruDh-
konaUf he throws (to the ground) ; with
the prefix pe-^ he throws from a height,
casts down (to the ground). See nco-
kondncU and its cognates, and penuhkau.
[Abn. ne-penakahn or ne-nescJckafiy
*je le jette du haut en has.']
^penoht, n. soot, C. 161.
[Ahn, pircUdi.'i
penomp, n. a vii^in, Gen. 24, 16; Is. 7,
14; pi. -paogj Esth. 2, 19. From pendive^
strange, in its secondary or privative
penomp — c^ontinued.
sense, and -omp, n. gen. for * man', nes-
cia viri (?). Cf. *keeg8guaw; ^quausses.
[Du Ponceau (?) says: "A young man
of Delaware is called pilapS. This
word is formed from piUity chaste, in-
nocent, and lenaply man, viz., man in his
purity and innocence." — ^Tocqueville,
D^moc. en Am^r. app. c. {penomp,
peimi (?), or penussu (?). ) Hkw. gives
pUapeUf a lad; pilatuem, a boy; pilatvHit,
a male infant babe. Zeisb. gives pi la
pi u, a big boy; pi la we tity a little boy;
pi la we iichHschy a boy, Voc. 52. ]
pendwe, adj. and adv. (1) strange, differ-
ing, or of another kind, uncommon.
(2) foreign, of another country or lan-
guage. From the same base, perhaps,
with panne (q. v.), out of the way.
Vbl. n. penanveyeuo) Ipen&we-uo)], it
is different, strange. Pro v. 21, 8. Cans,
inan. pena)wehieauy he makes (it) differ-
ent, distinguishes (it). Lev. 11, 47. Cf.
nanwe.
[Abn. piriy pirSiy * indicat novitatem' ;
piriky nouveau. Del. piliy another,
Zeisb.]
^^nooon, n. a boat, Mass. Ps. , John 6, 22.
See *peamog.
penowanuxnau, penuan-, v. t. an. to
have a difference with, to contend
with (him). Suppos. part peiiuanu-
monty when contending with, Job 9, 3;
up-penuanumo-uky they contended with
them, Prov. 28, 4. V. mutual an. penua-
nittuogy they contend with each other,
'are at strife*, 2 Sam. 19, 9. Vbl. n.
penuAniUuonky mutual strife, contention.
Gen. 13, 8; 2 K. 5, 7. Adj. -iUedey at
strife with, contentiously, Prov. 27, 15.
From pendwe (emotional an. form).
penoywolikomuk, penuwoh-, n. a
strange place, Ex. 2, 22.
pexia>wolit, penuwot, (contracted form
of the preceding) n. a stranger, one dif-
ferent, a foreigner, Prov. 5, 20; Deut.
27, 19; pi. -tedog, strangers (perumvohteay
a stranger, C. ) . Used by Eliot for ' the
heathen', Ezek. 36, 3, 4. Adj. -ohie&ey
foreign, Ezra 10, 11.
[Narr. nip-penotvdniawemy 1 am of
another language, R. W. 31. Abn. ne-
pirSandS^y je parle une language ^tran-
g^re.]
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATIOK -ENGLISH DICTIONARY
123
penoowohteau, v. i. he is strange or un-
like by nature. From penOwe and ohteauy
he is a stranger or foreigner.
penoo-womfti, n. a difference, Ezek. 22,
26; 44, 23.
penuanuxnau. See pencowanumau.
penugquAontu. See punukquekontu.
penuhkau, v. t. an. and inan. he casts
(it) down upon ( him) ; up-penuhkau-oh,
*he cast (it) down upon them', Josh.
10, 11. Cf. penohk&nau.
penuhteau, v. t. inan. it casts (it) down,
he casts (himself) down upon the
ground, 1 K. 18, 42; Dan. 8, 10. Cans,
he makes it fall (?).
penushau, v. i. he falls; inan. subj. pe-
nu$heauj it falls (as a flower, *fadeth',
Is. 40, 7, 8; nup-pinUshomf I fall, C. ).
Vbl. n. jyenushaonkj falling, a fall. Cf.
petshau, he falls into; pogkighiiiy an.
pogkuam, he drops, falls inanimately;
chauopsheaUy he falls into the water;
kitchisahahauj he falls into the fire; kep-
shaUf he falls by stumbling or by reason
of an obstacle, etc.
[Abn. penTrit il tombe d*en haut.
The corresponding primary verb is not
found in Eliot. From it penushau is
formed by adding sh (marking mis-
chance) to the root. Old Alg. pankigiTif
to fall.]
penuwohkomuk. See pentDwohkomuk,
penuwot. See pencowohi,
pednog^ok. See pemaogok.
^eont&em, a boat or canoe, 0.
*pe<Dnog, n. a little ship, Mass. Ps., John
21 , 8. Cf . kehiconog ( kehte-dnog ) , a ship.
So, peawe-Onogj the small conveyance.
These names were framed for English
and foreign boats, as distinguishes! from
the canoe {mUshcDn) or Indian boat.
They do not appear to have been widely
used.
[Abn. ketSrakSf a ship; sanrSpSSragSf
a barque.]
pepemsque, adj. and adv. (badly) con-
torted. Intens. or freq. form of pern-
squau (Narr. pemiitqudi, q. v.), of the
serpent, 'crooked', Job 26, 13; Is. 27, 1.
From^jm (twisted) with squ [=9kow']f
the mark of badness, violence, or mis-
chance. Cf. pernsquoh.
[Narr. pendyi, crooked; pemisqudi,
crooked or winding, R. W. 56.]
p^pemsqunnumcbozik, vbl. n. a wreath,
2 Chr. 4, 12, 13.
pepemsqushau, v. i. Mt whirleth alx)ut'
(of the shifting wind), Eccl. 1, 6.
pepenam, v. t. inan. he selects, chooses
(it). Gen. 13, 11; Is. 40, 20; v. an. pe-
penaUf he chooses (him). Adj. pepe-
naue, chosen, selected, Jer. 49, 19.
From pendwe^ ' he differences it'.
[Del. pipinameny to choose, Zeisb.]
pepenautchitdiimkquonk, -uhquok,
n. a mirror, Ex. 38, 8; 2 Cor. 3, 18;
James 1, 23; (pi.) Is. 3, 23.
[Narr. pebenochichauqudnirk (?), a
looking-glass, R. W. Del. peperiatig,
Zeisb.]
pepuxnxnu, v. t. (-mmj v. i.), he shoots
often, continues shooting. Freq. of
pummUf q. v.
[Narr. pepem&i, * he is gone to hunt
orfowl', R. W.]
X>^pu]nwaen(u), n. agent, one who
shoots often or habitually; pi. -nu^g,
'archers', Judg. 5, 11; 'shooters', 2
Sam. 11, 24.
*pequawu8 (Narr. ), n. a gray fox, R. W.
95; pequoi, a fox. Wood.
p^shaui, V. i. (1) it blossoms, puts out
flowers: pish pesfutuaUf it (for an. he)
shall blossom. (2) n. a flower, James
1, 10; pi. -aOnash, 2 Chr. 4, 5. Com-
monly with prefix of 3d pers. See up-
peshau. Cf . ( freq. ) paspishau^ ( intens. )
pouishaUj and pashksheau,
[Abn. abasiar (pi. ), ils bourgeonnent;
p^*t9es8 abafin, le pain enfle.]
*pe8haui ( Narr. ) , h\ue; peahaijduash ( pi. ) ,
violet-leaves, R. W. ; peshai, blue, C.
[Abn. titiemf blue paint; peiidienSy
violet. Chip. apis»i, violet; apissin, it
is of a violet or dark-blue color, livid,
black«blue, Bar.]
*pe8kh6xninin (Narr.) v. i. (1) it thun-
ders ('to thunder', R. W.). (2) it ex-
plodes, as a gun; 'to discharge a gun'.
Suppos. inan. concrete piskuncky that
which thunders, a gun. Cf . paskuhkoniy
he bursts (it); pashksheauy it bursts
asunder.
[Abn. ne-phkam, I fire a gun; aSenni
peskaky who shoots?; paskSiasSy (the
gun) bursts. Cree pdskes-wSosoOy he
shoots himself; pdoskoopHUhu, it bursts
(from within), like a gun; pd^ke-pHthu,
Digitized by
Google
124
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
fBULLETIN 25»
*peakli6xnniin — continued .
it bursts (from without), as a bladder;
ptmiikee-ptUhu, it splintery; juukesiggun^
a gun. Old Alg. />a.s^1>/<7«^J. Del.j>oa/t
mean and pal achk hi can, gun; pai ach
kam inetiy to fire a gun, Zeisb.]
^p^suponck (Narr.), n. *an hothouHe',
"a kind of little cell or cave . . . into
[which] frequently the men enter after
they have excreedingly heated it with
store of woo<l, laid upon an heap of
stones in the middle," etc. "Here do
they sit round, . . . sweating togeth-
er." — R. W. 158. Verbal from *pt8up-
pau.
*p^8uppail-og (Narr.), v. i. (pi.) they
are sweating, R. W. 158.
[Cree nrV -appdoysin, I sweat. Chip.
nind-dOwei<, Bar.]
*p^tacaua (Narr.), n. *an English waist-
coat*; dimin. petacawmnnhe, *a little
w^aistcoat*. R. W. 107. From puttog-
fpteu, he hides himself (?). Cf. putlog-
quequohhoUf a veil.
petan, n. a quiver, Job 39, 23; Is. 22, 6.
From petau.
[Abn. pUaraiin.'}
petashqiuhdonk, petaoshq-, vbl. n. an
outside garment, 'cloak*. Is. 59, 17;
Luke 6, 29; 'vesture', Ps. 102, 26.
^petasinna (Narr.), 'give me some to-
bacco*, R.W. 35.
petau, V. t. he puts (it) into, Ex. 37, 5,
38, 7. Imperat. petaushy put thou (it) into
(it). Gen. 44, 1. Suppos. inan. con-
crete petuTik (that which is put into),
a bag or pouch ; petogge. Wood. Intens.
(involuntary action) petshan^ he falls
into. From peyau, cans. an. (?).
[Abn. ne-pt'rauj I put it into; 3d pers.
api'ranr; ne-teptSn, I put it in (a dish,
vessel, or the like). Cree peetche
(prep.), in, within; peethis^ until, unto.
;>i7-, as an ' instrumentive characteristic '
of verbs, implies action i>erformed 'with
the arm', 'he pulls* [cf. nVpU{muhp{t)'\j
Howse 87; pkUmnm^ he puts it in; pleia-
huuij he thrusts it in; peechenumf he
puts it in the inside, Howse 34. Del.
pin deny to put in, to till, Zeisb.]
petaug. See *p€togge.
petehexmitchab, peht-, pethen-, peht-
tuhh-, n. a finger ring (or bracelet).
Fromp«/-aMMn, put into, nulch, the hand,
petehexmitchab, etc. — continueil.
and appu, it remains: 'that which the^
hand remains put into'; pi. 'abj>ea9h,
Cf. kehlippittenadh, bracelet, Is. 3, 19-
(ki'ldeupetendpeaifhf pi., Ex. 35, 22).
pethomp^keau, v. i. he creeps in; pi.
-eog^ Jude 4. Cf. p<imompagin.
petha>tlu^eg, part. pi. (suppos.) they
who creep into, 2 Tim. 3, 6. Cf. pam-
ompagin.
^petogge [=/>«^(</uy?], a bag, Wood.
^petouwdssinug (Narr.), n. "their to-
bacco-bag, which hangs at their neck,
or sticks at their girdle, which is to
them in.«teatl of an English pocket." —
R. W. 108.
petshau, v. i. he falls into (a pit or
snare), Amos 3, 5; Ps. 7, 15; suppos.
peUhonity when he falls; ixart. petshnnty
when falling. From jjetaUy with sh of
mischance or involuntary action. Cf.
pehcheii; penushau.
pdtudnuxn, peht-, pittu-, v. i. he is
proud; suppos. noh pohtudnumuitf he
who is proud. Job 40, 12. Adv. jMftud-
mumniy 'frowardly*, Is. 57, 17 (petu-
amimde and -mdoe, proudly, haughtily,
C). Vbl. n. ])i^tudnuma>onky pride. Job-
33, 17; Prov. 14, 3; 16, 18.
petukau, v. i. he goes (is going) into,
Judg. 18, 9; 1 K. 3, 7. From j)etauj wuth
*k pnjgressive.
[Cree pcetook-ayoo, Howse 268. ]
petukodtum, v. t. he brings (it) into:
kup'])etHkmUomuWy ye l>ring (it) in,
Hag. 1, 6; with inan. subj. petukodtauy
Dan. 9, 24.
pdt^qui, petuhki, puttukqui, v. i. it
is round; adj. round: j/eamesan pe-
tukhiy a small round thing, 1 K. 10, 19.
From j-telan and uhffudey it goes in at the
ends, the end goes in or returns, Cf.
piittogham, he covers, incloses (?).
[ Narr. putt I'l chpi i. A bn . petegii. Cree
pUtikuvtr^ it is spherical. Del. piuk-
hican, a round ball; ptucqiiiminschiy
[round-nut tree] a black- walnut tree,
Zeisb. Voc. 27, 53.]
petukqunneg, n. a (round) cake, a cake
or loaf of bread, Matt, 7, 9 {peiukquXmgf
C. ); pi. -i-ashy Judg. 6, 19, 20; ^ganashy
Matt. 15, 36; n. coll. petukqunnunk,^
bread, Mark 8, 4.
[Narr. puttnckqunnegey a cake.]
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
125
petutteau, v. t. he enters, jfoes into,
Gen. 24, 32; Ex. 24, 18; imperat. 2d
pere. sing. pHuttensh, come thou in,
enter in, Gen. 24, 31. From petan.
[Narr. p^titees, *come 'm\ R. W. 30.
Abn. petaSighSy he enters.]
pett, peSu, or peweu, v. i. it is little, it
is small: peeu onk^ (it is) less than,
Ezra 9, 16. This primary verb (rep-
resented by Cotton's peawe) is rarely
found in Eliot by itself, but to it must
be referred a gieat numl)er of mo<ial
and derivate forms. Cans. jjeeheaUy he
makes (him) small, causes him to be
small; pass, he is made small (or 'low',
James 1, 10): kuppeh-esh^ I make thee
small, Jer. 49, 15; Obad. 2. Imperat.
phihy * bring (thou) him low ', Job
40, 12. Seepedsin.
■*pe"we. See*peawe.
peweu. See pm,
peyau, v. i. he comes hither; imperat.
peyaush, come thou; peyunk (-onk,
•onch)y come ye; suppos. part payonly
when coming; v. t. an. peyauau, he
comes to (him): kup-peyaunshj I come
to thee, Ex. 18, 6.
[Narr. peydu^ he i» come; peeyduog,
they are come, R. \V. 48, 49. Abn. tie-
6a, jeviens; iSabann, il vientici. Cree
pey-, phfche, hitherward. Del. peu or
peyeya, he comes; part, payat; infln.
paan; imperat. pi. paak; pe ye yu, it
comes, Zeisb.]
piahquttum, v. t. he has authority over,
is master of ( it ) ; suppos. noh piahqutluk
wetu, 'the master of the house', Mark
13, 35; infin. piahqtittiununat, (to have)
authority, v. 34. As adj. and adv. piah-
quttumu'e^ chief, principal. Gen. 40, 2.
[Narr. ni-acqtietunck eivb, he is my sub-
ject; kut-dcquetou^, 1 will (be) subject
to you. "Beside their general subjec-
tion to the highest sachems, . . . they
have also particular protectors, under
sachems", etc., R. W. 120, 121. Abn.
neiebhghiy je gouveme.]
piogqu^, n. adj. ten. Seeptuh
pish, the auxiliary of the (indicative)
future tense, will or shall; *a word sig-
nifiying futurity'. El. Gr. 20. [Is this
pi-tchf a i)articiple from pey-y the radical
of pay^Uf 'the coming', * that which is
pish — continued,
to come'? Of. paommoHy the future,
the *to come', C]
[Narr. pitch; pitch n^keetomj shall I
recover my health?; pitch nip-pdutowin,
I will bring it to you, R, W. Cree
pdioosy hereafter; {chhkvay presently)
I pd'chhkimy presently (with emphasis);
! pdy indecl. particle, the sign of the con-
ditional (as is gd of the indicative)
future, Howse 199. Chip, tah: tah aHa,
j it shall or will be, Sch. ii, 441. Micm.
apchy 'ensuite', Maill. 28.]
! pish idgkdsislidBha), it shall distil (as
j dew), i. e. moisten, make moist, Deut.
32, 2. See ogqushki.
I -pisk. See muppisk (m^pisk) , the back.
-piflk, in comp. words. See ompsky rock.
piskea. See pdpiskcy double.
pissasrk, pusseogr, -agquan, n. mire,
mud, dirt, Is. 57, 20; Job 41, 31; 8, 11.
Adj. pisseagquaney 'miry', Ps. 40, 2;
-eogquaney Ezek. 47, 11 (pussoq^ia we-
yauSy 'corrupted flesh or rotten'; pig-
sogquam-nuDy it sticks to; pissugk ut
tmimayogy 'dirt in the streets', C,
=^pi88eogq ut mai-kontUy El. in Zech.
9, 3.) See j>i«»/.
[Abn. pemgS^y gluant (a^eskSy boue);
psazeskcy boueux, bourbeux; pSskenlgaUy
fosse.]
pissauxnatOonk, n. a matter of business,
'suit' or 'cause', Ex. 18, 22; 2 Sam.
15, 4 {pi. -atuongashy 'weighty matters',
C).
piBsenum, piBSOgrkixmum, v. t. he flays,
skins (it); an. pissenumduaog wuituh-
qiiahey they flay off their skin, Micah
3, 3.
pisaeo^uayeuonk (pissefMfq-ayeu-onk),
n. pi. -ongashy miry places, Ezek.
47, 11.
pissi, puBseu, v. i. it sticks, adheres, is
sticky. (This, the primary verb, is not
found in Eliot, except in the supposi-
tive concrete, }>is8ag.) See pixppim,
Cf. Greek Ttiddcx.
pissishdonk (?), n. ' matters ' of business,
employment, Ex. 24, 14 (pissaiyeuonky
employment, C. ) . See pimiumatdonk.
piasogkJTiTiuTn-we, adj. peeled, skinned,
Is. 18, 2, 7; an. piitsogkinaimiy Ezek. 29,
18. iiee pisseiiumy he flays, skins (it).
[Abn. pessihadassSy il ^corche.]
Digitized by
Google
126
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
pissogqsheau, v. i. it sticks, cleaves fast,
by mischance, Lain. 4, 4; suppos.
pisaogqshunky when it sticks or cleaves,
Job 31, 7; an. subj. pmogqshau, he
sticks. From pmagk-ue, with sh of in-
voluntary action.
pisBOgquodtin, pisseog-, pissug-, n.
the rot or blasting of grain, Deut. 28,
22; 1 K. 8, 37; Amos 4, 9.
*pittaktinnaTn (Narr.)^, v. i. he goes
back: nip-pittakunnamutif I must go
back; pitt?iciti«/f, go thou back; pittucke-
tuck, let us go back, R. W. 76, 77. Cf.
petukau; petukodtum. (Perhaps R. W.
mistook the signification of this word,
*I go back', for *I go into the house'.)
pittu, -eu (?), n. pitch, Is. 34, 9.
[Cree pkku, gum or pitch, How8e20.]
pittuanuxn. See pHuAnumy he is proud.
piiihsuke, prep. *over against', Neh.
3, 23, 25, 26; adv. fittingly, fitting
{piuhmkke, * exact, right' (?); piuhsfik-
ktyhie, 'plainly', C. ): piuhsuke moeh-
tedmuky 'fitly frame<l together', Eph. 2,
21; vninn^ piuhmkehiiuik, fitly joined
together, Eph. 4, 16, i. e. made to fit;
suppos. of />m/i«wAY7i/€au, v. caus. (inan.
subj.). See /xipiuAwiAr.
pink, num. ten; pi. an. piukqusmog; inan.
-qusguash, El. Gr. 14. Adj. piogqu^t
pioqu^y Deut. 32, 30; Ezek. 45, 14;pioghU
nompe (to the tenth time), ten times,
Gen. 31, 7 (inan. pi. piukquttashf Ex.
3, 28).
[Narr. piilckt R. W., =Peq. piugg,
Stiles. Abn. ynldra. Cree mHcUat.
Chip, middsnmf Bar.; me dda wCy Sch.
Micm. m^teln, Maill.]
poakussohliug mukqs, 'he bores his
ear through' with an awl, Ex. 21, 6.
Cf. sogkuMohhoUj an earring.
poanatam, -antam, v. i. he 'makes
mirth', is mirthful, Ezek. 21, 10. Adj.
and adv. pddnittamwey mirthfully, Eccl.
7, 4. Vbl. n. poanalamaxmky mirth,
Eccl. 2, 1, 2. See hahAnu, he laughs.
-pog, -paug, in comp. words water. It
represents the suppos. inan. concrete
form of ^pi [n^pij nippS), 'where water
is ' . nippe was not used in composition.
-pdgy the noun generic, was not used
separately. Cf. nunni-pogy* fresh wa-
ter', James 3, 12; sSpu^ a river of water,
-pogr, -paug: — continued.
Ps. 107, 35, and woskeche sepu-pog-wtU,
on the surface of (upon) the waters of
the river, Dan. 12, 6 { = 8epuS nippe-it,
V. 7 ) ; tohkekommu-p6g (under tohkekom ) ,
running (or spring) water. Num. 19,
17; Josh. 15, 19; mishippag (mishe-pog),
much water, John 3, 23; ftonki-pog, cool
water, Prov. 25, 25; Matt. 10, 42; sHppogy
'salt water', James 3, 12; uppauppog^
'abundance of waters (cover thee)',
Job 22, 11.
poggohham, pogkoh-, pogrguli-, v. t.
(1) he threshes or pounds out grain,
Judg.6,11. (2) he beats or knocks (it),
pounds (it), strikes (it) with force;
pret. pogkuhhum-up, he was threshing
(wheat), 1 Chr. 21, 20. Adj. and adv.
'hamoocy -hamtcdey of or for threshing,
Is. 41, 15. The primary meaning is to
beat out, to separate or divide by beat-
ing. From pohqunnuniy or rather poh-
qidy it is broken.
[Narr. pockhdmminy to beat or thresh
out, R. W. Abn. iie-bagkhihiminSy je
bats (le ble); ne-hankt^hahy je le bats.
Cree ptickamahum, he knocketh it,
strikes it with force, Howse. Chip.
puk-e-taiy v. t. he strikes, Sch. ii, 424;
puk'Ud-ai and poc-kee-tayy ibid. 468.]
pogkenau, v. t. an. (1) he casts away.
Is. 31, 7 (pakenauy C). (2) he puts
(him) away. (3) he divorces (her).
Suppos. noh pagkenonty he who puts
away or divorces. Matt. 19, 9; imperat.
pogkesy cast (her) out. Gen. 21, 10; Gal.
4, 30; pi. pogkenooky Gen. 35, 2; suppos.
pass, noh pognity she (when) divorced,
put away, Lev. 22, 13.
[Abn. ne-haghirafiy j'abandonne (ho-
minem vel mulierem, etc.).]
pdgkenuxn, v. i. he is blind; pi. -\-wogy
-\-coogy Is. 42, 16; 56, 10; suppos. noh
pogkenuky he who is bliRd ( = noh pd-
kunuty Mass. Ps., John 10, 21); pi. pog-
kenukegy the blind. Is. 35, 5. Adj. pog-
kenumu'dey Is. 42, 7 { paukinnumoaey C. ).
From pohkeniy it is dark.
[Narr.n'p<5c/:uwnu7n,Iamblind; pau-
kunnuniy dark, R. W.]
pogkesu, V. i. act. an. he is putting away or
casting off. Eliot occasional ly uses this
form of the verb (which, in the indicat.
3d pers., corresponds with his 'adjec-
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONAEY
127
pogkesu — continued .
tive-animate'), as in Pe. 43: tohwhuich
pogk^seaUf why dost thou cast me off?
[Abn. pak(U»iSij 'loin de nous; i\
I'^cart'.]
pogketam, v. t. inan. he casts (it) away,
puts (it) from him {paketam^ C):
nup-pogkeUim, I cast off, 2 K. 23, 27;
imperat. pogetashy esst thou (it) out,
Matt. 7, 5; suppos. pogketog, when he
casts (it) off.
[Narr. n^pakitaniy I will put her away;
a4jui€ pakMashy do not put away; n^pa-
kSnaquHj I am put away, R. W. 126.
(In the first two examples he has used
the inan. pogketam for the an. pogkenau. )
Old Alg. packitariy I abandon or forsake,
Lah. Abn. ne-baghttamen, j'abandonne
cela. Del. pakUon, he throw^s (it)
away.]
pogkodantdm. See pdkodtanUdn,
pogrkohliaiii. See poggohham,
pogkomunk, n. a rod, a stick (carried in
the hand), Ex. 21, 20; Prov. 29, 15: pog-
komunkquonk, a stake. Is. 54, 2; -muh-
qumk, a pillar, Gen. 28, 18, 22; 31, 46.
[Cree pdckamoggurif a club or cudj?el,
Howpe.]
pogkuBBU, V. i. act. an. he drops, falls
(as an inan. body, or without external
cause. See penushau); suppos. howan
woh pogkumly * whoever shall fair,
Matt. 21, 44. With inan. subj. pogk-
ishin{ni)y it falls; pi. -neashy Nah. 1, 12;
suppos. ne pogshunky it. (when) falling.
Is. 34, 4. See pwohkehchuaii.
[Cree pdhkesiriy he falls (as in walk-
ing ) , Ho wse 80. A Ig. paflgisiny il tombe
(un objet inan.).]
pohchanatcli, -nitch, n. a finger; 3d
pers. uppoh'y his finger. V. subst. jmh-
chanUchaUy he has fingers (is fingered),
2 Sam. 21, 20. From pohshe, divided,
and -nutch {menutcheg)j hand. Cf.
pahchaMty toe, from jmhshe and -sit, foot.
^pohckatiik, pi. -{-quinashy a bough, C.
See pokshan.
pdhckau, V. i. he turns aside, deviates.
See pahchau.
pohkeni, -xUU, v. i. it is dark; adj. dark;
n. darkness. Gen. 15, 17; Is. 5, 20; 45, 7;
Amos 5, 18: pohkeri-ahiUy in darkness,
Eccl. 2, 14. Adv. and adj. pokendey
darkly, obscurely. Job 22, 13; 1 Cor.
pohkeni, -niU — continued.
13, 12. Int«ns. pohpohkeniy Job 24, 15.
Related to pohkiy clear, open, as lucus
to lucendo, etc. See poApakinasik; p6g-
kenum; cf. kuppogki.
[Narr. paukunnuniy dark, R. W.. Abn.
pekeneniy pekeneghe. Del. pdckenaniy very
dark,Hkw.]
pohkenittipukook [pohkenUlpukaok^y
'in the dark night*, Prov. 7, 9. See
*iuppaco.
[Narr. pdppakunnetchy 'dark night*
{ = pO'pohkenU, when it is very dark),
R.W.]
pohki, pahke, v. i. (1) it is clear, trans-
parent, that may be seen through,
pervious. Rev. 21,11, 18. (2) Adj. clean,
pure, Lev. 11, 36; Prov. 30, 5; Ps. 51,
10. As adv. pahke (and pohkiyeuy C),
clearly, plainly. Suppos. inan.po/i^oit,
when it is clear; hence, the (clear)
sky, Matt. 16, 2, 3; Ps. 77, 17; and poh-
kohquodty when clear, in clear weather,
a clear day. (Cotton has pahke and
pohkiyeUy ' clearly * ; pohkoiyhie, * clean ' ;
pahkeyhity 'deanlily'.) See pohqudey
open, manifest.
The three roots, pohk, (pdk), pohq
{p^gh)y pohsh {pdsh or pdj)y have all
the same ultimate base, with the idea
of division or separation into iMirts.
pohq- and its derivatives denote the
act of separating (breaking, opening,
beating out, etc.); pohsh-y the fact of
division or partition {pohshey half, part
of, etc.), and pohk (pohkiy pahke) the
result of separation, openness, per-
viousness, a going through. [Cf. Tamil
pag-n, to divide, to share; pdr, to cleave;
pdly a part, a portion; pang-u, a share,
Caldw. 446, 475. Sansk. bhagj dividere;
bhd^, dividere, distribuere; bhd^goy pars,
portio; bhani^, frangere; pakshdy latus,
dimidia pars mensis. These groups
of derivatives from a common root
correspond nearly with English (and
Anglo-Saxon) words beginning with
thr: thorough, through, throw ( = to
through, A. S. thrawan), thrust, thrash
(A. S. ther8(Hin)y threshold (A. S.
thersc-ely thrcecs-wald), thread, throat,
throttle, thrill (A.-S. thirlian) , and drill,
etc.]
[Narr. pdnquiy pduquaquaiy 'it holds.
Digitized by
Google
128
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
pohki, paJike— continued.
up' (i. e. the sky clears), R. W. 82.
Abn. pang^iSiy purement, sans melange
{pangSiSi 8io9, 1 eat clear meat); pakSe,
an arrow; p^kai'iUy thread.]
-pohkohquodtae, adv. when clear, in a
clear day, Amos 8, 9. See pohki
pohkshau. See pokshmi.
"^pohkuhtixnis, n. white oak, C. See
*paug6uiemisk.
pohpohkussu, n. a partridge, 1 Sam. 26,
20. See pahpahk»ha»; cf. pcohpoohquitog^
quails.
pohpGoqueait, suppos. part, (one who is)
lame; pi. -tcheg, Acts 8, 7. See poh-
qussitiont.
pohpu. See poinpu.
-pohquile, adj. open, manifest, 1 Sam. 3, 1;
Prov. 27, 5 {pohquae, public, C. ). Adv.
'Oeii, openly, Matt. 6, 4, 6. (Another
iorm oi pohki.)
pohqudshixme (amouhkdiyeu) jOi^n (val-
ley), Ezek. 37, 2; pohqudshinue ohteuk,
open field, Ezek. 16, 5; 33, 27; 39, 5.
p61iquetahliain, v. t. he continues break-
ing (it), habitually breaks, Ps. 107, 16.
Imperat. pohquetdhash wep'iUeash, break
thou their teeth, Ps. 58, 6.
[Marginal note.— "Or causative?-r^r by
pounding? [Howse.] Cree [Grammar] , 87. Cf.
Bohquttahham."]
pohqui, V. i. it breaks, is broken. As adj.
broken, Ps. 51, 17 (and pohquiyeu^ Is.
36, 6). Suppos. pass, pohqut, when
broken; hence, n. a brand, a fragment
of wood, Judg. 15, 4; Amos. 4, 11. See
papokquog; pohshean; jwkshan.
[Cree pUkej part, some (adv. of quan-
tity). Del. poo ktn'i* (dimin. ), *a little
junk of fire', Zeisb.]
pohqunmun, v. t. he breaks (it) with
his hands, Is. 28, 24; Ezek. 4, 16; ?»/;>-
]>o(pin, I break (it), Jer. 'SO, 8; 49, 35.
With an. obj. pohqxumau, -quenau, he
breaks (him), Jer. 31, 28; Ps. 46, 9
{pohqiumumy he oi)ens; pohquanhh
tisquontj open the door; nup-poohqnn, I
break (a law), C The last example is
bad, verlw in unam always denoting
action of the hand, or physical action).
[^dST, jmuquanamiimiea, open (thou)
to me the door, R. W. Cree peekoo-
pidhu, it breaks; peekdonayoo, he breaks
it (by hand).]
pohquxmutchont (iromjyohqui and nvUchj
with the fonn of the suppositive active
participle), having a broken hand, Lev.
21,19.
pohquodche, as prep, without, outside
of (Lev. 9, 11); primarily, in open air,
out of doors. Suppos. pohquadchit
(when) without, out of doors, in open
air, Gen. 24, 31; Ex. 21, 19; Lev. 10, 45.
[Narr. pxicquatchick, R. W. Abn.
pekSatse-mek, hors de la maison, de-
hors.]
pohquohham, v. i. he goes clear, escapes;
imperat. jwhquohush, escaj^e thou. Gen.
19, 17; cans, pohf/iiohwhunau (for -quo-
hfhhau), he makes (him) go clear, de-
livers (him) ; imi)emt. itohquohuhus kuh-
hog, save thyself, Luke 23, 37, 39. From
jwhki or pohqui, and own, he goes. [Xup-
poquoh}rus»Uj etc., our Savior (title-page
of N.T.); nup-pohqtiohwnsmaen, deliv-
erer, Judg. 3, 9; nup-pohqnohuiism-hi, my
Savior, 2 Sam. 22, 2; kup-pohquohivussu-
aetieumy thy (own) Savior, Is. 43, 3;no/i-
pohquoh-ivhunont, he who saves (them),
who delivers, Judg. 3, 9; 1 Tim. 4, 10;
um ken })ohquoh%mmjHten, O thou that
savest! Ps. 17, 7; up-pohquohirhun-oh,
he saveth them, Ps. 107, 13, W, 20; de-
livered them, V. 6; nag pohquoh vhun-
noncheh Jehovah y the redeemed of the
Lord, Ps. 107, 2; pohqueiahhamj he cuts
(it) asunder, Ps. 107, 16; tomohinneany
deliver thou us, Judg. 10, 15; }}ohquah'
irusaehy (\e\i\ef thou me (intr.), Ps. 119,
153; pohquah whuneh viitchy deliver
thou me from, Ps. 119, 134; pohquah
miiisteh u'utchy evil men, Ps. 140, 1
( my persecutors, Ps. 142, 6); poh-
quah vuMtnan vutchf deliver thou us
from, 1 Sam. 12, 10; ])ohquah tcussineanf
deliver thou us (intr. ) , Ps. 79, 9; pohquah
v'hunittuonkj deliverance, Judg. 15, 18;
pohquoh hama)onky escaping, Ezra 9, 14;
v'uich num-matcheseonganunCnashj our
iniquities, Ezra 9, 6, 7; nup-pohqunum
mnnmeemnky I plucked off my hair,
Ezra 9, 3.]
[Note.— The examples inclosed in brackets
under this definition appear on a loose slip in-
serted in the manuscript. They were neither
revised nor arranged by the compiler.]
[Del. ;>o/ giuiy * escaped from me',
Zeisb.J
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
NATICK-ENQLI8H DICTIONARY
129
pohqussittont, having a broken foot,
Lev. 21, 19. Freq. pohpmquesit, one
who is lame (pi. -tchegj Acts 8, 7).
From pohqui and m^seet (musseet).
pohsahteg, a (miry?) pit, Ps. 40, 2. See
passdhtham; pmagk.
pohshane, adv. fully, completely, thor-
oughly. Col. 1, 25. See pdkodche.
pohslie, pfthshe, it halves, divides in
two, is severed; a half, a part of, some
of (as opposed to wamCy the whole of),
Ex. 24, 6; 37, 1; Deut. 12, 7; Luke 19, 8;
Rev. 8, 1; 11, 9, 11. See pohqtiL (Cf.
^naV. paksha^ a side, half (a month).
Zend. poB, yek-pdshf one half (Engl,
piece). Tamul pag-iTj to divide; pdly a
part.)
[Narr. padshCf *8ome'; poqu^sUj half
(of an. obj.), R. W. Abn. p^kSies
(inan.), -U, la moietie en large. Del.
pachmwi (an.?), half, Zeisb.]
pohsheau, v. i. it divides in two, cleaves
asunder, halves itself, Zech. 14, 4. Cf.
pokshauy he breaks (by violence); poa-
isJiaUf it bursts; pohgui, it breaks.
pohshequile, pulish-, adv. at noonday,
Job 5, 4 {puhshaqaa-ut, Acts 10, 9J.
From pohshej half the day or sun's
course.
[Narr. paushxiq&aWj pdweshcupiaWf R.
W. 67. Abn. paskSL Del. pachhac-
queke, Zeisb.]
pohshinau, v. t. an. he divides (him) in
two, halves (him): pishup-pdhshin-duh^
'T;hey shall divide it (an animal), Ex.
21,36.
pohshinuzn, v. t. inan. he divides (it),
halves (it) ; pi. -\-wog, Ex. 21, 35. Cf.
pcmnnum.
[Narr. pat«/imtim-min, to divide (into
two). Abn.ne-psikamy *je fens'. Del.
pachsenum-men (infin.), Zeisb.]
pohehittahh am , v. t. inan. he cuts (it)
in two. Is. 45, 2; Zech. 11, 10.
poke. See pooke.
pokshau, pohkahau, v. t. he breaks
(an. obj.) with force or violence; with
inan. subj. poksheaUy it breaks, is
broken; with inan. obj. pokshadtau, he
breaks (it), Ps. 107, 16; Jer. 28, 4.
Suppos. an. part. pohhorU, when break-
ing, 2 Sam. 22, 35. Adj. and adv.
pokshdey broken, Jer. 2, 13. Yb\. n.
pokshdcTiky a breaking, a breach, Prov.
B. A. E., Bull. 25 9
pokshau, pohkshau — continued.
15, 4; Is. 30, 13. See pohsheau^ it
divides in two; pohqui, it breaks.
[Narr. pdkesha, -shawwUy ^ it is broke ' ;
pokeshdUouwiTif to break, R. W.]
pokBtmkquonk, n. a saw. Is. 10, 15. See
tusaonkquonk.
[Abn. psipodaSangan, iemipodaftgan.
Del. pachkachicaHy a knife; pachschach-
quoacan, a board-saw, Zeisb.]
pomahhom. See pomohhom.
pdmantam, v. i. he lives. Gen. 5, 10, 16,
19, etc.; suppos. pomarUog, when he
lives (or lived). Gen. 5, 12, 13, 15, 18,
etc. ; part, (indie. ) panwntamunutch, liv-
ing, 1 K. 3, 26. Adj. and adv. -tamwde,
living. Vbl. n. pomarUamdonky living,
life. From pdme (or pamao), it con-
tinues, with -(mtanif the formative of
verbs of mental and emotional activity.
See pdme. An earlier derivative, pdmetu
(p&m-ohteau), he 'continues to be% is
not found in Eliot, but he has its
verbal, pometuonk (q. v.).
[Narr. cw-n'paumpwattntom, I am very
well (am yet alive) ; taubiiipaump jnaAn-
taman, I am glad you are well, R. W.
Abn. nSri-peman^ei, je suis en bonne
sant^. Cree phnooi-ayoo, he walks;
pemdt-vmi, he is alive; phnoot-aymaguriy
it goes (as a watch), Howse 36, 80.
Del. pommaiu;hsUy he lives; part, {aup-
pos.), pemauc/wri/, Zeisb. Gr.]
pometuonk, n. vbl. (from pometu; see
pdmantam) a generation, Eccl. 1, 4;
Deut. 32, 5.
pomitchuwan (it flows, goes on), 'run-
ning water'. See pamitchtian.
pomohhom, pomah-, v. i. he goes by
water, sails, Acts 27, 9. Vbl. n, -mSonky
going by water, a voyage. Acts 27, 10.
Agentiyepummdhhamwaen ( u ) , ^lii.-nuog,
'mariners' (Jonah 1, 5), those going
( habitually) on the sea. From pummok
or 2)dme (q. v.) and wa)m, he goes.
[Cree pim^dauy he sails.]
poxnompa^^e, adj. creeping, crawling,
Lev. 11, 44, 46. See pamompagin.
pompaBuhkonk, n. vbl. a ball (to play
with), Is. 22, 18.
poxhpu, pohpu, V. i. he plays, is playing
{puhpUy he plays, C); pi. +0(7, they
play, Ex. 32, 6; Zech. 8, 5; t. an. poThr
pauy he plays with or for (him): aun
Digitized by
Google
130
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
pompu, pohpu — continued.
vx>h pornpehj wilt thou play with him? '
Job 41, 5 {puhp&ogf they play; puhpin-
neat, to play, C). Vbl. n. pompuonky
play, sport, Judg. 16, 25 {pukpUonk,
playing; pompoonk, recreation, C;
pohmpooonkf Ind. Laws, iv).
[Narr. pauockauog, they are playing,
R. W. Cree pdpu, he laughs; intens.
p&pdpu; freq. pdpiaku. Chip. (St
Marys) pad-pe, (Sag.) pah-pa^ he
laughs, Sch. ii, 469. Del. papaby (for
j}apahy?)f to play, Zeisb.]
pompulicli^, n. a member, organ, limb,
or part of the body, 1 Cor. 12, 14, 19, 26;
pi. -{-yeuashj 1 Cor. 6, 15; ukkofniepom-
ptilichdiy the virile organ, Deut. 23, 1.
N. collect, pompuhch&inmunkj all the
members or organs collectively, 1 Cor.
12, 26.
pomuahau, v. i. (1) he walks. (2) he
journeys, goes a journey, 1 K. 18, 27;
2 K. 10, 31; but in this sense the freq.
popomuAhau is more commonly used.
(3) he goes or passes by. Suppos. po-
mmhadt (and jximtvushadt) , when he
walks, if he walk, Ex. 21, 19; Gen. 3, 8;
noh pomushadl, he who walks, John 12,
35. With inan. subj. pdimheaUj para-
Utthauj it goes on, passes, is past; pass,
inan. (pdmsheomoo) paiimtishdnuDf it is
passed by or over. Is. 40, 27; Jer. 6, 4.
N. agent, pomushaerif one who is walk-
ing, a traveler; pi. -jiuogj Job 31, 32.
Vbl. n. pomuMionk, a journey (Gen. 24,
21; 1 K. 19, 7), a walk. Freq. popo-
mushau, -t/nw/iaw, he walks much, goes
about, travels, journeys, Acts 10, 38;
Matt. 9, 35 ( papaum-) ; imperat. popdm-
shagk, walk ye, John 12, 35; with inan.
subj. popomsheaUy it moves about.
From pdme (pummeu). The primary
form of this verb appears to be pom-
ussu (see Muh. and Abn. equivalents
below), the act. in trans, form (he con-
tinues doing), aapom-anlam is the sim-
ple intrans. or neuter form (he con-
tinues feeling or thinking, he lives), and
pomohhom (or pdm-^wann)y the inact.
intrans. (he continues going, passively
or without action of his own, he sails
or goes by boat). This primary form
is energized in pomuskau by the aspi-
rate, as in the intens. ussisfuiu for tui-
pomuahau — continued .
ttsm. See ussendi; mseet {muj«eet)f a
foot. Cf. Sansk. pamh^ ire, se movere.
[Narr. ojj pummlmny *he is not yet
departed' (he lives yet); nowPcorUum
pummistiem, I have a mind to travel;
<i8-pummhtif he is not gone by; pi. as-
pummhcocky R. W. This last is an ear-
lier form, which I do not find use<i by
Eliot* [pom-duj he continues going or
travels to a place (see aS), goes onward,
passes by], corresponding nearly to the
V. i. inan. subj. (and impers.) pummeu,
paamuy it goes on, passes. Abn. iie-
pemSssey je marche; pemSsst', il marche.
Muh. npumsehy I walk; paumseet, he
who walks, he walking. Miom. pemiei,
I walk. Cree pemoot-ayoOf he walks.
Chip. (St Marys) pim'O'mVf he walks,
(Sag. ) pemusmy, Del. pom»n; suppos.
pemsity Zeisb. Gr.]
[♦Note.— The compiler afterward wrote the
following In pencil on the margin: " Correct
this. Eliot has the verb cah ponuoadt, Luke
22, 47, while he was going on, and pummtu is
V. i. inan. subj."]
ponam. See ponum,
ponanau, v. t. an. he lets loose, sets
free (an an. obj. ) : pish pojianau pankfes-
oh, he shall let loose the bird. Lev. 14, 7;
qunnegk pananau (pass.), a hind (is)
let loose. Gen. 49, 21. From annamaiif
he sends (him) away, with pa indefi-
nite or indirective prefixed.
ponaahabpaen, n. agent, one who sets
nets, a fisherman; pi. -ruog. Matt, 4,
18. From ponam and aithab (fiaskdbp),
he sets a net.
ponaBk^tuwosuen, n. agent, one who
administers medicine, a physician, Jer.
8, 22; Col. 4, 14. From ^fm-am, {m)ar
skehtu {mo8kehiu)j and iisaendf.^ he ap-
plies or administers medicine.
[Narr. mojikit ponamiiiiy *give [put
on] me a plaister', R. W. 159.]
^pong^ui, shallow, C. ^lee poiiquag.
IK>nkque, adj. dr>' (it dries?): pongque
wxiUinj *adry wind*, Jer. 4, 11.
ponompau, v. t. an. he makes a gift to,
* gives gifts to' (a woman), Ezek. 16, 34;
V. i. act. (an.), kup-ponompuSj thou
givest a reward, Ezek. 16, 34.
[Ahn. rW'pSnatsewif/'y ^je faispresens'
(in view of marriage).]
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
131
ponquag, n. a fording place, Gen. 32, 22;
pongqui, shallow, C. See tcMkeonk.
[Ahii, pankSkat^ il y a peu d*eau dana
la riviere; pakdiSi, peu; ne-hi* kagan-
sigMy je passe la riviere au guet,
Rasles. Mod. Abn. pc^gua^ shallow;
po'^guaaOj very shallow, Osunk. 46, 53.
Chip, bdgtva, Bar.]
ponteam (? ) , v. t. with prefix : poshponUam
hasmnniitonky he digs through the wall,
Ezek. 12, 7; nag pannup-ponteaog^ they
dig (quite) through (the wall), v. 12.
ponuzn, ponam {pamum, C), v. t. he
places, puts (it) by hand (Lat. pon-it),
Ex. 4, 6; 40, 22, 24: nup-ponam, I put
(it), 1 Sam. 28, 31. Imperat. poritthy
put thou, Gen. 24, 2; 47, 49; jxmitch,
let him put, Rom. 14, 13. Suppos. ponukj
he who puts, (and part. ) putting. V. t.
an. ponauy he puts or places (him):
up-pon-uhy he put him, Gen. 2, 5; Is.
14, 1 ; poiieh, put thou me, 1 Sam. 2, 36.
V. t. inan. and an. jxmainauauy he puts
(it) on (him): up-ponamau-im, he puts
it on (him), Gen. 39, 4; up-ponam-un-
eau, he puts (it) on (it). Gen. 29, 3.
[Narr. ponamduia, (let us) lay it on;
pdneii'hushf lay down your burthens;
aukiick pdnamuHy to lay in the earth,
R. W. Abn. ne-pSnemen, je le mets;
n^-pSnmaSan, je mets dans lui.]
*pooke, poke, * a small kipd [of tobacco],
with short round leaves*, used by the
Indians in New England, Josselyn,
N. E. Rarities, 54. Wood's vocabulary
gives 'pooke, coltsfwjt' Prof. Tucker-
man, in a note to Joeselyn, loc. cit.,
makes this inferior kind of tobacco, "not
colt's foot, but Nicotiana rustica, L., the
Yellow Henbane of Gerard's Herbal, p.
356." But he is unquestionably right
in his inference that "the name poke
or pooitg was perhaps always indefi-
nite." It signifies merely *that which
is smoked', or * which smokes'. See
pmkeuy and cf. pukU,
[Corvado (Brasil?) hoki, tobacco;
Puri p6ki; see Martins.]
popdmompakecheg', vbL n. pi. ^creeping
things', Acts 10, 12. See pamompagin.
popomshaoiik, vbl. n. from pcpomthau,
freq. of pomtishauy a going to and fro,
Is. 33, 4.
pop6n, V. i. it is winter; n. winter, Cant.
2, 11; Ps. 74, 17 (pret. puppcon-upy it was
winter, Mass. Ps.). Adj. and adv. po-
porUiey of winter, in the winter. Cf.
tohkoi.
[Narr. papdne; papona-keeaunishy win-
ter month; papnpoaip ( misprint for pa-
p6cup)y last winter, R. W. 69, 70. Quir.
pahOiikSy in winter. Pier. 28. Abn.
pehSUy I'hiver; pebSne, le pass6; peb^gM,
le prochain. Cree plpooUy it is winter;
p^poon-oop^uriy it was winter; kuttd
pipooriy it will be winter; suppos. pe-
pdoky when it is winter; pepdok-oopim,
when it was winter; pepooke, when it
shall be winter, Howse 191 , 192. Chip.
peehotiy last winter; peebonoongy next
winter; peehong, Sch. Old Alg. pi-
poun. ]
^poponaumsuog (Narr.), winter fish.
See ^paponaumsd,
*popoquate86 (Peq.), a quail. Stiles.
See pahpahkshas; ^paupock; pmhpcohqut-
tog,
popotowegaah, n. pi. bellows, Jer. 6, 29
(i. e. blow instalment). From, pootau.
[Del. pu ta tcoa gan, Zeisb.]
^popowuttdhig* (Narr.), a drum, R. W.
*poppek, n. a flea, C. See papekq.
p<5qua^, a hole or hollow. See pukqai.
^poquaiihock (Narr.), the round clam
(Venus mercenaria), the *quahaug' of
the Eastern markets; ''alittle thick shell
fish which the Indians wade deep ami
dive for. . , . They break out of the shell
about half an inch of a black part of it,
of which they make their suckatihock or
blackmoney."— R. W. 104. From poh-
keniy in the sense of closed. Cf. kup-
poghi, thick, and hogkiy shell, distin-
guishing it from the Mya arenaria
{sickissuog) or gaping clam.
[Peq. p'quaughhaugy potLh-quauhhaxtg^
Stiles. Abn. pekSahaky ^huitres' (cf.
pekSahanky Mis sont clouto', i. e. affer-
mis or serr^s?). Del. poc que ti, clam,
mussel, Zeisb.]
posampu. See pmmmptLy he looks into
(it).
posekinau, -niixn, v. t. an. and inan.
he buries (him), inters (him). Gen. 23,
19; nup-ponekin-noriy I bury, Gen. 23, 13;
imperat. posekin ke-nup-wmy bury thy
dead, Gen. 23, 11, 15; suppos. pof^kiniif
Digitized by
Google
132
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BrLLETIN 25
posekinau, -nuxn — continued,
when burying, he who buries, and
(pass. part. ) buried. Vbl. n. act. pose-
kindonkj a burying; pass, -nitte&onk, a
being-buried, burial, Matt. 26, 12. Adj.
and adv. : posekiniUu&e ohke^ a burying
place, Gen. 23, 4 (nup-posUkin, I bury,
C. ) . [ From poskinauy he strips nake<l,
makes bare (?), or the derivative
m^pusk (muppusk), the back, * he places
or is laid on his back' (?).]
[Narr. posakunnamwiy to bury, R. W.
Abn. tie-p^skenarif je Tinterre.]
poake, adj. naked : nup-poskej I naked, Job
1,21; adv. poskeu. Ad j . an. ( v. i. act. ) ,
poskissUf he is naked, Ex. 32, 35; suppos.
part. pi. poskissi{ni)ic?iegt the naked,
2 Chr. 28, 5; Ezek. 18, 7. Caus. pos-
kisseheau, he makes (him) naked, Ex.
32, 25; 2 Chr. 28, 19; and, with sh
Ipiiyatiyej up-posqushdhed-uh, they make
(him) go naked, hurtfully. Job 24, 10.
V. i. inan. subj. poskohieau; with the
aspirated sibilant (privative), poshkoh-
teaUf it is naked, Job 26, 6. Cf. mup-
pusk.
poskinum, v. t. inan. he bares (it), makes
bare or naked: poskinum wuhpUf he
makes bare his arm. Is. 52, 10. An. pos-
kinaUf he makes (him) naked, bares
(him) : nup-poskiUy I strip (him) naked,
Hos. 2, 3. Imperat. poskinush kehquau,
uncover thy thigh, Is. 47, 2.
poskissu, v. i. he is naked: nup-poskis
I am naked, i. e. by my own act
(this is the intransitive active form, or
* adj .an. * of Eliot; see po»ke ) . Imperat.
poskis kuhkonty make bare thy head. Is.
47, 2; pi. poskissegk, make yourselves
bare, Is. 32, 11. Vbl. n. poskmeuonk,
nakedness, Rom. 8, 35; Ex. 20, 26.
[Narr. nip-pdaklas, I am naked; paCm-
kesUy naked. Abn. ne-paskenanf ^je le
mets ^ nud', je le d^pouille.]
poskain, v. i. he lies down naked, 1 Sam.
19, 24.
I>6tab, a whale. See pcotdop,
I>6tantaxn. See poAau.
*powwdw (Narr.), *a priest*, R. W.
See pauwau.
poochenau, n. the bosom, the breast:
up-pcockenaofuiy in his bosom, Lam. 2, 12
(up-paxMnau, bosom, C). From poh-
shindej divided in two (?).
pa>hpa>hqutto^, n. pi. 'quails*, Ps. 105,
40. »See chcochwwdog; pahpahkshas;
*paupock. (Cf. Cree pd-pdldyoOj it is
spotted; chd-chdchagowy it is striped,
How8e73.)
IKDkeu, v. i., is used by Eliot to translate
*he is puffed up* (Gr.</)u(Jio?); pLpcoke-
vK>gj they are puffed up, 1 Cor. 4, 18; sup-
pos. pokit, when he is puffed up, Col.
2, 18; pi. neg prnkechegj they who are,
etc., 1 Cor. 4, 19' (6i n£<pv6iooD^iyoi).
Caus. &n.pa)khuv)dhuaUf itpuffeth(him)
up, 1 Cor. 8, 1. Cf. pukit, smoke, which
is perhaps identical with the suppos.
pmkii. up'pookeon k ( kehioh ) * the swell-
ing (of the sea)*, Mass. Ps., Ps. 46, 3.
poDnaxfapau, -paznau, he looks away
from (him). Is. 22, 4. From and
wompUj he looks.
pa>pa)tauonk, vbl. n. (continued) blow-
ing, a blast of air, Ex. 15, 8 (for 'nees-
ings', Job41,18). See|xz>tou, he blows.
poDsampu, pos-, v. t. he looks in or into
(it), John 20, 5, 11; 1 Sam. 6, 19. See
rvompu.
pa>au-og kuhtcDnogrqut, ' they entered
into a ship*, John 6, 17 (pret. pcoBupa-
neg, Mass. Ps.).
[Abn. p8s8j he embarks. Chip, bosi^
Bar.]
pcDtftop, pootab, p6tab, n. a whale,
Gen. 1,21; Job 7, 12; Matt. 12, 40. From
pcotau (he blows) [rpog (water)?].
[Narr. p6top. Peq. podumbaug^ pu-
dumbaug, Stiles. Abn. pSdSbS (i. e.
p8da8-hi), Del. 'mbiachk, Zeisb.]
pootau, V. i. he blows, breathes strongly.
(Not used in this form by Eliot, who
has instead the transitive pcatantam,)
T. inan. pajtafUam, he blows (it) or upon
(it). Imperat. pcotanJUuh, Ezek. 37, 9;
pi. -amcoky blow ye upon (it). Cant. 4,
16. Freq. paapcoiaUy he continues blow-
ing; part. nohp<Dp(Dtatu)nt(og)y he who
bloweth. Is. 54, 16. Cf. pwkeu; pcopco-
tauank; pcotoemo),
[Narr. potduntashy blow the fire.
Cree pdotdtum, he bloweth (it). Abn.
ne-pSdaSij je souffle le feu; pSdaSangariy
soufflet k feu {popcopcotauwaridmuky bel-
lows, C); ne-p^iaSanmany je souffle
contre lui.]
poothonah, -ansh, n. a 'pitcher*, vessel
for carrying water, Gen. 24, 15, 20;
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
133
pothonsh, -ansh — continued.
pcothonchuj * bucket', Is. 40, 15; pwthon-
chue nipf)€, a pitcher of water, Mark
14, 13. From pattdtauj he brings. Cf.
qiiot)iphunkf a dipping instrument.
[Abn. pdtafUsSy poSantaSy *esp^ce de
cruche d'ecorce, ronde en haut, pour
allerqu^rir del'eau'; pekemnitsSy *une
autre esp^e, plus longue que large'.]
p<Dtoema>, v. i. it swells, bulges, pro-
jects: pmtoemcouk, *a swelling' (i. e.
when there is a bulging or protuber-
ance), as in a wall, Is. 30, 13. Vbl. n.
pwtdeonky pi. -ongashy a swelling, 2 Cor.
12, 20.
pcDtonkiinau, v. t.: pcotonkundog wut-
ahlomp-euhy they bend (draw) their
bows, Ps. 64, 3; suppos. part. -kinorU
(pi. -kinoncheg) ahiomp-eh, he (they)
who draws the bow, Is. 66, 19. See
ivonkinonat; wuttunkinonat.
^(Dtouwashft, break of day (?), C.
pcDtsai, as n. a comer, Prov. 7, 12 (a re-
cess, retired place ?): kishke up-pcot-
saaU'Oom-iUy *near her comer', v. 8;
atish pwimu-uty go *into thy closet*.
Matt. 6, 6. Cf. ut pcochdag, in a corner,
Prov. 21, 9, =adt poochagy Prov. 25,
24. From pahchaUy pdhchaUj he goes
out of the way, turns aside (?). pmtsai
with inan. subj., pootsaau with an. subj.
[Del. pu tscJieeky (in) *th^omer of a
room', Zeisb.]
pcDtuppog, -pa^, n. a bay. Josh. 15, 2,
5; 18,19.
Chip, pe-to-hegy pee-toe-beey a bog, Sch.
II, 462.]
psukees, pi. -f o^, n. a little bird, El.
Gr. 9; a bird, Eccl. 10, 20; Amos 3, 5.
This word is evidently a diminutive
from a noun psuk or psukmUy which I
do not find in Eliot. For the class
(aves) 'fowl' EWot used puppimhaas-ogj
q. V. [pahahey hall^pmkseSy bird; cf,
Sansk. pakshin, avis ^pakshd, latus, di-
midia pars.
[Narr. pusmkesem^^k ( pi. ) , fowl. Abn.
sipmSy pi. fnpsaky oiseaux.]
ptCDWu, tcDwu, V. i. he moves in air,
flies (as a bird), 2 Sam. 22, 11; Ps. 18,
10; Prov. 6, 2; pi. ptcoiveeog (pret. to-
w€fpy he did fly, Mass. Ps., Ps. 18, 10);
suppos. noh ptcDweet (or tcaweet), that
which (an.) flies. Lev. 11, 20, 21. With
ptoowu, toowu — continued,
inan. subj. ptcoeuy tcoeiiy it flies; pi.
ptmeogj Prov. 23, 5; suppos. (pukit)
ptmhogy (smoke) w^hen it flies away,
drifts away, Ps. 68, 2. Adj. ptwweclw^
Prov. 26, 2. Caus. inan. (subj. and obj. )
plcoanauy tokannauy it drives or causes
it to drift in air; pass, it is driven or
drifted; suppos. ne twunontogy picoaminr
tog (Icoanontogy Mass. Ps. ), that which
is driven by the wind, Ps. 1, 4; 35, 5;
Hos. 13, 3. Adj. -adv. taxtnndhhanne^
driven, made to drift. Is. 41, 2. Nearly
allied to, if not formed directly from,
pcotauy he blows, moves the air. (Cf.
Sansk. paty (1) cadere; (2) volare (cf.
petau; peishau) ; Greek ninroOy Trerojuat;
Lat. peto. See Max Muller's Lect. (iii)
on Darwin's Philos. of Lang., in Living
Age No. 1523, p. 424.)
[Narr. ptow^ly it is fled (of a bird),
R. W. 86. Old Alg. plouaiiy the wind
drives the snow. Arch. Amer. ii, 26.
Cree tw&y-hoOy *he alights himself (?),
as a bird'; pewuuy it drifts.]
♦p'tuka (Quir.), * timber' (for building),
Pier. 17; 'trees', ibid. 28; pHuky a tree,
ibid. 44.
pu-. See pd..
puhchuteaonk, 'deceit', Prov. 12, 20.
-puhkuk. See muppuhkuky a head.
puhpegk, n. an instrument of music, Ps.
144, 9; Is. 38, 20 (puhpeegy a trumpet
or music, C). Suppos. (insti.) from
puhpdhkiy hollow. Cf. moiioptih))egy a
trumpet, and see pummukav,
[Powh. paicpecmieSy pipes, J. Smith.
Abn. bibiSafiy trompette.]
puhpequau, v. i. he sounds a trumpet
(Rev. 8, 7, 8), plays upon an instru-
ment of music.
puhpequon, -quoan, n. an instmment
of music; pi. -fa«/t, Eccl. 2, 8; Ps. 150,
4; Gen. 31, 27. From puhperpimty for
pnhpequau'tm.
[Abn. UbiSaiiy trompette. Del. ach
pi quwiy flute, pipe, Zeisb.]
*puhpu, V. i. he plays, C. ; pi. puhpiiog.
See poinpu.
puhpuhki, puppuhke, v. i. it is hollow;
adj. hollow, Ex. 27, 8. Augm. of puk-
qui (q. V. ). Suppos. concr. pnhpuhkag^
a hollow, Judg. 15, 19. See puppuh'
kohtcdi.
Digitized by
Google
134
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
puhpiihki, puppuhke — continued.
[Abn. apikShjheiiy *cela eat creu |
dedans.* Del. puch i^he *u, hollow, i
Zeieb.]
puhpuhkitteau, V. cans. inan. he hollows \
(it), makes it hollow, Ex. 38, 8.
puhquohka, n. a clod of earth ; pi. -eash,
Hos. 10, 11.
puhshequ^e. See pohsfiequde.
♦pulitadtuiiiyeu, in the west, westward,
Mass. Ps., Ps. 75, 6; h)ut elsewhere (as
Ps. 103, 12; 107, 3) the Mass. Ps. hBJS
maquamittinniyeu.
*puhtantam, v. i. he mistakes (?),C.
pukit, pukut, n. smoke; suppos. form
of V. i. pukkuUeau (Rev. 9, 2), there is
smoke. From pohk-enif dark (?), it
blinds (?). Ci. pookeu. Adj.-adv. jpit^-
kuttdej smoky, of smoke, Is. 14, 31 ; Joel
2, 30. Dimin. pukkuttaemeSj * vapor*,
Ps. 148, 8. (Cf. Sansk. panka, lutum,
pulvis; TsLTaiif pug-eij smoke.)
[Narr. puckj smoke : nip-pi^ickiSf
* smoke troubleth me*, R. W. 48;
pokittaj smoke, Wood. Abn. iie-pekesi,
*je Buis comme aveugle de la fum6e*;
pekedaSf il fume.]
pukquee, n. ashes, Gren. 18, 27; 'mire*,
2 Sam. 22, 43. The primary significa-
tion is dust; like pukity that which
darkens or blinds (?).
[Abn. pekkSy cendre. Chip. pingguiSj
^ dust, ashes. Del. pkindeuy light ashes,
Zeisb.]
pxikqui, Y. i. it goes through, continues
(-Hhk) going through; hence n. a hole,
Ex. 28, 32; 39, 23; suppos. nepukquagy
pdquagy or pohquagy that which is
through, a hole, Ex. 28, 32; 39, 6, 18,
23; *the eye of a needle', Mark 10, 25.
See pohki; puhpiihki.
[Narr. puckhijlm-miny to bore through ;
{puchwMganash for) puckwh^ganash
(pi.), awl blades (for boring shell
money), R. W. 130, 131. Del. pku schi
kauy a gimlet, Sieisb.]
pukqussum, v. t. he bores through (it),
makes a hole through, 2 K. 12, 9.
pmn. See pummoh.
puznipsk, pi. -squashy for 'rock,* Job 29,
6; kenugke pumipsquehtUy among the
rocks. Job 28, 20; pi. pumupsquehiua^hy
rocks, 1 K. 19,11. From pummeu{?)y
and onipsky rock.
^pumxnaumpiteuiick (Narr.), n. the
toothache, R. W. 59; iipum-y my teeth
ache, ibid. 156.
*pummech68hani, he slides, C. (in Ist
pors. nup-pummechhham) .
pmnxnee, n. oil, Ezek. 45, 14; Luke 10,
34 (pummee or sammeCy C).
[Abn. peiniy huile, graisse; pemikariy
6tant fondue, on la tire (de dessus
I'eau). This laat word, or, rather, the
passive participle of the same form,
pemikan ('fat skimmed* or 'dipped*
from the surface of the boiling water in
which it was melted, to be poured over
fine-chopped meat), gave a name to
the preparation so much prized by the
northern tribes and by Canadian voy-
ageurs.* Old Alg. pimiUy fat, Lah. Del.
pmnyyy fat. Camp.; pomiy Zeisb.]
[* Note.— " Same root with jmmmcii ?".]
pununeeclie may, a cross way or path,
Obad. 14.
puxnxneneutuxik, n a walTi or rampart,
2 Sam, 20, 15; 22, 30.
pununetonkupunn^nk, vbl. n. (from
pumme-tU and onkapunnaUy he tortures
(him) on the cross), is used by Eliot
for the crucifixion; the cross of Christ,
Heb. 12, 2; John 19, 19. Elsewhere,
pumetMn; as (to take up) his cross, up-
pumetshin-euniy Luke 14, 27.
puxnmett,^'. i. it crosses, traverses, goes
across, passes (?) from side to side. Cf.
pdmey it passes onward or along. Only
found, in Eliot, in derivatives. See
jyoniushau.
[Qmr. pummSan, 'to walk' (in their
own ways). Pier. 37. Abn. pemaiSiy il
va de travers; pemetsintSy met cela . . .
de travers. Cree pimmichy crosswise.
Del. pimeiiy pimiecheu (v. adj. ), oblique,
Zeisb. Gr. 164; 'slanty*, Zeisb. Voc.]
puxnminniun. See pummunnum.
pummoh, puzn, a name of the sea, or
ocean, which had perhaps become obso-
lete, or superseded by kehtohy before the
coming of the English, but was still re-
tained in compound and derivative
words. It seems fo be derived from the
diffusive particle pd-, and amiundty the
verb of motion — ^that which goes all
about, is everywhere in motion, without
course or direction. [kefUoh (El. ) , kUthan
(R.W. ), from the inan. adj. kehtey means
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATIOK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
135
puxmnoh, punx— continiietl. '
that which is chief or greatest, rela- :
tively great, vast.] Among the words
preserved by Eliot and R. Williams,
into the composition of which this
name of the ocean enters, are the fol<
lowing: paump&gus9\i (Narr.), the sea
god, R. W. 98; pummunaty pummunu-
munal (?j, to offer, to consecrate; pum-
upsq, pumipsgy a rock* (in the sea?);
pummdhhamwaenuogf mariners, Jonah
1,5 (pummoh-wmuiidtt those who go on
the sea; pUmmuhBhoUoeninuog Ipamu-
8hadlaen-4ntiog'f']j C. 183); ohquanup<(m
[ohquanu pum]j on the shore or border
of the sea, =ohquanu kehiahhannitf Mark
2, 13; pdmdmnvhxeat, to swim {pumosoo-
enatf C. 212); cf. okkiUtdsamenadtjU [uk-
keihloli^mwenadul], to cast themselves
into the sea, to plunge into the sea,
Acts 27, 43; wosketupam [woskechepum],
the surface of the sea, Is. 18, 2 (cf. Gen.
1,2); kehchipponiy-pam [ke?iche=kutchef
pum]y on the shore, John 21, 4, etc.;
keechepaniy Gen. 22, 17.]
[Note.— The above definition was not trans-
ferred from the rough draft of the manuscript
to the revision, seemingly through oversight.]
piimin6hham, v. i. (1) he goes inactively
or without exertion (?). From pdme
and com. See under pommhau. (2) he
goes by water, voyages. Not found in
Eliot, except in the derived n. agent.
pumm6hhamwaen-uog,*m9Lrm&r^\ Jonah
1, 5 (pfimmuJishottoeninuogy C, fonned
apparently from pamvmshadt, suppos. of
pomu8hau),
[Del. pom ma chum^ he goes by water,
Zeisb. Virg. yapam^ the sea, Strachey . ]
pmnmu, v. i. he shoots (with bow or
gun), 2 K. 13, 17; pi. -tiogr, they shoot,
2 Sam. 11, 24; imperat. 2d pens. sing.
pumshf pi. pumtok; inan. pass, pum-
memcoj it is shot; suppos. ne pdmemukj
that which is shot (as, an arrow) , Jer.
9, 8; freq. pepummu, q. v. V. t. an. -pum-
%vauy he shoots at (him); up-pumwd-uhy
they shoot at him, Ps. 64, 4; freq.
pepumwauy he repeatedly shoots at
(him), Gen. 49, 23 (with affixes).
[Narr. pdrnm^ pummokej imperat.
sing, and pi., shoot; npummuck^ I am
shot, R. W. Abn. pSnt^, il d6coche; ne-
peman, je d^coche contre lui.]
puxnznukau, v. i. he dances, 2 Sam. 6, 14
{pomugk6oh, Matt. 14, 6). Vbl. n.
pummukdonkf dancing, a dance, Judg.
21, 21; Ex. 32, 19. [puhpeg is put for
'dance*, dancing, in Ps. 149, 3; 150, 4,
but signifies an instrument of music].
[Abn. pemegOy he dances; pemegann,
on danse le mort.]
pmnmimau, v. i. he flies, goes swiftly
through the air, goes as an arrow from
the bow (pummun-un and aii), Job 39,
26; Rev. 14, 6; suppos. imrt. pamunonty
when flying, Deut. 28, 49. J^dj.-adv.
pummunde, flying, swift-going. Is. 30, 6.
*pinTiniiiTmeeteam : nup-pummunnee'
team huixuriy I carry a stone; ken pum»
mimiegkossehf do thou carry me, etc.,
C. 41, 184.
pUXnmUXllIUm, p uTYitwiw-ntiTW ^ y. t. (1)
he gives away; (2) he offers, devotes
(it), as to God or to a superior, 1 Chr.
29, 6, 9, 17; Mark 12, 43; suppos. pd-
munukf ibid.; freq. paumpaummunumy
pumpum-f he offers (it) habitually or
by custom. V. t. an. pummunauy he
offers (it) to (him), Mark 12, 42; freq.
pump- J Num. 8, 1 1, 21. Vbl. n. puminnu'
maxmk, a * collection ' (taken in church ) ,
contribution, 1 Cor. 16, 2; * a gathering*,
ibid, (pumminumdonkf * alms-giving* (?),
Man. Pom. 86).
[Narr. pumniendm ieduguashj to con-
tribute 'to the wars*, R. W. 149; pum-
menummin teauguash, (to) contribute
money toward the (maid's) dowry,
ibid. 125. See *piimpoiw.]
pummuwuttauwfte komtik,puiimieu-,
the tabernacle, Gen. 33, 7, 8; Ex. 26, 1;
31, 7; 33, 7, 9, 10, etc. ; pdhtek&muk, taber-
nacle, Ex. 25, 8, 9.
pumdlisuma), v. i. it emits light, shines.
From j)dme and wohmm-m. Vbl. n. pu-
mdhsumaxmkj a shining, emitted light,
Luke 11, 36. See %vohsum-\ .
pum6hta&sh, pi. (they are in) a row; of
inan. objects, 1 K. 7, 3; Lev. 24, 6;
'taunashy rows, Lev. 24, 6. From
and ohteau,
punxdso). See pamamo.
*ptimpom (Narr.), "a tribute skin when
a deer (hunted by the Indians or
wolves) is killed in the water. This
skin is carried to the sachem or prince,
within whose territory the deer waa
Digitized by
Google
136
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 26
^thnpom — continued .
slain/' — R. W. 144. From pummy,nnum
(freq. pumpummunnum)^ he habitually
or by custom offers (it); part. pass.
pumpum-mununy * offered*.
♦Punaclimonog' (pl.)» ^^^ French, C.
pun^wOmuhq-uaBh, n. pi. * quicksands',
Acts 27, 17.
^Tinndtunck (Narr.), n. a knife, R.
"W. 51. See ehohqudg; *(Jhokqaog.
[Peq. punneedunk, Stiles.]
puxmeu, V. i. he falls down, prostrates
himself (?): punneu ut vmsseet-uty he
fell down at his feet, Luke 8, 41, 47.
[Abn. penVr^, il tombe d*en haut.]
punxikqu^ontu, penug'qu^-, on the
bank (of a river). Josh. 12, 2; 13, 9,
16; anuchuan wame up , it over-
flowed all its banks, Josh. 4, 18. Cf.
vmsdpinuk.
puogkinniim, v. t. inan. obj. he dips (it)
in or into; suppos. pudkinuk, poagunuk,
when he dipped (it), John 13, 27; Matt
26, 33. With an. obj. puogkinnauy he
dips (him): puogkinndnate howan en
nippe, to dip anyone in water, to im-
merse, Wun. Samp. ch. 29, § 3. See
pioogkeu,
puppaBCDtam, n. a prince; pi. -mwogy I
Prov. 8, 15, 16. Cf. ketoMwllaiji). \
puppinashim, n. a beast (£1. Gr. 9), Ex.
23, 29; Rev. 4, 7; pi. -^-wog (and in
Gen. 1, 26, 28 -^-wussog).
[Narr. penaMm-wockj beasts.]
puppinshaas, n. a fowl, a bird (avis),
Gen. 1, 30; 2, 19; pi. -{-og, Gen. 6, 20;
Neh. 5, 18 (puppinshaashasogf Lev. 11,
46; puppinushaog, fowls, Mass. Ps.).
Cf. psukses.
[Narr. npeMLwog^ fowls. Chip, pe-
nai^-siy pe-na-she, which is apparently
an an. i. form of the Old Alg. pilCf *a
fowP, Lah.]
puppissi, puppish, n. dust, Job 38, 38;
Deut. 28, 24. From pirn, it adheres,
sticks (?). See pmagk. (Cf. Sansk.
pahsu, pulvis.)
puppuhke. See puhpuhhi.
puppuhkohte^ (for puhpuhki-oJUeau) ,
V. i. it is hollow; n. * a cave ^ John 11, 38.
-pusk. See muppuakj the back.
puaseog'. See pissagk,
*puBSOqua, adj. 'corruptetl or rotten', C.
See pissagk.
*pu8sough (Narr.), the wildcat, R. W.
[Abn. petSf scent of an animal, * piste ' :
pesSui, chat, which Mr Pickering, in a
note to Rasles, thought "probably cor-
rupted from the familiar English word
* puss * or * pussy " ' ; but cf . Cree pdssoo,
*he scents (as, an animal)', Howse 144.
Chip. (Sag.) pee shoe, the lynx; (St
Marys) pizh iev/; mWsi-hizh iew, (great
lynx) panther. Menom. pah shay €u\
the lynx; mainch pay - shay -ew^ the
panther.]
puttagham. See puttogham.
puttahham, v. i. he goes into a snare or
trap, is taken or entrapped, Ezek. 17,
20; pi. 'hamioog, Job 34, 30. Suppos.
noh piUtuhkukj he who is ensnared, Ps.
9, 16. Vbl. n. putiahhamaxmkj entrap-
ping, a trap. From pet-au and com,
*he goes into'.
puttahh am wehheau, v. cans, he makes
(him) to be trapped or snared; suppos.
pi. -ivehetiitj when they are taken, i. e.
made to go into a snare or net, Eccl.
9, 12.
puttahwhau (=putiahehheau)y v. caus.
he entraps, takes in a trap or snare;
pass, he is entrapped or ensnared, Jer.
5, 26; Is. 24, 18; Prov. 12, 13.
[Abn. ne-biBaf *j'en prens'; ne-piBd-
men, je I'y prens.]
puttogham, puttag-, puttughum, v. t.
inan. obj. he covers over, hides (it) by
covering, Ex. 3, 6; Num. 4, 5 {ptiitoghum-
unat poshkissuonk, to cover one's naked-
ness, C). From pet-au and ohkhum.
With an. obj. pvUtogguhv'hau, puttog"
qtiehhau, he covers (him), hides him by
covering. Adj. an. puttogwhosu, (he is)
hid, covered, 1 Cor. 2, 7. Vbl. n. pvi-
togwhonk, a covering; pi. -onganash^
Prov. 7, 16. See agquit; appuhqudsu;
hogkt; hogko); onkhumnnat. (Cf. Sansk.
pat, ligare, vestire; put, amplecti.)
puttogqueohtau, he hides himself from
(another), John 12, 36.
puttogrquequohhou, n. a covering of the
person, a veil, Gen. 38, 14. Cf. onkque-
quohhou; *peta,cau8; ydnequohho).
puttog'queu, v. i. he hide« himself, Job
23, 9; John 8, 59; pi. Gen. 3, 8; imperat.
puttogqu£sh, Jer. 36, 19.
puttughum. See puttogham,
puttukqui. See p^^d*<7ui, round.
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DIOTIONABY
137
puttukqunutch, -nitch, n. the fist, Ex.
21, 18. From plit&kqui and mentUch{eg) ,
'round-hand*.
puttukquobpis8egk,v. imperat. pi. 'gird
yourselves', Is. 8, 9 (see Ex. 29, 6).
puttukquobpus, -obpis, -oppis, etc.,
n. a girdle, Is. 3, 24; Jer. 13, 1; Ex. 28,
4; 29, 5. Properly a contracted form
of V. i. an. puUukquobpesUj he is girdled,
bound about (the loins): nup-ptUtuk-
quobbesin, I am girdled, *it bindeth me
about', Job 30, 18; ptUtagquobpism \vxd-
togkodteg, *had his sword girded by his
side', Neh. 4, 18; pi. -pimnaahy Rev.
15, 6. From puttogque-au (it covers)
and mobpee (hip), with the intransitive
active or simple animate affix -txwu.
puttukquobpua, etc. — continued.
[Abn. ped^gSabisSrij ceinture. Virg.
ptUtair/ivapisson, 'a cap or hat*, Stra-
chey.]
pwogkett, V. i. he dips or immerses him-
self, 2 K. 5, 14. See puogk'mnum.
pwogkusheau en nippekontu, 'it fell
into the water', 2 K. 6, 5.
pwohkehchuatt, v. i. he sinks, disas-
trously or by mischance: nup-puvkk-
ehchuauam^ I sink (in the mire), Ps.
69, 2. See po^lntwu.
pwohkuhhowau, v. i. she hatches eggs,
Is. 34, 15: maiia pwohkdyeog (from
pwogkeu ?), 'does not hatch ' , Jer. 17, 11.
, [Abn. p8k8h8y oeuf 6clos.]
Q
quadhog*, quadhuk, suppos. 3d sing, of
quUUhhamf he measures.
quagrwashwetam. See quaquoshwetam.
quah, interj. 'of disdaining', El. Gr. 22
(chahf fie upon it! C.) .
quahtixinittiznuk (suppos. pass. part, of
quiht^hieau ) , forbidden ; for * common ' ,
Acts 10, 14, 15. See qiieihiinnuh.
*q}jL&na>W9Bky a bottle, C. See quon-
OHtsq,
quanukquesit, suppos. 3d pers. of qun-
nukqu€9Uj he is lame.
quanunkqua^an, suppos. 2d pers. sing,
of qunnufikqitayeUf he dwells high, in a
high place, Obad. 3. See qunnuhqulayeu.
quanunon, n. a hawk, Lev. 11, 16; but in
the same connection, in Deut. 14, 15,
oivdhshaog stands for 'hawk'. See
mashquanon. Cf. qmirumcOj 'lion' (pan-
ther), and quohqanonaUf 'greyhound'.
From qunnif long, and , tail (?).
Cf. Del. qiien-schuckuney (long-tail)
'panther'; chau wa Ian ne^ 'an eagle
with a forked tail', Zeisb.
quaquadhum, v. freq. of quttfihham, he
measures.
quaquequeshont, n. grasshopper. Lev.
11, 22; Judg. 6, 5; pi. -{-aog, Ps. 105, 34;
Is. 33, 4 ('locusts'). Suppos. part, of
q\iequhhau, he goes leaping. Cf. chan-
somps; mcopau.
' quaquoshwetam, quagrwaah-, freq. of
quoshauw^htaniy he prepares.
quaBhinunx. See quoshinum,
quashkeXk, suppos. of quakkeUj he goes
back.
*quftttuhqudhquft, afternoon, C. From
quUaueUf he (i.e. the sun) sinks, goes
downward.
[Narr. quttilkquaqiuiu\ 'after dinner',
R.W. 67.]
^quausaes (Peq.), 'a virgin girl'. Stiles.
Qeepenomp; *8qudsese (under «9tui).
quekshau. See queshau.
qudhtam, v. t. he fears (it), stands in
fear of (it) ; suppos. noh quohtagf he who
fears, Ezek. 9, 2; Heb. 11, 27. Cf.
qvUtidnumaUf he honors, shows respect
to (him). See qusfiau; unbesendt.
[Del. qui ta meriy to fear something,
Zeisb.]
quekteau. See ahquehiean.
quektiftnumau, he honors. See quUidr
numau.
queiktinnuk, quikt-, qukt-, v. t. an.
he forbids (him), he threatens (him):
uk-quihtin-nuhj he forbade him, John
3, 14; imperat. 2d sing, queihius, forbid
thou; 2d pi. quihtinncokj forbid ye;
suppos. part, quohtinont, forbidding,
Acts 16, 6; 'when he had appeased
(them)' [i. e. caused them to desist (?)],
Digitized by
Google
138
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
queihthinnuh, etc. — continued.
Acts 19, 35 ( God (jiiehtehchaj, God for-
bid, C.)- V. t. inan. and an. queih-
tehteau, qut-j he forbids (it) to (him):
u'oh howan qut^hieau nipper can any man
forbid water? Acts 10, 47 {nuk-queehtii-
teaWf I forbid, C.) .
queishontam. See queshadtam,
quekscD, v. i. he hisses. See quequssu.
quenappu, v. t. he sits or rests upon (it) ;
suppos. iwh quenapitf he who sits upon
(it), Is. 40, 22 (quenobpuuncke [=quen-
appuonk, vbl. n.], a stool, Wood).
quenau, -n^e, adv. as soon as, Mark 5,
36; Josh. 8, 19; Deut. 8, 9; * scarcely',
Gen. 27, 30. Of. *quenauet.
*queiiauet, v. impers. it is wantin^i;,
Exp. May hew; namat or quenaiuity *to
be wanting or defective ' ; adv. quenau-
adte, 'necessarily', C
[Abn. hkaSana^ j*ai besoin de.]
quenauhiko), v. i. he wants, is in need;
or impers. it is wanting to him: pasuk
kuk-quenauhikj * one thing thou lackest ' ,
Mark 10, 21; 1st pers. nuk-quenauhikj 1
am in want of, it is wanting to me; Ist
pi. nuk-quenauhik-umurif Jer. 44, 18; 3d
pi. qtienauhik-quog. Suppos. 3d pers.
sing, quenahuk, Vbl. n. quenauhiko)'
onkt quenauwehikcoonky lack, want (of
anything) Job 4, 11; 38, 41. V. an. i.
qiienauwusm, he is wanting, is lacking
(as, to make up a prescribed number
of men. Num. 31, 49). Caus. quenau-
u^ehuauy he causes (it) to be wanting,
Judg. 21, 3. Augm. quequenauanum^
he is in great want, need, or privation,
1 Sam. 13, 6 (*in a strait'). Vbl. n.
'VfUDonky difficulty, want, 'distress',
Neh. 2, 17.
[Narr. matia nick-qu^ickf I want it
not; tawhitch quenawdyeany why com-
plain you?; quenowduog, they complain,
R. W. 53, 66.]
quenikkompau, v. t. he stands upoil
(it), Amos 7, 7. Cf. quesikhompau.
quenohtau, v. t. he lays a foundation
for, he founds (it), places (it) upon:
quenohtau-uny he founded it (and pass,
it is founded or rests on), Luke 6, 48;
pret. -unap, ibid. Suppos. quenofUunk,
when he places or supports (it) ; quenoh-
tunkv/unnutch haMunnutongamty 'if he
leaned his hand on the wall', Amos 5,
quenohtau—continued.
19. With inan. subj. quenohieau, it
stands or is founded on, 2 Chr. 4, 4;
suppos. ne quenohtagy that which it
stands on. As n. a foundation, Judg.
16, 29; 2 Sam. 22, 8 { = agwu ohtagy that
which is under, Ps. 18, 7).
quencDwatt, v. t. an. he denies (him),
makes denial to (him), Mark 14, QS^
70 (queenaywo-naty to deny; nuk-queno}-
icauiy 1 deny, C). Elsewhere kohkdn-
amuy as in Luke 22, 57; Titus 1, 16; koh-
kdnnooivau Gody he denies God, Ind.
Laws II. [From ahque and nanvau, he
refrains from speaking (?).]
[Chip. ahguHihmmtumy he denied (it),
John 18, 25. Cree drgoodmvetumy he de-
nies it (which Howse analyzes 'he
strong-back-hears it').]
queiiBin, v. i. he supports himself, leans;
pi. -mvogy Is. 48, 2.
quentamo), v. i. ( inan. pass. ) it is wanted,
is missed; mo-teag quentumw, nothing
was missed, 1 Sam. 25, 21; cf. v. 15.
quequan, v. impers. it shakes, it trem-
bles, Ps. 18, 7; as noun, an earthquake,
Is. 29, 6; pi. -^ashy Matt. 24, 7.
[Abn. kMgBany tremble-terre. Cree
hv^kumHy it (the earth) trembles.]
*quequ^um (Narr.), n. a duck; pi.
+ mdiLog, R. W.; quequeekuniy Stiles.
Peq. quauquaumpSy 'black ducks'; qxia-
queekuniy 'ducks', Stiles. Onomatopo-
etic, but the form is that of a verb, ' he
quack-quacks'. Cf. Cree ^hah-ha-ivayy
the old- wife or long- tailed duck (Anas
glacialis) , and Peq. ungowd-ums (Stiles) ,
for the same species. See *8esep,
[Abn. kSikSimesS, canard. Del. qui-
quinguSy the gray duck, Hkw.; 'large
ducks', Zeisb. S. B. 28.]
quequ^shau, v. i. he goes leaping. Freq.
of queshau,
^quequisquitch (Peq. ), n. a robin, Stiles.
quequasu, queksoo, v. an. i. he quacks,
he hisses: nag qneksa>og, 'they hiss',
Lam. 2, 16. V. t. an. quequssumaUy
quekqsumaUy he hisses at (him) or for
(him), Is. 7, 18; Jer. 49, 17.
[Abn. kSikSsseniy il siffle; ne-kSikSs-
fSmafiy je siffle contre.]
quesekompoonk, n. a 'scaffold', 2 Chr.
6, 13. See quesikkompau.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
139
queshadtaxn, queishontam, v. t. inan.
he leaps over (it); nuk-queshadtam, 1
leap over, 2 Sani. 22, 30; Ps. 18, 29.
queshau, quehshau, v. i. he leaps,
jumps, Luke 1, 41 ; John 21, 7; Acts 3, 8
(chdmopsqimshatif a grasshopper jumps;
nukqueeshshom, I leaped, C.)- Freq.
quequeshaUj he goes leaping, Cant. 2, 8;
Acts 14, 10; *8kip8\ Ps. 114, 6. Re-
lated to quogqueu, he runs, the substi-
tuted esh denoting sudden or violent
motion. See quaquequeshont.
[Abn. ne-kesirray ou ne-kedSssS^ *je
cours, je vas vite.* Cree kw6s8eiou\ he
jerks it; kicdskicddkoo-puthuj it moves
by leaps or jumps.]
quesilskompau, queauk-, v. t. he stands
upon (it), Amos 9, 1; kuk-quesikkompau
qusmkf thou standest upon the rock,
Ex. 33, 21. Cf. quenikkompau.
quhtinnuli, quiht-. See queihtinnuh.
qtdnahsinnunk: (nashpe) quinahsinnunkj
*(with) a pestle', Prov. 27, 22. From
qunnif quinnej and hasmn, assiUf 4ong
stone*.
-quiime and (suppos.) -quinogok, after
a numeral or an indefinite quantitative
(*few*, *many', etc.), is used for kem-
kodtashf days, or (suppos. ) k&fukoky on
the day; or, more exactly, for nukonash
(nights), suppos. nohkog. It is formed
from kouhif he sleeps. "Their age
they reckon by moons, and their actions
by sleeps, as, if they go a joumie, or
are to do any other businpes, they say
three sleeps me walk, or, two or three
sleeps me do such a thing, that is, two
or three days.'* — Josselyn's Voy. pa-
suk kemk , . . asuh piogkukquinney one
day ... or ten days, Num. 11, 19;
nequtta tahthikquinne^ for six days, Ex.
24, 16; suppos. nishik-quinogoky on the
third day, Hoe. 6, 2.
[Narr. nees-qfinnagat, *two days';
shuck-qundckai, * three days', R. W. 69.
Abn. kaiekSniSi or nekStSgheniSij une
nuit; n\98gn\8\y deux nuits, etc. Del.
guto-kenaky one day, Hkw. ; nguttokuniy
one night, nischogunakf two nights, etc.,
Zeisb.]
quixmuppe, (it is) round about, all
around; it turns. As adv. and prep.,
qxiinuuppe kov£og weekU, *they lodged
quinnuppe — continued,
round about the house', 1 Chr. 9, 27.
With an. subj. quinnuppu: aiX quin-
nuppUf he went about (Galilee), Matt.
4, 23. It is, in fact, an intransitive verb:
qidnnvppuy he turns, changes his course;
with inan. subj. -pen; suppos. noh
quinnupitj he who turns or is turned,
Lev. 20, 6; imperat. 2d pi. quinnupj>egkj
turn ye, 2 K. 17, 13. Vbl. n. quln'
nuppeonk, a turning, conversion (as in
Acts 15, 3). V. t. inan. quinnuppmumy
he turns (it) about, 1 K. 8, 14; suppos.
noh qtuxnuppinukj Prov. 28, 9. V. i.
refl. quhmuppehtaUy he turns himself
about, Mark 5, 30. V. t. an. quinnup-
punau, he turns ( him ) about, ' converts '
him; suppos. part, quanuppirumty when
turning, 'converting', Ps. 19, 7; James
5, 19. V. i. inan. subj. quinnupsheauy
it (e. g. a path, a trail, a boundary)
turns about, Josh. 19, 12. V. t. inan.
subj. qiiinnuppohieaUf it encompasses,
surrounds, turns itself about.
quinnuppekompau [= quinnuppu-
ompau^ v. i. he stands turned about, is
(and remains) converted; pi. 4-o<7ithey
are converted. Is. 60, 5. N. agent. -pau-
aen{in)y one who is converted, aeon vert,
Luke 22, 32. *Sampivutteahde Quinnup-
pekompauaenin* is the title given by
Eliot to his translation of Shepard's
* Sincere Convert*.
quinnuppohke, as adv. 'everywhere',
Acts 17, 30. For quinnuppe-ohke, round
about the country.
quinnupsliau, -pwushau, v. t. he goes
round about (it); pi. -shaog, Ps. 59, 6;
imperat. pi. -pwshaky go ye round about
(it), Ps. 48, 12: ne quanupishunk, (the
river) which encompasses (it). Gen. 2,
11, 13.
-quinogpok. See -quinne,
qukqiinuksheau. See qunnukquesu,
*quxmam^u^ (Narr.), a * lamprey'; pi.
+ suck, ' * The first [fish] that come in
the spring into the fresh rivers", R. W.
102. (=^nm-amau^, long fish.) Cot-
ton gives *qunnammagy bass' [?]. See
*mis9iick€ke.
^qunnftxinonk, n. a blanket, C.
qnnnaasin. See quiyiahsinnunky a pestle,
i. e. 'long stone'.
Digitized by
Google
140
BUREAU OF AMEEICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
qunnegk, n. a hind, a female deer, Gen.
49, 21; pi. -gqudrOgy Job 39, 1; Cant. 3, 5.
See dhtuk.
[Narr. axiruin, quuiitke, a doe; qunne-
qudwese, a little young doe, R. W. 96.]
qunni, v. i. it is long; as adj. long, El.
Gr. 15; Mark 16, 5: qunni onk, longer
than. Job 11,9 {aniqunnag [=anue qun-
nag], 'longest', C). With an. subj.
qunnesii.
[Abn. kSni', kSnijfS, kSnagSai^ il est
long. Cree kinwouy it is long; an. Hn-
woo9iiy he is long, i. e. tall. Del. guneii,
Zeisb. lUin. kincDacatcoif bois long,
arbre haut; kinwaccoanaki, habit long;
kincoawi, kincoaki^ long, Gravier.]
qTinnono), n. a 'lion*, Is. 5, 29; pi. -{-og,
Cant. 4, 8; a panther (?). Cf. quoh-
qunonoUf ' greyhound ' ; qaanunon^
'hawk'. The name signifies 'long-
tailed'. Cf. nonooh,
[Chip, ginwdnowej it has a long tail,
Bar.]
qunnuhqutayeu, v. i. he dwells on high,
Is. 33, 5.
qunnukque, adj. high. See qunnunkque,
quxmukquesu, v. adj. an. he is lame,
2 Sam. 19, 26; suppos. noh quannkquesit
(and qunnukquesit), he who is lame,
Lev. 21, 18; pi. -itchegf the lame, 2 Sam.
5, 8. qukqunukqsheaUj he halts, limps;
part, noh qiuiquenukqshoniy he who halt-
eth, Zeph. 3, 19; Micah 4, 6, 7.
[Narr. nick-qussaqtiSf I am lame. Del.
gulucquotj lame, Zeisb. Gr.]
qunnunkque, qunnuhque, it is high;
as adv. on high. Job 39, 18; suppos.
qunuhquodty when high, 'of an high
stature', Ezek. 31, 3. (junnunkqussu-
mau, he is tall, 1 Sam. 9, 2.
[Narr. qunnauqussUf a tall man, R. W.
Del. gunaqtioty it is long, high; gunaxu^
he is long, tall of stature, Zeisb.]
qunnunkquekomuk [qunnunkque-
komuklf n. a high inclosed place, a
'tower'. Gen. 11, 4, 5.
qunnunktug [qunnunkque -h* tug ^ high
woo<i], n. a pole, a post;^ pi. -\~quashy
Ex. 38, 5, 7 {quonnohtake, a mast, C).
See qnnuhiug,
qunonuhquaog (?), n. pi. 'fir trees', Is.
14,8.
qiindnuhquoau, v. i. he has long hair;
neg. pi. maita pish qundnuhqaocoog, they
qundnuhquoau — continued,
shall not have long hair, Ezek. 44, 20;
suppos. part, qudnonuhqudanty having
long hair, Ps. 68, 21 ( = qunuhquoant (?),
1 Cor. 11, 14, 15). Vbl. n. qunonuk-
qudonkf a long ' lock of hair'. Num. 6, 5.
*qund8U (Narr.), pi. -f ogr, pickerel: "A
fresh fish w^hich the Indians break the
ice in fresh ponds" to take, R. W. 105.
From qunni and -trfcAan, ' long nose' .
[Peq. quixnnoose, 'pickerel or long-
nose', Stiles. Abn. kSnSs^, brochet.
Old Alg. kinonge (Lah.), whence comes
maskinonge or muskelunjehj the great
kinonge of the St Lawrence and north-
ern lakes. Chip. (St Marys) ke no^
zhai, (Gr. Trav. ) ke no zha, (Sag. ) kee no
zenck,^
qunuhtu^, -ontu^, n. a spear, 1 Sam.
17, 45; Josh. 8, 18, 26 (konnukuhtoh-
wheg, Mass. Ps., Ps. 35, 3); pi. -\-qu<uhj
1 Sam. 13, 19. From qunni and h^tug^
long wood. " Qunuhtugj of qunniy long,
mehlug, wood, or tree; and this word ia
used for a pike." — EI. Gr. 15.
quniiasepa. See *se»epf a duck.
quoashau. See quomhau,
quogkinnum, v. t. he dips (it) in or into,
Lev. 9, 9; uog hogkw(Donk cMque-
heonganity they dipped the coat in the
blood. Gen. 37, 31 . (quogkinnd^He, * dip-
ping, dipped '? C. )
quogrquadtinohkonatt, v. t. an. he w res-
ties with (him) : nuk-quogquadtinohkon,
1 wrestle with (him). Gen. 30, 8;
mutual, quogquadiinnittuog, they wrestle
(one with the other). Vbl. n. quog-
quadtiyinittuonky wrestling. Gen. .30, 8.
quogqueii, v. i. he runs (goes by run-
ning). Gen. 18, 2; John 20, 2; imperat.
quogquetiy let me run; quogquishf run
thou, 1 Sam. 18, 23; 8Upi)OS. 7ioh qu/ig-
quity he who runs, 1 Sam. 20, 36. Adv.
and adj. quogquew€y running, by run-
ning, Mark 10, 17. See que^thau.
[Narr. quoquisy run thou; iawhich
quaunquaquean (intens.), why do you
run so? R. W. Old Alg. kegatchy
'quickly' {^quogquish?) y Lah.]
quog^uohteau, v. i. he threaten.^; sup-
pos. quogquoJUdadty when he threatened,
threatening, Acts 9, 1; *if he make
threatening speeches', Ind. Laws, v,
p. 6. Vbl. n. quogquohtoaonky threat-
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
141
quogrquohteau — continued,
ening, threats, Acts 4, 29. Cf. queihtin-
nuh.
quohqunonou (?), for 'greyhound*,
Prov. 30, 31. See quanunon; qunnonco.
qudhquohquoanetdu (?), n. an ass; pi.
+o<7, Gen. 12, 16. Elsewhere the Eng-
lish word is transferred without trans-
lation.
quohtinont, forbidding (him); part, of
queihtinnuh (q. v.).
quompham, v. t. he dips (it) up; infin.
quomphamun-at nippe^ to dip up water,
Is. 30, 14. In Gen. 26, 30, the imperat.
2d sing, quompatdsh is used, from a form
quomphcUamy he dips (it)?
[Narr. quamphashy quamphomiinneay
(take thou up; and) *take up for me
out of the pot ' , R. W. 36. Cree kwdppa-
huniy he scoops or lades it out, Howse.]
quoinphippau [quompfuim nippe]y v. i.
he dips up water; pi. -ao<7, *they drew
water*, 1 Chr. 11, 18. Cf. vmUuhppaUy
he draws water.
quomphtuik, (inan. part, of quomphamy
that which dips or takes by dipping), a
net. Adj. quomph&ngane anahausuonky
network, 1 K. 7, 17, 41.
[Chip. kwavJbahwa, he fishes with
scoop net, Sch.; ahknxibinahguny a seine;
kua bv a gvuy a scoop net, S. B. 2, 18; a
gua bi na gim, ibid. 2, 19; a gwa hi na
gaUy Bar.]
quonooasq, n. a gourd, Jonah 4, 6, 10
{qudnarwasky *a bottle', C; i. e. made
from a gourd?). From qunniy long,
and n. gen. asq (pi. (uqua8h)y that which
may be eaten raw. Cf. askcotasq; mon-
askcDtasq.
quoshde, -de, -aue, it^is beforehand, in
anticipation of; it goes before, in time;
as adv. quoshde naurriy he foreseeth,
Prov. 27, 12: quoshde missohhamwog,
they prophesy. Num. 11, 27; quosfUktu
TianraUy he promises, Heb. 12, 26.
quoshappu, v. i. he is (remains) ready;
imperat. 2d pi. quoshappegky Luke 12, 40.
quoshauw^eau, v. t. cans, he makes
(him) ready, prepares (him); more
common in the freq. form, qwaquash-
w^heau and qaagquash-y as in Jonah 4, 7.
With inan. obj. quoshauwihtamy he
makes (it) ready, prepares (it), and
freq. quaquoshwehiam, quagquoskwShtamy
quoshauweheau — continued.
Jonah 4, 6; Prov. 30, 25. See quoBhwS'
onk.
quoshinum, quash-, v. t. he takes (it)
beforehand, has (it) in readiness:
quashinumwog uk-kdunkquodioh, 'they
make ready their arrow', Ps. 11, 2.
quoshkinniun, he turns over (see title-
page of Indian Bible); 'translated'.
quoahdau, v. i. he promises; infin. quo-
8ho&naty to 'vow' (to say beforehand),
Eccl. 5, 5.
[Abn. ne-kiiUSey je promets, je lui dis
par avance.]
quoshodtuxn, v. i. he says beforehand,
predicts, prophesies; imperat. quoshod-
ttishy -odtsh, prophesy thou, Ezek. 30, 2;
34, 2. Vbl. n. quoshodtuonky a prom-
ising, i. e. the subject of a promise, the
thing promised; pi. -ongashy ' the prom-
ises', Heb. 6, 12. N. agent, quoshod-
tumvxien-iny one who predicts some-
thing, a prophet, Deut. 13, 1 ; Matt. 13,
57. Cf. kdmkqaomy 'a witch'.
[Cf. Abn. kSssiganriy divination,
'fausses observations de futuro*, etc.;
see Rasles under jongleur, jonqlerie.]
quoshde. See quoshde,
quoshohteau, v. i. inan. subj. it is made
ready, prepared, or provided. Matt.
22, 8: tvajne quoshahtaushy 'all things
are ready', ibid. v. 4.
quoshomau, v. t. an. he says beforehand
to (him), promises (it) to (him): kuk-
quoshomy thou promisest or hast prom-
ised (him), 2 Sam. 7, 28; 1 Chr. 17,
26; suppos. part, quoshomonty vowing,
promising, Mai. 1, 14; Heb. 6, 13; noh
quoshomonty one who is pledged, 'be-
trothed ' , Lev. 19, 20; Deut. 20, 7. Vbl.
n. quoshdmdonk (-muwaonk) y a promis-
ing, saying beforehand, Acts 1, 14;
2 Pet. 3, 9; pass. part. inan. ne quo-
shdmuky that which is promised, being
promised.
quoshquechin. See qtwsquechin.
quoshquodchu, v. i. he feels cold, suffers
from cold [shakes with cold?] {qum-
qu4jlch<Dy C); infin. -chincUy as noun, 2
Cor. 11, 27.
[Narr. ndck-qusquatchj Iamcold,R. W.
Chip, nin gikadjy I am cold, Bar.]
quoshquBsausu (?), v. adj. an. he is cir-
cumcised, Gen. 17, 10, 26. V. t. an.
Digitized by
Google
142
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
quoehqussausu — con tin ued .
qnos{h)qu4nvau^ he circumcises (him),
Ex. 4, 25. V. t. inan. quoshhissum
u'eyaitjt, he circumcised the flesh, Gen.
17, 23; suppos. ne qiioshkussukj that
which is circumcised. Gen. 17, 24. Vbl.
n. giio8hqtisau^tuonkj circumcision, Ex. 4,
26; John 7, 22.
quoshw^nk, an ^ alarm', Num. 10, 5, 6
(vbl. n. from quoshauwt'heaUy he makes
or causes him to be prepared); a *note
of preparation^; or perhaps directly
from qiishehheau (cans, of qughau, he
fears), he makes afraid, alarms.
quosquechin, quosh-, v. i. it 'hangs
over* (extends beyond?), Ex. 26, 12, 13.
quoushau (?), quoaahau, v. i. it spills,
is spilled, Mark 2, 22; Luke 5, 37;
inan. subj. quouhteau (?), it is spilt;
suppos. ne quouhieamuk, that which is
spilt, 2 Sam. 14, 14; nkquouhkonuh^
*he spilled (it)'. Gen. 38,9.
qushatt, v. t. an. he fears (him), is afraid
of (him), Prov. 14, 2; with affixes,
uk-qush-uhj he fears him, 2 Sam. 3, 11;
imperat. 2d sing, qimh; 2d pi. qusheuk
or -<Dk. Vbl. n. qtishdonkj fearing, fear,
Prov. 14, 27; 20, 2; 'reverence', C.
[Narr. nuck-qusha {nuk-quih-nli]^ I
fear him. Cree gootidchuy he is afraid;
gdofiayoo, he fears him; goos-tumj he
fears it.]
qushkeu, v. i. he goes back, returns, 2
K. 15, 12; Josh. 10, 15; suppos. (jiutsh-
kelky Jer. 40, 5: nuk-qushkeniy I go back,
turn back, Neh. 2, 15 (nuk-qxiishkeem,
C). Vbl. n. qiishkeonky turning back,
James 1, 17. Adj. and adv. qushkh,
backward, in return, Is. 1, 4.
[Cree khc-ayoOj he returns; kwisk-
issoOy he is turned over.]
qushkodteau (?), v. i. he passes over
[fords?], goes across (a river) [on foot?],
Gen. 31, 21; Josh. 3, 17; 4, 10: seip ne woh
mo qmhkodtiomuky a river that' could
not \)e passed over, Ezek. 47, 5; qmhod-
teaog Jordan, they passed over Jordan,
2 Sam. 2, 29.
quMedshko), v. t. he swallows (it). Job
5, 5; Ex. 7, 12 (qushasqunneat, to
swallow, Job 7, 19). V. i. qusseofth-
quinneaUf he swallows, Obad. 16. Cf.
mishedshko).
[Abn. ne-kSssihadaj ou -dS, j'avale.]
qusainausu, v. adj. an. she is menstru-
ous; as adj. and adv. -*m€. Lev. 15, 19,
25, 26; suppos. qussinausit, when she
is menstruous, Lev. 15, 25; 20, 18. Vbl.
n. -ausuonky menstruation, Lev. 12, 2.
[Narr. qushendwrni, 'a woman keep-
ing alone in her monthly sickness',
R.W. 53.]
quMuk, n. a rock. El. Gr. 10; Ps. 78, 20;
pi. -\-quanashy Ps. 78, 15: wutch qtismk-
quan-6htUy from (among) the rocks, Jer.
51, 25; dimin. pi. qitssukquanes-cish, 1
Sam. 17, 40. Gf. kastnin; ompsk.
[Narr. qiiagucquny heavy; kuck-qus»a'
qiiHy you are heavy; qussdcky a stone.
Del. ksuc-qtwnj heavy, Zeisb.]
quBBukquaneutunk, n. a (stone) wall,
Prov. 24, 31; Gen. 49, 22 (quissukquan-
nutonky C).
quasukquanush (?), n. 'the kite', Lev.
11, 14; but neenoniy kite, Deut. 14, 13.
qut, *conj. discretive', but (El. Gr. 22),
yet, and yet, except tliat (^*qut cmch
sometimes is used for but, because, yet
so, but also, but even, nevertheless",
C); qui mattay but not, unless there be.
Job 6, 6. See kuUumma.
qutchehheu, v. t. an. cans, he makes
trial of (him), proves (him), tempts
(him) ; imperat. qutcheh, prove thou
(them); qutrJiehehy prove thou me, Ps.
26, 2; prohib. qutcheheuhkony do not
tempt, Deut. 6, 16 (qutrhey try thou;
nuk-qtUchuiraniy I prove, C. ). Adj. and
adv. qulchehwdi'y -tiMfy of temptation,
tempting, Ps. 95, 8. N. agent. qrUchu-
ahi-iriy one who tries, a tempter, 1 Thess.
3, 5. Vbl. n. qutchhuivaonky a trying,
trial, temptation, Luke 4, 13.
qutchdhtaxn, qutchtaxn, v. t. he tastes
(it), tries by tasting; ^retnuk-qulchiam-
upy I tasted (it), 1 Sam. 14, 43; suppos.
qaadjtog, quajtog, when he tasted (it),
John 2, 9; Dan. 5, 2; Matt. 27, 34 (qui-
chehtam-Hnaty to taste; vbl. n. qutcheh-
UimcDonk [the sense of] taste, C).
[Abn. 7ie-kStaddmenj je goftte, pour
voir s'il est bon.]
qutchehteau, v. t. he makes trial of (it),
he proves (it) by trial; imperat. 2d pi.
-/niflok, prove ye (all things), 1 Thess.
5, 20. Vbl. n. tpitchehieoonky pi. -ongash^
trials, attempt^*, C.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
143
quthuxn, =qyUhhham, he measures or
weighs (it).
*qutt^uatu (Narr. ), sixpence or its value
in bead money; otherwise quttatashaum-
scat, six-penny'fr^worth, R. AV. 128, 129.
quttaueu, kuttauweu, v. i. he sinks, goes
down (in mire, Jer. 38, 6; in water,
Luke 5, 7; in a pit, Ps. 9, 15) : ahque kut-
laweti, let me not sink, Ps. 69, 14. Cf.
-quttunkj the throat; quUtihham, he
weighs; qiUtidnumau, he shows respect;
m^kuUuk {mukkuttuk), the knee.
[Abn. ne-ghed&hamen, *je I'enfonce
dans Teau, etvaaufond*; gheddrra^ il
enfonce dans Peau.]
*quttdunemun, *to plant com\ R. W.
91. For pauquttaunemun (?).
quttauflhau, quttuhshau, v. i. he sinks
disastrously or by mischance; he is
drowned, Amos 9, 5; pi. quiluhshcmog
onatuh qiissuk, they sank to the bottom
like a stone, Ex. 15, 5, = f[uttatmshaog,
V. 10. From quUaueu, with $h of mis-
chance. With inan. subj. qtUtausheaUy it
sank, 1 Sam. 17, 49; * qiUonkamoomo)
ka>rmha>Tn\ it sinks thy boat. Samp.
Quinnup. 156.
quttiantam, v. t. inan. he honors, shows
respect to (it).
quttkLnumau, v. t. an. he honors, shows
respect to (him), Dan. 11, 38: nuk-
quehtidnum ketofscot, I honor the king,
Dan. 4, 37; imperat. qutti&num k(DS?t,
honor thy father, Ex. 20, 12; suppos.
part, noh quUianumont^ he who honors,
shows respect to, Prov. 14, 31. Vbl.
n. quttianumdonkf (showing) respect,
honoring; pass. quUidniUuonk, being
honored, respect or honor, as referred
to its object. Cf. qaHhtam, he fears,
and see qntiaueu, he sinks.
quttompaghooteg^, n. a balance, a weigh-
ing instrument, Jer. 32, 10; Deut. 25,
quttompaghooteg* — conti nued.
13: quUompaghaoiau, he weighed (it) in
a balance, 2 Sam. 14, 26. Vbl. n. qui-
tompaghcotoanky weighing, C. See omp-
»koi, a penny, and examples there-
under.
*qutt6w, n. a log (?), C.
quttuhham, quthuxn, v. t. he measures
. or weighs (it), Ezek. 40, 28, 32; Job
28, 25; suppos. fioh quadhuk, he who
measures; pass. part. inan. quttuhumuk,
quthurnnkj measured, Jer. 31, 37; an.
qiUtuhhniy qutwhui, (he is) measured,
Dan. 5, 27; freq. quaquthum; suppos.
quaquadhuk ('h(Dk, Is. 40, 12); t. an.
qutiuhhamau-au, he measured (it) to or
for (him). Gen. 23, 16. Adj. and adv.
q\dtuham€My qtUhumde, by measure, by
weight. Vbl. n. quttuhhamooojik, meas-
ure, weight. Cf. ogketamtindtj to count.
qutttihheg^, n. (suppos. inan. or instru-
mentive of quU&hham) that which meas-
ures, a measuring instrument, Ex. 26,
2; Deut. 25; 14; pl.-fa/?^, 1 Chr. 23, 29;
quUuhhonk (vbl. n. act.), a measuring,
measure: qutluhhongan-it, by measure,
Mnameasure', Is. 40, 12.
quttuhahau. See quttatuhau.
quttilhwh6su, adj. and adv. measured,
by measure, by weight, Ezek. 4, 10;
1 K. 4, 22; pl.-f <mA, 1 K. 5, 11; 18, 32.
Properly, v. i. an. he measures, is meas-
uring {nuk-quttdhtvhoiut, 1 measure, C).
quttukqslieau, v. i. inan. subj. it turns,
bends, makes an angle (of a boundary
line. Num. 34, 4). Vbl. n. quttukithunk,
*the turning* or bend (of a wall, Neh.
3, 19, 25). Cf. mukkuttuky the knee.
-quttunk, n. throat; uk-quUunk, his
throat. From quJtUm-eu, it goes down (?) .
See mukqyJUvk.
[Narr. qOJUuck, Del. gunUi, swallow
it, Zeisb.]
R
*raine (Quir.), within, in. Pier. 48, 49,
and passim.
^amuk (Quir. ), as postposition and prep-
osition for under: nippe ramuk okke,
waters under the earth, Pier. 46. Cf.
rame.
*rout (Quir.), fire; ro^otag, Pier. 67. See
iMDtnu.
*rdwat, rouwat (Quir.), of old (?): nah
r&icat, of old (in old time). Pier. 29;
rouwat eo podpe, long ago (?), ibid.
36.
Digitized by
Google
144
BUREAU- OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 2&
S
eab^. See saupde.
sabaliegr (suppos. inan. of mupahMau)^
made soft, softened (by water?); n.
'pottage', 2 K. 4, 38; sdbahSg, Gen. 25,
29; sebaheg, Judg. 6, 19, 20; adj. sabah-
Mgancy 2 K. 4, 40; neepataush sabahig,
'seethe pottage', v. 38. See saupde.
sdbasum, v. t. he melts (it); infin.
'umunat, Ezek. 22, 20; suppos. inan. or
part. pass, sabasumuk, when it is melted,
Ezek. 22, 22. Vbl. n. sahasmmcoonkj
a meltinp;, a furnace for melting; and
suppos. instr. sahasaegy a melting instru-
ment, a furnace, Ezek. 22, 18, 20. Adj.
a&bammwey molten, 2 Chr. 34, 4; v. adj.
an. 9aba8omj adbohsom, he melts or is
melting, Jer. 6, 29; inan. subj. iabohteaUy
it melts, is melted, (nok sobpasUy
when he melteth, Mass. Ps., Ps.
58, 8.)
*8abuck, n. gunpowder, C. See *«zii-
puch
*8ftchiin (Narr.), pi. -i-adog, n. *kmg',
R. W. 120. Vbl. n. aachirndHumcky 'a
kingdom or monarchy*, ibid. See tak-
icotam.
[Peq. sUnjumy king. Stiles. Micm.
shahman. Abn. sangman, capitaine;
nesahgmaniy je suis capitaine. Del. sag-
kimauy he is a chief, Hkw. Mass. sach-
tm, mgamorcy a king, Wood. The com-
parison of these forms shows the iden-
tity of the names 'sachem' and 'saga-
more', the latter representing the 3d
sing, indie, of the verb sonkqhuauy or
sohkauuu (as Eliot wrote it), 'he pre-
vails over', 'has the mastery'. Cf.
«OTrfim.]
*8achimxiiaac6xnxnock [for aachimmoe-
komukl (Narr.), 'a prince's house',
R. W. 120.
^sichimoa-cliepew^BsixL (Narr.), n. a
strong northeast wind, R. W. 83.
-stfgket, fldket, sdketog, suppos. of
sohkeu, aoohkeUy or mhkau, he pours out,
ejects: noh mgkety he who urinates, 1
K. 16, 11; (sAgketog) 1 Sam. 25, 34; 2
K. 9, 8.
[Abn. neseghiy mingo; segSdiy urina.]
sagkompanau, -pagrunau, v. t. an. he
leads (them), directs (them), Is. 40, 11
{nu8'9ogkompagirm&wamy I lead, I rule.
sagkompanau, etc. — continued.
C); pi. -anaogy Matt. 15, 14; suppos.
part, 'pagunonty when he leads, lead-
ing, ibid.; mgkompagunuhy he led (i. e.
continued to lead) them, Ex. 13, 17, 18;
ahque mgkompaginneany Luke 11, 4,
= ahque aagkompagunaiinneany * lead us
not', do-not lead-thou-us, Matt. 6, 13.
N. agent, aagkompaginnueny one who
leads, a leader.
8 Aet, sdketog. See a&gkH.
*8ainmee, oil (?), C. See pummee.
samogkinnmuk, suppos. pass, (inan.) of
summdgunumy that which is stretched
outor held forth, asa staff, thehand, etc.
*8amp. See aaupde.
Bampo), V. i. he is a guide, he directs
right; t. an. aampcoauy he is a guide to
(him); nua-sampaovmriy I am a guide to
(them), Rom. 2, 19.
sampooau, v. t. an. he confesses to (him) :
nuB-aampcoamy I confess (my sins) to
(him), Ps. 32, 5; inan. aampaoantamy he
confesses (it); pi. -tamwogy Neh. 9, 2;
V. i. aampwe-arUamy he is frank-minded
(cf. Abn. aanbiSiy 'franchement, sans
feinte ', under aampwi). (Primarily, he
is honest or frank toward. )
8amp8hanau. See aampwuahanau.
sampwe. See aampwi.
sampwen^hheau, v. cans. an. he causes
(him) to be just, makes (him) just or
upright, 'justifies'. Suppos. part, noh
aampwenShheonty he who justifies, a
justifier, Rom. 3, 26. Pass, aampive-
nihity he is justified, Rom. 3, 24. Vbl. n.
'aampmenShheaonky justifying, justifica-
tion (act.); 'ihhiUuonky being justified,
justification (pass.).
sampweogquanumau, y. t. an. he ac-
counts (him) just or right, reckons
( him ) as just. Suppos. part, aampweog^
qwmumonty one justifying (himself),
Job 32, 2. From aampwe and ogqwrnu-
mau,
sampweUssealLheau, v. caus. an. he
causes (him) to do justly, makes (him)
righteous or upright; pass, he is made
righteous; pi. -hedog, they are made
righteous, Rom. 5, 19.
aampwi, -we, v. i. it is (1) straight;
(2) right, just, upright, en aamp-
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULLj
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
145
sampwi, -we— continued.
v)e rnay-nt, in a straight way, Jer. 31, 9;
in the right way, Ps. 107, 7; suppos.
(rarely used) mmpox, if it l^e right,
l*rov. 20, 11 [?]*. Suppos. inan. ne samp-
ti'ag, that which is right, 2 K. 22, 2.
Adj. inan. mmpwe yeiij Ezek. 45, 11.
V. adj. an. sampweauj he is straight,
upright, *an upright man', Job 1, 1;
suppos. noh sampwesUf he who is up-
right, Micah 7, 4. V. adj. inan. sam-
pohteaUf it is straight, upright; caus.
sampwehteaUf he makes (it) straight:
sampwefUeawth him-may^ make thy
way straight; part, sampwehteau-un^
straightened. V. adj. an. act. mmp-
weusaeUf he does straight, uprightly.
Adj. and adv. -vMe&e, doing justly,
• uprightly, 2 Pet. 27, 7; righteous, Ps.
11, 7. Vbl. n. sampweusseotik, up-
rightness (in doing), justice, righteous-
ness, Deut. 24, 13; Pb. 11, 7. N. agent.
'Usseaerij he who does right or justly, a
just man. (Of. Sansk. mmdy (1) similis,
aequalis; (2)8e<luus; (3) integer; «am/Kirf,
perfectio, felicitas. Lat. similis; Engl,
same.)
[♦Note.— Marked " No! " by the compiler in
the manuscript.]
[Narr. mCimpi^ straight. Quir. «owi-
jpdio, (it is) right, Pier. Abn. mnbiSi^
' franchement, sans feinte', but the ex-
amples given show that tl^e word was
used in the sense of fairly, justly. Cree
simmutz, perpendicular; slmriwutinum, he
erects it:]
sampwushanau, sampalianau, v. t. an.
he guides (them) : ken sampumshan-op,
thou didst guide, lead, Ps. 10, 1. Part,
suppos. sampshanonl, pi. -oncheg, they
who guide, guides. Is. 9, 16. N. agent.
sampwmhaen, a guide ( = mmpwoshAs-
aean, Ps. 55, 13).
*Baiiaukainuck (Narr.) n. land; nis-
mwndirkamuckf my land, R. VV. 88.
( Proljably land inclosed and cultivated,
a field: from and kamuk, inclosed '
place. See sonhin, it grows, and cf. |
Abn. SaankanSr, *la terre produit'.
Perhaps the same as sowanohkomuk \
(Josh. 15, 19), *south land', a field
with southern exposure (see mwaniyeu ) . I
Cf. *ohteuk. i
B. A. E., Bull. 25 10
*8annegrka)onk (?), *to sneeze', C; but,
by its form, a verl^al noun, sneezing (?).
Perhaps for nanagkwonky C.
[Abn. nenekkSanmSj I sneeze.]
sanukkuhkau. See mnnukhihkau.
sasam^tahwhutteaonk, vbl. n. pass,
punishment received; l^ing punishefi,
Gen. 4, 13; pi. -ongmh, *scourgings',
Heb. 11, 36.
sas&matau, v. t. he chastises (him):
nus-mmmat-oh, I punish him, Jer, 23,
24; 1 chastise (him), Luke 23, 16, 22
{nuS'Sohmmatoh, I chastise; nuS'SiUamit-
tahhoKim, I punish, C). Caus. sam-
maiahwhau {-ahhooau), he punishes
(them), causes (them) to be chastised;
suppos. pass. sammataJnrhut, when he
is punished, Prov. 21, 11.
[Narr. samumUauwhitch, let him be
whipped, R. W. 122. Abn. nS-samnt-
tehan, je le bats (l^g^rement).]
^sasaunckap&muck ( Narr. ) , n. * the sas-
safras tree*, R. W. 90.
[Abn. samngShtmakS, *lx)is puant
pour faire vomir'; mdkSann, bon k
manger.]
♦sas^min-eash (Narr.), pi. cranberries,
R. W. 90.
^eashkontoDwaoxik, n. *a shrill tone, or
voice', C.
Basiogrokiah, pi. difficult (very hard)
things, Ex. 18, 26. Suppos. pi. of
sasiogke, freq. of siogke, it is hard, diffi-
cult,
aassadt, n. *a crane', Is. 38, 14. Cf.
tannagy crane, Jer. 8, 7. See Cree
thdthwke, tears, rends; and cf. tannogki.
*8a88akii88ue puppinashimwogr, * wild
beasts', Mass. Ps., Ps. 50, 11 (for tauoh-
komukque puppinashimwog^ El. ) .
*Ba88axnmatiquock (Narr.), n. pi. eels,
R. W. 103.
[Del. schaehamekf an eel (cf. schach-
achki, straight; wschacheu, smooth,
glossy, slippery), Zeisb. Gr.]
^sassaqushftuogr (Narr.), v. i. they are
slow; nickqdssaku^, I am slow. See
sesegenam, he is slothful.
^saunketippo (Narr.), n. a hat or cap,
R. VV. 107.
^sauoppunk, a rod, Mass. Ps., Ps. 2, 9.
saup, adv. tomorrow (El. Gr. 21), Ex.
8, 23; 1 Sam. 20, 5.
Digitized by
Google
146
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bullbtin 26
saup— continued .
[Narr. mdop, Abn. »tha. Micm. sha-
?>/»!/, ce matin; shabonSk, demain. C'ree
irdppdk-ej tomorrow {w/'puchy soon).
Chip, ivdltangy tomorrow; j^6a (shaiba)^
in the morning. Del. nedpok^ tomor-
row morning, 25ei8b.]
saup^, Bab^, it is softeneil, made 8oft
by water; as adj. 'miry', Dan. 2, 43;
saupde taanoomk (poftenecl clay), 'mor-
tar', Gen. 11, 3. Suppos. concrete, «i-
hah^g^ that which is made soft, 'pot-
tage', boile<l food (perhaps from a
causative form, mupahhMuy he makes
it soft); henco mppfien (modem sup-
pititiif sepnwny ttepouy Webst. ) for saupd-
«/j, soft€ne<l. "The crushed com is
daily boiled to a pap called by them
mppaen/'—Deacr. of N. Neth., 1671.
Cf. sdba9nmy he melts, softens by heat.
[Narr. «««iu/wp, "a kind of meal pot-
tage, unparched; from this the English
call their samp ' ' , etc. , R. W. 33. Abn.
ntmnbannf sagamit^; ntsanbSj fais-en;
kemhbSf SioS'SaiihSf bouillon de chair;
names-sahbS, bouillon de poisson, etc.
Chip. nis-9dbatvey lam wet (with rain),
Bar.]
*BaClpuck (Narr.), n. gunpowder, R. W.
149; sabuck, C.
[Abn. msanbigSdky il fait<ies Eclairs.
Del. sasappiuxikf lightnings; sapiechtite,
when it lightens, Zeisb.]
sauah ki ftawh all, aiashk-, v. t. an. he
scares, frightens (him): kus-siashkisaith-
ehy thou scarest me (by dreams), Job
7,14.
sauskshanittuonk, vbl. n. being terri-
fied, terror, fright; pi. -ongash nukko-
iideUy terrors by night, Ps. 91, 5.
[Abn. ne-Si'gheftiy je suis ^pouvant^.]
sauuhkiflsu, v. i. (adj. an.) he pants
(is very weary, exhausted) (sauuhkis-
siwieat, to pant; nus-saiiuhkisj I pant,
C. ) ; suppos. sdakussU, when he pants,
Ps. 42, 1.
[Abn. sankStt'SsS, il torn be en d^f ail-
lance de marcher] mnkSthi^ de
chaleur, etc. Del. schauxsin, to be
weak, Zeisb. Gr. 104.]
•auunimi, v. i. he is weary, ' his strength
faileth'. Is. 44, 12; nus-^uunumy I am
weary, Gen. 27, 46 (pogkodche nus-souH-
num, I am very weary, C. ) ; suppos. noh
sauunmn — continued.
saunnukf he who is wearj'. Job 22, 7.
V. t. an. sauunumau, he wearies (him).
Vbl. n. sanunumdonkf weariness, faint-
ness. Lev. 26, 36.
[Narr. nis-sdicatmy I am weary. Abn.
ne-sa^'Saiy je suis las de marcher; m-saS-
arokkiy ' je suis fatigu^ du travaille ' , etc. ;
mS'tSif lassement. Del. schauicewi, tire^l,
weak, Zeisb. Gr. 104; schaiiwiimif he is
weak, 2^isb. Voc. 28; schauwalam^y to
faint with hunger, ibid. 55.]
*Bawhoogr (Narr. ), loose, unstrang beads
or shell money, R. W. 131. (For sSah- .
whdog, they are scattered. See i^ahham. )
[Cf. Abn. sfiiSiy ' nonchalamment,
sans I'accommoder, sans le lier', etc.]
B^ahham, Be6h-, v. t. he scatters (it),
sprinkles (it), Prov. 20, 8; Ps. 53, 5;
Lev. 3, 2. Freq. seseahhaniy Prov. 11,
24 (with inan. suffix). AVith an. obj.
seahtrhau, seaehheau, he scatters, dis-
perses (them), Prov. 20, 26; Is. 24, 1;
nag seahivhdogf they are scattered, Ezek.
34, 5; suppos. (pass.) sedhxchuUeadg^
when you are scattered, Ezek. 6, 8.
With augm. of mischance, seahkhaxi and
(in tens.) eeakshau, he scatters disas-
trously, 2 K. 25, 5; 1 Sam. 11, 11. With
augm. of continued action, seauhkonauy
seamkau, he habitually scatters, goes on
scattering (them). (These forms are
all causative. The primar\' verb is not
used by Eliot, except perhaps in Luke
11, 23, sedeiyeu l=He-d-€i-u]y he scat-
tereth. ) See tianmyeu; mwmeu.
[Narr. sawhoogy mwhSmMcky (pi.)
loose (scattered). Abn. saiSiy * non-
chalamment'; sdiSi pitSy 'mets cela
dans le sac, sans I'accommoder, sans le
lier, simplement comme il est'. Del.
msehemeiiy to scatter.]
B^auhteau, Beaoht-, v. t. he makes (it)
scatter, he sprinklas (it), Lev. 4, 6 (nus-
seu'iUihteamy I sprinkle, I scatter, C. ).
Bebaheg^, n. pottage, Ix^uillon. See
sabaheg.
B^^, it is sour; adj. sour; 'aV icine% for
'vinegar'. Num. 6, 3; Fa, 69, 21; »^e
pet ukqiumunky leavened ( fermented )
bread, Ex. 34, 25. Suppos. concrete
$^og, that which is sour, when -sour;
nukkojie seogy 'leaven', Ex. 13, 7. Adj.
sSane (of unripe fruit), Is. 18, 5; Jer. 31,
Digitized by
Google
tbumbull]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
147
8^8 — continued.
29, 30, (of drink) Hos. 4, 18. Cf. aiogke,
it is hard, difficult.
[Cree skvi ssu, he is sour or salt; Si'-
wdppieooyy sour liquor, i. e. vinegar.
Chip. (St Marys) shetmin, (Sag. ) neeu}av,
Menom. shaywon, Del. shuwon, Sch. ii,
478; «c/iuwi, Zeisb.Voc.6.]
Beep. See sSpu, a river.
seepsin, sepsin, v. i. (he extends him-
self,) he lies down, Ruth 3, 7; Jonah 1,
5; imperat. 2d sing, sepgish, lie down;
suppos. sepsinofif when I lie down, Job
7,4.
[Abn. mnsadSsin (6tendu) or mh"
miS, Del. sopsiuy to be naked; »opmiy
he is naked (?), Zeisb.]
^sega^o (Narr. ), a widower, R. W. See
sekousq.
[Del. schikuwak (pi.), widowern,
Zeisb.]
segenam, v. i. he is indolent, slothful.
More common in the freq. and intens.
sesegenanif he is habitually idle, lazy:
nag sesegenamwog^ they are idle, Ex.
5, 8. Cf. with ahque segenammky be not
slothful or remiss (in a particular mat-
ter), Judg. 18, 9; ahque sesegetiamwk, be
not slothftil (by habit), Rom. 12, 11.
Adj. and adv. -amxve, Pro v. 10, 4; Matt.
20, 3, 6. Vbl. n. segetieamoDonk, and
saseg- {sdtsekeneamcbcnky C), slothful-
ne«s, idleness.
[Narr. kus-sdmqusj you are slow.
Abn. skSahikf le dernier (?) , or mefghiHj
*il n'est pas ceintup6, il va k la negli-
gence'.]
8^ip. See skpu,
eelppog [siepoglf n. 'salt water', James
3, 12. Elsewhere in Eliot's translation
the English word ^salt' is transferred.
eekeneam, sekenam, v. t. (1) he re-
fuses, rejects; (2) he manifests aversion
to; (3) he hates (it) , Gen. 37, 35; Jer. 31,
15; Prov. 13, 5. Suppos. noh sekenog,
he w^ho refuses, hates, Prov. 15, 27.
With an. obj. sekeneauy he refuses,
rejects, hates (him), Gen. 27, 41: nti«-
sekeneaUy I hate him, 1 K. 22, 8; 2 Chr.
18, 7; suppos. noh sekeneaitf pi. -itchegj
they who hate (him), Prov. 8, 36.
Vbl. n. act. sekeneaudonkj hating,
hatred felt, 2 Sam. 13, 15; 8ekeneuu»uonkj
sekeneam, etc. — continued.
hatre<l in exercise, active hatreii; pass*
sekeneadtuonkf -eoadiuonk, being hated;
hatred received. Gen. 3, 15; Eccl. 9, 1;
recipr. or mutual, nekeneaitiwmky enmity >
mutual liatred, Prov. 10, 12.
[Narr. s^kineam^ I have no mind to it;
nis-s^kineugy he likes not me; sekinneav^
hettaock, they hate each other. Abn.
ne-sigandam, je ne le veux pae. Del.
schinginamenf to hate something; -galauy
he is hated, Zeisb.]
^sekontoDwau, * lisping' [he lisps?], C.
sekousq [for aekomqud'], n. a widow («?-
kduuhq^ C); pi. -squaogj Lev. 21, 14;
1 Tim. 5, 3: turn sekoiisq^ I am a widow,
2 Sam. 14, 5. As a verb, imperat. 2d
sing. sekousquaUhf be thou a widow,
Gen. 38, 11. From asuhkau (she comes
after) or sequnau (she is left) and squdy
a left woman, a relict. See sequnau.
[Narr. segado^ widower; aegoiUquaWy
widow. Del. schikocliqueu, Zeisb.]
sedhham. See Heahham,
s^p, a river. See sSpu,
aepagenmn, sepak-, sepagk-, v. t. he
spreads out, extends (it), 2 Sam. 17, 19;
Ps. 105, 39. Suppos. noh sepagenukj he
who spreads, extends. Adj. sepagen-
umwe, extended, spread out, Jer. 10, 9.
septfghunk, n. a sail. Acts 27, 40 {nepuk-
hunk, C). Suppos. inan. of sepagkeu,
it spreads, that which extends or is
extended. See *8eppagham.
[Narr. sepdkehig, a sail; sepagehom-
maiUa, let us sail. Abn. yie-Hib^ghUiuna,
je vas t\ la voile.]
sepagkell (pi. -t'og), v. i. they extend,
spread (themselves), fi Sam. 5, 18; 1
Chr. 14, 13. Pass. inan. sepagkenup^
aepakemoo, it is spread, it spreads, ex-
tends. Suppos. »epakem<Duk, if it be
spread (as leprosy, I^v. 13, 22, 27).
aepakehtam^onk, n. the firmament,
Gen. 1, 7. (This verbal, from a form
aepakehtam, was perhaps formed by
Eliot.)
Bepakeniixn. See sepagenum.
sepe, (it spreads out, extends; hence) it
is long, a long time. Josh. 6, 5; Matt.
23, 14; * a good while', Gen. 46, 29:
sepe mahche, long after. Josh. 23, 1.
Cf. qunni; sesekeu. (Cf. Greek tf^ra-fzv,
Digitized by
Google
148
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
sepe — continued,
to draw forth; (STti^siv^ 67C€vS-ety
(dTteiS-siv)^ to pour out a liquid; Goth,
and Ang.-Sax. spinnan^ spamutn.)
[Cree i^eejy-mu^ he is durable, lasting.
Abn. sip^Si, enfin.]
Bepepomantaxn, v. i. he is long-lived,
lives long, is * stricken in years', Gen.
18, 11 ; 24, 1. From seiie, and pdmarUam
(he lives).
Bephani, v. t. he offers, he sacrifices (it);
V. t. an. sepharnau, he offers or sacrifices
(it) to (him), 1 Cor. 10, 20.
sephauBu, v. i. he sacrifices, offers sac-
rifice; pi. -uog^ Hos. 4, 13. Vbl. n.
-tionit, a sacrificing, an offering, Ezra 9,
4; Ps. 118, 27; pi. -uongash {laejjhaumf
it is offered or sacrificied, C. ) . N. agent.
sephaustuienj one who offers, a priest,
Lev. 1,9. N. collect, sephatufueneuooonky
priests collectively, the priesthood, 1
Pet. 2, 5. [See Raales under jongleur,
JONGLERIE.]
sephausuau, v. t. he offers or sacrifices
to (him).
sepohtaeu, v. i. he is, or continues, long
(in a place?); suppos. 7ioh sepohiadty
'when he had been there a long time',
Gen. 26, 8. Adj. and adv. sepohtde^
(long) continuing, Jer. 30, 23. Par-
ticipial sepahiau-un, long continuing,
* durable', Prov. 8, 18.
^aeppaghain, he sails, C. (i. e. sepag-com,
he goes by spreading out, by a sail).
See i<epdghu7ik.
sepsin. See f^eepsin,
8^pu, s^ip, seep, n. a river, Dan. 8, 3, 7;
Gen. 2, 10, 14; pi. -wuih, Ezek. 47, 9.
Literally, *it extends, stretches out, is
long*, a continuing stream. See sepe.
The inseparable generic name for river
used in all compound words was -tuk
(q. v. ), from tukkw^ fluctuat, undat. ut
aepu-iUy by the river; nashaue sepuwehtUj
in the midst of rivers, Ezek. 29, 3; sepii-
j>ogy a river of water, Ps. 119, 136; Rev.
22, 1 . Dimin. sepuese, sepuums^ pi. -esashj
'brooks', Job 20, 18.
[Narr. sMpy R. W.; sepe^ sehe, Stiles;
dimin. sepo^se, a little river; sepohnese,
a little rivulet, R. W. 88. Old Alg.
sipim, a river {sibikinarif to pour out),
Lah. Abn. sipSy pi. sipSar. Cree s^epee^
s^pu, B^ip, Beep — continued,
pi. -f iX. Chip, sebcy skepee^ pi. -f \min,
Del. isipoy Zeisb.]
sequan, (it is) summer, Ps. 74, 17; Matt
24, 32; rather, early summer (s^quaiiy
spring, C. and R. W.). Cf. ntpun.
Adv. and adj. sequdn^y of summer, in
summer, Dan. 2, 35; Prov. 26, 1. The
radical perhaps signifies * dry ' ; cf. Abn.
sigSaUy with sikkaamSy * le ruisseau est
tari'. In the Catechismo Algonchino,
p. 22 (qu. 2S)y sdku?ani7iik (in the spring)
is translated *diffluente arborum hu-
more', Fr. 'quand la st^ve coule'. But
there is no 'arbor' in the synthesis.
It means probably *when water runs'
(i. e. when it thaws?).
[Quir. sequoksy in summer, Pier. 28.
Abn. sigSariy le printemps. Cree s^^'-
wuriy it is spring. Chip, segvniriy spring.
Del. id quouy spring, Zeisb.]
^Bequanaxnduquock (Narr.), n. pi. [se-
quaTie-dmaug, pi. -|- quog, early-summer
fish], 'bream', R. W. The same spe-
cies as mishcilp'patiog. "Of this fish
there is abundance which the natives
dry in the sun and smoke." Probably
the species now known as 'scuppaug'
and ' poi^y ' (Pagrus argy rops, Cuv.) .
Bequnau, v. i. he remains behind, is left,
{nen webe nus-seqainity I remain alone,
am left, 1 K. 18, 22); suppos. no^ «e5U-
nvty 'Uy he who is left; pi. nag sequ-
nutchegy 'the remnant that are left',
1 K. 14, 10; 2 K. 19, 4 (=ashqumUcheg,
Neh. 1, 3). Inan. sequnneaUy it re-
mains, is left; suppos. ne sequnuk, ow-
qunuk, ashqujiuky that which remains,
the remainder, the remnant; Lev. 2, 3;
14, 17; 19, 6, N. coll. (?) ashqahunky pi.
-f tshy what (things) remain. Lev. 27, 18.
Cf. ctsuhkauey (it comes) after; tiu**^-
(pmneaty to remain alone.
[Abn. skSdnik pemSss^y he last comes,
'il vient desdemiers'; ne-nSssSkaSan,
je le suis, sequor. Narr. segadoy he is a
widower [a relict], is left.]
Bequnittuonk, pass. vbl. n. that which
has been left by another, a remnant,
Ezra 9, 8.
Bequnnmnau, v. t. an. he leaves a re-
mainder to (him); negat. TncUla sequn-
mimauv'o-co-ogy they leave not a re-
mainder to (him), 2 Sam. 14, 7.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
149
' Bequttahwhau, v. t. he reiilains (of a |
number), he is left, of (them), Deut.
3, 11. Otherwise written ashqueht-y
asqueteah-, asqui-, uahqiieht-, etc. Sup-
pos. pi. neg 8eqvttdhwhvlcheg, they who
are left of, the remnant of, Deut. 3, 11
(asquUahtmtcheg, 1 K. 9, 21).
Bequtteaumuk, ashqueteftmuk, pass,
suppos. inan., that which is left, the
remnant; pi. -\-ishy the leavings, Ex.
12, 10; Matt. 15, 37.
seseg^enam, v. i. he is habitually idle,
slothful; freq. of segenam, q. v.
Bee^g^k. See tu'sikq.
[sesekeu, v. i. he stretches himself (in
bed or when lying down) :] matia woh
rmiUU sesekeiUf he can not stretch him-
self thereon, Is. 28, 20. Cf. sesepdeuy
he stretches himself (and remains
stretched).
[Abn. ne-m is&glieainj *je m'^tens,
^tant couch^'. Del. schachachgeu,
straight along, 2^isb.]
BeB^q, ses^gk, n. a venomous serpent,
*adder», Gen. 49, 17; Prov. 23, 32;
* viper'. Acts 28, 3; pi. -quAog. Per-
haps this name was applied by the
Indians only to the rattlesnake, and
is onom'atoi>oetic. Cf . seseko), * he peeps '
(as a bird). Is. 10, 14; saumuag (sup-
pos.) , when it * tinkles ' , 1 Cor. 13, 1 ; and
- cf. a^kmky snake; queqiisgUj he * hisses \
(Cf. Greek diX^i] Tonga, sisi; Polish,
hszykf to hiss. )
[Narr. tt^sekj rattlesnake, R. W.;
seasicke. Wood. Abn. tdsikSe, serpent ^
sonnettes; SsigSian, la sonnette; sessegSy
il crache.]
*Be8ep, quniiBBeps, n. a duck, C. See
*quequicum. This name perhaps signi-
fies a diver. [Cf. Abn. nHsapiy * je me
plonge dans Teau'; 3d pers. tm8ap8,
from which freq. tjfe-tsaSapS or Ise-tftapS
would l)e regularly formed.*]
[♦Note.— Marked "doubtful" in the mar-
gin."]
[Cree s^ejfeept pi. -|-«*. Chip, sh^e-
sheep f pi. - ug,]
Besep^u, V. i. he stretches himself,
2 K. 4, 34; suppos. noh sesepauelj he
who stretches himself; pi. ntig sesepauS-
chegy Amos 6, 7. From sepe {sepAeiiy he
extends), with augm. reduplication.
sesep^u — continued.
Cf. kou-eu; sepsin; sesekeu, (Sansk. ^ty
jacere, dormire; svapy dormire, jacere;
svdpmty somnium. )
shehte&en [for nushehteden], n. agent, a
murderer.
shpun-au. See iispunaudnat,
shuog', for nishuogy an. pi. three, Jer.
36, 23. See nishive.
shwe, pi. inan. shwimishy for nishwenashy
nishuinashy three.
sh-winchag, for nishwinchagy thirty,
Num. 31, 44, 45.
Bhwosuk tahshe, num. eight. El. Gr.
14; pi. inan. shvxmik tahshinash; an.
8hv)08uk ta?uniogy Gen. 8, 23: shwomik
tahshishqtuinogkody eight cubits (meas-
ures of length), Ezek. 40, 9; shmsuk
audtahshikquirmpit, (when) eight days
old, Gen. 17, 12; luibo shwosuky eighteen;
shwosuk tahnhinchagy eighty; pi. an.
»hjvo8uk talmhinkodtog; inan. shwomik
taJishinkodiash. Otherwise written nish-
tvosuky from rCshwe i^ishice), three, the
third finger of the second hand, or
5-f3.
[Narr. shwdsucky eight; piuck-nabna
ifhw6sucky eighteen; swooivack in shin-
cheeky eighty, R. W. 41, 42. Abn.
ntsanseky eight. Old Alg. nissoiiassoUy
eight, Lah. Cree wrd^t'A:, eight. Chip.
shous we, eight; (Ojibwa) niah v\is »wi.
Del. chaaschy Zeisb.]
aiasbklBaBhaii. See saushkisashaii.
*8icki8Buogr (Narr.), n. pL clams, Mya
arenaria or long clam {s&kkissiiogy C).
Peq. sucksawaugy Stiles. For sofikissu or
suhkissUy he spits, squirts water. Adj.
V. from sohkeUy suhkou, he spits. See
ttuhkou.
sinnnkkutchahheau. See mnukkuh-
kau.
siogke, it is hard, difficult; as a<lv. siogke
nechaxiy *she had hard labor*. Gen. 35,
16, 17. Suppos. tie siogkoky si/xjoky that
which is hard or difficult, *a hard
thing', 2 K. 2, 10; pi. -^-ish. Augm.
(suppos.) sorsiogokishy (very) hard mat-
ters, Ex. 18, 26. Vbl. n. siogkegeuonk,
a hard matter, a being-hard, * hard say-
ing', John 6, 60. V. adj. an. siogkustUy
he is hard; kus-siogkuSy thou art a hard
man, Matt. 25, 24. From seey sour (so^
Digitized by
Google
150
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
aiogke— continued.
Greek o^vg; Lat. acerbiis, asper; Ang.-
Sax. sorghe; Eng. sour, sore, sorrow).
See aasiogohijih.
[Narr. giuckaiy hard ; siuckmiiog, * they
are stout men * , i. e. hard fighters. Cree
sasdgisgii ( = m-8ioghi88ul)j he is nig-
gardly. Chip, sanagddy it is difficult,
hard, disagreeable; suppos. senagak.
Bar. Abn. saf/gherif cela est dur; prefix
Bcuighi. ]
siog^kod [for siogkoht {siuckat, R. W.),
from siogkohteau, v. i. inan. subj.], it is
hard, difficult, Prov. 13, 16; Mark 10,
24.
siogkoywaonk, n. a proverb (?), Ezek.
18, 2, 3; a riddle (?). See nupivo&onk.
-sip, -Bupy in compound words signifies
to drink. It represents a primary verb
which is not found separately in Eliot.
Possibly related to mupde (q. v.). Cf.
noniBtppam; mmippan; kogkeissippam;
okkgippam, C. ; tdpsippam^ etc. To this
corresponds the inseparable -uppco,
'ippWy Ho eat', which is found in a
similar group of compounds. See vnU-
tattamujiat.
[Note.— The entire deflnltion is marked
**D€le I to exude 1 9oh-Hppe" \ preceded by
**or 'to sup' bouillon?" The following two
incomplete definitions, -9ippa[eu] KudtiMipik-
quoshau, appear on a memorandum Blip inserted
in the manuscript.]
[-aippa[eu]. Refer to missippano; mus-
suppeg; 9uppikq-(?). Cf. Chip. -au6o.]
[Cree mhtis-Appwooy [mkni-sAp-
pwooy (?)], berry liquor, Howse 19;
min-dppif^ooyy berry juice, p. 179. Chip.
min-dhboOy ibid, [n^ippe (?); Boh^ppe^
juice (?), exude.] Del. wmp-piy *8ap of
trees', Zeisb.Yoc. 13; si spi gauy it leaks,
drops, ibid. 29.]
[sissipikquosliau, 'he winketh with his
eyes', Prov. 6. 13; nok sasupikqudit, he
that winketh with his eyes, Prov. 10,
10; uniS'Sdhpequdih tarn un, he winked
at it. Acts 17, 30; suppikqiuufUdmy he
shuts his eyes, Prov. 16, 30; suhpig-
quaeogy they shut their eyes. Matt. 13,
15.]
[Del. 8cho pin queel, shut your eyes,
Zeisb. Voc. 29.]
^sftchipuck (Narr.), the neck, R. W.
See mussiitipuk.
Bkanxiem(in), pi. skannhnuncuih, seed.
Gen. 1, 11, 12. More commonly used
with the 3d pers. pron. prefix iniskan-
ntMy q. v.
[Narr. skannhneneashy seed com, R.
AV. 91.]
*8k&t (Narr. ), ebb tide; mittdeskaty a low
ebb, R. W. 100.
[Abn. Snkkaly d^roit.]
-skeesuk, the eye, the face. See mu-
skesuk.
*»kiiTik. See *squnck.
sdanaiyeu. See sowaniyeuy of the south,
southern.
sdbAeg, 06bftheg^» See sabahegy pot-
tage, bouillon.
Bobososit, BUppos. and pass, of «i6oMuu,
he melts (it). See «d6cwum.
*06chepo ( Narr. ) , snow, it snows ; sSchep- -^
umtchy when it snows, R. W. {muhpabwiy
it snows, C; mawpawy Wood). See
muhpao.
[Abn. jwan, *il n^'; kesipSy kesip- "
«ann, Ml n^ beaucoup', Rasles.
Micm. peshak, it snows; m8 peshanSky
it does not snow. Cree mlspoon, it
snows. Chip, sdgipo {g hard), it snows,
Bar. Alg. BoHpOy il neige.]
sogrgrohtunkan-ompsk, n. a flinty rock,
flint, Deut. 8, 15; Ps. 114, 8 [aiogkey
hard?).
[Abn. sagahafiy * bate-feu'; sagahanor-
peskSy la pierre. ]
sogkemas iBogkem-oaaSy biting creature;
or mgke-mms&hqy biting fly] , n. a ^ gnat ' ,
Matt. 23, 24. See moMuhq; (Dchaxis.
[Abn. ne-BogamekSy elle me pique.
Chip. BagimS, a mosquito. Bar.]
sogrkepoo, V. i. he bites; Bogkepaxiu {nuB-
Bogkepwamy I bite, C. ), v. t. an. he bites
(him), Eccl. 10, 8; pi. -OMiogy -n^aogy
they bite. Num. 21, 6, piah \vuB-Bogk^
tcohy he shall bite him, Eccl. 10, 8; noh
BogkepuUog (suppos. t. inan.), he who
biteth (it), when he biteth it, Gen.
49, 17. From BogkeUy it catches hold, ;
and 'uppcD, v. gen. he eats, he holds for
eating or by eating.
[Abn. ne-BogfU, je mords; ne-sagamany
jelemords.]
BOgkodttixik, n. milk ( of animals, though
wrongly used by Eliot in his earlier
translations for milk from the female
breast See *meninnunk)y Gen. 18, 8;
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
151
sogkodtunk — continued.
Prov. 30, 33; Joel 3, 18 (sogkodunk, C. ) ;
pi. -ngashf teats, dugs, Ezek. 23, 8, 21;
Luke 23, 29. A verbal (suppos.) from
gohkodHnnum, he draws forth, that
which is drawn out.
[Abn. lie-sereghmShigM, je tire le lait
(v. g. de la vache).]
BOgkunau, v. t. an. he catches hold of
(him), 1 K. 2, 28.
sogrkussohhou, n. an earring, Job 42, 11 ;
Prov. 25, 12; pi. +nash, Ex. 35, 22.
[Abn. nesagkes^hi, pi. -hSiiar, mes
pendants d' oreille. ]
s6grkuttin, v. t. inan. (subj. ana obj.),
it catches hold of (it), 2 Sam. 18, 9;
freq. sohsogkutHn; suppos. aohgogkitiiky
that which catches hold of, as n. coll.
'hooks', Ex. 26, 32; from which is
formed 9ohsogkUtikeUy it hooks, Ex. 26,
37.
80h-, as a prefix, signifies forth from, out
from, movement from the place where
or in which the action of the verb
begins. It is opposed to pe, pd, signi-
fying approach to, or toward: pe-yau,
he comes to; soh-ham, he goes forth, out
from. (Cf. Sansk. »t(, se movere, effun-
dere, and its derivatives; or st, sat Lat.
se-, sine, separative particle. )
Bohham Isoh-ann'], v. i. he go6s forth.
Matt. 13, 3; Is. 42, 13 (mhham, Mass.
Ps. ) ; imperat. 2d sing, sohhash, go forth ;
suppos. sohhogj if or when he goes forth;
inan. part, sohhamuriy gone forth. Vbl.
n. sohkanufxmky a going forth, departure,
Heb. 11, 22.
[Narr. s&wwhush, pi. sawh^ke^ go forth ;
umssauhemuUa (?) , let us go forth, R. W. ]
sohhcoquaeu, v. i. he looks forth, looks
out (as from a door, or window), Judg.
5, 28 {sonkmqaaeu, Gen. 26, 8). See
nuhquainat; uhqude.
Bohhaywunau, v. t. an. he puts, brings,
or thrusts (him) out; infin. -tcundnat^
to bring (them) out, Is. 42, 7; Ex. 3, 8.
With inan. subj. Bohhanimitau, he brings
or puts (it) out. Cf. sohwunum.
[Narr. kus-sawhdkij do you put me
out of doors?; nU-mwhdcujickewd (?) , he
puts me out of doors.]
sohkau, Bonqhuau, v. i. he overcomes,
prevails, has the mastery: nu^-sonqueh,
1 have prevailed, Gren. 30, 8; kum-
Bohkau, Bonqhuau — continued.
mwheine sohkauy thou prevailest forever,
Job 14, 20; suppos. iioh sohkog, he who
overcomes, has the mastery. Rev. 3, 21.
With an. obj. sohkauaUy sonqhuauau,
he prevails over, has the mastery of
(him); suppos. noh aohkauanty he who
overcomes, 1 John 5, 5; Luke 11, 22;*
pi. nag sohkauonchegy Rev. 15, 2.
[Cree sdkoo-hayooy he overcomes, sub-
dues him; sdkoo-toWf he overcomes it,
Howse 165. Chip, nin gi sh&hgooje-dg,
I have overcome them, Jones in ibid.]
Bohkenum, sok-, aook-, v. t. he pours
forth, pours out; nippe, he pours
out water. Num. 24, 7 {smkunumy Mass.
Ps.) ; imperat. 2d sing, and pi. sohkin-
ush, -ink J pour out; suppos. noh sohke-
nuky he who pours, 2 K. 3, 11. From
sohkeu, it pours, with the formative
'nunit denoting action of the hand.
See 9okanon; *»6kenug, etc.
[Abn. ne-sSgnemenj je verse, manu.]
Bohkenumau, v. t. an. and inan. he
pours (it) out to (him). Job 16, 20.
[sohkeli, V. i. it pours forth, emits. This
primary verb is not perhaps used by
Eliot; but he has its pass. (inan. subj. )]
sokemw, it is poured out, 1 K. 13, 5.
From its base, »ohky sooky are formed
t. inan. sohkinnumy he pours (by hand) ;
sokanouy water pours, it rains; mhkoUy
guhqtumtaniy he spits, urinates (expels
water), etc. Cf. «o?iifcm, it springs up
(as a plant), it grows. (Cf. Sansk. «i,
effundere; sid, emittere, insi)ergere, hu-
mectare, irrigare, perfundere; shikdra,
pluvia tenuis; Old Germ, seihjanj min-
gere; seichy urina.) See sokanon.
[Abn. sSgherann, il pleut.]
Bohkoin, V. t. inan. he overcomes, prevails
over (it); otan, he took the city,
Judg. 9, 45; mutiaoky he overcomes
the world, 1 John, 5, 4; imperat.
sohkash machuky overcome evil, Rom.
12, 21. See sohkau,
Bohkomali, v. t. an. he feeds (him),
provides food for. See asMmau,
Bohkdsu, V. i. (an. act.) he gains the
mastery, prevails, conquers. Rev. 6, 2;
is victorious, is prevailing; suppos. noh
aohkausUy he who is victorious. Rev. 3, 5.
Vbl. n. 8ohk69uonky -kaumonky mastery,
victory.
Digitized by
Google
152
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
sohkunkquodt, as n. height; adv. in
height (measure of altitude or elevation) ;
ne sohkunkf iie sohkunkquoky its height,
Rev. 21, 16; Ex. 25, 23 [i. e. suppos. that
to which it has grown, gone up to?].
From sonkin (?). A great number of
fonns, of several roots, are employed by
Eliot to express 'height', 'in height',
and *high'. Besides those noted are
ne »ohkonkog, the height of it, 1 K. 6, 2;
ne tishpohtag, Ex. 37, 1, ne ashpuhtag, v.
10, and ne ohshpohtagj v. 25; ne kodiunk-
qnog (of a small object), Ex. 30, 2; imj
ancohqite spohiag, spamogkogj
gpongok, its height from bot-
tom to top. Gen. 6, 15; Ex. 25, 10; 27, 1.
[Abn. spigannSy la cabane est haute;
ni espigai'iniky voilA de combien (elleest
haute).]
sohxndgimuni. See summAgunum^ he
stretches forth, holds out (his hand or
something with his hand).
80hq. See smkq^ saliva, spittle.
Bohqshanau, v. t. an. he tears (him) in
pieces (as a wild beast his prey), rends
(him): ishkont sohkuntshonaUj lest he
tear (me), Ps. 7, 2; with inan. obj.
Hohqshadtauy heteareth (it); sokshadiohy
Deut. 33, 20; suppos. sohqshadtunkf
when he tears, 'rends it in pieces', Ps.
7, 2; pass. inan. -adtau-uny it is (vio-
lently) broken or torn in pieces, Is. 30,
14.
sohquennmn. See sohqunnum.
BOhquettahh am . See sohquUahham,
sohquhkauau, scoquhk-, v. t. he con-
tinues tearing or rending (him); with
the characteristic -uhk of continuing
a*»tion.
sohqui, (it is) in small pieces, fine, in
dust or powder; adv. sohque puppim,
'small dust'. Is. 29, 5; suppos. ne soh-
quag, that which is in small pieces, in
dust or powder, Deut. 28, 24. Adj.
inan. fsukqaiyeue, in powder, 2 Sam. 22
43. See pasquag.
Bohqunnum, sohquen-, v. t. he breaks
(it) in pieces, he pulls (it) to pieces,
Mark 6, 41; Is. 5, 5; Jer. 1, 10. From
gohqui, with trans, formative -nnum,
denoting action performed by the hand.
*8o]iquompooo (7), a coward; -ompaxmk,
cowardice, C.
aohquBsum, v. t. he cuts (it) small,
makes it small by cutting: sohq^um-un,
he cuts it in pieces, 2 K. 24, 13; nus-
mhqusy I cut (her) in pieces, Judg. 20,
6. From sohqui, with formative -mmy
denoting cutting, etc. (see Howse, Cree
Gr. 87)..
Bohquttahham, aohquet-, v. t. he
breaks (it) in small pieces, pounds (it)
or beats (it) small. The formative toA-
huniy according to Howse (Cree Gr. 86),
"implies he beats or batters the object,
after the manner of the root." Inan.
pi. sohquiiahhamunashy they (grains of
corn, Is. 28, 28) are broken; otherwise
scohq-y sukq-. Adj. and adv. BohqtUlah-
hdey pounded; pi. sohquttahhishy whence
the adopted name succotash. Cf. pohr
qunitum.
[Cree seekwa-tahumy he l>eats it into
smaller pieces.]
Bohqutteahhdu, v. i. he is faint-hearted,
cowardly (sohkutleahhauey atlj. faint-
hearted, C. ) ; pi. 'hdogy they are faint-
hearted, Jer. 49, 23; suppos. -honty when
he is faint-heartetl, Deut. 20, 8. Cf.
sequtiahwhaUy he remains.
[Abn. skStUh/'y il a peur (v. g. des
toumients), il craint le chdtiment, etc.;
v. i. s^ghesiy il a peur; an. ^eghet^y il
craint. Cree skgiMUy he shrinks, he is
afraid; s^gehayooy he frighteneth him;
sdkoo-tay-dyooy he is faint-hearte<l, cow-
ardly. (By this diwsion of the word
Howse marks a derivation from Uay
(m'tahy El.), 'heart' (?).)]
BOhsuxnoomo), v. pass. inan. it shines
(forth), emits light, is bright (cf. uoh-
summmunneaty to shine) : wequai eohsti-
mmmco pohkenahtUy the light shineth in
darkness, John I, 5. Adj. and adv.
sohsumivdey shining (forth ) ; irequai,
a shining light, John 5, 35; keiaMOjiy
'king of glory', Ps. 24, 9. Vbl. n. soh-
summdonky a shiniug-forth (used by
Eliot for 'glory'): u-ut'touohkomukqve
sohmmdonky his-forest glory, ' the glory
of his forest'. Is. 10, 18. (In preparing
a list of words selected from Eliot s
Bible Mr Duponceau, misled perhaps
by the order of words in this verse (Is.
10, 18) , inserted wkKamdonk for * forest *,
and on his authority it appears with
that meaning among the ' Select Words
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
153
8oli8iima>ma>— continued,
from Eliot's Translation', incorporated
into the index of Mr Pickering's edi-
tion of Eliot's Grammar. )
sohBiixnw^. See wdhsumoe^ adj. bright,
shining.
Bohteall [i*oh-ohteau], v. i. it extends,
is extended, is long (relatively or by
measure). Found only perhaps in the
suppos. ne mhteagj the extending of it,
its length: ne mhteag hah ne koskag kah
ne 8ohkunkf ' the length and breadth and
height of it', Rev. 21, 16; aitaeu nesah-
teagt *on the two ends' (i. e. on both
sides of the length of it), Ex. 25, 19.
Vbl. n. sohteaonky length, measure of
length, Eph. 3, 18.
BOhwiiniun, v. t. he puts forth (his
hand or something with or in his
hand) , Gen. 38, 28. Cf. mmm&gunum.
BOhwnshau, v. i. it goeth forth, goes on
(of a l)oundary line. Josh. 19, 11, 13).
— sohwiitchuan, v. i. it flows forth, flows
out from: nippe sohwutchuan^ water is-
sued out, ran out, Ezek. 47, 1, 2. From
mh and wuiche-u^ it proceeds from. Cf.
pamltchuan.
sokanon [it pours], it rains; as n. rain,
Matt. 7, 25 (saokunnony M&«>s. Ps., Ps.
105, 32; scokenonni, it rains; mn scokhion,
does it rain?; ormohquat, raining, C);
suppos. sokanonkf sokenunk, when it
rains, Deut. 32, 2: nashpe pahkontaut
mahche sokanank, 'by clear-shining j
after rain', 2 Sam. 23, 4. Cf. sokanon ,
n<Dtau, it raine<i fire, Luke 17, 29, with ,
mokanum nrntau^ he rained (poured out) !
fire. Gen. 19, 24. Cans. $okan&nteau,
he causes it to rain, Ex. 9, 23. From
$ohk, sohkeiiy it pours, with a formative
denoting rain or water falling, as dis-
tinguished from 'pogy water at rest.
This formative or generic is -'?Mm, -nnouy
-^^ or -nnam (Abn. -Wann; Del. -'Ian). It
is found, besides in sokanon, in mogkin-
non (mogke-non), it rains excessively;
mishinnon, it rains much; nishkenon, it
mists or drizzles; ahqutinon (ahque-non),
the rain ceases, it holds up; and in its
-i— - suppos. form in onnohgtutt, * raining',
(when it rains), C, =dnaquaiy 'rain',
R.W. Seesohkenum. (Cf. Sansk. tinn<S,
madiduB ( um/, madidum esse) ; rany ire.
Goth, rann, currere, fluere.)
Bokanon — continued .
[Narr. sdkejnuty dtia/pmt, rain; sdke-
niichy when it rains; mi«/iunn«?i, a great
rain, R. W. 81, 82. Abn. ftSgherafin, il
pleut (probably ^rom ttoh-kenumy to
pour forth; but of. Sansk. ^kdra, pluvia
tenuis, from dd and Hky irrigare, hu-
mectare; ^My effundere; sty^it, stillare,
fluere); kisrailn il a plu; ^'kSrailn (ah-
qunnon, El.), il cesse. Cree kimme'
umny it rains (cf. Old Alg. khniouany
Lah.); sSke-alumy he spills it; fkeke-pu-
thuy it spills; aeekoo-numy he empties it;
seekee-numy he pours it. Del. sdkeliuiy it
rains; k'nchilany it rains hani, Zeisb.
Chip, kimiwaiiy gimiwany it rains (sigi-
7iU7iy he pours it out, spilln it. Bar.).]
Bokemo). See sohkeii,
Bokenippash, imperat. 2d sing., for sok-
inush nippe, pour out water, Ezek. 24, 3.
*B6kexiug^ (Narr.), *a heap' (of com);
suppos. inan. of sohkenuniy that which
is poured.
Bokeniun. See sohkenum.
Bokhippag, imperat. 2d pi. 'draw out'
water, John 2, 8. See wuttuhppa [enat"] .
Bonkaahkod [9(ynk{\n)-(m' )a8hkeht]y n.
the coming up of graas: nahohtdeu son-
hvuhkody *the second gro\i*th', Amos
7,1.
Bonkehteau, v. i. it puts forth, springs
out (as buds or shoots from plants);
infin. -aunndty Job 38, 27.
[Cree. edk-Hin, it is (come) forth.]
Bonkin, -tin, v. unipers. it springs up,
shoots up (from the earth, as a plant),
Ph. 85, 11; Is. 55, 13; pi. nish sonkinashy
they spring up. Matt. 13, 5; suppos.
sonkuky when it springs up, springing
up, Heb. 12, 15; Mark 4, 27.
[Abn. mnkekirar (le bl^) pousse,
parait. Del. nakeny pi. mkenolly Zeisb.
Gr. 162.]
BOnkippog, -uppogr, n. cool water,
Prov. 25, 25; Matt. 10, 42; pi. +ajtky
'the cold waters', Jer. 18, 14. From
sonkquiy cool, and -pog, water.
[Narr. munqui nip, is the water cool?;
man kopadgoty cool water, R. W. 34.]
Bonksq, sonkuBq, BiinkiBq, n. queen,
mistress, a woman who rules, 2 Chr. 9,
1; Esth. 1, 9, 11, 15; Nah. 3,4: kehchis-
mnkisqy = kehchi-mnkiiqy chief mistress,
great queen, Esth. 1, 12. {mmqhuaxiy or
Digitized by
Google
154
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
sonksq, etc. — continued. '
8ohkaUj and squa; cf. *8dchim.'\ Often :
written mnk'Squaiv and mnck squa.
[Narr. aaunkSj the queen or sachem's i
wife; pi. sauncksqufiaogf R. W. 120;
saunck squauhy StWes.] ,
Bonkun. See sojikin.
Bonqhuau. See mhkan. \
Bonqui, (it is) cold, cool, Matt. 24, 12;
V. adj. an. sonquesUf he is cold (sonkquiy
-queuy cold; ohke sonkqui, the earth is
cold; nus-sonkquSy I am cold; annum
aankquesuy the dog is cold, C. In the
last example ttonkquesu is not appro-
priately used; 9onqui denotes, not the
sensation, but a quality of the object
which imparts sensation; being cold,
not feeling cold). Cf. tohkaeu; tohkoi.
[Narr. saunqui nipy is the water
cool?R. W. 34.]
Bontixii, n. master. Matt. 26, 18, 25; a
prince. Cant. 7, 1: nus-sonlimom ketas-
8a>ty *my lord the king', 2 Sam. 13, 33;
pi. -mdog. Vbl. n. sontimwonk, sover-
eignty, C. See *sdchhn; sohkau.
Bowaniyeu, sdanaiyeu, Bowaniu, it is
southward, to or at the south (or, more
exactly, the southwest). Gen. 12, 9; 13,
1, 14; Job 9, 9. Adj. and adv. soivane,
southern, of the south, Matt. 12,42; pi.
sowanishy soanishy things of the south,
Ps. 89, 12; Is. 43, 6; sowanohke [sotvan^-
ohkely the south country, Gen. 24, 62;
sowanohkomuk [sowane-ohke-komuk'jy
'south land'. Josh. 15, 19 (i. e. inclosed
land, field).
[Narr. sowaniUy the southwest (see
note to sowamh-m). Del. schawaneuy
southeriy, Zeisb. Gr. 164.]
Bowansh-in, the wind blows from the
south ; soiuansh (suppoe. * whjen it
blows'), as n. the south wind, Job
37, 17; Cant. 4, 16.
[Narr. touwdttiny the south wind;
fK/ww&niiheny the south w^est wind blows.
"This is the pleasingest, warmest wind
in the climate, most desired by the In-
dians, making fair weather ordinarily;
and therefore they have a tradition
that to the southwest, which they call
9owwainiiiy the gods chiefly dwell; and
hither the souls of all their great and
- good men and women go."— R. W. 83.
BOwanBh-in — continued.
Quir. perdu kon saiianAiduky ' in another
country to the southward', Pier. 28.]
^BOwwazLlknd [«o«?an€-(7n')dni7], *the
southern god ' , R. W. 110. See note on
sou:ansh-in above,
soohq, Bohq, n. saliva, spittle, 1 Sam. 21,
13; Job 7, 19. See suhkou.
BODhqkuhkom, v. t. inan. it bursts (it)
in pieces (as wine a bottle), Mark 2, 22;
Luke 5, 37.
Bcokenmn. See sohkenum.
Ba>kuBBiixi-it (?), V. (when he began to)
amend, recover from sickness, John 4,
52, =s8a>ks€hpy Mass. Ps.
BOpquhkaiiau. See sohquhkaitau,
BGDwamp^i^uiieh^g, n. a sling, 1 Sam.
17, 40; pi. -{-ashy 2 Chr. 26, 14.
BpadtauwompaBu (for tup-), he looks
upward, Is. 38, 14 (infin. -pinneat);
imperat. spadtauompshy 4ift up thine
eyes' (look up), Is. 49, 18. See ush-
puhqudinai.
Bpuhhoo. See nspvthko).
Bpuhhoyw^. See usptlhhamde,
BptUihocywioxik, vbl. n. Seeugphanvdonk,
a refuge.
Bpuhqu^u. See itshpuhqudinaty to look
upward.
Bpukquodt, as n. the taste or flavor of a
thing, Ex. 16, 31: ne dshpukquoky the
taste of it (when tasted), Num. 11, 8;
Job 6, 6.
[Narr. tedqua aspuckquaty what does
it taste of? Abn. Sri-pigSaty cela a bon
go(it; matsi-pigiaty cela a mauvais goClt.
Cree m^tho-spiickoogUy he is well-tasted;
miitche-spuckwuny it is ill-tasted. Del.
Tuachtachipoquoty it tastes ugly, Zeisb.]
spunaudxiat. See vspuiiau^nat.
Bqua, female; aa n. one of womankind,
a female; pi. squaog, women, 1 Tim. 5,
14 (where the prefix nunk was probably
omitted by error of the press); but
rarely used by Eliot except in com-
pound words. Vb. subst. squaiyeuwy
she is female, Gen. 6, 19. In comp.
nunksquay agirl; «a7i^g(ua), aqueen, etc.
(eshquay C). With the termination
denoting a living creature ( -ds for ddas) ;
squdaSy squdus, a woman (femina);
as adj. female. Num. 5, 3; Deut. 4, 16;
Matt. 19, 4. Cf. miUamwu8(9is)f mulier,
uxor. See nompaaSf a male.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
155
Bqua — continued.
[Narr. squAwSj pi. -mck, woman,
women; dimin. squdseaef a little girl
(nquauhses, Stiles). Cree iahcdyoo. Del.
ochqueu, woman; och qtietschitsch, girl,
Zeisb.]
*Squ^taia. * * They acknowledge a God
who they call Squaiitam^ but worship
him they do not."— Joeselyn's Voy.
"The good god they call Tantum^ and
their evil god, whom they fear will do
them hurt, they call Squantum,*' — Hig-
ginson's N. E. Plantation. The name
is clearly the contracted form of mus-
quantamj he is angry. *' If it be but an
ordinary accident, a fall, etc., they will
say . . . mtisqudrUum inanity God is
angry.''— R. W. 109.
sqinUhim, squdshim, a female quadru-
ped, Deut 7, 14; adj. 9qudshirmoet Lev.
4, 28, 32; 5, 6. Of. nomjmhim, male
quadruped.
[Narr. ^qu&shimy R. W. Del. och-
quSchuntj Zeisb. In the Abnaki, Rasles
says 'Hhe small animals (including
the otter, the marten, etc.) were dis-
tinguished by nanbSkikS, male, and
9k8ekik8j female; the moose and both
species of deer by aiahhe, male; Mrar^
female, and the lynx, *lion' [panther],
hare, and some others by nahbesaemy
male, and skSSssem l=8qudshimy El.],
female."]
squehtaliwhau. See sequttahwhauy he is
left, remains of.
•qui. See mfjisquiy red, bloody.
*Bqunck (mod. skunk) ^ Josselyn's Voy.
82,86.
[Abn. g^gahkSy Mte puante. Chip.
(St Marys) shi kang, (Gr. Trav. ) shegog.
Peq. aiisounch, Stiles.]
Bqu6iitam, squont, squoant, n. a door,
a gate, John 10, 9; ICor. 16, 9; Gen.
21, 17 (usquontj a door, C); pi. -amashy
Acts 16, 26 (ushquoniamashy Job 38, 10).
Adj. and adv. -ammey the door of, or by
the door: u*utch Bquonlame kek-ity from
or out of the door of thy house. Josh.
2, 19. Probably from the root of sequn-
nauy to be left (see sequnau), Cf. Chip.
tshkwAndeniy Moor', with ishhcAnddn,
*he leaves it* — ^the opening left in
(building) the house.
8qu6xitaia, etc.— ox)n tinned.
[Narr. »quauntdximucky at the door,
R. W. 51. Chip, ishtivdndemy Bar.;
(Sag.) squon detHy (St Marys) ish kw6n
daiiriy Sch.]
squdshizn. See squAshim,
*Bqutta (Narr.), fire, R. W. 47 {nqaUUiy
a fire spark. Wood). Cf. nashqutteau;
noDtau, (Sansk. /khoy actio urendi,
ardor; ushy urere. )
[Abn. sk^iy -tor, feu; skStaMoy il y
en a. Cree esk^ootdyooy (there is) fire.
Muh. gtauw(?)y Edw.]
*8toli, eshtoh (Muh.) , no, not, Edwards;
eschtGy Gallatin Voc.
*succotaa]i. See sohquttahham and cf.
*7MickquaUi8hy com boiled whole.
*BuckaiianatLBUck (Narr.), n. pi. the
black shells. From sucki and and^vsuck
(R. W.), shells, 1. e. shell-fish.
*8uckauhock (Narr.), 'black money'.
"They break out of the shell [of the
poquaCJiock'] about half an inch of a
black part of it, of which they make
their stickaUhdck or blackmoney, which
is to them precious."— R. W. 104, 130.
From suckiy black, dark-colored, and
hogkiy shell [cf. mowhackeeSj Wood,
from many black, and hogki-ash (pi. )].
*sdcki (Narr. ), black, dark colored, pur-
ple. V. adj. an. mckisuy he is black, a
black man. ''They call a blackamoor
sfickduttakoney . . . for gucki is black, and
waHtaconey one that wears clothes." —
R. W. 60.
[Del. stickeuy v. adj. (it is) black,
Zeisb.]
Buhkou, V. i. he spits, Mark 7, 35 (suh-
quinneaty 'spitting', C; but it is in the
form of the so-called infinitive, to spit:
ntUeeskououSy I spit; niihteukey I am mis-
chievous, spiteful (?), C). The pri-
mary meaning appears to be to eject,
discharge liquid; hence noh s&gkety noh
sAgketog, qui mingit. See smhqy saliva.
V. adj. an. mlikemiy he is a spitter, he
ejects w^ater (*flJfcH«ru, -o^, C. ; sickism,
-ogy R. W., long clams, 'spitters').
[Abn. sessekSy crachat; sesaegSy il
crache; nesesekSyeaXiye; ne-seghiy mingo.
Del. n'fissuk, spit, Zeisb.]
Bukoshkodtaeu (?), adv. stooping,
crouching, Gen. 49, 9.
Digitized by
Google
156
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGT
[bulletin 25
sukquiyeue, adj. and adv. in fine pow-
der, in email pieces. See mhqai.
8ukqusha-og-, v. i. they are broken, Dan.
11, 22.
sukquttahh am , v. t. he l)eats (it) small.
See sohqattahham.
♦aumhup (Narr.), n. pi. -\-paiiogy bea-
vers, R. W. 95. Cf. *ainisqu€; *n6o9up;
tummiinh n6o»up and sumhup probably
correspond with Abn. nSs^-meskS, the
female, and atsi-meskSy the male beaver.
Bunundgruniun, sohm-, eamogrkin-, v.
t. he stretches forth, holds out (his
hand or something in or with his
hand), Is. 5, 25; Gen. 22, 10; Ex. 15, 12
{mis-mmmoghmniichdem, I stretch out
my hands, C. ). Suppos. mimmaginuk,
when he held out (his hand. Josh. 8,
19). Pass, inenutcheg ne mmogkinuk,
the hand which is held out, Is. 14, 26.
With inan. subj. (v. i.) summagohteau^
(his hand) is held out. Is. 14, 27.
With inan. obj. and an. ending, mm-
inagunumauauy he holds out (his hand)
to or against (him), -Is. 5, 25. From
8oh- *and viago) (he gives, presents),
with formative {-^num) denoting action
of the hand.
BUD. is called by Eliot (Gr. 21) an 'adverb
of asking*, signifying *is it?': mnTta-
matta, Ms it not?*; sun nninnegeji ivun-
n^seny is it well to do good? etc., Mark
3, 4; 8un nen godj etc., am I a god? 2
K. 5, 7; ftunnamcUta yen. . . . , is not
this . . . ? Job 4, 6.
[Cree luxh. Chip. 7Wi.]
sunkisq. See sonksq.
Bunk-squaw. See sonksq.
^Bunnftdin, nanuxmnatin (Narr.), the
north wind, R. W^. From sowane-adJt
{sovxm-il), to or toward the south (?).
*Bunnuckhig^ (Narr.), a falling trap for
wolves, loaded * with a great weight of
stones*, R. W. 143; a crushing instru-
ment From the same root with the
following words.
*Biiniiuckhig- — continued.
[Del. sill ki te he men, to squeeze close,
to press, Zeisb. (cf. achsiin-hiitehican, a
steel trap (?), Zeisb.).]
Bunukehteau, Bunugqueht-, Banuk-,
V. cans, he crushes (by a weight), he
causes to be crushed. Suppos. pass,
(inan.) ne-mnukehUxmuky that which is
crushed. Is. 59, 5. With an. obj.
-tahheauy -tahwhaUy he crushes (him),
makes a weight to fall upon (him) ; mn-
nugqueiahwhunnearif fall (ye mountains)
on us, Luke 23, 30. The primary verb
(mnukkeu (?) J it falls heavily, it op-
presses or presses down) is not found
in Eliot.
[Abn. ne-fiekkikkameny je le foule; ne-
^kekenemeuy je leserre, manu; Jie-segSs-
kikaSafiy je I'^crase.]
Bunukkuhkau, sanuk-, v. t. he crushes
(him) (by a falling weight [hassuny
stone] is implied, or by force from
above): nua-mnukkuhkuky he crushes
me, Jer. 51, 34.
-sup. See -sip.
^Buppawn. See saupde..
BuppequaBh, n. pi. tears. See miis-
suppeg,
BUBB^unnum, v. t. he anoints (it).
Lev. 8, 10; t. an. sussequnnaUy he anoints
(him): nu^-sussSquriy I anoint (him),
Ps. 89, 20. Vbl. n. sussequ^onky anoint-
ing, ointment. Pro v. 27, 9, 16; Ex. 40,
15. Pass, -qtmittuonk, being anointed,
1 John 2, 27. Cf . sohkenuniy he pours out.
[Cree sdoskoosiiy he is smooth; soos-
kwmvy it is smooth.]
BUBBippoeu, -poi, it is on one side of, on
the border of: sussippoeu Lebanariy on
the side of Lebanon (Lebanon on-the-
side). Is. 37, 4; neqiU sussippoiy . . . og-
komaeuy on the one side, ... on the
other, Ezek. 41 , 2; sussippoe squmity * the
sides of the door*, ibid.
BUBBipponkomuk, n. the wall of the
house, Ezek. 41, 6; 2 Chr. 3, 11; sus-
supponkomuky Lev. 14, 37.
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
natick-engijish dictionary
157
T
»t. See adi.
tabach, * let it suffice ' , Ex. 44, 6; imperat.
3d sing, of tupij q. v. See ivame,
tabepoo. See lapepu,
tabhuxn. See inphum.
tabuttantaxn, v. i. he is thankful, gives
thanks, Dan. 6, 10; Luke 22, 17; with
an. obj. -tumaUy he thanks (him) (hut-ta-
botoynish, I thank you, C. ) Adv. -turn-
we, 'tamwe, thankfully (tabattdntanKDey
C.)- Vbl. n. -/am($o/iit, thanksgiving.
[Narr. taiibot neanaw&yean, I thank
you(?), R.W. 30.]
Hackqiuwock, n. pi. twins, R. W. 45
{togquoSj ogquoSj a twin; pi. -f-Mogr,
C); togquonsucaog, they are twins (?),
Gen. 25, 24; of. iagwohm, Gen. 38, 27.
[Abn. tagiiiSiy tons deux, * ensenible-
ment'; tagSesff^aky ils sont jumeaux.
Del. iacquiwi, together, Zeisb.]
tadtamswau wuhkaasoh, he pares his
nails, Deut 21, 12. See tummusmm.
Hah, in dialect of the Vineyard, at or
on, =acUy at (Eliot).
-tall. See viStah, the heart.
tahna)che, adv. in vain, causelessly, Ex.
20, 7; Lev. 26, 16; Prov. 26, 2; 'vanity',
i. e. of no account, Is. 40, 17 {tohruDchej
vainly, C).
[Chip, aninha, vainly, without effect,
for nothing. Bar.]
tahahtf. See tolim.
tahflhin, v. i. he lifts himself, raises him-
self: nut-Uihshin, I lift up myself, Is. 33,
10; imperat. 2d sing, iahshin kuhhog^
lift up thyself, Ps. 94, 2. Pass. huUah
tahsJihnco, thy heart is lifted up, Ezek.
28,2.
tahshinum, tohsh-, v. t inan. obj. he
raises (it), lifts (it) up. Gen. 40, 20
(tashun-j Mass. Ps. ) ; imperat. tohshinush
henutchegy lift up thy hand, Ps. 10, 12;
suppos. noh tafishinukj he who lifts it
up, when he lifts it, Is. 18, 3. (Pri-
marily, he lifts with the hand, tahshe-
num.) With an. obj. UihshinaUt toh-
shinauy he lifts (him) up; pret. tdhshin-
ohp [-cop] (ukcoh'Ohj he lifted up the
serpent, John 3, 14; suppos. part, tah-
shinont, w^hen lifting (him); pass, -mt-
muky when he is lifted, John 12, 32.
taksoDtani [v. i. (?)], as n. a king; pi.
-mvHtgy Gen. 35, 11. Vbl. n. tahscota-
mcoonky a kingdom; pi. -ongaithy Zeph.
3, 8; Matt. 4, 8. Adv. tahsmtamdey
'tamirey of a king, Hajf. 2, 22; Ezek.
26, 16. See ketamnt (keh tasscotctm?) ;
*gdchim.
[Marginal Nc/te.—" Lifted up? — cf. son-
tahtippadtau, v. t. he quenches or cools
( it ) (? ) ; nenariy he cools my tongue,
Luke 16, 24. Cf. nhtappattauiinat.
tannadtuppo), v. i. he feeds (as sheep
or cattle), grazes. Gen. 41, 18; Ezek.
34, 14. Vbl. n. -pcooriky pasturage,
pasture, Ezek, 34, 14; 45, 15.
tannag, n. a crane, Jer. 8, 7 (see sas-
sadt). From tanni, harsh, hoarse, a
tearing sound. See tannogki.
[Narr. tadneky pi. -\-kaiiogy R. W. 87.
Abn. taregariy pi. -ahk (cf. taraghi,
d^chire, imperat.). Del. tcU U ha,
Zeisb. S. B. 29.]
*tanne ontowftonk, *a hoarse voice', C.
See tannogki.
tannegren, taxmekin, adtannegen,
dtazmegen, v. i. it brings forth, pro-
duces, yields (as the earth plants, a
tree fruit), John 12, 24; Matt. 7, 17;
13, 26; suppos. tannegiky -kiky dtanneg-
. kuky Gen. 1, 29; Luke 13, 9; ne tan-
negiky that which grows, is produced,
fruit. With an. obj. tannHUy he grows;
pi. dtannetuogy Ps. 92, 13.
tannogki, v. i. it is torn; adj. torn: tan-
nogki p€iasqui8hdo7ik, a torn coat, C.
From tanniy it tears, makes a tearing
sound. With tanniy tannogki (Abn.
taraghi) y it * tears*, tannag, *a crane',
cf. Sansk. dar (af)y *lacerare, dilace-
rare, findere'; Gr. depoo] Russ. dra-tjy
scindere; Goth. <7<i-tar; Ang.-Sax. twr-an,
tir-an; Sw. tiira; Dan. tare, to tear; and
Greek ;^/3v (a sound, a grunt), ;'/3i'C«i»',
ypvXXrj, yepavo^y a crane; Lat. grus,
gruere (Engl. *the crane crunketh');
grunnire, to grunt; Aug. -Sax. craen;
Dutch and Germ, kraan; Sw. trana;
Dan. trane, a crane.
[Narr. tandcki, tandckshay it is torn or
rent, R. W. 134. Abn. taraghi rr^, cela
est d^chir^ (ou crev6) ; imperat. taraghi.
Digitized by
Google
158
BUREAU OF AMEBIGAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
tannogrki — con tin iie<i .
d^chire; tarokSesS, (le loup) hurle.
Del. to lackaty cracked, split, Zeisb.]
tannogrkixmum, v. t. he tears (it), as
cloth or a garment, 1 Sam. 15, 28.
From tannogkij with the formative
-nuwi, denoting action performed by the
hand.
[Narr. kum-mnche-tannakuntiam-otiSy
I have torn it off for you. Abn. ne-
dararaghindhadSn, I tear (my dress);
ne-taraghenemenj je le cr^ve de la
main.]
tannogrsheau, v. i. it tears, is torn with
violence or by force, 1 Sam. 15, 27.
From taiinoghij with sh^ characteristic of
forcible or violent action.
tanohketeaonk, adtan-, vbl. n. a gar-
den, Gen. 2, 8, 10; Cant. 4, 12. From
(ad)tanohketeaUy he plants, cultivates.
Suppos. inan. adianohketeamuh, when
planted, cultivated; used for * garden'.
Gen. 2, 9.
tanolitdadtu, v. i. he casts lots, deter-
mines by lot, gives or takes by lot; pi.
-]-og, Ps. 22, 18. Vbl. n. -tuonk, deter-
mination by lot. Num. 26, 55; Prov. 18,
1^. See adidau, he buys.
*Tantum. "The Penobscots call their
god Tantum. ' '— Capt. J. Smith. ' * The
good god they call Tardum, and their
evil god, whom they fear will do them
hurt, they call Squantum.*^ — Higgin-
son's N. E. Plantation. Probably con-
tracted from keihidnnlUdmif 'my great
god ' . See Keihtannit; manit; Squantum.
tanuppog'gnihhaTn<6oiik, vbl. noun, a
threshing floor, Jer. 51, 33. From ad-
tau{un) and poggohham, a place appro-
priated for or to threshing; =ahhvi'
tannuppoghamuky 2 Sam. 24, 21.
tapantaxn, v. i. he is satisfied, contented,
lit. enough-minded, Dent. 33, 23; im-
perat. 2d pi. -mcoJt, lie ye content with,
Luke 3, 14.
[Del. Upeleiidam, Zeisb.]
tapeneaxn, v. t. he accepts (it), receives
(it) with satisfaction, E<!cl. 9, 7; imperat.
2d sing, tapeneash, Deut. 33, 11; 3d sing.
tapeneaj, let him accept it, 1 Sam. 26, 19.
With an. obj. tajmieauaUy he accepts
(him), is satisfied with (him); suppos.
part, tapeneauontj Esth. 6, 6. Vbl. n.
tapeneaxn — continued.
(pass. ) tapeneanmwonk, acceptance, be-
ing accepted.
[Del. tepihilleUy it is enough, Zeisb.]
tai>enuni, v. i. he is able, \a sufficient,
Dan. 3, 17; 2 Cor. 9, 8; suppos. noh ia-
penukf he who is able; pi. neg iapenukeg,
they who are able, * such as had ability ',
Dan. 1, 4; Ex. 18, 21. From Uipi, with
the characteristic -num of action per-
fonned by the hand: he is enough-
handed.
tapepu, tabepcD, tapupwoo, v. i. he is
satisfied with food, enough-eats [tdpi- .
nppooi], Xah. 2, 12: pinh tahepfoog, they
shall be satisfied, Ps. 22, 26.
[Chip, nin-dtbimn, I ate enough,
Bar.]
tapk^au, V. cans. an. he makes (him)
satisfied, satisfies, contents (him ) ; pass,
he is satisfied, made content, Prov. 14,
14; suppos. jmrt. tapheunt, when satis-
fying, Prov. 6, 30. With inan. — an.
obj. (traditive) tapchteau, he satisfies
(him) with (it), makes (it) satisfy
(him); nnt'tapehteau, I satisfy (them)
with, Ps. 132, 15; Jer. 31, .14.
tapkum, tabkum, v. t. he buys, i. e.
makes satisfaction for (it), Gen, 47, 20;
1 K. 16, 24. With an. obj. taphou (?):
nui-tapwh, I bought (them), Luke 14,
19.
tftpi, taupi, V. impers. there is enough,
it suflices, Prov. 30, 15, 15; with pron.
prefix nut-tapety there is enough for me,
Gen. J^, 9; imperat. 3d sing, tahorhy
*let it suffice', Ezek. 40, 6. (Cf. Sansk.
tarp, satiare; Greek Tepicos.) See
wame.
[Narr. tofi6i, it is enough. Abn. tehat,
c*est assez. Micm. tebia, assez, Maill.
Del. tepif Zeisb.]
tapupwGO. See tapepu.
HaqvL&ttin (Narr. ), it freezes: seip taqudt-
thiy the river is frozen; auke taqadishciy
the ground is frozen, R. W. {iogqudttln,
it congeals, stiffens, Ex. 15, 8). From
tohkoi'itahki, R. W.), it iff cold. (Cf.
Sansk. /iyj/, tegere; Lit. dengiu. )
[Abn. iagSaden, cela est gel^, fig^;
tagScUsS, il est gel^. Cree tdk'6u\ it is
cold; au'k^umttln, it is frozen. Del. lax
quai tejiy frozen; ta tax can, thick, stiff,
Zeisb, S. B. 29, 30.]
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
159
^taqubnck (Narr.), n. ^ fall of leaf and
autumn ', R. VV. Vbl. from tohkoi (tahkij
R.W.), freezing, when froet comes.
[Abn. tagSdngS. Gree ttickwdkin, it is
autumn. Powh. taquitockf * the harvest
and fall of leaf, Smith's Virginia. Del.
tachquoacuj Zeisb.]
tashkuhkom, task-, v. t. he treads
upon (it); freq. tattashkuhkomy Hos.
10, 11 (infin.); suppos. t<ittashkukogj
when he treadeth out (the corn, Deut.
25, 4; 1 Cor. 9, 9). With an. obj. task-
knhkatuiii; freq. taUashkuhkauau, he
treads upon (him), 2 K. 14, 9; 2 Chr.
25,28; (infin.) Luke 10, 19.
[Abn. ne-dakeskAmen, je le foule aux
pieds. Cree tdJcootkum^ he treads on
it, 'Skum ** implying with certain roots
the use of the leg or foot", Howse, 87.]
HashpODOnk, tasp-, n. a table, C. [This
has the form of an active vbl. n., and
can not mean ^ table', though it may
signify a meal, eating what is held up;
from tahshe-uppoD.'] Eliot transfers the
word 'table' without translation.
Hashunum. See tahshinum.
Hatackomxnftti-og' (Narr.), n. pi. por-
poises, R.W. 103. From tatagkom (he
keeps striking), with -mdu, generic for
'fish': the fish which keeps striking
(the water).
Hatdggranish (Narr.), v. t. (imperat. 2d
sing.) 'shake this', R. W. 54. Cf. tat-
taminum.
*tataggro6kituaah ( Narr. ) , n. pi. ' a fresh
meadow', R. W. [tataggu-oskeJU'Uash,
shaking grass (?).]
[Chip, totdgarij *a trembling piece
of ground in a marsh or swamp'.
Bar. Del. taiaxan, stiff, close (?).]
tatta, I know not, I can not tell, John
9, 12; 20, 13 (talto, Mass. Ps.) . Augm. of
tohy *it may be', an adv. 'of doubting',
as Eliot calls it (Gr. 22).
[Narr. tattd. Abn. tahnega, je ne
sais, qu'en sais-je? Del. faktdani, Hkw. ;
taktanij *be it who it may' (adv.); *I
don't know where'; atf«, 'to, no, not;
matta towt, in no way, Zeisb. Gr.]
tattagkomaii, v. t. an. (freq. of tog-
komau) he strikes him repeatedly, beats
(him): wiU-taUagkomduh, they beat
him. Acts 18, 17; suppos. iattogkomont,
when he beats (him), Luke 12, 45.
tattagkomaU — continued .
With inan. obj. tcUtogkodtam, he beats
(it); suppos. noh tohtogkodtogj he who
beats (it), 1 Cor. 9, 26. See togkodtam.
tattamwoktaii, v. t. (cans.) he incloses
(it) with; pi. -taUog qiissukquanashf they
set in (it) stones; pass. inan. hasmnash
tattamwohiaU'Un-ash . . . u( pohquag,
'stones inclosed in ouches', Ex. 39, 10,
6. Vbl. n. tatiamwohtauoyikj setting, in-
closmg, Ex. 28, 20.
tattauuxLum, v. t. he shakes (it), Acts
18, 6. The formative -num implies
action performed by the hand. Cans.
tattauwohteaUf he makes (it) shake,
causes (it) to shake; tattamvohteash
kuhhog, shake thyself. Is. 52, 2.
tatteoktaii menutckeg, he smites (him)
with the fist, Is. 58, 4; suppos. (noh) tdd-
ieadty he who smites (him) with. Is.
3,17.
*tattuppun]iokko]iat, v. i. (infin.), to
spin, C. See tuppindhteau; (uitvppun,
[tatuppagin, v. i. it rolls (on its axis
or about itself ) . ] From tattippe, all the
same, motion about a center without
advance (?). V. adj. -giymusxi, it is
rolled together or on its axis; pi. -auashj
things rolled up, Is. 34, 4. With sh (of
involuntary action or mischance ?),
tatuppagsheaUf it rolls itself or is rolled;
suppos. -shunkj 'when rolled together',
' a scroll ' , Rev. 6, 14. See tuppindhteau;
iwttuppun.
[Abn. ne-dat€bipSd8n, je roule (v. g.
pierre, arbre, etc.); ne-datehenemen^ je
le roule. Cree tHlppe-puihUj it turns
(on its axis).]
^tatuppauntiiock (Narr.), v. i. pi. they
are weighing (with scales or balances),
R. W. 136.
tatuppe, v. impers. it is equal; as adv.
alike, equally, Job 21, 26: ne taiuj^ej ne-
tatupf 'like, so', El. Gr. 22 {tatUppeyeUj
just so ; -yhi^, equally, C. ) . Ad j . tattup-
peyeuy pi. -yeuash, equal (things), Is. 40,
15 ; Rev. 21, 16. V. subst. taiuppeyeum, he
is (or it is) the same as, equal to: wame
weyaus taiuppemmkehtuoD, all flesh is (the
same as) grass, Is. 40, 6; pi. -yeticoog,
they are equal to, the same as. Is. 40, 22;
Luke 20, 36; suppos. -yeuwkishj things
when equal, Pp. 17, 2. From idpiy it
suffices, by intens. reduplication.
Digitized by
Google
160
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
tatuppe — continued .
[Narr. netdtup^ 'it is all one'. Abn.
t^tebiSiy A I'^galiti?, egaleuient. Cree
idbhkof}chf alike; e-dp-itchj the «ame.
Chip, tlbishkoj equal, like, similar, Bar.
Del. Ipisquiy exactly so, Zeisb.]
tatuppeht^au, v. caus. inan. he makes
(it) e<iual, equalizes (it), Ps. J3J^, 15.
[Abn. ti'tebaghendSe, il le divise ^gale-
ment.]
tatuppequanum, v. t. he rolls (it) along,
Matt. 27, 60; 28, 2. Suppos. pass, tatuppe-
quaiiumuky when rolled, that which is
rolled; hence, as n. *a wagon*, Num. 7,
3 ; pi . -m uffish and -m ugrpuish , * chariots ' ,
Ex. 14, 9. Suppos. inan. tntuppequash'
%ink (from tatuppeqiuuheau, v. i. it rolls),
when it rolls; as n. that which rolls, *a
rolling thing'. Is. 17, 13.
tatuppin, n. a thread, Cant. 4, 3. See
iutiuppun.
*taubut, tadbot (Narr.). See tabuttan-
tam, he is thankful.
taUxnao^. See tauumaog,
*tailnek ( Narr. ) , n. a crane. See tannag.
tauoDmaogr. See tauumaog.
taupi. See tdpi,
♦tatipowaw (Narr. ) , * a wise speaker' ; pi.
taupowauog. * * Their wise men and old
men (of which number the priests are
also) . . . they make solemn speeches
and orations or lectures to them, con-
cerning religion, peace or war and all
things."— R.W. 64, 112. Probably from
tdpi {taHibiy R. W.), and perhaps the
same as v. caus. tapMau, tapehheau^ he
gives satisfaction, satisfies, says what is
enough. Cf. pauwau, a priest.
[Cree tdpwayoOy he true-says. Chip.
tdpwa, he true-speaks (nin d^bve, I
speak truth, Bar.).]
*taut [toutou], pi. tautauog (Narr.), the
name of a species of fish, 'sheeps-
heads', R. W. This name, in the
plural, is now popularly given to the
Labrus americanus Bloch ( Labrus tau-
toga of Mitchell).
tauumaog:, tallm-, taua>m- (?), n. a
street, Dan. 9, 25; Rev. 21, 21: tauum-
mdogquehtUf into the street, Josh. 2, 19.
[Narr. eaiau-may would be * old way '
or 'long used way* (?). See eaiatt*fis.'\
tatlwohpahh am . See touopham.
tauwutchaahunk-isli, ' breaches ' , A mos
9, 1 1 . See tou mttrhaihajnaxm k.
^tawiflhonk, adv. in the meantime,
meanwhile, Mass. Ps., John 4, 31, =?ia
nochey El.
teftg*, as n. thing, object (chose): n«
teag . . . matta teag, or matteag^ some-
thing . . . nothing, Luke 22, 35; Prov.
9, 13; ne teng jyeyasiky a very little thing
(suppos.), 18.40,15.
teaguas, pi. -amnishy n. things, matters,
which are not tangible or material, Is.
42, 9: lie teaguas^ something (spoken,
Luke 11, 54). Augm. ianteaguamnash
(with wainej all), things. Gen. 24, 1;
Prov. 26, 10; Is. 44, 24. The primary sig-
nification of tedg seems to he property,
possession, something had: ne ohtunky
what he hath; ne ohtag, what is (se
hal^et). See ohtauunat; ohinik.
[Narr. tedqua, what is this?; teaqua
naiintick ewb, what comes he for?;
teaqua cun-ndthmej what look you for?;
tedg yo augu'hdttirky what hangs there?;
nit'teauguashy my money, R. W.]
teftg^aah, teaug^aah, pi. things, pos-
sessions; used by Eliot for * money';
Gen. 23, 13; Matt. 17, 27, etc.
teagwe, teague, adj. and adv. 'any'.
Rev. 7, 1: teagu€y . . .ne teague^ of money,
... of anything, Deut. 23, 19. As an
interrog. what?: teag\ee woi vmhordo)-
waiy what shall I cry? Is. 40, 6. See
chdgtixts.
teanuk, adv. presently, El. Gr. 21;
quickly, immediately. Gen. 18, 7; Acts
10, 29, 33.
[Narr. iednoy 'by and by*. Micm,
teniky d'abbrd; iemkeSeiy premi^rement,
Main. Quir. chdraquey quickly.]
teaogrku, adv. 'rather, unfinished \ El.
Gr. 21 ['on the way to* an end not yet
attained (?), or 'shortly'; cf. tidhqut].
See nogque.
teashiyeuonk, teateaah-, vbl. n. a
family, Deut. 29, 18; Jer. 33, 24
{chashiyeuonk, teashinnfinnhmky C).
tenogrkequas. See tinogkukquas.
tetequshin, v. i. it trembles, 'pants' (of
the heart, Ps. 38, 10). From taiagkom
(see tatiagkoinaii) , he beats, with «A,
characteristic of violent action.
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBrLL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
161
tiadche, adv. unexpectedly, £1. Gr. 22;
1 Sam. 6, 9; suddenly, John 11, 7
{wachStj immediately, Mass. Ps., John
6, 21).
-tin, -tinne. Eliot calls these "supple-
tive syllables of no significance", etc.
See vmUinne-\- J u'uUU-{-.
'^innogrl^ohteaa, n. a toad; pi. -f suogy C.
tinogrkiikquas, tenogkequas, n. a frog;
pi. -\-8uogy Ex. 8, 2, 10; Ps. 105, 30 {tin-
nogkohqmse, 'suog^ C). Cf. *kopiaugs;
mohmoskuhtecui. From a verb signi-
fying to jump, with ds (ddfu), animal:
the creature which moves by jumping.
See tavnagf crane ( * croaker ' ? ) .
[Abn. arikdaSj il saute.]
. tidhqiii, tiuhque, it is short; adv. and
adj. short, Num. 11, 23; Ps. 89,47; Rom.
9, 28 (nutHohquenif 4n short', i. e. I am
brief, I will speak briefly, C). V.
adj. an. tiohqus$u, he is short, of low
stature. V. cans. inan. tiohquehtSau^ he
shortens (it), makes (it) short: kut-
tiohqaehie-Ohj thou makest (it) short to
him, Ps. 89, 46.
[Narr. iiaqadnquMu, he is short, R. W.
60. Quir. taioquiak, is short (of life).
Pier. 39. Abn. tadkSissSf il est court;
taSdkSaty oela est court. Del. taquetto
(adv.), short, Zeisb.]
tiohquonkque, (it is) low; suppos. iioh-
qunkqaodi, w^hen it is low^. Is. 32, 19.
-tipixnon (?): nvi'tipimon^ my shoulder-
blade. Job 31, 22. See mokpegk; mut-
tugk.
tipukok, suppos. when it is dark. See
*iAppaco.
tisasquodt: mahche i\m»qaodty after (the
season of) mowing, Amos 7, 1.
tdanneu, v. i. he gapes, yawns {nut-
toiwunneemj I gape, C); with an. obj.
tdannehtaUy he gapes at (him); nut
i&unnehlongquogy they gape at me, Ps.
22, 13.
tog'giUiwhonk, togruh-, togwonk, vbl.
n. (from toghum) the pounding (of
com, etc.); hence a mortar or place
for pounding: ut togguhvronganity Mn a
mortar', *in mills'. Num. 11, 8. Adj.
and adv. togguhwongane, of grinding, of
a mill; toguhw6ngandmpsk, (oguxmka-
nompskf a millstone. Job 41, 24; 2 Sam.
11, 21; Is. 47, 2.
B. A. E., Bull. 25—11
togguhwlioxik, etc. — continued.
[Narr. iAckunck or weskunck, * their
pounding mortar*, R. W. Abn. tagSa-
hangan, la pile. Del. tachquoahoacan,
Zeisb.]
togrhtun, togrgrulihum, v. t. he grinds (it)
(togguhhum-un-alt to grind, C); ttmi'
toghumun-eaUf they ground it. Num.
11,8.
[Narr. tackhUmmiiiy to grind com, R.
W., i. e. to beat it in a pounding mor-
tar. Abn. 8da khSdmen, il pile quelque
chose dans la pile (bl^, viande, etc.).]
tog^kodtaxn, v. t. he strikes (it) with a
stick or some implement, Ex. 7, 20;
Num. 20, 11; suppos. noh togkodiog, he
who strikes (he when striking). Is. 41,
7; Ezek. 7, 9. Freq. tohtogkodtarrij tat-
tagk'y he strikes repeatedly, beats (it);
suppos. noh tohtogkodtogt he who beats
(it), 1 Cor. 9, 26. Vbl. n. togkodtuonk,
a blow, a striking, Ex. 21, 25; freq.
todtogkodluonky tatogk-, a beating, Deut.
17, 8; 21, 5 (pi. tattagkodtuonga«h,
* stripes', Ind. Laws). With an. obj.
iogkamau, he strikes (him); suppos. noh
togkomonty he who strikes or may strike,
Ex. 21, 12, 15; freq. taUagkamau (q. v.),
he beats him. Vbl. n. act. togkoma^-
vHumky a blow given, Ps. 39, 10; pass.
togkomiUeaonky a blow received, a being-
strack. Job 23, 2. See togku,
togkodteg, n. (a striking instmment),
a sword. Lev. 26, 6; 1 Sam. 17, 45; pL
-egashy -eganash, Ps. 59, 7. From tog-
kodiam. (Cf. Sansk. fu^, ferire, vul-
nerare, tremere; tody pulsare, ferire;
tcUy percutere, ferire. Hib. tathaimy I
kill; tathogy 'a slap'. Cf. Lat. tignuniy
with Ind. n. gen. -uhitigy wood, a beam,
a stick. )
[Narr. n* tatcJccdminuckqun ewby he
strack (beat) me, R. W. 148. Abn. ne-
ddkhSdmeny je pile (quelque chose);
ne-dagamaHy je le bats (v. g. lapide);
ne-tagh^tSny je frappe avec cela. Cree
tdkalumy he stabbeth (?) it; tdkd-chegd-
yooy he stabbeth; ootdmmahuny he b^it-
eth it; ootdmmaheggun (a beating instru-
ment), a hammer, tomahawk; but cf.
tummehtamy tummigquohwhau, Micm.
taktemy je frappe. Powh. tockahacks,
pickaxes; tomahacksy axes, J. Smith.
Del. tangamukf he stabbed or pierced;
Digitized by
Google
162
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
togkodteg — continued .
tan pa memlj pienvd; tamjandican, tan-
gamicanj appear, Zeisb.]
togkogku, V. i. it stops, stays, is stayed
(of the progress of jHistilence, 2 Sam.
24, 5); nut'togkogkem, I stop, V. With
k»h, characteristic of sudden or violent
action, togkogq^han, it was stopped,
stayed. Num. 16, 48, 50, = togkngqu^h'
omco (pass, form). Num. 25, 8, =on-
tappu, Ps. 106, 30. Cf. iogkmhln.
[togrku, V. i. he strikes (with some in-
strument), deals a blow;] infin. togko-
nat qiutsukqna)iaJ!'h amh konnkqaUoAh, *to
hurl stones or arrows', 1 Chr. 12, 2.
With inan. subj. togkeuy it strikes; sup-
pos. togknnk (that which strikes), an
ax. Is. 10, 15; Judg. 9, 48; pi. -'rash,
Ezek. 26, 9 (fogkong, C; iorkucke, a
hatchet. Wood); freq. tadtagkonat, to
beat, C.
togkuhwhosu, V. i. he is grinding, he
grinds, Judg. 16, 21; pi. -osiutg, Matt.
24, 41. N. agent, -whosueu^ a grinder;
1)1. -cjiuogy Eccl. 12, 3.
[Abn. iagSahaiisSy on le pile; dakSassiy
il pile dans la pile. ]
togrkun, V. i. it holds, 2 Chr. 4, 5. See
tohqunnum.
togkuppinau, v. t. an. he holds (him)
fa.st by bonds, Judg. 15, 10 (infin.).
Augm. and intens. tohtogk-^ tattagk-:
wutohtogkuppinchuh, they bound him,
Judg. 15, 13; suppos. part, tohtogkxip-
pinonty Matt. 12, 29. Double trans.
toghippinauaUy he binds (him) fast to
(him). From iohqunaUy he holds fast;
with the characteristic of binding or
tying i-pi),
[Cree idhkoop-lgsooy he is tie<l up;
-ittdyoo, it is tied uj) (m/>/wr, a line or
cord). Chip. (sup})os.) tahkooltezood,
bound fast, John 11, 44.]
togkushiii, V. i. it strikes (with violence),
is stopped (by a violent or unexpected
obstacle): ishkont his-sfct loghishin qiis-
sukquanitj lest thy foot 'dash' or strike
with violence on a stone, Matt. 4, 6.
Cf. togkogku,
togkussittaasun, v. i. he stumbles, John
11, 10; pi. 'univogj they stumble, Rom.
11, 11 [nut-togkissitassinyl BiumhleyC).
From togkushin and m^seet {mus6€et)j the
foot.
togqu^ttln, v. i. it congeals, Kx. 15, 8;
stiffens, freezes. See *UiquaUin.
*togquo8, a twin, C. See ogqnox; ^iack-
qiunock.
toguhwhonk. See iogguhivhonk.
togwonk. See toggxihvhouk.
toh, •a<iv. of doubting', El. Gr. 22; 'it
maybe'; (2) adv. *of wishing'; use<l as
an annex 'to every person and varia-
tion in the optative moo<i', signifying
'O that it were." {iUinam)\ would that,
El. Gr. 34, 65: ^ na)-wiwdchamui toh, 1
wish I keep him'; (3) with the supjKJS.
mood, in what manner, how: ahque-
teaumktoh ncotarndg, take heed how you
hear, Mark 4, 24; toh dnukque ne immny
as he bids me, si) (or that) I speak^.
1 K. 22, 14. Cf. uttoh.
[Moh. taughy iaukhy Edw. and Pray-
ers, I, 6, 7.]
toh, tohhen, interrog. particle, how?
where? what? It supplies the plac»e of
the interrog. pronoun, inanimate, as
hoivan [eiro-unly who?, does that of the
animate. In some dialects, for example
the Cree, tohhea or its representative
has sing, and pi. an. and inan. fonns;
but as useil by Eliot, it is indeclinable.
See tohnelt; tohnoh; tohwuichy etc.
[Narr. Urn tridttiny where lives he?;.
(nckowt'kin Itoh kowt'kin'\y where dwell
you?; tahcna [toh hennou\y 'what is his
name', how is he called?; taJuttamen
Itoh h€ttamun]y 'what call you this',
how is it called? Abn. tai'ini am/iian, quo
vadis?; tanni SenmUy imde venis?; aren-
ahfjfs tai'miy combien d'hommes!; taiinay
quiconque. Micm. ddy "note interrog-
ative, comme num, ou ne, en latin";
interrog. pron. (an.) tdtiy pi. tanik;
(pret.) tanaky pi. tannkiky celui que;
(inan.) tdtiy pi. tanel; (pret^) tdtiely pi.
tdnnkely ce que; ^*tdn est aussi adverbe de
temps, et signifie quand"; "est encore
adverbe de lieu, et signifie oil, en quel
lieu, en ce lieu", Maill. Cree UhiAy in-
terrog. pron. an. which; pi. idn-dnekce;
inan. tdn-emahy pi. tdn-dnehee, Howse 189
(but in the examples, p. 280, the in-
flections are transferred to the verb or
verbal to which tdn is prefixed, its use-
corresponding with that of toh (in-
decl. ) , by Eliot). Del. ta, taniy where?"
Zeisb.]
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
163
tohkaeu, adv. *in cold weather', Prov.
25, 20. See t(M'oi.
tohkekom [=tohh)x- k-comco, it comes
cool (?)], n. a spring (of water), a
fountain, Lev. 11, 36; pi. -kommuash,
Josh. 15, 19. Adj. and adv. 'kommue,
of fountains, Cant. 4, 15; Neh. 3, 15:
tohkekommupog, springs of water {-pog)^
Num. 19, 17; Josh. 15, 19.
\ r [Abn. tekebi, eau froide; tekeplghey
fontaine. Cree tdke-gumu^ cold-liquid-
is-it; it is cold (?). Chip. (Sag.) tack-
keebeoy Sch. ii, 462; takigamx, spring
water, Bar. ; tt'ikagiimi, the water is cold,
S. B. Shawn, tuk-ee-kitm-ee, Miami
taw-keng-gaw'ine. ]
tohkequn, tuhkekun, v. i. it is heavy,
Prov. 27, 3; Job 6, 3; 23, 2; pi. -{-ashy
Matt. 23, 4: (ukkekhtikqiinashy they are
heavy (for me), Ps. 38, 4; suppos. tuh-
kequogy when it is heavy, Ps. 38, 4; ne
iuhkequoky the weight of it, 1 K. 10, 14;
vnnttuhkequaney by weight, of the weight
of; pi. 'Onashy Num. 7, 86.
[Narr. qiiftsiicquny heavy; hik-qussuck-
qutiy yon are heavy (cf. qussuk, a rock).
Abn. tekigSfy il est pesant; tekigSariy cela
e8t pesant. Del. tak-achmin (heavy
stone), lead, Zeisb.]
tohkoi, V. impers. it is cold, cold is; as n.
cold, Job 37, 9; John 18, 18: katne tohkoi y
the cold of snow, Prov. 25, 13; suppos.
(concrete) tohkag^ when it is cold. Job
24, 7; pi. -gi^hy Nah. 3, 17 {mcocheke
tohkoi y it is very cold (weather ) , C. ) . The
primary signification is, perhaps, con-
gealed, stiffened, or made hard, solid (by
cold ) . Cf . togqudttin (Narr. taqudttin ) , it
congeals, it freezes; *taqudnky and with
these togkogkUy it is stopped, obstructed.
[Narr. tahkiy idiakkiy 'cold weather*;
iahk^fSy cold [cool, dimin. (?)]; taki-
ttpj)ocaty it is a cold night. Abn. tag-
Sndeiiy tkdiy (la sagamit^) est froide,
cela est gel^, fig6; teklgheriy la terre est
froide; tekitebcikaty il fait froid lanuit,
etc. Cree tdk^dwy it is cold. Del. tekek
[suppos. =tohkag{?)'\y cold, Zeisb. Gr.
42. Chip, itc ka gfi miy *the water is
coUr, S. B.]
tohkokquok, suppos. when it is cold
weather, in a season of cold, *in the
cool of the day', Gen. 3, 8.
[Narr. taukocks, cold weather.]
tohkdnogrque, conj. although, Kl. Gr.
22; tok-y Job 13, 15.
^ohkcDsin, v. i. [he raises himself (?)],
he climbs: nut-tohkm»y I climb; tohkmsin-
neatj to climb, C.
tohkcotaau, v. t. he climbs upon (it) :
inetu^y he climbed the tree, Luke
19, 4; pi. tohkcotauAog xveetudmehtUy they
climb up upon the houses, Joel 2, 9;
ktLssampskdiyeU'Uty they climb up
upon the rocks, Jer. 4, 29. Vbl. n.
tohkootauonky a ladder. Gen. 28, 12 {tah-
kcosowoiituky C). With the character-
istic of forcible or violent action {sh) ,
togkooithaau; pi. togkwshdog; haxfaneti-
tunky they scale the wall, Joel 2, 7. Cf.
tmkeuy 'he wakes', rises (?).
[Narr. nHaquaichnuadmeny *I go up
hill'; taguatchdivaahy go (thou) up hill,
R. W. 76.]
tohneit, conj. if, El. Gr. 22: iohiieit nenagy
if it be so, Dan. 3, 17.
tohnoh, adv. interrog. whence? Gen. 42,
7: icoh au, whither can he go? John
7, 35 (tonnohy whither, where; iomioji-
vfitchy whence, C). See tohy tohhm,
[Narr. tunyia co-vniumy whence came
you?; tunnock ktitidmey whither go you?
R. W. 28 (cf. p. 73). Abn. tafini Semwiy
unde venis?; tarini aiahiany quo vadis?
Micm. tan, oii, en quel lieu, en ce lieu.
Cree/dn-iVte, what place? where?; idn^iiih
StchCy from which place? whence?
Del. ta talky where? Hkw\]
tohqunntun, v. t. he lays hold of (it),
takes fast hold of, seizes (with the
hand), catches; pi. -umwog, Is. 5, 29.
Vbl. n. tohqunnumdonky a seizing,
'prey', Ezek. 19, 3. With an. obj.
tohqunauy he lays hold of (him), holda
him fast, Ps. 10, 9; Judg. 8, 14 (i>aa8.
he is seized or taken, Ezek. 19, 8);
umiohqun-duh, they caught him, Mark
12, 3. From togqiin, iohqiiriy it holds,
with formative -nwm, denoting action
by the hand. Cf. togkogku; togkuMhin.
[Cree tdkwa-numy he grasps, holds it
with the hand; tdhtiltuniy he holds it
in his mouth. Abn. ne-khhaiiy ' je prens
(v. g. une mart«)dan8 I'attrape'; kera-
higan, attrape (aux ours).]
tohsahke, adv. whilst, so long aa, 1 Cor.
8, 13. Cf. nisohke.
I tohshinuxn. See tahshinum.
Digitized by
Google
164
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
tohs^, toliBh^u, adj. or, as Eliot classes
it, a * distributive pronoun*, signifying
how much: **pl. tohsuog, tohmincuihj
how many", El. Gr. 8. Elsewhere
(p. 14) he gives *Uoh»d, or iahshe^ which
is varied [in the pi.] tohguogj tohsumh,
or tohshinash*\ as an 'additional* or
'word suppletive, which signifieth
nothing* added to the numerals from
5 to 9 (inclusive), and 'which receiv-
eth the grammatical variation of the
things numbered, animate or inani-
mate': napanna tafuihey five; an. pi.
napanna tofisuog; inan. pi. napanna
tohguash [or tahshinash']; yeu iohsheu,
for so much?; nuXy ne tohsheu, yes,
for so much, Acts 5, 8; vmnneese tah-
9he, twice as much. Job 42, 10; nequt
pa9uka>e tahsheej a hundredfold (times
so much), Luke 8,8 {tohshe^ so much;
ne tohshiiy so often, so many times, C).
PI. an. tohtraog, how many (persons);
inan. tohshina»h, tahshinash, tohsHash,
how many (things); ne adtahshe, ne
ahhut tahshe, [that which is to or at so
many] so many as, the sum of, 2 Sam.
2, 23; Mark 6, 56; 2 K. 4, 8; suppos.
inan. ne adtahsik, the whole number,
the sum, Rev. 13, 18 (ne audtnhsinit,
'the sum of the number*, 1 Chr. 21, 5) ;
suppos. an. pi. ne adiahshehetiit, they
being (when they were) so many, as
many of them as, Judg. 3, 1; 1 Tim.
6, 1. As a ' suppletive * to the numerals
from 5 to 10, the signification of tahshe
(tohgd) is obscure, though Eliot was
certainly wrong in supposing it without
significance. It may not improbably
be related to tahshin, he lifts himself,
raises up, and tahshinumy he holds up
or raises (his hand or something in his
hand). With an inan. subj. tahshin
becomes tahsheu, it lifts, or is lifted up.
The Algonquian system of numbers was
quinary, and borrowed doubtless from
the fingers of the hand. At .five
{napanna, nabo napanna, or sometimes
napanna tahshe), one hand was put up
{neepm, neepau-^n, stood upright); at
six, 5-f-l, one finger of the second hand
was raised, neqvMa tahshe, and so on.
[Narr. tashin com-m^sim, how much
shall I give you?; pi. inan. tashinash,
Abn. k^ssSaknaSa, ou taiini kessSihidit,
tohsti, etc. — continued,
combien sont ils?; k^ssenSmaSa, ou k^s-
senSar, combien . . . de ces choses?; ni
akisinan, voiU tout, voilA toutes (dea
poires); negSdans, six; ^\. 9Xi, negSdans-
kSssSak; inan. -kessenSr. Micm. tachy
combien?; tachigek, combien sommes-
nous?; to/chigigik, combien sont-ils? etc.
(comme un verbe) ; an. pi. ajSgom d^chi-
gik, six; d^h s*emploie ordinairement
apr6s les nombres 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 100, 1000,
ete. Cree * * from tdhto, number ( ? ) , are
formed it-tussu-uk (an. i.), they are, or
number, so many; it-tdhtin-tvah (inan,
i.)**, etc.; nickoot'tudssik, six. Del.
tschitsch, more, again; ta tcJien, how
much? Zeisb.]
tohwutch, tohwaj, adv. interrog. why?
(El. Gr. 21), Job 3, 11, 12: tohn^ch
koueyog, why sleep ye? Luke 22, 46.
tohwaj is the indefinite and suppos.
form. From toh and tndche, what
from? wherefore?
[Cree tdn*wiche, what from? why?
Narr. tawhUch,']
tohwuttinttipiiioh, 'he cared for
(them)*: mat . . . iohvmtiintvpandoh, he
'not . . . cared for (the poor)*, John
12, 6, =**maiia vutche tohen tupponnm'
op'\ Mass. Ps. (Eliot has matta toh'
hentupdnumduo) shepsoh, * he careth not
for the sheep*, John 10, 13,=iwa//a tup^
panumoo) sheepsoh, Mass. Ps.).
tomeii, v. i. he escapes, saves himself,
goes clear (infin. tomun-at, to escape,
Ezra 9, 8) . Cans. an. tomheau, he causes
to go clear, saves, delivers, 1 »Sam. 23,5;
imperat. 2d sing, -f 3d. pi. tomweh, save
thou them, 1 Sam. 23, 2; suppos. noh
mos nui-lomhik, he can deliver me, 1
Sam. 17, 37. Cans. inan. tomivehteau^
he saves (it), 2 K. 13, 25.
tomogrkon, v. i. it is flooded, there is
a flood. As n. a flood. Gen. 6, 17;
Job 22, 16; Matt. 7, 25; the rising of
water, flood tide (nippe tdmogkon, water
flows, C; tommogkon, iommog, Mass.
Ps.). PI. wadchuash sogkodtunk tomog^
konash, the mountains flow with milk,
Joel 3, 18. Suppos. tomogkog, when it
flows with, when there is a flood, Ex.
3,8.
[Narr. tamdccon, flood tide; tauma-
coks, upon the flood (i. e. when water
Digitized by
Google
tbumbull]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
165
tomog'koii — continued,
is rising), R. W. 100. Abn. tam&gan^
lamar^ monte; tamagagM, mar^e inon-
tante.]
♦ton (Muh. ), a connective, and, moreover
(between clauses); don^ Ps. 19, 1, 2, 11,
also Watts' Cat. 25, ans. 3, and Lord's
Prayer in [Quinney's?] Assembly Cate-
chism 5, 6.
tonkqs. See adlonkqs, kinsman or kins-
woman.
toshkeonk (?), vbl. n. a 'crashing' noise,
a crash, 25eph. 1, 10.
touappu [toueu-appuy he remains soli-
tary or deserted], v. i. he is deserted, I
abandoned: nun-neechanog touappuog,
my children are desolate, Lam. 1, 16. ,
toueu, touweu, v. i. it is solitary, de-
serted, imoccupied: tU touweu^ 'in the
desert', Ps. 78, 40. Hence suppos. tou-
wag^ 'a gap' (place left open), Ezek.
13, 5.
[Del. tauwiechen, it is open (e. g. the |
way), Zeisb. Gr. 168.] i
toid^su, V. adj. an. he is solitary, de- t
serted; as n. {iouwUSf iouies)^ an or- \
phan, a fatherless child, Ex. 22, 22; i
Deut. 14, 29; 27, 19.
[Narr. towiuwockj fatherless chil-
dren, R.W. 45.]
toiiishin, touwushizi, v. i. inan. subj. it
is desolate, it lies waste: ohke pish ioui-
shin, the land shall be desolate, Mic.
7, 13; suppos. ne ianuhMky that which is '
desolate or waste, Hag. 1, 9. Adj. and
adv. touishinne, totimishinne, Job 15, 34;
Is. 35, 1.
[Dei. tan vie chen^ it is open, Zeisb.]
tduntomuk. See dontSmuk, the womb.
touohkomuk [suppos. inan. or pass,
part, of iouohkeu, from tom'u-ohke, de-
serted place, 'wild land' (?)], n. the
desert, the wilderness, a solitary place,
Ex. 5, 3; Ps. 107, 4; Is. 14, 7; 44, 23
{touohkomukj C. ) ; pi. -ukqiiashj Is. 48, 21.
Adj. and adv. -ukqw, of the wilderness,
etc., not cultivated, Deut. 32, 10; 2 K.
4, 39; Is. 10, 18.
[Del. lachanigei'i, woody, full of wood,
Zeisb. Gr. 165; te-ke-nCy the woods,
Zeisb. Voc. 30.]
toudkpeu, v. i. he goes in (or into) water,
John 6, 7 {tauohpe, Mass. Ps. ) ; suppos.
tauohpitj when he goes into water,
ibid. v. 4.
toudhpuhteau, v. t. (cans.) he casts it
into (the water); pi. -teaog eii kehtah-
hdnitj they cast (it) into the sea, Jonah
1,5.
touopkam, tauwohpahham, v. t. he
puts (it) in water, 'seethes' it, Ex. 29,
31; Num. 6, 19 (nuttauohpunukwhj he
puts me into (the water), Mass. Ps.,
John 5, 7). Cf. neepaUau,
[Abn. tsaSapSj il se plonge dans I'eau.
Narr. toun^pskh6mmk€(impeT&t.^d pl. ),
cast anchor, i. e. throw the stone into
the water.]
tduppuhhosu, V. adj. an. he is put into
water; suppos. noh t^uppuhhosit, he (or
an. obj., as weyausy flesh) when put in
water, 'sodden', Num. 6, 19.
touweu. See toueu.
touwuBhin. See touUhhi,
touwutchatkamoHnik, 'a breach' (in a
house), Amos 6, 11. See tauuuichash-
unk'ish.
♦touwuttin (Narr.), the south wind (?),
R. W.
nojriisk ( Narr. ) , n. a bridge, R. W. Cf .
tcDftkeonk.
[Del. ta yiich quoaii^ Zeisb.]
ta>anneu. See ptancu,
toDhpu. See tcopu.
ta>keu, toDhkeu, v. i. he wakes from
sleep, Ps. 78, 65; pret. nut-tcokcp, I did
wake, Ps. 3, 5; Jer. 31, 26; imperat. 2d
sing, tcokish; suppos. taokeit, when he
wakes, is awakened, Zech. 4, 1; tcokeorij
when I wake, Ps. 17, 15. With the
characteristic (sh) of suddenness or
involuntary' action, tooksheti. V. t. an.
oh]. tmkinauy he wakes, awakens (him):
nut-tmkiu'Ukf he wakes me, Is. 50, 4;
Zech. 4, 1.
[Narr. tdkish^ wake thou, pl. tdkeke;
kiiumydi [kittummdy El.] tokeariy as soon
as I wake; v. t. tSkiniJfhy wake him.
Abn. fie-t8kira, je m'^»veille; ne-tSkki-
mafi, *je I'^veille, moi parlant', etc.]
-toDn. See muttaon, the mouth.
ta>zieque, it slips, is slip|)ery; as adj. and
adv. Jer. 23, 12; imperat. 3d sing, tame-
quaj, let it slip or be slipjxjry, Ps. 35, 6.
tcDnequahin, v. i. inan. subj. (it) slips
or slides, Ps. 94, 18; suppos. nusneet
tamukfputhiky when my foot slips, Ps.
38, 16. With an. subj. tmnequstnty he
slips, is slipping. {Tamukque»iie kup-
DigitizQd by
Google
166
BUREAU OF AMEEICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 26
ta>iiequ8liiii — continued.
pat, slippery ice, C. ; but the adj. sliould
\ye tconeque or tconeikqushimie. )
toonuppasog, n. the tortoise, Lev. 11, 29.
[Abn. tSreU; pi. -hak, tortue. Del.
idolpe \tulpe, Hkw.]; tulpay turjxij Cam-
pan iua (unde deriv. terrapin); tulpe,^
water or sea turtle, Zeisb.]
toopu, ta>hpu, (there is) a (white) frost,
Gen. 31, 40; Ps. 78, 47; 147, 16 ('hoar
frost'); taypf Mew', Cant. 5, 2; suppos.
imhpurcudty when there is frost, Ex. 16,
14. Cf. muhpmiy it snows (C).
[Narr. ibpu, a frost; mmiU6pu, a great
frost. Del. to pan, frost, Zeisb. S. B.
12; Mt freezes a white frost', Zeisb.
Gr. 161.]
tcoskeonk, vbl. n. a fording place (?): id
tcoskeonganiiy at the ford. Is. 16, 2. Cf.
*ioymk, a bridge; see ponquag.
[Narr. wul-tocikemin, to wade; tocS-
k/iiickf let us wa<ie.]
toowu. See ptwivu, he flies.
-tugfk. See muUugk, mUugk, the shoul-
ders, i. e. the upper part of the back.
tuhkekqiiXL. See tohkequn, heavy.
tiihkektui. See tohkequn.
*tvCtLk6B, adv. by this time, Mass. Ps.,
John 11, 39; =yeH aquompak, El.
-tuk, n. generic for * river'; found only
in compound words, as kishketuky near
to or by the river, Ex. 2, 5; Ezek. 47,
6, 7; noahtuk (ndeu-tuk), the middle of
the river. Josh. 12, 2; 13, 9, 6; kehteih-
tukqut, at the great river, Gen. 15, 18.
So, qunni-iuk'Ht (hodie, 'Connecticut'),
at the long river; mim-tuk ('Mystic'),
the great river, etc. It is a contraction,
or j)erhap8 the suppos. form, of a verb
tukkcOy signifying it waves, flows in
waves, fluctuatus est. The pi. tukkwog
is used by Eliot for 'waves', Ps. 65, 7;
89, 9; Mark 4, 37, etc. (keiioh wuituk-
comohy the sea whose waves, etc.. Is. 51,
1 5) . Heckewelder confounds th is word ,
which, for the Delaware, he writes
hittuck and translates 'a rapid stream*,
with VI* h tuk {m^htugj EL), a tree.
Hist, and Lit. Trans. Am. Philos.
Soc. I, 61. tukko) itself is either a
derivative form or nearly relate*! to the
primary' verb togku, he strikes. It has
apparently dropped an initial syllable,
ont, the characteristic of involuntary
-tuk — continued,
motion or change of place (see oiitapin-
neat)j which syllable is restoreii to it«
derivatives: keht-ontukquog, 'the mighty
waves', Ps. 93, 4; mish-otitnkcoe kehtoh-
han-ity to 'the troubled [great- waved]
sea'. Is. 57, 20; kehtahhati-ontuk, a wave
of the sea, James 1, 6; ketahhannuppog
tukwaxDgk, the waters of the sea ( when
they) are troubled, Ps. 46, 3. See sepu.
[Abn. tegS, flot, pi. teg$*ak; kem'ntegS,
grand flot. Chip, tigou-fig, waves, Luke
21, 25.]
tummehtam, v. t. inan. he severs (it),
cuts it off, Prov. 26, 6; Jer. 10, 3; im-
perat. 2d sing, tummehtash^ tummetha^h.
Matt. 5,30; Luke 13, 7: tummehtamicog
up-puhkuk, 1 Sam. 31, 9, ^^tummussum-
wog up-puhkuk, 2 Sam. 20, 22, they cut
off his head; suppos. tdmettdhhog, taitiah-
tahhog, when he severs, cuts off, Is. 66, 3;
suppos. inan. and pass, tummehthamvk,
when it is cut off, being cut off, Deut.
23, 1; Job 14, 7. With an. obj. tummeh-
tahivhau {tummetah-, tanimuttah-, etc.),
he cuts (him) off: vut'tiunmetahy I cut
him off. Lev. 17, 10; supj^s. jwirt. 7ioh
tametahahonty he who cuts off. Is. 51, 9.
tummig^quohwliau, -wdu, v. t. an. he
cuts off (his) head, Iwheads (him),
Matt. 14, 10.
[Narr. twiequasgin, * to cut off or be-
head', R. \V. Abn. ne-temigSdtehaHj ne-
temikSsaan, ne-temigS^haraUy je lui coupe
la t^te. Powh. iomahacktty axes, J.
Smith (see togkodteg). DeL teynahicaUy
hatchet; temitehemen, cut off, Zeisb.]
^tiixnxndckquaAliiinck (Narr.), n. a
beaver coat, R. W. See tummunk.
tuxuxuuhhouau, v. cans, he deserves,
earns, is worthy of, Jer. 26, 11:
onkquatunky he earns wages, Hag. 1,6;
suppos. noh tamh&uadty he who earns
(it), ibid. Vbl. n. tummuhhoiuiimky
desert: hU'tamhouaonganamshj your
deserts, Ezek, 7, 27. Cf. attumunnmny he
receives it.
tumxnilnk, n. a beaver; pi. -unkquaog.
El. Gr. ^{tf:im\\nk yC. ; tommunque. Stiles).
This name is evidently a ver])al from
the base tumtn-u (he severs, cuts off),
from which are formed futumusmmy
tummehtam y tummigquohirhaUy etc., and
signifies 'the cutter'. "His teeth . . .
Digitized by
Google
•TRUMBrLL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
167
tuminilnk — continued,
be sharpe and broad, with which he
cuts downe trees as thicke as a man's
thigh, after^-ards dividing them into
lengths, ' * etc. , Wood . See *a m isqtie.
[Narr. tummdckj pi. -}-quatiog; (also)
ndomp'padog; SHmhup-paCiog^ R. W.
Abn. temakSS; le mdle, atsiineskS, fem.
TUDsemeskS. Del. tamdque, Hkw.]
tummussum, v. t. he cuts off; as used
by Eliot it has the same signification as
tummehtamy q. v.* Withan. 6b].ttimmus-
sakwhaiij with nearly the same signifi-
cation as tummehtahwhaii. Freq. tad-
tamswau wuhkassohj he cuts his nails,
Deut. 21, 12.
[♦Marginal Note.— "The difference la that
one Is severed by repeated blows {-ehtahum),
the other by simple cutting (-ttssum). See
Howse 87 et seq."
[Abn. ne-temeseitieTif iie-temeaSh, je le
coupe.]
^*tiixmock(Narr.), whither? See tohnoh.
^^ttippaco (Narr.), * toward night': ote-
inattppocat (suppos.), * toward night';
nanashowa-tlppocat, midnight, R.W. 67.
Eliot does not employ this word in the
present or indicative, but has its sup-
positive (tipukcok, -oh) in the compounds
pohkeniitipukcoky ' in the darkness of the
night' (when it is dark night), Pro v.
7, 9; pajeh nde-tipukkoky till midnight
{noutiippdhkodf Mate at night', C);
n6dipukodAeUj at midnight, tuppaco
signifies it is dark, or the time of dark-
ness, and has the same base with poh-
keni (q. v.), if not formed from it
directly by the prefix adt or xd (adf-
pohk-eni).
[Abn. tafmi edStsi iehikat^ quel temps
de nuit?; lUebSkSikeban, la nuit (pass^e) ,
de totA nocte dicitur; iS tebk^iSik, cette
nuit. Micm. tepkSnSget, lune, mois.
Del. tpocUf Zeisb. and Hkw. Cree tib-
biskoiVy it is night. Chip. (St Marys)
iib ik ud, (Gr. Trav.) tebik (tibikady
night, Bar.). Alg. tibikat, il est nuit]
Huppanuzn, v. t. he cares for [takes
care of (?)] it, Mass. Ps. See iohwul-
iintu2)dnoh.
tuppindliteau, tuttup- (freq.), v. i. he
twists, he spins (cans, he makes to
tuni around), Ex. 35, 25; neg. pi.
Luke 12, 27; Matt. 6, 28. From tuppin,
hittuppin, it turns or winds (about its
axis). Adj. and adv. tuppenohtdcy spun
or twisted, Ex. 35, 25. See tatuppagin;
tatuppe; tuttupptui.
[Abn. ne-datebabtremeiiy je divide,
je fais peloton.]
tuppuhquaxn-ash, n. pi. l^eans, 2 Sam.
17, 28; but ''beans-ash'', Ezek. 4, 9;
lit. creepers, or twiners: iuppuhqxiamo),
*it winds about', twines. Probably
the Phaseolus vulgaris L. (common
pole bean), as mamisquss^dash (bush
bean) is the var. nanus. See ^manu-
squss^d-ash.
[Abn. dUbiikSaVy f^ves, fas^oles;
ddiebak^memeuy il I'entortille. Mod.
Abn. ad-ba-kira, bean, Osunk.]
tuppuksin, V. i. he encamps, pitches
tents (makes a ring); pi. -wwiwgr, they
encamp, 'pitch their tents', * abide in
tents', Ex. 13, 20; Num. 9, 18, 22;
suppos. tatibukkusitiky when he was en-
camped, Ex. 18, 5. V. t. an. tuppuk-
sinehtauouaty to encamp against; vmttup-
sinehtaiumh, they encamj)ed (against)
them, Judg. 6, 4. Vbl. n. -smnayonky a
camp, Num. 2, 3; Ps. 78, 28.
^tupsaas (Peq.), a rabbit. Stiles.
tuBSOnkquonk, n. a saw; pi. -ongaahy 1
Chr. 20, 3. See pok»unkquonk.
tuttuppindhteau. See tnpphiohteav .
tuttuppiin, tatuppin, v. i. it turns or
winds itself alx>ut, it twines; as n. a
(spun or twisted) string, thread, cord,
Judg. 16, 9, Josh. 2, 21 y=tuttuppunoah-
iogy V. 18, 8upi)OP. of Udiuppinohteau,
q. V.
[Abn. atepSrdSary entortill6. Cree
t^-i\pp€-puihuy it turns (on its axis);
idppeey a line, or cord.]
Digitized by
Google
168
BUBEAU OF AMERIGAK ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETUf 2&
u
ubbuhkumun: wutch ubbukumunii, from
the 'kernel (of the grape), Num. 6, 4.
Cf. appuhqudm; uppdhquds.
uhhussauwaonoge (?), checkered, 1 K.
7, 17: quomphongane anakausuonky
^nets of checker work'; lit. * checkered
network'.
-uhkon. See -dhkon,
ifihkoB. See miihkoBf a hoof, a nail.
uhpegk, uhpequan, n. (his) shoulder.
See mohpegk.
*u]ip^ckacliip (Peq.)i n. gull, Stiles.
lilipuoDnkaah, iUipcoonk, pipes and to-
bacco, 0. 162; JiopuSnckf a (tobacco)
pipe, R. W. VI (56). Cf. kogkehodponaty
to be drunk, C. 189. See wuttamduog;
wutioohpoamiweomsk.
[Del. ho poa can, pipe; hobboeuy he
smokes, Zeisb.]
uhqu^, adj. (1) at the point or extrem-
ity of; (2) at the end, border, or ex-
treme part {ahqude, on the other end,
C. 235): ukquAe vmtanwohhou, the end
or tip of his staff, Judg. 6, 21 ; ut ahquaey
at the ends, Ex. 39, 15, =wohkukqu6ag,
Ex. 39, 16 (see w6hk6eu)'y uhqudeMoab,
upon the border of Moab, Num. 21, 15;
uhqude wutogkamnity (to) the skirts of
his garment, Ps. 133, 2; the borders of
his garment, Mark 6, 56; ti/ ohqudej on
the edge of, Ex. 26, 4; qui asguam ooh-
quaeuj but the end (shall) not (be) yet,
Mark 13, 7. Cf. ahque.
The radical uhq or uhk (a point or
sharp extremity) enters into a great
number of compound words, as tihkos
(muhko8)t the nail of a man or hoof of
an animal; vhquauy a fishhook (mukqsj
uhkSy ukkaSy an awl), et<;.; wutiuhquab,
his skin; onkqwanesogy claws, etc. See
also wehqshik; tvdhkuhqu/kMk; uppuh-
kukf the head; vnui»dkquny the tail; kuh-
Arw/i^eu, uppermost; unA^^e, 'sore', ex-
treme.
[Quir. matta SakquinOy he is without
end. Pier. 15; ceaseth not, ibid. 40.]
uhqu^, uhqu^u, n. the foreskin (pree-
putium). Gen. 17, 11, 23, 24, 25, =uh-
quaeu waddhquaby 2 Sam. 3, 14: quosh-
qussuk anceyaus ut uhqudCy he was cir-
cumcised in the flesh of his foreskin,
uliqu^, uhquieu — continued.
Gen. 17, 24; pi. uhqumyeuaihy 1 Sam.
18, 25, =€oqumyeu, iwdibhquabeyeuash,
1 Sam. 18, 27.
uhquan, ukquon, uhquoan, n. a hook^
a fishhook, Job 41, 1; Amos 4, 2; Hab.
1, 15 {u?iqtmiy pi. -qudnashj C. 159) : wey-
ause uhquonash, flesh hooks, Num. 4, 14.
See onkqunnhog,
[Narr. hoquadny pi. -aUnashy R. W.
104. Del. amariy fishhook; hocqwoauy
pot hook, Zeisb. Voc.]
^^uhquantamwe, adv. cruelly, C. 227.
tUiquanuxnaudnat, v. t. an. subj. to be
an object of aversion or abhorrence to:
ohquanumauy he is loathsome (intran-
sitively), Prov. 13, 5.
dhquanumdziat, ahquan-, 6hqiUbi-,
unkquan-, v. t. an. to abhor, to hold
in abhorrence: maJUa niUiUiquanumdogy
I will not abhor them. Lev. 26, 44; nag
nutunkquarmmukquogy they abhor me.
Job 30, 10; pish kiUuhquanumukoUy it
shall abhor you. Lev. 26, 30; ivutunk-
quanumduhy they abhor him, Prov.
24, 24; yeug pish uhquanumogig^ these
you shall have in abomination (shall
be abhorred), Lev. 11, 13. Cf. ahquan-
umaUy he forsakes, abandons, and jish-
oniamy he despises, rejects, hates. See
unkqtie,
dhquanumukquok, n. an abominable
thing, an abomination, Lev. 20, 13; pi.
unkquenu m ukqtinkishy * abominations ' ,
abominable things, Deut. 32, 16. See
unkquamima)onky sorrow.
uhqueu. See imkque.
*uhquoiiipaiiuinoadtuozik,as adv.
* harshly', C. 228.
lUiquontamaudziat, v. t. inan. subj. to
be abhorrent to, to be an abomination
to: pish kutuhquontamundoashy they
(inan. ) shall be an abomination to you.
Lev. 11, 11,
ilhquontainuzi^t, dhqudnit-, dh-
quont-, V. t. inan. to abhor, to hold in
abhorrence, to have extreme aversion
to (see ahquanamaUy he forsakes): iih-
quontamuny he abhorred it, Deut. 32, 19;
pish kuiahquontamuny you shall abhor
it, Deut. 7, 26 (pish kutUhquonlamund-
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
NATI0K-ENGLI8H MCTIONARY
169
iUiquontaxniixL&t, etc. — continued.
ocish, they (inan. ) shall be an abomina-
tion to you, Lev. 11, 11); dhquonittam-
took, they abhor (it), Pb. 107, 18; iih-
qaordamdg, if you abhor (it), Lev. 26, 15,
tUiquoBket, unkquasket, -quoahket,
-keht, n. poison of serpents, Ps. 140, 3;
Deut. 32, 33; poison of arrows, Job 6, 4:
tnUonkquosketueiwnky their poison, Ps.
58, 4; unkque wtikquoshketj 'the cruel
venom* (of asps), I)eut. 32, 33.
tUishu^nk, tihsua-, ushuwa-, n. a cus-
tom, Judg. 11, 39;, Jer. 32, 11; pi. -on-
gash, Acts 6, 14; 21, 21 (u^-hutudonk, an
example, C. 116; ukshmixionk, Danforth,
Oggus. Kutt. 52). See u^seonk,
iihtappattautuo-at, to go out (as fire),
to be quenched (see tahiippadiau):
noDtau matta uhtappattdun, fire is not
quenched, Mark 9, 44; maUa rvoh^ihkip'
paiiatUmukj it shall not be quenched,
Mark 9, 43, 45, 46, 48; matta noh uhtap-
padiadmuruDj (it) can not quench (it),
Cant. 8, 7.
tUitea: nwtau 'Ahtea, the fire goes out,
Prov. 26, 20. See onthamundt,
-uhtug, in compound words, for mehtug^
tree, wood.
iikkosue \vhq-u8su ?], adj. pertaining to
the organs of generation: ukkomepom-
puhchaciyeunij the \drile organ, Deut.
23,1.
ukkOsuonk, n. the pudenda, Lev. 18, 7,
8, 9: tikkdsuonganUy 'by the secrets',
Deut 25, 11. Perhaps from kezhea^nai
(to give life to): kezheau, he created
(Gen. 1, 21), gave life to.
ukkutahauxniin, n. lightning, Ex. 19,
16; Ezek. 1, 14; Matt. 24, 27.
[Narr. cutshdusha, R.W.82.]
ukkuttiik, (his) knee. See mukkuUuk.
ukoh: nen ukoh, I am, Ex. 3, 14. See ko,
ukquanogquon, n. a rainbow. Rev. 4,
4; 10, 1.
ukqunonukqudonk, n. (his) lock of hair;
long lock, Num. 6, 5. See qundnuh-
quoau,
ukquttimk, (his) throat. See mukqut-
tunh
umxadnunn^taunxiat, v. cans, to ap-
pease, to make calm: ummdnnunnih-
taun, he appeaseth (strife), Prov. 15, 18.
ummequnne, adj. feathered, Ezek. 39,
17. See miqun.
iimmiBsiea, umnxisadB, n. (his or her)
sister: ummissimnj our sister, Gen. 24,
60; (constr. ) ummissesohj his sister, her
sister, Ex. 2, 4; kumntism, thy sister
(father's daughter), Lev. 18, 11; weesttr
miufsohf (his) younger sister, Judg. 15, 2.
Cf. weetompaa, (his) sister, by father or
mother; weddhiUj weetuksquoh, sister.
[Narr. wehummis (and tviticks)^ a sis-
ter, R. W. 45. Muh. ntnase, an (my)
elder sister, Edw. 91, = nmeea, ibid. 87.
Del. TOW, eldest sister, Zeisb. Voc. 5.]
uxmnittamwussenat, v. i. to take a wife.
ummittamwuBSoh, n. constr. the wife
of; his wife. Gen. 11, 29. See mittam-
tuus; umsso.
ummittamwussu, he took a wife. Gen. 25,
1: ummittamiou8seheunt (part.), taking
a wife, Ex. 21, 10; vmske u mmiUam-
wuasitj if or when he takes a new wife,
Deut. 24, 5. See tueetauomdnat.
ummittaxnwusBiihkauau, he took a
wife for (his son, Gen. 38, 6).
''humnugrkooziaitttLonk, n. permission,
C. 203.
^umukquinumiinat, to rub, C. 207.
*uniukquompae, adv. valiantly, C. 234.
Cf. kenomp; mugquomp.
iiTKJTitaTn. See andntam.
*ungrow£-um8 ( Peq. ) , * old wives ' , Stiles ;
Fuligula glacialis Bonap., or long-tailed
duck; old squaw. (Called ^hah-ha-way
by the Crees ; caccdwee by the Canadians.
Nuttall, p. 46, represents the call of this
duck by the syllables ' ogh-ottgh-egh,
'ogh-ogh-ogh-ough-egh. Cf. unkque and
derivatives.
imkhamun^t, v. t. to cover, to put a
covering over, or upon, Ezek. 38, 9:
unkhumwogy they covered (the ark), 1
K. 8, 7; ne mikwhuk, for covering, that
which may cover, Hos, 2, 9. See put-
toghamunat; vmttunkhumundt.
unkquamdnat, -anat, oncquomoziat,
v. i. to suffer pain, to feel pain: vmh-
hog pish onkquamomco, his body shall
have pain. Job 14, 22; nutongquomomy
I am in pain, I feel pain, Jer. 4, 19;
nutonquomomumuny we are in pain, Is.
26, 18. See kehkech/suy sore.
[Narr. nchesammamy nchesammdttam,
I am in pain, R. \V. 156. Cf. Cre^
dwkoomy 'heissick'; dwkoohayoOy *he
hurteth him', Howse 79.]
Digitized by
Google
170
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
unkquanumoooxik, n. sorrow, Job 41,
22; Eccl. 1, 18 {onkquanumcoonkj Lam.
I, 12): miah-wikquomomoMnganitj in
great extremity, Job 35, 15. See onk-
quanamcoonk; onkquommom mcoonk.
mikqu<liiuniwinneat, v. p. to be grieved
or affllcte<i, to be in affliction, It?. 14, 3:
nag nmhe xinkquanumdog, they are in
great affliction, Neh. 1, 3; onkquanum-
wit, when he was in affliction, 2 Chr.
33, 12; cans. an. uhqnamimwehednat
(unkq-j (mkq')j to cause to be afflicted,
to afflict; onkqxianumwehitj he afflicts,
makes me afflicted, Is. 58, 5; uhquanum-
weheuiUj afflicting, making afflicted, Is.
58, 5; vmtuhque onkquamimweheuhy he
did grievously afflict her, Is. 9, 1. See
lihquanumdnat.
iinkquaaket. See lihqnosket.
ninkque, adj. sore, severe, grievous; adv.
sorely, grievously (extremely, = uh-
quA^ ) : unkque kech imangash , * sore boils * ,
Job 2, 7; ivniuhque ( umhnikquef Jer. 4, 8)
onkqiianumwehenhf he did grievously
afflict her. Is. 9, 1; uhqueuy *cniel', rig-
orous, Ex. 6, 9. ( Apparently the same
with u/i//tu5f, * at extremity'. Its deriv-
atives are numerous, and exhibit a
wide range of meaning, everywhere
traceable, however, to this radical sig-
nification. See corresponding words
under vh<[u^e. )
[Cree mrkoosu^ he is sick, Howse 79
(see also pp. 152-153). Mod. Abn.
a-hrajif bitter, acrid. Del. acheivon^
strong, spirituous; achowat, hard, pain-
ful, troublesome, Zeisb. Gr. 167.]
ouikqueiiehuwaonk, n. severity, Rom.
II, 22.
unkqueneunkquok, ohq-, that which
is grievous, Rev. 16, 2: \niqueneiu\kquot,
-quodtj it is grievous. Gen. 41, 31; Jer.
30, 12.
unkqueneunkquBBue, adj. an. terrible
(inaction), Neh. 9, 32; ohqueneunkqus,
Cant. 6, 4; kutunkqmnmhkausuongashj
thy terrible acts, Ps. 145, 6.
iinkquezmeuxikque, adj. grievous, Ex.9,
18, Is. 21, 15; cruel, severe. Pro v. 17,
11 (onkqueneunkquCy C. 168; unkquene-
unkquej terribly, ibid. 230 ) . See nnkqitf.
oinkquezixieuiikquodte, uhqun-, adj.
= iinkquenyieunkque, Jer. 14, 17; Nah.
3,6.
unkquenumukqunkiBh, n. pi. 'abomi-
nations', alx)minable things, Deut. 32,
16. See iihquamimukquok.
unkquontftmcDozik, uhquan-, n. an
abomination, abominable wickedness;
pi. 'Ongashy 1 K. 14, 24; Deut. 23, 18.
unkquoBhket. See uhquosket, poison.
unna^, if it be so: %voh unnag^ (if it may
be so) 'if it be possible', Matt. 26, 39;
Rom. 12, 18. See dunag; unneheonat.
unnaiinneat: ne tmnnegen unnaiinneat,
*it is good so to be', i. e. in such a state
or condition, 1 Cor. 7, 26 (unniinaij to
become, C. 181). Cf. mUtiniin; umttin'
liiin. See unne.
unnaiyeuonk. See finniyhwnk.
♦unnftmmiyeue (?), adv. inwardly, C.
228,
unnantamoMxik, n. thought, purpose,
intention, opinion, Deut. 15, 9; Job
42, 2; 1 K. 18, 21; unnantimaonkj Job
12, 5 (unautamfHxmkf C. 213): nutteiiaU"
tamdotik, my will; wiUteyiarUavidonk (q.
v.), his will.
[Narr. nteatammawoncky 'that is my
thought or opinion', R. W. 65.]
unnantamiixi^t, anantamiixidt, v. t. to
think, 2 Cor. 3, 5; to suppose, 2 Sam.
13, 3i^; to purpose, to will, to have in
mind (to suppose or imagine, C. 211):
nudenauiam, 1 think. Acts 7, 40; I sup-
j)ose, Luke 7, 43; mm kuHenantairif think-
est thou? Job 35, 2; t/nnontom, he
thought, Luke 12, 17; he purposed. Acts
19, 21; ntUiemmtamun, I will (it), Matt.
8, 3; tie anarUamnp, that which I have
thought. Is. 14, 24 {lie pakodtantamupj
that which I have purposed, intended,
ibid.); urmantamohp, 1 thought. Num.
33, 56; ahque umiantamooky do not (ye)
think, Matt. 5, 17; matia ne anantam neny
qui keti ne anantamanj 'not as I will, but
as thou wilt'. Matt. 26, 39; yeti anana-
tamoUj 'having this confidence', when
I thought thus, 2 Cor. 1, 17; ??€ anontog,
'according to his will' (what he may
will), Dan. 4, 35; howaneh anwntogeh,
whom he (may ) will, John 5, 21 ; Dan.
4, 17. See andniam.
In form this verb is a frequentative
or intensive from antamundlj or anala-
mundt (Narr. ntunnAntum or nedniuniy
I think; tocketeAntam and -tannAntuMy
what do you think? R. W. 64) . The
latter is not found in Eliot's transla-
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
171
imnantaznun^t, etc. — continued.
tion and perhape was not in use, but
it serves in fonning a great number
of verbs expressing states of the mind,
mental operations, passions and emo-
tions, etc. Among the more important
of these are the following: ahqiwarUam-
XLn&t {ahquCy not to think of), to for-
give; kodtantamundt (see kod)j to de-
sire; matchenantamundt (niatchet^ bad),
to think evil of; 7)i€hqnantamujidt {meh-
qurmnif he finds), to remember; mis-
mntamnndt {mmif much, greatly), to
think much, to meditate; monchanaiam-
^indty to be astonished; mtutqtuxniamu-
■ndi {mmquiy red or bloody), to be an-
gry; muskoiutntamunAt (musk6aUt he
boasts), to be boastful, to be very glad;
jiatwonlamundly to devise, to meditate
upon; neuanlamuiidtf to grieve, to be
sorry; onquoiantamundt, to recompense,
to avenge; pabahtantamundt (pabahta-
nuniy he trusts), to trust; pnkodtantamu-
ndt (paguodch€y perhaps), to intend or
have a mind to; peantamundt {/xJ, let
me ) , to pray ; poanatamundt, to be mirth-
ful, to make sport; tafmtlantamunAt
{taupi, tdpi, sufficient, enough), to be
thankful, to give thanks (to be satisfied
or to have enough ) ; vxuiniamundty to l)e
wise; wannantamundt {wanner ne^t.)^ to
forget; weekontamundl {weekonfj sweet,
pleasant), to be pleased, to l)e glad;
■vmftainaniwmmdtf to be troubled ; umn-
naniamundt (mmnej good), to bless.
From the same root ap})ear to be de-
rived the names given by the Indians
to their gods. **They do worship two
gods, a good god and an evil god. The
good go<l they call Tantum and their e\\\
god, whom they fear will do them hurt,
they call Squantum.^^ — Higginson's X.
E. Plantation. The latter name, applied
to the same evil deity who was called
Hahhiimouk or Ifobbamoco (Lechford's
PI. Dealing 52), appears to be the con-
tracted 3d pers. sing, indicat. present
of musquantamundt: m^sqnantaniy 'he is
aiigi'y'j or literally, * bloody-minded*.
The composition of Tanium is less obvi-
ous.
[Note.— The last paragraph of this defini-
tion Is marked "No" in the margin. It was
probably the compiler's intention either to
rewrite or to omit it.]
unnantamwe, adj. willingly, Judg. 5, 2;
1 Chr. 29, 6.
UTiTiftTiuTndnat, v. t. an. to permit (un-
nanukkonatf to permit; itnannmehy per-
mit me, C. 203): nnnanumity if (he)
permit, 1 Cor. 16, 7; vnnarUog, if (he)
permit (it), Heb. 6, 3; i. e. if he will.
See unnaiUamundt.
unnaiixLcl^einoDkaoxik, aunch-, n. news,
tidings, 2 Sam. 13, 30; 18, 25, 26; pi.
'Ongmhy 1 Sam. 11, 6.
unnauncliemookaudxiat, aunch-, v. t.
an. to tell news to, to commimicate
new information: minchemcokauonaty *to
carry tidings to', 1 Chr. 10, 9; nutti-
naunchemcokauondoh inuma unchemro-
kauonky ' I communicated to them the
gospel' (i. e. good news). Gal. 2, 2;
auiicfiemmkauantiy let me l)ear tidings
to (him), 2 Sam, 18, 19. V. i. auncJie-
mcokaonat (?), aunchemmkaogy they told
the tidings, 1 Sam. 11, 4; pish kxU-aun-
chemaakom, thou shalt bear tidings.
2 Sam. 18, 20; padaunchemooonit Saul,
when tidings came of Saul, 2 Sam. 4, 4
{unnonchinunnnealy to tell; nuiUndn-
rhiniy 1 t«ll; imnoowomoOy we are told,
C. 213). See nnnco; aunchemcokau; hen"
naiii; nnnonat; vmnnaunchemcokaonk.
[Narr. aaunchemdkawy tell me your
news; aunchejnokaxihettUtea, let us dis-
course or tell news; tocketedunchiniy
what news? (what tell you?); nittmm-
chemdkousy I will tell you news; cum-
mautaunchemdkotiSy I have done (tell-
ing) my news, R. W. 62.]
iinne, aune, ftne, may have been, origi-
nally, an indeclinable adjective and
adverb, expressing likeness or resem-
blance, the relation of the individual
to its kind, or of species to genus, etc.
(m unnty that is proper or right, C. 174;
tienih or mmpuiy right, ibid. 174; uUoh
tin7ii,whatmanner,ibid.l76; na/iwaMnn€,
adv. especially, ibid. 228; ymunniy thus,
ibid. 234; en unniy Mass. Ps., John 3, 9,
=en nnihy El. ) ; it is not found, however,
in this form in Eliot or the vocabularies,
but is used largely in composition and
as a verb substantive: ne-aney so, such,
of this or that kind, whence nan and
ne-nan (q. v.), the same; dunagy if it be
so, when it is so; hence, as a noun, an
event, an occurrence (possible or
Digitized by
Google
172
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 26
unne, etc. — continued,
actual), that which is or may be so
(see dunag) ; and with n€, ne dunakf the
color, appearance, or other specific
quality of an object; unne, *that is',
id est, Rom. 9, 8; unnaiinneat (q. v.),
for unne-ayinneatf to be so, i. e. of such
kind or condition, -m or -en, as a
suffix of animate nouns, has the same
meaning, referring an individual to the
species or kind, and constituting nouns
general [?] or appellative [?], as wut-
tatm-ohy his or her daughter, the daugh-
ter of; wtU-taun-tHf a daughter, any
daughter; unit-taun-hmk (collective),
the daughterhood, or the whole of the
daughters; adchaen^ a hunter, i. e. some
particular hunter; adchaen-in, a hunter,
i. e. any hunter, one of the hunter
kind.
unneapeyau. See enneahpeyauy he so-
journs, stays.
imnehen^t, imhendt, v. i. to act, to
conduct one's self.
unnehednat, 'uxihednat (neheoxiat?),
v. t. an.* to conduct one's self toward or
with respect to another, to act toward,
to do to or deal with : ne ancowadt wultin-
hednat ummimnnmnumohy that 'which
he thought to do unto his people', Ex.
32, 14; noh ntUtinhednaiy (what do you
wish) me to do to him? Mark 15, 12;
nnnehhtiaUy he dealeth (treacherously),
Is. 21, 2; womaumonk ne dnheUy ne pish
hUtinheny the kindness that I have done
unto thee, that thou shalt do unto me,
Gen. 21, 23; toh kittinheshy what have I
done (do I) unto thee? 1 K. 19, 20;
matta ne pish kuttinheoUy * thou shalt not
do so unto' (God), treat him so, so deal
with him, Deut. 12, 31; ne unnehe, so
deal (thou) with me, 2 Chr. 2, 3; ne
nuiUnheun ne dnhity I will do so to him
as he hath done to me ( I will do it that
he may have done or may do). Pro v.
24, 29; nnUinheonanontU ne anhikqueogy
we to do to him as he hath done to us,
Judg. 15, 11; ne xinnehe, so deal thou
with me, 2 Chr. 2, 3 {ne anheop, as I
dealt with (him), ibid.); unn^huky tm-
nehhuky nnneheuky nagy deal ye with
them, do to them. Gen. 19, 8; Judg. 19,
24; unnehuk nanuk nagy *so do ye to
them'. Matt. 7, 12; unissittumdonk un-
unnehednat, etc. — continued.
nehenachy let judgment be executed on
him, Ezra 7, 26; matehenehednaty to act .
evilly toward, to treat badly: kum . . .
matchenehennumuny we will deal badly
with thee. Gen. 19, 9; kconenehikquny (he
may) do thee good, Deut. 8, 16. Inan.
tUtoh anteunktipy what he did to (it),
Deut. 11, 4.
[Note.—" Is this a verb caiuative from neane
(wan), with verb subst? See t\unag."]
[Del. lihoy do it to him; Uhineeny do
unto us, Zeisb. Voc. 9, 20.]
^unnehtongrquat, n. a story, pi. -\-a8h,
C. 163. ' .
unnequanumun^t (?), v. t. to roll, or
move by rolling (?) : unnequanuma)ky
roll ye (great stones, Josh. 10, 18);
wuUinnegiumumuny he rolled (a great
stone, Mark 15, 46) .
unneu, adj. an. anyone, ^howan (?): toh
pith unneii nampmhamauaUy what shall
one (i. e. anyone) answer? Is. 14, 32
(nen unnuhy 1 am he, Mass. Ps., John
9, 9, =noh neeny El. ; ionoh unnuhy where
is he (this man), ibid. v. 12).
*TiTiTiiiTiat. See unnaiinneat.
*uiini88ilonk, n. a color, C. 163; but
wosketompae unnissuonkj mankind, C.
167.
unnitchuan, v. i. 3d pers. sing, (it) flows
to or toward, Eccl. 1, 7: unnitchuanash
kehtahhannity they (rivers) flow to the
sea, Eccl. 1, 7. See anitchewan; vuttit-
chuuxiji.
iinniyduonk, unnai-, n. a matter, affair,
case, business, Deut. 17, 8: kutiinniyeu-
onky 'thy matters', business, 2 Sam.
15, 3; -ongashy 2 Sam. 19, 29; umttinni-
yeuongashy his business or matters con-
cerning him, his affairs, 2 Chr. 19. 11;
wunnohteae utinaiyeuongaahy * conditions
of peace', terms, Luke 14, 32; mafcheni-
yeuonky 'evil case', bad state of affairs,
Ex. 5, 19 (ponniyeue tinniyhionky rude
behavior, manner, way, state, condi-
tion, C. 174; wunnegen nnniyeuonky a
good cause, ibid. 216). From unnehe-
ndX (?).
unnohkon, -uhkon (?), (it) is cast, is
thrown down, Job 18, 8; Prov. 16, 33.
unnolikdziat, v. t. an. to cast down, an.
obj. : wutiinnohkonuh ohkeity he cast him
down to the ground, Dan. 8, 7 (ib/p-
Digitized by
Google
TBUHBULL]
NATIOK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
173
xuixiohkdnat — continued.
penuhkonehj thou castest me down, Ps.
102, 10). Cf. ncokondnat; penohkdnau.
iuixi6hteaxnun^t(?),xuixiulit-, v. t. inan.
to cast (it) down: unndhteashy cast (it)
down, Ex. 7, 9; kuUinntihieamf thou
castest it down (to the ground) , Ps. 89,
44; unnohteau uppogkomunk, he cast
down his rod, Ex. 7, 10. Cf. ncokond-
nat; penohkdnau.
luinohteaudxiat, v. t. an. and inan. to
cast or throw (an. obj.) to or into: un-
nohtedog na^tatUf they cast (them) into
the fire, 2 K. 19, 18.
lumomfti, a reason, the reason, 1 K. 9,
15 {ennomaiy Samp. Quinnup.; unnom-
mat J ennomaiyeuonkf C. 158).
unndxiat, v. t. an. to tell, to say to, 2 Sam.
17, 16; Matt 28, 9. See anna>; hennau;
unnaunchemcokaudnai; tUtindnal,
xumontcow^nk, n. language (in its re-
stricted sense, peculiar to a people or
nation), Gen. 11, 1: kuttooe unnonloh
waonky 'the voice of speech', Ezek. 1,
24; kuuinnontayujcumkf thy speech (man-
ner of speech). Matt. 26, 73.
unnontukquohwhdnat, v. t. an. to owe
to another, to owe {unnohiukquahwhU-
tinneatf to owe (to be in debt); kuUinr
nohtukquahe, I am in your debt, C. 203) :
ahque toh unnontukqudwhuttegy 'owe no
man anything', do not owe, Rom. 13, 8;
toh kUtinnantukquohhuk, how much dost
thou owe to, Luke 16, 5; anuntukquoh-
wonche, one who owes. Matt. 18, 24;
noDnamoniukquohhanvaen, -tn, a creditor,
Luke 7, 41. SeenamamontiJcquohwh&iat.
xumcohaxnaudnat, v. t. to sing (songs)
to: unnmhammk . . . vmske unnathom-
aonk, sing ye to (him) a new song, Is.
42, 10; anoDhomont ketwhamacngashf he
who sings songs (singing songs) to,
Prov. 25, 20. Cf. ketmhomom,
mmoohamniKit (?), v. t to sing (songs).
See atuDhomuncU.
imna>homlU>nk, n. a song, Is. 42, 10;
Num. 21, 17. Cf. kelmhmndxmk,
unnoohqueu, so far distant, at such a
distance, Acts 28, 15 (uitoh unnuhk&h-
quat, how far? C. 228, =Narr. tounUck-
quaque, R. W. 74). See noohqueu.
unnoowionk, n. a commandment See
vmttinnanffaonk.
U2ina>w6nat, to speak to, to tell, to com-
mand. See anno?; nwdnat.
lumugkeni, (it is) sharp [speaking (?)]
(of the tongue, Prov. 5, 4). Cf. khvai.
iinnuliquaixiat, v. i. to look (toward or
at), =nuhquainat, q. v.: unnuhquash
ketaJihaniyeUf look toward the sea, 1 K.
18, 43.
unnukquomixmeat, v. i. to dream. Gen.
41, 17; unnukquomj he dreamed. Gen.
41, 1, 5.
ii]inukquoma>onk, -muonk, n. a dream,
Deut 13, 1; Dan. 4, 5, 6 {-quam^nk,
C. 163) ; ntUtinnukquoTnaxmkj my dream,
Dan. 4, 7, 8; unnugquomcoonkf Gen. 41,
15.
unnukquomundt, v. t to dream: nvMin-
nugqiiomun, 1 dreamed (a dream). Gen.
41, 15. Cf. kodtukquom-^natf to be
sleepy, C. 209.
unnukquomuwaen, n. one who dreams,
a dreamer, Deut 13, 1.
[unjnuasu, (he is) shaped or formed,
made like, made such as [unnusauy,
toh unnuasuj what form is he of? 1 Sam.
28, 14; matla nanvahteaou neanussit, 'I
could not discern the form thereof
(an. ), Job 4, 16; ne anussU God^ in the
form (likeness) of God, Phil. 2, 6; muh-
hogkatnussUf 'in bodily shape', Luke 3,
22. See neane; neaunak; nusm.
[uii]nu88uonk, n. form or shape (of an.
obj.?): ivuUinnussuonk, his form. Is. 52,
•14; ut nehewonche wuUinniusuonganitj in
his own image. Gen. 1, 27. Cf. neaunak.
unuliquaixiat. See nuhquainat,
*U2imiftnum0e, adv. mildly, C. 229.
*u2iunuinauwoxiate, to give (to), C. 192.
See aninnuin,
*uppaqu6ntup (Narr.), the head, R. W.
58; nuppaqudntup, my head, ibid. See
upptihkuk,
uppasq (?), n. 'the horse leech', Prov.
30, 15.
uppeanaahkinonog, n. pi. flags, rushes,
Is. 19, 6.
uppMiau, n. a flower, Ex. 25, 33; Job 15,
33; Is. 40, 7 (uppeshou, C. 168) ; pi. uppS-
sJiaiumashj uppishddnash, Ex. 25, 31, 34;
37, 17: 9onkin uppishaanish, it bloomed
blossoms. Num. 17, 8. From pesJiauanat,
to blossom; 3d pers. sing, indie, pres.
' it blossoms ' ; so pishau, a flower, James
Digitized by
Google
174
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 2&-
upp^shau — continued.
1, 10; peshadnmh, flowers (without the
prefix), 2 Ohr. 4, 5. See *peshaiy blue.
uppisk, his back: uppisquanit, at his
back, behind him. See muppusk.
uppohchajiitcli, n. (his) finger, Ex. 8,
19. See pohchnnulch.
uppdhquds* obbohquos, n. a tent (awn-
ing or covering), Ex. 40, 19: ne dbuh-
qudsik, its covering. Cant. 3, 10; aboh-
quos sokanorif a covert from rain, Is. 4, 6.
See appuhqnosUy he covers.
uppdnat, uppun^t, v. t. =apworuUy app-
wdundt, to bake or roast. See appami;
apwdu; nadtuppco.
-uppoo. See nadtuppo).
uppcosu. See appcomi.
uppcoteau. See ahpmteau.
uppoounneat, uppwunneat, a radical
verb meaning to feed one's self, to eat;
it is not found in Eliot or Cotton, but
from it many deri vati ves are made. See
under nadtuppo).
uppuhkuk, n. (his) head, Lev. 1, 4; 3, 2;
Job 41, 7; 'scalp', Ps. 68, 21. See mup-
puhkuk; *uppaqu6ntup.
uppulikukooash, n. pi. 'head tires ^
Ezek. 24, 23.
uppulikukquajxitch, (his) finger tip
(finger head), John 16, 24 (nuppooh-
kuhqudnitclwgat (obj.), my fingers, C.
239).
uppuhkukqut, n. (on his head,) 'a hel-
met'. Is. 59, 17; Ezek. 27, 10: ahioh-
tagish, 'bonnets', Ex. 28, 40.
uppuminneonasli, n. pi. =^appuminn€6n-
ashf parched corn.
uppunonneonasli, n. pi. parched pulse,
2 Sam. 17, 28.
us, imperat. 2d pers. sing, from ussinAl,
say thou: nag uSy say to them. Lev. 18, 2;
Zech, 1, 3.
UBh, imperat. 2d pers. sing. : ushPharohuty
*get thee to Pharaoh', Ex. 7, 15.
ushpohteau. See dshpohtag.
ushpuhqudinat, aspuhq-, ishpuhq-,
spuhq-, etc., v. i. to look upward, Ps.
40, 12: apuhqudeu, he looked up, IVIark
6, 41 ; nviushpotpidimf 1 look up, Ps. 5, 3;
aspuh^juait, when he looked (up), Mark
8, 24. See nuhquainai; spadtauuvmpaieu.
ushpuTmamumCt, ashp-^v. t. to lift up,
to hoist up: ushpunnumivog sepdghunk,
they hoisted up the sail, Acts 27, 40;
ushpunnaxnunit, etc. — continued.
ashpunahettit wiinnuppanhunouh, when
they lifted up their wings, Ezek. 10, 16.
[Del. a spe num imn, to lift up, Zeisb.
Voc. 38.]
^ushpunnaonk, n, event, C. 166; 9pun-
naongash, 'diseases'. Matt. 4, 23.
ushpushenat, ushpenat, v. i. to mount
upward, to lift one's self up (?) : wihpexi,
he went up. Gen. 35, 13; ushpeog^ iish--
pmhaog, they mount upward (on wings),
Ezek. 10, 19; Is. 40, 31; (in air) John 1,
51; with inan. subj. usspemOy it was
drawn up, Acts 11, 10; onatuh chik-
kinaaog ashpshdhetiiif 'as sparks (when
they) fly upward'. Job 5, 7.
[Del. aspoch w€y ' ascend, to go up ' (?) ,
Zeisb. Voc. 14.]
ushquehtahwcOi. See sequiiahwhau.
ushquontdsinneat (?), to sew: nttcDche-
yeuo) . . . adl ushquontdsimuk, *a time
to sew', Eccl. 3, 7 {aseqaam, he sews
(it), Mark 2, 21; Jl-wtiw/iqMmm, thou sew-
est up (my iniquities) , Job 14, 17; xi^h-
quamUnat m<niag, ' to sew one's clothes',
C. ) ; matta tisqiiosinwhy (it) was without
seam, John 19, 23, Cf. (ts^qiiam.
*u8-liuwaoiik. See uhshudonk.
uskon. See icrnkd?}.
usphoowdonk, ushphouionk, spuh-
hoow^onk, n. [a high place (?)] a ref-
uge, 2 3am. 22, 3; Jer. 16, 19: spUhho)-
wdongdnuo), he is a refuge, Ps. 9, 9; us-
puhhowaanganuaxtshy they (inan.) shall
be a refuge. Num. 35, 15.
uspuhho), ushp-, sp-, v. i. to flee for
refuge: ushpnhhcoash ohkety flee thou
away to the land of ... , Amos 7, 12;
spuhhcowaogy they fled. Josh. 8, 15.
uspuhhoow^e, spuhhoowde, adj. of
refuge, Num. 35, 11, 12: ayeiimk,
place of refuge. Is. 4, 6.
uspunaudnat, ushpun-, aspun-, ash-
pun-, spun-, ushpundt, etc. (1) to
happen unexpectedly, to chance; (2) to
ail or to be ailing; an. subj. toh kutush-
punaniy what aileth thee? Judg. 18, 23;
toh kuixjLspinam, 2 Sam. 14, 5; toh tLsh-
punaog missinnuogt what aileth the peo-
ple? 1 Sam. 11, 4; iohspinau, what aileth
thee (her?), Gen. 21, 17, The forms of
■ this verb are irregular. It is generally
used intransitively after an animate
subject, which in the English transla*
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
175
uBpunau6nat, etc. — continued,
tion becomes the object. Occasionally
the animate form {ushpundnat) is intro-
duced, as in Eccl. 3, 19: ne ashpuna-
heftit . . . wo8ketomp<wgj ne wxUushpund'
neau pvppinashimwog, pasuk ushpun&og
rmmej * that which befalleth . . . men
[which men may encounter by chance] ,
befalleth beasts, even one thing befall-
eth them [all] ' ; taluppe uspundog watnCf
* one event happeneth to them all ' , Eccl.
2, 14; 7iag wame . . . ushpunaog^ * chance
happeneth to them air, Eccl. 9, 11; ne
ashpunadt maitamogj ne nutushpinon^ 'as
it happeneth to the fool so it happeneth
to me', Eccl. 2, 15; tohtruich vame yeu
sjmnnaogy why is all this befallen us?
Judg. 6, 13; matta wahtemun uttdh ash-
pinaij not knowing what things shall
befall me (may happen to me), Acts 20,
22; »hpunnaclti toh kod fhpuymaij *let
come on me what wiir, Job 13, 13.
Cf. miskailau.
[Narr. tahaspundyi { = toh asp-), what
ails him?; tocketitspanem, ^yhtit ails you?
tocketinqmnnaumaquny what hurt hath
he done to you? R. W. 157.]
xisquesu wanne teag, he leaves nothing
undone, Josh. 11, 15: woh mo kxissequeus-
mmwo), you should not leave (it) un-
done, Luke 11, 42. Cf. askey it is raw
(unfinished), and sequnaUf he remains,
*usquont, n. a door; pl.-fdwcwA, C. 161.
See sgudntam.
U8quont68u. See xishqxiontdsinneat.
UBseaen-in, n. a doer, one who does,
James 1, 25.
iiBsindt, as^ndt, v. t. to do, to per-
form, to accomplish, to execute, Ps.
149, 7; Matt. 6, 1; 5, 17: us»eu, vsm, he
does, or did, Esth. 4, 17; Pro v. 14, 17;
ne nuitufsen, *that do I', Rom. 7, 15;
ultdh kodusse matia niitusseinj what I
would (wish to do) that do I not, ibid.;
tisseitf usity aseit, when he do^s, if he
does. Matt. 7, 24, 26; toh asl-e, what I
did (might be doing), Neh. 2, 16; noh
asitj he who performeth, or executeth
(suppos.). Is. 44, 26; Ps. 146, 7; ussis?ij
do thou, Ex. 20, 9; ne ussek, that do
ye, James 2, 12; (negat.) ussekon, thou
Shalt not do, Ex. 20, 10; (pass. ) uttoh
asSinity whatever was done, Gen. 39, 22;
ne (uemukj what is done, Eccl. 8, 17; pi.
ussenit, as^n^t — continued.
asemukishy (things) done, Eccl. 8, 16
{jmttisjiem machvk, I commit evil, C.
186).
[Del. li'tsfni, he doth; liissiy do it,
Zeisb. Voc. 9. Cree a^cheeooy he moves,
has the faculty of moving, Howse 32;
is-puthu, it so moveth, ibid. 80.]
uBseonk, n. doing, dealing, Ps. 7, 16;
an example, C. 166. See uhshudonk.
usseu. See ummat.
ussindt, wusBindt, v. i. to say, to tell:
wumnat nashpe iviimmeta>nuty 'to pro-
nounce with his lips', Lev. 5, 4; numn,
I say. Gal. 1, 9; kumn, thou say est,
Matt. 27, 11; Mark 15, 2; inissiny he
saith, Zech. 1, 3; missim, if I say, when
1 say, Prov. 30, 9; Ps. 78, 2; kumniy
when thou sayest, Job 22, 13; Is. 47, 8;
woh numm, shall I say? Heb. 11, 32;
toh kus»imiv(D, what say ye? Matt. 16,
15; utioh afean (?), whatever thou
mayest say. Num. 22, 17; tts, say thou,
2 Sam. 13, 5; nag ««,* say thou to them,
tell them. Lev. 18, 2; Zech. 1,3; nussip,
1 said, Eccl. 3, 17, 18; 7, 23; (an. ) k-ut&S'
seh* thou sayest to me, Ex. 33, 12 (?)
(nissiniy I say; nntiinnmuapy I said;
teagua K*«/m, what you say?; nissimun,
we say; nimmunnonupy we said, C. 207;
toh ktUtinnancam or kus^iny what do you
say? ibid. 21 7) . [The examples marked
with an asterisk are rarely, perhaps not
at all, used except in the indicative,
suppos. present, and imperative; namv-
ndt and annmwonat (unndnal) supply
the other tenses and persons. ] Cf . wcod-
nat; uttindnat.
ussindnat (?), v. t. an.=i(«m<5na/, to say
to, to tell: ussegky tell (you) me. Gen.
24, 49; ussehy tell thou me, 1 Sam. 14,
43. (See examples (*) under tissindt. )
U8fli8h[au]6nat, v. t. to run to, toward,
into: tismhdnaty to flee to, Jonah 1, 3;
woh nutumshony ' that I may run ( hasten,
go quickly) to (him)*, 2 K. 4, 22; twwi-
«/ia«,heranto(them),Gen. 18, 7, (him)
1 Sam. 3, 5; vssishati wimnogskauohy
he ran to meet him. Gen. 29, 13; ahad-
sukqne (ahauhsukqueu) ussi»haogy they
run to and fro, Joel 2, 9; nd ussishashy
'escape (thou) thither', run to it, Gen.
19, 22; mhjuhashy flee thou to, Num. 24,
11; ahauhsukquc umshunky run }4 to-
Digitized by
Google
176
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
tL88i8h [au] 6nat — continued .
and fro, Jer. 5, 1; 49, 3; na umshash,
run thou to, * escape thither', Gen. 19,
22; na ussishaUj (he) runneth into it,
Prov. 18, 10; kutushishaumwcOf ye run
to (it), Hag. 1, 9; nussishau (nusseu-
v>89ishau)y he runs alone, 2 Sam. 18, 24,
26; motishuuog, they run together to,
Acts 3, 11; negomhont {negonne-timsh-
ont)y running before (another), 2 Sam.
18, 27. See pomushau.
[Cree it-iss^emoOj v. i. he flees, speeds
thither; it-tss^aivayoOj v. t. he dispatches
him thither, Howse 172.]
ussowezKSnat, ussco-, v. t. an. to name,
or give a name to (an. obj.) ; pass, usso-
wenittinneatf to be named: vmUmowenvh
Igraelf * he called his name Israel \ Gen.
35, 10, 18; pish kviiissoxoen Jesus j *thou
shalt call his name Jesus', Luke 1, 31,
=:woh kuttussoowen Jesus, Matt. 1, 21;
nag hiUussamenukgrng, they named
thee, Jer. 30, 17; pass. nutussameniUea-
mun kanvesuonkf we are called by thy
name, Jer. 14, 9.
[Cree w^ethayooy he names him,
Howse 46.]
U880wen6nat, v. t. to call by the name
of, to give the name of to (an. and
inan. ) : ussoweneg, call you me by the
nameof, Ruth 1, 20; ussowenau, he called
her name . . . , Gen, 3, 20. Of. heUam.
[Narr. tahhia {toh hennau), what is
his name?; UxtiossowHam {toh ussoweta-
mun), what is the name of it?; taMUa-
men, what call you this? R. W. 30.]
uBSOwesflu, adj. (is) named, Gen. 27, 36:
toh ussowessu, what is his name? Prov.
30, 4. The 3d pers. sing, of an irregular
verb (ussowesUtHndtf), to be named or
called: kuttisowis, kutiisotues, thou art
named, Gen. 17, 5; 35, 10; to/i kutiisowis,
what is thy name? Judg. 13, 17; asamesit,
when he is named, being named, 2 Sam.
13, 1, 3; ussoweSf call his name, name
him (?), Hos. 1, 6, 9 (from ussoweseS-
nat, V. t. an. (?): ussowesed^g, if you
should call me, Ruth 1, 21).
[Narr. nl&ssawesey I am called; iocke-
tussaw^\tch{toh kutussowis), what is your
name? '^ Obscure and meane persons
amongst them have no names'', R. W.
29. He gives * ^matnowesudnckane, I have
no name; nowdnnehick notoSsuonck, I
ussowessu — continued,
have forgot ray name, which is common
amongst some of them."]
uBBCOwessenat, v. t. an. to name, or give
a name to ( inan. obj . ) . Pass, ussowemt-
tinneatf to be named.
ussooweflflenat, v. i. to be called, or to
have the name of r vssowesu Jakob, he
is named Jacob, Gen. 27, 36; pish
kuttissowes A., thy name shall be A.,
Gen. 17, 5; pish hUti^sowesu /., thou
shalt be called J., Gen. 35, 10; pish us-
sowesu, his name shall be called. Is. 9, 6;
kutitissaywhimwa>y ye are called, or
named, 2 K. 17, 34 {assaywesU, called,
C. 184). Cf. heUam,
usfloowetamun^t, \i8SO-, v. t. to name, or
give a name to (inan. obj.), nominare:
wuttissowetamun ne ohke, he called the
name of that place (Peniel) , Gen. 32, 30;
33, 20; ussowetamuk Babel, Hhe name
of it is called Babel', Gen. 11, 9 {toh
katussaowetam table, what you call table?
C. 184).
[Cree wedum, he names or tells it,
Howse 46.]
uasu. See ussendt,
ut, (1) (-t(/) a suffix or inseparable x>aiti-
cle, marking the locative case; (2) prep,
in, at, by: ummaytU, in his way. Is.
42, 24; kishke mayxit, by the wayside.
Gen. 38, 14, 21; neane mvkkm-ut, as
(like to) a little child, Luke 18, 17;
vJt Damaskus, at Damascus; ut synor
gogs, in the synagogues, Acts 9, 19, 20.
The vowel of the locative suffix is vari-
able, as ut otanit. Acts 8, 8; nt kehtah-
hannit, Is. 43, 16; en wekU; en ohkeU
(or ohket); tU manootaJt, Acts 9, 25; ti<
wuhhogkat, Mark 5, 29. See adt,
[Cree ittd, adv. there, thither, Howse
33.]
utchuan. See anUchewan; itmltitchuwanf
etc.
*utchukkiipp6mi8, n. cedar (tree), C.
164. See chikkup; *mishqudwtuck.
utchuwompan [=ariche-wompan (?)].
See adchuTvompag,
♦uttae, adv. woefully, C. 230. '
uttinnonau6nat, v. t. an. and inan. to
say a thing to, to tell something to:
tvuUinnonneau, they told it to (him),
John 12, 22.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
177
ixttin6nat [^unndnat (?)], v. t. an. to
tell, to say to; nuUin, I say to (this
man), Matt. 8, 9; hittiruth^ I say to thee,
John 13, 38 {nissim, I say; nuUimuovHxp,
I said, C. 207) ; uvttinuh^ he said to him,
John 8, 25; 9, 35 (wvtiunuhy Mass. Ps.,
John 3, 4) ; he said to them, John 8, 39;
vmtiin&uhf they said to him, John 8, 25,
39 {wtUtonapahj he said unto him, Mass.
Ps., John 3, 2, 3; kuttuntish, * I say to
thee% ibid. 3, 5); mUtinoncuh muUaok,
I say to the world (these things) , John
8, 28; kvitinrumnumwcDj I say unto you,
John 13, 20, 21; utash^ say thou to
(them), Is. 40, 9; yea kutdnnunnunan,
this we say unto you, Acts 4, 15.
[Narr. tiaqua ntiinnawmf or nUawem^
what^ shall I speak? R. W. 64. Cree
itxvayooy he so says, Howse 42.]
ixttiyeu, adv. where (El. Gr. 21): uttiyeu
dne, wherever, Deut. 28, 37.
[Narr. tuckiu, tiyu, where, R. W. 49;
tiUckiu edchimj where is the sachim?
ibid. 48.]
uttiyeu, *pron. interrog. of things*,
which; pi. tUtiyeuash{E\. Gr. 7) : uUiyeUy
which (who) of these, Luke 22, 24, 27;
an. pi. tiUiyeugy whom, Luke 6, 13.
uttoh [ut'toh^f adv. to what, whereunto.
Matt. 11, 16; whither, Cant. 6, 1; to
what, how: uUoh en vnmnegen, how
beautiful! ibid. 7, 1; wherein. Gen. 21,
23; how? Job 22, 13 (vttoh misdy how
great, C. 171; uttoh unni^ whatlnanner;
uttokau amdi matta, whether or no, ibid. ;
uttoh unuhk&hquat, how far? ibid. 228).
[A curious analogy might be traced be-
tween trf-to/i and Engl, whi-ther (Old
Germ, hue-dar^ Goth, hva-thar; Slav.
kotimi; Sansk. Jtotord (Bopp. 69, 1-2),
from ka, interrog., and tara; Greek
-repoif Lat. terminus, trans f transgredL
Cf. tat, Bopp. 161.]
[Del. enda, Zeisb.]
uttooche, adv. in due season, seasonably,
Ps. 104, 27: vnUch utiwchieu kah ah-
quampif 'for a season and a time', Dan.
7, 12; papaume ahhutta>che vxiyont, at
the time of the going down of the sun,
Josh. 10, 27; nd uiUnchey as often as,
1 Ck)r. 11, 25, 26; tohutta>che, how long,
Num. 14, 11. V. subst. uUcocheyeum^
there is a season, fit time, opportunity,
Eccl. 3, 2, 3, 4. Cf . ahquompi; see an^h.
"vr
-w'. The inseparable pronoun of the 3d
pers. sing, and pi. Before w it coalesces
with that letter, and the sound of a> is
substituted. Before a vowel U or tit is
inserted for euphony, as ohtomp, a bow,
wutohtomp, his bow.
^a^be, adv. above, Is. 6, 2; Ex. 40, 19:
wutch uxuihe, from above, Ps. 78, 23.
Prep, wadbe umssissiitaynit, above his lip,
or to his lip above (?), Lev. 13, 45.
waab^iyeu, adv. upward, Ezek. 41, 7.
waAenat, waapenat, v. i. to rise, to go
upward: waubeit, if or when he rises
up. Job 31, 14; waapin, there arises or
arose (a new king, Ex. 1, 8); aywaolte-
na&ut, infin. 3d pi. (they) to mount
upward, Ezek. 10, 16; with inan. subj.
waahpemamky waahemamk, when it rises
or mounts upward (as smoke). Is. 9,
18; Num. 24, 17; na pish waapemw,
there (it) shall be raised up, it shall
rise up. Is. 15, 5; nipjyeash waaphncoash,
B. A. E., Bull. 25 12
we^benat, waapenat — continued,
the waters rise up, Jer. 47, 2 {vmssdppi
uvppinnoky thin air, C. 176).
waabese, adj. an. above, Lev. 14, 5, 6.
wadbeu, wa^pu, it 'raised itself up',
*went up', Dan. 7, 5; Gen. 2, 6: (with
an. or inan. subj.) noh waabeUj which
goeth (may go) upward, Eccl. 3, 21
(ncDwaheem, I arise, C. 180). "
w^Ukdjisheult, v. t. to couple, to fasten,
join, unite one thing to another, Ex.
26,6.
wdadjishunk, n. a coupling, joint, Ex.
26, 4 et seq.
w^Umegnigish, pi. precious things. See
waonSgugish; imnnegik.
wadntamooonk, n. (£1. Gr. 10) wirdom,
2 Chr. 1, 11, 12; 1 K. 4, 29; discretion,
Ps. 112, 5: na)uxi&ntam(£onk, my wis-
dom, Prov. 5, 1; mwaantamaxmk, his
wisdom, 1 K. 4, 30.
Digitized by
Google
178
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
waantazniin^t, v. i. to be wise (conju-
gated in El. Or. pp. 25-27, sa example
of verb sulist,) : ncowaantnm, I am wise;
kcowaantamy thou art wise; waantam
nohj he is wise; waantam^ Mn his right
min(f\ compos mentis, Luke 8, 35;
xmantamwog, they are wise; unaiUmh,
be thou wise; wdanJUijy let him be wise;
ivcutntamoriy when I am wise (or if I am
wise); vxuiTUaman, if thou art wise;
waardog^ if he be wise; negat. v:aan-
tamwunai, not to be wise.
waantamwe, adv. (El. (ir. 22) wisely, 2
Chr. 2, 12; Prov. 17, 2.
waantaznweyeuonk, pi. -onganw^hy a
proverb, proverbs, Prov. 1,1. See nup-
woiionk; siogkcomionk; wiinnHpiroaonk.
waapenat. See imAhennt.
wa^penumundt, v. t. to raise up, to lift
up: wddpunrwi pogkomunky he lifted up
the rod, Ex. 7, 20; v:aapinHk indiintwh-
kouj when he held up his right hand,
Dan. 12, 7.
waapin6nat, v. t. an. to raise up, to lift
up, an. obj. : vaapin wiisken, raise thou
up the lad, Gen. 21, 18.
[Cree </op<thoOf he raises himself (as a
bird), Howse84.]
wa^pu. See imdhen,
waaahanau, v. t. an. he hangs (him) :
ne uxiushan(Dkf hang ye him thereon,
Esth. 7, 9; aywaashanouhj they hanged
him, Esth. 7, 10; nah (DiradsMnduhj
they hanged them, 2 Sam. 21 , 9. With
inan. obj. wdohhatUoogj they hanged
(it) upon, Ezek. 27, 10; imahshadto ohke,
he hangeth the earth upon (it). Job
26, 7. See kechequabinau,
waasliau, wousliau, v. i. he hangs, he
is hanging: noh xamhau, he who hangs
(on it). Gal. 3, 13; nag woiuthaog meh-
tugqni, they hang on the tree. Josh. 10,
26; wodshunky if it hung (on his neck),
Matt. 18, 6, =tcafishunky Luke 17, 2;
v'oli irodhnhunk onkxdionky * hangings ' ,
Ex. 26, 36.
waashpu, waushpu, wowushpu, adj.
an. delicate, effeminate: noh waashpit,
he who is (may be) delicate, effeminate,
Deut. 28, 54, 56. See urnmishpaxmk.
waban, n. wind. Num. 11, 31; 1 K. 18,
45; Ps. 78, 39 (wdpan, C. 158); auwepin,
the wind ceased; na mo mishaoivepinj
there was a great calm, Mark 4, 39.
waban — continuetl .
[Narr. waCtpiy pi. itniupanatih; mitihdu-
pan, a great wind. "Some of them ac-
count of seven, some of eight, or nine
[winds]; and in truth, they do . . .
I reckon and observe not only the four,
but the eight cardinal winds*', etc.,
R. W. 83, 84. Peq. wxOtun, wind, Stiles. ]
wabesen^t, wabesinnedt, v. i. to fear,
I to be afraid: uxibemy (he) feareth, is
afraid, Prov. 14, 16 (ncoivahes, I am
afraid, or I fear; na)waljesHmun or na)-
tm/xintowiimftn, we fear, C. 179, 191);
UHibesHogt (they) were afraid, Is. 41, 5;
vnbsekf fear ye, Ex. 20, 20; ahque nxibsek,
fear not. Matt. 14, 27, = tmUsehteokj Is.
44, 8. See qiiefitam; qashaii.
wabesuonk, n. fear, 2 Cor. 7, 11 (?m;)-
montamooouky 'afraid', (■. 217). See
jinrmukqussndncDk.
wabesuontamooonk, n. fear, fright {wap-
suontamooanky * afraid', C. 217).
wabesuontamunat, v. t. to fear or be
afraid of (inan. obj.), Deut. 28, 58; 3d
pers. mwahesuoniamunaty Is. 31, 4. Cf.
quihtam.
wadchdbuk, weulchaubuk, wutchau-
buk, n. a root, Deut. 19, 18; Matt. 13, 6;
Rom. 11, 16, 18 {initchdpjH'hk or wotiapp,
C. 164); in compound words, -adchan-
buky -adchdhuk. V. subst. imadchdbuka'
ogy they shall take root. Is. 37, 31 ; nag
mimdchalmkoDogy they have taken root,
Jer. 12, 3; pUh euadchdbnkfxly it shall
take root, 2 K. 19, 3C. See itiitchon"
qnom.
[Narr. irattdpy a root of tree, R. W.
89. Al )n . Sadabi, -dbakj ' racine H canot *
(petites, Sadabimr). Mod. Abn. i/yi-
dapy root to sew with. Del. tschuppic,
root, Zeisb.Voc. 12.]
weulchanau6uat (?), v. t. to have in keep-
ing, to have possession of (an. obj.):
xradchanan flocksogy *he had possession
of flocks'. Gen. 26, 14. See ohtaxiundt.
weulcbanittuonk, n. (the state of being
kept), salvation, safety. Is. 59, 16.
wadchan6nat, v. t. an. to keep {a per-
son or an. obj.), to keep securely, to
protect (conjugated in El. Gr. 28^58):
kmtvadchansh, I keep thee; ncoivadcha-
ndogy I keep them; na)xradcha7ixikquog,
they keep me (I am kept by them);
negat. wadchanoxmat, not to keep, EL
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
179
weulchandnat — continued .
Gr.58; pSLeB,uxid<;hanittMnAtj to be kept:
uadchandundty not to be kept, El. Gr.
62,63; nwvxidchanitfl am kept; vadcha-
naUy he is kept; wadchanoog, they are
kept; suppos. ivadchanUteaonf when I
am kept; tvadchank noh, when he is
kept,
wadchanumun^t, v. t inan. to keep (it),
to own or possess (conjugated in El.
Gr. 25, 27); to save. Matt. 18, 11: noo-
wadchunumunf I keep (it); koowadcfia-
mimnuj thou keepest it; cowadchanum-
un, he keeps it; kowadchanumumwo),
ye keep it; ivadchanumicog, they keep
it; imperat. waddianishfkeep thou (it);
wadchanitchf let him keep (it); wad-
chanumuttuhy let us keep; wndchanu-
mmky keep ye. Suppos. wadchanumarij
if I keep; xcadchanuman^ if thou keepest;
tuadchanukj if he keep {noh midcfianuky
he who keeps or poss&sses; God imd-
chanuk kestik kah ohke^ God the posses-
sor of heaven and earth, Gen. 14, 19,
22); wadchanumog, if we keep; uHid-
chanumSg, if ye keep; wadchanumahet-
titf if they keep. Negat. tvadchanumwu-
ndi, not to keep.
[Narr. ivadcMunamay keep this for
me, R. W. 52.]
wadchanuwaen, -in, n. one w^ho keeps
or saves, a savior. Is. 45, 21.
[Narr. wduchaiinatj a guardian (of
a child); pi. wauchaiXamachicky R. W.
126.]
wadchaubuk. See vxxdchdbuk,
[wadchinat] v. i. to come or proceed
out or from: mu»hammh imitjishuashf
boats came from (Tiberias), John 6,23;
cotshoh toll kod umtjishont^ it *bloweth
where it listeth', John 3, 8; toh wad-
chiiiy whence he was (might come from),
Judg. 13, 6 {wosketomp wachiit Pharisesutj
*a man of the Pharisees', Mass. Ps.,
John 3, 1 ) ; ne wadchiehy ' whence I am *,
John 7, 28; noh wajehayeuiit Godut^ ^he
which is of God*, John 6, 46; neg ivad-
chiitcheg Christy *they that are Christ's*,
Gal. 5, 24; nish imlch'iyeuash Jehovah,
these things 'are the Lord's', Deut. 10,
14; 7KJ . . . mtcheun miltamwossiss-oh,
(of) *that made he a woman', i. e. that
he from-ed a woman, Gen. 2, 22; ivajhet
mittamwossissitf *bom of a woman', Gal.
[wadchinat] — continued.
4, 4; howan wadchegii Godut, * whosoever
is born of God', 1 John 3, 9; 5, 4; iwh
ivutchit, . . . nish wame, *of him [as
cause or source] are all things', Rom.
11, 36; ivutchaiyeumoD, it belongs to
(him), in the sense of it proceeds from
or is caused by, Ps. 3, 8; menuhkesuonk
wutchaiyeumo) Godut, power belongeth
to God, Ps. 62, 11; nuhhogkat widchai-
yeumwash {nish)j to me belong (these
things), Deut. 32, 32; yeush wajehayeu-
ugishf 'these things which concern'
him, Acts 28, 31; kenaau k(Dchaiimwa>
u*utch aginiy neen nwchal ivohkumaieUy ye
are from beneath, I am from above,
John 8, 23. From unitche, coch. Cf.
cormundt.
[Narr. tunna wutshai'iocky whence
come they? R. W. 29, and see other ex-
amples under *6(€Mhem. Del. minds-
chum, -chen, the wind comes from (a
particular quarter), Zeiah. Gr. 161, 182;
iintschihilleu, it comes from (some-
where), ibid. 182.]
wadchu, u. a mountain, Ps. 78, 68; pi.
-\-ashy Job 9, 5 (wadchit, - anh, C. 158):
m\%hadchu, a great mountain, Rev. 8, 8;
mimdchu kah wadc?iu, mountain and
hill, Luke 3, 5; wadchuekontu, 'in the
hill country', Josh. 13, 6.
weulchue, adj. mountainous: en wadchtie
ohkeit, ' to the hill country ' , Luke 1, 39.
w^diuemes, n. dim. a hill (small
mountain). Is. 40, 4; pi. -few/?, Is. 42,
15: wadchitwhnesasfh, little hills, Ps.
114, 4.
wad]iuppa[enat]. See widiuhppa[enai].
wadohkinne^t, v. i. to dwell (in a
place), to be an inhabitant of, Neh. 11,
2: neg uadohkitrheg, the inhabitants of,
they who dwell in (a land, or country), .
Cien. 26, 7; Is. 9, 2. See irutohkinneat.
wadsh, wadtch, n. a (bird's) nest, Ps.
84, 3; Num. 24, 21: imfch mwadshat,
from her nest, Prov. 27, 8.
[Del. wach schie chey, Zeisb. Voc. 31.]
weultan, wodtan, n. the rump, Lev. 3,
9; 7, 3; 8, 25. Gf. v:uttunkhi(onat), to
bend a bow.
weultauatonkqussuonk, n. (the making
a sound,) the voice. Is. 40, 6: wivadt-,
his voice, Is. 42, 2; -nog, they make
a noise (of the sea). Is. 17, 12; (of
Digitized by
Google
180
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Bl'LLETIK 26
wadtauatonkqussuonk-^contiiiued .
wheels), Ezek. 3, 13; wiUtauatonkqussue
nmsseeta^hy the sound of her feet, 1 K.
14, 6; 2 K. 6, 32; unkqueneuiikquodte
vKidtauaionkqmsumiky a dreadful sound.
Job 15, 21.
weultauxni6^i8]i, things which belong
to, have influence on, or concern, Luke
19, 42: «€ ivodtaumauncog wiChhogkaty
that which does not concern himself,
Prov. 26, 17. Cf. pissaumatdonk.
weultch. See wadsh.
weultonkqB. See adtonkqs.
weultutchuan. See waUitchuwan.
waeenodtumun^t, waeenot-, v. t inan.
obj. to praise or commend: waeenod-
tumwog, they praise (it), Ps. 89, 5; vfoe-
. enodtuimvefieUichy let them praise (it),
Ps. 148, 5; 149, 3; waeenotum magugiah,
'it boasteth great things', James 3, 5.
With an. obj. vjoeenotumatmnog nag, *I
boast of you to them^ 2 Cor. 9, 2
(double transitive form); kamoweend-
tumauonumivco, we commend (her) to
you, Rom. 16, 1. See wc^endmonat.
^w^a^endmoxiat, v. t. an. to praise, to
commend, 1 Pet. 2, 14; freq. woweenomo-
nat; waeenomaok, praise ye (him), Ps.
150, 1, 2, 3; vxieeiwmonchy let him praise
(him), Ps. 150,6; tiviveenomduhj (they)
commended her. Gen. 12, 14; coicoivee-
nomuhf he approved him. Acts 2, 22;
waeenomau ttmhhogkuhj he praises him-
self, Ps. 36, 2; waeerwmorxt imihhogkuhf
'boasting himself, Prov. 25, 14. See
v}dun67iithkau6naL
wa^enu, adj. and adv. round about, Ex.
30, 3; 37, 26; 2 K. 25, 1; Rev. 4, 3, 4:
ne wekqshik u^etim, on the edge of it
round about, Ezek. 43, 13; wienUj Gen.
31, 8 (waeiiCy weivhie^ prep, about, C.
225, 234 ) . See wayedag; v:eenuhkau^iat;
weenusheaiL
wahednat, v. t. an. to know (a person, or
an, obj. ), to recognize: \oaheaUy he knew
(them), Gen. 42, 8; waheuhy heknoweth,
or knew, them, Ps. 138, 6; Gen. 42, 7;
neen ruDwdeh^ I know him, John 7, 29;
Gen. 18, 19; matta pasuk runwaheohy I
do not know one, Is. 44, 8; kanvdhushy
1 know thee, Gen. 12, 11; Ex. 33, 12;
kootmheumuWj ye know me, John 7, 28;
noh matta wahhedogy ye (may) not know
him, ibid. (ka>wahhishf I know thee;
wahednat — continued.
ncouHxeh noh, I know him; nanixihedog^
I know them, C. 196, 197. Cotton
gives two pages to the conjugation of
the several forms of imhedimt, ivahteovr
iXiialf xmhteauivaheonaty etc.).
[Narr. nvdUa iioivduiwiie, viatta nch
wdhm, I knew nothing, R. W. 51 (cf.
maUa ncowahheohy 'I know not*, Gen.
4, 9). Del. no wo(i huk, he knows me,
Zeisb.]
wahheonk, n. knowledge (of persons),
Phil. 3, 8.
wahheuunit, v. i. to be known (by
others), John 7, 4: waheonemi, he is
known, Prov. 31, 23.
wahsukeh. See v^asukeh.
wahteauonk. See imMeonk,
wahteauiin^t, v. t. inan. to know or
have knowledge of, to understand,
Eccl. 1, 17; 7, 25 {-ouunat, C); *to per-
ceive*, Deut. 29, 4: waht€ouun[ai] wane-
gik kah tnachuk, knowing (to know)
good and evil. Gen. 3, 5; ivahteou, he
knoweth, understandeth (it), 1 Chr.
28, 9 (-an, Ps. 104, 19); suppos. noh
watUog, he that understandeth (v. i.),
Prov, 8, 9; matta wahteatiou, he does
not know (it), John 15, 15; kwwah-
teduunmau, ye know it, John 7, 28 (nag
wahieoog, they know, C. 196) ; kwimhieoh
wiUtahha)}D(xishy thou knowest their
hearts, 1 K. 8, 39; ncoivahteouun, I know
it. Gen. 48, 19; kwwahteonn, thou know-
est it, Rev. 7, 14; ne ivahtwiiun, this
thing is known, Ex. 2, 14; UHihtennk,
knowing, when he knew, Mark 5, 30,
33; wahteamh, know thou, Dan. 3, 18
(na>v'dteo, I know, I understand; 7ia>M^-
teomun, we know; tmhteouHnaly to know;
wahtouish, know thou; noh wahteoitch,
let him know, C. 196).
[Narr. nouafUam, I understand; co-
wdiUam, you understand [thou under-
standest]; cow4xvtam tawhitche nippee-
yatmen, do you know why I come? R.
*W. 31.]
wahteauwaheonat, v. t. an. (cans.) to
make one's self known to (another):
ivahkauivaheo7it, making himself known
to (them). Gen. 45, 1; nen pishiUDivdh-
teamvah, I will make myself known to
him. Num. 12, 6 (icahteamvah, make
him to know, C. 196).
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
181
wc0iteauwahu6nat, v. t. inan. (caus. ) to
make a thing known to, Is. 64, 2; Rom.
9, 22 {pish wahteauwahiuiUy he shall
make it known, Is. 38, 19): noowahteau-
u^ahikqun^ he made (it) known to me,
Eph. 3, 3; wame nish kaounhteauuxihun-
undoashj I make all these things known
to you, John 15, 15.
wahteonk, wahteauonk, n. knowleilge,
2 Chr. 1, 11, 12; Is. 40, 14; 44, 19; 1 Ck)r.
8, 1.
waiyont, sun-setting. See wayatit,
wig, wig eh [=umtch, wutche], for, be-
cause of, Prov. 17, 14: yeu wajeh, for
this cause, John 12, 18; neimjeh, there-
fore (for that cause), John 12, 17, 19, 21,
=.iiewajs John 13, 31; Jieumtche yeu wajy
'for, for this cause*, etc., Rom. 13, 6
{ne tcaj, for which cause, C. 234; ?tvi/,
conj. for, ibid.). See wxUche.
wame, wamu, adv. all, wholly (El. Gr.
21), full {rcameyme, usually, C. 230);
with V. subst. umnuif there is enough,
sufficient. Gen. 45, 28; Ex. 9, 28; Matt.
6, 34: nwtvameftf I have enough, there
is enough for me, Gen. 33, 11; inan. pi.
wamutajthf sufficient, Ex. 36, 7; ohke
wamtU, there is land enough, Gen. 34,
21; tramdkf womohky when or if it is
enough, if it suffice, 1 K. 20, 10; dnue
ne woh adt womohky more than (when
it was) enough, Ex. 36, 5; tcumach, let
it suffice, Deut. 3, 26; tcamatitch, let
them suffice, be sufficient, Deut. 33, 7;
v^menaUf he has enough; maita pish
urtmenauy he has not enough, is not
satisfied, Eccl. 1, 8; nanoamanitiamumun,
it sufficeth us, we have enough, John
14, 8. Cf. tdpi (taba4:h, let it suffice,
Ezek. 44, 6). See pohshe.
[Narr. icatimet taHpij it is enough,
R. W. 35. Abn. SgSami, tout entiere-
ment, Rasles 552. Del. tirmi, all, Zeisb.
Gr. 178.]
wamepwunneat, v. i. to be full, to have
enough of food, to fill one's self, Luke
15, 16: wamepmh, he is satisfieil. Is. 44,
16; immepayog, they are satisfied, are
filled, Deut. 14, 29; Mark 8, 8; wame-
poop, (she) was sufficed, had enough to
eat, Ruth 2, 14; matta pish kanvumepwm-
vxD, ye shall not be satisfied. Lev. 26, 26;
neg tvoh mo wamepaogigy they which can
never have enough, Is. 56, 11; wamep-
waznepwunneat — continued.
wean, watnepcoan, Avhen thou art full,
Deut. 8, 10, 12. See nadiuppm.
[Narr. non/iump, I have enough;
cowdumpj have you enough? R. W. 36.]
wamesasliquiBh (?), n. the 'swallow',
Prov. 26, 2. See mameemzhqaes.
w^bnunat, w^munat. See a>mumit, to
go.
wanahcliikomuk [waruishqtie-komukly-a,
a chimney, Hos. 13, 3 {wimnachkemmukf
C. 161). '
[Narr. %mnxnauchic6mocky R. W. 51.]
wan&atamCLzUlt, v. t. inan. to forget a
thing or inan. obj. (af>t<nmanatomurui/,
Heb. 6, 10) : [nooilxcanArdam, I forget,
Ps. 102, 4; ican&niam, he forgets, James
1, 24; wunanatamtcogf they forget, Ps.
78, 11; ahque xninardashy do not (thou)
forget, Deut. 9, 7; Prov. 4, 5; mikkod-
m/min/am, I will (wish to) forget, Job
9,27 (noowdnantam, I forget, C. 192).
wanantaxnw^hednat, v. t. an. and inan.
caus. to cause (him) to forget (it), Jer.
23, 27 {u^anantamivahhlnnean kenau^
make or cause us to forget you, C. 192).
wan ijnumdnat, v. t. an. to forget a per-
. son or an. obj.: nooivandnum, I foi^t;
kancandnum, thou forgettest, Hos. 4, 6;
woh aytcandnumduhj she may forget
them. Is. 49, 15; ivanamimnnony if I for-
get thee, Ps. 137, 5; neg. ahque nanan-
um, do not (thou) forget, Ps. 10, 12; Prov.
3, 1; \cananumonciieg, they who forget
(him), Ps. 9, 17; nooxvandnumukquogy I
am forgotten (they forget me), Ps.
31, 12.
wanashque, wnnnaah-, wannasq-,
prep, on the top of, Gen. 28, 18: ^van-
(Ufh(jue tnitanwohhouy on the top of his
staff, Heb. 11, 21; (of the scepter,) Esth.
5, 2; wannasqae. apptianganity the top of
the throne, 1 K. 10, 19; vanatthpiompsk-
qtU (objective), 'the top of a rock',
Ezek. 26, 14. ( Rasles gives to the cor-
responding Abnaki word a more ex-
tended meaning: SatiaskSiSiy SanaskSi-
remaskSky le bout, au bout; SanaskSittany
le bout du n^2, etc. ) See ivunnash,
wanashquodtmnoogish, n. pi. mountain
tops, Ezek. 6, 13; Gen. 8, 5: suppos.
wanasJiquodiinnu wadchutU, (when) on
the top of the mountain, Ezek. 43, 12.
Digitized by
Google
182
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
_ wanashquonk, n. the top (le bout) ; the
top of the bough (tree), Is. 17, 6.
- y waneemsquag* [ivunne-mHsqui ?] , crim-
son (cloth), Jer. 4, 30.
wanegik. See vmnne; wunnecfik.
wazuiantam^e, -oe, forgetful, James 1,
25. See imn&ntamUndt.
wanncMque. See toanashqne.
wanne, without, destitute of (strictly, it
is an indeclinable adjective meaning
none, not any; as an adverb it ex-
presses exclusion, loss, or destitution,
and is occasionally used by Eliot for
direct negation): rnatta wanne vrutmshej
wanne wutokase, without father, without
mother, Heb. 7, 3; vmnne wahtede, with-
out knowledge. Job 35, 35; wanne oh-
tana>j there shall be none, Ex. 16, 26;
wanne kutahtooUj thou hast not, Jer. 30,
13; vmnne nippenOy there was no water
in it (it was without water). Gen. 37, 24;
wanne nushehteaen ahtoouj no murderer
hath, etc., 1 John 3, 15; wanne kutchoh-
keauj there is no spot in thee, Cant. 4,
7; wanne howane, there was no one (left
alive). Num. 21, 35. Cf. hmvan; vnne;
-a)-.
wannehhednat, wanhednat, v. t. an.
to lose (a person or an. obj.): mjowan-
heomp nunneechanog, I have lost my
children, Is. 49, 29; part. wannehemU,
losing, he who loses, Luke 15, 4; Matt.
16, 26; mahehe wannehheont, after thou
hast lost, having lost. Is. 49, 20; matia
pamk na)wanheohj I have lost none,
John 18, 9; ne vAnheonchey that which
(an. ) was lost, Luke 15, 4; but noh wan-
heogkupy who was lost (pass.), v. 6.
[Cree vmnne hayoOj Howse 41.]
wannehteauun^t, wanteauun^t (-un-
neat), v. t. to lose, inan. obj., or in-
trans. to be deprived of, to be without:
ne wanleauompy that which I lost, Luke
15, 9; matta pish wanneteauou, he shall
not lose (it). Acts 27, 22; pish aman-
teounj oAoanteauun, he shall lose it, Matt.
10,39; 16,25; Mark 8, 35; wannehteunky
wanteunky if he lose, losing. Matt. 10,
39; Luke 13, 8; pass, ne wantewnuk,
that which is lost, Matt. 18, 11; -dmuk.
Lev. 6, 3.
[Cree wunneioUy Howse 41.]
wannonkaxDk. See wunnonkaxok.
wannoonau, n. (his) cheek. Lam. 3, 30:
pi. wannaHishy his cheeks. Cant. 6, 13;
konnamauashy thy cheeks, Cant. 1, 10.
See manamau (m^namau).
wanonkquae, wannonkou, adv. in the
evenii^, yesterday. See wumiionkqii6.e,
wftnontcDwagk, -oagk, n. music, Dan.
3, 5, 7, 10.
wan6nulika>waeu, wawunonukooae,
adv. by flattery, Dan. 11, 32, 34. See
papannaywau; wdunonuhkauSnat.
wanteauiindt. See wannehteauundt.
waompog': quenau waompog, *in the
(morning) twilight', 2 K. 7, 7.
wd6nat. See vxiudnat,
waon^gugish, waonegigisk, w^ane-,
n. pi. precious things. Gen. 24, 53;
Deut. 33, 13, 14; Pro v. 24, 4. See
wunnegik; cf. wayedag-ishy rings.
wd6ziit, if he go astray. See waudnat,
waont, sun-setting. See wayont.
^^apantamihiat, to hasten: nayv^pdn-
taniy I am in haste, C. 193.
^wapunnukquas, n. the swallow, Mass.
Ps., Ps. 84, 3, =inainee8ashque8 {q. v.),
El.
wapwAan, n. the fln of a fish: waptvS-
kanitchegy pi. having fins, Lev. 11, 9;
Deut. 4, 9.
^wasftquanftndtick, n. a light or candle,
C. 161. See wequ&nanteg,
wcMenumonche, n. a mother-in-law, hus-
band's or wife's mother, Ruth 1, 14;
Matt. 10, 35.
was^numukqutclie, n. a son-in-law,
daughter's husband, Judg. 15, 6. See
wu8»hi.um6nat.
[Narr. noshiemucky he is my son-in-
law, R. W. 124.]
wasit ( condit. part. ) . See v*us9uey * seeth-
ing'.
^^ask^ke (Narr. ), whalebone, R.\V. 103.
Cf. vmskdn,
wassabbe. See vmssabpey thin.
wasukeh, wahsukeli, wessukeh, n.
(construct.) the husband of, (her) hus-
band. Num. 30, 7; Deut. 25, 3; Rom. 7, 3
{vms&kkieny vxM&kkleny&huBhandy C. 161,
171) : jyish kenwesmkey thou shalt be her
husband, Deut. 21, 13; nasuk, my hus-
band. Gen. 29, 32; kasuk, thy husband,
Gen. 3, 16; kahmkowoogy your hus-
bands, Eph. 5, 24; ivasukkoouh (obj.),
to their husbands, ibid. ; noh waohmk'
Digitized by
Google
TRCMBVLL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
183
wasukeh, etc. — continued.
hi iff she who hath a husband, Rom.
7, 2 [noh asukkauaUf he whom she fol-
lows after?]; collect, owesmkkiimieunk^
all husbands, collectively, Eph. 5, 25.
See ivussukeh,
[Narr. tudstck, an husband, R. W. 44.
Peq. nehytishamugj my husband, Stiles.]
*watamwe, adv. knowingly, C. 228.
*wat6ncU (Narr.), a cousin, R. W. 45.
See adtonkqs.
*wattllp ( Narr. ) , a root. See wadchdbuk.
wftunonuhkaudxiat, v. t. an. to flatter
{waunonuhkcowonaij C. 192): noh wdu-
ndnukum&ntf he who speaketh flattery.
Job 17, 5 {na)vmuw\L7wnuha5wam, I flat-
ter, C. 191). See papannancau. Cf.
wa^endmonat,
^waudxnpeg. See *vx>mpam.
waudxiat, wd6nat, wauwdixUlt, v. i.
to go astray, to go out of the way: tud-
auwdirif 1 have gone astray, Ps. 119,
176; onatuh alieepsuJt wadnit, as a lost
sheep (as a sheep when it goes astray),
ibid. ; wdonUf he goes astray, Prov. 5, 23;
w/kmuog, they go astray, Ps. 58, 3 [ne-
pauz maUa pish wayauatj the sun shall
not go down, Is. 60, 20 (?)]; no ivddnit
vmtch mayvJtj he who wandereth (if he
wander) out of the way, Prov. 21, 16;
wauonii, going astray (if he go astray),
Deut. 22, 1; Matt. 18, 12; n^g wauon-
ilcheg (obj.), they who go astray. Matt.
18, 12 {wdv)6nchik (as adj. )* wandering,
C. 176; v}awofintU>g, they wander; iia>-
woowon, I wander, ibid. 214 ) . From
and audnat. See nanwiyeu; tvayont.
[Oee wHnnisgUy he erra; wunnesin,
he loses himself, goes astray, Howse
81.]
^waudntam (Xarr.), n. a wise man or
counselor; pi. waudrUaJdck, wise men,
R. W. 120. See waantamixnM.
wauontamau6nat, v. t. an. and inan. to
bear witness of, or testify of (it) to
(persons): nwwauontamaUf I testify of
. . . to . . . Rev. 22, 18; kcowauonta-
munkquneauj he testifies of (these
things) to you, Rev. 22, 16.
wauontamun^t, v. t. to testify of (inan.
obj. ) : nanvauvxidniamun, I testify of it,
John 7, 7.
waiishpu. See tuaashpu.
w^ussuznmudnat, v. t. an. to worship,
1 Sam, 1, 3. See uvwussumdnat,
wiussuxnoncheg. See wowussumoncheg,
*Watitacone (Narr.), Englishman; pi.
Waiilacontiaog, 'that is, coat-men, or
clothed ( Waidhkmnogy Englishmen,
* such as wear coats' , C. 169 ) : Wautac6n-
iakj an English woman; Wautaconhneaef
an English youth, R. W. 65. From wut-
tunkumj he covers with (it). Other
names given to the English were:
Aivaunagress (for -gus?)^ pi. -mckj "as
much as to say, these strangers " ; Chdu-
quaquock, knife-men, sword-men, R. W.
51, 65. See *au'dun. Morton (X. E.
Canaan, 3, 5) says: "The Salvages of
the Massachusets . . . did call the
English planters Wotawquenange
[-auge], which in their language signi-
fiethstabbersorcut-throates". ... "A
southerly Indian that understood Eng-
lish well . . . calling us by the name
of Wotoqttan8awg€f what that doth sig-
nifie, hee said hee was not able by any
demonstration to expresse.''
[Del. viak ho hen «w, to cover,
Zeisb.l
wautjishaut (?): vmtche wautjishauty *for
the joinings*, 1 Chr. 22, 3.
^^ailtuiiques (Narr.), * the coney' (mis-
printed * conck ' in the reprint) . * * They
have a reverend esteeme of this crea-
ture, and conceive there is some Deitie
in it."— R. W. 95, 96. Josselyn ( Voy-
ages, pp. 82, 85) calls it the squnck, q. v.
wauwaen, n. one who witnesses or tes-
tifies, a witness, 1 Pet. 5, 1; wauwahuri,
Prov. 14, 5 {\vdxvaeniny a witness, C.
157).
wauwaonk, n. testimony, witness, 1 John
5, 11; Is, 19, 20.
wauwdinit. See ivauonat.
wauwdnat, wauwaonat, v. i. to bear
witness, to testify (of ), John 1, 7, 9: (v. t
an. ) nt cowduwon^ that which he testi-
fies of or to, John 3, 32; vjauwauj he
testifies, Heb. 7, 17; iicowauwon, I tes-
tify. Gal. 5, 3; Eph. 4, 7; n(DVHmvx)nan^
we do testify, 1 John 4, 14; nag wau-
wacheg^ they who bear witness, 1 John
5, 7, 8; vjauwon^ if I testify, Acts 20, 24;
wauvxmajy let it be a witness, let it tes-
tify, Gen. 31, 44; wauwdmamdj, let it be
a witness, v. 52; 7mh wauvxumdgishj the
Digitized by
Google
184
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25<
wauwdxiat, wauwaoxiat— continued,
things which I testify to you, Deut. 32,
46.
*wauwoxmuonk, n. wandering, or going
astray, C. 214. See u'audnai,
*wftwft]xiek, n. a dress, C. 160.
waweenwhatuonk, n. * strife', Pro v. 15,
18.
wawnnonukooae. See ivandnukkwuxieu.
* waw w h\mneke8<log ( Narr. ) , pi. mack-
erel, R. W. 103 [wiinnogkesUj he is fat,
well-bodied].
wayedag-ish, wayedagish, wohway-,
n. pi. rings, Ex. 39, 16, 17, 20, 21. Cf.
uxi^enUj round about ; uviceaiish »Vi,a wind-
ing about; waonegugishy precious things.
wayont, waont (part, of wmidnat)^ sun-
setting. Gen. 15, 12; Mark 1, 32; Lev.
22, 7: papaume ahkuUooche vxiyont, ^at
the time of the going down of the
sun', Josh. 10, 27 (ooicayaonk iiepaz^ sun
setting, C. 164); ivayau, it was sunset.
Gen. 28, 11 ; the sun went down, 2 Sam.
2, 24; asli ivaoongkupy before (it was)
sunset, 'before the sun went down*,
Judg. 14, 18.
[Narr. wayaduij the sun is set, R. W.
67. Peq. weyhan, *moon'. Stiles.]
weachimineash. See weatchiminmash.
weanun, weanin, n. a burden, Ps. 38, 4;
Is. 30, 27: ameanuTif his burden. Num.
4, 19; pi. weanunashf Gen. 49, 14; kw-
w^annunnaxishj your burdens, Deut. 1,
12; Gal. 6, 2. From waSenUy (wrapped)
about (?).
weasflundnat (?), v. i. to bear burdens;
weassukegy pi. neg weasmkeg^ they who
bear burdens, Neh. 4, 10 {tceamikeg, v.
17); mueasmndoonij (they) to bear bur-
dens, 2 Chr. 2, 2.
[Del. ui waschin, to carry a load,
Zeisb.Voc. 33.]
weatchimin, n. corn (in the field), stand-
ing grain, Deut. 23, 25.
weatchimfnneash, weachimineash, n.
pi. grain, corn (generically), Gen. 27,
28; Lev. 2, 14 (eachimmineachj -eash,
C): appdsuash weatchiminneashj (con-
tract.) appuminmonashj parched corn,
1 Sam, 17, 17; 25, 18, = tippashqua8me
weaichiminneanhy Lev. 23, 14; munne-
quomunneashf green ears of corn. Lev.
2, 14; munnequomirij growing com, Hos.
14, 7; missunkquammneashj mis9iM, (dry
weatchimfnneash, etc. — continued,
or rii)e) ears of com. Gen. 41, 5; mis-
ftunkquamuntihnegash (dimin.), thin or
blasted ears, Gen. 41, 6; nukkdnumin-
necufh, old com, Josh. 5, 11, 12. [Cf. Tupi
tibatiniy viba-tim, uba-timy avaty^ avaiyi
(uiy uy, ri, flour, 'farinha' ), which Von
Martius ( Wortersamml. Brasil. Spra-
chen, 427) derives from viba, *gramen*
and <tm, * nasutum ^ {tim^ fmctus, Calli-
nago; timift, ^comida', 'sustento', *ali-
mento', Seixas), or from viba-tuilLma,
'gramen medullosum ' ; Omaguas dialect
and Oyambi (of Cayenne), a ua^y, abaty;
Cocomas, aw<Ue (Castelnau); Caraib
avachity aoachy^ gonxi (Callinago) ; Caya-
p6s, mufchiu; AraicA, meiftchy (cf. viee-
chu?); Chicriabas, notsche; Taino (Yu-
catan), mahizy mayz; Maya, yxim; Tecu-
na, schiauuy Von Martius, 1. c. ; Corap6
dialect, t8chumnam.'\ See ineechu, he
eats; rniuy a fmit.
[Narr. etvdchimli^neashy corn (i. e.
Indian com, maize); »cannhneneashy
seed, corn, R. W. 91; accoqumy Indian
com, Stiles. Peq. veimutchemiyiSj In-*
dian com. Stiles.]
weatchiminneolitek (-teuk), n. a Held
of corn, * standing corn', Deut. 23, 25.
*w^whu8h (Narr. ), v. imperat. *take it
on your back*, R. W. 51, ^nidutdsh,
ibid. See weasmm&naf.
webe, adv. only. Gen. 18, 27; Num. 4, 9:
maila ne ivebey not only so, Rom. 5, 3;
webe kenaauy you yourselves apart (you
only), Mark 6, 31; ken webe nussuy thou
only, 2 K. 19, 19; ynatta howan . . . webe
neriy there is no one besides me, Is.
43, 11; webe noh adlumunuky (no one
knoweth) 'saving he that receiveth it*,
Rev. 2, 17. Seew'^j^.
[Peq. uepcy but {=quiy El. ), May hew,
Lord's Prayer.]
webequshdnat, v. t. an. to fear, Deut
10, 12. See qushaii; waf)e»enAt.
webesuonk. See wabesuatiky fear.
^^ech6kum (Narr.), the sea, R. W. 98.
See kehtoh; pummoh.
weechau6nat, wech£6nat, v. t. an.
to accompany, to go with: wechauy go
thou with him. Matt. 5, 41; a>weechauoh^
he went with them. Acts 10, 23; arwee'
chau&ahy they went with him, ibid,
( = a)ive€chogquoh (?), Acts 20,4); tree-
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
185^
weechaudnat, wedUUSnat — continued.
ckaiean, if thou go with me, Judg. 4, 8;
kamechaxuhy I go with thee, v. 9; wee-
chaiuiUf he went with (him), ibid.
[Narr. cow^chaush, I will go with you;
cowechaw ewd^ he will go with you;
wechatuUUtea, let us accompany (go to-
gether), R. W. 73.]
weeche, prep, with, in company with
(a person, or an. obj.), Ex. 23, 1; Job
1, 4: kaoweeche wcomseumshj I go down
with thee, Gen. 46, 4; noh weechiyeumuk,
he was with me, Neh. 4, 18. Cf . ivashjye,
with (inan. obj.).
[Del. uiischij Zeisb.]
weechinnineumnioncheg, n. pi. one's
family or company. Lev. 25, 10. See
teashiyeuoonk.
week. See wek,
weekincMhq. See wehnasq.
weekittamuii[neat (?) ], v. i. to dwell in
tents or houses; arweekittamunnaouty Ps.
78, 55. See wekiniiedt,
weekitt^ixUlt, v. i. to build a house (for
one's self?), to pitch one's tent: wekii-
teaUf she builds her house, Prov. 14, 1;
he pitched his tent, Gen. 31, 25; woDche
icekUteau, he began to build, 2 Chr. 3, 2;
wekiUeaogf they pitched their tents, Gen.
31, 25; matta pish wekiUeajroog, they shall
not build houses. Is. 65, 22; wekiiteagk,
build ye the house, Hag. 1,8; weekikash
[for wekitteash (?)], build thee a house,
1 K. 2, 36. See adtannegen,
*weekdhquat, fair weather, C. 158. See
uninnofiquadt.
we^omdnat. See wehkomdnat.
weekon, wekon, adj. sweet, Prov. 20,
17; 27, 7; Rev. 10, 9; pi. -\-ash, Prov.
16, 24. (Strictly, perhaps, verb impers.
*it is sweet', *they are sweet'.)
[Del. mn gan, sweet; win gal, tasting
good; tdn gi, gladly, Zeisb. Voc. 12.]
weekontamdonk, n. pleasure, gladness,
Eccl. 2, 1; 2 Sam. 6, 12; 1 Chr. 16, 27;
joy, Prov. 14, 10; delight, Prov. 15, 8
(icekorUamibonkf gladness; taphetiaonk,
cheerfulness, C. 193).
weekontamilTiAt [= wekon (unn) antam-
unat]y v. i. to be glad, to rejoice, to
be pleased, Eccl. 3, 12; 8, 15 (C. 192;
to be willing, ibid. 215): nanvekoniam,
I am glad, Ps. 9, 2; wekontaniy he is
weekontamiindt — continued,
glad, Ps. 16, 9; pass, form with inan.
subj. wekontainmmWy (it) rejoices, is
made glad, ibid.; wekontashy rejoice
thou, be glad, Joel 2, 21; irekonianuDk,
kah ahche muskouantamcoky rejoice (ye)
and be exceeding glad, Matt. 5, 12.
See *wuMekiUeahhuanat.
[Narr. nowec&ntaniy I am glad, R. W.
65. Abn. nSighinameny je le trouve
agr&ible, h mon gr6; nSigandaniy je le
veux. Del. winginameny to be pleased
with; wingdendamy to love or be pleased
I with something, Zeisb. (ir. 179.]
j weekontamwie, -we, adj. and adv.
glad, joyful, merry. Num. 10, 10; Esth.
5, 9; Prov. 15, 15; 16, 24 {wehmtamde,
willingly; maiwekontdmwey unwillingly,
C. 230).
weekshik. See wekqshik.
weematoh, n. (his) brother; constr. the
brother of, Gen. 25, 26; Acts 12, 2;
Mark 3, 17: nemaly my brother, Acts 9,
17; kenwly thy brother. Gen. 27, 35;
neematogy my brethren, Matt. 12, 48;
kemalog, thy brethren, Luke 18, 20;
wematogy his brethren, ibid. v. 19;
kemattwwdogy your brethren, Num. 32,
6; kematou (v. subst.), (I am) your
brother, Gen. 45, 4. See weetompas;
weetuksquoh,
weexnattixmeunk, n. collect, the breth-
ren, the brotherhood. Acts 10, 23; 1 Pet.
2, 17.
ween, w^in, n. the marrow. Job 21, 24;
Prov. 3, 8; Is. 25, 6; Heb. 4, 12.
[Abn. ^n, Rasles.]
weenan, his tongue. See menan.
weenohke, n. a grave, Prov. 30, 16; Hos.
13, 14: woskeche weenohkety on her grave,
Gen. 35, 20; weenohkeyeuw neky the
grave is my house. Job 17, 13. [waSen-
ohkey earth all around (?); waienu-okkey
the winding up place(?).]
weenominneash [wenoynia-minneashy
vine-fruit], n. pi. grapes, Lev. 19, 10;
Matt. 7, 16: weenom, a grape, Is. 18, 5.
[Narr. wendmeneashy grapes, R. W.
91.]
weenomis, n. a vine, Ezek. 15, 2, ^wee-
nomemppogy Ps. 128, 3. From wa^enUy^
roundabout (?).
Digitized by
Google
186
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
weenomwuBsipog, -mesippag, n. a
vine, Ps. 80, 8; pi. -\-uash, Ps. 105, 33
(lit. vine leaves: wenomis-wunnepog^ the
vine in leaf).
weenont, n. raven, Lev. 11, 15 (but
*kite^ Deut. 14, 13): kutchikkonkoni,
* raven % D6ut. 14, 14; qussukqaanush^
*kite'. Lev. 11, 14. Cf. konkonL
weenshdnat, weensliau6nat, v. t. to
beg, to ask alms (from), Luke 16, 3:
weemkau, he was begging, Mark 10, 46;
he begged (bread), Ps. 37, 25; wetishau-
nitch, let them b^, Ps. 109, 10. See
wenshamationai,
w^^nu. See wcUenu.
weenuhkaudnat, v. t. an.: weenuhkau-
waog neg, they encamp round about
them, Ps. 34, 7; ayeuuJikone weetiuhkdkj
camp ye round about against (it), Jer.
50, 29. See watenu.
weenuhkomumun^t, v. t. inan. to camp
round about (it), to besiege, to com-
pass: coweenuhkomun, he besieged it,
2 K. 17, 5; weSnuhkomcok otan, 'compass
ye the city\ Josh. 6, 7.
weenuBheau, -shau, v. i. it goeth
around, 'compasseth' (of a boundary
line). Josh. 18, 14; 19, 14: pemunnecU
iveenisheauy a line compasses it about,
2 Chr. 4, 2. See vxi^enu.
weenuwdaog, n. pi. onions, Num. 11, 5.
[Mod. Abn. vn-nozy onion, K. A.
Del. wi nun schi, and u lee pen^ Zeisb.
Voc.]
weenwee. See wenwe.
weepamde, wepamuwdonk. See un-
der wehpamdnat,
weepit, (his) tooth. See mepit,
[Narr. v)^U, pl.i-teash, R. W. 59.]
weepwoiyeu-ut, *in the passage' (be-
tween two places), 1 Sam. 13, 23.
weequau, (his) thigh. See mehquau.
wees, weis, n. fat, Lev. 9, 10, 20: coweiSy
its fat, Gen. 45, 18. As adj. wehmCf fat,
Zech. 11, 16. From weyaus (?). See
umnnogque.
[Del. vdsuy (he is) fat, fleshy, Zeisb.
Voc. 13; wilmif fat meat, ibid. 12.]
weesadtippogquosh, n. pi. bitter
herbs, Ex. 12, 8; Num. 9, 11. See
wunnepog.
weesaiishftonk, weBOsh^nk, n. a pes-
tilential or infectious disease, the pesti-
lence, Ps. 78, 50; a fever, Mark 1, 31;
weesaushftonk, etc. — continued.
John 4, 52: rveesdshau, she was sick of
a fever, Matt. 8, 14; Mark 1, 30. Cf.
enninne&onh
[Narr. wernvmha'Cumck, the plague;
wesausashaiimilchj the great plague,
R. \V. 157.]
weeshittoon, n. (mouth-hair, ) the beard,
Ps. 133, 2; Is, 15, 2: kanveeshiitamnit, on
thy beard, Ezek. 5, 1; pi. (often used
for the sing.) +(mA, Lev. 19, 27; Is. 7,
20.
we^ahqudbashin (?), n. a pool of water,
Ex. 7, 19 (only).
weesde, adj. yellow, Lev. ^3, 30, 32. Cf.
weeswe^ the gall.
[Narr. wemui, R. W. Del. uisaweiiy
V. adj. it is yellow, Zeisb. Gr. 164.]
weesogkinooonk, n. bitterness, Pro v. 17,
25. See wewgkon,
weesdahionk. See weemuahdonky pes-
tilence.
weeaquapinneat, ooweeaquabinneat,
V. i. to wrap one's self up: ayweesquapin^
she wrapped herself, Gen. 38, 14; ayweea-
(juabinun (v. t.), he wraps it up, Mic.
7, 3; an. obj. anvishquanuhf she wrapped
him (in it), Luke 2, 7; weesquahemy it is
wrapped up (in a cloth), 1 Sam. 21, 9;
suppos. inan. weesquabesikj (when) *it
was bound up with'. Gen. 44, 30; v:eea-
qvAihenaUy he bindeth up (the waters
in the clouds), Job 26, 8. Cf. Cree
w&skay around; newdMLnen, I surround,
inclose (it), Howse 34.
[Narr. wesquaubenany to wrap up body
for the grave, R. W. 161.]
weesiunussoli, n. (constr. ) the younger
of sons or daughters, (his or her)
younger brother or sister. Gen. 19,
31, 38: mohtommegU, . . . wesumussohj
*the first bom', . . . *his younger
brother'. Gen. 48, 18, 19; younger sis-
ter, Judg. 15, 2. See muUdaons; pemis-
9u; weetuksquoh.
weeswe, n. the gall, Deut. 29, 18; Ps. 69,
21 : nameeswey my gall. Job 16, 13. Cf .
wesogkouy bitter; iveesde, yellow. (Cf.
also Sax. ge-alewey yellow; gealUiy gall;
Greek xo^Vt bile; x^or^, X^oa, green-
ish yellow; Arab, murr and sd^uda,
bile; murty bitter; dqfer (fern, ^fra),
yellow. )
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
187
weetahtu, n. a sister or half-sister, Lev.
. 20, 17; 21, 3; John 11, 5 (strictly, one
of the same household or family, a
near relative), (netukkusq, my sister,
Luke 10, 40.) See ummissies; weetom-
pas; weetuksquoh.
[Narr. vj^ticks, weesummisy a sister,
R. W. 45.]
weetateamung'-amn, n. a neighbor,
Prov. 27, 10; Jer. 6, 21: ketatteamungy
thy neighbor, Ex. 20, 16, 17; weetatiea-
mung, his neighbor, Ex. 12, 4; pi. -4- ogr,
Luke 14, 12 {nehtohieamonk, my neigh-
bor, C. Math. , Notit. Ind. 54) . See xvu-
tohtimoin; umtdhtu.
weetauadteaen, -in, n. a bride, Jer. 16,
9; Joel 2, 16; Rev. 22, 17. Cf. xoe^sm-
tamwden.
weetau^xnog (suppos. pres. 1st and 3d
pers. sing. *if I marry her',) n. a be-
trothed one, * spouse'. Cant. 4, 9, 10, 11.
weetauomdnat, v. t. an. to take a wife
or husband, to marry. Matt. 19, 10
(wetouadtinnaUy to be married, C. 201 ) :
io^eU>6mau^ he took (her) to wife, Ex.
2, 1; noh wetawidUadly he who is (when
he is) married, 1 Cor. 7, 33; wetauad-
teaariy if thou marry, 1 Cor. 7, 28;
ameetauomouht *they had her to wife',
married her, Mark 12, 23; ]^slbs. sekousq
noh weiauomomp sephausuaenin, a ^idow
who had a priest (for husband),
Ezek. 44, 22; wetauomont, he or she
marrying, Rom. 7, 3 (naywetauattamy I
(a woman) am married; nximmittum-
rvusgisfrUf I (a man) am married, C. 201).
Cf. ummiUamvmssenat.
weetauomwahe6nat, v. t. an. to cause
to marry, to give in marriage: weetaucmi-
ivaheaUy he gave (her) to (him) as a
wife, Ex. 2, 21.
*weetauoog, they live together, Ind.
Laws, XIII, 10. ^e paswauwdtuog.
[Del. wUeUy he goes with (somebody),
Zeisb. Gr. 83; wiiawemay he stays with
him, Zeisb. Voc. 60; witauwemuky he is
with me, ibid. ]
weetemungquot, -quok (suppos.), n.
perfume, Prov. 27, 9 {wechimtDqualy
wetimunkquty a sweet smell, C. 163).
weetoxndxiat, weto-, v. t. an. to dwell
with (to live in the house with), Judg.
17,11; to be 'present with', 2 Cor. 5, 8:
weetomehy dwell thou with me, Judg. 17,
weetomdnat, etc. — continued.
10; nmneetom, I dwell with, Prov. 8, 12;
Num. 35, 34; weetom kitasscoty abide
with the king, 2 Sam. 15, 19; weetomaUy
she dwelt with (her), Ruth 2, 23;
wweetomouhy they dwelt with him, 1
Sam. 22, 4; matta woh nayweetdmukamhy
he shall not dwell in my house, Ps.
101, 7. Cf. weechauSnat.
[Cree wSegee-mayoOy he lives with him,
How8e43.]
weetomp-ain [weetu-omp (?) ] , n. a friend,
Ex. 33, 11; Prov. 17, 17; 27, 6; a kins-
man: neetampy my friend, Is. 41, 8;
Luke 11, 6; ketompy thy friend, 2 Chr.
i 20, 7; neetompaogy my friends. Cant. 5, 1;
' my kinsmen, Ps. 38, 11; Luke 14, 12.
Cf. ttnjUtinnunkum6iny a kinsman.
weetompcM, weetompassii (constr.),
n. (his or her) brother or sister, the
brother or sister of: weeiompaSy my
sister. Gen. 20, 12; 2 Sam. 13, 6; Mark
3, 35; my brother, 2 Sam. 13, 12; kee-
tompas (kit-), thy sister (father's or
mother's daughter), Lev. 18, 9; thy
brother, 2 Sam. 13, 20; weetompaaUy his
or her sister, 2 Sam. 13, 2; Ezek. 16, 45;
his or her brother, 2 Sam. 13, 8, 10, 20;
nelukkusq, my sister, Luke 10, 40 (wetom-
pa«»,asister(or«^to/),C. 162). Cf.uw-
missies; weematoh; weetahiu.
[Narr. witickSy weemmmUy R. W. 45.]
weetomukqutch, n. a companion, Judg.
14,20. Fronxweeiomdnat, Cl.nohldnuk'
qu8.
weetuksquoh, n. (constr.) the sister of,
his or her sister, John 11, 1 (ivetuk-
kushquohy Luke 10, 39): netukkusqy my
sister, Luke 10, 40. Like weetahiUy it is
not restricted in its application to a
sister of the whole blood, or uterine,
but signifies any near kinswoman or
female inmate of the house. From it^et-
ahl'squa. See weetahiu.
It is not certain that Eliot correctly
employed or himself understood the
various terms employed to express the
relationship between male and female
of&ipring of the same parents or parent.
In the Gospel of St John, published
with the Psalter (1709), the terms
brother and sister are rendered as fol-
lows: tvematohy his brother, John 11, 41
(so Eliot) ; wetahtuohy her brother, John
Digitized by
Google
188
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Bl'LLETIS 2&
weetuksquoh — continued.
11, 2 {irunnohi/muhputHohj Eliot); «v-
tahiiiohj his siptere, John 11, 3 (tceeftu-
misohf Eliot) ; ivetahtn^ the sister of
(him), John 11, 39 (so Eliot); wetukuh-
(jtiohy her sister, John 11, 1; 28, 5 (tree-
tuksqtioh, weddhJu, Eliot ) . So, when the
speaker is a female, netahi, my brother
{rwhi67inkqtut; netukkiisq, my sister,
Eliot), John 11, 21; Luke 10, 40.
weewees, n. the screech-owl, Is. 34, 14.
See kcohkcokhaus,
*we^wo (Narr. ), a wife; noweewo^ my wife
( ^nummitiamuft), R. W. 44. Seemittam-
unat; mittamwussit,
[Del. u*i imif he is marrietl; iri %vall,
his wife, Zeisb.]
^^ehkomftonk, vbl. n. (a) calling, C. 182,
184.
wehkomdnat, weA-, wA-, v. t. an. to
call to, to call. Matt. 9, 13: trehkotnau
7veeko7naUf he called (him or them), Ex.
24, 16; 1 Sam. 13, 17; monchish wehkom
kahmk, go call thy husband, John 4, 16;
k<Dwehkomumimwapj I have called you,
Prov. 1, 24; kwwehkomumipy I called
thee. Num. 24, 10; anvehkomiih^ he called
her, 2 K. 4, 36; kooivehkomehj thou didst
call me, 1 Sam. 3, 5, 8; cow^komuh nahr
hog, he called them to him, Acts 20, 1;
ivehkomont ( part. ) , calling. Is. 41, 2. See
wehguetumdnai, to call upon, to ask.
[Narr. uecum, call (thou), R. W. 49.]
wehpamdnat, v. t. an. to lie with, as
man with woman, to have sexual con-
nection with; with prefix of Ist pers.
n(Dwehpam6nat, 2 Sam. 11, 11: anveh-
pomuh, 'pamuhj he lay with her, ibid.
11, 4; 13, 14; kamehpamsh, lie with me,
ibid. 13, 11; nehpamont, lying with,
Deut. 22, 23, 25. From waapendi, to
mount up, or (with inan. subj.) waa-
pemm. See neesin-^wog.
[Del. uipentiriy v. recipr. (and uipen-
gen, wipenditam), to lie or sleep with
each other, Zeisb. Gr. 133, 184.]
w^pep^tu, he is lame (from birth, Acts
3, 2): w^htvheepliu, he is a cripple. Acts
14, 8. See nwchumxvi,
wehpumdnat. See vepumaxioncU.
weliqaheau, v. t. inan. it reaches to, ends
at: sepuutj it reaches to the river,
Josh. 19, 11; weekMtiy it reaches to,
ends at, Zech. 14, 5.
wehqshik, week-, wek-, n. the end, the
utmost limit, 1 K. 6, 24; Ps. 19, 6; *the
uttermost part', 2 K. 7, 5: ne vekqshik
vKieenUy its edge round about, Ezek.
43, 13; vehq^hik okkfj weekqshiime ohke,
' the ends of the earth ' , Deut. 33, 17 ; Is.
40, 28; 41, 9. See pomushaUy he walks;
\c6hk6eti, at the side or sides; uhqvAe, at
the point or extremity of.
wehquanunkq, n. the stump (of a tree), .
Dan. 4, 15, 2;^; wehquanunkquamey of the
stump, v. 26.
wehquau. See mehquau, the thigh.
wehque, prep, as far aa, 1 Sam. 3, 20; Ex.
23, 31; *even unto*, 1 K. 12, 30: mUch
. . . wehque^ from ... to; beginning
from . . . ending at. Cf. ncohqiieu; uh'
qa&e; w6hk6eu.
[Narr. yo wSqu^^ thus far, R. W. 55.]
wehquetumdnat, v. t. to call upon, to-
ask for (an. and inan.): kwtrehqnetu-
munk i'Uk) keteaonky he asked life of
thee, Ps. 21, 4; kcnwehqueiumoushy I
pray thee, Gen. 38, 25; noovehquetu-
munk, he shall call upon me (i. e. for
help), Ps. 91, 15; wehquetumaUj call
thou upon (him), Jonah 1, 6; uehque"
tumahy call thou upon me, ask (it) of
me, 2 Chr. 1, 7; Ps. 2, 8; 50, 15; ne
vehquetumaiuidij that which thou (may
have) asked him for, 1 Sam. 1,17; wame
lie waj trehquetumunkqueany all which
they (may) call upon thee for, 1 K. 8,
52; kwwequetummauunupy I have called
on thee, Ps. 17, 6 {kanvequetummdtvshy
I beseech you, C. 182). Cf. fuitwtomauy
he questions (him). See wehkomdnat;
ivequtleamiindL
wehqu^tunKDonk, n. [asking for,] a re-
quest, supplication, 1 K. 8, 52; 1 Sam.
1,27.
wehquetuxnun^t, v. t. to ask for, to call
for or upon, inan. obj.: wehqaeturriy he
asked for (it), Judg. 5, 25; Jiwwehque-
tiuriy I call upon, ask for, Deut. 4, 26;
naowehqiietumuny I called on (his name),
Ps. 116, 4; kanvehquetum ne siohkoky thou
askest a hard thing, 2 K. 2, 10; wehque-
tugy ivehquetuky if he ask for (it), Matt.
7, 8; wehqtietmhy ask thou, 1 K. 3, 5;
uehqaetumcoky ask ye. Matt. 7, 7 (wequl*
teamUnaty to call; wequUinneaty to be::
called, C. 182).
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
189
w^quog, suppoe. blunt: missehchuog
wihquog, iron when it is blunt, Eccl. 10,
10.
[Del. wiquorif (it is) blunt, not sharp,
Zeisb. Gr. 167.]
^ehquohke [wehqu^-ohke], the end of
the earth (* uttermost part'), Mass.
Ps., Ps. 2, 8. See wdhkdeu.
wehquo8]iau6nat, v. t. to go as far as:
toehquo8hdog, they went as far as, Acts
11, 19.
wehBue (?), adj. fat, Zech. 11, 16. See
ufees; wunnogque.
wehtauog, (his) ear. See mShlduog.
w^wep^tu, he is lame (from birth,
Acts 3, 2): toShwheep^tUy he is a cripple,
Acts 14, 8. See ncochumwefu.
wdin. See ween,
weis. See wees.
-wAy week, d. (his) house, tent, or
dwelling, Ex. 20, 17; Prov. 14, 11: ne
ponamum week, he pitched his tent
there. Gen. 12, 8; ayimun wetu, he built
a house, 1 K, 6, 9. See w^u.
[Del. wi kity his house; wik hey to
build a house; wi quoaniy house, Zeisb.]
wekinasq, weekinasbq, n. a reed, Is.
42, 3; (sugar) cane, Is. 43, 24: pi.
-ftwwA, reeds. Is. 19, 6. Cf. mishashq.
Perhaps from icek and ashq (ni^oskeht)y '
house grass, with which the roofs of j
the wigwams were filled in or covered, j
"Their houses are very little and i
homely, being made with small poles
pricked into the ground and so bended
and fastened at the tops, and on the
sides they are matteii with boughs and
covered on the roof with sedge and old
mats." — Higginson's N. E. Plantation,
ch. 12. * * The meaner sort of wigwams
are covered with mats they make of a
kind of bulrush.** — Gookin, 1 Mass.
Hist. Coll. I, 149.
[Narr. iv^kinashf reed; pi. -\-quashy
R. W. 90.]
^wekineaflquat (Narr.), fair weather:
weki7induquock8y when it is fair weather,
R. W. 81 {weekdhquaty fair weather;
wekeneankquaiy warm weather, C. 158).
See *dnndkquat; wunnohquodL
^wekinnedt, v. i. to occupy or live in a
house, tent, or other dwelling place,
Prov. 21, 9: na weekeauy when ye dwell
therein, Deut. 8, 12. See weekUiamun
[neat].
wekinnedt — continued.
[Narr. tuckoirekhiy where dwell you?
R. W. 29. Cree u-egcemayoUy he tenteth
with him, Howse 22.]
*weki-tippocat (Narr.), 'it is a warm
night*, R.W.
wekitteaonk, n. a building, 2 Cor. 5, 1.
*wekohtea (?), as inter j. '0 brave', C.
234.
wAom6ziat. See vehkomdnat.
wekon. See iceekon.
*wekdziche, adv. commonly, C. 227.
[Quir. wegonJ€y * often*. Pier. 6.]
wekshik. See ivehqshik,
wekuhkaudnat, wekuhkdnat, v. t. an.
to build a house for (another person,
etc.), 2 Chr. 2, 3; 6, 7; or, as in Gen.
33, 17, wekikauauy *he made booths for
(cattle) * : trekuhkony he went on build-
ing, Neh. 4, 18; wekuhkauy build the
house for (of the Lord), 1 Chr. 22, 11;
nohpish noowekekunky he who shall build
me a house, ibid. v. 10; kancekekauu-
nunnanonuty to build thee a house, ibid.
29, 16.
wematin, n. appel. a brother, 1 Cor. 5,
11; Mark 13, 12 {ooive)nAttiny C. 162).
See weetuksqiioh.
[Narr. wematittuocky 'they are broth-
ers', R. W. 45.]
wenauwetu [wunne-wetu^y adj. an. (is
or was) rich, 2 Sam. 12, 1; pi. -\-ogy
Ruth 3, 10 ( minne wetUy a good house,
C. 170): wenauwetueiiy . -in (indef. and
general), any rich man, Prov. 28, 11.
*'A winnaytuey that is a rich man, or
a man of estimation, next in degree
to a sachem or sagamore.** — Morton's
N. E. Canaan, ch. 19. Cf. wunneetu-^-,
wenauwetuonk, n. riches, Prov. 30, 8.
^^^nise (Narr. ), an old woman; pi. wenU
mcky R. W. 44. See kekchisqua.
wenom-in (?), n. a grape: seane wenoniy
the sour grape, Is. 18, 5. See min,
[Del. (?) wi na miiiy it is ripe, Zeisb.
Voc.]
wenshaen, n. a beggar, one who begs,
Luke 16, 20, 22; obj. wemhaenuhy 1 Sam.
2,8.-
wenshamauonat, v. t. to ask (alms)
from, (an. and inan.) to ask for (alms):
oirenshamuh ne teaguaSy he asked an
alms (something) from them. Acts 3, 3.
See weenshdnat.
Digitized by
Google
190
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
. wenwe, weenwee, n. (his) navel, Job
40, 16: kinwe, keen\v€y thy navel, Cant.
7, 2; Ezek. 16, 4. See menivee (w'n<5e?).
*wenygh (Narr. ), woman, Stiles; (Peq. )
nehyewghy my wife, ibid.
wepamooe, wepamue, adj. of genera-
tion: imskannemy semen virile,
Lev. 15, 16, 17, 18.
wepamuwdonk. See weepamoe,
*wfepe (occurs in chap, xxii of Roger
. Williams' Key, prefixed to an accusa-
'/ tion, judgment, or sentence, or ad-
dressed to a delinquent) : w^e kunnish-
aiimi^, you killed him; tu^e kukkemin-
eantirij you are the murderer; w^e cuk-
kummooljyou have stole, etc., 121, 122;
cuppittakfinnamun it^e wdmCy (he com-
mands that) *all men now repent', p.
118 ('only', Maas. Ps., Ps. 2, 12). See
webe.
[Peq. wepfy but (=qaty El.), Exp.
May hew, Lord's Prayer.]
wepumauonat, wehpum6nat, wepim-
6nat, etc., v. t. to eat with, to share a
meal with : wehpumopj he did eat with
(them), Gal. 2, 12; pish kmwepimimvxD,
ye shall eat with me, 1 Sam. 9, 19; yeiath
tcoh na>v:eepeniukquog, they shall 'dine'
with me. Gen. 43, 16; kcowehpumopan-
negy thou didst eat with them, Acts
11, 3 (wehpittiUukf let us eat together,
Exp. Mayhew).
[Del. idpantin (recipr.), to eat with
each other, Zeisb. Gr. 133.]
wepumawdonk, n. carnal connection
(natural or unnatural), Lev. 18, 23.
wequai, n. light. Gen. 1, 4; Zech. 14, 6,
7; John 1, 5, 8: tvequaiajy let there be
light, let light be; rnd wequaij there was
light. Gen. 1, 3.
[Narr. weqiidi, light; wequdshim
(dimin.?), moonlight, R. W. 68.]
wequdnantegr, n. * candle', Prov. 31, 18;
lamp, light. Gen. 15, 17; Ex. 27, 20;
Lev. 24, 2: chagohtagy a burning
lamp, Gen. 15, 17; ivequdnaniegashy
chikohtaashy lamps burned. Rev. 4, 5
{wasdquotuin^ticky a light or candle; we-
quAndnetekonnduhtuky a candlestick, 0.
161). The word * torch' is transferred
by Eliot without translation, as in Zech.
12, 6.
[Narr. icequariantigy a candle or light;
'p\.-\-anash; u^kinariy *a light fire',
R. W. 48.]
wequaah, n. the qwan, Lev. 11, 18.
[Narr. weqaashy }^\.-\-duog; and ir<5m-
patucky pi. -\-q\Ldxwgy R. W. 86.]
*wequ^hini (Narr.), moonlight, R. W.
68. See wequai.
wequtteamiindt ( =w€hquelumun&t ) , wtf-
qutteaiiiau6nat ( =ivehquetumau6nat)y
w^qutteamoo (=w€hquelumau)y v. i.
she calleth, 'crieth', Prov. 8, 3: wehqiU-
teamweoTiy when I called. Is. 65, 12 (no)-
w^qpUeaniy I call, C. 183; nmwequHeamU'
wiftn, we call, ibid. 184). See wehkomd-
nat.
^wequttinneat, to be called, C. 184.
^esattixniB, red oak: wemkkunky oak
wood, C. 164. See *paug6,uteinisk,
^wesattippogr, bitter water, C. 168.
weahdg'anaah, wishagkinisli, n. pi.
hairs on the body or limbs of man or
animals, Ex. 35, 23; Is. 7, 20; Mark
1, 6; Matt. 3, 4 (cf. meemnk). Adj.
wweshagmnuey hairy, 2 K. 1, 8; pi.
weshakinniiaxishy Gen. 27, 23. V. subst.
wweshaganUj he was hairy, Gen. 27, 11
(ukkeeshde moskqy a hairy bear, C. 171;
from kushkiy rough?). [Mr Pickering
in index to El. Gr. gives ^^iveshagaiiy
hair of animals." The meaning can
not be thus restricted, as will be seen
from the above examples. It is com-
pounded from and hogy body, or
hogkcOy it clothes, covers the body, as
weeshittcon from twriy mouth.] See msh--
shutntMuouk.
^S^^slieck (Narr.), n. the hair, R. W.
58. (Cf. Eth. sha-kyy hair-cloth; Sax.
sceacgoy hair, shag. )
weske. See miskey young, new.
^w^skunck (Narr. ), a pounding mortar^
R. W. 50. See togguhuhonk.
^wesogrkdyeu, adv. bitterly, C. 227.
wesogkon, adj. bitter, Prov. 27, 7; Rev.
10, 10. See ueesoffhinaxmky bitterness.
Cf. weeswey gall.
[Del. wi sack cariy Zeisb. Voc. 33.]
*wesokkunk, oak wood, C. 164. See we-
sattimis.
[Del. ^nmchgaky black oak, Zeisb.]
^wesomkuli, interj. ah! (of sorrow?), C.
234.
wesdshdonk. See weesaushdonk.
^wesquaubenan (Narr.), to wrap up a
body for the grave, R. W. 161. See
weesquapin neat.
Digitized by
Google
TBCMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
191
wessentamwden, -in, n. a bridegroom,
Jer. 16, 9. See wussentamwden.
wessukeh. See wasukeK her husband.
w^suonk, cowe-, n. a name, Gen. 11, 4
( = Narr. wemonck, R. W. 29): namhu-
onky my name, Is. 42, 8; kcowmionk,
thy name. Gen. 12, 2. From ui«»m(?) .
See ussowesm,
*wesuonkaiiehkdnat, to name: nanvesu-
onkanehkmtamy I name, C. 202.
wetahtuoh. See weetuksquoh.
^wetaplmmin (Narr.), to sit down: we-
tapwduwwaSf sit and talk with us, R. W.
64 (tadpowawj a wise speaker, ibid.;
oweetappemOy he sat down with them,
Luke 22, 55).
[Cree wSetuppee-mayoo, * he sits with
him, co-sits him', Howse 43. Del.
liitep, 'to go with*, Zeisb. Gr. 183;
witachpin, 'to live, dwell with', ibid.
184.]
wetauadteachegr, pi. the married, they
who are married, 1 Cor. 7, 10.
wetauadtuonk, vbl. n. marrying, mar-
riage.
wetaiUacon[at] (?), v. t. to be married,
to marry, 1 Cor. 7, 9 {w€touakdnat€f to
be married, C. 201).
wetauwadteogr, wetauad-, -teaogr,
V. i. (?) they marry (one another).
Matt 22, 30; Luke 20, 35 { = wetatein
[there is marrying (?)], Mark 12, 25;
1 Tim. 5, 11).
[Narr. awetaw&tuocky 'they make a
match' (marry), R. W. 124, =mus»enet-
itock (seQ*ivu8shitam). Del. u'iVa?t'en/m,
V. recipr. to live or dwell with each
other, Zeisb. Gr. 133; to work together,
ibid. 183.]
w^tu, n. a house (El. Gr. 11), tent, Ps.
78, 60: neek {nek)^ my house; keeky thy
house; week, his house; neekun, our
house; tetot, your house; tveekou, their
house; pi. wehiomash, houses. Lev. 25,
31; kekayocLshy your houses, Neh. 4, 14,
nekinonashy our houses, Neh. 5, 3; nekity
in my house; ^^weekuwoul or tvekuwo-
muty in his house. Hence we corrupt
this word wigioam^^ (El. Gr. 11) ; weetu
lie weetimtUf *a tent to dwell in', Is. 40,
22.
[Narr. tvStu, R. W. 28; wetu^muckndte-
Bherriy I came from the house, ibid.;
tvetudmtickf at home; tiekicky my house;
w^tu — continued .
kikicky your house, ibid. 47. Quir. wejOy
Pier. 21. Cree iv^egecy a tent or dwell-
ing, Howse 22.]
♦weween, n. a horn (?), C. 156.
*wew$ne, prep, about, C. 234. See
tca^enu.
weyaus, n. (his) flesh. Is. 22, 13: kwwey-
ausy thy flesh. Pro v. 5, 11; pl.-f o^, Ps-
78, 39; venison. Gen. 27, 3, 7; askeyauSy
raw flesh; kesiUde weyausy sodden flesh,
1 Sam. 2, 15 (meyauusm^y 'of the flesh',
Mass. Ps., John 1, 15.) Cf. ddasy an
animal.
[Del. loosy meat, flesh, Zeisb.]
wishagkinish. See loeshdganaah.
*wi8hitta> (as wrongly written by Du
Ponceau in index to El. Gr. ), the beard.
See iveeshittcon.
wishq, wisq, wiskq, n. a pot, dish, or
vessel, Ex. 16, 33; 2 K. 4, 6; Heb. 9, 4;
pi. -\-uash: mishquie pummeey a pot of
oil, 2 K. 4, 2; nukkonishquadty 'in old
bottles'. Matt. 9, 17; wmkishqu,adt^
in new bottles, ibid.; mahchuhqitwihy
empty 'pitchers', Judg. 7, 16; empty
vessels, 2 K. 4, 3 (weaskqy a vessel, C.
161; qudnaywask [qunni-wiskqy i. e. long
vessel (?), or qyxmxxmsqy a gourd (?)], a
bottle, C. 161). Cf. weesquapinneat.
[Cree uaskay around.]
wisliquin (?), n. a concubine: amuhqtiin^
his concubine, Judg. 19, 2; (nwishquin-
neiinky (n. collect.) his concubines. Gen.
25, 6. Cf. (Dshkappeum,
wiBhshuwuBSUonk (?), n. hair on the
body (?), Lev. 19, 20, 21, 25 (as 7ne€8U7iky
hair of the head or beard, v. 30, 31 >
32). See weshdganash,
wiflkq, wisq. See unshq.
wobpee. See mohpeey the hip.
wodtan. See ivadtan, the rump.
wodtdt. See imttAt, behind.
woduhquab. See mattuhquahy the skin.
wogkauunonat, v. t. an. to stir up, to
move, to set in motion, to incite to ac-
tion: kutche cowogkauunuh TruDmamh,
(it) began to move him at times, Judg.
13, 25; (Dwogk6uunn6uhy they stirred
them up, Acts 12, 50; ivogkauunaUy he
stirreth up (the people), Luke 23, 5;.
wogkduunnaogy they stir up (the peo-
ple), Acts 17, 13; koowogkauununnaout,
to stir you up, 2 Pet. 1, 13; pass, wog-
Digitized by
Google
192
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BCLLETIN 25
^wogrlcauunonat — continued.
konwemm ummusquanum&onky *he was
moved with choler', Dan. 8, 7.
wogrkoueonk, n. a stir, a tumult, com-
motion, Ho8. 9, 14; Rom. 7, 5; Acts 20, 1.
wogrkouunumundt, v. t. to stir up, to set
in motion, to excite (inan. obj. ) : na>-
ivogkouunum^ I stir up (your hearts),
• 2 Pet. 3, 1; wogkouunishy stir up (thy
strength), Ps. 80, 2; pass, otan ivog-
kouwhnco, the city was moved, Acts 21,
28; nippe wogkoxvhnamky when the water
is troubled, stirred, John 5, 7.
woh, conj. *of possibility*, may or can
(El. Gr. 22), a word usually employed
to express the ' notion of possibility to
be' or to form the potential mode of a
verb (El. Gr. 20) : woh kenvsheh, * intend-
est thou to kill me?* Ex. 2, 14; uUoh
woh yewih en nnih, *how can theee
things be?' John 3, 9; matta woh wun-
nampwhamatwhf he can not answer
him. Job 9, 3.
''^ohhogfke, (a body,) a shell, or anna
(q. v.), G. 156. Seehogki.
wOhkdeu, wohk6e, adv. and adj. at the
side or sides, on the sides of, on the
ends of: woskeche kah w4hk6eu wa^enu,
on Hhe top thereof and the sides
thereof, round about', Ex. 30, 3; nee^
wohkdey *on the two sides thereof, Ex.
37, 27; tU wohkdetiy *in thy borders',
Ps. 147, 14; %U auohquaeuy on the two
ends of (the breastplate), Ex. 28, 24;
ut uhquaeUf at the ends, v. 22; ru; anooh-
queu kishkag, its breadth (from side to
side), V. 16; coqaohlogquoHh, the ends
(of the chains), v. 25. See uhqvde.
-wOhkuhqudshik, n. the end, conclusion,
Prov. 14, 13: eji wohhikquoshinity to the
end, to the utmost, thoroughly. Job 35,
36; ut wohkukqvLshikj unto the end (of a
matter, or in time), Ps. 119, 33, =no
pajeh wohhikguaahinitf Rev. 2, 26; noh
wohkukquoiyeunij my last end. Num. 23,
10; a%quam (ohquaeuy 'the end shall not
be yet', Mark 13, 7. See wehqahik.
wohkukquoshindt, v. i. to come to end,
to be ended: wohkukquoshin, (it) ends,
is ended, Is. 24, 8; 40, 2; pish wohkuk-
quoshinashj (they) shall be ended. Is.
60, 20; wdhkukquoshik, when it ends,
ended, Jer. 8, 20; en wohkukquoshinit^
to the end, to the utmost, Job 35, 36.
wohkukquoshitteauunat, v. t. (inan.
subj. ) to end, to make an end of (inan.
obj.), Dan. 9, 24.
wohkummiyeu, adv. and adj. above,
upward, Is. 37, 31: «/ wohhnniyeu, at
the top (of a dress, Ex. 28, 32); wutch
. . . wuswganit kah wohhimmiyeu,
*from ... his loins even upward',
Ezek. 1, 27.
wohpanag, his or her breast, Prov. 5,
20: wohpandgiiniif on the bosom, John
13, 23. See mohpanag; ct. p<Dchenau.
*wohquatti2ni2nat, v. t. to pronounce or
emphasize': samp-wohqualumunat, *to
pronounce right', C. 243; wuttin noh-
quatunwoonkAnnWf * their manner of
pronouncing', ibid. 242.
wohqut: wutch xcohqui, from alx>ve, Ps.
18, 16, =wwtch %vaabu, 2 Sam. 22, 17.
wohshinumtuidt, v. t. to open, Ezek. 21,
22; Rev. 5, 2, 3, 4 (wx>8hwunmtmun&t)\
to * uncover'. Lev. 18,7-13: wohshinum,
he opens (it). Is. 28, 24; wohshinum
squontf he opened the door. Acts 5, 19;
1 Sam. 3, 15; v\>$hwunum, he uncov-
ered, Lev. 20, 11; woshwunuma)k kenog-
kanegy open you the window, 2 K. 13,
17 (the plural is used, perhaps by mis-
take, for the singular number, 'open
thou'); woshwutinumun, he opened it,
ibid.; noh woshwunuk, he who (may)
open. Rev. 3, 8 {nmwoshwtinumy I open,
C. 202) . See pohki and its derivatives,
also wdshwetashine; w6sh7vohtag.
wohah i tan auman6nat, v. t. to open to
(a person): nofwohshitannumau na>8'-
squontamashy I opened my doors to
(him). Job 31, 32.
woliBliitanumuiidt, woshwetdnumu-
ndt, V. t. to open (a door or gate):
wohshilanushf -ww/i, open the door, 2 K.
9, 3; ka>8kquonlashf open thy doors,
Zech. 11, 1; wohshitdmrog squoutamashf
when we opened the doors. Acts 5, 23.
[ =tjDohshinum-wetUy to open a house (?) . ]
wohsippaht^, wohaippohtde, wdau-
poht^, wd^Shsupp^e, adj. and adv.
bright, shining, glittering, Ezek. 27, 19;
hence, wohsippahtde, adj. of copper, Ezra
8, 27 (but in ^ Tim. 4, 14, *coppere
smith ' is transferred ) : wditippaej bright,
Dan. 12, 3; wdifippohtAe jceqiiaiy bright
light, Ezek. 32, 8; togkodteg, bright
sword, Nab. 3, 3; glistering sword, Job
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
193
wohflippaht^, etc. — continued.
20, 25; qussukquancuh, * glistering
stones', 1 Chr. 29, 2; qanuhtag,
glittering spear, Job 39, 23.
[Del, Mhbdeu, 'it sparkles, glitters',
Zeisb. Gr. 164.]
wohsittde, wdsittie, adj. bright, Cant.
5, 14; 'glistering'. Nab. 3, 3: ncoiau
wdgUtaUy the fire was bright, Ezek. 1, 13.
wohfluxnau6nat, y. t. an. to shine upon
(an. obj.), 2Cor. 4, 6.
wdhBiixn6e, sohBiunw^e, adj. bright,
shining, light-giving, Luke 11, 36 {wos-
sumwe, C. 168): woh^mnoe weqvAi, a
shining light, Prov. 4, 18, =9ohsum-
wae wequai, John 5, 35.
wohBumoomuxineat, BohBum-, v. i. to
shine, to emit light: wequai 9ohmma>-
ma>, the light shineth, John 1,5; nukon
woJisumconuDy the night shineth, is light,
Ps. 139, 12; wohmmdnwu, (it) shone,
Matt. 17, 2; mattawohsumaomunamtf (it)
not to shine. Job 36, 32; wohmmcom-
oouXch, let (your light) shire, Matt. 5,
16 {wofuumwinnsatj to shine, 0. 208).
[Del. waseleu, woacheyeUf v. adj. clear,
light, Zeisb. Gr. 165.]
wolunixn€6onk, n. a shining forth, emit-
ted light: (owohsumdonk weqwmardeg,
the light of a candle. Rev. 18, 23;
anvoh9um(Dongana)y their shining (of
the stars), Joel 2, 10. Cf. pumdhmmo);
sohfr&mamuD,
wohsumuziilt, oowohsumun^t, wds-
um-, V. t. (but for the most part used
intransitively or without object ex-
pressed) to shine upon, to give forth
bright light, 2 Cor. 4, 6; Rev. 21, 23:
(Dwohgumuriy (it) did lighten it. Rev. 21,
23; pish koowdmrrij thou shalt shine
forth. Job 11, 17; plsk wdsumvjogf they
shall shine, Dan. 12, 3; wdhgishj shine
thou (give light), Is. 60, 1; wequai wdh-
mmwMieh, let not the light shine on it.
Job 3, 4 (nanvosmmj I shine, C. 208;
fupdz wohtum, the sun shineth, ibid.).
See *9quUa.
[Abn. SaadkSrSf lumidre; SautMrnan-
gauy -nar, chandelle.]
wohtamuziilt, v. t. to understand, to
comprehend, Eph. 3, 18: num^nuDcheke
wohtam onkf I have more under-
standing than . . . , Ps. 119, 100 (t(;oA-
woktajrif V. 99); maita loahteauoog
B. A. E., Bull. 25: 13
wohtamuzUlt — continued .
<wu/i wohtamwog^ they have not known
nor understood. Is. 44, 18; namohUi'
munan (-«n?), we understand it, 2 K.
18, 26; wohtamwk, imderstand ye, Prov.
8, 5; vHXutajy let him understand, Matt.
24,15,=t<^<€attirfcA, Markl3,14. V.i.
freq. wohwohtamunM, to possess or ex-
ercise the understanding, to under-
stand, Dan. 10, 12; woh kaywghJteomwm
. . . koonamptiimw<D . . . kaywohtamum-
wa)j ye may know, . . . believe me . . .
(and) understand. Is. 43, 10.
w61itoh: w6htoh wvJttdrUauadt, (when) he
climbs up some other way, John 10, 1.
*wohwata>wau (as adv.), ho, halloo!
C. 233.
woliwaye<Sagi8h, pi. rings. See wayedag,
woliwohqiiianuinooogr» 'they are at
their wits' end', Ps. 107, 27. From
w6hk6eu(7).
wohwolitanuDonk, n. understanding.
Is. 40, 28; 44, 19.
wohwohtamwe, adj. of understanding.
Is. 40, 14.
woliwoliteauunat, v. i. to bark, as a
dog, Is. 56, 10: matia wohwohteauatog^
they can not bark {aniim tuokwohleau,
the dog barks, C. 181; wohwoJikdnatf to
bark (at an. obj.), ibid.).
wohwolitogr, (if he understand, ) he who
is prudent, a prudent (man), or one of
understanding, Prov. 14, 6, 15.
wohwoshwohkossayeu, woliwdsh-
wuhkoss^, adj. cloven footed, di-
viding the hoof. Lev. 11, 7; Deut. 14, 7:
wdhwdshwuhkusmeUy (it) divides the
hoof, Deut. 14, 8. From woJishinumun&t
and vmhkos; so, wohtkvmhkosM^ckeg,
wdhwoshukossa^hegy they who part the
hoof. Lev. 11, 3, 4; Deut. 14, 7; wdshr
weoh wukkos8a)oh, they divide not the
hoof, Deut 14, 7. Cf. neesukos9oni;
' pas9uko88au,
woi, "adv. of wishing", 'Oh, that it
were'!. El. Gr. 21; interj. 'of sorrow',
El. Gr. 22 (0, wo! C. 234).
womantamuix£t, women-, v. t. to love,
inan. obj.: na>ivoma7itam, 1 love (thy
law), Ps. 119, 113; nurnvMOcheke wonumr
iam, I love (it) very much, Pb. 119, 97;
woTnantdnuDk wanegikj love ye that
which is good, Amos 5, 15; kanooman'
tamumwm^ ye love (them, inan. ), Luke
Digitized by
Google
194
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
woxnantamun^t, etc.— continued.
11, 42 {nwwomdntam wnssukfionk, 1 love
a book, C. 200).
woxnetua^u, adv. kindly, lovingly: ivo-
meiuahi unnehhedf/j if you deal kindly
with me, Gen. 24, 49.
w6miyeu, wcomiyeu, adv. downward,
Kzek. 1, 27: woomiyeu wcomiyeUj very
low, Deut. 28, 43. See wconmnnM, etc.
*womoau8ixineat, v. i. to love: womonuk-
qnissinneatf to be loved, C. 200. See
womatitamundt; wom&nat.
woxnoauflu, adj. an. (he is) kind, loving,
1 Cor. 13, 4.
womoaus^e, adj. of love, loving: koo-
usjinoausue kitieamontean'die&onk^ thy
loving kindness, Ps. 92, 2.
wom6mpenat, v. i. to look downward:
womompUj he looked down, Ps. 102, 19;
womompishy look down, Ps. 80, 14,=
wom6mp»hy Is. 63, 15; piijeh womompity
till he looked down, Lam. 3, 50. Cf.
utissLimpen&t.
womondonk, n. love (abstract), 2 Sam.
13, 15; 1 Sam, 1, 26.
womdnat, v. t. to love, to be kind to
{mi»huwom6nuty to love greatly, 'to be
ravished with', Prov. 5, 20): ncotro-
mon, I love (her), 2 Sam. 13, 4 {nmiod-
nidn uosketompy 1 love a man, C. 200);
(ka[>-)ivonion8h, I love thee, Jer. 31, 3
{kaywomonnUsh, C. 200); pishwomanaUy
he will love (him) , Matt. 6, 24; coworno-
nuh, he loves or loved him or her, 2
Sam. 13, 1; womonomp, he loved (her)
formerly, 2 Sam. 13, 15; voniociuSy love
thou (him), Matt. 22, 39; tvomonook kum-
m(Uw6ma>6og, love your enemies, Luke
6, 35; womon6gy if ye love (them), Luke
6, 32; womoiuiogy they love (them ) , ibid. ;
womonadt yeiig missinninnuogy if thou
be kind to this people, 2 Chr. 10, 7;
neane womortadty as thou lovest (thy-
self). Matt. 22, 39; wamdniUche Jehomhy
whom the Lord loveth; hatran v^mon-
onchey whom he loveth, Prov. 3, 12.
[Du Ponceau, in Notes to El. Gr. x,
derives this verb, as well as wunndnum-
[<5mrf], to bless, from ivunnegeriy good,
"Del. imi-lie-chen^* ; but cf. mondnumaUy
he is merciful to (him) ; tUtoh woh mond-
numogy 'to whom I will show mercy',
Ex. 33, 19. Cotton (Voc. 200, 201) gives
the verbs womoawtsinneat (v. i.), to
wom6nat — con tinned,
love; womonat (v. t. an.), and womonior
iimnat (v. t. inan. ) in the several tenses
and persons of the indicative.]
[Narr. cowdmmaunsh (ka>womon8h)y I
love you; cowammaunUcky he loves you;
cow&mmaus {ka>ivamonau8u)j you are
loving, R. W. 31; waumaHsu (adj. an.),
loving, ibid. 125. Del. ahoaleuy or w^da-
hoaltty he loves, Zeisb. Gr. 118.]
womonausuonk, n. love (in exercise, or
directed to an object), kindness (mani-
fested), 2 Sam. 1, 26; Cant. 2, 5; Prov.
5, 19; 2 Cor. 13, 14; Eph. 2, 7; Gen.
20, 13.
womonittinneat, v. an. mutual, to love
one another: (2d pers. pi. ) kcowomomt'
tinnmoutj you to love one another, 1
Thess. 4, 9; (with redupl. freq.)
koowawomonnittintumonuty 1 John 3, 11;
womonittUteuhy let us love one another,
1 John 4, 7; womonitiegky be kind one-
to another, Eph. 4, 32.
wdmdnittuonk, n. love, or kindness
[(1) referred to its object, or (2) mu-
tually felt]; Cant. 2, 4; 8, 6; Jer. 31, 3;
John 17, 26; (lustful) Rom. 1, 26, 27;
(favor shown) ProV. 14, 9: vemattue wo-
7nanittuonky brotherly kindness, 2 Pet. 1,
7 (mutual love, Eph. 4, 2; * loving kind-
ness', Jer. 31, 3).
*womosinneat, v. i. to be kind: nen
numohche ivomauSy I have been kind,
C. 196; hitfeamontedti&mehy be kind to
me, ibid. See kitteamonteanumaii.
wompagT) n. 'brightne^', bright light
(oppos. to pohkenahtUy *in darkness'),
Is. 59, 9: adchuwompagy when it is day,
*in the morning watch', Judg. 16, 2;
Ex. 14, 24; that which is white: rie
xcompag w66uy the white of an egg. Job
6,6.
♦wompam (Narr. ), pi. waudmpeg, wauom-
l^mMcky the white money, "made of
the stem or stocke of the periwincle
[Pyrula], which they call meteadhocky
when all the shell is broken off: and of
this sort six of their small beads (which
th^y make with holes to string the
bracelets), are current with the English
for a peny."— R. W. 128, 130. The
wompam was half the value of the mck-
a uhock (or black money ) , q. v. "A kind
of beads . . . which they call wampam*
Digitized by
Google
tbumbull]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
195
^oxnpam — continue<l.
peak, and it is of two sorts; the one is
white, theotheris of a violetcoloure.*' —
Morton's N. E. Canaan, 1, 12.
wompan, from mmjm. See adchuwom-
pag; utchnivomfmn, etc.
*Woxnpimknd [u'ompan'mdnit'] (Narr.),
the Eastern God, R, W. 110.
wompanne, -neu, adv. all night, Judg.
19, 9; (loam-) 16, 2; Luke 6, 12. Cf. moh-
tompan,
[Narr. kitompaniitha, break of day,
R. W. 67. Del. wapange, tomorrow
(morning), Zeisb. Gr. 178 (cf. wapana-
chewi, p. 182).]
^oxnpanniyeu, in the east, Mass. Ps.,
Ps. 75, 6; 103, 12, =u^tchepwoiyeu (El ).
[Del. wapaneu, v. adj. easterly,
Zeisb.; xooa pan, the morning, Zeisb.
Voc. 13; tpoa-pa-ne-u, morning, ibid.
60.]
wompasquelitu, *in a meadow'. Gen.
41, 2; *in the fens *, Job 40, 21.
[Narr. miciickaskeetey a meadow; talag-
goskliuash, * a fresh meadow * , R. W. 90. ]
^6mpatuck ( Narr. ) , a goose ; pi . -f qud-
uogy R. W. 86 {u'omp6htuk, pi. -h quaogy
a goose, geese, C. 156).
^ompekisheeae wosketomp, a pale
man, C. 173: tcompishkauonk wosketompy
pale man, ibid. 232, but wompishkauonk
is a noun substantive (paleness). See
v^mj}ekushonat; tvosketomp.
woxnpekushonat, v. i. to be pale, Jer.
30,6.
wompeqiUle, adj. with child, Hos. 13,
16; 2 K. 8, 12 {uHmipiquOy C. 168): worn-
pequainy I am with child. Gen. 38, 25.
wompequau6nat, wompequ&inat, v. i.
to conceive, to become pregnant: tvom-
pequauog'y they conceiveci. Gen. 30, 39;
onk woh wompequancDogy that they might
conceive, v. 38, 41; xrom})equ6ou, worn-
poquoduy Gen. 4, 1, 17; 16, 4; {-quaeu)
Hos. 1, 6; vx)mj>equai(y if she conceives,
Lev. 12, 2; pass, irompequdinneat, to be
conceived, Hos. 9, 11; asquam worn-
pequaucomuky before he was conceived,
Luke 2, 21. See neechan; neechau; cf.
u*iinne€chdnat.
wompequauonk, -quftonk, n. concep-
tion. Gen. 3, 16; 16, 4; Ruth 4, 13.
w6mpi, adj. white. Matt. 5, 36; pi. worn-
piyeuouh (El. Gr. 13), Esth. 1,6: wompi-
w6mpi— continued .
yeuw, it is white; womp€sUy(he is) white;
ncowompesy I am white; kcowomptSy thou
art white, etc. (El. Gr. 16); woviposke-
tompy a white man (from avmpiy woske-
tompy El. Gr. 15).
[Narr. wdmpiy white, R. W. 154. Peq.
wwnbicniy white; icumbannfey a white
blanket. Stiles. Del. (v. ad'y) woapeuy
it is white; wapsiiy iroa-pteuy he is white;
nxtpelechen, it is white (?), Zeisb. Gr.
164, 167,]
*w6mpimiflh (Narr.), a chestnut tree:
v'dmpimineashy chestnuts, R. W. 89. See
uvmpumm.
[Del. woa-pimy chestnut; woa-pi'min"
schiy chestnut tree, Zeisb. Voc. 61 (i. e.
white-nut tree).]
^ompishocki, adj. gray, G. 170.
*woxnpoliki8li5nat, to be pale, C. 203:
ruDwomppahkishaniy 1 am pale; toh mUch
iiene wompohkesean, why art thou so
pale? ibid.
wompoliBhogr, -puhshogr, n. (white
metal, ) * brass ', Ex. 38, 2, 4; Deut. 8, 9;
but in 2 Chr. 3, 4, ^brasse' is trans-
ferred.
^wompohshogrque [wompi-wshogC^),
white], adj. brazen, Ex. 38, 5; Is. 45, 52,
Cf. mcodshogy (black metal, ) iron.
wompdnak, n. (white cloth,) linen, Ex.
25, 4; Prov. 31, 24; *cloth*, Deut. 22,
17. See m6iuik,
[Peq. rnimhanvdey a white blanket.
Stiles.]
wompondkinne, adj. of linen, Jer. 13, 1.
wompdntupont, one having a white
head, * hoary-headed'. Lev. 19, 32.
^wompontuppftonk, 'gray-headed*, C.
170 (but a subst. grayness of head).
wompsikuk, n. the eagle. Lev. 11, 13;
{'kcok) Job 9, 26; {wompiissikmk) Deut.
14, 12; (xrorrmkxik) Ezek. 17, 3 {womp-
mkooky C. 156): dimin. wompsihikqua"
mesnog, young eagles, Prov. 30, 17.
[= ivoinpi'tnismquny white-tail. The
name is perhaps more descriptive of
the fishhawk or osprey (Pandion halia-
etus) than of the bald eagle (Haliaetus
leucocephalus), but was very likely
applied to both by the Indians of the
coast of New England.]
[Narr. vompimicuky pi. tcompmcuck"
quduog, R. W. 85. Del. woa pa Ian ne.
Digitized by
Google
196
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BrLLETIN 25
wompsikuk— continued .
bald eagle, Zeisb.Voc. 60 (from woapeu,
white, and wo lanney (a bird's) tail).]
wompu, ompu, he sees, he looks. This
primary verb is not found separately in
Eliot, but is employed to form numerous
compounds, m the sense of to look (to
see purposely), as i£^*((mo7npu {wcDmiyeu)^
he looks down; pcMampu, he looks into,
etc. It is found in other dialects of the
Algonkin, as Oree wdppu, 'he sees*
(Howse 43); Chip, oowdhbundeny he
sees it (Jones, John 11, 9). Cf. nau-
munat and nuhquaeu. The three verbs
signify: nauniy he sees (voluntarily or
involuntarily, without reference to pur-
pose); nuhquaeUf he directs his eyes,
looks (by accident or designedly);
oAtpUf he looks and sees. Cf. wompi,
bright, white; wompag, bright light,
'when he sees'; mofUompan (R. W.
motauban ) , break of day, etc. See nod-
tauwdmjm.
[Cree wdpun^ it is daylight, Howse
77. Abn. ioppa, *voilA' (Rasles, subst.
part, ah). Old Alg. ni-ouapaman, I see
(him) ; ni-ouabaten, I see (it) , Le Jeune
(Arch. Am. ii, 25); miabemo, to see,
Lah.]
wompuhquont [wompi-puhkuk] , particip.
having (white or) gray hair, having a
gray head, Deut. 32, 25: narwompuhquomy
I am gray haired, 1 Sam. 12, 2; xoompo-
quoij (when) I am gray haired, Ps.
71, 18; wompuhquaogy (they are) gray
haired. Job 15,10 {noh'u'omppuhquajhe
is gray [headed], C. 232.) See *My>w-
pishocki.
[Del. tvoap hoc qtta won, gray hair,
Zeisb.]
wompulisliosr. See wornpohshog,
wompumuB, n. a chestnut tree, pi. +
seashy Ezek. 31, 8; Gen. 30, 37. See
*w6mpimish.
[Narr. wdmpimishy R. W. 89; wdmpi-
mineashy chestnuts, ibid.; waumpmunchy
chestnut. Stiles.]
womuhkd&g-ish, n. pi. declivities, de-
scents, * steep places * , Ezek. 38, 20. Cf .
w6m\yeu,
w6muiiat. See (omunAiy to go from.
w6mu8siiiuk. See wmnmnne&U
wonk, adv. also, Eccl. 3, 11; again, Pa.
78, 39; moreover, Ps. 19, 11 (ironkanet,
wonky onky again, C. 233). See onk.
wonk — continued.
[Narr. wdncky more (in the sense of
encore, again), R. \V. 48. Del. woak,
wak, and, also, Zeisb. Abn. ahnkki,
mais; ahnkaSi, Tun apr^ Tautre, per
successionem.]
w6iikinxiiixnu2i^t, v. t. to bend, to make
crooked [from woonkt]: tponkinnum
kesukquashy he bowed the heavens, 2
Sam. 22, 10 ( = quandbuhkam kemky Ps.
18, 9); wonkinnau vmtohtompey he bent
his bow. Lam. 2, 4; tponkindgish ohtompy
ye who bend the bow, Jer. 50, 14; won-
kan6gi*h ahtompy v. 29 (ioonkunumunaty
to bend; wonkkeniUinneaty to be bent,
C. 182). Cf. woonkiUeau6nat; see poh
tonkunau; wuUunkinonat,
^wonkkenftsu (adj. an.?) bent, C. 218.
See woonki.
wonk6nous, wonkoncM, n. a wall (by
the roadside) , Num. 22, 24; (of a city),
Josh. 6, 5; a fort or stronghold, 2 Sam.
5, 9; Jer. 16, 19; 48, 18, 41 (wdk^miooSy
a fence, C. 160).
[Narr. waukaunbsinl, a fort, R. W.]
wonkqunn^sogr, n. pi. (their) claws, of
animals, Zoch, 11, 17. See onkqunnidog,
wonkqiissis, n. a fox, Neh. 4, 3; C. 240;
wonksis, Luke 13, 32; pi. ivonkquismgy
Judg. 15,4. From woanki, * crooked';
wdnkesuy *he is (does) crooked', i. e.
he * doubles'.
[Narr. jyequ<iwuSy a gray fox, R. W. 95;
mishqadshimy a red fox, ibid. (cf. ani-
qu»y little squirrel). Peq. a^imumps,
fox. Stiles. Del. tttxi cits, a fox, Zeisb.]
wonkum, v. t an. greet thou (him), 2
Tim. 4, 19: karwonkomuky he greets thee,
ibid. V. 21 ; oDwonkomvhy he greets him,
Acts 23, 26 (he embraced him, Acts
20, 1); wonkquttuwongaiMsht greetings,
Acts 15, 23; wonkomcoky greet ye (him),
ISam. 25, 5; salute ye, Rom. 16, 6-16;
wonkqutUhhettity when we had taken
leave of each other, Acts 21, 6.
wonneposr. See wtinnepog, a leaf or
herb.
wonogrkenat. See 6woiioghiogy they
burrow, 'have holes'.
w6nogq, n. a hole, Ex. 28, 32 {-nogy
Ezek. 8, 7): pi. wonogquashy the holes
or dens of wild beasts, Nah. 2, 12; ut
wonogquehtUy in holes (pitfalls), Is. 42,
22; gqaontame wdnogquty *by the hole of
Digitized by
Google
TEVMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
197
wdnogrq — continued. •
the door*, Cant. 5, 4; todnogqiie passah-
iheg, the hole of the pit, Is. 51, 1; wutch
hofgiindnogqat^ from the holes in the
rocks, Jer. 16, 16; peUhonat ogqanaty to
fall into a pit, Matt. 12, 11.
[Del. tcoa lac^ a hole; wal h^Uf he is
digging a hole; tcoal heen^ to dig a hole,
Zeisb.]
wonteauun^t, v. i. to dig a hole: nw-
wonleam, I have digged, 2 K. 19, 24;
wonteau ohk% he digged in the earth,
Matt. 25, 18; worUeash, dig thou, Ezek.
8, 8; tvdnieaon, when I digged, ibid.;
wdnteauh kah ukkiUhAmun, * he made a
pit and digged it', Ps. 7, 15; u-dnteaog,
they dig pits, Ps. 119, 85. See huttah-
ham,
wd^ShBupp^. See tcohsippahtde.
woonki, adj. and adv. (1) crooked, Prov.
2, 15: tvoonki ayeuongashj crooked places,
Is. 45, 2; ne ^coonkag, that which is
crooked, Eccl. 1,15; wooiikagish, crooked
things. Is. 42, 16. (2) perverse, wrong,
Hab. 1, 4: nashpe ipoonkagk, wrongfully,
Jer. 22, 13. Cf. pendeu; pepemsque.
[Narr, uniukiy crooked, R. W. 54.
Cree wiigoWf it is crooked, Howse 71.
Del. wakUc/ieUy v. adj. it is crooked,
Zeisb. Gr. 164.]
woonkitteaudnat, v. t. (an. and inan.?) :
woankUteau nummayashy he makes my
paths crooked (for me). Lam. 3, 9.
wodBuppahtuxnunat, v. t. to make
bright, to furbish, Ezek. 21, 11: wo6-
mippaJttuuuriy (it is) furbished, Ezek.
21, 9. See wohtunmndl.
w66u, w6u, n. an egg, Luke 11, 12; ne
wampag wddu^ the white of an eggy Job
6, 6; pi. (Ddaiuufhy Is. 10, 14; cowdunashy
her eggs, Job 39, 14 {icouy pi. tuoivdnaah,
an egg, eggs, C. 156). See *to6w€au.
Cf. 6das, an animal ; (Dchy out of.
[Del. tmhh ivall (pi. ), eggs, Zeisb. Voc.
12; ica cho tvall, ibid. 31.]
wdshinuxnun^t, woshwunnumun^t.
See twhshinumundiy to open.
wdshweenit, (*if he open*,) parting
the hoof, Deut. 14, 6. Cf. neemkosfont.
woshwemo), (the water) 'parted asun-
der*. 2K. 2, 14.
woshwettouxnunilt. See wohshitanum-
undt.
wdshwetaahine, adj. open (as a door, or
gate). Rev. 3, 8. See tvohshinumutidt;
wohshUanumundt
w^shwi, adj. or adv. open, Ps. 5, 9.
wdshwoht^, adj. open; pi. -ohtaashy
Dan. 6, 10: muttwrij open mouth.
Is. 9, 12.
wdshwolitag', (that which is) open:
tvishgyOn. open vessel. Num. 19, 15.
wdshwohteau (from wdshwohteauunAt)^
it is or was open. Rev. 10, 2.
wdshwuhkossa^cheg: neg wdshtrnhkos"
saSchegy they which divide the hoof. Lev.
11, Sy=ivohu'6shumhkos8aichegy Deut. 14,
7, =nag wdshweoh wuhkossooohy ibid. ; neg
\Dohwoshumnncmcheg uppahMkos86unohy
they which are cloven-footed. Lev. 11, 3.
woshwunniunuii^t. See wdshinumundt.
wdsinneunkoywae, adv. in the twilight,
Ezek. 12, 7, 12.
w688ittde. See %co1mttAe.
wosk^clie, adj. upper, on top, Deut. 24,
6; the tip of, Ex. 29, 20; Lev. 8, 23; the
top or highest part of, Ex. 30, 3; Judg.
9, 51 : wosketuUauogy the tip of the ear,
Lev. 14, 14, 17; vmskodtuk, the forehead,
Ex. 28, 38,
woskeche, adv. (1) on the top, on the sur-
face: woskeche numidiy on the face of the
deep. Gen. 1, 2; «/ woskeche ohkeily on
the face of the earth, Dan. 8, 5, = wos-
ketohkeity Lev. 11, 21; noh weskety in that
which was uppermost (placed on top
of others). Gen. 40, 17; woskechepi^kqy
top of a rock, Ezek. 24, 7; \c\Uch woske-
cheqiitiUy * from the top of the rocks* (?),
Num.23,9. (2) 'without* (El. Gr. 21):
andmut kah tcoskechey within and with-
out (i. e. on the outer surface of), Ex.
37,2. ^ieewo8kechepiskq;misko<JUuk, Cf.
nmske; wuskesuk.
[Narr. witskkhe, on the top, R. W. 62.
Del. \cochgit9ch\y above, on the top or
surface of,^ Zeisb. Gr. 183; uxychgidha-
miqii€y on the earth, ibid. Quir. skejey
skeeje, 'upon*. Pier.]
woskechepiskq, -pisk, n. the top of a
rock, Ezek. 24, 7; 2 Chr. 25, 12, = woske-
che qussukquanUy a pointed rock, cliff, or
crag, Ezek. 24, 8. See chippipsk; ompsk.
woflkeetompsqut, on the (top of the)
rock, Job 28, 9. See woskeche.
woskekettue (?), adj. hurtful: tog-
kodUg, hurtful sword, Ps. 144, 10.
Digitized by
Google
198
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
'^oekdheuonat, to hurt : woskehhiUinneai,
to l)e hurt, C. 195; na>ivo8kfieum, I hurt,
ibid.
woskehittuonk, n. violence (suffered),
a wound, Ex. 21, 25; spoiling, Hab. 1, 3
{z=wo8kehuwaonk {f) y Gen. 6, 13; cf. v.
11).
-voskehtinneat, v. t. inan. and v. i. to
do harm to (inan. obj.), Rev. 7, 2,
= vH)8kehteauundl: naowosketedhj I per-
secuted (it, the church), Phil. 3, 6;
afique xvoskehteaucok ohke^ do not harm
(ye) the earth. Rev. 7, 3; irvatta atwoske-
ieauunmi6ui nwskehttuishy (they) not to
hurt the grass, Rev. 9, 4.
woskehu'wke, adj. hurtful, harmful, 1
Tim. 6, 9; mat ivoskehuwdty * innocent*,
Jonah 1, 14.
-voskeliuwaen, n. one who hurts or
harms, 'the spoiler', Jer. 51, 56; pi.
(obj.) V. 53: woskehuw^euvogj 'spoilers^
2 K. 17, 20; 1 Sam. 13, 17.
woskehuwdonk, n. violence, hurt. Gen.
6, 11.
-voskehuwdnat. See tvoskhednai.
-voskesit, (he is) blemished, deformed,
I^v. 21, 17, 18, 21. Cf. chohkem.
wosketohteak : tU ivosketohUakoriy on the
open fields, Ezek. 29, 5.
wosketomp, n. a man, vir; pi. wosketom-
paog (cf. mimnninj a man of another
race or nation, a captive): ndeu vmske-
tornpauhfUf among men, Ps. 78, 60;
wosiketompoco (v. subst. ), he is a man,
he became a man (El. Gr. 12, 16);
nH)sketomp kah mittaimvosgissoh ukkez-
heuh, 'male and female created he
them*. Gen. 5, 2 {nukkoiu tcosky an old
man, C. 157; nawhxUche wosky some men,
ibid. 175; onkalog tvoskej another man,
ibid. 232; nanm woske, any man, ibid. ).
See omp.
[Narr. akeSiompy pi. skeHompaCtog,
man, men (alsonnin, nnXnnuog)^ R. W.
44; ninnuocky ninnimimnijitvockf eniskee-
tompaiiwogy "men, folk, people**, ibid,
pref. 19; enin or eneskeelompy a man,
' ibid. 115.]
woskhednat, woskehuwdnat, wosk-
hdnat, v. t an. to hurt, to injure, to do
harm to (an. obj.). Pro v. 6, 18: ncDioosk'
hukqunai, to hurt me. Gen. 31, 7; koh
woskhonwiaty to do thee hurt, v. 29;
amoskheonadut too^kelompuh, (they) to
woskhednat, eie. — continued.
hurt men. Rev. 9, 10; maUa namoak-
heounonogy we harm them not, 1 Sam.
25, 7; woskiheaUy he wrongeth, injureth,
Prov. 8, 36; n^oh woskeheaUy (it) may
harm (him). Job 35, 8; woskeheanty par-
ticip. harming, one who hurts, Rev. 11,
5; uUoh v^oskeadt, * whom thou persecut-
est*, injurest, Acts 9, 5; woskhuwaan,
Hhou that spoilest*, Is. 33, 1; mat pish
kamoskhukkcDy he shall not hurt thee.
Acts 18, 10; maUa cowoskheuk, hurt thou
him not, Luke 4, 35; vwskeheuhkony do
him no harm, Jer. 39, 12; ahque %oo»ki-
heuky do (them) no harm, Ps. 105, 15
{woskehheaog imthhogkauhy they hurt
themselves (injure themselves), C.
239) ; pass. ncDwoskhUy I am hurt, Jer.
8, 21; kcowoskiiieopy thou wast spoiled,
Is. 33, 1.
wososhquit (?) : na ut ivososhquUy Hhe
marshes thereof*, Ezek. 47, 11 (wom^-
kehly a meadow, C. 160).
[Del. assiskuifUy v. adj. mar^y,
muddy, Zeisb. Gr. 164.]
wossabpe, waasabbe, adj. and adv.
thin, 1 K. 7, 29; Lev. 2, 4 {umsgdppi,
C. 176) : leosmbpetdhhamiDog nam^kag,
they beat (it) into thin plates, Ex. 39,
3; pish wossappeteauuriy (it) shall be
made thin, become thin, Is. 17, 4. Cf.
saupde; urussdpjye.
[Del. wschappariy woasgq^eny (it is)
thin, Zeisb. Gr. 167, 172.]
wd8iLmun6t. See wohsumunAly to shine
out.
w68upoht£e. See wohsippahide.
wdu. See iv66u.
wounkagrk, n. error (that which is
crooked), Eccl. 10, 5. See tcoonki.
wotL8h.au. See ioaashau.
woweau8liin, n. a winding about, Ezek.
41, 7. Cf. wayedag; wayord; rv66u.
[Cree wdxi^eussehayoOy he circumvents
him, Howse 41; wdiveowj it is circular,
ibid. 79; wdwetoWy heroundeth it, ibid.]
wowu8hpa>onk, n. effeminacy, 'deli-
cacy*, Deut. 28, 56. See waashpu.
wowushpu. See u^aashpu,
wowu88uin6nat, w£tL8-, wowo8-, v. t.
an. to worship, 1 Sam. 1, 3; Rev. 19, 10;
1 K. 12, 30 (-mumaty C. 216): vxnoussvr
maog manitto, they pray to a (false)
god, Is. 45, 20; wownssumoh, he worehipe
Digitized by
Google
-TBUMBULL]
NATICTK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
199
wowuB8um6nat, etc. — continued.
(it), Is. 44, 15; nanvowuMumomuny we
worship (intrans.), Gen. 22, 5; nag
wausmmonchegf they who worship, Ps.
97, 7 {noDwowusiuwamun, we worship,
C. 216; vxmusmm God^ worship God,
ibid.; wawummUianeat^ to be worship-
ped, ibid.). Cf. nauwanum, he bows
down; pearUam, he prays.
-wowussuxnoncheg, w&tis-, pi. worship-
ers, they who worship, Ps. 97, 7; 2 K.
10, 19.
wann. See oomunAi.
woomiyeu. See wdmiyeu, downward.
-wGomsinnedt, wcomuBsinnedt, v. i. to
go downward, Judg. 7, 10; Gen. 46, 3:
vH>mussu euy wmmau en, he went down
to (a place)f 1 Sam. 15, 12; Jonah 1,3;
Ex. 2, 5; vxDmmog, they go down (to
the gates), Judg. 5, 11; noh wwmgU, he '■
who goeth down, Eccl. 3, 21; onatuh '
puppinashim annussUf he goeth down
as a beast, Is. 63, 14; kcoweeche ivann-
seunshy 1 go down with thee (into
Egypt), Gren. 46, 4; neg womussUc^ieg en
passohthegcmit, they that descend into
the pit, Ezek. 26, 20; 31, 16; ne ahhut
wdmtissimuk, the descent, downward
slope (of a mountain), Luke 19, 37;
nwwomussin wadchuuty I came down from
the mount, Deut. 10, 5. See wdmiyeu,
[Narr. waumtu \^wmmm]y down hill,
R. W. 76.]
-womsuonk, n. a ravine (?), a steep de-
scent: kishke wamtmonganit, *by the
clift of (Ziz)\ 2 Chr. 20, 16. Cf. wo-
muhkddg,
^"wudiechepunnock (Narr.), ''a greats
bunch of hair bound up behind." —
R. W. 58.
''^wuch.ickapduck (Narr.), "birching
bark and chestnut bark, which they
dress finely and make a summer cover-
ing for their houses."— R. W. 48.
-wudchinat. See wadchinai,
wuhkogr, (his) body, himself, Lev. 21, 4;
Prov. 31, 22; Oant. 3, 9. See muhhdg,
wvhhogkiy that which covers the body;
hence a shell, and in pi. vrnhhogkiash
(q. v.), scales (of fish), Job41, 15: iruh-
hogkUicheg, (fish) having -scales, Lev.
11,9.
[Narr. suckadhocky suckdwhoek [gAcki-
ivuhhogkij black-shell], black money,
wuhhogrki — continued.
R. W. 104; poquadhock [kuppogki-ivuh-
hogki (?)], *a little thick shell-fish',
ibid., the round clam; meteadhock [
and ivuhhogki]j * the periwinkle ' (Pyrula
carica orcanaliculata), ibid.
wuhhogrkomminneash, n. pi. husks,
Luke 15, 16: vmhhogkomunit, to the
husk, Num. 6, 4.
wu]ik68, ookos, n. a hoof (his hoof), his
nails or claw, Dan. 4, 33; Deut. 21, 12.
See milhkoi.
wukpeteogr, wukpit, wiQipegr. See
muhp-.
wuhtduogT) pi. -f Gw/i, (his) ear, ears, Is.
32, 3; 33, 15. See mShlduog.
wiQituk, wuttugfk [wiU'uhtug, of the
tree], n. a branch, John 15, 2; Is. 9, 14;
{unUtuhkq) Is. 19, 15; Ezek. 15, 2: (otuh-
qunnuniy his branch. Job 15, 32; 18, 16;
ncotuhqunnumcU, on my branch. Job 29,
19; pi. wuUtihqunashy branches, (wood
for) fuel, Is. 9, 5; Gen. 22, 6. See vmt-
tuhq.
•wiikse (and no7nHyeue)j adj. alone, C.
167. Cf. nusm.
wundnetuonk. See ttmnndnittuonk,
wunaMKDmdnat, v. t. an. to betray: na>-
nusnamiy I betray, Matt. 27, 4; noh amas-
scomohf who betrayed him. Matt. 10, 4,
= neh watiassamitJtqutchehf Mark 3, 19;
nonche wunassaomedgy * if ye be come to
betray me', 1 Chr. 12, 17; amassmmdnat,
to betray him, John 13, 2 (itxinassantiitj
he was betrayed (?), C. 182 [when he
was betrayed (condit), as in 1 Cor. 11,
23, whence Cotton probably took this
word]).
wunasaomiuw^, adv. treacherously, Is.
21, 2.
wimasaoomuw^nin, n. one who deals
treacherously. Is. 21, 2.
*WTUinachkemniuk. See wandhchiko'
muk, a chimney.
*wuxindgehan, or wunn^gin wa^pi
(Narr. ), a fair wind: wunnigiich wuUln^
when the wind is fair, R. W. 84. Cf.
mattdgehaUf a cross wind, ibid,
wunnagetahh am we quBSukquonaah,
hewed stones, 1 K. 7,9 (-agkuttahhame,
V. 11, 12).
wuniiafir[k]ittaJiwau: chikkup-poh^
he heweth down cedars, Is. 44, 14.
Digitized by
Google
200
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
wunnagkittuhliatLSuen, -in, a carpen-
ter, Is. 44, 13.
wuxmaiyeu, adj. and adv. (he is) happy.
See u'unmyeu.
*mxDnkm (Narr.), "their red painting,
which they most delight in." — R. W.
154.
wunnamamdonk (?), n. healthfulness,
promotion of health, Prov. 16, 24;
=u*unndnumaonk, a blessing (?). See
neetskemumk (under neetske^i),
[Del. nolamalsif I am well, Zeisb.]
wuxmdmonaenat, v. i. to beget a son or
sons: nmnnamonieu, he begets a son,
Eccl. 5, 14; pish umnnamonaeuy he shall
beget sons. Gen, 17, 20; ti^nnamoniyeUf
he begat (us) , James 1 , 18; noh wunau-
moniity -natty if he beget a son, Prov.
17, 21; Ezek. 18, 10, 14; nohwanamoniity
he who begat thee, Prov. 23, 22; wunna-
monaeky beget (ye) sons, Jer. 29, 6 {nw-
naumoniyeuniy I beget (a son or sons), C.
181). Cf. wtdtaunaenat.
wimnampcD'hftwniattdnat) v. t. an. and
inan. to answer (a question) to (any-
one). Matt. 22, 46; Acts 24, 10. See
nampooham.
wiin2iamptamd6onk, n. belief, faith,
Heb. 11, 1; C. 182: kwnamptamcoonky
thy belief, 2 Thess. 2, 13; -thy faith.
Matt. 9, 22; ruuhpe ymnnamptamaxmk,
-6<mky by faith, Heb. 11, 3, 4, 5, etc.
wunnaxnptaxnunat, (1) v. t. to believe,
Luke 24, 25 [with an. obj. expressed,
to believe or believe in (a person)].
(2) wtinnwnptaudnat (an. and inan. ), to
obey: (onamptauaUy 'he hearkened to'
(him). Gen. 23, 16; namamptamy I be-
lieve, Mark 9, 24; Acts 27, 25; C. 182;
k(Dnamptamtva) Gody ye believe in God,
John 14, 1; umnnamptamtcog, they
believed, Ex. 4, 31; tmnnampUimy
amamptaniy he believes, Prov. 14, 15
{wunnamptoadtinneaty to be l:)elieved, C.
182); umnnamptaudogy they believed
(him), Ex. 14, 31; nah mat amamptauoky
he did not believe them, Gen. 45, 26;
kamamptaUy dost thou believe on ( him )?
John 9, 35; onk woh namamptaUy that I
may believe on (him), v. 36; howan
wtinnamptauonty whoso believeth in
(him), Rom. 9, 3Sy =ho}van wanamptogy
1 John 5, 1, 5.
wunnamptamunat — continued.
[Narr. coandiimatouSy I believe you
or I will obey you. "This word they
use just as the Greek tongue doth that
verb [jttarevGo'] nidreveiVy for believ-
ing or obeying, as it is often used in the
New Testament."— R. W. 65.]
wunnamuliqut, adv. truly, verily (El.
Gr. 21), Matt. 11, 11; Heb. 11, 15;
surely. Is. 40, 7.
wunnamuliquttee, -teyeu, adj. true^
1 K. 10, 6; Jer. 42, 5 {wunumtihkuth/eu^
truly, C. 230): vmnnamukqutfeyeua>y (it)
is true, Dan. 6, 12; -yeuaxtshy (words)
are true, 2 Sam. 7, 28; ne wanumuhkut^-
yeuuky that which is true (truth con-
crete), 1 K. 22, 16, =icunnamuhqutt€'
yeuwky 2 Sam. 15, 20; xcunnamuhqutte-
yeuonky truth (abstract), Ps. 15, 2.
[Del. nnUamoey he says true or the
truth; wuldmoyuy v. adj. it is true, right,
Zeisb. Gr. 165.]
*wnTiTi am wftteouiuiat, to prove; (i. e.
to know-true, to demonstrate), C. 205.
wimzUhiittuonk, wunfoetuonk, n. a
'blessing (referred to the object), Deut.
28,2.
wunndntamunat, wiiTmanittamun^Jt
[u*un7ie-unnantamundt'\y v. t. inan. to
bless (it), Deut, 28, 12; 2 Sam. 7, 29
wunantash, bless thou (it), Deut. 33, 11
pish tpunnantaniy he will bless (it), Deut
7, 13; micheme uiinnarUamunachy let (it)
be blessed forever, 2 Sam. 7, 29. Pri-
marily, to be pleased with a thing.
[Narr. noivecdntaniy noureieAntamy 1
am glad, R. W. 65. Del. noMendamy I
rejoice, am glad; nolatenamiy I am
happy, Zeisb. Voc. 50. Cree nooyian-
tomeuy we rejoice, Howse.]
wiiTimtninnaonk, n. a blessing (referred
to the giver or agent), Deut. 33, 7. See
wunnamam6onk,
wunndnumau, ODnanuxnau, he is happy
(is blessed), pass. Rom. 14, 22; Prov.
3, 13. See xcunne,
[Del. noiinameyiy I like it, Zeisb.]
wii n n itnw m 6nat , v. t. an. to bless, to in-
voke blessings on (Num. 24, 1) or con-
fer blessings (umntiaunumonaty C. 182;
nen ncondnumy I bless, ibid.) : wunn&nu"
monipf he blessed (them), Deut. 33, 1;
a)nanumonaoonfy they to bless (them),
Deut. 27, 12; kanianumoushy I will bless
Digitized by
Google
tbumbull]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
201
wiinxUbiuxn6nat — continued,
thee, Gen. 22, 17; namanuniy 1 bless
(her), Gen. 17, 16; wunnanumeh, hieeB
me, Gen. 27, 34; pass, pish kamanumitj
thou shalt be blessed, Deut. 27, 3; pish
tctmnaniUamunf (it) shall be blessed, v.
4, 5 {vrunnanlUinneat, to be blessed, 0.
182).
*wunnappinneat (?): kamepeam^ wel-
come, C. 217.
wiiTinanh, v. to erect, to set upright (lit.
to set on end) : ummtashau, he set up (a
pillar), 1 K. 7, 21; noh vjdnashont ahpe-
hanoh, he that setteth snares, Jer. 5, 26;
vmnnatJi, set ( a watchman on the tower ) ,
Is. 21, 6; wunnash ahkuhk, set on a pot
(on the fire), Ezek. 24, 3. See vmrnioh-
teauundt. Of. xcanashque, on the top of,
or rather *on end*.
[Del. wo nach qui im, top of a house
or tree, Zeisb.]
wunnaahauonk, (his) spirit, Prov. 18,
14. See nashaiwnk,
wiinnmihque. See wanashqu^y on the
top of.
wuxmatootamau^nat, v. t. an. and inan.
to question, to ask anyone questions,
Matt. 22, 46; Mark 9, 32, etc. See
natcotomau,
^wtuuiauano^uck (Nan*.), a shallop;
wunnatuinounuckqu^y a skiff. ^'Al-
though themselves have neither, yet
they give them such names, which
in their language signifieth carrying
vessels. ' *— R. W. 98. Cf . kdunuk,
*wvLDJihxLg (Narr.), a tray; pi. -{-dnash,
R. W. 50; vMunauganhnese^ a little tray,
ibid. See vmnnonk,
^wunxLaugonhiSmmiii (Narr.), 'to play
at dice', that is, by throwing painted
plumbstones {asauanash) into a tray,
R. W. 146.
wunnaumoniin, n. appellative, a son
(i. e. anybody's son), Prov. 17, 26;
Heb. 5, 8 {ummmumonieny C. 162).
wunnauxnonuli, n. constr. (hid or her)
son. Gen. 22, 3; 21, 2, 3, 5, 7; (the
son of) 2 K. 4, 37 : nxLniwumcny my son.
Gen. 21, 23; 22, 7, 8; nunnaumon vmn-
naumonuh, my son's son. Gen. 21, 23;
kenaumarif thy son. Gen. 22, 2, 12; Lev.
18, 10 {kendmoTiy thy son, pi. kenaumo-
nog^ C. 162. ) ; en wunnaumcfnai, toward
or to his son, Deut 28, 56, 57; on
wiumauxnoziuh — continued.
his son, Gen. 22, 6; pi. nunnaumonog,
my sons, Gen. 48 (collectively, all my
sons, nunnaunumunky Gen. 48, 9; 1 Sam.
2, 24); nmnnaumonuh, his sons, the
sons of, 1 Chr. 21, 20; 2 Sam. 23, 6;
Gen. 50, 12.
^wiinniCumwaah (Narr.), speak the
truth: wunndumwaw ewdj he speaka
true; coandumweuj you speak true, R.
W. 63. The two last "are words of
great flattery, which they use to each
other, but constantly to their princes,
at their speeches", etc. tmmnaum-
wdyean, *if he say true', ibid. 64 (nco-
nomwain, I speak truth, 1 Tim. 2, 7;
wuniwmwdeeyarty if I speak true, John
8,46).
*wunnainnwftuonck (Narr.), n. 'faith-
fulness', R. W. 64.
wunnaunchexncDkaonk [wunne-aunche--
ma>k(umk'\, n. good news, Prov. 25, 25;
the gospel, Gal. 2, 2. See aunchernoH
kau; unnaunchemtDkaudmU.
wtuuiaudnat, 3d pers. infin. of naudnaty
ruiuwdnaty to see him, 2 Sam. 13, 6.
wunne, oone, adv. and adj. well, beauti-
fully, pleasantly (Lat. bene); good,
beautiful, pleasant: wunne wuUaxintash,
be of good courage, IChr. 19, 13; tminne
ohke, a good land, Deut. 8, 7; ante mSe-
chumcomash, his pleasant fruits. Cant
4, 16; ttH>h kcone mukkamdminneau, ye
might well bear with him, 2 Cor. 11,
4; adj. an. with prefix, kami, thou art
happy, Deut. 33, 29; pish kami, thou
shalt be secure, Job 11,18; onk woh nami
vmtch keUf that it may be well with me
for thy sake, Gen. 12, 13; kamaiimtvm
nish ussedg, happy are ye if ye do them,
John 13, 17; umnniiichegj they who are
happy, the happy, Mai. 3, 15. See
wunnegen; wunniyeu.
[Quir. werra, waiLwhre, well (adv.),
Pier. 52 and passim. Del. wulitj good;.
welhik, the best; (an.) webat^ the best,
holy, Zeisb. Voc. 12, 13. Chip, ivetveni,
adv. *well, right, just, exactly, dili-
gently ' , Bar. Cf . Chip, om-, as prefix. ]
wiuinecluDteagk, v. (imperat 2d pers.
pi.) 'set on bread', i. e. serve the food,
Gen. 43, 31. Cf. wunndug (Narr.), a.
tray, R. W. 50.
Digitized by
Google
^02
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
"wxuineech&iiat, -Onat, v. i. 3d pers. iti-
finit. of neechadnaty to conceive, Heb.
11, 11. See \Dompeq\mu6tMt.
"wxuineechaneunk, n. offspring, collec-
tively, Rom. 9, 8 (all children).
"«ninneechan(oh), his child, constr.
the child of, i. e. offspring, son or
daughter, indeterminate of age or sex ;
pi. u-unneechaneumdogj children, off-
spring, as related to cochetuonganamh^
their parents, Matt. 1 0, 21 . See neechau,
wunneediaiidnat, v. t. an. to beget (a
child): noh waneechanity he who begets
(a child), Dan. 11, 6.
-wuzmedtupanatainwe. In the title of
Eliot's Bible, excellent, *holy'; grace,
* grace of God ', Acts 14, 43; vbl. n., holy
man, Mark 6, 20. Of. mcUchetupanatam,
* profaned', Ezek. 22, 26.
unumegen, *adv. of quality' (El. Gr. 22)
and adj. (it is) good, pleasant (used by
Eliot sometimes as the equivalent of
tru7n}€f but, strictly regarded, wunne or
uninni is applicable to the abstract, the
possible or suppositive, or the subject,
ivunnegen to the concrete, the actual,
or the object; yet Eliot was compelled
to employ the latter form to express
jibstract good. See vmnneffik*): wun-
naumun , . . na en wunnegeUy he saw
. . . that it was good. Gen. 1, 4, 10, 18;
ne ivunnegen ut wuakegukqui, the thing
was good in his eyes, Gen. 41, 37; *he
was content* with it, Lev. 10, 20; anw
vmnnegeiij (it is) better, a better thing,
Matt. 18, 8, 9; tt< wunnegen ohkeit, . . .
vmnTiegen nvtdhtaumik^ *in pleasant
places, ... I (have) a goodly heritage',
Ps. 16, 6; (rare in) pi. vmmiegouuhy
. good things, Matt. 12, 35; v. subst.
negat. matta xminnegeninncOy -no, it is not
^ood, Gen. 2, 18; 2 Sam. 17, 7; Matt.
19, 10; guenau ^oanne wunnegetmiruDgk,
thenceforth it is ( will be) good for noth-
ing, Matt. 5, 13; wanne wunnegennin-
noogkj no good thing will (he withhold) ,
Ps. 84, 11.
[♦Foot note.—'* On reflection I am convinced
that wunnegen is, primarily, the contracted in-
finitive, or 8d pers. ring, indie, pres. of a verb
■vmnnegendt, to be good, as wunnesendt, to do
^ood or well. From this verb vmnnegik and
(negat.) wunnegenninnmg, etc., are regularly
formed. No. it is the inanimate noun, or 3d
pers. pres. indie, meaning -good thing'
ibonum or koAov) or * it is good'."]
wunneg^en — continued.
[Abn. Srighen, *cela est bon, beau',
Rasles. Narr. wumiigin^ cdivish [k&uesJi] ,
welcome, sleep here, R. W. 38. Del.
v*u lie cheny it is good or well done,
Zeisb. Voc. 34.]
*wunne^nnue, adv. famously, 0. 228.
wunnegik, wanegik, -giik, that which
is good, a good thing, 2 Tim. 1, 14:
nishnoh \caneguk, every good thing,
Philem. 6; rw teagiia vHinegiky any good
thing, Josh. 21, 45; irahieouun wanegik
kah machuky to know good and evil.
Gen. 3, 5; pi. wunnegikishj toanegikish
(more commonly wanegugish)y good
things. Josh. 23, 14, 15; Ps. 103, 5. See
ivaoii^gugish,
^wunndgin wadpi. See *u'unndgehan,
wunneliteauun^t, v. t. inan. to beautify
(it), to render beautiful or pleasing. Is.
60, 13: noh wunnehteou nishjwh ieag, he
has made everything beautiful, Eccl.
3, 11.
[Del. wulUony to make (something)
well; maniton, to make (?), Zeisb. Gr.
160; paiitoHj to spoil something, to do
it wrong, ibid.]
wxin]i^ta>nuhquainua>, it buds. Is.
27,6.
*wunnekuonk, n. the birth of a child,
birth, Ind. Laws vii, 7.
^wunneneehhuftd, kindly, C. 228.
wunnenehe6nat, v. t. an. to do well
toward (or do good to) another: wunene-
heog ndg xc&nemhukqueagigy if ye do
good to them that do good to you, Luke
6, 33; tvunnenehikkoOy (do not my
words) do good to (him), Mic. 2, 7;
woh kameneheodftgy (when) ye may do
them good, Mark 14, 7; wumieneheontuh
wamej let us do good to all men, Gal.
6, 10. From tvunne-unneheonat.
wxiniiedziat, v. t. an. to beautify, to
make beautiful, to make good (?): wun-
- lu^hy kuhhog nashpe . . . vmnneetnonky
'deck thyself with . . . excellency'
(beauty). Job 40, 10. See wunnenefied-
not.
wimnepogr, n. a leaf, Lev. 26, 36; Is. 64,
6; (iwnnepog) Job 13, 25 {wunnepog^ C.
164): amepogy his leaf, Jer. 17, 8 {oonee-
pogy Mass. Ps. , Ps. 1, 3) ; pi. -f gtww/i, Dan.
4, 12, 14; ut noochumwe ttmnnepogquty on
the tender herb, Deut. 32, 2; ineechu
wunnepogquashy he eats herbs, Rom.
Digitized by
Google
7BVMBULL]
l^ATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
208
wunnepog^-oontinued .
14, 2, =wuimepaquashy Ps. 105, 35, =wun-
nepukquashy Mark 4, 32: vmnnepogque
meetmonkf *a dinner of herbs', Prov.
15, 17. Cf. tceesadtippogquoahy bitter
herbs, Ex. 12, 8; Num. 9, 11.
[Narr. vmnntpog^ leaf, pi. -\-gtmsh,
R. W. 89. Del. tmi nipak, Zeisb. Voc. 35. ]
-wunnesenat [wunne-ussen&Qf v. i. to do
good, to do well, Num. 24, 13; Mark
3,4.
[Del. icuHUmUy to be good; nmlissOj
good, handsome, Zeisb. Gr. 166.]
^Sinuiiietodaht&iilnat, v. t. caus. to make
good; 3d pers. ametooahtduXnaty *to
make (it) good', C. 226.
^wunnetue, wuxinetu, adj. an. good,
Ps. 112, 5; beautiful, Gen. 29, 17; 1
Chr. 16, 29 {wunnetod?, good, bonus,
C. 226) ; wunnetoUf a good man, Ps. 112,
5; Matt. 12, 35. Cf. wenauwetu, rich.
[Narr. wunnHuj ' proper and personal * ,
R. W. 60; wunn^unitOy my heart is good,
ibid.]
^^runnetiixiat, to be good: kamettmaty
(thou) to be good, C. 226.
-wunnetuonk, a>ne-, n. goodness, Prov.
20, 6; excellency, beauty, Job 14, 10:
miieluonky his beauty, its beauty, 2 Sam.
1, 19; 14, 25; irutche kconeeluonky for thy
good, Deut. 10, 13.
*WiiiinTiith (or nehunmhshash), fare you
well, C. 227.
'*wuTiTi ikketeammat (?): nuttanHikkd
icunnikkeVkimy I am pretty well, C. 225.
See keleau.
[Narr. konkeetedugy they are well, R,
W. 28.]
'wtmninabpehteau, he maketh (it) dry,
of the sea, Hag. 1, 4. See nunassen&t,
wunniyeu, wmuiaiyeu [wria yeu]y adj.
an. (?) (he is) happy. Job 5, 17; Ps.
127, 5; 137, 8, 9: iwh wunniyeii, happy is
he who, Prov. 16, 20; ajuie xvunniyeUy '
more happy, 1 Cor. 7, 40 {mn . . .
wunniymogy are (they) well? C. 225).
Seewunne; wunnegen,
♦wuxmiyefte, adv. happily, C. 228.
wunn6^kus, (his) belly, Lev. 11, 42:
ken6gku8y thy belly. Cant. 7, 2. See
mendgkus,
wunno^kussue, -asse, adj. of the belly;
as n. bowels, Col. 3, 12; Acta 1, 18.
wun2iogque,wunogka>e [=xmnne-hogky
good-bodied or well-covered], adj. fat,
1 Sam. 28, 24; Ezek. 34, 20; as r. u-undg-
kcoogy they shall grow fat, Deut. 31, 20;
mo ahche umnogkoDy he was very fat,
Judg. 3, 17.
•[Narr. uxiuwuiiockdoy it is fat, R. W.
- 143.]
wuxmogqutcheg, pi. they who are fat,
the fat. Is. 10, 16; Ezek. 34, 16; =icQ6nog'
qutcheg.
wunnohquodt: pish xvunohquodty it will
be fair weather. Matt. 16, 2 (weekdh-
^a/, fair weather; tvunnohqucUy pleasant
weather; wekeneankquaty wann weather,
C. 158). See onnohquat.
[Narr. wekineadquaty fair weather,
R. W. 81.]
wu2in61itealiuau, he maketh peace, Ps.
147, 14.
wunnohteauun^t, v. t. to set up, to
erect: vmnnohtdogy they set up (towers).
Is. 23, 13. See ivuniiash,
wuxinompamiikquok (after adi)y Mn an
open place'. Gen. 38, 14.
wuxmompeuhkohteaoiik, n. craftiness,
Eph. 4, 14; inmnombeukanittuonky a con-
spiracy, 2 K. 17, 4. Cf. asokekodiedmw,
wunnompeuhk6nat, v. t. an. to beguile,
to deceive by craft: umnnompeuhkatiompy
he beguiled (Eve), 2 Cor. 11, 3.
wunnompewessu, adj. an. 'subtile',
Gen. 3, 1 (=^iehi6mpuwismjtSnUy 2 Sam.
13, 3): nmnnompewussu^euy adv. sub-
tilely, 1 Sam. 23, 22; {-utpdeu) with
guile, Ex. 21, 14; tounnompuvrumuwdej
with subtlety. Gen. 27, 35; 2 KrlO, 19.
wunnompuwussixineat, v. i. to be
crafty or subtle, to deceive by craft
(with affix of 3d pers. pi. Eph. 4, 14).
wunnompuwussuonk, n. subtlety {(Dn'
omp-y his subtlety, 2 Cor. 11, 3).
wunnomwaoaseonk, n. righteousness,
right-doing, Prov. 11, 18; Matt. 5, 6.
wunnomwiLyeuonk, n. truth (abstract),
Ex. 34, 6; Prov. 8, 7; Rom. 1, 18. Cf.
wunnamuhquttee.
wunnonk, n. a dish, 2 K. 21, 13: nwnon-
ganUy in my dish, Matt. 26, 23; C. 161;
tounnonganUy in the dish, Mark 14, 20;
vmnonky ' platter ' , Matt. 23, 25. Cf . min-
ndgkus, belly; w&nogq, a hole (dug
out?).
Digitized by
Google
204
3UREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 26
wuxinonk — continued .
[Narr. tmnudug [wunncLug'], *a tray',
R. W. 50; pi. wunnaugdnash, Micm.
SUikan, 'unplat', Maill. 10. Del. ula-
amisy a dish; ulncanahen, to make
dishes; xdacanahe-munschi, (dish-tree)
elm tree, Zeisb.]
wuxinonkou, adv. yesterday (El. Gr. 21),
i, e. last evening, John 4, 52: pajeh tmm-
nonkcontf until evening, Josh. 10, 26.
[Del. vm la ca, evening, Zeisb. Voc.
34.]
wunnonkooook, wannonkaxDk, n.
(when it was) evening, the evening,
Gen. 1, 5, 8, 13, 18.
[Narr. umnnduquit, evening, R. W.
67. Del. widacanimy in the evening;
undaquikey 'last night', Zeisb. Gr. 171
(* this evening', ibid. 178).]
wuxinonkqu^, adj. and adv. in the
evening, of evening, Zeph. 3, 3; Gen.
30, 16; Esth. 2, 14.
[Micm. Selag, 'ce soir', Maillard 28.
Del. tculakUy (in the) evening, Zeisb.
Gr. 171.]
wu2m6nuhkau6nat. See wdunonuhkaii-
onai, to flatter.
wunndnuhkoywaonk, n. flattery, Dan.
11, 21 {icouwekaniaonk, C. 220).
wuxmoohwhtfsixineat, v. i. (to be)
adorned, C. 217 (as participle): pish
kenanhpe umnnanvhoSy thou shalt be '
adorned with, Jer. 31, 4. See wun- i
nedncU,
wiimimhainoonk, n. a valuation or es-
timated value (for ransom?), Lev. 27,
16: kmiuDhanuDoiikf thy valuation (value
fixetl by thee), Lev. 27, 12, 13.
wunnGDw^nk [umnrw-ntmrdonk], n. a
covenant, an agreement: nconwivdorik,
my covenant, Gen. 17, 4; nutayim nay-
nwivdonky I make my covenant, v. 2;
am<mv&onky his covenant, the covenant
of, Ps. 78, 10; 105, 8; wunnaywdonk
ayimaiek nashpe magaxmkj *make a cov-
enant with me by a present'. Is. 36, 16.
wuniUDwdnat, v. t. an. to make a league
with, Dan. 11, 6; to covenant with:
vmnndhteahuauy he maketh peace, Ps.
147, 14.
*wuminhketeaOTiktnim: 9un tvunnuk-
keteaonkdnnuj 'is it a healthy time'? is
it healthy? C. 225.
wunnumuhkinumuntft, v. t. to turn a
a thing upside down,, 2 K. 21, 13: onum-
uhkinumun, he turned it upside down,
Pb. 146, 9.
^^vunnupkomiyftonk, n. opportunity,
C. 163.
wuxmuppauhwhunne, adj. winged,
Deut 4, 17.
wuxinuppoh, (her or its) wing, the wing
or wings of (constr. ), Job 39, 26; 1 K.
6, 24: pasuk wunnuppoh, one wing (of),
2 Chr. 3, 12 {vmnnuppohj a wing, pL
~\-whunash, C. 156).
[Narr. wunnilpf wing, pi. -j-pashf
R. W. 85.]
wuxmuppohwhun, wunnuppuwhun,
wunnupwliun, n. (his, her, or its)
wing (constr. -f-o/i, the wing or wings
of), Deut. 32, 11: tvurumppuhwhtinduk,
their wings, 2 Chr. 3, 11; Job 39, 26;
pasuk umnnuppohwhunohy one wing (of),
2 Chr. 3, 11; ut wunnuppawhunity on
the wings of, 2 Sam. 22, 11; tU woskeche
wunnuppohwhunitj upon her wings,
Deut. 32, 11; mogkinnupuhwhunauy hav-
ing great wings; qaogquonipuhwhunavy
long-winged, Ezek. 17, 3. See nuppoh.
wunnupwoaonk, pi. -ongash, (his) prov-
erb, proverbs, Prov. 25, 1. See siogMo-
waotik; icaanUimweyeuank,
wtinnu8sa>og, n. pi. (his) testicles, Deut.
23,1: adj. M*unm/«PM^, Job 40, 17; quosh-'
qunnttssaMTdf one who has his testicles
broken. Lev. 21, 20. From neemog, a
pair (?).
wunnutche^, wunnutch, n. (his) hand.
See menutcheg.
wunogkooe. See u*unnogque.
wun(Dwh6nat, v. t. an. to fix a valua-
tion on, to value (for ransom?): pish
amwtvhdh, he shall value him. Lev. 27,
12; inan. vmruDhamun&t: pish mnmha-
muTiy he shall estimate it, Lev. 27, 14.
Cf. manmham.
wus, n. the brim or edge, (of a cup) 2
Chr. 4, 5: tt/ tcussadtj on the edge of (a
curtain), Ex. 26, 4, 5; on the brim of,
2 Chr. 4, 5; pi. wussash, the borders of,
2 K. 16, 17.
[Narr. MTi«, *the edge or list' (of
cloth), R. W. 134.]
wusdpiniik, wussapiniik [wus^ippinuky
that which is on the edge of], n. the
bank or margin (of a river, etc.), 2 K.
Digitized by
Google
TBmBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DIOTIONABY
205
wustfpinuk, wnssapiniik — continued.
2, 13; Dan. 12, 5: kishke vmandpenukjhy
the bank, Deut 4, 48; wus^dpinuk ut
sepuuif on the bank of the river, Gen.
41, 17; dnutputchtum vmssdbanukquoshf
(it) overflowed its banks, Josh. 3, 15
{v7us9dppimikt a bank, C. 158, 160).
wuahikcD, he sneezed, 2 K. 4, 35. See
*a?miM>?iit/ *nanagkcoonk; *sannegk(XHmk,
wushim-in, n. a daughter-in-law, a son's
wife. Matt. 10, 35: kushim, thy daugh-
ter-in-law, Gen. 38, 24; (son's wife)
Lev. l8, 15; wushimoh (constr.), his
daughter-in-law, Lev. 20, 12.
[Del. chumm^ Zeisb. Abn. nesem^
*ma bru (dit le pdre)'.]
wushimoh, n. constr. (his) daughter-
in-law, (his) son's wife, Gen. 38, 11;
vmhshimohf 16.
*wush6wuxia]i (Narr.), n. the hawk,
R. W. 87. See quanunon,
wushptinnaudnat, v. t. an. and inan. to
bind up, to bind to or upon, an. ending
and inan. obj.: coshpunauoh ncochum-
vjeMahwhaongashy he bound up his
wounds, Luke 10, 34; vntshpuiinaush
kummoxunashf bind on thy sandals.
Acts 12, 8; noh woshpununk sheavemshj
he who binds the sheaves, Ps. 129, 7.
Of. agsepinum; kishpinum, etc.
wimkaimem, n. seed (semen), lit. his or
its seed (?) (cf. skannhnunash, seeds.
Gen. 1, 11, 12); of plants or grain, Lev.
27, 16; Matt. 8, 20, 22, 23: tcuskannem
mvMard, a mustard seed, Matt. 13, 31 ; of
man. Gen. 38, 9; weepamaowe {-muwAe),
tffuskannemt semen virile, Lev. 15, 16,
18; 19, 20; pi. vmtkannemuneashf -nosh,
seeds. Matt. 13, 31; seed com, Gren. 47,
19, 23, 24; cMkan-, his seed. Lev. 27, 16;
kcMkan-, thy seed, Deut. 11, 10. [wu^e-
minneoBh (?), but cf. vmskenuunnecU, to
be young.*] See sohquu
[*NoTK.— In another place in the manoBcript
occura the note " «tonn«in-«n, with pronom.
prefix."]
[Del. woch ga nihm, seed, Zeisb. Voc.
34.]
wuAkappeum (?), n. (his) concubine:
koMkappeumog, thy concubines, Dan. 5,
23. See (oshkappeum,
wuflke, weske, adj. and adv. (1) new,
Is. 65, 17: wuske ketassadf a new king,
£x. 1, 8; wuske teag, a new thing, Num.
wuske, weske— continued.
16, 30; vmske mconak^ new cloth, Matt
9, 16; pi. umskeaia»h kah nukonne hiash,
things new and old, Matt. 13, 52. (2)
young: tcuske penomp, a young virgin,
1 K. 1, 2; but rarely used in this sense
except in compound words; cf. tvwko-
shim, etc. (3) first in time, of or at the
beginning: -toeske hUchiasik, in the 1k5-
ginning, Gen. 1,1; wiUch treske kemkodt,
from the first day, Dan. 10, 12; umU^
weske, from the very first, Luke 1, 3.
Cf . aske.
[Cree whkutch, formerly, Howse 33.
Del. touskiyeyu, it is new, Zeisb. Gr. 165;
wushf new, ibid. 168; a little while ago,
ibid. 172.]
wuskehettuozik, n. See woskehiUumiky
violence or hurt suffered, a wound,
etc.
wuskehuwtfonk, n. See vxtskfhuurdonk,
violence, etc.
wusken, -in, n. a youth, a young man,
Gen. 4, 23; 41, 12; Eccl. 11, 9; Matt.
19, 20, 22; dim. vmskenes: ken ivuskenes,
thou art but a youth, 1 Sam. 17, 33;
vmskenesu, adj. an. he was a youth, 1
Sam. 17, 42 (wiiskenin, nunkomp, a young
man; wusskennin, a girl, C. 157). Cf.
nunkomp,
[Narr. vmskhie, a young man, R. W.
124.]
wiukenue, adj. and adv. of youth:
kwskenue, of thy youth, Eccl. 11, 9; 12, 1.
wuskenua>onk, n. youth, the season of
youth, Eccl. 11, 10; Ps. 103, 5.
wuskenuunneat, v. i. to be young:
wutche 'kvuskenuunneai, from his youth,
1 Sam. 17, 33; wutche ruDskenuunneat,
from my youth. Matt. 19, 20; wuskenu-
wuskena), he is young (as n. a young
man, a youth, 1 Sam. 17, 55; obj.
wuskinuhj Gen. 18, 7) ; vmske nuog, they
are young (as n. pi. young men, youths.
Is. 40, 30; Jer. 31, 13) ; ash wuskenum,
he was yet a youth, Judg. 8, 20. [The
form indicates *to become', *to grow'
(-ctud).]
wiukesiik, (his) eye, (his) &ce. See
muskesuk,
wuskiahiin. See wuskoshim.
wuBkittamwus [vmske-miUamwus'], n. a
young woman, Ruth 4, 12; (pi obj.)
Tit. 2, 4.
Digitized by
Google
206
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLCTIN 2&-
wuskodtuk, n. the fcirehead, Ex. 28, 38;
Ezek. 3, 9: kmkodtuk, thy forehead, v.
8; %d wxiskodiugqut, on his forehead, i
Rev. 14, 9. See muskodtuk; ico^keche, \
[Narr. inscAttucky the forehead, R. W. |
58.]
^ . wusk^n, n. (hif?) bone. Job 2, 5; Ezek. i
37, 7; pi. -\-a9h, Judg. 19, 29; Ezek. I
37, 1, 3: muskonash, the bone^, Pro v. '
14, 30 {mshkon, weshkeen, C. 157 [but |
perhaps only of a broken bone]) . See \
dskon; mushm; ohkam; o»kon.
[Del. wock katif bone, Zeisb.]
wuskon^ntup, n. the skull, 2 K. 9, 35;
Judg. 9, 53; Mark 15, 22; ^wuskon-Stitupt
bone-head; so, mishkondntup l=miAhe-
umskon-OfUup^y John 19, 17 {muttkonontip^
C. 157). Cf. chepiontup; rnishkonontup.
wuskoshim, wuskiBhim, adj. young
(of an animal) : foJfe xvugkoshimy a young
calf. Lev. 9, 2; xcmkishim, a young
(pigeon), Gen. 15, 9.
[Del. irusk chumy a young creature,
Zei^b.]
wuskoshimwus, n. a whelp; pl.-^«o^,
Prov. 17, 2; Nah. 2, 12: dim. wmkosh-
imwmes, Deut. 3:3, 22; Nah. 2, 12.
wuskuhwhun-an, n. a dove. Cant. 5,
12; Hoe. 11, 11; Jer. 8, 7.
[Xarr. truskduhdUf a pigeon; iro^ito-
v:hannanaukit [u'ttskoirhonttan-aukit (?)],
the pigeon country', R. W. 87.]
^ " wixsqheonkane, -ongane, adj. bloody,
Ex. 4, 25, 26.
[Xarr. nmhqu^j neepurky the blood;
mishquhmshj the veinp, R. W. 60 (mj«-
quineashf ibid. 158).]
wusq(ue)heonk, n. (his) blood, Num.
35, 33; Rev. 14, 20; Matt. 16, 17: uom-
qheonk, my blood, John 6, 54, 55, 56;
oDsqfieouk, his blood, Gen. 37, 26; 42, 22;
Ezek. 3, 18. Cf. mmquehf/nky blood.
wuBsagsdhou, n. (her) earring. Gen.
' 24, 30. See soghAMohhou.
wussampen^t, v. i. to view or look out
(from): naosampf I looked (from my
window), Prov. 7, 6; HnmsfimpUf he
looked (from the window), Cant. 2, 9;
yeug wosompitcheg, they who look (out
from w^indows), Eccl. 12, 3. Cf. nadtau-
wdmpu; wom6mpenat.
[Narr. wuBsaumpatdmmin, to view or
look about, R. W. 75; umssaum patd-
moonckf a prospect, ibid.]
wussapinu'k. See truadpinuk.
*wu8sappe, atlv. thinly, C. 230; mwtdppi
troppinnoky thin air, ibid. 176. See-
u'Of*ft<tbpe.
wuBsauzne, adv. too, extremely, very^
greatly, Gen. 34, 7 {irus^mme, C. 173):
ums9aume penatinj *too strait*, 2 K. 6, 1;
icuMaume nmsquanfitamitog, they were-
ver\' wroth. Gen. 34, 7; mahthagquftd
xmsmume, *the famine was grievous',
Gren, 12, 10; u^issaume ndohk, *if the
way be too long*, if the place be too-
faroff, Deut. 14, 24.
[Narr. mismume kusdpitaf it is too hot
(to be eaten); tymtiime sokenummU, you
have poured out too much, R. W. 34.
Cree 00*1 »j, overmuch, Howse 33. Del.
wmmi, too much, Zeisb. Gr. 172.]
wuBsaumepoh, (he is) gluttonous, a
glutton. Matt. 11, 19 {^uhquodiam-
vaeuhit Luke 7, 34). See *wu9Somup-
pooonk.
wussauznepowa^nin, n. a glutton,.
Deut. 21, 20; wutimumepcDwaen, Prov.
23, 21.
wusseet, n. (his) foot. See mtutseet.
*wua»6ke (Narr.), *tbe hinder part of a
deer' (or other animal), R.W. 143.
[Del socanj the hind part of any
creature, Zeisb. Voc. 11.]
*wyjjuiel£ittea}ihu6na,t(v:iii»ikk^teahdnai,
C. 237), to please: -hittinneatf to be
pleased; no[>8sekittedh, I please, C. 204.
See ireekontamUmit,
wussendt, v. i. to flee: ruDi^em, I flee, (or)
I fled, 1 Sam. 4, 16; pUh nwsemun^ we
will flee. Is. 30, 16; kcosemivaOy you flee;
wiiitsemcoogy they flee, v. 17; Prov. 28, 1;
u'Uiwma) ( = -au), he fled from, Ex. 2,
15; irussemcokf flee ye, Jer. 49, 8; toh-
wutch «*MJW<'mo«n, wherefore didst thou
flee away? Gen. 31, 27. Cf. ussishdnat
*wus8^iitain ( Narr. ) , * he goes a wooing ' ,
R. W. 124; utissetietCuK'k^ 'they make a
match', ibid. See weetauomonat, etc.
wussentamdonk, n. a wedding. Matt.
22, 7.
*wu8sentamunat, to marry: nmseentamj
I many, C. 201. See weeiauomdmit.
wussentamw^en, n. a bridegroom (one
who marries) : wessentamudenf Jer. 16, 9.
wiisa^nuindiiat, v. i. to be a son-in-law
of (to marry the daughter of ?), 1 Sam.
18, 18, 23, 27: wussenum ketas^cot, * be the:
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
2or
wuBS^nunidnat — continued .
king's son-in-law', 1 Sam. 18, 22; pish
ken vxiseenumukquehf thou shalt be my
son-in-law, 1 Sam. 18, 21; wsenumiik-
qutche, a son-in-law, Judg. 15, 6.
wusshaahquobok (?), n. the flag (a water
plant). Job 8, 11. Cf. mishmhq.
wussin, he saith, 3d pers. sing, indie,
pref. from ussindt or wusshdt.
*wu8sinniiineat, v. i. to adorn (one's
self), to make handsome; noosdn, I
adorn; noh trussinnUy he adorneth, C.
179.
^wussinnuontamunat, * to be adorned ' ,
C. 179 (to adorn one's self with, inan.
obj. ?).
wu8si8S68, wussusses, (his) uncle (con-
sanguineus?), Esth. 2, 7; father's broth-
er, Lev. 10, 4: naosiutseSj my uncle, Jer.
32, 8; hissussentf thy uncle, Jer. 32, 7;
(Dshes-ohf 1 Sam. 10, 14; 14, 50; urnmit-
(amivussoh (Dshesohf hie uncle's wife.
Lev. 20, 20 ((Dshesin, an uncle, C. 162).
Dimin.f rom coshr. Cf . adtonkqSj ^cousin ' .
[Narr. misaesey an uncle; nme»e, my
uncle, R.W. 44.]
wuBfiissetoon. See mummtiaony a lip.
wusaittumcDonk, n. judgment, sentence,
Rom. 5, 16; Is. 9, 7: (osittumwonkj his
judgment, Rom. 2, 2.
wussittuxnun^t, v. t. inan. (and intrans. )
to judge, to pass judgment on, 1 Chr.
16, 33; Ps. 96, 13: wumtlumun/U awa-
kompcin&ey to condemn, John 3, 17;
nmsittum, I judge, Ezek. 34, 17; ken
koosittumy thou who judgest, Rom. 2, 1;
ken wamUumaUy thou who mayest
judge, thou when thou judgest, Rom. 2,
1; irngsittuniy he judges, 1 Cor. 2, 15; mw-
sittuky when he judges, Rom. 2, 16; noh
wussittuky he who judges (when he
judges), the judge of, Gen. 18, 25;
tcasittumw6gy if ye judge. Matt. 7, 2;
immttich mtshaue ken kah nashmte neen,
let him judge (the matter) between
thee and me, Gen. 16, 5.
wussittuxnwaen, -in, n. a judge, one
who judges; pi. -imennogy judges (as in |
title of the l)ook of Judges). ,
wuBSc: noh wnm)y she is a man's wife, |
Gen. 20, 3 (she * who is another man'n
wife', Ind. Laws xi, 8) . Cf. mittamwm; \
unDniiianurunsoh.
[Abn. nSssiy je suis mari^ (ait
mulier).]
wiiaaohsumdonk, (his or its) glor\',Ex.
24, 16, 17. Cf. ttohmmoHjnky 1 Cor. 15,.
41. See sohsumcDmco; ivofuminSonk.
^^TUssomsippamSonk, n. drunkenness,
C. 165.
*wii880]nuppodozik, n. gluttony, C. 165-
[missaunie tihpcooonky excessive feed-
ing]. See \cuti9aumep(Divaetiin.
*wu880oliquattdminash, pi. walnuts,
C. 164: wussoohqaaUomiSy a walnut tree,
ibid.
*'WTiB80ohquohham, v. i.: nmsoohquoh-
hamy I write; sun woh kwscohqwhhamy can
you write? C. 216.
^^Tussoquat (Narr.), n. a walnut tree;
u'U8»u'aqual6m ineugy walnuts. " Of*
these they make an excellent oil, . . .
for their anointing of their heads." —
R. W. 90. From sussequnAty to anoint (?) .
[Peq. tcishquuiSy walnut tree, Stiles.]
*wus8uckli68u (Narr.), adj. painted,
R. W. 107; a painted coat (or skin) , ibid.
154.
*wu88uckwh6inzne]i (Narr.), to paint,
R. W. 66. See tvusstikhumundt.
wussue [==tvu88eu (?)]: wuwne ohkuky *a
seething pot', Jer. 1, 13; v. i. im^erat.
icussishy seethe thou it, Ezek. 24, 5;
ivomU ohkuk (condit. ), a jwt when it
seethes, *a seething i)Ot', Job 41, 20.
See trunnash,
wu88\ikeh, (her) husband; const r. the
husband of; v. subst. ken xm^mikkihiy
thou art a husband, Ex. 4, 25, 26. See
wasukeh.
wu88ukhiiniau6nat, v. t. an. and inan.
to write anything to or for a person:
kamikkuhhumauununnaonty to write to
you, 2 Cor. 9, 1; Jude 3; toh dnmhkhum
ne nuUiiumhkhumuny what I have (is)
written I have written, John 19, 22;
kmftukkuhhumduunumuWy 1 write to you,
1 John 2, 12.
wu88ukhumundt, wii88ukkuhhiinm-
nat, V. t. to write, Luke 1, 3: noh nao-
snkkuhhuniy 1 would M'rite (it), 3 John
13; vttsmhkomy wusmkhuniy he wrote,
Ex. 34, 28; Num. 33, 2; John 8, 8;
nukkodu^umikhumupy I was about to
write. Rev. 10, 4; aliqiie iriidsukwhushy
do not write, ibid. ; yeiish naosukkuhhum-
nnanhy I write these things, 1 Cor. 4, 14
{ intsfKDhkham&nat wusgukquohhonky XO"
write a book, C. 216).
Digitized by
Google
208
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
'WTissukhiiTntiTi^t, etc. — continued.
[Narr. wussiickquanhj 'write a letter';
ivussuckwhekcj -ylmmi (?) , write, * make
me a letter' [for uiissuckwhonk ayimeh
(?) ] ; vmssuckwhH'Cy tmssiickwhoncky a let-
ter. * * From ivussuck-whdmmen , to paint ;
for, having no letters, their painting
comes the nearest."— R. W. 66.]
wusBtSkqiin, n. a tail of an animal, Job
40,17; Is. 9, 14: ummikquat, by the tail,
Ex. 4, 4.
[Xarr. vmsmckquiiy a tail, R. W. 103.
Abn. 8»eg8ney queue (de castor). Del.
schu cku n£y, Zeisb.]
*wuB0iikq{iohlioiik, n. a book, C. 216.
''hrussiikwhdBuozik, n. writing, Ex. 32,
16; (* evidence') Jer. 32, 14, 16, etc.:
ut ivusmkioJionganity 'in a lx)ok', Ex.
17, 14, but elsewhere ut bwkut vmsmk-
whonkf Dan. 5, 25. (On a blank leaf of
the copy of Eliot's Bible which is before
me a former owner has left his auto-
graph, ' * neii Elishaf yeu nossohquohwonk ' '
(my book), and underneath, in Eng-
lish, "I Elisha, this my hand.")
wixBSumitteaonk, n. judgment or sen-
tence (incurred, referred to the object ),
Job 27, 2.
wusBumdnat, v. t. an. to judge, to pass
sentence on, to condemn, 1 K. 3, 9: (3d
pers. sing.) OMumdnat^ Is. 3, 13; kcosum
kuhJiog, thou condemnest thyself, Rom.
2, 1; naumcUuonk (for kamUunCi),
thou judgest the law, James 4, 11; ah-
que mgummk, judge (ye) not. Matt. 7, 1;
wdsumontj ivdusnumonij wamimorUj par-
ticip. judging, he who judges, 2 Tim.
4, 1; James 4, 11; Job 21, 22; (wm-)
Prov. 29, 14; wussumaUf he judges
(them), Ps. 7, 11; amimuhf he sentenced
him ('gave sentence'), Luke 23, 24;
(D8um&uhf they judge him, 1 Cor. 14,
24; kcMumomtvop, ye have condemned
(him), James 5, 6; kamtteamwa}, ye are
condenmed, v. 9; maUa mvakompanAe
toussumaUj he is not condemned, John
3,18.
wtiflmuwes. See icumsses.
wut-, prefixed to the name of a place or
people, forms a gentile or ancestral
noun, as wtU-HebreWj the Hebrew, Gen.
14, 13; wut-Amorite, ibid.: bo tikkananit,
the Canaanites, v. 21; wvi-Egyptvanseog,
the Egyptians, Ex. 7, 18; vnU-ohkU, an
inhabitant of; wut-6htu, Acts 20, 4.
wutalitoznp, (his) bow. See ohtomp.
wutamehpunaonk, n. trouble, Neh. 9,
32. See imUamantamunat.
wutamiyeu (adv. as n.), the hind parts
of man or other animal, behind: vt
imUamiyeUj 'into the draught', Matt.
15, 17; wtdmiyeUj his hinder part (op-
posed to 'ivuskesuk), Joel 2, 20; mtdmi-
yeumoashf their hinder parts (of ani-
mals), 2 Ohr. 4, 4 {wuUommiyeu, as
prep, behind, C. 235). See wuUdt.
[Cree uttdmikf underneath, Howse
34.]
wutappin, n. his bed. Cant. 3, 7. See
appin.
wutchaiyeumo), it belongs to (him).
See wadchinaU
wutchaubuk. See wadch&buh
wutche, wutch, a>tch, prep, from, Eccl.
3, 11; Ps. 78, 4; for, Eccl. 3, 1; instead
of, in the place of, 1 Pet. 3, 18; because
of: nenan trutchej for the same cause,
Phil. 2, 18; ne vmtche, for the cause that,
for that cause, therefore (see newutche) ;
noh wutchuy 'of him' (as a cause or
source) , Rom. 11, 36. See a>ch; wadchi-
nat; vaj. Cf. cotshoh {u-utchisheau), the
active form.
[Narr. yd wuch^, from henoe, R. W. 74.
Del. untschif of, by, therefore; wwnUchi,
of, on account of; wenUchi, therefore, for
this reason, Zeisb. Gr. 178; uni^hi, wiint-
8chi, wenUchif of, from, on account of,
for the sake of, ibid. 182.]
*wtltchehwau (?), her mother, C. 162.
See 6kas.
[Narr. wUchwhaw (and ok&ttn), a
mother; nichwhawj my mother, R. W.
44.]
wutcheken, wutche^en, it bears, yields,
brings forth, produces: tvutchegen mee-
chumy it bore fruit, Luke 8, 8; wutcheken
. . . almondsashf it yielded almonds.
Num. 17, 8; pish iciUcheken . . . vxUgo-
gish, he shall yield . . . dainties. Gen.
49, 20; pieih wutcheken patuk bath, (the
land) shall yield one bath. Is. 5, 10.
wutchekoooo: wunnutcheg vmlchekaxDy his
hand was leprous, Ex. 4, 6.
wutcheksuayeu, -iyeu, adv. westward,
to the west, Gen. 13, 14; vmicJieksuau,
northwestward, Ajcts 27, 12 {=^puhtadtvr
niyeu and maquarmUinmyeUj Mass. Pis.,
Ps. 75, 6; 103, 12; 107, 3).
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH JilOTIONARY
209
wutcheksuayeu, -iyeu — continued.
[Narr. Mkmi^ the northwest, R. W.
83; Chekestiwdndy the western god, ibid.
110.]
wutchepwaiyeu, -wdiyeu, -woayeu,
adv. eastward, to the east: ttmiche
wutchepwoiyeUf from the east, Is. 41, 2;
Ps. 107, 3.
[Narr. c/M5pett?^««n, the northeast wind,
K.W.83.]
'wutchepwo^, n. the east wind, Job 27,
21 [the northeast wind (?) ; see (Narr.)
chepejvSssin] (wutckeptvoshe vnttirij east
wind, C. 158) : suppos. vjodchepwcuihiky
when the wind is east, when the east
wind blows, Is. 27, 8.
-i^wutchettuong&no^, ancestors, C. 162.
See cDchetuonganog, parents.
*wutchey6u6, a4v. merely, C. 229.
wutchiinneat, v. i. to be profited or ad-
vantaged (to profit by). See (ochiin-
neat.
wutchimau, v. (he blames?); pass, he is
blamed, 1 Tim. 3, 2.
wutchinat, wutchinneat. See wadchi-
ncU; *6tesfiem,
')^wut<^pattukque meaunk, curled
hair, C. 168.
^wutchdmqut: ut wutcMmqut kihtahhan-
nit, in the bottom of the sea, Amos 9, 3.
'wutchonquoxn: wutchonquom maiugqut,
to the root of the tree. Matt. 3, 10,
=wutchuhquomf Luke 3, 9. Cf. wad-
chdbukj a root.
''Nnitchumoiiate, v. t. to blame: nen
ncDchunif 1 blame; ttnUchiUinneai, to be
blamed, C. 182. See ^ncockam, I blame.
wutohkixmeat, wadohkinne^t, v. i.
to be an inhabitant of or to dwell in
(a land or country), Neh. U, 2: yeu
/MDtohkin, here will I dwell, Ps. 132, 14;
wadohk^ompy 1 dwelt, Gen. 24, 37; uUoh
wodohkeyog, ut toh wddohkey (the land)
which ye shall inhabit, wherein I
(shall) dwell. Num. 36, 34 (cf. uttiyeu
hutohk, what is thy country? Jonah
1, 8); pass. vnUokeiriat, to be inhabited.
Is. 13, 20; howan woh wadohket km
. . . vxidchumuty who may dwell in
thy . . . hill? Ps. 15, 1; wutohkwh en
ohkUy dwell thou in the land. Gen.
26, 2; neg wodohkitcheg, they who dwell
in (a place or country), the inhabits
ants of, Gen. 26, 7; Is. 9, 2. This
B. A. E., Bull. 25 14
wutohkinneat, etc. — continued,
is one of a considerable number of
words which Eliot made use of to ex-
press, approximately, an idea which
the Indian was slow to receive — that of
fixed and permanent habitation. Tiius
ohtauundt, to possess (a place); apin-
neat, to be or remain in a place, to stay;
wutayinneatj to be in a place named, in
this place {yeu, ayeuonk), and, so, to
dwell in (a house, a tent, etc. ) ; weetom-
6nat (from v^tu), to dwell with, to live
in the house of or with; wutohkinneat,
to be of the land of {vmt-ohke), to in-
habit, etc. See wadohkinneAt.
wutohtixnoin, n. a nation, Is. 60, 12; Jer.
7, 28 (tuuUohHmoin, C. 157); pi. umloh-
timdneash, Gen. 10, 32; Is. 40, 15, 17:
toiUohtimoinneunk, the nations (collec-
tively or corporately), Jer. 31, 10.
vutdhtu, n. an inhabitant of or one be-
longing to a place: SopaternnUdhtuBerea,
*Sopater of Berea', Acts 20, 4; wutch
wutofUudut Israel, (a captive) *from the
land of Israel', 2 K. 5, 2; wuJtohtu, 'he
dwelt' (was a dweller) in, etc., Gen. 20,
1; 26, 6.
Vnitompeuk, wuttompek, n. (his) jaws,
Judg. 15, 16, 19: vmtoinbeukanaxoash,
their jaM'B, Job 29, 17; adj. vmtompuk-
one, Prov. 30, 14.
wutonkquoakettieuonk, n. poison, Ps.
68, 4. See Hhquosket.
wuto]i8e[nat (?)], v. i. to proceed from
or gprow from: nutonsem kah nwm Godui,
*I proceeded forth and came from
God', John 8, 42.
wutontBBonk, n. descent, lineage (a
proceeding frqm), 2 Chr. 31, 19; pi.
-ongaaft, * genealogies', 2 Chr. 12, 15.
See ontgeu.
wutdu: nd adtU wutdu ummeetmonk, she
*bringeth her food from afar', Prov.
31, 14.
-wutOMhimau, n. appel. the father, in-
dividual for the class, Mark 13, 12. See
OMhe.
'Wuta>8hin(ne), n. the Father; obj.
WiUcoshinneuh, John 6, 45, 46.
wutaMhixmeunk, n. the fathers (col-
lectively). Num. 31, 26; Mai. 2, 10;
1 John 2, 13. See ooshe,
wuttaeiyeu, adj. inan. behind, 2 Sam.
10, 9. [Probably for vnUamiyeu,]
Digitized by
Google
210
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 2^
*wuttag:kesiimeat, to be wet: noMgkes,
I am wet; nwtfigkesslmuny we are wet,
C. 215. See wuUogki.
vuttah, his heart. See mHah (m^tah).
■WTittahhamonk, -unk, n. a well, Gen.
21, 25, 30; 24, 11; John 4, 11: /aifco6
oothojnonk, Jacob's well, John 4, 6; wiU-
tohhomonk, * the well ' , ibid. See kuUah-
ham, he digs (it).
♦wutt^himTieaah (Narr.), n. pi. straw-
berries, R. W. 90 {wuUahminneohy a
strawberry, C. 164).
[Chip. odBminiy heart berrj', Bar.
441. Del. wte him, Zeisb. (=ttitttaA-
minne). Alg. oteiminy pi. -{-an.y
wuttalitukquoeh, n. pi. (his) temples,
Judg. 5, 26 [wut'oeetaue, on each side
(?), or wetaMu'kquoshf brothers or sis-
ters (?)].
wuttcuhe, his, (is) his, belongs to him,
Lev. 27, 15, 19, 26: nuUaiheh hah nen
wiUiaiheuh, (he) is mine and I am his.
Cant. 2, 16; nish wvUmheash Cemr, the
things which are Ccesar's, Mark 12, 17;
noh wadtiheit, *he whose right it is', to
whom it belongs, £zek. 21, 27; mUtaihef
(is) mine, belongs to me, Pe. 60, 7;
nippe nutaihen, the water is ours, (ren.
26, 20; uxime ne nauman nuttaihe, all
that thou seest is mine, Gen. 31, 43;
vxime . . . miUahein, all . . . is ours, Gen.
31, 16; ahtdonk ktUtahein, the inheritance
shall be ours, Mark 12, 7; ivame nuUai-
heogt huUaiheog, all (an. pi. ) mine are
thine, John 17, 10.
wuttajnantamiinat, v. t. to be troubled,
to have care or trouble about anything
(vmUanarUamunaiy . to care, C. 184):
kwlamarUam, thou ar^ careful, full of
care, Luke 10, 42; wuUamarUam, he is
or was troubled, Dan. 5, 9; nwtamana-
tarn, I am troubled, Ps. 38, 6; wiUta-
tnanatamook, be ye troubled. Is. 32, 11.
See wiiUoKintamunAt,
[Narr. nHop notammduntamj friend, I
am busy, R. W. 49. Cree Athem-mUy
he is difficult (?); ehayoo, he per-
plexeth, embarrasseth him, Howse.]
*wuttaniftuo^, n. tobacco; ivuUammdgim,
give me tobacco, R. W. 55; tmttdmma-
gon (and hopudnck), a pipe, ibid. 56.
Peq. tvuUummunc, a pipe. Stiles. Mass.
«m woh kcalam, will you smoke? C. 241,
=kwtaUam (?), drink (?). [wuttam (he
^*^ruttamftuog — continued .
smokes) is, I think, for tmUtamau, t. an.
form of wuttaitam, he drinks. Cf. the
Abn. Sddman, *petun' (tobacco); Sdami
{=uruUamaUy £1.), il petune, Rasles.]
See HhptKonkash; vmUookpocomweonish.
wuttamehednat, v. t an. to trouble, to-
disturb, to discomfort, to hinder: wtamr
eheonaoont, to trouble them, 2 Chr. 32,.
18; ahqtie nmUamhehj do not trouble me,
Luke 11, 7; ahqiie tnUtamheh kuhhog, do
not trouble thyself, Luke 7, 6; howan
ivuttamhehkitchf let no man trouble me,
Gal. 6, 17 {tvuttamhuonat, to hinder;
noolamehhiiiDam, I hinder, C. 194).
[Narr. cotdmmish (kootamehiahy C.
194), I hinder you; cotammiUme, cotam-
me, you trouble me, R. W. 49. Cree
ootumme-thoOy he is busy; ootdmrne-
Jiayooy he interrupts him, Howse 82.]
wuttaonk, n. a path: tim-may-eue wuton
0)igana)a8hy *the paths of their way',
Job 6, 18; wuUaonganit, Mn their paths'^
Prov. 2, 15; wuttaonganaahy her paths,
Prov. 3, 17.
[Abn. anSdiy chemin; (suppos.) anS-
dik. {may is not found in Rasles. )]
*wuttap6hquot, wet (weather), C. 176.
See wvUogki.
wuttasli, pi. wuUc^y let it seethe (boil)?
Ezek. 24, 5 (or is wuUaj for -om^, 2d
pers. sing.?). Cf. wusme,
wuttit, adv. behind (El. Gr. 21), Judg.
18, 12; behind all, hindermost, Gen.
33, 2 (xcvJiaUy after, behind, C. 236):
wxiitat wagiffy they who are last. Matt.
19,30; tcodtdt ohtagishy 'things behind',
Phil. 3, 13. See inttamiyeu.
[Del. wtenky afterwards, ZeisK Gr*
172; at last, the last, ibid. 178.]
wuttattam6onk, a>tta*-, n. drink, Matt»
25,35, 42: TM»«attam<5owir, my drink, Ps^
102, 9; a>t-y his drink. Is. 32, 6.
wuttattamunat, wadt-, v. i. to drink,
2 Sam. 11, 11; Neh. 8, 12; Esth. 3, 15:
wiUtaUamy he drank, 1 K. 19, 6; twMat"
tamwogy they drank, Ex. 24, 11 ; toh vxidr
tattaniy what he drinks, 2 Sam. 19, 35;
untUaUamSgy if you drink, 1 Cor. 10, 31;
tmtttaitashy drink thou. Gen. 24, 14, 18;.
Lev. 10, 9; wyUattamwky drink ye. Cant.
5, 1; vmUattaj, let him drink, John 7, 37
{naAdUarriy I drink; ndgum wuUdttanty
he drinks, C. 189). {vjuUatiamunat has
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
211
wuttattamixnat, etc. — continueil.
the form of a verb transitive and fre-
quentative. The earlier form of the
intransitive is not found in Eliot. As
meechinat means primarily to eat vege-
tal food, the radical verb from which,
uniUattamunal is derived signified to
d rink water. This earl ier form , without
reduplication, may be traced in some
of the phrases given by Roger Williams
and Cotton: aquie unumaious {ahqiie uyz-
meaitoush), do not drink all, R. W. 34;
$un woh kcotam eyeu^ will you smoke it
now? [i. e. drink (?)], C. 241. There
was another word, meaning to drink
(intransitive), whose original form it is
not easy to trace in its compounds.
The radical appears to be «ip, related
perhaps to gaupde, mbde (q. v.), gup-
pequash (tears); possibly to sepe, sep.
kogkdmppamw&en, a drunkard {koghe-
«jp-, C; kakeiup-, Mass. Pfi.}; tohneU
wonk ohkgipparmvean, * if you will leave
off drinking', C. 240 [ahque-inp- (*l)]]
niUtannwtam matokqs woh matta missip'
ptmo sokanunkf *I will command the
cloud that it rain no rain upon it'. Is.
5, 6; tdptrippdmheitU (tdpauppamwehhiUitf
Mass. Ps.), 'when they have well
drunk' ItApi-sippam-'if John 2, 10;
nup-pomgratialsum coweeksipp&onk, the
(sweet? wekon'i) juice of my pomegran-
ates. Cant. 8, 2. Cf . musBuppeg, a tear.
[Narr. mccd,wkatone^ I am thirsty,
R. W. 33 (^^nuk'kohhUiam) ; pdutoua no-
tatdrrif give me drink; tnUtdttash^ drink,
ibid. 34; wuttattumHUa, let us drink,
ibid. 35.]
wnttattamwaitch, n. a spoon, Xum. 7,
62, 68; pl.-f ua^/i, v. .86; a cup, Jer. 25,
15; 1 Cor. 10, 21; tciUtaitamwaidj, Gen.
44,2 {ncoUitiamwaelchy my cup, C. 161).
From wuttattamwehednatj to give to
drink, to cause to. drink, * let him (it)
give drink to me'.
[Narr. kundm, a spoon; pi. kunna-
mduog, R. W. 50.]
wuttattashdnat, v. t. an. to hide (a
person), Ex. 2, 3: tcuUaUashuhf she hid
him, Ex. 2, 2. [= wuUat-aUahsh6natyix>
hold behind anyone (?); suffix an. form
from adtaskatij he hides.] Cf. Waiita-
cone (?); wuttuiikhumun&t.
[Marginal note.— " Wrong."]
wuttaun, wuttaunoh, (his) daughter;
appel. icuttaunin {wuUoninj C. 162), a
daughter, Matt. 10, 35; constr. wtUtaU'
iu>h, the daughter of, 1 Chr. 2, 49; pi.
tmittaunog, vmUanog^ wuUanuog: nuUaur
nes (nuUdnneeSf C. 162), my daughter,
Deut. 22, 17; Judg. 11, 35; kuttaunes, thy
daughter. Gen. 29, 18; nuttaunndnog, our
(laughters. Gen. 34, 9; hittaunoodogy your
daughters. Gen. 34, 9; Jer. 29, 6; umt-
idnoh nwkas, my mother's daughter.
Gen. 20, 12; umtlanntnink^ n. coll. the
daughters, all the daughtern, Judg. 21,
21. Cf. weetahiu; weetampas. See adioc-
kity second daughter.
[Narr. nUtafmis, my daughter, R. W.
.45. Del. wdan, daughter; wda nail, his
daughter, Zeisb.]
wuttaunaenat (?), to liave (as father or
mother) daughters: kah ompetak wvitd-
neu, *and afterwards she bare a daugh-
ter'. Gen. 30, 21; matta pish ka}tannifjtiff
thou shalt not have daughters, Jer. 16,
2. Cf. uninndinonaenaL
wuttenantamdonk, n. (his) will, wish,
Mark 3, 35; the will of, the purpose of:
noh aseit wuUenarUamdonk n(Dfih, he who
doeth the will of my father, Matt. 7, 21;
kuUenantamdonk n nnach, thy will be
done. Matt. 6, 10 ( ne naj, Luke 11,
2); matta mtttenantamdonk, gut kuUaihe
nnajf not my will but thine be done,
Luke 22, 42. See unnmiiamaxink.
wuttin, wuttinne, he himself, she her-
self, ille ipse, the emphatic pronoun
of the 3d pers. sing. : uttoh ivuUin touus-
sunuTfij how has she become a desola-
tion? Zeph. 2, 15. See unnaiinneai,
*wattiiiinum6ko88ixxat, to serve: wuUin"
numtihkoatiinneat, to be served, C. 208.
wuttixmeumuhkaudonk, n. his service,
a serving (him), service rendered to,
Ezra 6, 18.
wuttiniieuTn iihkaudnat, v. t an. to
serve (him), 2 Chr. 29, 11; 34, 33:
ttmUinneumohkauaog, they ser\'ed (him ),
iGren. 14, 4; kwtentimuhkadunup, I have
served thee. Gen. 30, 26; cans. wtU-
tinneumuhkonumnumukttp, thou wast
made to serve, Is. 14, 3; matta kotin-
4iinneumuhk&nutoahintiw, I have not
caused thee to serve, Is. 43, 23.
wuttmniin (?), 3d pers. sing. pres. indie,
from vmUinnaiinneatt = wut-unne^Un-
Digitized by
Google
312
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
-wnttinniin — continued .
neaty to be like (or such as) himself, to be
of his (own) kind (?) : iiedne unnantog tU
wuttahhutj ne vmttinniinj 'as he think-
eth in his heart, so is he'j Prov. 23, 7;
Tieaniit vnUtinneumirij tie ivtUtinniin wu8-
mniimamvyi^ *as with the servant, so
with his master*, Is. 24, 2; ivutHnniin
hoivarif * whosoever ^ Matt. 16, 24, 26
(unUlinnaiin howan, JProv. 6, 29) ; ne pish
vtUtinniiny 'so will be his manner', 1
Sam. 27, 11. See unnaiinneal.
wuttinnohktfe, wuttmuhkde, adj. and
adv. right (dexter), Ex. 29, 20; Lev.
8, 23, 24; Rev. 10, 2: wuttinohkdunit, in
his right hand, Matt. 27, 29; Rev. 2, 1
{imninuhkoe meniichegy the right hand,
C. 157). See 7mUtinnohk&u; nohkdu.
'wutti2i]iolik6u, (his) right hand, Dan.
12, 7: nuUinnohkou, my right hand, Ps.
73, 23; kiUiinnohkoUy thy right hand,
Ps. 18, 35; wtUch mtUtinuhkduneiyeuey
from the right aide (of the temple, etc. ) ,
2Chr. 23, 10. See mutUnnohk&u; nohk&u.
wuttinncowaozik, n. (his) command-
ment, Acta 15, 5; the Word, John 1, 1
( = kuttanvonkf ibid. ) : nuttvianvaongashy
my commandments, Gren. 26, 5. [un-
noDwamiky from unnayw&mity annamau
(q. v.), he commands.] Ci. kuUcowonky
hUtwwongash.
wuttinn^ixn, n. (his or her) servant, Gen.
16, 3: vmUinniimuiiy Gen. 24, 5, 9; wrU-
tinneumuny a servant, I^v. 25, 40 (pi.
"unUtinninnfumuny v. 44) ; kuUinninneumy
thy servants. Lev. 25, 44; nuUinnumy
*my maid' (servant), Gen. 16, 2; 'nut-
lineneuniy my man'. El. Gr. 12; wuUin-
neumoh, his 8er\'ant (constr.), 2 Sam.
13, 18; nnUtinnumohy Gen. 30, 7; kUtin-
num, thy serxTuit, Gen. 16, 6; kittinneum,
Neh. 1, 7, 8; pish ka^inniivneumuny he
shall sen^e thee. Lev. 25, 40 {tmittin-
ninuminy a servant; nuttinninnuuniy my
servant; nruUinninnHmohy his servant, C.
167; vrnttinnuTniiiy a servant, ibid. 208).
wuttinniiinuhkauBu, adj. an. (is or was)
serving, Gen. 29, 20 (he 8er\'ed).
wuttinnuniuhkausuoiik, n. service
done, the doing of service, Ezek. 29, 18.
wuttinnilmiinneat, v. i. to be a servant,
to8er\'e, Ex. 21, 7.
wuttinnuxnumieunk, n. coll. the serv-
ants collectively, Ex. 21, 7; wuttiniieu'
mujineunky Eph. 6, 5.
wuttinnunkumdin, wuttinonk-, n. a
kinsman, Ruth 3, 12; 4, 1. See weetomp-
ain.
wuttinuh, he said to him: howan v:oh
wuttugqun uttohy etc., who can tell him
. how, etc., Eccl. 8, 7. See hennau.
[Note. -The definition was not completed.
Above the words "said to" the compiler wrote
•* commanded " In pencil.]
wuttinuhktfe. See umtiinnohkde.
wuttinwhunnutcheg, wuttinwhixn-
itch, n. (his) finger. Matt. 23, 4; Lev.
4, 17, 30; (wuUinuhwhuniich) Lev. 4, 25:
mU-y my finger, John 20, 25; kui-, thy
finger, v. 27; kehta>quanitchy keituhq-,
(great finger,) the thumb, Ex. 29, 20;
Lev. 8, 23, 24; uppuhkukguanitchy (head
of finger,) the tip of the finger, John
16, 24.
*wuttip (Narr.), the (his) brain. "In
the brain their opinion is, that the soul
keeps her chief seat and residence." —
R. W. 58.
*wutti8hau (Mass. Ps.), ^mUhohy El., in
John 3, 8, 'the wind bloweth'; vmiti-
shonky =wutjishonty ibid.
wuttitchuwan, wuttitchoDwan, wad-
tutchuaa, defect, v. (it) fiows or
fiowed from (after nippey sepuy etc., in
sing, and pi., with or without the pi.
affix -ash)y Ps. 105, 41; John 7, 38:
sepapog wuttitchuwaiiy 'rivers of water
run down' (from), Ps. 119, 136; sepu-
ash VHidltitchuogy rivers run from, Eccl.
I, 7; nuppe wuttiichu&nup kah kumtch-
uan anuvmtchuwany 'the waters gushed
out (from the rock) and the streams
overfiowed', Ps. 78, 20. The several
words which describe running water
are used by Eliot, with little appar-
ent regard to grammatical construc-
tion, as verb, noun, or adjective, as
the construction requires. The radical
is uncertain, perhaps wulcJie or oocfi
(q. v.). In Gen. 2, 10-14, are other
forms of these compounds: seip ne au-
shunk, the river which goeth toward
(flowing), V. 14; seip ne quannpishunky
which compasseth (flowing about), v.
II, 13; seip unUehishaUy a river went out
of (flowed from), v. 10. Cf. dnuumtchvr
wan, anUchewanyit overflowed, overflow-
ing; kussitchuany it flowed in a stream
(n. a stream ) ; pamUchuanypumitchuwany
it ran or flowed (generally or indefi-
Digitized by
Google
TBUXBrLL]
NATICK-ENQLI8H BICTIONARY
218
wuttitchuwan, etc. — continued.
_ nitely); sohvnitchuaii, it flowed out of,
forth from; gohkfietchuan, it gushed out,
burst out, la. 35, 6; tlnnUchuariy it flowed
to, ran to; wmreeijonchumi, it flow^ed
round about, IK. 18, 35.
[Abn. ariUsSann, 11 coule, v. g.. le
sang.]
wuttogki, n. moisture, Luke 8, 6. See
ogqushMy wet, moist; *wuttapdhquoty wet
weather; wiUttigkefdnneatj to become wet.
[Peq. wvU'O.ggio eyho-Mezuk weenugh^
wet today, very; waughtuggacht/y a' deer,
i. e. wet no8e\ Stiles.]
wuttogque. See ogqu^,
*wuttolikolika>iiiinneo]iash, pi. black-
berries, C. 164.
wutttfliuppa[e]iat]. See wuUuhppalen-
at].
vuttoxnpek. See wutampeuk.
wuttdntauunat, v. t. to climb to or into:
wuUdntauadt, if he climb up (into it),
John 10, 1; kut&rUauohiou, he climbed
up, went by climbing (on his hands and
feet), 1 Sam. 14, 13; ndrUaudhettit kemk-
qvUy if they climb up to heaven, attain
to by climbing, Amos 9, 2. See tohr
kcotauunat.
[Narr. atduntowashy climb the tree;
ntduntawem, I climb, R. W. 91.]
wnttoohpocomweoni^, n. tobacco, C.
241. See (Narr.) wxittamduog; Hhpu-
amkash.
*wuttod]iat, to complain: najtUmDom^ I
complain; ruDtawap, I did complain,
C. 186; mn kmtwtvam nuhhog^ did you
complain of me? ibid.
^^^ruttotukkon : ieadche umUotukkony *it
jerketh or suddenly twitcheth', C. 195.
wuttcoantamun^t, v. t. to care about, to
be careful of, inan. obj. (wuUananlamU'
naiy to care, 0. 186): vmUwaniam, he
careth for, 1 Cor. Z, 32, 34. Cf. vmtta-
marUamunat.
wuttODhuppa [enat] . See tvuUuhppa [en-
ail
^*^rutta>kii]iiini88in, a grandmother, C.
162: kokummuSf thy grandmother, 2
Tim. 1, 5; (kokummes) thy aunt, Lev.
18, 14.
wuttoon, ( his) mouth, the mouth of (him ) ,
Ex.4, 11; Prov. 10,31. ^)e miUtcon.
^wuttoonantamoonk (?), n. * valor*,
Man. Pom. 86, 1. 1.
^Nrutt^tchikkiiuieasin, a grandfather,,
C. 162.
^*^rutta>wo8ketompaog, pi. ' men of high
degree*, Ps. 62, 7.
wuttugk. See wtihtuk.
wuttuhhunk, n. a paddle, Deut. 23, 13.
[Narr. tmiikuncky a paddle or oar,
R. W. 99; patUous nenMehunck [=pau<Z-
tauBh nwUuhhunk'jy bring hither my
paddle, ibid. Del. tahacauj paddle, oar,
Zeisb.Voc. 29.]
wuttuhppa[enat (?)], wutta>hup-,
wadhup-, wutttfhup-, v. i. to draw
water (wtUtuhhupponatf Mass. Ps., John
4, 7, 15): icuttuhuppaogywutuhpaogf they
drew water. Ex, 2, 16; 2 Sam. 23, 16
• (s= quomphippaogy 1 Chr. 11, 18); tput-
iuhuppakf draw ye water, Nah. 3, 14;
wadhupaJwititf when they drew water,
Gen. 24, 13; nwthupau I drew water
for (them), Gen. 24, 19; w\tU6hupauau,
she drew water for (them), v. 20. Cf.
8oibAippo<7, 'draw out' (water), John 2, 8;
numwdpag . . . nippe, fill (it) with
water, v. 7.
[Del. ihup peek, a well, Zeisb. Voc.
12.]
wuttuhq, wuttuhqun, wuttuk [mU-
uhtug, of the tree], n. a branch or bough
of a tree. Gen. 49, 22; Jer. 23, 5; 33, 15;
firewood, Prov. 26, 20: niidtukf wood.
Is. 60, 17 {wuJttooh(fi,nashoTmithash{^)y
wood, C. 164; pohchdtuk (from pokshu'
not, to be broken, or from pohcheauy it
divides, branches), a bough, ibid.).
See wuhtuk.
[Narr. vrndluckqun, * a piece of wood ' ;
wudt^LckquanoBhy lay on wood (on the
fire), R. W. 48; pauchautaqunn^mshy pi.
branches (of a tree), R. W. 89.]
*wuttuhtuhkomunat, v. i. to arrive:
naotuhtuhkamy I arrive, C.
[Cree tuckoo-^Hy he arrives (by land),
Howse 50. Narr. ntiauk4 vmsheniy I came
by land, R. W. 31.]
wuttuk. See wuhtuk; wuUtthq,
wuttunkkumnniit, v. t to cover with:
wuUunkhumun monak, she covered it
Digitized by
Google
214
BUREAU OF AMEBICAK ETHNOLOGY
[PULLETIN 25
wttttimklinTiiun &t — continued,
with a cloth, 1 Sam. 19, 13. See also
utikhamunAt; cf . * Wautacone.
wuttunkin[6nat] ahtomi>eh, to bend
a Ik>w: noh wadtunkinont ahtompehj he
who bends a bow; wuttunkinonch wvioh-
tompehf let him bend his bow, Jer. 51,
3; but kenaau wonkindgish oJUompf you
that bend the bow, Jer. 50, 14, 29; neg
wuttunkin[6nat] ahtompeh — cont'd.
pmtunkanoncheg ahtompeh , they who
bend the bow, Jer. 46, 9; 18.66,19. See
paoionkunau; wonkimmaL
wutuhshame, adv. (?) on this side, Josh.
8, 33 (opposed to ongkoufy on that side,
i)eyond): unUnhshame »epu\U, on this
side of the river, Dan. 12, 5 {mtUoshi-
maiyeUf on this side, C. 235).
yft. See yo; y66i.
yanelnn: wanne yandnno umlch matta-
inug^ *i8 not seemly for a fool*, Prov.
26, 1.
yftnequohho), n. a veil, Gen. 24, 65,
=puttogqueqtiohhoUj Gen. 38, 14, =ong''
quequohhou, Ex. 34, 33; 2 Cor. 3, 14.
ydney^u: pish ydneyeuw^ it shall be
as, or like, Is. 17, 5 (circumstance to
circumstance or fact to fact); ne wonk
yane, and likewise (in the same man-
ner), John 6, 11. Cf. neane; onatuh;
tatuppe.
yftnitchan [yanitanum-nutchegy he shuts
the hand (?)], n. a handful, Lev. 2, 2;
pi. -}-asht Ezek. 13, 19: nequinulchaiiy a
handful of, 1 K. 17, 12.
yftnittanumuzu&t, yean-, v. t. to shut
(a door, gate, etc.) : ydnltanmn squont,
he shuts the door, Judg. 3, 23; yanit-
tmmmwog, they shut the gate. Josh. 2,
7; yednUtanumau (v. i.), he shut the
door, Gren. 19, 6; pish kednittanum,
thou shalt shut the door, 2 K. 4, 4.
yftnunumimtft, v. t to shut: ydnunum
vmskesiikquash, he shuts their eyes, Is.
44, 18; ymninushy. shut thou (their
eyes), Is. 6, 10; noh yanunuky he who
shuts (his eyes) Is. 33, 15.
[Narr. yeaush, shut the door after you,
R. W. 50.]
yau [yauwe]j num. four (El. Gr. 14),
Ezek.l, 10: yauog, yauatog, an. pi. four
(living beings). Gen. 14, 9; Ezek. 1, 5, 8;
yauunash, pi. inan. four (things), Prov.
30, 18, 21; yauut rwii, four square, Ex.
38, 1 ; yauqtdnogkok, on the fourth day,
2 Chr. 20, 26; imbo yau, fourteen;
yauunchag {-kodiog, -kodiash), forty,
El. Gr. 14.
[Narr. ybh, four, R. W. 41. Peq. yauh.
Stiles. Del. ne wo, Zeisb.]
yean [yd-en, to yonder, thither], prep, to,
as far as: iimtch . . . j/«in, from ... to,
Mic. 7, 12, = yaen, Zech. 9, 10. See yeu
unne,
yeanittanumuntft. See ydnUtannmundt,
yeu, (1) demonstr. pron. inan. this: an.
yeuoh; pi. inan. yemh, an. ye^tg, these;
pi. an. yeahy these (accus.), Gen. 15, 10;
uttiyeUy interrog. which?; pi. utiiyeush
(El. Gr. 7) ; yeu nepauz, this month, Ex.
12, 2; yeu kodtumuky this year, Luke 13,
7; yeu wty, for this cause (El. Gr. 22);
yeu in kah yeu in, thus and thus, 2 Sam.
17, 15. (2) adv. here, in this place, 2 K.
2, 8; Gen. 22, 1, = yeuuly Gen. 21, 23; yeu
nogque, toward this way (El. Gr. 21);
hither, 2 K. 2, 8, See ayeu.
[Del. yuUy here, Sfeisb. Gr. 171. Quir.
yeuohy Pier. 5. Narr. yo (q. v.). Cree
(an.) ou^dy (inan.) oom^dy this, Howse
188. Chip, (an.) vvwhy (inan.) ooirhy
Howse 188. Micm. Sty *ici', Maillard
30.]
*ySuh (Narr.), man {wenyghy woman),
Stiles.
[Peq. nehyeughy my wife; nehyusha-
mug, my husband. Stiles.]
yeuhquogr, n. pi. lice, Ps. 105, 31, =yeu'
i(x>{og)y yeuhka>{og)y Ex. 8, 16, 17, 18.
yeuoh, this, (an.) *this man', El. (ir. 7.
See (Narr. ) ewd; cf. noh,
yeu unne, adv. in this manner, thus,
John 11, 48, =yeu ?n, 2 Sam. 17, 15
(yeuunniy thus, C. 234).
yeuyeu, adv. now (El. Gr. 21), Gen. 21,
23; 22, 2; 2 Cor. 6, 2.
*yo(Narr.), =yeu: yo wequey thus far;
ydtiw, thus, R. W. 55; yb wulchty from
hence, ibid. 74 ( =Ma». yeu vmtchey Ex.
33, 15).
[Del. yu-vmnischiy from hence, there-
fore, Zeisb. Gr. 171.]
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
215
yO, yft, adv. yonder, that way: yeu nog-
que in kah yd in, hither and thither, to
this side and to that; yd ntiUdnan, we *
will go yonder, Gen. 22, 5 {loonk hd
hippeyaunumurij we will come again
[hither (?)] to you, ibid.); monchishyeu
vTuichy yadu&hf go hence to yonder place,
i. e. go hence, go to yonder (from yd-
auonai), Matt. 17, 20.
[Narr. yo nowekinf I dwell here, R. W.
29.]
yd^, yOaeu, yo^ [yo ayeu], adv. on
that side, 2 Sam. 2, 13; Dan. 7, 5: tvulch
ydde kemkqui kah yeu onk in aongkoue,
from the one side of heaven unto the
other, Deut. 4, 32; wuich yode . . .
nogqae, on the one side ... on the
other, 1 Sam. 14, 4; ydaeu . . . nahohtde
ydayeuook, on the one side (of the ark)
... on the other side, £x. 37, 3; ut
ydde, at the sides of (the ark), v. 5; mUck
ydii, ydaeu, yo^e — continued.
yeddeu . . . ogkdnuie, out of one side
. . . out of the other (of the candle-
stick), V. 18; pasuk yodyeu . . . onkattik
ogkomdeu, one on one side (of him ) . . .
another on the other, Ex. 17, 12; yddeu
nannummiyeu, on the northward side,
Lev. 1, 11. Cf. ongkome.
[Del. yarn, on one side, Zeisb. Gr.
171.]
*ybte (Narr.), fire; Yotdanit, 'the fire
god ^ R. W. 47, 1 10. See noftau,
[Peq. yewtj fire, Stiles.]
yowutche [yeu-wiUche, because of this],
adv. wherefore, Matt. 18, 8.
[Del. yvL tountschiy from hence, Zeisb.]
yoyatche, adv. always, Matt. 28, 20; 26,
11 (usually, C. 230) ; yeoyatche, Is. 45, 17.
See wameyeue, Cf . nagwuttede.
[Micm. yapchiS, *tou jours S Maillard
28. Del. yaneivij Zeisb.]
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
ENGLISH-ISTATICK
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
A.
abnor, uhquanuirum;. inan. uhquantamy
he has an extreme aversion to; uhqucm-
umauy he is abhorred, is loathsome; uh-
quanumukquok (when it is abhorred ) , an
a):ominable or detestable thing.
abide, dppu; it abides in, appehiunk-^n,
able, lapenum (tdpinnum)^ he is able,
potest. From tdpij sufficient.
abomination, uhquanumukquok,
abound, monatj when there is much or
plenty; num-mcDchekohtohj I abound,
I hil. 4, 18.
about, (concerning) papaume; (round
about) quinnuppe; wa^etiu {tcaene, we-
u'tne, C).
above, wcutbej wohqut; wuich wohqid,
icutch waabUf from above; ivohkumiyeuj
upward; kuhkuhqae^ higher up.
abundance, ne masegik, when it is plen-
teous (missechcbonky C), an abounding;
mdunetash, mishdunetash, ^great store',
R. \V.; mummishkod meechuniy 'store of
victuals'; monaiash, many things, abun-
dance; monaotikj abundance; mamatUf
when there is plenty.
accept, tapeneatfij he receives with satis-
faction; (apeneaum(D07ikj acceptance;
tapeneahkqaoiy that which is acceptable.
From tdpi, sufficient, enough.
accompany, wechauj he goes with, an.
obj.; kanvechamh {kotv^chaushf R. W.),
I go with you; wechauaUULeaj let us ac-
company, R. W. From weeche-au, he
goes with.
according^ to, neaunak [iie aunakj that
which is so].
acorn, pi. anduchemineash, R. W. See
nut.
acroM. See crossover.
act (agere), U89enai, to do, to act; umi, he
does; usgeu, he acts; unnehhuauj he
does, with respect to others, he con-
ducts himself; wunneneheau^ he did well
to, conducted himself well toward; yeu^
miUinhikqun, thus he deals with me.
See conduct one's self; do to.
action, tMseonib, a doing.
add, kcotnehteau, kcoteiiahteau, he adds (it,
to it); ukkoatnehteauun, he adds to it,
makes an addition to it; kwchteau [kut-
che-ohiemi'iy he adds to.
adorn, mmneheauj he adorns (makes
beautiful) himself: wunneh kuhhog,
adorn thyself (wwjwmwu, he adorns him-
self, C. ) ; imnnehteou, he adorns (inan.
obj.).
adorned, inan. vmnnthteomuk, an. vun-
nanvhogu.
adultery, inamtw»t/,hecommitsadultery;
mamussekon, thou shalt not commit
adultery; maviusstweii-hiy an adulterer
(mammaii8Uf phmammawtachickj R.\V. );
manishqtiaausuen'hij an adulterer. See
fornication.
advantage. See profit.
adversary. See against; enemy; oppo-
site.
advice, kemonittuonk, good advice re-
ceived. See counsel.
adviae, kogkahtimau, v. t he gives advice
to, advises (kogkahqiitieauy he advises,
C. ) ; weogffuttumafk kah keneetam(Dk,^giye
your advice and counsel', Judg. 20, 7.
affair (matter of business), UnniyhionL
atttightedy chepshaUy chepshontaniy he is
affrighted, startled, astonished {kiichee-
gahteauy he affrights; kitchesshanittinneat,
to be affrighted (?); kuUijshanitltionkf
fright, C).
afraid, vcahesuy he fears, is afraid; na>-
wabeSy I am afraid; qushau icabesuoneau,
he is afraid of (him); quHkUim, he is
afraid (to do, to go) — not implying
slavish or disgraceful fear (we^dngUj (he
is) afraid; cowtmssf are you afraid?; ta-
whitch wesdseanf why fear you?; mano'
wisass, 1 fear none, R. W. ). See fear.
after, adv. after that, afterward, ne mah-
che (see have, auxil.); prep, asuhkaue
\a8uhkaueu, it goes after, follows]: yie-
gonne onk nen . . . asulikaue onk nen,
before me . . . after me, next after
219
Digitized by
Google
220
BUBEAU OF AMEMOAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 2^
after — continued .
(in order of time or place); nahoktdeu
(secundufi, -a, -um); noA asuhkiU, he
who goes or comes after. Cf. asuhy or;
neese [n^-«M€], two.
afternoon, qudttuhqudhqud, C; panicdm-
paw, naunoduwqaWj R. W.; grtUtlkqua-
qtuiw, after dinner, ibid. See day.
afterward (in the future), ompetak,
asfain, (a second time) nompe; (in addi-
tion) wonk {wonkanet, onk, or tuonkf
again, C).
against, ayeuuhkone; mutually opposed,
ayeuukkonittue [ayeukmmifie, C); ayeu-
uhkonauj he goes against, he makes
war on (an.); nup-penuanum-ukf he is
against (at variance with, contending
with) me. piuhsuke, over against, op-
posite to; reciprocally opposite, over
against each other, pdpiuhsuke, Cf. pd-
piske; pap-skeu; neesUpiskeUy it is double;
piakinnum, he doubles (it). See oppo-
site; war.
age. Sec old; old age.
ago. See. long time ago.
agreement. See covenant.
ah! alas! cowee! woi/
ail, toh kui'unhpunamf what aileth thee?
also tol kut'uspinam (and tocketiispaneYnj
R. W.); toh uspunau {tahaapundyi^ R.
W.), tohspinauf what ails him, what
does he happen on, what chances he? ;
so, nag wame . . . ushpundogj * chance
happeneth to them air, Eccl. 9, 11;
tatuppe uspundog wame, *one event hap-
peneth to them air (they chance all
aUke), EccL 2, 14.
air (atmosphere), mama/)c/ie kemk^ =7na'
mohchiyeu kemk, the empty or void sky.
alarm. See war.
alewife. See fish; menhaden.
alike, taluppe^ equally.
alive, pomantog (when he lives, living).
all, wamej wamu (omnino); wamut (when
there io all ) , enough, ma m usse {miasesuy
R. W.), totus, ex toto (tnamfissiyhii,
wholly, entirely, C). From inissi
(mtint), great, by reduplication.
almost, ndhen, nearly, nigh to (omdgpeh,
C).
alone, nusmj nusseu [noh usaeu, he who
does?]; ri'nUhishem, I am alone, R. W.
nomsiyeue; wukse, normyeu, all alone,
C; nun-ndngi'up, I was alone, ibid.
alone — continued.
nonis of himself only, I. P.; nadntf
R. W. ; pamk naunt God^ there is only
one God, ibid,
also, wonky again, moreover,
always, nagwiUiedey continually; yoyat-
che [=^yeu wiUchey from this time?],
michemey forever. See ever.
) am. See appu; ayen; na; nonf; ohteau,
j amazement, chepshaonky a startling; chep-
I shaUy he is amazed, affrighted; mon--
chanalamy he wonders. See wonder,
among, kenugkCy kunnuke. Related to-
konukkehlahivhauy he pierces, pene-
trates (?), kaiinukkaahunky penetrjiting,
I piercing; from kenagy that which i».
sharp. Cf. Lat. inter, interere, intrare.
I ancestors, wutchettuongdm^y C. From
i wutcheuy suppos, vadchit. See parents.
anchor, kenuhqtiaby kenunkquapy keixomp-
I squab {kxmndsnepy R. W. ; kusmppanunk-
quanky C. ).
|- and, kah. From 'i* progressive,
angle, nai, angular, having comers or
angles; naiyag (when it is angular or
cornering), a point, angle, or comer;
vl yaue naee, at the four comers of; yaue-
naiyag wetUy the four corners of the
house. Cf. kendiy sharp; kenagy that
which is sharp. pa>chagy an interior
angle or corner. See corner.
c^^n^i yniutqxKiniamy he is angry; suppos.
part, noh musquantogy he who is angry,
i. e. any angry man; imperat. prohib.
ahque musquantashy be not angry (so,
R. W.; nummosqudniamy I am angry,
C. ); act. verbal imtsquanlamdoonk {mus-
qaaivAlarndbonky C.) ; pass, verbal inun-
quanittuonk. anger. V. t. an. musquanu-
mauy he is angry at or with (an. obj.).
From musquiy red, bloody* and antam,.
minded, purposing, or having in mind,
animal, odas, dausy howaas {odaSy oowaaSy.
doaSy C. ), animal, creature (pi. odasinegy
ouaasmeg): nishnoh oaas pdmontogy
*every thing that liveth' {pomanam&e-
oowactginegy * living creatures*, C). ne-
tasmog (pi. ), tame or domestic animals
{netasiiogy R. W.). puppinashim {penas-
himy R. W. ), pi. -mwogy beast. Cf. pup-
pinahaas, pi. puppinshaasogy bird, avis.
ddasy howaasy is evidently related to-
hoivan {awdun, R. W.), someone, any-
one, a person. The termination repre->
Digitized by
Google
TirUMBVLL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
221
Aiiixiial — continued .
sents the verb of animate agency, tw-»u,
he does, acta. The prefix is perhaps
the inseparable pronoun of the 3d pers.
sing. 1^ (ewd, he, R. W.), as in howan,
awditn {ewd-unnif any he].
Ankle, musgipak; iimsmpakon, his ankle
bone [m* ausguppoi-oskmiy the side bone?] .
■-anoint, stiss^qunnauy he anoints (him);
sussequnum, he anoints (it) {mississeg-
qnin, I anoint, C); act. verbal 8usse-
qiihnkf anointing, anointment; pass,
verbal stissequnnittuonky being anointed.
smother, onkaiog, another person, pi. onk-
(Uogigy others; onkaiog ^ another thing,
pi. onkaioganash (onkcUukj onknej be-
sides ; onkaiogdnitj otherwise, C. ) . From
onk, wonk,
answer, 'Aampmham, he answers ;.naw-
pcohamauy he answers (him).
ant, annuneks.
any, anybody, any person, hotcan {atcd-
ilHy R. W., whoso; Del. auweny who; au-
woUy hoivauy anybody, C. ) . namoiy nanwe:
nanive wosketompy any man, C; nanwe
missinninnuogy common people, C. Adj.
inan. teagwe: tU teagive mehtugkity on any
tree; ne teaguasy any thing.
«part, chippiy cheppi (it is separate):
chippeuy he separates himself; chippauy
he separates himself to, 'consecrates
himself \
appear, nunnogquisy I appear, C; dnuk-
quok (when it appears), the appearance
of a thing (nogqtismonky appearance,
looks, C). See looks.
appease, um-mdnunnrhtauny he appeas-
eth (strife, Prov. 15, 18), from manunne,
quiet, calm, moderate. mahtednuMy he
appeases or pacifies, C. ; mahteannonaty
to quiet, ibid., from mahta>y he makes
an end, has done.
appoint (a person to poet or place), kehti-
mauy he appoints (him); kuk-kehtiniy
thou appointest (him); noh nukkeJUimy
he whom I appoint.
appoint or desigrnate (a place or inan.
obj. ) , kuJiqutluniy he appoints (it) . Adj.
hihquUummey appointed.
apron, aidahy autawhuny audtdy the apron
or covering worn in front by the In-
dians; 'a pair of small breeches or
apron', R.W.
archer, pepumwaen-iny one who shoots
habitually, pi. -innuog; pepumiUcheg
(pi.), they who are shooting, actually.
From pummuy he shoots, with fre-
quentative reduplication.
arm, muhpit {m^hpity C); ttmhpity his
&rm{imippUteneypl-na8hyB,.W.). w*ap-
pehiy related to appeky a trap; suppos.
appehity (when) it holds fast or catches.
aroimd, iva^enuy adv. and prep, it goes
around, winds or curves around (waene,
wev^€y about, C); quinnuppey adv.
[quin-appuy quinuppUy it turns about],
about, around; quinuppohke [quinnup-
pu-ohke^y everywhere, all about.
arrive, ntiauk^ wusheniy I come by land,
R. W. 31 . Cf . Cree tiXckoo-mi, he arrives
( by land) , Howse 50. For nutohke (?) .
Cf. aukeeicmhatiogy * they go by land',
R. W. nomishoonhdmminy * I come by
water' (i. e. by boat, mmhoon), R. W.
31.
arrow, kduhquodty kdunkqmdt (suppos.
part, inan., having a pointed or sharp-
ened end); pi. + «*/»• cadquatathy ar-
rows, R. W. Peq. keeguumy arrow;
nuckhegunty my arrows.
artful. See crafty.
as, neane {ne-unni, like that, of this or
that kind], as, so, in like manner;
ofialuh [unne-loh]y as though, as if, as
when, used with the suppos. mood;
wehque [au-^quaeUy going to the ex-
treme or limit] as far as; vmich . . .
wehque (with verb of motion )j from
. . . to (yo wSquCy thus far, R. W.);
adtahehey aUa>chey ^Mcochey ahhvt tah»he
[for adt tohgUy =sui'iah8hf]y as much as,
as many as, as often as {ayatchey as
often, R. W. ). See like; long as; such.
ascend, kuhkuhqueuy he goes up, denotii\g
voluntary, progressive upward motion;
wadpuy wadbeuy he rises up or ascends,
denoting change of place, without re-
spect to locomotion; with inan. subj.
waape-nUDy it rises, ascends (is raised),
as smoke, the water in a river, etc.;
ushpeUy ushpushauy he ascends into the
air quickly or with swift motion, as the
soaring of a bird, etc. ; with inan. subj.
u»hpema)y vsspemOy it mounts aloft, is
borne upward. See go.
Digitized by
Google
222
BUREAU OF AMEBIOAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 2S
ashamed, akodchuy he is ashamed; nut-
akodj {ntU-dgkodch, C), I am ashamed;
akod<;hehheaUf he makes (him) ashamed,
puts (him) to shame (mU-dgkodchehih-
qurty it ashameth me, C. ).
aahea, pukquee. Cf. pukii (Nam puck),
«imoke; pukquee ^ mire, mud; pohqtU
(that which is broken off?), a brand.
aah tree, monunks, Is. 44, 14.
ask, naiaAomaUy he asks (him) a question,
questions; naicotomwehteau, natotomuh-
teau^ he inquires, asks a question; nalw-
tomiihkaUj he makes inquiry of, he asks
questions of (about anything) {naUxh
iomwehkauy natoolomukkau, he asks, in-
quires, C; n^nalotemdckaun, I will ask
the way (inquire about it) , R. W. ; kun-
naiotemif do you ask me? ibid.).
ask for, xcehquetum, he asks for (it); XDeh-
quetumau, he asks (him) for (it) {koh
wequeiummdush, I beseech you, C).
Cf. wehkomau, iveikamaUy he calls (him).
assemble, miaeogy maiyaSogy they as-
semble, meet together; mukhinneonk
moemco or miyahncOy the assembly meets
(is gathered together) ; freq. mokmoiog,
they meet often or habitually {miawS-
lucky let us meet; miawShetlity when
they meet, R. W.). From midey miyaey
moee (rnoywcy C), together. V. t. an.
mianauy he assembles, causes (them) to
assemble, gathers together (midweney a
court or meeting, R. W.).
assembly, moeuwehkomonky mishoeonky a
great many together; mukkinneunky a
gathering.
astonished, chepehauy he is astonished,
amazed; monc/iano/a/n, he wonders. See
amazement; wonder.
astray, pannCy out of the way ; panneau, he
goes astray; suppos. part. an. pannionty
astray — continued .
going astray, erring, imiionu, t/yJonti,
he goes astray, wanders out of the Way;
suppos. part. an. ufddnity u)au<mit, going
astray; hence, tvayordy tcaont, sunset-
ting (tvativnniiogy they wander, C).
From vxUenu (wewfney C.) and auy he
goes round.
as yet, ashpummetiy ash pdme.
at, adty ahhvty tU, At or in a place (the
locative case) , expressed by the termi-
nation 'Uty -aiy or -tV, with or without a
governing preposition.
attempt, kodumi. [kod-uttu^y he attempts
{nen nukkodu8sepy I attempted, C).
aunt (?), okummes [from okas-y related to
the mother] ; kokummeSy thy aunt, Lev.
18, 14; but thy grandmother, 1 Tim.
1,5. See grandmother.
autiunn, ju'pun (niepuriy R. W. ; nepinndey
C), the harvest season, the latter part
of summer and beginning of autumn
{taqu^cky the fall of the leaf, R. W.;
*ninnautvdety fall, C). See seasons.
avoid, chippinumy he avoids (it), puts it
away; chippehtauy he avoids, keeps away
from (it); qusmhkom (?), he shuns or
avoids {nuk-quiaiihkomy I shun or avoid,
C).
awl, m^ukqs (mucksucky awl blades, R.
W. ). Cf. k6usy a thorn; m^iihkosy a nail
or talon. puchvMganashy awl blades^
B,.W.y(rom puckhummiriy to bore, ibid.
See point.
az, togkunk {togkongy C), pi. +o«/<, that
which strikes; suppos. part. inan. from
togkoniy he strikes an an. obj. chicheginy
a hatchet, R. W. ; pi. chicMginash, Cf.
Del. pachkshican or kshicarty a knife;
m^cJtonschican, a large knife, Hkw.^
Corr
babe. See child; infant
back, muppusky muppuk (muppuskqy C;
uppusquariy R. W.), from poskey poskeUy
it is bare, naked, unprotected, with in-
def. prefix, m^poske; kuppusky thy back;
nuppusky nuppisky my back; uppisky his
back; nppixquanity uppunkquonity at his
back, on his back, behind him.
backward, (oppos. to faceward) ordamu;
ontamu penushau or arUcoshaUy he fell
backward; (oppos. to forward) qushkee:
qushkeuy he goes back, returns; qusk-
kemWy it goes backward; nukqushkem
{nuk-quishkeeniy C.) y I go back. as6u-
BhaUy he retrogrades, moves backward;
nut-assdushaniy I go backward.
Digitized by
Google
tbumbull]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DIOTIONABY
223
bad, maiehe (Lat. male); suppos. part,
inan. Tnatchiiy when it is bad; concrete
n. maichuk, machuk, evil, that which
is bad; adj. matehetou [maichetcOj he is
bad], bad, evil, wicked; malchemlmai'
che-usm^ he does badly], a bad person,
i. e. (one, he, who) acts badly; vbl. n.
of agency mcUcke$eaen'i'ny an evil doer;
act vbl. mcUcheidonkf badness, wicked-
ness (in disposition, purpose, or nature) ;
pass. vbl. iruUchenehethwnky wickedness
encountered or referred to its object;
act. vbl. matchewonk [from matche8u]y
the doing of evil, badness in action.
From matia, matf adverb of negation.
Cf. Engl, not, nauglit, naughty.
bag:, basket, manaot [m'ncot], pi. m^noh
tash; munndte, a basket, R. W.; mun-
nolghy Stiles; sogkissdntUej a hand bas-
ket, C. "InstcSad of shelves, they have
several baskets, wherein they put all
their household stuff; they have some
great bags or sacks, made of hemp,
which will hold 5 or 6 bushels. "—R.W.
50. **Notas8en, or bags ^ which they
plait from hemp." — De Vries, Mega-
polensis, 2 N. Y. H. S. Coll. in, 95,
107, 158. From ncotin-at, to lift or
take up a burden {nidiUdahy *take it on
your back', R. W.); see bear, peiunk
(when it is put in; suppos. part. inan.
from petauuTif he puts it into), a bag or
pouch for carrying smair articles: "/)«-
touwdssinugj their tobacco bag, which
hangs at their neck, or sticks at their
girdle, which is to them instead of an
English pocket."— R. W. 108.
bait (for fishing), onatcangdnnakaurij
R. W. Cf. Abn. aSangany Rasles.
bake (roast), appcaauy apwauj nppoMUy
he bakes, roasts, or cooks; apwonai iDey-
au8, to roast flesh {appcmsh weyausy
roast the meat, C. ). The primary sig-
nification appears to be to prepare for
food.
bald, mam (smooth); mukkukki (bare):
mmsontuppco, he is bald, ban a bald head
{muBanttpy a bald head, C. ); mukukkon-
txippoDy he is bald,
ball ( for playing ) , pompamiltkonk. From
pompUy he plays; cuuhkaUy he chases,
follows after: pomp-asuhkaUf he chases
in sport.
bank (of river), vrngApinuk (wundpplnuk,
C. ), = um^-appin-vJCf where the edge or
mai^in is, that which is at the edge
{urns).
bare, mukkukki {mu4:kuckiy 'bare, with-
out nap*, R. W., of cloth); mukkmkegy
'strip yourselves \ Is. 32, 11. Hence
mukkcokinauy he robe, plunders, stripe
bare; mukkmkinnuwain4n (n. agent), a
robber, and perhaps mukkij mukkutch-
ouks (muckqiMchuckSy R. W.), a child,
a boy. See bald; naked.
bargain (agreement), wunna>w6,onky
= umnne'ncovxwnk, good saying, satis-
factory talk. See trade.
bark (v. — as a dog), wohwohteauy he barks
(wohivohteauy C); wohwohkaUy he barks
at, keeps barkiiig (onomatopoetic; so
wohwatcDwaUy *ho! hoUoo!', C).
bark (n.), wunnadteasky C; vmchicka-
pSucky 'birchen bark and chestnut
bark, which they dress finely and
make a summer covering for their
houses.*— RW. 48. Cf. Abn. maskS^y
pi. 'kSdVy '^coroe de bouleau 4 caba-
ner*, etc., Rasles.
bam, axkqwnrnouiky barns, R. W.
barren, mihchSeUy mekchihfeu (she or it is
empty, is nought) ; mehcheyeuey barren
{mohchiyeuey empty, C. ) ; mehcheyeuonky
barrenness, sterility; matchekine ohkey
barren land. From maty malchey or
mafiteheau,
barter. See sell; trade.
basket. See bag.
baas (a fish ), Labrax liheatus (?), mi^tuck-
ekey R. W.; pi. -kequock; suckequog
(pi.). Stiles. Peq. m'sgugkheege. qun-
namagy bass, C.(?).
bastard, nanwetu (nanweiuey C). From
namofy general, communis, and uWm.
bat, maUappoffquafy matahpusques,
battle, ayeuiouUuonky aye^iiedonk [making
war, vbl. from ayeuhteauy he makes
war against], mahvaiioncky R. W , Cf.
malwiu, he is an enemy.
bay, pmtupi)ogy jxxHuppag.
be. See appu; ayeu; na; nont; ohleau.
beadiT. See wampum.
beans, luppuhguam-ash (pi.) [from tup-
ptjihqueu, it turns or rolls]; manusqussid-
<uh^ R. W.; Peq. mushquxBuedeSy Stiles.
bear (n.), motqy masQy mathq (mothq, C.;
moik or pauhSmnaunvaw^ R. W.; Mob.
Digitized by
Google
-224
BUREAU OF AMEBIC AN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
bear — continued.
mquoh, Edw.; Del. mal^hk, machk,
Hkw.). YTom mcDwhftUy (maw^adu, R.
W. ), he devours, eata, an. obj.{?).
Peq. n'Micgwut^ Stilea; Narr. konoohy
ibid. See wolf.
1>ear (v. ), kainunnumj he beare or carries
(it), takes it along; with an. obj. kenu-
nau, konunaUj he tarries (him); with
suffix ukkennn6h, he carries or bears
him ; kdnunoni (8Upjx>fl. part. an. ), w^hen
he carries or Ixjars: k6nunm\t dhtompeh^
carrying a bow (see take), kdunum^
he bears, sustains, holds up; suppos.
part. inan. k&anuky when it carries, it
•carrying, a carriage or anything used
for carrying burdens; freq. kogk&unum,
he supports, holds strongly or firmly.
nayeutam, he bears (it) on his person
.as a burden; imperat. 2d pers. sing.
nayeulashy bear or carry it (nidulashf
take it on your back, R. W. ) ; suppos.
pass. part, nayeumukj naiaimuky (when
he is) borne or carried on the back (of
.a man or beast), hence nayeumuky when
he rides: miyeumukquog kamelmhy *they
rode on camels', Gen. 24, 61; noh nam-
mukqul (nayeumukqiU)y he who rides, a
horseman; pi. neg nayeumukqutchegy
riders, horsemen. 8o nahnayottmewoly
R. W.; nahnaiyeumdoadty a horse *or a
creature that carries ^ C; Del. nayun-
daniy to carry on the back or shoulders;
nanayungeSy a horse, *the beast which
carrieson its back ' , Hkw. Perhaps from
nauwaeUy he bends down; Jiauu^ehtaniy
he bends or stoops to it. See horse.
l)ear children, neechauy nechauy she is in
travail or brings forth (nhchaw; paug-
cdtche [pakodche] nechanirawy she is
already delivered, R. W.). See beget.
bear firuit. See produce.
beard, weeshittamy =wt8hak-ta)ny hair (of
the) mouth (?). See hair.
beast, pupptnashiniy pi. -|-i''o<7 (penashimy
pi. -f tvocky R. W. ). See animal.
'beat, tattagkomauy he beats (him); suf-
fix wut-tattagkomduhy they beAt him;
iattogkodlamytohtogkodtamy he beats (it).
Freq. from togkomaUy he strikes (him),
and togkodtaniy he strikes (it), poggtih-
ham (pockhdmmmy to beat out corn,
R. W.), he threshes or beats out corn.
See grind; strike.
4- beautiful, wunnegen (good, handsome,
desirable, pleasing); wunnehheauy he
beautifies himself, makes handsome;
' vmnnehte^Uy he makes (it) beautiful or
pleasing.
^beaver, tummilmky pi. -{-quaog {tommunquey
' Peq.; tnmunky C; tummdcky R. W.).
From tummigqaohh6Uy he cuts off (sc.
' - trees)? Cf. Abn. temakSS, pi. -kSak,
castor vivant. n6oguppa(wg (pi.) and
sumhuppafiogy R. W. See *amisque.
because, neinUchey ne wutcke (for this,
I from this). See cause; therefore;
' wherefore.
! become. Cotton gives 'I am become,
nuttiuni * ; * to become, unniincU ' . Eliot
has the verb unnaiinneaty *eo to be' (I
! Cor. 7, 26), evidently from unniy such or
of the kind, to be of the kind, to be
such, to become such. In two or three
instances this verb is employed as the
representative of the verb *to become*,
I though it is not to be regarded as its
exact equivalent; thus toh dniiiy what
may have become of him, Ex. 32, 1, 23
( = toh adhSy where he might be, Acts
I 7, 40).
; bed (place for sleeping), oppm; vmtappm,
' his bed [t/nz/appin, he sat there].
bees, aohkeaumoussog (ohkeommoMogy C. ).
, beiore (in front of), anaguohtag [when it
is opposite, anoqueu-ohtag'jy before (it);
anaguabit [when he is opposite, anoh
qiieu-ctpit'iy before (him); anaquabehy
before me; anaguabeany before thee;
anaquabheitity before them (auaquabity
before him, C. ; anaquohtag weky l)ef()re
his house, ibid.) [anmqueuy opposite,
from nuhquaeuy he looks toward] , nego-
nuhkauy he goes before or in advance
of, he leads; negonloMUy he sends (i. e.
in advance of himsell ) to another. See
lead. '
before (preceding in time), ru'^ona^; adv.
negonne, formerly, before time; a9qwim,
not yet; quoihdcy beforehand, anticipa-
tory.
beg (ask alms), weemhaUy he is beg-
ging; n. agent, ueenshderiy a beggar;
weemhatnatty he asks for (it) as alms:
' ohU'ensham-uh ne teaguaSy 'he asked an
alms from them', Acts 3,3.
beget, wunneechanauy he begets (a
child or children, without reference to
sex) ; xcunnaumonieuy munnamoniyeuy he
Digitized by
Google
TKUMBVLL]
ENGL18H-NATI0K DIOTIOKABY
225
beget — continued,
begets (a Bon or sons) ; v?uttauniyeu, wvU^
t&neUf he begets (a daughter or daugh-
ters). With a feminine nominative
the same verbs signify to bear, to bring
forth.
begin, expressed by nwche {no wutche]
or ka>che [ibd vnUche] in combination
with a verb. The former regards the
beginning only as a completed act or
point of time without regard to ensuing
or progressive action or to lapse of time;
the latter (kaochej kutche) indicates pro-
gression from a starting point,bQginning
of action yet in progress or continuous.
See 2 Cor. 8, 6: neyane ncoche tiwip, nt
kd taiuppe kedeunkquneaUf *tm he had
begun, so would he [go on and] finish.'
fUDche wekiUeau, he began to build; yeu
na>che rxnenaduty this they began to do;
neyixne nooche usaip, as he began to do;
ktUche ussean, hah vxmk nuppakodcke vs-
aem, ' when I begin [to do] I will also
make an end' (do thoroughly), 1 Sam.
3, 12; kutMmk, kddshik, (when it be-
gan) in the beginning, Gen. 1, 1; Is.
64, 4; vnUche hvUchissik onk yean wehq-
skUtj from beginning to the end {nen
kUche ornuk'kitcheiiMemflhegin; hitche,
begun, C); kachhnm, (it begins,) it
starts from, issues from (as a stream,
etc.). See come from.
beguile. See deceive.
behave. See conduct one's self; do to.
behavior, Unniyiuonk, See business.
behead, tummigquohio&Uf he beheaded
(him) {Hmegdasgrn, 'to cut off or be-
head', R.W.).
\>ehiad^vmUdl,wodt6l{wuUate,C.): wuUal
tooffig (those who go behind), *they
who are last'; wodi&iohlagith . . . ne-
gondhUiffUh, 'things behind . . . things
before', Phil. 3, 13. vmttamiyeu (it is
behind), the hind partsor posteriors; 3d
pers. wtamiyeuy his hind parts. See back.
behold! (interj.), husBeh, lo! behold! see
thou! Cf. Lat. ce, ecce ( = ce-ce), Fr.
voici.
believe, vmrmamptam, he believes
(it); warmampiauy he believes (him);
namamptamj I believe {wunnampiam^
orUt, belief, faith; pi. wunnampuhiogig^
believers, C). "This word they use
just as the Greek tongue doth that
B. A. E.,BuLL. 25—16
believe — continued,
verb iciievetr, for believing or obey-
ing, and they say, coannduTnatovs, I will
obey you [or, I believe you]."— R. W.
65.
*bell, hcohcokanogn (onomatope).
^bellows, popa^paHauwandmuh, C. [that
which is blown with; from pa>tauaeUf
he blows].
-beUy, menoghu {munnogt, bowels, C);
vmnnoghuSy his belly (vmnndks, R.W.),
^ from vHmogg, a hole (?). misshdUf
C, for mishehitf suppos. part from
mishehheu, he is lifted up, made great,
enlarged. See bowels.
beloxig to, nuUaihe, it belongs to me,
is mine; kuUaUiej it is thine; vmUaihet
it is his; nuUaikHn, twUaihen, it is ours;
msh vnUtaihe-ash, tiie things which are
his. ohlau (he has), it belongs to (bun)
as a quality, attribute, or appendage;
hUrohUxurun kdauaaiamdonh, * thine ia
the kingdom'. Matt 6, 13; tioh ohtunk,
he having, the owner, he to whom it
belongs; ne teaguas ohtunk, anything
which is (belongs to), Ex. 20, 17. Vbl.
n. ohidonk, ahtdonk, a having or be*
longing, a possession. In compound
words 'Ohide signifies belonging to, of
the nature or quality of. vnUchaiyeumao,
it belongs to, in the sense of it pro-
ceeds from, is caused by, or the like;
menuhkeiuonk wutchaiyeumo) Godutf
power belongs to God, Fb. 62, 11. See
his; mine; thine.
below, adv. and prep, agwe, agwUj oguni,
ohkeiyeu {ohkeieUf C), below, i. e. earth-
ward, oj^i^, or a^uni, the more common
form, is apparently contracted from
ohkeieu,
bend, woonki (toduki, R. W.), it bends,
is crooked; w6nkinnum,he bends (it)
{wonkunum, C); ne tuoonkag, that
which is bent; pi. woonkagish, bent or
crooked (things). See crooked.
bend one's self, nauwaeuj he bends
down or stoops; nauwdsu, nauwdseu
lnauioaeU'USSu]y he performs the act of
bending or stooping; nddwU, when he
bends, bending; nauwanum uppuhkuky
he bends his head; nautvaShtamy he
bends down to or before (it); namua-
kompau, nauwdsikompau, he bends or
stoops.
Digitized by
Google
226
BUREAU OF AMEBIOAN ETHl^OLOGY
[BULLETIN 26
bent. See crooked.
berry, in compound names, -minne, pi.
minneashj small fruit of any kind (uitf-
tdkimneash, strawberries, R. W. ; watiuh-
minneoh, a strawberry, C. ). See whor-
tleberry.
besides, onk ne (more than that, further),
C; wonk; as conjunction, chaubohkishy
'except, besides*, El. Gr. 22; chonchippe
(chippej Mass. Ps.), he or it excepted,
saving, excepting; ka)tne, C. [for qut
ne?].
besiege, weenuhkautoaog neg, they besiege
or encamp round about them; weenuh-
kom, he besieged (it) [=svmeemjiruhkom,
he goes round about].
bestow. See give.
betray, wunasnaymaUy he betrayed (him) ;
ivanasannilf when he was betrayed (i«i-
nasmTnit, betrayed, C); namassami, I
betray; n. agent. iminass<mnwdeniny a be-
trayer, one dealing treacherously.
between, nasJiaue {nashdue, C. ) : natihaue
mayaahy between the paths.
beyond, ongkoue, aongk&ue (onkkdiLeyG.):
wutuhsJiame . . . ongkouCy on this side
. . . beyond (a river, etc.); ongkomej
ongkomde.y on the other side of: y6ai . . .
ogkomaiy on this side ... on the other
side {acdvmiucky R. W. ; so, Acawmenda-
hty Eiigland, ibid., =agkome-en-ohke-tjUy
in the land on the other side or beyond ;
Alg. gaaminky on the other side, Lah.).
From onkhumy he covers or hides (it).
bind, kishpinumy he binds, ties, makes
(it) fast; kushpinush {kspunshy R. W. ),
bind it or tie it fast; kishpinauy he binds
(him); v. i. act. kishpissu, he makes
fast, and pass, he is made fast or tied.
togkuppinauy he binds, holds fast by
bonds (him); freq. or intens. tohtogk-y
tattagk-j tahtogkupplnau. irushpunnumy
he binds up or together, =a8sep'mum.
keneepiruiUy he binds (him), as by oath,
imposes an obligation.
birch, bark. See bark (n.).
bird, puppinshaas (pi. +o^), a bird or
fowl, avis {n^peshawogy pi., fowl, R.W.;
puppinushaogy Mass. Ps. ). Cf. Chip.
penain. psukaeSy ' a little bird ', pi. -\-og
{pussekesesuky R. W.; pismkseme^ogy
birds, C, i. e. very small birds, a dimin-
utive of the 2d degree) .
birth, neetuonky neekuonk [from iietUy
nekity a bringing forth, and pass, a
being brought forth] ; wunneeiuonky icun-
neekuonky his birth. See bom.
bit, chogq; chohkagy a spot, spotted; kod-
chUhkiy a piece or fragment. See piece;
spot.
bite, sogkepcoaUy he biteth; aogkepumu
{nus9ogkepSivam, I bite, C); suppos.
nok sagkepwutj he who is bitten. Cf.
8ogkunum, he catches hold of, hooks
into. See hook.
bitter, wesogkon; ybl. n. weeaoghrujoonk,
bitterness (weesoghh/eUy bitterly, C).
Cf. weemvey the gall; weeade, yellow.
black, mcoi (m^tvi, aAckiy R. W. ) ; adj. an.
mcoegUy (he is) black; pi. inan. nioh
eyeuash; an. Tnwesuog {nuDom^ woakty
black man, C, =7n(Dosketompy El. Gr. ).
»Ackif R. W.; an. stick^au: ** hence they
call a blackamoor 8v>ckduttacon€y a coal-
black man; for sucki is black, and
tuaCttaconey one that wears clothes," R.
W.; but, strictly speaking, sijicki was
dark colored and not black. The dark
purple shells from which the more val-
uable peag was made, and the dark
peag itself — blue, purple, or violet —
were named from their color mckad-
hock.
blackberries, wuttohkohkcominned'
nosh (?), C.
blackbird, chdgan; pi. -nhicky R.W.: "Of
this sort there be millions, which are
great devourers of the Indian corn",
ibid. Veq.auehugyeze [=chohkemfy choh-
kesitchey spotted?], massovnfany Stiles,
the bobolink, Emberiza oryzivora?
bladder, mummneetau: mununneetoe quB-
mky stone in the bladder, Man. Pom. 88.
blame, wutchumonatey to blame; ncochumy
I blame, C. (?) ; vmtchimuu, he is blamed,
1 Tim. 3, 2; vuichimuneachy let me bear
the blame; monteag wutchimaUy he is
blameless (is nothing blamed). See
condemn.
blast (of air), pmpcatauAonky a blowing
strongly. From pwpootauy intens. from
poatauy he blows.
blasting ( of grain ) , pmogqaodLiriy pisseog-
quodtin. Cf. pismgquariy mud; pissag
(pismgky C), dirt, mire.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONAKY
227
*\}laiik.ety pinaquetj qunndnnonk, C;
»quAu8 aijbhaqut, a woman's mantle;
acdh, the deer skin (worn by men),
R.W.; inadTiek {=monak)j nquittiashla-
gnt, an English coat or mantle, ibid.
See clothing.
blemished. See deformed; maimed.
bless, wunndntaitit he blesses (it) l=ivun-
ne-arUam, he is good-minded, regards
favorably or feels kindly] ; naniantanif I
bless (it), I give blessing. Hence the
name Nonantum of the first village of
'praying Indians' gathered by Eliot.
vmnndnumau {vmnnaunomauj C), he
blesses (him); vbl. n. (act.) vmnnAnu-
maonky a blessing given; (pass.) vmn-
naniittumky a blessing received.
blind, pogkenum, he is blind {n^pdckun-
nunif I am blind, R. W. ) ; suppos. part.
pogkenuk, blind; pi. pogkenukeg, the
blind. Yroxa pohkmM {pohkunniyC.),
it is dark.
blood, musqaeheonk [m^ Bquehhmk']\ vma-
queheonk, vmsqheonk, his blood; ncos-
qheonk, my blood (mishqu^f rUepucky
blood; misquinashf veins, R. W.) From
'inusqv^y musqueuy (it is) red; mvsqueh-
heauy it makes red, causes redness; sup-
pos. part. inan. musqheunk, making red.
bloom, blossom, pesJiauaUj it blossoms,
bursts forth; pishaumWj it is blossomed;
suppos. part. pass. pisMumamky blos-
somed. From pokshaUy it breaks. See
flower.
blue, pe^luiuiy R. W.; peahal, C; peaJidnr
ndqiiaty blue color, C.^ i. e..]>€8hai'
anogkennky when it is painted (or lookpj
blue (cf. phhauiy np-pesh/iUy a flower).
am6iy blue; condagky blue cloth (cf.
amdiy deep).
bluefish. (Temnodon saltator), Peq.
aquaundmU (Stiles J.
board {n.)j paJisamogky pi. -ogquash. From
pohshinumy he cleaves or divides (it).
boast, muskdauy muskoiiaUy he boasts;
pi. mdskdachegy boasters, waeeiiomau^
he praises; waeenomont wuhhogkuhj
praising himself, boasting; pi. tvaeeno-
monchegy boasters, misheheau wukhog-
kuh (he makes himself great), he boasts.
boat, nmshmny nmham (mushdan, C;
Peq. mefthrre, Stiles; misJiodn, *an In-
dian boat or canoe made of a pine, oak,
or chestnut tree', R. W.; dimin. mishr
oontmesey a little canoe, ibid.; mishoon
hdmwocky they go by water (by boat),
ibid. ; peorUdemy C. ; pencooriy boat; jyeay-
nogy a * little ship', Mass. Ps., John 6,
22; 21, 8; Narr. umpshuy a canoe, Stiles;
paugatemwm'Ctndy an oak canoe; kotcaio-
tvatvafindy a pine canoe; tvompmisaaUnd,
a chestnut canoe; immnatianaitnucky a
shaMop; dimin. -uckqutsCy a skiff, R. W.
"Although themselves have neither,
yet they give them such names, which
in their language signifieth carrying
vessels"), kehtcanogy kuhtwnogy a ship
(kitdnucky R. W.; kehtamogy C).
blow (n.), togkomcoaonk [act. vbl., a I body, muhliogy m^hogk {mdhhdgy C), a
striking of an animate object, from
togkomaUy he strikes]; togkamittmonk
( pass. vbl. , a being struck ) ; togkodtuonky
a stroke or stripe, primarily the striking
of inan. object; taUeaonky a stroke, C.
See beat; strike.
body of man or animal; nuhhog {nohhog
C. nohdcky R. W.), my body, myself;
nohhogan&nogy our bodies, C; hihhog
(kohhogy C; cohdcky R. W.), thy body,
thyself; ivuhhog [umhdcky R. W.), his
body, himself.
blow (v.), pcotaUy pwtaeUy he blows. » hoil {n.)y jnogquhi, =m(>^^en7<, it swells
This form is not found in Eliot, but is
indicated by derivatives; from it is
formed the intensive and transitive pa>-
pwtaudonk (act. vbl. ), a strong blowing
or blast. paOarUamy he blows or breathes
on (it) {pmtontouy he blows; nuppa>-
prntontdivaniy 1 blow, C. ); imperat.
paUdntask, blow thou on (it) (poldunt-
ashy 'blow the fire', R. W.; pdtawashy
'make a fire', ibid, [tor pcotaushy from
pcotaeuy as above]), waban cotshohy the
wind blows, John 3, 8 [for wadchieuy
vmtcheau, comes from].
or bulges out; from mogke, great,
boil (v.), (chauopham weyau9y he boiled
the flesh ( i. e. he put it in water) . nepa-
tamh mhahegy boil (thou) pottage (ne-
pcUlohkiikqudnaty to boil the pot, C,
from nepdtau-ohkukq). touophnniy it
boils or seethes, is boiling; tduppuh-
hosiiy (when it is) boiled, 'sodden';
nutauwohpdhharrty I boil (it), i. e. make
it boiled [from toudhpeuy it is in the
water], tvtamie ohkuk, a boiling pot;
fmtssish ohkuky make the pot boil; im^
ohkuky a pot when it boils, ncoimi qwh
Digitized by
Google
228
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLBTIir 25
boil — continued.
qudnchekomehUau nippeashy fire causeth
the waters to boil, Is. 64, 2.
1)011(18, hiahpissuonffoshf pi. of hshjnmi'
onk, from hshpiseu, he ties.
bone, muskouy his bone, the bone of;
wuskon {weshkeerif toiskkony C. ) ; pi. mus-
konash, bones; vmshmash, his bones.
Cf. dskon, a horn; askduy Hukan, a hide
(aakduy C); vmUtskony his hide, we-
ween, a horn, C.
*book, vmwakwhonk {tmssukqUohhonk,
C), vbl. n. from wusmkhuniy vmsmk-
kuhhurriy he writes, continues writing.
See write.
bore, pukqusmmif he bores a hole (in or
through), 2 K. 12, 9; puckhummin, 'to
bore through', R. W.; pukqaagy (when
it is bored) a hole, eye of a needle,
Mark 10, 25; puckwhSganashy awl
blades for boring the wampum beads,
R. W. Cf. puhpuhkey hollow; papuk-
quarmgy papaquomney thoroughly; poh-
quAe, open; pohkiy clear, transparent.
poahkus9ohhug mukqsy he bores his ear
(bores to him the ear), Ex. 21, 6.
bom, neehit (when he is brought from);
neehi ( he comes forth, is bom, primarily
grows) : nok neehit ut neekUy * one bom in
my house', Gren. 15, 3. See birth.
borrow, nogkohkouy he borrows; nogkoh-
kouuHy (it is) borrowed; n. agent, nog-
kohkouaeny -Mtn, so -kuhkauwaeniny a
borrower, namohkauy he borrows; na-
mohkaush tvishquashy *go borrow ves-
sels', 2 K. 4, 3. The causatives of
both verbs aro used for the verb to lend:
namohkaihhuau, namohkohheaUy he
lends; nogokkohheaUy nogohkaeihhuauy
he lends; suppos. noh nogdhko&nUy a
lender.
bosom (pectus, sinus), pa>chenau {up-
pcDchhioUy C): uppaochetieciduty in his
bosom IpohshinAeUy it is divided in two,
is halved]. See breast.
both, neemifey Matt. 13, 30; 15, 14 {na-
jieeswey C. ?) ; neesey two.
bottle, quoncoasq (qudnanvasky C), i. e. a
gourd; wisqy a vessel. From asqy a
gourd (?).
bottom, ohkeU; vi agwe; ohkeiyeu ney the
bottom of it; vmtch woskeche onk yaen
ohkeity tputch woskeche <mk yaue dg^iniy
from top to bottom, Matt. 27, 51;
bottom— continued.
Mark 15, 38; ut vmtchdmqut kehtahhan-
nity tU agwe kehtahharmUy in the bottom
of the sea {n&umaltLcky in the bottom,
R. W.).
bougb, branch, wuttukqy wuttuk [truMiA-
quaey at the ends or outermost parts ?].
pauchautaqurm^gashy branches, R. W.;
pohchatuky a bough, C. : pohchohkom poh-
chatuky he breaks a limb, ibid, w&d-
iuckquriy a piece of wood, R. W.; pi.
wuttoohq&fuuhy wood, C. chedouashy che-
owuhy branches (of a vine), Gen. 40,
10, 12.
bought, adtoadche. See buy.
boimdary, chadchabenumdonk, a bound
mark, i. e. division; from chacJiaube-
num {ch4ulchaptinumy C.)» he divides.
kuhkuhhunky a boundary (a marking
out); kuhkuhkegy (that which marks) a
bound mark, limit
bow, n. an. ahtompy ohtomp: nutahtomp
(Peq. n*teumpy nuUeumpthy Stiles), my
bow; wutaktompehy their bows; paaUmr
kufiAog wutahtompeuhy they bend their
bows, P6. 64, 8; ohtomp kah k&uhquod-
lathy bow and arrows.
bow down, tumwaeu, he bows down;
nawdsu, he makes a bowing or bending;
nauvxUhtamy he bows down to (it) ; nau-
wa^htauauy he bows down to (him).
See bend.
bowels, mendgkus {munnogBy 0. ) , the belly
or the bowels, wuttinnomhogy the en-
trails, = vrnt-anome-hogy of the inside of
the body. See belly.
boy, mukkatchouks (miickquachuckSy R.
W;; Peq. and Narr. muck<ichuxy Stiles),
a man child, a boy {nonkdpy nonkum-
paesy a boy, 0. ; but nunkomp is rather
a young man); nummuckqudchucksy my
son, R. W. ; muckquachuckquime9ey a lit-
tle boy, ibid.
bracelets, kehUppUtendpeasky kehledppete-
ndpeasky from kehtey great, petauuriy it is
put on, appu (?) ; or is it from kehte and
appeh (suppos. appehit), trap, gin, that
which holds fast ?. See ring.
brag:, mishayivauy he brags or swaggers,
C, =mi8hehheau (?), he makes himself
great. See boast.
brain, wtUtipy R.W. (where "their opin-
ion is that the soul keeps her chief
seat and residence " ) ; waantam wtUtupy
Digitized by
Google
TBXTMBULL]
ENGLI8H-KATICK DIOTIONABY
229
brain — continued,
a wifle brain, C; TnetdppHcuh (pl.)>
brains, ibid.
bramble. See briar.
branch. See bough.
brand, noftaupohqutj a firebrand [pohqutf
when it is broken].
brant goose (Anas bemicla), menuks, pi.
menuksog, C; Peq. a'kobyeeze, Stiles;
munnCbcIss, pi. munnilxikmickj R. W.
brave. See man; valiant.
breach, pokslidonk, a breaking.
bread, petukqunnegy pi. -^ash {puUuck-
qurmSge, R. W. ; petuhqulneg, C. ), a cake,
bread in a cake [that which is round;
from petukquif puttukguij round]; pe-
tukgunnunkf n. collect bread: iveekog
petukqunnunkf unleavened (i. e. sweet)
bread ; weekonne petukqunnegash^ unleav-
ened cakes.
breadth, ne koshkagj ne kisJikag, ne aruoque
kishkag, its breadth, the breadth of it.
From kishke (kUhkiy C), broad, from
side to side; kishkcy at the side of. Vbl.
n. kushkemwnkj breadth (abstractly).
mitheMthkae ayeuonkj a broad place;
miihonogod squont . . . mishonogok may,
(it is) a wide gate ... a broad way,
Matt. 7, 13; mishekiskemaogkehtu, 'in
the broad ways', Cant. 3, 2.
break, pohqunnum, he breaks (it) asun-
der or in two, as a staff, a thong;
pohqunaUy he breaks asunder (an an.
obj., a bow, a kettle, etc.); pohquetah-
ham, he breaks asunder (an inan. obj.
pertaining to or for another) : pohque-
tahhamtoog vmhkontcuh, they broke his
legs; pohquetahhash weepiW^mh, break
thou their teeth, Ps. 58, 6; poksheau,
pokshaUf it breaks or bursts asunder,
with violence, it is broken {poohqu^
shaUj C; pSkesha, pokeshawwa, R. W.);
pokshadtam, he breaks (it) with violence
or suddenly, sohqurmum, mkqunnum,
he breaks (it) in pieces, as bread; aohr
queUahhamif gukquehtham, he breaks in
pieces (an inan. obj. peraining to or for
another).
breast, (pectus) pcDchmau (it divides in
two, is halved); (mammffi) mohpanag
(mohpdflneg, C); mapdnnog, the
breast, R. W.; wohpanag, his or her
breasts, sometimes pi. wohpanaga»K
See bosom.
breath, nashauank, nashcumk, the breath,
the spirit, El. Cf. Del. lechhwn, Hkw.
breathe, nahndshau, he breathes, {nahr
nashdnai, to breathe, 0. ) ; nahnasharU^
when he breathes.
briar, bramble, kdus; asirmekdus [haS'
mne-kduSf stony (i. e. very hard) briar
?], a thorn; pi. kMrnog, aginnekdusiog,
Cf. muhkos [m'ib^u«?], the nail of a
man or talon of a beast; mukqs, an
awl.
bride, weeUmadteojen-in [wetauadteadi,
when she is married, taken as a wife]
{rumoetauadtam, I (a woman) am mar-
ried, C). See wife.
bridegroom, vmssentamtffden, -^waenin
[wusserUaniy he marries {touMtnlam, 'he
goes a- wooing', R.W.)]. See husband;
marry.
^bridge, toyusk, R. W. Cf. tcoskeonk, a
ford.
bright, w6hmm6e {wosmm&e, C. ), bright,
shining, as a torch or fire; wohnppde,
wohmppohtde, bright, glittering, as
stones, polished metal; wddhsuppde
(and wdsittde) togkodteg, glittering
sword.
brightness, uvhsumdxmk, a shining
forth, emitting light, wompag, bright
light, that which is bright; from wompi,
white.
brim. See edge.
bring, paudiau, he brings (it) hither:
paudtausk (paHUouSf R, W. ; patauishy C. ),
bring thou it hither; paudtah, bring
(it) to me; paudtdcok {pautduog, R. W. ),
bring ye it pdwHrn, he brings (him)
hither or near; with suffix uppoMOuhf
he brought him to him {nok patco,
bring him, C); from pdhsu, pasw, he
is near. BokhaywunaUyhe brings (him)
out, cans, from mhhamy he goes out;
caus. inan. mhhanfndUxOy he brings (it)
out petukodtUMf he brings (it) in. pai^
chippohSnat, * to bring up anything from
a place', C. (?). See fetch.
bring forth. See bear children; pro-
duce; yield.
broad, JcUJUtiy koski. See breadth.
broken, pokahde (pdkesha, pokethawwa^
R. W.; poohqaluhaa, C). See break.
brook, 9epuhe, upuuB; sepoise, little river,
B. W. ; tebuxaee, debwxzue, Narr., Stiles.
Digitized by
Google
230
BUREAU OF AMEBIOAN ETHNOLOOy
[bulletin 25
brook — continued .
Dimin. from sepu, a river. Dimin. of 2d
degree sepo^mesey a little rivulet, R. W.
broth, pottage, sdbaMg, sebahigj sahaMg,
that which ia made soft or thinned.
From mupde^ mbdey soft, thin, melting.
brother, ivemat'Ohy his brother, the broth-
er of (him); wemcU-in {mivetnAUinjC),
a brother, i. e. any brother, the brother
of any; ngeroo/, my brother; keem<jUy thy
brother; pi. wemcUogy his brothers (wee-
matUttiocky they are brothers, R. W.).
weetahtu-ohy her brother or sister, prop-
erly one of the same family or bom
in the same house {neUiiy a sister, C).
nun-noht6nukqu8, my brother; kenoht6-
nukquSy thy brother; wunnohidnukqus-
ohy her brother, the brother of (her).
weetompas-m (his or her friend), his or
her brother or sister {wetomjxts-iny a
sister, C); neetompaSy my brother or
sister; keetompaSy thy brother or sister
( Abn. nidanbSy mon fr^re, seu un Stran-
ger que j*aime comme mon fr^re,
Rasles). N. collect, weeinattinneunky all
the brothers, the brotherhood, wee-
9U7nvs'8ohy his or her younger brother
or sister, the younger of brothers or
sisters {weSgummis j & sister y R.W. ; Muh.
ngheesuniy a younger brother or sister,
Edw. 91). mohtomm^gUy mohtoifUgitchey
his or her eldest brother or sister, the
first born of brothers or sisters (Muh.
iieloJwony an elder brother; nmas€y an
elder sister, Edw. 91). See sister.
It is doubtful whether Eliot had
himself mastered the distinctions in
the expression of degrees of relation-
ship between male and female mem-
l)ers of the same family. From a com-
parison of the revised edition of his
translation with the translation of
John's Gospel printed with the Mas-
sachusetts Psalter in 1709 it appears
that weemal-oh expressed the relation
of brother to brother, inm-nohtdnukqua-
oh of brother to sister, xreetahiu-oh of
brother or sister (without distinction
of sex) to brother, and weetompassu of
brother or sister to brother or sister,
used by either sex of either sex. For
the Abnaki see Rasles under parkntee,
SCEUR.
build a house, wekitteauy he builds his
house, makes his wigwam (houses
himself); wekxthkaUy he builds a house
for (another person).
building:, n. wekittecumk (pass. vbl. being
built), 'komuky which seems to signify
an inclosed place, a shelter or covert,
was used in the composition of names
of buildings other than dwelling houses
erected by the English. Thus qunnunk-
que-komuk {qiiinuhqui-komuky C. ), a high
tower; . mayyeakomuk Imiyae-komuk] , a
meeting house, C. ; mechimukkdmuk
(feeding house), a bam, ibid. ; woakeche
komuky the top or roof of a house, etc.
burden, wearmuy weanin; toeasgunaUy he
bears a burden; wea«fuky when he bears
a burden; pi. neg weassukegy bearers of
burdens {niduidak and w^awkuBhy take
it on your back, R. W.).
bum, V. i. chikohteauy chikohtaUy it bums;
nwtau chikohtopy the fire burned {chik-
kohty C. ; chlckoty fire, R. W. ) ; from cMkey
chikkSy violent, fierce, and ohteauy it haa
itself, it inherently is) ; chikohtAey bum-
ing, on fire. V. t. chikkommy chikohmmy
he bums (it); with an. obj. chikkosm
{nut'ChikkoSy I burn, C. ). Vbl. n. (act. )
chikk6h»uonky chikkdaucmky a burning;
(pass.) chikkoswuUuonky a being burned.
V. i. nashqaneaUy it bums, primarily it
rages. Cf. nashquit (when it storms
violently), a tempest or destructive
storm {nun-nishquety 1 rage; nashquU-
tiriy a northerly storm or a tempest, 0. ).
Suppos. part, concrete nashqutt/igy that
which bums, a fire {squtta, R. AV.);
Tulshqunnde mohkossaashy burning coals.
V. t. nashqxumi Iriashqun-^issUy he makes
bum], he kindles, sets on fire; some-
times V. i. nafih<{imdnumokt€aUy he kin-
dles fire. See consume.
burnt, chikkohiaxLun; chikkosumnn (ol
inan. obj.), pi. -f-cw/i.
burrow, wdnogq ( a hole ) ; Sivonogkuogy
oowanogkmog, they burrow (have holes).
burst, pashksheaUy it bursts asunder;
paskuhkomy pashk'uhkomy he bursts (it)
asunder. From pdhshcy half; pohsheaUy
it divides in two. See gim.
bury, posekinnauy be buries (him);
suffix vp-posekin-&uhy they buried him
{imp-pms&kiUy I bury, C; pomkiinna-
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY
231
bupy — continued.
muHf to bury, R. W. ) ; posekinii (when he
is buried), his burial; pottekinitieaonky
a burial, being-buried. From poskeuy
^' he is naked; poskhiau, he strips (him)
naked or is naked.
bush, nephink; chippishinneufiiugk.
business, affair, Unniyhionk [act. vbl.
from unnaiinneat, to be so or in such man-
ner], condition, case, circumstances:
ponniyeue ^nniyetionk, *rude behavior,
manner, way, state, condition', C;
wunnegen unniyeuonk, a good cause,
ibid.; matcheniyeuaiikf *evil case', El.;
vmitinniyeuongashf his affairs, pissau-
matdonkf piasisMonk (pismiyeuonk, C. ),
business, employment.
but, conj. qui (qut^ qui onchy C); webe^
wepe (only), but, Mass. Ps.; ^ anchj
ohnchikohj but yet.
buy, adtdail, he purc^hases from (hiip);
noh adt/kidty he who buys, a buyer;
buy — continued.
adtdadchey lx>ught, purcha^^; act. vbl.
adtdaonky a purchase (dadtuhkau^ he
pays (him); oadtuhkah, pay me; nut-
iottdwanij I buy, C). mandhamhij he
buys it, R. W. ; kiun-mandhaminf have
you bought (it)?; kuni-mandhamoushy
I will buy it of you; ktUtattadamishj
I will buy this of you, ibid. Elsewhere,
inanwham; an. obj. manwwhaUy he re-
deems or ransoms. iapkuiUy tabhum
(he satisfies, makes satisfaction), he
buys (it) ; taphumaUf he buys it of (him) ;
mU-taphumauopfl bought (it) of (him).
From tdpij it is enough, it suffices.
by, prep, nashpej by, by means of, with
(object, agent, or instrument) {ndshpCf
nashpeiiej by or through, C.) ; irutche,
by, proceeding from.
bye and bye, ndinif ndmitch, R. W.
c
call (v.), xcehkomau, weikomau, he calls
(him) : wehkom kahmky call thy husband
{wicumy R. W.) ; wehquetumy he calls for
(it), asks for (it) ; w-ehquetumauy he calls
on (him) for (it), asks (him) for (it);
kcowehqaeiumoushy I pray thee (kcowe-
queiummdushy I beseech you, C. ).
call by a name (appeilare), hettamuriy
it is called (iahHtameriy what call you
this? R. W., = ioh hettamuHy what is
it called?) : nepish heUamun viay, it shall
be called the way, etc. , Is. 35, 8. hennouy
hennaxiy he is called (by the name of):
toh kuttehtniif what is thy name (how
are you called)? {tahmaf what is his
name? R. W.); hennoUy dhun&Uyhe calls
(him); suffix wuttinuhy he called him.
call by a name (nominare), tisso-
weimuy he calls or names (him): pish
kuUuMowen JesuSj thou shalt call his
name Jesus, ussowetairiy he calls or
names (it) : toh-ussoxvetam? {taho»soujHamy
R. W. ) what is the name of it? ustto-
westrUy (he is) called or named; asMfwesii,
called (when he is called), C; fUHssa-
ivesCy I am called or named, etc., R.W.
calm, auieSpin, the wind ceases (oti^
u'SpUy a calm, R. W. ; auwep&e ahquompij
a calm season, C; atvSpeshay it calms,
R. W.). Cf. wahauy wind.
camp, (uppuksinruDonk [act. vbl. from
tuppuksinncoogy tuppuksinwogy they en-
camp].
can (auxil.), \vohy 'may or can', ex-
pressing 'a possibility to be', El. (^r.
20: nttoh voh yeush en nnihy how can
these things be? John 3, 9; matta woh
ximnnampmhamauohy he could not an-
swer hun. See able; unable.
^candle, wequdnanteg {wasdqtiandnStick,
C; wequajiarUigyK.W,), See light.
canoe. See boat.
cap, hashamukw {askdnaquOy or munketip-
poy cap or hat, R. W. ; onkqueekhcoy a hat,
C. Cf. onkquegy onkwhegy that which
(X)vers over; a cover).
captain, mugwompy mugquompy pi. -^aog
(kehiompy mUckquompy pi. -/>af/o(/, * cap-
tains or valiant men', R. W.; wmuit-
quompaCy valiantly, C), ^mogke-onip,
great man (relatively great or by com-
Digitized by
Google
232
BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLSTIN 25
captain— continued,
parison). kee7U)mp{kenompdefya]mat\y;
kenompdankf valor, C).
captive, misnuy indef. mimnnin (mtMin-
negCf R. W. ; numrmisfindm ewOy thia is
my captive, R. W. ). missinnin prima-
rily signifies a man (homo) of any other
(that isyinferior) nation,a8distinguiBhed
from wosketomp, the tribe-man (vir);
literally it is *one of the many', mimr
mnnu) pi. mimnmnnuogy people (ntn-
nim%mn<ivx)cky *folk', R. W.), answeiv
ing to Greek oi noXXoi etymologically,
but more exactly to fidpftapot^ 'barba-
rians', in its applied use; mtMtn^Sou, miB-
sinruD, he is a captive, an outside or for-
eign barbarian.
capture, mimnohhonau, he takes or car-
ries away captive (him or them);
with suffix nah ummissinohkonak, he
took them captive. See catch; seize;
take.
care for, tvuUoHintam, he cares for, is
careful of (it); vmUanumtamj he is care-
ful, or full of care (wuttanantam, C;
notammdurUam, 'I am busy', R. W.).
nancuirUamy he takes care of (it); nar^
auarUamde, careful, C.
carr7, kup-pumminegkon^ishf I will carry
thee; nup-pumminneeUam hussuriy I
carry a stone, C. (?). sohhanmttauy he
carries (it) forth. See bear; bring.
carve, kogkdJuum, kogoksuniy kuhkussumy
he carves, shapes by cutting, cuts
out, engraves (it); kogoxumaxmkf 'en-
graving', carving; kogokmmwe, carved,
'graven'.
cast (a stone) , togkonai qussukj to hurl a
stone at an object, from the hand or a
sling. From togkaniy he strikes.
cast away, poghetam, he casts (it) away
{nup^keUxm, I throw away, C);
pogkenaUy he casts (him) off or away
(rCpdkHam [the inanimate form of the
verb is here given, wrongly], I put her
away, R. W.) ; noh pagkenont ummiUani'
wus9ohy he who divorces or puts away
his wife; pognUy (when she is) put away,
divorced.
cast down, unnoJMnaUy nohJwnau,
naokinauy he casts (him) down; suffix
wuttinnohkonuh ohkeit, he cast him to
the ground; ntokshau, nohkthawj he
cast down — continued,
casts himself down (quickly or vio-
lently); nookuhkonau, he casts (him)
down (from a high place); suffix tvun-
ruDkuhkonuhy he casts them down;
unnohteaUy he casts (him) into or to;
unnohtedog ncataut, they cast (them)
into the fire; unndhteam, unnuhteam, he
casts (it) down; penohkonaUy he casts
or throws (him) down {penohkdnaty to
throw down, C); penuhkau, he cast
down upon (him); uppenuhkatwh qus-
mkquanaahy he cast down on him stones.
Josh. 10, 11; penuhteauy he cast down
(it) upon (it): penuhteau tmihhogkuh en
ohkekontUy he cast himself down on the
earth, 1 K. 18, 42. In all these forms
the theme is nwkeu, nohkeuy he de-
scends,- en ohke-aUy goes earthward.
cast into the water, chauopham
{cho^inoopp&mminy to cast overboard;
chouvxfphashy cast (thou) it overboard,
R. W.); chauohpuhieash amy 'cast a
hook', Matt 17, 27. So, chauopham^
he boils or seethes (it), i. e. puts it in
water. Cf. c^uops^ieau, he casts himself
or falls into the water.
catch (ensnare), puUawhaUy puUuhhaUy
he catches by a snare, ensnares; and
pass. ( but more usually, puUohhamy put-
tahhamy he is caught, ensnared) ; puHak-
hamwog, they are snared; puttuhhuky
when he is snared; kuppithamy thou art
caught (in a snare), Jer. 50, 24; puUah-
JiamwehettUy when they are caught (as
fishes in a net) ; puUvMukquefiettUyWhen
they are caught (as birds by a snare),
Eccl. 9, 12. Of. petshauy he falls into
(a pit or snare) ; j)etuUeaUy he goes into,
enters; pHaUy he puts into.
catch (lay hold of), tohqunau mo^quoh,
he catches a bear; tmUohqunMiy they
catch him; tohqunum {tokquinum, C),
he catches, seizes hold of (it). Of.
togqun nishtee . . ., 'it received and
held three' (thousand baths), 2 Chr.
4, 5. tmUannuny he catches or lays
hold on (him) by (a part or member);
nuttannun (moeeskUUDnrity I caught him
by his beard; noh anunont anumwoh
toehtauoguty one taking a dog by the
caterpillar, ma>pdogy mwpawok.
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONABy
233
cattle, netasgu {netas, C.)) pl- netasmog,
any domestic or tamed animal.
caught (by inan. obj. ), uppuhkuk sdgkut-
tin, hie head caught (in a tree).
cause; cauaixig. Efficient causality was
expressed by a special form of conjuga-
tion of the verb, of which Eliot gives
an example in his Indian Grammar,
page 59, and of which frequent use is
made in his translation of the Bible.
Its characteristic is the insertion of
-avah' or -eh- after the root of the verb,
as pogkenumwog they are blind, pog-
kenumwahedog they are made to be
blind; nootam he hears (it), ruDtam-
waheh cause thou me to hear; wahteau
he understands, todhteauwakeh cause
thou me to understand; noh panrUonl
he who goes astray, noh panneahheont
he who causeth (others) to go astray,
etc. The formal cause and the material
cause are expressed by vmtchy alone and
in compounds, entering into the compo-
sition of nearly all verbs which include
the idea of source, origin, production,
or the like, as referred to the issue or
thing produced, the animate or inani-
mate object proceeding from, issuing
from, or caused by another. See be-
cause; father; from.
cave, cavern, hassurmegk.
cedar, chikkup {utchukk&ppemis, C. ; mighr
qudwtuck l^imusgui-uhlug, red wood],
R.W.).
change, deanounum widhogkamruuk, he
changes his garments; 68(Dwunont, if
he change (beast for beast, Lev. 27,
10) ; matta nut-dhdsue ussuy I change not
(I do not changeably); dBayweiMD, it is
changed, it changes; pajeh dsamemamk,
till it is (shall be) changed.
cheat, QMokekodUamm^ he uses deceit,
deceives intentionally {nutrossoDkekod-
team, I cheat, C. ) ; noh (MODkekodteamvnt,
the deceiver, he who deceives (habit-
ually); n. agent. oMokekodUanuDen^ one
who deceives (actually). See deceive.
cheek, manamaUf m^namau; nafmamau^
my cheek; wannamau (vtxmnunou, C),
his cheek [namau^ he sucks?].
cheriflh, m(wo^ikominoa8dHMim, I cherish
or nourish {mmrnconiiJdrmeat, to be
cherished or nourished, C.)*
xdiestnut, ivompumus {wdmpimish, R. W. ),
a chestnut tree; todmpimineash, chest-
nuts, R. W.; waumpmunch (Narr.),
Stiles; Del. wapim, chestnut, Hkw.
[wompirminneash, white fruit or nuts].
chew, pasqiwdtam, he chews (it)?; as-
quam pcuiqvadlamcomukf before it was
chewed. Num. 11, 13 Ipasquag, fine, mi-
nute; cf. pup-pim, dust], (mchittamau
or kohkodhumau, it chews the cud;
onckUtamontf kohkodhumont (suppos.
part, an.), chewing the cud. oncheUaur
un, 'revised' or 'corrected*, is used on
title-page of Rawson's edition of Samp.
Quinnup. (Sincere Convert), 1689.
chief, kehche, keJUe, kehtau, he is chief
or relatively great. See old. mismg,
mohiog, relatively great or important;
anue mohsagy that which is more or
most great; missugke, great, powerful,
important; mamgkenuk, (when he is)
very great, chief; warne masugkenukt
* the Almighty ' . piahquUuky piahquttu-
munutche, chief or principal (man, serv-
ant, etc.). Gen. 40, 20, 22. See ruler;
sachem.
child, mukki, pi. +ag; dimin. mukkies, a
little child (mukkoiest C; num-muckieset
my child, R. W.). namuk, (when he
sucks) a sucking child; namukde muk-
kiu (nondnnisy ndonm, R. W.; Narr.,
nunnese Stiles; Peq. ndzatis, Stiles) a
suckling. peUseSj peissism, (he is) very
small [an. dimin. from pear, little] ; peia-
9imt [suppos. part from peisgism], when
he is very small ; noh peississU, * he who
is least'. Matt. 11, 11; pi. peimsgUcheg,
Intens. or dimin. of endearment, papeis-
9eiUypap€isM9itjpapSasek (inan., but ap-
plied to children, 'little thing') {pa-
pods, a child, R. W.; nip-pdpoos, my
child, ibid.; Peq., pouppatu Stiles; Lat
pupa, pusa). mukkutchouks (rm^kqiia-
chucks, R. W.), a male child, a son.
See boy. nunkomp {ndnkup, C. ), a boy,
a youth; dimin. nunkompaes, nunkompor
ernes (nonkumpaes, C.) [nunkon (natU^),
light, levis, and omp, man], nunksqua^
nunksq {nonkishq, C), a girl, young
woman [nunkor^squa]; dimin« nunib-
sqwus^nunksquaemes* See young, ned'
chanog, pi. (they are bom) children
(without regard to age or sex), off*
spring; wunwtchan, his child (Muh«
Digitized by
Google
234
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLBTUr 25
child — continued.
vmechuny Edw. ; keiiecMnog, your child-
ren, C.) ; wunneechdneunkf the children,
as a body or class, collectively. See
daughter; son.
^chimney, wanachikamuk {umnnachkem-
muk, C; wutDiauchicdmock, R. W.),
=:wanashqu€-komukj on the top of the
house.
chin, mishafrif C.
chogset. See cunner.
choke, nuppashoorif I am choked, C;
nupwoshwdogy they are choked. El.
choose, pephianif pepeneam, he chooses
(it); pepeticuh, choose thou; pepenau^
he chooses or selects (him); mahche
pepen&uonchey after having chosen
him, C. From petKowej it is different;
pe-penauy he differences.
chosen, pepencovsynchcy -aucmche, one who
is chosen.
circle. See round.
circumcise, quoshqu^au^ quasquswauy he
circumcises (him); qmshqumiuxa, (he
is) circumcised; suppos. part, noh
griioshqusmkf being circumcised.
circumcision, vbl. n. quoshqusmumonk,
*city, kehtotauy keihiotan, great or chief
town. See town.
clam, poquadhocky R. W.; Peq. pouh-
quauhhaugf p' quaughhaugj Stiles; the
round clam (Venus mercenaria), from
the black or, rather, dark purple margin
of the shell, of which the Indians made
the * sucka{ihock or black money ' , R. W.
104. The first portion of the name,
pooqumvy is retained in Nantucket; the
last, quauhaug^ in other parts of New
England. Rasles gives (Abn.) ^pekSi,
pi. pekSahakf huitres*. The deriva-
tion is not clear. Perhaps pukquag^
that which is bored, and haug (hogk)^
a shell; or pukquag (pdqiiag) may be
employed in its derived sense, an in-
closure, with reference to the box-like
character of the shell as contrasted with |
the gaping valves of the My a. sickis-
mog (stikkisgijLogj C; Peq. sucksawaug.
Stiles), long clams, Mya arenaria
[=»uhq-j sohq-iissuogf they spit or
squirt].
claws, talons, onkqunnesog; wonkqunni-
8og, their claws [uhquon-e»ey dim. a lit-
tle hook]. muhkoSy pi. muhkoswg, the i
claws, talons — continued,
nails, claws, hoofe [yn'uhkdui^ a sharp
point].
clay, manamsk, pi. maruDmkog, 'bricks'.
clean, pahke^ pohki (pohkoiyhUy C. ; pcJi-
keyhU, cleanlily, ibid. ) ; pahkesUy (he is)
clean, made clean or pure; pahketeaUy
he cleans (it), makes clean.
clear, pahkey pohkiy (it is) clear {pahke-
yeHCy C. ; pduquiy R. W. ) ; pohquAe, open,
manifest, that may be seen through
{pahke€y pohkiyeuy clearly, C. ) ; pdhkok
( when it is clear, transparent) , the clear
sky (pdtAquiypduquaqiidty 'it holds up',
R. W., i. e. it is clear). Related to
puhquiy it is hollow, bored through;
pdquagy a hole; hence, that which may
he seen through. Cf. Greek dtdy dia
ayoi>yd£iKOi>(6eixvv^i)ypoeBi\Aydato9y
to divide.
cleave, pohshinuniy he divides, cleaves
in two, literally he halves (it), from
pohshcy half. pahpasseMaUy he cleaves
it, makes it divide [pohshcy with redup.
freq. and cans. inan. form].
climb, kut6ntduohUniy he climbed up,
went by climbing; rvuldntauaUy he
climbed up to or into a place {n^tdun-
taweiTiy I climb; ai&uiUovjashy climb
thou, R. W.); tohkaUaaUy he climbs
on (it), as a ladder, a rock, a tree
{nut'tohkmsy I climb, C).
close, closed, kuppohhaniy he stops,
shuts, closes (it); noh kohhog, he who
stops or closes; kobhamuky suppos. part
inan. pass, closed, when it is closed
(kuppashy * shut the door', R. W.; kup-
pohhash fisquorUy shut the door, C);
kuppiy thick, close, dense (cuppH-mach-
dugy a thick w^ood, a swamp, R. W.);
kuppahlUy in a thicket or thick wood;
kuppadty kuppdd (when it is close), ice
(Peq., kuppai Stiles); kuppohhou (the
instrument of closing), a door; koppd-
muky kobhamuky kobhogy a closed place, a
harbor or haven; kupp^Utoon [=kuppi'
taniy closed mouth,] a dumb person, etc.
See shut.
*cloth, m&nak (maHneky R. W.; monagy
C), m^dnagy m^onagky in compound
words -onagk: tvomponak {wdmpinuity
R. W.), white cloth; niaquonagk (mish"
quinuity R. W . ) , red cloth . comaunekun-'
nuOy have you any cloth? R. W., i. e.
kum-maunek'Unnuo. vionak was often
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
ENGLiaH-NATIOK DICTIONARY
235
doth — continued,
used for a gannent, cloak, coat, or other
clothing. That which is traded (?) ; cf .
kumman6haminfhsi\'e you bought? ; num-
mouaruiquishy I come to buy (of you);
mouanaqtishauogf chapmen, R. W. Or,
with reference to its texture, moiiaky
that which is many (?).
clothe, liogkcOj he is clothed (with); hog-
ku»?i {octpiashj R. W. ), ' put on ' , be thou
clothed ynth;.hogqut^ agquit (when he
puts on), clothed with; 7ie agquit, ne
dquty that which he is clothed with
(squdus atiJiaqut, 'a woman's mantle*,
R. W. ) ; ogqunneaty fiog-j to wear clothes,
to be clothed (ogquinneuty to put on,
C); nut'dgquannehhuam, I clothe, C,
i. e. make clothed. V. t. ogqunnum, I
put on (clothes). From hog, the body,
the person (?). Cf. ohkam, a dressed
skin {acdhy 'their deer skin' mantle,
R. W.); hogkaxmkf clothing; hogki,
scales; onkhum, he covers (pass, he is
covered); onkqunneat, to be clothed.
clothing, hogkwonk (aukoDonky C), pi.
-ongashy garments. See dress.
cloud, malokqSy mafUohqs (maMuquSy R.
W. ) ; wompatokqSy a white cloud; matoh-
quodt {mdUaquaty R. W.), when it is
cloudy or overcast, *foul weather'
{=m*tmiUogkiy moisture, wet?].
coal, mohkussay mohkoSy a burning coal;
pi. mohkosscuishy coals of fire: aiiue mcoi
onk ne mohkaSy blacker than a coal
[=m'kossay that which is hot (?), or
mwikoMGy black-hot (?)]. Cf. Abn.
mkasi, charbon ^teint; mkasiskStaiy
charbon ardent, Rasles.
*cock, monsh {mdnishy ndmpashy *& hen, a
cock', C; perhaps intended for mdnish
nompaMm (a male) ; chickSy * * taken from
the English", R.W.).
codfish, anithdmogy C, from amissiiy
anishuy it is tainted, putrid, or smells
badly, descriptive enough of a badly
cxxred cod^sh'y pauganatliy pi. -{mnwock,
R. W. {but pdkotinfilamy haddock, C).
cold, sonquiy (it is) cold or cool (to the
touch); ohke wnkqiiiy the earth is cold,
C; ifonkippogy cold water {saunqui nxpf
is the water cool? R. W. ; aaunkopaugoty
cool water, ibid.); adj. an. HonkqtiesUy
he is cold {annum sonkquesuy the dog is
cold — continued .
cold; nuS'SonkqueSy I am cold, C).
tohkoi {tahk^y tdtakkiy R.W.), it is cold
weather {mmcheke tohkoiy it is very cold,
C; tahk^esy cold, R. W., but rather,
cool, a little cold, dimin. of tahki) ; adv.
tohkaeuy in cold weather; suppos. inan.
tohkagy (when it is) cold. Cf. taqudncky
autumn; taqii&ttiny it is frozen, R. W.;
tmpuy tohpUy frost; tahtippadioUy he
quenches, he cools (it); •Cihtappadlamy
he quenches, quoshquodchuy he feels
cold, suffers with cold {quosqualchiiy
he is cold, C; nuckqu^quatchy nuckqus-
quatchlmiHy I am cold, R. W.; annum
quosquatcha)y the dog is cold, C).
collect. See assemble; gather.
come, pey&Uy he comes, oppos. to mon'
chuy he goes, both verbs having re-
gard to the place where the speaker is
or is supposed to be; peyaush {peyoshy
C), come thou; peyunky come ye; sup-
pos. part, pay only when he comes, he
coming; padfietiit {peydh^itit, R. W.),
when they come, they coming or being
come (tahwhitch kup-peeyaiLimen t what
come you for? R. W., =tohwutch kup-
peyaumo)?). See arrive.
come or proceed from, wutcheuy wad-
chiyeuy he proceeds or originates from
or in (having r^ard to the origin or
source), sometimes itrntjishau] suppos.
part. vHidchiity wajhety he who comes
from: toh icadchiity * whence he was',
i. e. whence he came, Judg. 13, 6; ne
wadchiehy 'whence I am', John 7, 28;
inan. pi. mushaynash wuljishaashy boats
came from, John 6, 23 {tunna vmtshaii'
ockf whence come they?; wetuOmuck
ndteshemy I came from the house; nAw-
tvatuck ndleshfn^iy I came from afar, R.
W.) From iru/c/w?, from. kachhna)y kut-
chema>y it proceeds or comes from (with
regard to procedure or progress); hien
kiichey I l)egin, C, i. e. I go onward from;
or nukkiichefissemy ibid. See b^in;
earth; father; proceed.
comfort, tapehhuauy tapheaUy he com-
forts (him), lit. causes (him) to be
content {nut-tappehy I comfort, C. ; tap-
pehhumaty to comfort, ibid.). Cans,
from iaupiy (dpi, it is sufficient, or
enough; tapantam, he is satisfied. See
satisfy.
Digitized by
Google
236
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLSnK 25
coTDxnaJid annumauy annamau (bespeaks
with authority to), he commands
(him); annam^ishy I command thee
{kut-annamukj he commands thee; nut-
annamukf he commands me, C); ^^
dnontjUe dnontj what he commands;
suppoe. part noh dnont, he who com-
mands, he when commanding; wuttin-
noovxumkj (his) saying, command. See
say; think.
coxnxnandbnent, naumatuonk, pi. -ongash,
law, commandment. annooUamaxmk:
wuUannootsamaxmk Qodj a command-
ment of God; act. vbl. from annmteam,
anncotaniy he commands (inan. obj. or
intrans.) namxumky a saying (by a
superior to an inferior), a command-
ment; from ncDwaUy he says. See say.
hihkuhuKwnkj ordering, an order or
command [lit. a markmg out, from
hihkenau, he marks out, sets in order].
common, mcochekeyeum, it is abundant,
it is common; nanwe mimnninnuog,
common people; nanwe petukgunegj com-
mon bread {nanwe woBketomp^ any man,
C); ^ nanwe wtU-Epistleum Ju<k\ the
general epistle of Jude.
commonly, wekonche, C.
commotion, wogkoueonk (a stirring up,
or setting in motion), a stir, tumult,
commotion.
companion, weetomukquich (he who goes
with or accompanies) ; weetomp, a com-
panion, comrade, friend. See friend.
compare. See liken.
compel, chetanuwauy he compels (hi&),
C. ; chetimauy El. See force, v.
complain, guenotcduogy they complain,
R. W. (rather, they are in want, lack
something); tahwhitch guenawdyeanf
why complain you (sing.)? R. W.
completely, pakodche (paucMche, * al-
ready', R. W., and paugcotche): pakod-
che utsenai, to do completely, to ac-
complish; freq. papogkodchej to the full
or uttermost See finish.
conceal. See hide.
conceive, wompeguauy wompequaeuj
'gudoUf she conceives, is pregnant; worn-
pequaitf if or when she conceives;
adj. wompequde (womptquOy C), with
child, pregnant; wompeqaauonh (a con-
ceiving) , conception.
concerning, prep, papaume.
condemn, pakodchimaUy pogkodchimau
(he makes an end of, finally disposes
of), he utterly censures or condemns
{pogkodchummtidnat, to condemn, to
convince (?), C). From pakodche,
completely, utterly; lit there is an
end of it, he finishes it wussumauy he
judges, sentences, or condemns (him).
See judge.
condition, circumstances, Unniyeuonh
( his affairs, matters, res ) . See business.
conduct one's self or behave toward,
do or act toward, unnShhuaUj unne-
heauy unheau, he deals with, treats,
acts toward, does to (him); ne pish
hUlinheny that or thus thou shalt do
to me; toh kUHnheshf what am I doing
to thee? how do I act toward thee?;
ne unnehehy so deal thou with me,
2 Chr. 2, 3; unnehhuk (unneheuk)
nag, deal ye with them, deal with
them; ne nuUinheun ne dnhity I do to
him as he hath done (as he may do,
suppos.) to me, Prov. 24, 29. This
verb, of very frequent use, is a causa-
tive from neaney such, so: unnehfieau,
he causes it to be so to him.
coney, waiUuckqueSy R. W. In the re-
print *the conck', but in the original
*the eonie\ mohtukquasogy conies, Ps.
30, 26 (imxhtukquasuogy Mass. Ps., Ps.
104, 18).
confess, sampcoaniy tampaoanlamy he con-
fesses (it); sampoMu (samppanvauy C),
he confesses to (him). From sampwe,
gampwiy rectus.
co2\Juror, pauivau (potmvdwy R. W.), a
priest, conjuror, or sorcerer. See
priest; wizard.
conquer, sohkom, he conquers, over-
comes, prevails over (it): sohkom otan,
he took the town; 9ohkash madiuky
overcome (thou) evil, Rom. 12, 21; an.
sohkauy he prevails over, conquers
(him); suffix vms-^ohkavrohy he pre-
vailed over him; noh sohkauonl, he who
prevails or conquers (suppos. when
conquering) ; pi. neg sokhauonchegy they
when conquerors, the conquerors, an-
nHau, ann&wau, he overcomes or con-
quers, C. (?).
consider of, meditate on, devise,
nattvontamy he considers of (it).
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
ENOLISH-NATIOK DICTIONABY
237'
consuine, mohtupohteaUf mohtuppaeu (it
poflBes away), it is consumed, wastes
away, dissolves, vanisheSi or the like;
with a pass, signif., mohtuppahno, it is
consumed, melted {mohtupaenate, to
consume; num-mohtupaemf I consume or
I am sick, 0. ) . With the sense of mis-
fortune or disaster, mahtBheau, it wastes
away, consumes; so, Tnahisheau, mah-
sheauy it decays, it fails, it vanishes
away. From mache. See decay; have;
pass away; sick. ruDtau mahchekussum,
the fire consumed (it); nwtau mahche-
kiumau, the fire consumed (him),=
mahche-chikosmmf made an end of burn-
ing. mohiuttanOf it is consumed; mah-
tugquoBk mohtuttarosht the trees are con-
sumed, i. e. burned up. mahtsuwaey
mahlmhhtuxej consuming (as a fire).
contempt, vbl. n. act. mUhananumaonkf
a despising or contemning; pass, mish-
ananiUitonkt a being despised or con-
temned. See despise.
contend with, be at difference with,
penuanumaUf he contends or is at
strife with (him) ; noh penuanumontf he
(when) contending, he who contends;
mutual an. penuaniUuog, they contend
with one another. From penowea, there
is a difference; penovXy different.
contented, tapanUxm, he is satisfied with
(it) ; he is contented, ^tdpi-antam, sat-
isfied, or enough-minded.
contention, vbl. n. act. penuanumaonkf
having a difference with; recip. and
pass. pmuAniUuonh (mutual difference),
contention, strife.
continaal, nagumUede; adv. nagvmiteaeu
(it continues or is continual), at all
times, always {nagtmttea^jewocmk, per-
severance, C).
^converted, quinnuppekampaUf (he stands
turned about), he is converted. N.
agent, (indef.) quinnuppekompauaSninf
anyone who stands turned about, a con-
vert (as in the title of the translation
of Shepard's **Smcere Convert", Sam-
pvmtteahae Quinnuppekompauenin),
cook. See bake; roast.
copulate, wehpamaUf he has sexual con-
nection with (her), he lies with, as
man with woman; with suffix amehpo-
copulate— continued.
muhj he lay with her; tvepamaoe fmu-
kanneniy semen virile; wepumawdxmk,
sexual connection; but the same (?)
verb, wehpumauy tvepimau, signifies he
eats with, shares a meal with, as pUh
kahwepimimmm, ye shall eat with me,
1 Sam. 9, 19 {wehpiuitukt let us eat to-
gether, Exp. Mayhew). See couple.
cord, strin^r, pemurmeat, pemurmeoht
{peminnmht omey a (fishing) line, C, =
(x&manepy R. W. ; pe&menyahty a cable ( ? ) ,
C). luttupuriy tuUuppunohtog (it is
twisted), a cord, string, or thread; fia-
ahabpe tuUuppuny a tow thread; muiqut
ttUtuppuTiy a scarlet thread.
cormorant, hUSy kuUiSy kuUuhmiy pi. -uog
(kUiuogy R. W.).
com, weatchimin (the plant or com in
the field); pi. weaUMminneask (the
fruit) (eachimmineaBhy 0. ; ewdchmneashy
R. W.; Peq. wewaHtcheminSy Stiles;
Narr. ocoogutn. Stiles; Abn. aAam^pl.
'TUMTy mesikStoTy ' bl^ entier, qui n'est pas
pil^'; SanbighmSr skamAutTy or Sanbe-
menafy hU blanc; ifUSmenaVy bl^ jaune) .
This name is compounded of mtn, pi.
tninneaghy grain, fruit, and a word which
is related to meechy he eats, and meechum
(he eats it), food, the primitive form or
radical force of which I can not fix.
munneqtiaminy green com (in the field) ;
pi. munnequaminneMhy green ears of
corn; mianmkguamirmeashy dry ears;
dimin. rmsmrtkguaminnhnemsht dried
up or blasted ears, appamiash (and
apwdsue) weaUMminneash (contract.
appuminne&na8h)y parched or roasted
com (aupdminneanathy R. W.); from
apwouy appamiy he roasts, naohkik
{nocakCy Wood; ndkehicky R. W.), 'In-
dian corn parched in the hot ashes,
. . . afterwards beat to powder',
'parched meal, which they eat with a
little water, hot or cold', R. W.;
from fUDhkiy it is soft; ruohkik (suppos. ),
when it is softened, pishqukhicky un-
parched meal, R. W.; from pashquagy
that which is fine or in powder, whence
cans, pashquehheauy he makes it fine;
suppos. pashquehhik (Abn. pStkesSy^ i\
est fieur^'; pi. -sSaky Rasles). nasdt-
umpy *'a kind of meal pottage, un-
parched . . . From this the English
Digitized by
Google
238
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Bl'LLETlN 25
com — continued,
call their samp, which is the Indian
com beaten and boiled", R. W.; aupu-
mhieanaw8d.umpy * their parched meal
boiled with water*, ibid.; from sau-
})&€, mbdey softened by water, macer-
ated (whence sdbaheg, pottage; wu8-
sabpe, thin): ne mup&e (naiosaump,
R. W.), that which is boiled soft or
macerated in water; hence, sappaen
[sauppae-utiy pass. part, form], *the
crushed com boiled to a pap*, Monta-
nus, Descr. N. Netherland, 1671,= the
suppawn, sepawn, of the Dutch (and
pone of Pennsylvania and Maryland?).
rrC 9ickquaia»h^ 'boiled com whole*, R.
W.,= mod. succotash [sohxjuUahhash,
inan. pi. from sohquUahham^ he breaks
it to pieces, or, as applied to an ear of
com, he shells it; m' sohquttahhash (sc.
minneash), the shelled com boiled, in-
stead of boiled ears].
comer, naiyag, nayag, nahyvaiyag^ the
external point where two lines meet, a
comer or angle externally, a point [tuii,
squared, angled; naihaue {ndeti), in the
middle or between two]: adt naiyag,
to or at the comer; yaue naiyag (or
ruue) uetu, the four corners of the
house; freq. adt nahnAiyag^ at the four
comers, i. e. at all the comers. Jiashik,
= naiyag [from nashdue, between]:
yaU'Vt nashik ohke^ at the four corners
of the earth; adj. luuhinn^, of or at a
comer; nashinne qnmuk, a corner-stone.
pcDchekeheg^ pwtmi, pwchdagj poochag^
a retired place, out of the way, a
recess, a corner: ut pmchdag^ adt pw-
chag, in a comer, Prov. 21, 9; 25, 24;
atLsIi pcot^aut, go into the closet, Matt.
6, 6 [from pahchaxi, paiichau, he turns
aside, deviates; or from pohcheau, it
divides, separates].
corpse, aJichunkj oftener napuk (when
he is dead), mauchauhom^ *the dead
man*, 'the deceased*, R. W., lit. he has
gone away. See dead; death; die.
corrupt, anunnco, it is corrupt, tainted,
putrid, rotten; aniinwogf aninivog [anm-
n<Dog'\, they are corrupt; suppos. anlt,
(when it is) corrupt ('it is putrefied*,
R. W.); n. concrete aneuky a corrupt
thing (when it is corrapt), a rotten
thing; act. vbl. aninnmonky corruption
corrupt — continued .
{tveyaustie aninna>onky 'corruption of
the flesh ', C. ) ; adj. anniUu^.y corrupted;
an. act. anusm, he causes or produces
cormption; he is corrupt, rotten, or pu-
trefied . From Anue ( ? ) , more, beyond ,
further, too much, pussw/ua, rotten, C. :
pussoqua weyauSy 'corrupted flesh, or
rotten', ibid. Cf. pissagq^ dirt, mire
{pismgky C).
counsel, n. agent, kencomuien^ pi.
-almuogj counselors, and ketiamDnxihiin
(kenoMaxteniriy C), pi. -aenlnnuog [ken-
amauy he speaks to with authority, as
a superior to an inferior or an elder to
a younger]. See advice; advise.
count, ogketanij he counts, takes the
number of (inan. objects); ogkenvau, he
counts (an. objects); ogketash (akHashy
R. W.), count thou or reckon; ogketaj
ne adtahshik, let him count the number
or the sum of; an. obj. ogkesu, he is
making a count, engaged in counting;
hence, aki'mogy 'they are telling of
rushes* (i. e. gambling), R. W. 145
* for their play is a kind of arithmetic* ;
nashpe ogketamunat (infinit. as noun),
* by count * . From ogqui, like to, in the
same manner as (?). See read.
couple, infinit. neemnut, to couple, to
lie two together; neesUiy he lay with
(her), she lay with (him); iwanntuhy
lie thou with me; suppos. part, meituk,
when he or she lies with (Abn.
nii*88Saky ils sont mari^s; neki tSdr (ait
vir), nSssi (ait mulier), je suis mari^).
From ueeM'y two. See copulate.
cousin, adionkfjs (consanguineus, or affi-
nis?); katUonkqSy thy cousin, Luke 1,
86; tradtnnkqmoh, her cousins {uatbnckSy
R. W., wodlonkqmn, C, a cousin; nat-
67ick4ty my cousin; wattonkMnogy they
are cousins, R. W.); nuitoiikqsogy 'sirs*,
Acts 27, 25 (for Gr. avSpe?),
cove, aucupy *a little cove or creek*;
aucppdwcftey 'a very little one' [=a?/cMp-
aesCy dimin. ] , R, W. From kxvppiy closed,
shut in. Cf . kobpog, a haven.
covenant, agreement, wuniKDwaonk
[ivunne-naywdonky good talk]; rcunnco-
ivauy he covenants, makes a league or
agrees with (him).
cover, ojikhum, he covers over, hides
(it) ; nut-cnkhum nuskemky I hide (cover)
Digitized by
Google
TBtnCBULL]
ENOLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY
239
cover— contmued.
my face; vbl. n. (mkwhonk, a covering.
a screen; n. concrete onhrheg, that
which covers (as the cover to a dish or
box) ; hence onkqueekhao l^onkwhegco'iy
a hat. Cf . ogqunneai, to wear clothes, to
be covered; ogka>y he is clothed; ogkome,
ongkoue, beyond, on the other side of {
(covered). pxUtagham, pvMughum, he .
covers up, he hides (it) : puUoghumunat '
poshkmuonkf to cover one's nakedness,
C. ; n. concrete, puUagwheg^ a covering
{jnUio^eUy he hides himself] . wtittunk-
kumun [lutUronkkum-un] monakj she
covered it with a cloth. Cf. WaHlaconef
pi. Waiitaconiiaog, R. W. {vxildhk(bgno,
C), *coat men^ *such as wear coats',
a name given to the English, nuhkuh-
koTUj it covers over, overwhelms, puts
under (as a flood) ; an. nnhkuhkauau, it
overwhelms, covers over (him); from
nmkeu, it descends, comes down, with
ib' progressive. iiaJtippau^ nehtippau, it
is covered with water, Gen. 7, 19, 20.
covering^, onkwheg (see cover), uppdh-
quoSf obbohquos, a covering (awning,
screen, or the like), something put over
or above; ne dbuhquogik, its covering
(of a chariot, Cant. 3, 10) (abockqnd-
sinask, pi., the mats used for covering
the wigwamB, R. W.).
covet, ahcheu'mUam (he thinks very
much of, desires exceedingly), he cov-
ets (it); pi. suppos. ahcheivontegigy the
covetous.
coward, sohquompaoo, C. ; sohquampooonk,
cowardice, ibid. (?); sohquiteahhaue,
faint-hearted, ibid. (?).
crafty, umnnompeivessUf wtinnompiLimi^Uy
nehtdmpuuisstiy (he is) crafty, 'subtile'
*with guile', {wunnnpn'ouHie kenosm-
wdonkj crafty counsel, C); untnnom-
peiihkaUy he beguiles, deceives by craft
( him ) . Cf . nompatauunat, to substitute
one thing for another.
crane, tannag {taiinekj R. W. ), from tanne,
hoarse (?). msscuii; ct. Abn. sasmghi-^if
il est droit.
craflh, toshkeonkj a crashing (noise?),
Zeph. 1, 10.
crawlinsr, creeping, pamompagilf
(when) it creeps; noh pamompagj that
which creeps; pi. pamompakecheg; an.
crawling*, creeping — continued.
pamompagin ddaSj 'creeping thing' (nup'
pummmtashomf I creep, C); freq. and
habit, pdpdmompag^ pi. -pakecheg, and
pApdmcotchegy creeping things.
create. See make.
creature. See animal.
creeping. See crawling.
crooked, iroanki ( wdnki, R. W. ; vxmkoi^
C. ), crooked (lit. it "bends); ne tcooiV'
kag^ that which is crooked or bent;
adj. an. woonkemi (wonkkendsUf C. ), he is
bent or crooked; iiymnkagky (when it is
crooked) error, transgression, wdnkiri'
num, he bends (it); nvoyikiUeaii, he
makes (it) bent or crooked [related
to tcaeenu, round about, bent or curved
around?]. />en<iy/, crooked, R.W. [pan-
neauy he goes out of the way, turns
aside, errs], penmqudi, 'crooked or
winding', R. W.; freq. pepemsque^
crooked, tortuous; cf. pemsquoh [pems^
qfueu, it whirls or twists], a whirl-
wind.
cross over, qushkodi^au seip, he crossed
over the river; seip ne woh mo gush"
kodtiomuk (pass, particip. ), a river that
could not be crossed over or passed.
crossway, pummeeche mayy Obad. 14.
crow, n. konkontu (kaukoitty pi. -{-uog^
R. W.; kongkont, C); hiichikkonkont
[kehche konkotitif 'raven'; elsewhere
konkontu and weenont. Onomatopoetic
cruel, onkapu7inde, dimkompande (tor-
menting, torturing), cruel, severe (of
pain or torture); onkqueneunkquey C,
unkqueneunkquey EL, grievous, terrible,
extreme [from iLnkque or lihqueu, at the
extremity, extreme].
crust (of bread), koshktttake, C. From
kMkif rough (?), or ki^hke-oktag^ that
which is at the side of (?).
cry (weep), inau {mou, C. ): numnuDcheke
mdhf 1 weep much; numnmuop, 7/ium-
m6py{nummoupy C.) I did weep; mauug,
7nauukj when he weeps or cries; sup-
pos. pi. neg mdugig they who weep;
adj. maue, mauwey weeping {mduo,
'to cry and bew^ail', R. W.); freq.
mauemaiif he cries or mourns. See
mourn.
cry aloud, cry out, mishontwwau, he
cries out, shouts X roars, C); imperat.
sing. miBhontoowash {mishadnloiDash, R.
Digitized by
Google
240
BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
fBOLLvruf 26
cry aloud, cry out— continued.
W.), cry out; vbl. n. act. mishorUanva'
onk, a crying out, outcry, shouting.
cuckoo, inyunky Lev. 11, 16; but in
Deut. 14, 15, kukkou' is transferred. It
is not certain to what species of bird
the name used by Eliot belonged.
cunner, chogBet, or burgraU (Labros
chogset, Mitch.; Crenilabrus buigall,
Storer), cachauxety Stiles (Peq.) [choh-
chohkegitf spotted?].
cure, heal, neetskihheuUf he cures or
heals (him) (caosat., makes him well) ;
neetskehteauy he cures or heals (it, as a
fever, a wound) ; neetskem, (he is) cured
or restored to health (nun^neetskehj I
heal, C); neetskehhuwaonk (a making
well), a cure.
current, kusgUckuwan (it flows swiftly
onward); uk'ki88ilchuanna>onk (vbl. n.
act., a flowing onward, a continuous
flowing). See flow.
curse, moOtdnumaUf he curses (him);
Y7ia^numa>ib, curse ye (him); mattantamf
maUanitanif he cursed (it) {num-mattari'
nitteam, v. i. (?), I curse, C. ; mcOUmnisk'
onaiy V. t. an. (?), to curse, ibid. ) ; mala-
nittuoTik {matUmnvUuonky C), a curse
( pass. ) ; maiunumdonkf a curse (act. ) ; cf .
mattannUj devil, matehenaneteau, v. i.
he curses; matchmarUam (he thinks
evil, is evil-minded), he curses (it);
matchenanetedonky cursing; mamatche-
curse— continued.
nauy he curses (him) [intens. from
matchenau].
custom, HfishuAonk, ushtuwnky a custom
{u8hmoaonky us9eonky an example, C;
uhshuwaonky eiuunple, Danf.), =tis8ed-
onky doing (?). See action.
cut, tummusnmiy tummehtamy he cuts
(it) off: tummehtamwog uppuhkuk, tum-
muMurmoog uppukkuky they cut off his
head, 1 Sam. 81, 9; 2 Sam. 20, 22 (nut-
tummls9umy 1 cut, C; tummdhamunate
mehtugy *to hew down a tree', Ind.
Laws) ; snppos. pass. part, ne woh tdme-
tahhamuky that which must be cut off;
tummektamuny (it is) cut off. tummehr
tamau vruhtauog, he cut off from (him)
his ear; with suffix wuiiummehUmutw-
ohy he cut (it) off from him. tummiff-
quohwauy he beheaded (him), s^tfim'
mehtamau uppuhkuk {thneqAasBin, to cut
off or behead, R. W. ) . nehnekikkomy he
tears, claws, rends, cuts in pieces (as by
the teeth or claws) ; with an. obj. neh-
nekukkau; intrans. nehnekikkissuy he
tears, rends, or cuts (particip. nenehkii-
adm, cutting, C); neekusiAiUy neegqsdsUy
he cuts himself, mamtm ummeemnky he
cuts or shaves his hair [lit. he smoothes
it; from mcMiy smooth] {moasomimaty
to shear (sheep), C,; rnootwittinnealy to
be shaved, ibid. ; peeghumunaty to shave,
ibid.; nuppeeghamy I shave, ibid.).
D
dance, pumukau, he dances; pummuk&nat
(pumukkdnoUy C.) , to dance; pummuka-
onky a dancing (pauocJuvitogy Hhey are
playing or dancing', R. W. ; ahque mat-
vHikeshy do not dance, C. ; mathmkkdonky
dancing, ibid. This was probably the
war dance. Cf. matwaUy an enemy;
matwaHtoncky a battle, R. W. ) .
dang^erous, ndnukqvok (when there is
need to beware), from nunnukqusmy he
takes heed, is cautious {nen nunmikqusy
I beware, C), which is from nuh-
quaeu (?), he looks for, looks out, uses
his eyes: nunnukque aquompiyeiuiahy
perilous times; ncmrmkquappuy nuk-
quappUy he is in danger.
dark, pohkendi (paukdnnumy dark, R. W. ;
pohkunniy C), w^hen it is dark; as n.
dark — continued,
darkness; pokkeni (?), it is dark; poA-
kenaktUy in darkness; pohkenUtipuka>ky
'in the dark night', night-darkness;
eudy.pohJcendej darkly, obscurely ;cau8at.
pohkenumvjAe l=pohkenumuhh&€]y mak-
ing dark, made dark, blind. Prob-
ably from pogkenauy he puia away, a
putting away light or the sun. Cf.
vxiyonty (going away) sunset. But how
related to pohkiy pahkCy clear, plain,
transparent? See day.
Roger Williams states that the In-
dians called the constellation Ursa
major ("the great Beare, or Charles
Waine") mosk or paukunnavmawy
** which . . . signifies a Beare", and
Stiles (Narr. Voc.) has konoohy a })ear.
Digitized by
Google
tbumbull]
ENGLI8H-NATI0K DICTIONARY
241
dark — continued.
The name, as applied to the constella-
tion and the animal, was probably de-
rived from pohkenaif signifying *he
goes when it is dark', or by night.
daug^hter, ivut-taur^-oh, his daughter, the
daughter of; pi. vmt-taun-og, the daugh-
ters of, his daughters; indef. vM^aun-in,
the daughter of anyone, any daughter,
a daughter (vmttonin, C); ntU4aunes
{niUaimniSf R. W.; nuttdnneeSy C), my
daughter; collect. vmtUmniunk, all the
daughters, all who are daughters, the
daughterhood; wuUdneu, wuttauniyeuy
he begets or has a daughter, she bears
or has a daughter.
Mr Duponceau, in his Notes on Eliot's
Grammar (pp. xiii, xiv), expressed his
surprise, '* after the positive statement
of our author that substantives are not
distinguished by cases (except [ani-
mates when governed by a verb transi-
tive] as above mentioned ), to find differ-
ent terminations of the same word in
various parts of his translation of the
Bible, of which he makes no mention
and gives no explanation in his Gram-
mar." He instances tmUtaunoh Zwn,
'daughter of Zion', Lam. 2, 8; wai
Jerusalemme vmUauninf 'O daughter of
Jerusalem ! ' woipenomp Ziont wiUtaunirij
'0 virgin daughter of ZionI' Lam. 2,
13; wutdsauneutunk wuttanoh Zion, *the
wall of the daughter of Zion', Lam.
2, 8; woi kenaau JerusaUmme wuUau-
neunkj *0 ye daughters of Jerusalem!'
Cant. 2, 7; kah ompetak vmtta/neu (mis-
printed for wuU6neu)y *and she bare
a daughter', Gen. 30, 21. *'The first
of these terminations is correct", Mr
Duponceau informs us, nuttanohy hit-
tanohy vmttanoh being "the proper
nominatives of this word", but the
others "can not be accounted for"
otherwise than by the conjecture that
Eliot "had recourse to different Indian,
dialects. ' ' A very moderate proficiency
in the study of the language would
have enabled Mr Duponceau to recon-
cile the seeming incongruity in a man-
ner more creditable to Eliot as a trans-
lator and to his own critical sagacity.
Thus, vmttaunohy his or her daughter, or
the daughter of (corresponding in form
B. A. E., Bull. 25 16
daug^hter — continued,
with the 3d pers. sing, of the transi-
tional or suffix verb), is really the pos-
sessive or genitive-construct form, the
termination -oh indicating its govern-
ment by or dependence on the noun
following. In Jerumlemme unUtauniny
lit. 'any Jerusalem daughter', the first
word has the form of an adjective, and
the termination -in (any) indicates the
indefinite use of the word 'daughter';
imUtauneunky in Jemsalemme wuitaun-
eunky is the collective, and signifies the
Jerusalem daughterhood, all the daugh-
ters of Jerusalem; and in ompetak wuM-
neuy 'afterwards she bare a daughter',
vmtuineuy instead of being, as Mr Du-
ponceau supposed, "in the accusative
governed by an active verb", is itself
the verb, ompetak representing the ad-
verb ' afterwards ' . See younger son or
daughter.
daugrhtar-in-law (son's wife), wushim-
ohy his or her son's wife, the daughter-
in-law of; ibiM^tm, thy daughter-in-law;
indef. vmskim-4ny a daughter-in-law.
dawn, mohtampan {matUdhony 'it is day'
R. W. ) ; mohiompogy when it is morning
(used with reference to a past or future
morning); en vwhtompanity until morn-
ing. See day.
day, kesuk (primarily the sun, the sun
as the source of heat and light; also the
sky or visible heavens, ccelum), day,
sunlight: pasuk kemk, in one and the
same day, Gen. 27, 45; 1 Sam. 2, 34; pi.
-\- quashy Is. 24, 22, {anamakiesucky this
day, R. W.). Rarely used; see sun.
kemkod (Uesakaty R. W. ; ke9(ikody C. ), a
day, the space of a day ; suppos. kemkoky
when it is day; a day past, future, or
contingent: ne kemkoky on that day
when, or while it was that day; yeu
kemkoky (on or within) this day; ne-
gonne kemkody the first day; kemkod kah
nuhkoHy day and night; pi. kesukodtashy
days; adv. and adj. keaukoddeuy -ddey
by day, in the daytime {kesukkdUae,
C. ; kSesqushy kSesuckqudiy by day, R. W. ) .
After a numeral adjective or the ad-
jectives 'few', 'many', or the like,
'days' was more commonly expressed
by -quinnu or -quinne, a day (or when
it was the day), or by the suppos. form
Digitized by
Google
242
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
day — continued.
qiiinogok or quinukok: pasuk kesukf amh
neemik kesukqude . . . asuh piogkuk-
quirme, *one day or two day e ... or
ten days', Num. 11, 19; negutte kesuk
amh neeaequinnu, *a day or two', Ex.
21, 21; ogguhse-quinne, few days; mm-
chetikqainne, for many days. The sup-
poe. form is used after an ordinal, as
nishikquinogok, on the third day {shuck-
qandckai, * three days', R. W.; nuhik-
qunnoJiquod, three days hence or ago,
G.) ; yauquinogkok, on the fourth day
( imvunndckat, * four days ' , R. W. ) . So,
mahche mwcfietik-quinogokf * after many
days' {ne9&kquindgkody two days ago,
C. ; mamusse quirme kesukodf all the day
long, ibid., which last phra»e points to
the etymology, from quinnej long, the
measure of duration).
* * They are punctual in measuring their
day by the sun, and their night by the
moon' and the stars", R. W. 67. Be-
sides the more obvious mode of indi-
cating time of day or night, by saying
that the sun or moon was *8o high'
{yd tdunt mpieariy *the sun thus high, I
will come', R. W.), the seasons of
light and darkness were subdivided,
under significant names, to a degree
that admitted of considerable accuracy
in expressing time. The principal of
these subdivisions or hours were as fol-
lows: adchuwdmpagy (when it is) morn-
ing watch, just before daylight [ahchu
vvmpag, he looks earnestly for day-
light]; ketompogy (when it is) daybreak
[keht'ivompag (?), the beginning of day-
light] (kitojnpanisha^ break of day, R.
W. ; pmtouwdshdy C. ) ; choudecUchy about
cock-crowing, R. W.; wornpag (bright
light), full daylight {uvrnpauj maxUdhoiHy
chichdwpiaty it is day ; arnpaidubany it is
broad day, R. W. ; Cree wdpuiXy Howse
77); mohtompariy it is morning {mautd-
boriy R. W. ); mohtompogy when it is (or
was, or will be) morning, in the morn-
ing; nompodeUy early in the morning;
nompuhkeiky *on the morrow', i. e.
when it was (next) morning; p&sh-
piahont {up-poshpishaonk nepaz, C; pd-
shishtty *it is sunrise', R. W.), sunrise
[when he springs forth, suppos. from
pishpeshau (freq. of peshau)'y he springs
day — continued,
forth, it blossoms; cf. uppeshau, a flow-
er] ; pokihequAeu { halfway ) , noon {pdwe-
shaquawy patmhaqHaWy R. W. ; yahenpaw-
Bhaq&awy almost noon, ibid.; pokshe-
quae J C.) ; panicdmpawy nawwduwqawy
quttilkquaquawy R. W., qudUuhqitohqudf
C, afternoon IpdnikompaUy he stands at
one side or sidelong; naiiwot-uhqitaeUy
he looks afar or from a distance; qut-
taueuy he is sinking, going downward] ;
itHiyonty wciont [suppos. from wuuonUy
he goes astray, goes out of the way,
is lost], sunsetting; tvayau (tmyadun,
R. W.), it is sunset {amayacnk nepazy
C); ash u'cuumgkupy before sunset
(past time); paHipakinamky Pro v. 7, 9,
papSsukaeUy Ezek. 12, 7, in the twi-
light; u^nnonkqudCy at evening; wdnon-
kwuky uHinnonkaxDky (when it was)
evening {wunnduquity R. W.); tuppacOy
otematippocaty toward night, R. W.;
nukotiy nuhkon {nukkofiy C), pi. -r««^,
night [from iiukkonaUy he leaves or for-
sakes?] ; past or future suppos. nohkogy
when it was night ; nukkonden { iiAukockay
nokanndiciy R. W. ), by night; pohkenit-
tipukcok, in the darkness of night {p6p-
pahinnetchy auchaugotcfiy dark night,
R. W.; pohkintippdhkody C.) [frompo^-
keniy it is dark, and tippaco {tuppacOy
R. W.), of doubtful meaning; cf. Abn.
tafini SdStsi tebi katf quel temps de la nuit?
etc., Rasles 494]; ii^er(pwX-o€?deti, at mid-
night; pajeh ndetipukkoky till midnight
{nouUippdhkody * late at night', G.; nana-
shotvatippocaly midnight, R. W. [from
7i6eUy in the middle; nashauey between
or midway, and tippaco *}'}); wampan-
ncj uvrnpann^y all night.
day by day, daily, dsekeaukokish,
day's journey, nequtte kesukqtmghdnat
(infin. ), togo one day's journey; n^quit-
takeeaiqudckaty n' quUtakeea'pummishen,
*one day's walk', R. W.
dead, nuppuky pi. nupukeg [suppos. part,
from nuppa>y he dies]. Though Eliot
employs this word exclusively, it was
more customary with the Indians to
substitute some euphemistic equivalent,
"because they abhorre to mention the
dead by name", (R. W. 161), as ch^-
peck [from chippeUy he separates himself
or is separated; suppos. part., 'the
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATI0K DICTIONABY
248
dead — continued,
separated']; matu;hadhom, pi. -^wockj
the dead man, the dead (he has
passed away); michemeshdwif *he is
gone forever ' ; kitonckqiiSi, * he is dead ' ,
R. W. 160; mdwj *he is gone', ibid,
[for amaeu, he is gone ?]. See die.
deaf, kokopsaUf (he is) deaf; suppos. part.
kokobsont, pi. -oncheg, the deaf, he or
they when deaf (kogkopme mehiduog^
a deaf ear, C). The radical is kuppi^
closed, shut up.
deal with. See conduct one's self.
death, nuppcoank^El. and C. ), participial
from nuppOy he dies. Sometimes the
infin. nuppundte was used for the noun
abstract.
debt, unnontuhquohirui, -vhmUj a debt, re-
ferring to the debtor (when he owes) ;
vbl. n. pass. unnorUuhquohwhuUuonkj a
being owed. Elsewhere, 7i€ anantuk-
quohwhorU (w^hat he owes); dadtuhkau
nmnarrwrUuhquohukqaeanj ' pay thy debt '
(what thou owest), 2 K. 4, 7 {nuUin-
ohtukqudwhutj 1 am in debt, C. ; nohtuh-
quahwhiUuonkj debt (pass.), ibid.; no-
saiimautackqudwhe, I am much in debt,
R. W. 134; rwnarrmuiuckquaMginash,
debts; hmnoonamaiiiuckqtmvishy I will
owe it you, ibid.) . See owe.
decay, mafUsJieaiij he or it fails, passes
away, decays. From mahche. See fade.
deceive, assmkekomauy he deceives,
cheats (him); v. i. aasookekodieam, he
deceives or cheats {nuUasswkekodteam, 1
cheat, C. ) ; suppos. part, noh ascokekod-
teammtj he who deceives, * the deceiver' ;
noh asookekomilf he who is deceived, the
deceived, nmnnompeuhkonauy he de-
ceives by craft, beguiles ( him ) ; wunnom-
puimi89Uj he is crafty, deceives by craft.
See lie.
decrepit, mohtantamy (he is) decayed,
infirm by reason of age, failing; sup-
pos. part, noh mahtauntogf he who is
decrepit: kehchis asuh noh maitauntogf
'old man or him that stooped for age',
2 Chr. 36, 17. See fade; pass away.
deep, mamaeUy mamMy (it is) deep: mamoe
nippeashf deep waters; wuUahhamunk
mamdiy the well is deep; mamdionk ,
it is deeper than ; mamwnoagishy
*[very] deep "places', Pb. 136, 6. In
compound words, amdi, without the in-
deep — continued,
definite particle, which serves to dis-
tinguish it, when standing alone, from
amdiy blue (the color of deep water?);
as, amduohkdiy a valley {amouwohkoaiy
C). Adj. an. amouwus9Uy (he is) lean,
low in flesh; amdirweyauSy etc, Roger
Williams has vxime naihnakia'(iogy they
go to hell or to the deep (page 117).
deer, ahluky ahtuhq {attucky R. W. ; attuky
C), a deer; pi. aMuhquog, adtunkquog
( aituckquogy R. W. ) . This word is used
by Eliot for * roe ' , * roebuck ' , and some-
times *hart'; but in Deut. 12, 15, ntiib-
konahtuk (old deer) for 'hart', and else-
where aiyump, * hart' and ' young hart'
(ndonatchy pi. -j-augy R. W. ; paucottad-
waty paucoUduxmWy a buck, a great
buck, ibid. ; vmmvdnneSy a young buck,
ibid.; Peq. naughitchy nogh-ichy deer,
Stiles; vxmghtdggachyy 'deer, i. e. wet-
nose', ibid.; cunggachie maukijasey a
great deer; maiiMhakeet maukkyhazse,
the biggest deer, ibid.), qunnegky a
hind or female deer; pi. qunnegqudog
(rtiendn, qunnikey a doe, R. W. ; qunne-
qudwesfy a little young doe, ibid.).
aiyumpyayimpy nyompy a 'hart', 'young
hart', 'roe'; eiyompdemesogj 'young
harts', 'young roes' {kuttiomp [keht-
eiyomp], a great buck, R. W.). mwsy
pi. mmsdogy 'fallow deer', 1 K. 4, 23
{modssdog (pi.), 'the great ox, or
rather, a red deer', R. W.; modsey 'the
skin of a great l^east as big as an ox,
some call it a red deer ' , ibid. ; modsquiny
a fawn, ibid. ; moo8y ' a beast bigger than
a stag', Capt. JohnSmith,1616). Was
it so called from its skin, which was
dressed smooth, mweif
deformed, noh woskesUy he who hath (he
having) a blemish or deformity.
delicate, vxmshpuy wovoushpUy tender,
delicate, effeminate; suppos. part, noh
UHiashpit
deliver, pohquohwhussauy he delivers
(him), frees, or releases from con-
straint {nup-pohquohuhussuwamy nup-
pohquohwhuttamiy 1 deliver, C); from
pohquohhamy he escapes, goes free (i. e.
pohquodchUy out of doors, where it is
open); cans. an. pohquohheauy he
causes (another) to go free; pohquoh-
heau-ussuy he acts or does that which
Digitized by
Google
244
BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETI!^ 26
deliver — continued,
causes (another) to go free. So, poh-
quawkus kuhhog and pohquohushj ' escape
thou\ *save thyself*, tomhean^ he de-
li vers, rescues, saves (him), makes him
safe; cans, from tomeu, he saves himself,
escapes; inan. tomvfehteau keitotana^ihf
*he recovered the cities', 2 K. 13, 25.
See loose.
deliTorance, pohqtwhwhunnittuonkj tofn-
kettuonk (pass, vbls.), the being saved,
being delivered.
den. See cave; hole; pit.
dense. See close; thick.
deny, quenamantamj he denies (it) ; with
affix uk-quenamantam-urif he denied it
{nuk'quen&wam, I deny, C. ) ; quenanoau,
kokkdnaxm, he denies, makes denial (to
another) ; suppos. 3d pers. pi. kokkdna}-
vfohettUy when they denied, gave denial;
aappos. part. pi. neg kohkoncowdchegy
they who deny, they (when) denying.
depart, amaeu, he departs, goes away;
amcMh {amaish and amaeht^ishj C),
depart thou, go away; anmehtauau, he
departs from (him); with affix tmU-
amaehtavrohf he departed from him;
Buppos. amahtauoni, when he departs
(or when departing) from; amayeuonky
departure, going away, sohham [«oA-
omi], he departs, goes forth, sets out
(on a journey or the like) ; sokhash
{sdwwhushf R. W. ; sohhashy C.) , go thou
forth (mwh^kej go ye forth, R. W.) ;
gohhamwonky departure, going forth.
descend. See go.
descent, uwmmonk [act. vbl. from vHxym-
9Uy he descends, goes downward], a de-
scending or going down, hence a ravine,
a steep descent (v^umsuy 'down hill*,
R. W. ) . Elsewhere ne ahh ut v^m ummuk
(suppos. part, inan., when it descends),
a descent, declivity, downward slope
(of a mountain, etc.) . wutoiUneonky de-
scent, lineage (a proceeding from: wut-
ontseu, he proceeds, or descends from).
desert. See forest.
deserted, toueuy iouweu, deserted, soli-
tary, desolate; hence, touappu [toueu-
ajDpu] , he is deserted or desolate ; towo/i-
komuk, a solitary or desert place, the
wilderness; touvriSsy touies [toueu-ussix],
a fatherless child, an orphan; pi. toiiiS'
sog {tovniltuock, R W.). See solitary.
deserve, ntUtdpp^hkdniy I deserve; tdpeh-
komunatey to deserve, C.''^
desire, kodtaniamy he desires, longs for,
has an inclination to (it) ; nnk-kotitaninm
{neattaHntum or neaitUeaniy R. W.), I
long for, I desire (it); an. obj. kodin-
num-au, I long for (him); suffix kuk-
kodtaniam-oushy I desire (it) from thee
Ikod-atUam; kod is often used with
other verbs to express purpose, inten-
tion, determination, or desire; some-
times it denotes activity in the im-
mediate future, 'about to* do or to be
done; as, vitoh kod usseily what he may
be about to do or is about doing, Gen.
41, 28. See intend. Cf. kodtuppwy
he is hungry (desires to eat) J. ahche-
%tontam [ahchu-antaniy he thinks very
much of, is exceedingly minded], he
desires exceedingly, covets.
desist, ahqucy he desists, leaves off, Gen.
17, 22; Ruth 2, 20.
desolate. See deserted; solitary.
despise, jishantaniy jWiotUamy he de-
spises, he hates (it); mU-jishantam (El.
and C), I despise, I hate; an. jtJitha-
numauy Tie despises or hates (him).
sekeneneam (he refuses, rejei*ts), he de-
spises, hates (it), mishantamy he de-
spises, contemns (it) ; an. mishanumauy
he despises or contemns (him).
destitute of, wanney not having, being
without: Mwrnn« wv/ite^, without knowl-
edge; wanne vmUmhey without a father;
wanne nippenOy there is no water in it,
it is destitute of water; cans, imnneh-
heauy v^nnehteauy he is deprived of
(made to be without), he loses. See
without.
destroy, paguanauy pagwanauy he de-
stroys (them); inan. pagualeaUy pag-
vvhteaiiy he destroys (it) or (v. i.) he
destroys; paguaioogy they destroy; sup-
pos. paguatiink'Oiancahy when he de-
stroyed the cities; an. suffix up-paguan-
uhy he destroyed them; paguanuonk
(vbl. n. act, a destroying), destruction;
puguxihteaeiiy a destroyer.
determine, pakodtantaniy he purposes,
intends, is determined Ipakodcfie-antamy
he is thoroughly minded or dear
minded] ; vbl. n. act. pakodtarUamaxmky
determination, purpa^e.
Dk
jUoogle
TRUMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY
245
devil, moManily pL maUannitoogy -mog
Imat-anitto or inatche-anittOy the negative
or opposite of nCanitto, god, the not-
god or evil god] (Mah. mJtandou or maTv-
niiOy devil. "The last of these words
properly signifies a specter or anything
frightful", Edwards, 2 Mass. H. C. x,
88. Del. machtando or matshimaniUOt
devil, evil spirit, Hkw. ) . It is probable
that this word was formed by Eliot or by
his Indian converts. The devil or evil
spirit of Indian mythology was called
Habamouky HobhamocOy AbbamochOy or
Chepie (Smith's Descr. of N. E.; Jos-
sely n ; Lech ford ) . * ^Ahbamocho or Chee-
pie many times smites them with in-
curable diseases, scares them with his
apparitions and panic terrors, by reason
of which they live in a wretched con-
sternation, worshipping the Devil for
fear'*, Josselyn, 3 Mass. H. C. iii, 300.
"Another power they worship, whom
they call Hobbamocky and to the north-
ward of us, Hobbamoqui, This, as far
as we can conceive, is the Devil ' ' , Wins-
low's Relation ( 1624) . The etymology
of this name is not apparent; but che-
pie (Peq. cheebyy chepyy Stiles) , is a form
of cheppe or chippej separated, apart,
that which is distinct or separated from
us, that is, from the body or life.
Heckewelder explains the Delaware
^^tschipeif or tgchitsch/ink^* (sometimes
wrongly used for "the soul or spirit of
man") as signifying a specter, spirit,
or ghost, and having "something ter-
rifying about it. " " They call the place
or world they are to go to after death
Tschi'pey-ach-gink or Tschipeyhackingy
the world of spirits, specters, or ghosts,
where they imagine are various frightful
figures", Hkw., 2 Mass. H. C. x, 147.
Eliot has chepi-ohke and chepioh-komuk
for hades, hell (the place of separation
or the land of spirits). So, cktpecky
'the dead', R. W. [chippeogy they are
separated or apart]; tsee-e-p, 'ghost,
dead man', Nanticoke Voc. in 2 Mass.
H. C. X, 139. Squanturriy another name
for the evil spirit (Josselyn ; Higginson ) ,
is clearly a contraction of musquaniamy
*he is angry'. Roger Williams says
(109), "if it be but an ordinary acci-
dent, a fall, etc., they will say, *God
devil — continued.
was angry and did it; mutquantam manit,
God is angry.' " See spirit; God.
devise. See consider.
devote. See offer.
devour. See eat.
dew, neechippog (niechipogy R. W.) ; Tiec-
chipagw^ pcUtippeshineashy dew-drops
[neechauy it gives birth to or (pass.)
is bom of, 'pogy water].
dice, }i*unnattgonh6mminy " to play at dice
in their tray" (minnonky a dish, EL;
umnndugy a tray, R. W.)j asaiianashj
"the painted plum stones, which thfey
throw", "a kind of dice, which they
cast in a tray with a mighty noise and
sweating", R. W., 145, 146.
die, nuppcOy nnpy he dies or is. dead;
suppos. part, n&puky when he dies,
he dying; pi. nupukegy the dead; pish
kenupy thou shalt die {kitonckquHy he is
dead, R. W.; nipu% mdw [=amaeu?]j
he is gone, ibid. ; nippitch etv6y let him
die, ibid. ; niphMtitchy let them die, ibid. ;
pish nunnupy I shall die, C.) [related to
neepauy he rises up, and nupp^hy a wing?
or to ahpcoteauy uppcoteaUy lit. 'with-
ers?']. See dead.
difference, penwworndiy a difference or
unlikeness. See contend.
different, penwwey strange, foreign, dif-
ferent, or unlike [related to panney out
of the way; panneUy he goes out of the
way, errs, is astray]; penayweyeaWy it
is strange, different, or unlike. See
foreign; strange; stranger.
difficult, »iogke {siokkey C; MckMy hard,
R. W. ) ; suppos. sUxjkody niogkok, when
or if it is hard or difficult; ne niogkoky
that which is difficult, a difficult mat-
ter. From xiV, sPogy sour, bitter. See
hard.
difficulty, siogkeyenonk (vbl. n. act.), a
hard matter, hard case, difficulty; in-
tens. sasiogoky pi. -(- ishy difficult matters.
dig, kiUtahhamy he digs into or through,
or, he digs for or digs up (anything):
kuttahhamirog W£tu6ma8hy *they dig
through houses'. Job 24, 16; v. i.
uk'kuthamuneauy they digged it (as, a
well; cf. inUtahhamnnky & well) . w6n-
teavy he digs a hole; nam'onteam^ I
have digged a hole {nahtvonuhkontamy I
make progress by digging, or go on dig-
Digitized by
Google
246
BUREAU OF AMEEICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 26
dig — contmued.
ging; cf. 2 K. 19, 24; Is. 37, 25) : w&n-
teauh kah uh-kuthdm-un, 'he made a
pit and digged it', Ps. 7, 15; uu&nteaog,
they dig holes; w6nuhkoTUama>e tvuttah-
hamongash, wells (which are) digged
[from wdnogq, a hole], passdhtharrij
pdssdhthamy he digs a pit [from pas-
eahhtegf pasitohtheg, & pit], qunnupohta-
murij he digs around or about it (as a
tree).
dip, quogkinnunij puogkinnum (?), he dips
(it) in or into; pwogkeiiy puogkeiX, he
dips or immerses himself (puogkinnd-
nate hovjon^ to dip or immerse anyone,
Wun. Samp. ch. xxix, 33). qaompham
nippe, he dips up water; v. i. quomphip-
paog, Hhey drew water' {qudmphashy
quamp homiineaf ' take up for me out of
the pot', R.W.).
dirty, nishkeneunkque^ unclean, filthy,
impure (inherently or by nature) ; sup-
poe. ni8hkeneunkquodta£f (when it is)
dirty or unclean (as, a garment); adj.
an. ninhkeneunkqusmf (he is) unclean,
dirty.
dish, launnonky a dish or tray {vmnndug,
pi. -fdncwA, a tray, R. W.; vnmnonky
mamaeech, dish or tray, C); tmnnon-
ganitf in the dish (umnnauganhne»e, a
little tray, R. W.). From wOnogq, a
hole (?), wonogkeity it has a hollow, is
dug out. Cf . tvunndgkuSy the belly. See
bottle; kettle; vessel.
disperse. See scatter.
dissolve, melt, mohtupohieau, it melts,
is dissolved (passes away); nummoh-
tupaeenif 1 consume, I am sick, C.
From moht {=niautf mahche)j -ohteau,
signifying completed and passing-away
existence. See consume.
distant. See far.
distress. See pain; want.
disturb. See hinder; trouble.
divide, pohshinum (paushinumj R. W.),
he divides (it) in two, halves it; pish
pohshinumwog, they shall halve (it);
V. t. an. pohshinau, he halves or divides
(an animal or animate object) ; v. i. poh-
sheauy poksheaUf it divides itself, cleaves
asunder. From pohshey pdhshe, half;
cf. pohqunnuniy he breaks (it) asunder;
pokshauy it breaks, chippinum, he di-
vides or separates (it) from, he makes
divide— continued,
a division or partition of (it); an. obj.
chippinauj he divides or makes divi-
sion of; chippinnunuDk ompeteaotiky di-
vide ye the tribute; chippinna>k negtoh-
qunogeg, divide ye the prey (animals
taken, or prisoners); v. i. chippeUy it
separates itself, is separate or divided
(chippachdusinj it divides, as a path,
a stream, R. W.); chipparuoonk (vbl.
n. act., a dividing or division), a tribe;
pi. chippissurogj they who are divided or
separate, a people or tribe, chadchau-
benunif he divides, keeps apart, causes to
be separate {nut-chadchap&numf I divide,
C); with inan. subj. chadckaubemoOf
chadchapem<Dj it divides; chadchapemaO'
u4ji 'let it divide', or cause to be sep-
arate (one thing from another, Gren.
1, 6); vbl. n. act. chachabenumdonk, a
division or separation, a bound mark
[freq.from chippinum'].
diviner. See priest.
divorce, pogkenau, he casts (her) away,
divorces her {npakStanif I put her away,
R. W. ). See cast away.
do, agere, ^tissendt, to do, act, perform,
accomplish, execute; t«Mi, usseuy he
does (it); v. i. wut-^usseny he does (so)
{ntiUisBem machuk, I conunit evil, C. ) ;
suppoe. noh asit, ami, he who does or
performs, a doer; umsh, do thou; ti4mky
do ye; iie asemuky that which is done,
a thing (when) performed; negat. im-
perat. VMekon, do not do (it), Ex. 20,
10.
The compounds of this verb are in-
numerable, for it is not only combined
with such words as express the quality
of action, as umnnesu [wunne-ussu], he
. does well; matchesu [matcJie-usm], he
does ill, etc., but it serves to express
potential activity, as well as action per-
formed; that is, the idea of activity in-
separable from that of an animate being.
Thus, with an animate subject it was
sometimes used as a verb of existence,
and in composition it denotes an ani-
mate subject (as ohteau does an inani-
mate subject) of the compound verb.
dog, anCtm (attHm, C), pi. -\-toog.
Eliot, in noticing the changes which
some of the consonants undergo in
passing from one dialect to another,
Digitized by
Google
TBlTMBULLf
ENGLISH-NATIOK DICTION ABY
247
dog^ — continued,
instances this word, as Roger Williams
had before done, as prononnoed by the
Indians of Massachusetts, anilmf with
"Mm produced"; by the Nipmucks,
, aiUm; by the Northern (and the Quin-
nipiac) Indians, artim, and, as Roger
Williams states, by the Narragansetts,
aylm (El. Gr. 2; R. W., Key, 9«).
Stiles gives ayimp^ aujimp (Narr.), and
n' ahteah (Peq. ) . " The Dela wares say al-
lutHf the Algonkins a/tm, the Etchemins
or Abenakis allomoos [allum-6aa»]*\
Barton's Compar. Voc. From a root
signifying to take hold of or to hold
fast, to hold on to. The animate form
occurs not rarely in Eliot's translation;
as, noh anum-woh anunmvt wehtattog-tU,
'one that taketh [suppoe.] a dog by the
ears', Pro v. 26, 17; nut^nnun ohioeeshit'
tam-Uf 1 caught him by his beard, 1
Sam. 17, 35.
doings, action, usseonk [vbl. n. act. from
usseu].
do not! ahque {aquiey leave off, do not!
R. W. ), desist or refrain from, followed
by a verb in the imperative; ahque
wabesishy fear not, do not fear; more
emphatically and authoritatively in the
imperative of the negative form, wabe-
sehkon {aquie cuisdkish, be not foolish,
R. W. ; ahque amaiahy don't depart, C.) ;
ahquehy 'have patience with me ' (Matt.
18, 26), where it is used as a verb in
the an. suffix form. Eliot calls it an
'adverb of forbidding', 'beware, do
not' (Gr. 21). He uses it as a verb in
the indicative in Gen. 17, 22; Ruth 2,
20, for 'he desists, leaves off'. When
compounded with the verb to form the
imperative negative it has the form
-dhkoriy -uhkouy or -'Jton, as kummmt-
uhkouy thou shalt not steal (steal not);
ahcJiewanumiihkon, thou shalt not covet;
nusJieteohkoHy thou shalt not kill, etc.
The vowel sound variously written d/i,
-^ky -ohy -eh was probably nearly like
the German o.
door, squ&ntamy squonty squoant {usquont,
. C), pi. -amaghy door or gateway; appu
vmsquorUani'^U ut wek-ity he sat in the
door of his tent (squauntdumucky at the
door, R. W.); cf. asSquaniy he sews (it)
up; usquontdsUy he is sewing, hippuh-
door — continued.
houy a door [inan. caus. from kuppiy
close: that which makes close].
do to, act or behave toward, unne-
heauy he does to (him), conducts him-
self toward (another) ; .ne unnehey so
deal thou with me, do this to me;
unrUhuk nanuk noQy so do ye to them;
toK httinheahf what have I done (what
do I) unto thee? ; wunneneheauy he does
good to (him) or treats (him) well;
vmnneneheorUuh tuamsy let us do good
to all men. Gal. 6, 10.
double^ pdpUkeypapaskUy papskeuy papske,
piskeu: papske ahtSonky a double portion;
kup-papasku onkqucUcnshy I will render
to thee double, Zech. 9, 12; pi»h neemt
piskeu dadlehteaUy he shall pay double,
Ex. 22, 4, 7. Related to piuhsukey pd-
piuhsukey over c^ainst or (reciprocally)
opposite; or from patuk-Wy it is one,
by reduplication pa-pamk-m,
doubt, be doubtful, chanantaniy he
doubts; chanarUamwogy they doubted
{nut-chdndntarny I doubt, C; ahque cha-
nantah (do not doubt me), 'you may
take it for granted', ibid.).
doubtless, matta kdhche, 'no doubt'
{matta kuhchey Danf.).
dove, uniskuhichan (?). See pigeon.
down. See cast down; downward; go; let
down,
downward, ohkeiyeu {ohkeieuy below, C. ),
toward the earth, downward (aukee-
aseiuy downward, R. W.) [from ohkey
earth], wcomiyeuy downward; wa)m\yeu
UHDmiyeUy * very low', Deut. 28, 43. na)-
keuy he descends, goes or comes down
\n^ ohke-yeu], wwmumiy wamisuy he goes
downward; ncowomustm vxidchuuty I
came down from the mountain; sup-
poe. noh uwmsity he who goeth down-
ward; vbl. n. act. wmmmionky a going
down, a declivity or descent.
draw out, kodtinnuniy he draws or pulls
(it) out; an. kodtinnau, kodnaiiy he draws
(him) out; kodruok vmtch ncotautut, draw
(him) out of the fire; suffix nuk-kodtin-
uk wutch nippekonlUy he drew me out of
the water; kodtinnum vmttogkodtegy he
drew his sword. kuhpinau{=kodtinau?)
hashahpohy he drew the net.
draw water, wuUuhuppaUy wutuhpauy he
draws water; wuUuhuppaogy they drew
Digitized by
Google
248
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BrLLETIN 25
draw water — continued,
water (=quomphippaog, 1 Chr. 11, 18);
nwthupaUf juDtuhupaUf I drew w^ater for
(him). See dip.
dream, unnukqtwm, he dreams; v. t.
nuttinnugquomun unnv^quomaxmk, I
dreamed a dream.
dref 8, hogkaxmk {aukcoonk, C.) , a garment
or covering of skin (acdhy 'their deer
skin*, R. W.); monak, cloth (mdnak,
C; maunekj *an English coat or man-
tle/ R.W.), a garment, cloak, coat, etc.
{lodwdmek, a dress, C. ) ; petashqushdonkf
petaoehqushaenkj a cloak, outer garment.
See clothe; clothing.
drink (n.), onkuppe^ onkup, menuhke
wuttattamdonk, strong drink.
drink (v.), wuUdUam^ he drinks; vyvMai-
task, drink thou {ahque nuAmaUms (=
tiumeaUash), do not drink all, R. W.;
pdutous notatdm, give me drink, ibid.;
ruDtdUam, I drink, C. ) ; vbl. n. act. wuUat-
tamoHmkt drink ; aHaUamwonk, his drink.
There was another word, meaning to
drink, which is not to be found in Eliot
except in compounds. Its radical was
«p- or mp- (perhaps related to mbde,
mup&e, soft, thin, macerated; cf. AS.
sipan, Engl, sup, sip, soup, etc.), thus,
idpmppamwehhittit (Mass. Ps.), tdp»ip-
pdmhetlit (E\.)f 'when they have well
drunk', John 2, 10 [tdpi-»ippam-heUU,
w^hen they have drunk enough] ; kogkeis-
sippvxien, a drunkard [kogkeae-^ippam,
he drinks madly or to madness] ; ohbnp-
pamman [=ahque'9ippamwean], 'if you
leave off drinking ' , C. ; wnMaummjypam-
inneat [=wussaum^-9ippamhmeatj to
drink too much], to be drunk, ibid.;
icu^ftommppamdef drunken, ibid.; ahque
kocfketfupamuighy don't be dnmk, ibid.
drive away, amaoohkaiuin, he drove
(him) away or out [ainaea, J^ progress-
ive, and ««, he goes] ; suffix wut-amamh-
ka/6uh, they drove them away; inan.
nanumit ainamhkom sokmwHy 'the north
wind drives away the rain', Pro v.
25, 23.
driven by the wind, tmh (ooharuuthj
twunash, things which are driven or fly
before the wind; suppos. ne twanwmtog
wabarij that which is driven by the
wind, flies before the wind; elsewhere,
t(Dunnontogy tohlcoanontog, ptcoanuntog;
driven by the wind — continue,
from pta>eUf it flies; ptcoeuunney it
moves in the manner of flight; cf. Cree
thdotin, it blows, Howse 130. misham
jiomshaeUf the boat is driven or drives
before the wind or current; nunnomtth6'
muiiy 'we let the boat drive'. Acts 27,
15; nomsMogf they 'were driven* v. 17.
drop, padtippdshin, padtapdshin (v. im-
pers., there is a dropping, it drops), a
dropping, a drop; pi. padtipp&shinefish,
drops; n. freq. and collect, pdpddtinunk
(repeated or continued dropping),
showers of rain: papeetedu paUippaihine
nippeash, 'he maketh small the drops
of water'. Job 36, 27.
droug^ht, kdhnkan^ kunkan (when there
is dr^^'ness), dryness, drought: en uee-
punne kunkanity 'into the drought of
summer', Ps. 32, 4; also, kunkehteadiau
(it is dry), nunohteau (it is dry), a
drought [from nuruie, dry, and ohteau],
drunkard, kogkeissippamvxUn; indef.
'WaSnin {koghesippamtiXMenin^ C); kake-
suppadi [suppos. part, from kogkeMp-
parn], when he is drunk, a drunken
man {ahque kogkesupamuish, don't be
drunk, C.)*, vbl. n. act. kogkeismppdm-
CDonky drunkenness [from kogke^ madly,
frantically, and -^ippam, he drinks];
wfiMaumgippajninneat, kogkeho6p6nai^ to
be drunk, C; wuHSomsippamooonk,
drunkenness, ibid, [from vMsmume-Mp-
pam, he drinks too much].
dry, numibpeUj ntmobpe, nanabpi [for nun-
appic]j it is dry {nn&ppi, dry; nnappa-
quat, dry weather, R. W. ; numuipi, dry,
C), i. e. permanently dry, as the 'dry
land' (Gen. 1, 9, 10), as distinguished
from the water or marshy land, ntppu
in composition signifying to be and
remain. Otherwise, nunnobiyeu: mjim
ketoh uunnobiyeilutf 'he made the sea
dry land', Ex. 14, 21. nunohidey dry,
that which has become dry [Tmn-ohleau,
it becomes dry, dries up]: mmohtde
mehtvg, a dry tree, nunnobohke Inun-
appu'Ohke], the earth, dry land, nun-
nobohtede^ nabofUeai [nunappu-ohUatilf
dry ground, earth which becomes dry
(comparatively); nunnobohied^uvt, na-
bohteaduuty on dry ground; unitch iiun-
7iobohtea6uuty 'from the dust of the
earth'. Gen. 2, 7, The radical, nUn-,
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY
249
dry — continued,
is not found except in composition.
kunkohte&dtedey dry, implied a lack or
deficiency of moisture: kunkohteddlede
okkft dry land, i. e. parched by drought.
From kunkarij kdhnkarit there is dry-
ness or drought. The same word, com-
pounded with ^tamy mouth, kohkuttayn,
kuhkvMamy signifies thirsty, lit. 'he is
dry-mouthed ' . musso), (it is ) dry, said
only of a tree or plant, grain, fruit, etc.,
and then only in compound words:
mussamnk, a dry tree; pi. mussofiqtmmin-
neash {mussunkq-y miasunkq')^ dry ears
of corn [perhaps, as originally applied
to a tree, from moon, bare, stripped of
its leaves]. See drought.
duck, queqaicum, pi. -^mduog, R. W.;
Narr. quiqaeekum. Stiles; aeaep, qan-
Usseps, C; Peq. guagueekum, quau-
quaumpSf black duck; pawquumpSy 'flat
bills'; a^kotoshahy 'dipper' (Fuligula
albeola, Bonap., spirit-duck); a^pi-
shaug, 'widgeons'; m^Mzzeege, 'shel-
drake'; a'kobyeezey 'brants'; ungowd-
umsy 'old wives' (Anas glacialis, Fuli-
gula glacialis, Bonap.), Stiles; menuksy
pi. -f-o<7, brant, C.
The names qtiequlcum ('he quack-
quacks') and ungowdum (whose call
Nuttall endeavors to express by "the
guttural syllables *ogh ough egh*^) are
clearly onomatopoetic. The others I
have not analyzed.
du^, »ogkodtungash (pi.), teats, dugs;
in the singular, sogkodtunk, milk. From
soh'kodtinnumy he draws forth from ; soh-
kodtunk (suppos. part. inan. concrete),
that which is drawn forth from.
dumb, kupputtamy (he is) dumb, a dumb
person [kuppi-^taniy closed mouth], mo-
kakuttw [wo, negat., and kakuitcoy he
talks], a mute, one w^ho can not speak;
suppos. part. mokakutt(Dgy mat kakuttwgy
(when he is) dumb.
dung, anohke, annoke {anndhkCy C): wut-
(mohke-imy his ordure [en ohke ?].
mcoeey moyetty many dung [mwew, it is
black].
dust, puppissi {pupptssiy C.) [=pap€imy
it is very small (?); but cf.pujiseogy pis-
dust — continued.
sagk (pmiigky C), dirt; pisseagquane,
miry; pissogqsheaUy it sticketh, cleav-
eth to, is sticky; pussoquOy rotten, de-
cayed].
dwaxf, noh chenesity Lev. 21, 20.
dwell, ayetLy he is here or there, he is
in this or that place, denoting location,
temporary or permanent, though in
the latter sense appu (he remains) was
more commonly used: noh ayeu kah
appuy 'shedwelleth and abideth'. Job
39, 28. Cotton gives aiinneat (infinit.)
as the translation of 'to be', and Eliot
often employs this verb as a substitute
for the verb of existence; but it can not
properly be used to express existence
independent of place. The radical is
yeuy this (an. yeaoh, this person), or,
as an adverb, here, itself originally an
imperfect verb, which may be termed
a verb demonstrative, nuttaiy nuttaih,
(I am in this or that place), I dwell (in
or at); pish kuttai, thou shalt dweFl;
nuUai'Up otanai JoppOy *I was in the
city of Joppa', Acts 11, 5; ne aiyity ne
ayity where he might dwell or be; noh
ayiiy he who dwelleth. Is. 8, 8; 57, 15; na
ayishy there dwell thou; ayUcheg (pi.),
the dwellers there, the inhabitants {yo
wf^m,I livehere; tou wutttinf where keep
you? tuckuttiin [toh kuttai'hijf where
lives he? R. W.; Moh. aieety he 'who
lives or dwells in a place', Edw.).
unUohkeUy uadohkeuy he dwells in or in-
habits (a place or country); yeunwtokr
kiriy here I dwell, i. e. am of the land
or country; icutohkish en ohkify dwell
thou in the land; suppos. part, noh vxxd-
ohkity he who dwells or is an inhabit-
ant; pi. neg icadohhiichegy the dwellers
or inhabitants; uttiyeu kutohkf what is
thy country? Jonah 1, 8 Iwut-ohke-Uy
he is of the land or place]. weetomaUy
he dwells with (him); suffix cowee'
tomouhy they dwelt with them; na^wee-
Umiy I dwell with [from ii^etUy house:
weetomaUy he is of the house of].
dwelling' place, ayeuonk [vbl. n. act
from ai/eu], a dwelling in this place.
See house.
Digitized by
Google
250
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bullktzm 25
E
each, an . and inan. nishnoh, each, every.
eagle, tuompsikuk, womsikuk, wompusn-
kcok {wSmpissacukj pi. -{-quduogj R. W. ;
tvampmkook, C.) Iwompi-p^ukj white
great bird]. The name is more appro-
priately given to the fishhawk or
osprey (Pandion halisetus) than to the
bald eagle (Halisetus leucocephalus),
but was possibly applied to both birds
by the Indians of the coast.
ear, mShtdiwgy pi. -f- quash; nehtauog, my
ear; kehtauog^ thy ear; wehtauog, his
ear {wuU6uwogj^\. -\-quash, R. W.; Peq.
kuUuwannege, (your) *ear, or what
you hear by', Stiles.) From wdh-
teau, he knows, understands, perceives
{wdteo,Q,)\ suppos. particip. wahieiinkt
knowing, with termination marking
inan. agent, and m* indefinite prefixed.
Cf. Gr. aiBiv (ditt?), to feel, to perceive,
to hear; Lat. audire; Fr. eTdendre^ to
hear, to understand.
early, nompodeu, nompode, early (next)
morning. See day.
earn, turnmuhhouau onkquatunk, he earns
(and obtains) wages; suppos. noh tarn-
hoiiadt, he who earns (it).
earrixLgTf sogkuMohoUf pi. -{-nask,
earth, ohke (attke, R. W.; ohkS, C), the
earth, land, place, country (Abn. fo*,
'terre', Rasles; Or. yr^; Lat. terra).
The primary meaning appears to be
*that which produces or brings forth*,
corresponding to the an. ohkas [=ohke'
6da8]y the bringer forth, the mother.
nunabpi, nunobpCy earth, dry land (as
distinguished from water) . See dry.
earthquake, quequan (there is a shaking
or trembling), a shaking; pi. quequan-
ash: ohke nukkeemo kah quequan^ *the
earth shook and trembled', Ps. 18, 7.
east, vmtchepwdiyeuy icutchep-iooayeUy east-
ward, on or to the east; wutche wutchep-
woiyeu, from the east; vmtchepwosh {nmt-
chepwoshe trittin, C), the east wind.
For vmtchepw&iyeu the Massachusetts
Psalter substitutes wompanniyeu, and
Roger Williams has Wompanandy *the
Eastern God ' (i. e. god of the dawn or
morning light), but iwpdiin, the east
east — continued,
wind, and chepewhsin {=iWui-chepwosh.
of Eliot), the northeast wind (p. 83)
[wut'Chepioh-^eu, belonging to Ohepyj
or the bad spirit, to whom the north-
east region appears to have been
appropriated, as the west or northwest
was to Chekesuwand or Kesukquand
and the southwest to Kautdntowit or
the good god], wompanniyeu (where
the daylight is) appears to have been
the more generally received woTd for
*east' or *to the east'. Its radical,
vxympan, wdpi (white, light, bright, of
the dawn) , enters into the composition
of the names of places and people, as
Abenaki {Wapanachki) and Wampan-
oags ( Wampan-ohke). See north.
easy, nikkdmme {nickummaiy R. W. ; nik-
kummef nukkummef nukkunutty C. ), it is
easy, not difficult or hard; suppos.
nkkHmmatf when it is easy.
eat, meetsu, he eats (v. i.), he takes
food; infin. metsinatef meetsinneate {me-
tesimmin, R. W.; Del., mitzin Hkw.),
to eat; meetmhy eat thou; meetsuog, iliey
eat (asc&metesimmis [=gw^ kum-meetsin-
as']y 'have you not yet eaten?' R. W.;
Del. k'dapi miiziy have you eaten?
Hkw.; n^mitzi, I eat, ibid.; n^dappi
mitzit I am returned from eating, ibid. ;
Muh. meetsooy he eateth, Edw. ) ; vbl. n.
act meet9U€nky eating, taking food
[meech'V^ssu']; v. t. meech, he eats (in-
animate food); num-^neechj I eat (Del.
n^mitd, Hkw.; num-mechiny C): woh
kummeech weyaus, thou mayest eat flesh,
Deut. 12, 20 {keen mMtchy 'I pray, eat',
i. e. eat thou, R. "W.). mamhaUy moh-
whou, he eats (him, or animate object) :
puppinashim um-mohwho-uhj the beast
devoured him, Gen. 37, 20; qunnonou
matta TnamhdoUy the lion had not eaten
(him), 1 K. 13, 28 {cum-mdhucquocky
they will eat you; Mohowau^suck or
Mauqu/iuogy from mdhOy to eat, 'the can-
nibals or men-eaters up in the west
[i. e. Mohawks]', R. W.). Heckewel-
der says, *^ mitzin signifies to eat, and
so does m6hoan*\ the' latter being used,
in the language of the Delawares, when
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
BNOLI8H-NATI0K DICTIONARY
251
eat— continued,
what is eaten ''.required the use of the
teeth'*, and guntammen when that
which was eaten ''needed no chewing,
as pottage, mush, or the like. " " If he
has eaten of both kinds of provisions at
his meal he will then use the generic
term [intransitive verb?] and say n^ dap-
pi mitziy I have eaten** (correspondence
with Duponceau). The distinction be-
tween the verbs may be more correctly
expressed, at least so far as the lan-
guage of Massachusetts is concerned,
by stating that the intransitive verb
'he eats* is expressed by metzUf the
transitive inanimate by nieech, he eats
vegetable food (whence wecUchiminne-
(ishy eachimminneash [=m*eechum'minne-
ashy eatable grain], com, and meechum-
wmky fruit, vegetable food), and the
transitive animate by mmwhau^ he eats
that which has life, or an animate ob-
ject; perhaps, primarily, he bites or tears
with the teeth: mohanivmo) [mowhau-
wia>] ogque askwk-utj 'it biteth like a
serpent*, Prov. 23, 32; suppos. noh
mcohhukqiie, 'he who eateth me*, John
6, 57; cohqiiaog umma)hwhoxihy the worms
ate him, 'he was eaten of worms*. Acts
12, 23; mcowhau locusts, 'he did eat
locusts*, Mark 1, 6; but num-meechvey-
aus, I eat meat, flesh (as Deut. 12, 20),
etc. These three verbs — metzuy meech,
mmwhan — denote the act of eating
or taking food. There was another
and older verb, not found in Eliot ex-
cept in compound words, which signi-
fied to feed or to satisfy the appetite,
namely fippo) or tipwoUf (cf. Sansk. jad,
'nourrir, soutenir*, 'sustentare*, Bopp.;
Or. iraoo] Lat. pa, in 2)d'rif pd-bulum.)
Its compounds and derivatives are
numerous, as, natuppmy nadluppa>y it
(an animal other than man) feeds or
grazes: pigs-og natuppuog, the swine
feed or were feeding, Luke 8, 82; nee-
tassiiog pish nadliipjxjDog {natupwock,
R. W.), the cattle shall feed. Is. 30,
23; V. t, inan. nadtuppanvontamf he feeds
upon; kodtuppm [kod-iXppcDy he desires
to feed], he is hungry; vrnnepm [tcame-
Uppo), he feeds wholly or entirely], he
is satisfied or fills himself; tdpuppco
[tdpi'UppcDy he feeds sufficiently], he
eat — continued,
has eaten enough, has sufficient; wus-
saumepo) [wussaume-^ppa), he eats too
much], hfi is gluttonous; mishadtuppa)
ImishradirUppWf he eats when there is
much], he feasts, partakes of a feast;
weetadtuppo) [wetu-adi-uppco, he eats in
company with], he feeds with others;
sogkepm [sogk-uppw'if he bites; mah-
chippa> [mahche'Uppa)f he has com-
pletely fed], he has done eating (maii,-
chepwvif when he hath eaten; maiichep-
vmckSf after meals, R. W.), hence, he
eats up, devours, wholly consumes
{nummahchipf I devour, C). vrhpUtit-
tuky let us eat together, Exp. May hew.
Cf. mepit, tooth.
ebb tide, mauchetan, R. W. See tide.
edg^e, kenag (that which is sharp), ne en
kenag. vms, the edge, border, brim, etc.
(fvHsSf the edge or list of cloth, R. W. ) ;
pi. vmssash, the borders of; ut wussadt,
on the edge (of a garment, etc. ), on the
brim (of a cup or vessel, etc. ).
eele, neeshaHogy sassammaHquockf rufuitU-
connaHogf R. W. ; Peq. neeshj neeshnaugx.
Stiles; Narr. neshuongokj eels. Stiles;
nequttihxy an eel, C. Two of these
names, nquittSconnaHog and neeshaiiog,
are evidently compounded with the
numerals nequttOy one, and n^ese, two,
as descriptive of two varieties or spe-
.cies of the eel. The former signifies he
is alone, one by himself {nukquttegheu,
'only son*, as in Luke 7, 12; 9, 38; Gen.
22, 2), and the latter, neeshauogy they
couple, go in pairs {neesuog, 'two of a
sort*, a pair. Gen. 6, 19, 20). The origin
of these names may be found, perhaps,
in the popular belief that the common
eel was hermaphrodite, or rather, epi-
cene. See Smith*s Nat. Hist, of Fishes
of Mass. , 236. The name ' ' neshaw eel * '
is still retained by the fishermen of
Marthas Vineyard, at Holmes Hole,
and perhaps elsewhere, for the silver
eel (Mursena ai^ntea of Le Sueur)
(Storer*s Report on Fishes of Mass. ).
effeminate. See delicate.
egg, 'w6u, w66u; pi. wdanash; (Dw^nash^
her eggs; n« wampag w66u, the white of
an egg. Job 6, 6 (uwk, pi. wdnash^ 0. ).
Cf. ddast animal; weyaus, flesh; OM/i,
he proceeds from; ami, vHjom, he goes
Digitized by
Google
252
BUREAU OF AMEBICAl^ ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 26
egg — continued,
from; ohkey earth; ohkas [^ohk-ddas],
mother; dontdmuk (dtdmuk^ E. M.), the
womb; Gr. a)dv (ojiov) , egg;, oboyeyr^i^
produced from the egg; djoroxo^, that
lays eggs, etc. ; Lat. ovum.
eight, ahwosuk tahshe {shwdmck^ R. W.;
shivomk or nishwd, C; Peq. ahwausk,
Stiles; Del. chaasch, chasch^ Hkw. );
»hwo9uk iahsuogt eight (persons or ani-
mate objects) ; shwomk tahshe kodtum-
wae, eight years; inan. pi. ahwonuk tah-
shinash missmikquaminneash, eight ears
of com {shoaxmk tashinashf R. W.) ; ut
niahvxmik tahshe kodtummco-ut, in the
eighth year; skivomk tahshe nepduz, the
eighth month. From n* shiue, three (and
n*««e, two?), with termination of the
suppositive: the second counting or
' "holding up'* (tahahe) of the third
finger, that is, 5-|-3.
eighteen, nabo shvjomk: nabo shtuosuk
tahshrisquanogkodf eighteen cubits (long,
high, etc) {piucknabna ahwdsuckj eight-
een, R.W.; Peq. piugg naubut shwausk^
Stiles.).
eight hundred, an. shvxmik tahshe pamk-
kwog; inan. -kaxuh {shoamcktaahe pdw-
mck, R. W.).
eighty, shivosuk tahshinchfig {»iwamu:k
tashincheck, R. W.; nishwotashinnechakf
C.) ; with an. noun shxvomik tahshinchag-
kodtog; inan. ahwomk tafishinchage or
Uihahinchagkodtash.
either, rianw€f C.(?). namoef any, may
have been used in the sense of either,
but this is not probable.
elbow, meeskj C.
elder, eldest, kehchiog^ kutchiog^ keh-
chisogy the old men, the elders; kehchi»-
squaogy the elder women, mohiom^gity
firstborn of sons or daughters, eldest
child, eldest brother or sister. Muh.
netohcoriy elder brother; ri* mosey elder
sister, Edw.
embrace, nuk-kehchlkquan, I embrace,
I hold by the neck, C. ; nukkehchquan-
nuwamuny we embrace, ibid. But
Eliot has uk-kechukquan-uhy ' he took
him by the throat' in no friendly em-
brace. Matt. 18, 28. moshogqiinniUuogy
they cling together, embrace each other
[reciprocal from mosoggueogy moshog-
queogy they join, adhere]. wonkomaUy
embrace — continued .
he embraces (him) in taking leave;
(Dwonkomuhy he embraced in taking
leave of them. Acts 20, 1; suppos. uwi-
kuUehheUity when we took leave of each
other. Acts 21, 6 [an. form of wonkin-
miMy he bends down, bows down],
empty, mohchiyeu (mohchiyeuey C. ) ; nUh-
cheuy mehcheyeuy it is empty, barren,
waste [for matche-yeu, good for nought,
bad] ; v. cans, mohchiehheauy he empties,
i. e. makes (it) empty.
encamp. See camp.
enclose. See close.
enclosure, enclosed place, komuk; hip-
pohkomuky a place closely shut in; meh-
tugque kuppohkomuky 'a grove*, Deut.
16, 21; a harbor or haven. Acts. 27, 40.
See building.
end (n. ), uhquaeuy uhqudsy ohqudey (it is)
at the extremity or point of, at the end:
uhquAe wutantcohhoUy the end or point
of his staff; uhqude ivut-ogkamn-ity *to
the skirts [extremity] of his garments ' ;
qtU asquam (ohqiuieuy 'but the end is
not yet', Mark 13, 7 (ohqude, on the
other end, C). Cf. uhkoSy m*uhkoSy a
I nail, talon, or claw; uhquoriy a hook;
nnU'Uhquahy the skin; wussuhqun, the
tai 1 ; w nkque, uhkquey sore, extreme ; i/.yJ/t-
kdeuy on (its) sides or ends; wehqtiey as
far as, i. e. ending at; ncohgueUy so far,
J at such a distance, etc. wehqshiky week-
) shik [when it is at the extremity or
limit, suppos. from wehqwoshauy it goes
as far as, ending at], when it ends, the
i end of, the utmost limit: wehqshik ohke
or weehqshinne ohkCy 'the ends of the
earth ' , * the uttermost parts ' ; ne uehshik
waeenUy 'its [the altar's] edge round
about', Ezek. 43, 13. wOhkukqimhffCy
v^hkiikqumhik [when it reaches or at-
I tains its utmost limit, suppos. from vx}h-
hikquoshhiy it comes to an end], when
it ends (in time or action): vt wdhkuk-
I qush iky to the end , = ^i wohkukquaMn it.
I imnnajfhquey iranashquey at the end of,
i. e. the upper end or termination
(Abn. SanwtkSiSiy le bout, au bout;
SanaskSitUiny le bout du nez, Rasles) .
end (v. i.), uohkukquoshiny it comes to an
end, is ended; wdhkukquoshiky when it
reaches the end ; inan. eubypish wohkuk-
quosh in-ashy they shall be ended. From
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENOLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY
253
end (v. i.) — continued.
wehquoshau, with k^ progressive, it
moves onward to its limit.
end ( V. t. ) . See finish.
enemy, maiwaUy (he is) an enemy; num-
inatioonif my enemy ; hammatwdmog, thy
enemies; n. agent, malwahi, an enemy,
one who acts as an enemy; nummai-
vxUnu ut kummcUwdmiU, 1 am an enemy
to thy enemies, Ex. 23, 22. Elsewhere,
matwaUf *a soldier*, i. e. an armed
enemy. See soldier; war.
Bngliehnian, WaHUacone, pi. WaiUaconik'
aog^ * coat-men' or clothed, R.W.(iwit-
dhkdiTwgj 'such as wear coats', C).
Morton, in his N. E. Canaan (book 3,
chapter v), says, ^Hhe Salvages of the
Massachussets . . . did call the English
planters WotaTvquencmge [for -att^e?],
which in their language signifieth stab-
bera or cut-throates ... a southerly
Indian that understood English well
. . . calling us by the name of WotO"
quamaawge; what that doth signifie,
hee said hee was not able by any dem-
onstration to exprease." The writer
confounded Waviacofn{)uwg, coat men,
w ith €kauqwiquock{9&Q below ) . Wavta-
c6imk, an English woman, R. W. ; dim.
WauJUuxmhnese, an English youth, ibid.
AuxiuTUigesmcki pi. English men, "as
much as to say, these strangers'*, ibid. ;
aimnagua-drUoifxish, speak (thou) Eng-
lish, ibid, [aivdurif R.W. (/iowan, EL),
somebody, anybody; aimnickf 'some
come*, ibid.; atvdun eud^ who is that?
ibid.] (Peq. Waumiuxukf Englishmen,
Stiles). Chduquaquock, * that is, Knive-
men * , R, W. ( Chokquog^ Chogqussuog^ C. ;
Englishmangog or Chohkquog, title to
Indian Laws, 1705) [chohqubg (chau-
qaocky R. W'), a knife]. EnglUhmdn-
mwk (pl.),R. W.
enmity, sekeneddtuonkj enmity, mutual
hatred [vbl. n. from sekeneairiy he
hates].
enoug^h, tdpi^ taupi, (it is) sufficient,
enough (/afiW, R. W.; tdpiy C); nut-
tapet (?), I have enough, Gen. 33, 9;
imperat. 3d pers. sing, iapachy let it
suffice, let it be enough. Perhaps from
ut-appUj he rests at, sits down at. So, the
English 'enough' has been referred
« to the Heb., Chald., Syr., and Ethiop.
enougrh — continued,
to rest, to be quiet. vHirmU, (there is)
enough; inan. pi. wamutashj enough,
sufficient (things) : ohke vximtUy there is
land enough; Tuxnuameity I have enough,
there is enough for me; wamaeh^ let it
suffice; UH)mohk, vximdk, when or if it
is enough; wamenau, he has enough
(tvadmet, taitbi, it is enough, R. W.);
from imme-titf to the whole, at the
whole.
ensnare. See catch.
enter, petvttmu wetuomut, he entered
the house or tent, he went in; petut-
teaog^ they entered in; pHutteash {peetit-
teashf C; petitees, R. W.), come thou
in, enter in; petuUeadl, when he enters
{tawhUch mat petUedyean, why come you
not in? R. W.) ; cf. peiaUy he puts (it)
into. petiikaUf he goes in or into, he is
entering or going to enter [from pet-au^
with ib' progressive]. See go.
entreat. See supplicate.
envy, uhkouajiatuonk (cf. sekeneadtuonky
hatred) {ishkaiuiusfuef envious; iskcm-
ou9mey enviously, C.) .
equal, tatuppey alike, equally; neUdupy
ne tatuppey Mike, so', El, Gr. 22 {netd-
tupy * it is all one ' , R. W. ) ; tatuppeyeuw,
it is equal to, like to (taiiippiyeuy * just
so'; tatluppeyhie^ * equally*, C); tatup^
peyeumog, they are like, equal; inan.
subj. tatuppeyeucoash; suppos. tatuppe-'
yeuok-dshy when (things) are equal.
From tdpiy enough, by reduplication (?).
erect (ad j . ) . See right ; stand erect; man.
erect, set upright, wunnashau nepat-
tuhquonkohy he set up an image, 1 K.
7, 21 {vmnnash ohhiky 'set on the pot',
Ezek. 24, 3; i. e. stand it over the fire).
Inan. obj. vmnnohteaUy he set (it) up-
right, erected (it), as a tower, a post,
etc. (cf. ivannashquey on the top of;
imnnoHhikomuky a chimney) . neepattartty
he erects or stands (it) up [v. t. inan.
from neepauy he stands up].
err, panneuy he goes astray. See astray.
escape, pohquohhamy he escapes, goes
clear; pohquohushy pohquawhiis kuh-
hogy escape thou, save thyself, tomeuy
he escapes, saves himself; cans, tom-
heauy he saves or causes to escape
[related to toDeUy ptmeUy he flies, and to
tomogkoriy it flows]. See deliver.
Digitized by
Google
254
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLSTIM 26
especially, nanpehyeUj C. See very.
evening, xvunnonkcocoky (when it is) even-
ing; vmnnonkoUf (it is) evening; adj.
vmnnonkquae, in the evening, at even-
ing. See day.
ever, forever, micheme {rmchhnej R. W.;
mieheme, C. ; michemeshdioi, he is gone
forever, R. W.); inan. michemohtae,
everlasting; michemappUf (he is) ever-
lasting.
every, nishnoh, each, every: nishnohymt-
iinnaywaonk, (his) every word; nishnoh
wosketompy every man (nishnoh ieag^
everything, C).
everywhere, quinmipohke [quinnuppe
ohke, about the land] ; quinnuppu mtU-
taoky about the world, in every place;
nishnoh ut, at every place.
evidence. See witness.
evil. See bad.
exalt, misheheau, he exalts (him) [makes
him great, cans. an. from mishe-u; cf.
mishcDivaUf he 'brags or swaggers', C,
i. e. makes himself great] ; mish£hteaUf
he exalts, increases, makes (it) great
[caus. inan. from mishe-u],
example (pattern), us-hmvdonky C; uh-
shuvxionkf Danf. See custom.
exceedingly, afichet very much, very;
muUae (jTUDcheke, much; mwchekeyhiuky
excessively, C); vmssaumey too much;
exceedingly — continued.
mvUtae mcocheke, 'exceeding much', 2
Sam. 8, 8. See very.
except. See besides.
excite, stir up, uxygkouunau missinninr
nuogj he stirs up, excites the people;
iwgkou€onk (vbl. n. act., a stirring up),
excitement, commotion.
exert one's self. See strive after.
exting^uish, ontham nattau, he extin-
guishes or puts out the fire; luotau pish
onJthamun, the fire shall be put out;
orUhamwog mohkussaashj they extinguish
the coals [trans, inan. form, from oh-
taw, Hhtea, it goes out, as fire or a light].
See quench.
extreme, uhqu&e, at the point or extrem-
ity of; hence, at extremity, extreme,
grievous, cruel, severe, etc. In the
latter sense Eliot usually writes unkque,
but sometimes uhque, uhqueuj etc.
From ilhk or iihq, a point or sharp ex-
tremity. See end.
eye, muskesuk, the eye or the face; pi.
muskesukquash: nitskesuky my eye; inis-
kesiikj his. eye. {tmiskeesuckj R. W.;
Peq. skeeztickSy eyes. Stiles; Narr. uis-
kezuesqushf eyes, Stiles; Muh. hkeesque,
eye, Edw.; muskesuk j the eye, the
face, CO
eyebrows, momdunog (pi. ).
F
face, muskesuk, the eye, the face (Narr.
skeezup, face. Stiles). See eye.
fade, fail, mahtsJieau, mahsheau, it fails,
fades, decays, passes away, comes to an
end; inan. pi. mahtshaash, they (inan.)
pass away; said of the loss of strength
and health, the decay incident to
sickness or old age, etc.; nippe maht-
shunky when the water fails; ne maht-
shunk, that which is past (suppos. when
it shall be passed) ; so, of the fiight of
time, mahtshunk kesukodtash, 'at the
end of the days', i. e. when they shall
have passed away; pass, nippe maht-
shimo) (mafichim(D)f the water shall be
wasted, made to fail. Cf. mahchinau,
he is sick, from mahche or mahi- (maut,
R. W. ), expressing completed action or
past existence, the auxiliary of the per-
fect tense. See old (mohtantam).
faint, be exhausted, kodtinneau, he
faints; kodtinneaogy they faint.
faint-hearted, sohqutteahau, he is faint-
hearted; suppos. noh sohqutteaho7ity he
who is faint-hearted (sohqutteahhaue,
faint-hearted, C). Causat. from soh-
quttahhamy he breaks in pieces or beats
to powder (?). But ^sequUdi, he is in
black, i. e. he hath some one dead in
his house', R. W., apparently from
suckiy black or dark colored.
fair wind, itmnnagehan or wunnSgin
vxiiipiy fair wind; wunnSgitch wutHny
when the wind is fair, R. W.
faithful, pdbahtanumwde, -rnvm, faithful,
trusty {pdbahianlamwey honestly, C).
From pdbahtanumau, he trusts (him).
See trust.
fall, punneuy he falls down, prostrates
himself (Luke 8, 41; 30, 47; rarely
Digitized by
Google
tbttmbttll]
ENGLISH-NATIOK DIOTIONABY
265
fall — continued .
used), penushauj he or it falls (acci-
dentally or by mischance) {nup-pinU-
shanif I fall, C); penuahaogj they fall;
penusheau, it fadeth (as a flower, Is. 40,
7, 8) ; penushunk, when it falls; vbl. act.
penushaonk, pinahaonk, a falling, a fall
(El. and C.) ; from punneu, which is
nearly related to, perhaps identical
with, panneuj he goes wrong, errs, goes
out of the way. peUhauy he falls (acci-
dentally or by mischance) into, as pet-
sfiau wonogkutf he falls into a hole;
peUhaog dpehhanity they fall into the
snare; suppos. petshdnit^ petshunt, if he
fall, when he falls; from petxUteaUj he
goes into, kepshau, he falls (by mis-
chance) , strictly he stumbles and falls,
falls by an obstruction in the way, etc. :
kepahau ohkeit, he fell on the earth;
kepshdogt they fall; suppos. part, kep-
skontj when or if (he) fall, when falling;
kepshunk, when or if (it) fall; vbl. act.
kepahaonkt&faXhngf a fall, pogkishau, he
or it falls, inanimately, drops down (as
fruit from a tree) ; inan. pi. pogkishin-
nemh, they shall fall; pogshunky when
it falls. kodsheaUf it falls out of, as tog-
kodUg kodsheaUf the sword fell out of
(its sheath) ; from kodtinnurrij he draws
(it) out. chauopshau, he falls into the
water {chauwopkashj cast (it) overboard,
R. W.) ; from cJumopham, he puts it in
' water, hence he seethes or boils (it).
kitchimhkhau, he falls into the fire (?),
Matt. 17, 15. nookaheaUf it falls, drops,
comes down; meesunk ncokshunk, when
the hair falls off (from the head) ; from
ncokeuy it comes down, descends, dn-
tconshaUy he falls backward, ^ee
waterfall.
false, pannayime (falsely, C), pannoowau
(pannwauy C), he speaks falsely, he
lies; ahqae pananvahf do not speak
falsely to me, do not lie to me; vbl. n.
act. pannamaonk, a speaking falsely
or wrong speaking, a lie. From panne,
out of the way, wrongly, and ncovxLu,
he speaks.
family, weechinnineummoncheg (pi., they
who go with him), his family. teoBhi-
yetwnkf teashiyeuaxmk, tateaahiyeuonk
(chashiyeuonk, C; nuUeashinninneonJe,
my family, ibid.); nut^teaUeaakiyeuonkf
family — continued,
my family ; pi. -ongash, weky his house-
hold (?) , El. : neh wek-it (those in his
house), his household, family.
famine, mdhshagqaodt, (when there is)
famine or dearth; mahshogqiie kesukod-
tui, in days of famine. Related to mafit-
Bheauy it fails, perishes, is gone; mehcheu^
{mohchiyeue, C), empty, barren, etc.
From mahchey denoting past existence
or completed action.
far, n6y nd, far off, to a distance, associ-
ated with the idea of motion. The
primary signification is *to that place',
as distinguished from yen, 'here', 'at
this place*. Thus, yeu uhqudeii . . .
n6 uhqudeUj 'on the end on this side
... on the end on that side ' , Ex. 37, 8.
nd pajehy until, ndadtj naxidt, (suppos,
when it is) far off, at a distance, in
space or time, in old (far off) times;
locat. n6adt-it, at a distance {iia{iux>ty a
great way; ndivwatwky far off at sea,
R. W.; naiiimit, rioadt, far; noadiity a
great way off, C); ndadtucky a long
time; nodhteauy it is far off; ndappii, he
is far off; suppos. ndappity ndahpity he
who is far off. ndcosukan, he is far from
(it, i. e. from the place to which he is
going or from the thing of which he is
in quest) ;no(DSukonqueog, (it) is far from
us; kenoumukomy thou art far from (it);
ndcMukmky 'get ye far from' (him).
tounuckqiiaquef how far? i/d dn4ckqtia-
quBy so far, R. W. ; uUoh unnuhkiihquatf
how far? C. nwhqtieu, nmhquey unnaoh-
queUy (it is) so far as; na nwhquey so far
distant [n6 uhquaeu; see above, n6],
wehqu€y as far as, even unto (yd vrqiie,
thus far, R. W.); cf. u6hk6euy at the
end of; see end. t/ean, yahty to, as far
as; wutch . . . yean, from ... to [yd «i,
to yonder, thither].
farewell, nahdnmiahagky nohnxishagk (ap-
parently a verb, imperat. 2d pers. pL,
equivalent to 'fare you well'), Luke
9, 61; Acts 18, 18 {hauHnshech, fare
(thou) well, R, W.; nehunushshash or
wunnlish, C).
farther, ongkoue, aongk&dCf farther, be-
yond (onJckduey C); m ongkouey to the
utmost, farthest {dwwusse, farther,
R. W., and nneickomdsu), onkaeese
(dimin. of ongkoue)^ a little farther
Digitized by
Google
256
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
farther — continued.
{awwassfse^B.. W.). an^a {enHck fnd
&w\niS9e, R. W.).
fast. See fasten; swift; hasten.
fasten, make fast, mennhketeauj he
fastens, makes (it) fast (ixum-mhuhkee-
teo, I fasten, C; menukohtde, firmly,
ibid. ) ; mauminikishf ' tie it hard ', R.W.
[from menuhkeu, it is strong or firm].
uk'keneepun-un nashpe kenmUugwhegcuh,
*he fastened it with nails', Is. 41, 7.
kishpinunif he binds, ties, makes (it)
fast (fastens one thing to another);
kuspinushj kishpinuahf make thou (it)
fast {kspHnshj pi. ksp&nenioke^ 'tie it
fast*, R. W.; nuk-kUhpinnd, I bind, C;
kishpinnodnky binding, ibid. ) ; kishpmuy
pi. kishpmuog, fastened, bound, tied
(an. obj. ), and v. i. act. he fastens, ties;
togkuppinaUf he binds (him) fast, makes
(him) fast by bonds: freq. or intens.
tahtogkuppinau, taUagkuppinau; suffix
v*uU>htogkuppinouhf they bind him fast
fat, weeSj weis: ODweiSy its fat, the fat of
an animal (cf. u^ata, flesh; wehme
weyauSf fat meat ) . vmnnogqueu, wunog-
kcDy he is fot {wauwunockdoy it (a deer)
is fat, R. W.; wunnogqvLe netassuog, fat
cattle, C.) [wuHTie-hogkcOy he is well
covered or of good body], yo asipaii-
5Wi,*thu8 thick of fat', R. W.
father, oMlioh (lit. he comes from him),
his father, the father of (o«/z, a father,
R. W. ) ; ruDsh {ndsh, R. W. ; iiwshf na)shi,
C; Muh., nogh Edw.; Del., iuhx^
Hkw.); k<mh, thy father {66%h, R.W.),
kcDshcOj your father; vmtmshimau (he
who is a father), the Father (^^v^etooch-
wink and wetoocJiemuxit both mean the
Father", Hkw.).
Edwards, in his Observations on the
Language of the Muhhekaneew^ In-
dians (page 13), remarks that "a con-
siderable part of the appellatives are
never used without a pronoun affixed.
The Mohegans can say 'my father'
(nogh), *thy father' {kogh), etc., but
they can not say absolutely * father*;
there is no such word in all their lan-
guage. If you were to say ogh, which
the word would be if stripped of all
affixes, you would make a Mohegan
both stare and smile." Mr Heckewel-
der, ''notwithstanding Mr Edwards's
father — continued .
observation", "could not help being
of opinion that the monosyllable ooch is
the proper word for 'father', abstract-
edly [?] considered" (correspondence
with Duponceau, page 411). Rev Mr
Daggett assured Mr Pickering that
"there is no word in any of the Indian
languages used in the Foreign Mis-
sionary School [at Cornwall, Conn.] by
which to express in the abstract the re-
lation of 'father' and most of the other
social relations" (2 Mass. Hist. Coll.,
X, 112). More recent writers adopt
the statement of Edwards — as Bancroft
(ill, 257), who cites Brebeuf (81)— and
Palfrey (Hist. New Engl., i, 42) : "The
most common relations they had no
means of expressing abstractedly."
This is, in one aspect, correct, for the
Indian languages did not admit of the
expression of a correlative name ab-
stracted from its relation, nor does the
English. But they could approximate
as nearly to the expression as does the
English word 'father' by vnUcoshimau
(Eliot; wetoDchwinky Hkw.), 'he is a
fother', lit. he is proceeded from, is a
source. It is surprising — and the fact
shows how superficial has been the
study of the group of languages about
which so much has been written — ^that
the radical significance of the word by
which the Indian expressed relation
to a father has escaped observation.
noMhy kwsk, (Dth-oh represent the Ist, 2d,
and 3d persons singular (indie, pres.)
of a suffix animate verb, and signify
'I proceed or originate from (him)',
' thou originatest from ( him ) ' , 'he origi-
nates from (him)' ;intran8. my (an.) ori-
gin or source, thy origin or source, etc.
Thus the Indian reversed the expres-
sion of relationship which we employ
in the word 'father'; instead of 'he is
my father', they said 'I am his off-
spring' (cf . imtch negonne noMhik, ' from
my forefathers ' , from where first I came
from (suppos.),2Tim. 1,3). Theinani-
mate form of the same verb is often to
be met with in Eliot, as oDtshohy vnUji-
shauy vmtchuy he proceeds or originates
from or at (a place or inanimate source) ,
and in Roger Williams's Key, as dteshem
Digitized by
Google
TEUMBULL]
ENOLISH-NATIOK DICTIONABY
257
father — continued,
and tvutshau {acdmnuek ndteshenif 'I
came [from] over the water'; tumia
\rutsha(tock? whence come they?). The
animate form is frequently employed
in its primary signification — that is,
without including the idea of paternity,
or rather of the filial relation, as no>-
chai wohhtmaieny *I am from above*;
kenaau kcochaiirnvw wuteh agwuy ' ye are
from below', John 8, 23; noh wutchu
. . . nish wame, * of him [as original or
source] are all things', Rom. 11, 36;
noh v-djhet mittaimrossimtj *he who is
[suppos.] bom of a woman'. Gal. 4, 4; ,
causat. suppos. noh wajehayeuut Godut, ,
* he who is of God ' , i. e. is caused to pro- |
ceed from or to have his origin in, John
6, 46; and in this form it is hardly sepa- |
rable from the so-called preposi.ion, ;
which is in fact the primitive impersonal ;
verb, v'iilche, vnttch^ aAch ( umM, R. W. ) , i
from, because of, etc. See begin; come !
or proceed from; from. j
[Marginal note.—" Since writing the above
I see in Maillard's Gram. Mikmaque (page 17)
that he has translated n'Stch, mon pdre, as
derived from IfSschimk, 6tre fils " .] I
fathers (n. collect,) y VHitcoshinneunkf the
fathers, colkctively or as a class, the '
fatherliood.
fear, qnshau, he fears, is afraid of j
(him); qushj fear thou (him); qusheuk,
qushmky fear ye; vbl. n. act. qushaotik,
fear (reverence, C); pa^. qushiiteaonky
fear (referred to the subject), wabequ-
shau [wdbe-qushaul, he stands in fear
or awe of, greatly fears (him). V. i.
wabesvy he fears, is afraid; tvahsekt fear
ye; ahque vabseky fear ye not, do not
be afraid (jiw-vabesy I am afraid, I fear,
C); vbl. n. act. vabemonky fear {wap-
suonUimcoonk, * afraid', C). wabesuon-
tamy he fears or is afraid of (it), queh-
tam (quittamy C), he fears (it); kuk-
qnehtamumwo) togkodteg, you fear the
sword; suppos. noh quohlogy he who fears
(it). See affrighted; afraid; honor.
feast, misIiadtuppoD, he feasts [mishe-
adt'UpjxDy he eats where there is much] ;
causat. vmhadtupweheaUy he makes a
feast; mishadtupwuUeuhy let us keep
a feast; vbl. n. act. vmhadiuppcoonk
{mishodtuppooonky C), a feasting, nick-
B. A. E., Bull. 25 17
feast — continued.
SmrnOy 'a feast or dance', xl. W.: "Of
this feast they have public and private,
and that of two sorts: first, in sickness,
or drought, or war, or famine; secondly,
after harvest, after hunting," etc.
feather, nuqim (penna), a feather, and
(2) a pen; rneqnnney umniequnney feath-
ered; vuDchekequnaUy inishequnaUy (it is)
full of feathers (meek, a pen, C).
feeble. See weak.
feed (v. i.). See eat.
feed (v. t. ), assamauy he feedeth, giveth
food to (him); assamouh inoskehtuaah,
he feeds him with grass; assamwk flock,
feed ye the flock, Zech. 11, 4; assanieh
(assdmmcy R. W.), give me to eat, feed
me (see Howse 83). sohkomauy he
feeds, nourishes, continues to feed or
provide food for, sustains (him); kus"
sohkomamuky he fed thee; nuasohkomon
flocky I feed the flock, Zech. 11, 7; noh-
kommcouneh meechitm ne tapeneunkquoky
feed thou me with food which is suita-
ble (•* convenient', Pro v. 30, 8); sohkom-
moos 7iut'shejmnieS'0gy feed thou my
lambs, John 21, 15. vnnanumeh quomixi-
tdsh ne sdbah/gy 'feed me with that
pottage', Gen. 25, 30, lit. give to me
( dip up ) that pottage, vwetaeheaog xrxth-
hogkuhy they feed themselves [caus.
from metsuy he eats].
feel. See touch.
female, squdaSy squnSy sqiiduSy of woman-
kind, female; squaiyeuo) {=8quaieUy she
is female, Gen. 6, 19). See woman.
squoshim {aqudshimy R. W.), a female
quadruped; adj. squoshitnu-e. In the
Del. **the males of quadrupeds are
called letnio iirchumy by contraction len-
nochum; the females ochque ivechumy by
contraction ochqnechum*\ Hkw.
fence, wonkdnonSy wnkonajs {v'6ka>na)8y
C), a fence (also, a fort, q. v.); from
wonkiy woonkiy it bends around, is
crooked, qusmkquuneutunk {quissuk-
quannutonky C), a stone fence, a wall.
pummeneutunky a wall or fence.
fetch, nun-neenskom {nun-nemskoniy C. ),
I will fetch, I fetch (it); neeimko-
viah nippemes, fetch me a little water;
neemskomunach pelukqunnegy let bread
be fetched; neenukomuiiuhy let us fetch
(it). See bring.
Digitized by
Google
258
BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 2&
fever, weemusMonky u^sdsh&onk (a pesti-
lential or infectious disease), a fever,
John 4, 52 ( wesauasha^onckf the plague,
R. W.) ; weesoshauy wesohshauy he has a
fever (but wesauashaiit, he hath the
plague, R. W.). This name is appar-
ently derived from weesde {ivesauiy
R.W.), yellow, with the affix denoting
bad or evil, -ish, and describes "the
disease which they call the yellow
vomit, which", as Heckewelder states,
**at times carries off many of them"
(Hist. Account 216). Eliot also trans-
lates * fever' by kussopitae ague
(Deut. 28, 2) [kussopUaey very hot].
kussinohshauy he has a fever {ivamekus-
sdpitanohocky my body bums, R. W.,
i. e. wame ku8s6pitae nohock; n^nan^ti^u,
I have a fever, ibid., i. e. nen ndte-esiij
I am on fire). See pestilence.
few, ogguhmog (an. pL), few {ogkosswog^
C); inan. ogguhsinashy few things;
dim. oggiihsesinash, very few; ogguhse-
quinogok, in (at the end of) a few days,
pi. of ogguhse (ogkosse, C), small in
quantity or amount.
field, ohteukf ohteak {ahVhiky soil, a field,
C), pi. -{-onash (lit. that which is
owned or appropriated, to which the
idea of individual ownership attaches;
Buppos. inan. part, from ofUeau, when
possessed); ut ohfeakonity in the field;
tnil'ohteakonity in his field.
fierce, chachipissuy R. W.; chatcheptsmiy '
chachepmii, wild, C. nw/*9<l<'/?<, fierce,
R. W.; tairhitch nishquehettity why are
they fierce? ibid.
fight, mekouauy he quarrels, contends,
fights with (him); suppos. noh me-
konontf he who fights, when fighting;
pi. neg mekononcheg; recip. mekdnittuogy
they quarrel or fight, one with the
other (mecaunteasSy fight (thou) with
him; mecdunliteay let us fight, R. W.;
V. i. mim-mehihteaniy I fight, C. ; meca'd'
teoy a fighter, R. W.; cum-mScautchy
you are a quarreller, ibid. ). ayeuuhko-
nauy he fights with, in battle, prose-
cutes war against ( him ) . V. i. ayeuweh-
teauy ayeuhteahhuau, he makes war, does
battle, fights (jMeftekey fight ye; juhet-
tiUeaf let us fight, R. W. ; ayeuuUtionky
* fighting*, C). VbL n. act. ayeu-
figrht — continued .
teaonky ayeuimiUdonky fighting, a fight,,
war, a battle. N. agent, ayeuteaeuy indef.
-eniny one who fights, a fighter, a war-
rior; pi. -ennmrmog; neg ayeitJUeaenuut-
cheg (and ayeuwihleaenuiicheg)y war-
riors (habitual fighters) (Muh. oioteet
(particip.), he who fights, Edw.).
fill, numuvhteaUy it fills, it is filled
(inan. subj. ), he fills or makes (it) full;
numwohtoush kemUcheganiiy fill thou thy
hand (numwohtajy let it be filled, C.);.
from numwaeu (it is full) and ohteau.
numwappuog w^tUy they (an. subj.) fill
the house, i. e. the house is full of
them, numtvdpanum wuiaskan pummee,
he fills his horn with oil; mimwapanum-
(Dky fill ye (one thing with another, as
barrels with water, 1 K. 18, 33). num-
uximeechum [numwae-meechumjy he is
full of food, has filled himself {num-
wamechimehteamy I fill, C, i. e. make
myself full).
filth, filthinesB, nishkeiieimkquok (sup-
pos. part, concrete, when it is filthy),
filth, dirt; nishkeneunkqussuonky the do-
ing of uncleanness, fi Ithiness in action.
filthy, nishkeneunkquey unclean, filthy
(inherently or by nature); nishkeneunk-
quodty when unclean or filthy (as a gar-
ment, etc.); adj. an. nishkeneunkqutasUy
(he is) filthy.
fin (of a fish), vxipvekan (?); neg wap\oe~
kanUchegy they which have fins, Lev.
11, 9; Deut. 4, 9.
find, nameheaUy he finds (him); na-
miheogy if I find them; ke-namehy thou
hast found nie; kenamlieshy I have found
thee; namehteauy he finds (it); suppos.
part, namehteunky when finding (it),
when he finds (nun-ndmeehteoy I find,
C). Causat. from naiiniy he sees: he
causes to be seen (?).
fine (in particles or powder), pasquagf
that which is fine or like dust (pvp-
pisaiy dusi-y pishgii^hicky unp&rched meal,
R. W.) [from peasiky that which is
small ?]; pi. inan. pishquehihausiiashy
* beaten small*, powdered, Lev. 16, 13
(causat. inan., made fine), sohquagy
that which is fine or powdered, fine
dust: sohqiiogkahpuppissiy 'powder and
dust', Deut 28, 24; sohque puppisH, fine
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENOLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
259
fine — conti nued.
dust, Is. 29, 5. mkpulyeue^ in fine pow-
der, finely powdered ; cf . sukquttahfianif
be beats it to powder, grinds it small or
fine,
finder, pohchanutchegj pohchanitch, pi .
-egash; kuppohjcJianutch, thy finger; ne-
qutta-tahuhe jmhchanitchaUf he had six
fingers, 2 Sam. 21, 20. From jyohnheau
(it divides or is divided) and mitcheg
(hand). muUintchunitchegy nuUinwhun-
itchy my finger; wnttinwhuniich, his fin-
ger; viuUasonvtch, the little finger; keh-
tcoquanilchf heituhquanitch (the great
finger), the thumb; muppuhhikquan-
Hch[eg']j the tip of the finger [inuppuhk-
ukque-mUchegy the head of the finger]
{mupjnihkqnanitchj pi. -\-eash, fingers,
C; nuppoohhikqudnitchegalsh]f my fin-
gers, ibid.).
finish, make an end, complete, pa-
koilchteati (pakodjteau, pogkodcheteau)
aruikausnonky he finished the work;
nuppogkodchehteoh nup-pummdyeuonky I
have finished my course, 2 Tim. 4, 7;
pakodjienu-uTiy it is finished [cars. inan.
from pako(lch€y thoroughly, complete-
ly] . piikodche wj»m, he performs (it) com-
pletely, finishes or accomplishes (it);
V. i. nnppakodche ussemy 1 make an end
of it, complete it. keMeau wfU-anakausu-
onky he has finished his work (keMou-
iinaly to finish, to leave off, C. ) ; anakau-
ffuonk kestedmmy the work is finished.
maht(Dy mahtoauy he made an end of !
speaking; matoadty when he had done
speaking (num-mahteaimy I cease; nuni'
vwldanuhkusy 1 conclude or finish, i. e.
I go on to conclude, C ).
fire, ncDtaUy nmteau {notey yote, chtckot,
sqdttay R. W.; Peq. yeui, Stiles; chikkoht
or lUDtaUy C). mt/hqiittag (=«gutta, R.
W. ), a violent or destructive fire; inan.
concrete from nashqiineauy it bums, con-
sumes, rages; cf. JuishqnitWy a tempest
or destructive storm . nwtau is of uncer-
tain etymology. Its use seems to have
been restricted to fire used for domestic
purposes, ch ickohl [chikohkaUy it bums ;
chike-ohkaUy it is fierce or violent] was
a more general name of fire as an ele-
ment, or rather as a power, and noBh-
quttag or squUa was nearly equivalent
fire — continued,
to the expression *the devouring ele-
ment' — fire as an enemy or object of
dread.
firm, menuhkiy menuhkeiiy (it is) hard,
strong, firm (menuhkohtdey firmly, C),
See hard ; strong.
first, negonne. (necdicmiy (for necAvmi) ?
R. W.), firet. This word, though
differently written, is identical with
nukkdney old (original, old, C. ), and
like nequt (one), of which it is the
ordinal, is related to nnkkodtani (nickdt-
iatny R. W.), he leaves behind, aban-
dons, etc.: ayimup negonne nukkdne-
yeuuly he hath made the first old, Jleb.
8, 13; ne itegmineyencohy Hhat which,
waxeth old ' , ibid, nukkoma ?( , he came
(or went) first, was in advance, negon-
shaen (indef. negonshaenin), a leader^
one who goes first. See one; old.
fish(n. )ynamohs{nammaiiui*y pi. ~\-»ucky R.
W.; ndmdsy pi. namasswogy C; Del.
namosy in composition; -ameeky Hkw.) ;
dimin, namohsemes (pi. -\-og)y little
fish. The root is apparently -aumau or
-dniduy from which namohs is formed l»y
prefixing the demonstrative or deter-
minative n^ and adding the animate^
termination ds [for dtia^, animal]. In
compound words this radical, with the
suppositive or participial termination,
-aumaug or dmaugqy appears as the
representative of namofis. pi. mogkoni'-
mdquog [inogke - dmaugq - uog"] , great
fishes, John 21, 11; kehtahhanndmc^
qnogy fishes of the sea. Num. 11, 22;
hoxcamagqid [1iowan-dmaugq'\U']y to any
fish, Deut. 4, 18 (numadiy he is gone to
fish, i. e. he fishes; aumauogy they are
fishing; nUmimeny I am fishing; kuUau-
men, do you fish? mmttiickqunnuivem
{—nmUimdgqnaniy John 21, 3), I go a
fishing, R. W.). The modem Ojibwa
(Chippewa) restricts this name to the
sturgeon, adopting another {^kegOy kd-
goe) for the class. In the Ojibwa vo-
cabularies in Schoolcraft's Indian
Tribes, ii, 466, we have for sturgeon
nam ai^ (St Marys); nuh ma (Gr.
Trav.); naw neigh (Saginaw); naugh*
may (Mackinaw) . So, in the Old Algon-
kin, lamtky ^ sturgeon ' , fish, Lah. najta"
Digitized by
Google
260
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bvllktin 25
flsh (n.) — (continued.
mog(]iiaen-my ncoUxm^igicam-in {nattwh-
quimmnemn^ 0. ), a fit^hernian. omAen
(pi. omaenuog), one who is fishing; sup-
pos. pi. neg omacheg (aumAchickf R.
W.), fishermen, i. e. they who fish
habitually {aamanep^ a fishing line,
R. W.).
fish (v.), (with hook and line) 6maeu
((tuhiduiy R.W., he fishes); (with nets)
n. agent, pona^habpaen, one who fishes
with nets or seta nets; itoDtamogquaonky
a draft of fish, Luke 5, 9.
fisher (Mustela ciinadensis), pekane,
Rasles; pehw; vullaneag, vallaneg
(m<xl. v'imllmieagy Judd, in (ien. Regis-
ter, XI, 219).
fist, ;>?/««(%u«7»//<7i^^, puttukqunitch
[piittukqui-mitchegy round hand].
five, uaimnim tahshe {mijxitway R. W.; na-
jxjnmiy C. ; Peq. nuppaUj Stiles; Muh.
iinnony Edw.; Del. (Minsi) nalaHj
(Unami) palanachj Hkw.); an. pi. na-
panna tahmogy five (men or animate
objects) (napaniietamiog skeetomjtauogy
five men, R. W.); inan. pi. iiajxitma
tahj<hhia^hy five things (in (xram. 14,
tohmash; napammtai*hhuwh vvHch6cu*hy
five hills, R. W. ); nabo napcmna (piuck-
uabyiajHinmiyB.. W.), fifteen; nnpnnna
tahshinchag(napan})etashincheck, R. W. ),
fifty.
fiAgB or rushes, ?M»>/mj</<7, iniAosq [mishe-
askehty great gra.ss] (Narr. muskeech-
agey rushes. Stiles). itrkitKisq {wekin-
aii?iy pi. * qnashy reeds, R. W.) [irekiu-
QAkehty housi* grai»s, or grass for making
houses (?). * 'Their houses are . . .cov-
ered t)n the roof with sedge and old
mats**, Tligginson, N. K. Plantati(m, ch.
XII. " The meaner sort of wigwams are
covere<l with mats they make of a kind
of bulrush", Oookin]. vusslKuhquo-
boky flag, Job. 8, 11. nppeumuhkinonog
(pi.), flags. Is. 19,6.
flame, nconwnany naynconnenn [=na)nu-
naUy it sucks ?]: en umnonduty into the
flame; iiwnconAey ncmicoundey flaming.
flat, suppos. part ic. n v m ?« ekitchdnon ty
having a flat nose {neneque mutchany
flat nose, C). puck is the radical for
thin and flat. See Rasles, s. v. mince;
Howse 27, 35.
flat^r, V. i. jxtytanamy he flatters; an.
papanaxiUy he flatters (him); suppos.
part, noh papannmoniy he who is a
flatterer; suppos. part. an. imh jHipa-
nanadty he who flatters anyone; adj.
jHijximtey flattering [freq. from jxtmio}-
tixitiy pannaxixLy he speaks falsely], wal'-
enomauy he praises or flatters (him);
freq. voitywenau [fn»m iracenu-aUy he
goes round about]. From this comes
another form by the insertion of ib*
progressive: iithinovuhkooaUy he flatters,
i. e. keeps praising, goes on praising
{iraunonuJikmtroiiaty to flatter; iim-imu-
v'unomikwiramy I flatter, C); vbl. n.
act. vaunnomihk(Dw<wnk {uouvekmird'
oiiky C), flattery, naiunnnfeumwv'ogj
they flatter (?), Ps. 5, 9. See praLse.
flax, hasfiabpy hanhap {(i^hapjxx'ky hemp,
R. W.) was the generic name of all
vegetable fibers or fibrous material used
for strings, thread, or roj^es. Kliot uses
it for 'tow*, 'flax', 'a fish net* (dshdp,
pi. dnhdppogy C; <tshu]ty R. W. ), 'a
spider's web', etc.: hashabpuhtngq
[hashabjy-uhtiigqy flax stick], a 'stalk
of flax', and 'a distaff'; hashabjHjn-
aky ' linen cloth ' . Roger Williams gives
ashopy a net (or 'nets' 'made (»f strong
j hemp'), and the plural oMipjwckf
I hemp, and fH(tJ*(iuiiOck, 'flax',
flay, an. ol)j. ))iss/'numau iruUuhquabehy
I he flays or takes off the skin of.
! flea, j)a})ekq.
I flesh, ireyauSyiA. \ og (wm/ofM, 'venison*,
I R. W.; 'meat', ibid.; »/rva?ij<, flesh, C;
I cf. 6das, an animal); kwnrifavfty thy
I flesh; (Durt/austy his flesh, the flesh of;
I askei/aus [askun-weifanH], i*aw flesh;
' kfiiittae ueijaufiy 'sodden flesh', 1 Sam.
' 2, 15.
I flig^ht. See prevail over (put to flight).
I flint, soggohtunkanomjisky nx'k of flint,
] Deut. 8, 15; //i(Wi//wA*, flint. Is. 50, 7.
I float, puhpuhkiihfuviy it floats, 'it did
I 8wim',2K. 6,6; lit. it is hollow. From
I ptihpuhki.
flood, tomdgkoriy tommogknn (it flows), a
flood {tamoccoiiy flood tide, R. W.;
taumacokSy upon the flood tide, ibid.).
See flow.
flour. See meal; fine.
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
261
flow, tomdgkoji, it flows, there is a flowing
or flood (nipi>e tdmogkoriy water flows,
C. ); <ommo$rito/ie, flowing (abundantly,
i. e. flooding). Impers. verb mUtitch-
uatiy uxidlutrhuan (or -(Dwan), it flows
from: sepupog iruttichmcany 'rivers of
water run down* (from), Ps. 119, 136;
nuppe vv4litchuan-up^ * the water gushed
out' (from the rock), Ps. 78, 20.
8oh tr utch u a n [Roh-iratchnaii] , it flows
forth, issues from or out of; sohkhetchn-
a?j, it continues to flow forth or issues
continuously. Is. 35, 6. tuinitchuatiy it
flows to or toward; scpmish unnitchu-
anash kehtahhannitf the rivers flow to
the sea, P>cl. 1, 7. aniichnanf anuchn-
umi, (uimmichuurm [from anue'iruichn-
«h], it overflows, flows excessively.
kii»»itchxuin, it flows (as a stream or
with a current) continuously; as a sub-
stantive a current or flowing stream;
pi. I fw/i, or in the active verbal
form uk-kximtchxuinncoonk lU'j^mutissdsh,
'the stream of the brooks', Num. 21,
15; adj. kumtchuirane sep, a flowing
rivor (Cree keesitcheinw, it is very
swift cum*nt \keeH=^h'rht', intensive],
Howse 175.) Els*ewhere, knssehianne,
flowing as a stream : kussehtayi ne ^ejmesej
* the stream of a brook', Job 6, 15; kiisseh-
tanupy a stream, a current; })1. -rpeash.
uvurei/onrhium, it flows circuitously,
winds about [from uoireaushinj it winds
about], pamitchtianj pomitchoowan
{^Mtmutcfi-f pumitch-f etc.), it flows,
moves by flowing (describing the kind
of motion without regard to direction,
source, or degree). It is formed from
pomushau (he walks, travels, moves
along) by sul^stituting the impersonal
termination and introducing the -ch
guttural, denoting involuntary or in-
animate activity. Cotton gives, in a
nearly related form, the verb uHp-pum-
mecheshamy * I slide '. In all these verbs
the radical is a)ch or mitch, it proceeds
from. See father.
flower, upphhaUf peshau (uppefhaUy C),
lit. 'it bursts forth', 'blossoms' [from
pokshau, it breaks]; pi. tippeshadnash.
See bloom.
fly (n.), (DchanHy cochaaSy and maosuhq, pi.
mamihquogy flies; dimin. moDsesdhquog.
fly {y')i pta)eu, ptwiveuy twtreuy it (a bird)
flies, moves through the air {ptoueiy it
is fled, R. W.; nut-tcoweny I fly, C);
nag ptcotieogy they fly away; suppos.
part, noh twweety tcoeit, that which flies.
Nearly related to or identical with
pwtauau or ptvtneity he blows or is
blown. Ad}. ptoouechcy ^ymg. ptootmooy
it (inan. obj.) flies away [ptmeu with
the impersonal intransitive particle
-mo'], tcohariy ptcohaUy twuuy it flies oris
blown by the wind, as dust or snow;
nish icohanashy things driven away or
made to fly; suppos. ne ptcoanuniog wa-
hiin (or ne tcouniogy or ne tohtaxtn(n}tog) ,
that which flies before the wind or is
driven by the wind [ptooeu-uny pass,
part. olpt(Den'\. pummunaUy it (a bird)
flies, goes swiftly through the air [as if
shot from a bow orgim; ;>«wmMw, shot,
pass. part, from pummUy he shoots];
suppos. })dmun(mty when he flies, fly-
ing; neg pdmunemUcheg or;wimi/wo»c/i<'<7,
they (birds, fowls) which fly; freq.
p&pumunont, habitually flying; pi. 7ieg
papumnnoncheg: pdpnmAnoiU psukxeSy a
flying bin! (binl when flying ) . mhpetiy
tUihpusfutUy Ke or it mounts upward in
air, soars, flies up; with inan. subj.
nshpeuWy tisspewo; supi>os. onatnh chik-
kinamg ashpshdhettity 'as si)arks [when
they] fly upward,' Job 5, 7. imswmcOy
he flees or flies (from an enemy);
ncDsemy I flee; pish umxdnuny we will
flee ( u-um'moy he flies; inissemoworkyihey
fly, R. W.; irn»i*ema>y wu^emodiriy (he
is) flying away, fled, C); imperat.
unissemooky flee ye; suppos. vttssemoany
when thou didst flee; v. t. an. nxtsem-
nmhteauout mmqaohy when he flees from
a bear, usmhauy he flees to (a place or
person) for refuge, he runs or goes
quickly to; nd umshash or nnhluuhy flee
thou thither [from umiy by the inser-
tion of '^/i to denote swift or violent ac-
tion, he bestirs himself, exerts himself
violently, does (agit) with speed or ce-
lerity. Primarily timMshau means sim-
ply he runs quickly or ha*«ten8]. ushpuh-
ha> (and spuhh<D)y he flies to for refuge;
nag spuhhanvaogy they fled (for safety);
vbl. n. act. unhpahhcowdonky spuhha)-
u'donky a refuge; uspuhhwwde ageuonkf
a refuge place, place of refuge.
Digitized by
Google
262
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BriXETIN 25
foam, pehteau (it foams), foam, froth;
p^fUom, the scum (of a pot) ; pefUauut-
lamau [pehteau-wuUayn]^ he foams at the
mouth. Cf. petau, pehtauj he puts on
or into.
fog, nishkenoiij (when there is) mist, fog,
fine rain; cf. sokeiion, rain, when it
rains; n. coll. n«/iitmu?i^, * small rain',
drizzle, Deut. 32, 2. ouw&n, vapor, mist,
steam. See vapor.
follow, asuhkauaUj he follows, goes
after (him) ; suppos. noh amkiitf he who
follows; suffix an. wui-ashkauohf he
followed him (assuhkouanaty to follow,
C); a^uhkaue (as adj. and adv.), fol-
lowing, going after; asuhkontj he f ol-
io w^s or goes after (inan. obj. ), he pur-
sues (it) [(f«//t-'X:-<m, he continues to
go after or behind; cufuhy the radical, is
related to ?iV«w?, two, and to the dis-
junctive or alternative a«u/j, or].
noosukauuUy he follows after, goes
after, pursues (him); suflfix u^uh-uoosii'
kau-oh, he followed him; nmsukau, pur-
sue thou them; suppos. nohndmikauonty
he when following, he who follows; so
ncDsmUtahwhau, nmsattahhmimu^ he pur-
sues (him), follows after (him) ; nooifut'
Uihhmwuogy they pursue; n. agent, ncos-
uttahhcovxien, a pursuer, one who is
(actually) pursuing. Cf. namvetait, he
serves, obeys, yields to.
food, meechum (he eats it); meechum-
muouk, fruit, vegetable food; vieechu-
07ikf mameechumuk (inechimucks, vict-
uals, R. W.); meet9iLonk [vbl. n. from
7nrt8M,he eats], eating, a feeding {imtwe
Tnetsuonk, comfortable food (good
feeding), C; nompode metjtuoiik (morn-
ing feeding) , breakfast, i bid. ) . See eat ;
feed.
foolish, asoHUf (he is) foolish, ignorant;
pi. -{-og (nssdtUf assdkOf a fool, R. W.;
asscDtHej foolish, C. ) ; vbl. n. act. aswtu-
07ik, folly {tohncDcheyeHOukf folly, C, but
rather uselessness, unprofitableness).
maUaitwg, maUamagy a fool; pi. matta-
mogicog [maitamagquej foolishly, C);
mattamagquemi or -queussu [mattaniag-
qu€'US8u^, he does foolishly, a foolish
doer; vbl. n. act. mattamagooonkj fool-
ishness, the being foolish; maUamagqiie-
suonkf maitamagqueusseonkf foolishness
in action, the doing foolishly, aswiu-
foolish — continued.
oiik is natural folly, simplcity, ori ignor-
ance; maUamagcDonkf foolishness with
reference to some special matter.
foot, musseet [m'a*i7], a foot; nusseet, my
foot; kusseet (Peq. cazseei^ Stiles; Narr.
kusneety Stiles), thy foot; iruMeelj his
foot; pi. -{ asJi (mi»ietie, pi. -taah^ foot,
feet, R. W.; mtsseeiy a. foot, C). From
xissiij he does, acts (agit), suppos. noh
a^ity asffty he who d(je8 or acti?, thedoer.
Cf. i«w«/iau, he acts quickly, nuis.
for, uniiche (it proceeds from), for, on
account of; ne u*iUch€y for, from, l)ecau8e
of, therefore; ne tmtche yeu, for this
cause. Elsewhere iieu'utche yen uvj,
yen unijehy etc. {mUchey for, prep. ; neimjy
for which cause, conj.; «yi;, for, conj.,
C).
forbid, quihthuiUy queUUinaUy he forbicls
(him); suffix an. uk-quihiin-nuhy he
forbids him; ahque queihtuSy do not
(thou) forbid; img queihtus, forbid thou
them; suppos. part, quohtinonty forbid-
ding, when he forbids (qnehtehkonaty to
forbid, C); an. and inan. quxhtehteau,
quUhieaUy he forbids (it) to (him): wh
hovxin jqiUehtean nippef can any man
forbid watei^ Acts 10, 47 (noh quelUeh-
teauy he forbiddeth, C. ) Perhaps from
ahqufy *do not', 'refrain*. The pri-
mary meaning is, perhaps, to make'
afraid, to cause to fear or to stand in
awe of. The causative form of the verb
quehlam (quttamy C), he fears, is else-
where used in the sen^^e of to appease,
to threaten, to make to desist.
force, chekeheauy he uses force, forces
(him); suffix an. vid-chekelieah, he
forced him, he ravished her (nui-cheke-
yeuvxiCy I compel, C). chetimaUy he
compels him. See compel.
ford, ponqtiag (?), a fording place ( = shal-
low). toDskeonky a ford (iocekehicky let us
wade; wut'tocekeminy to wade; if/yilsky
abridge, R.W.).
forehead, muskodtuk (in'scdttucky R. W.;
misk [-octtwi?], C; kuskodtuky thy fore-
head; v'uskodtuky his forehead, the
forehead of; vt v^mkodtugquty on his
forehead.
foreign, penmue [penoeUy it is different,
strange, unlike], strange, foreign; penay-
vjohty pencDnvty j>enmroiy a foreigner
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DIOTIONABY
263
foreign — continued.
[pencowe-ohteaUf one who is different] ;
pi. pencowohie&og, strangers, foreigners;
penaywohkomuk, a strange place, a for-
eign country. See different; strange.
forest, touohkomuk {touohkomuk, C; cf.
Del. tekenink, in the woods, Hkw.), lit.
a solitary place [toueu-kdmuk]f the wil-
derness, the forest, pi -\-quash. In the
index to Mr Pickering's edition of
Eliot's Grammar (2 M.H.C., ix), among
the "select words from, the translation
of the Bible", the editor gave ^sohsu-
mdonky forest'. This word (the active
verbal of sohsunuD, it shines forth)
means a shining forth; in Eliot's trans-
lation, 'glory'. Mr Pickering's mis-
take is traceable, I suspect, to his er-
roneous reading of Is. 10, 18: ^ivuttou-
ohkojnuk-que 8ohsxim6onk% *the glory
of his forest', lit. *his forest glory'.
foretell. See predict.
forever, micheme. See ever.
forget, wan&TUaniy he forgets (it); wa-
nanumaUf he foi^gets (him); ahque
itmnantashf do not thou forget (it);
vxinantarmvogf ivunanatamvogf they for-
get (iianvdnaniamf I forget, C); iicdhxI'
ndnumukquogy they forget me, I am
forgot by them [ivanne-antanif he is
without thought of, has not in mind].
wanantamwdheauy he causes (him) to
foi^t.
forgive, ahquoaixtam^ ahquontajHj he
forgives (it); nhquoatiUimau, hd for-
gives (it) to (him); ahquoantarnah
{akquontdmahf C), forgive thou me;
ahquontamaiinneannum-^mateJieseongashf
forgive us our sins; num-mnhche ahquon-
ianif I have forgiven; vbl. n. act. ahquo-
antamdonkfH forgiving, forgiveness; pass.
aJiquoaniamdadtinneatj and contract
ahquontamdadtin (infin. pass., to be I
forgiven), a being forgiven, forgiveness
received, ahquoantawfdonk, the exercise
of forgiveness, the act of forgiving, par-
don [active verbal from ahqaoantaussUf
he exercises forgiveness] (nul-ahquon^
touSf I pardon, C. ) . From ahque-aritam^
he ceases or refrains from having in
mind, refrains from thinking of.
form, nusm, (he is) shaped or formed
{ne-tisgu] : toh unnussuf what form is he
of? 1 Sam. 28, 14; suppos. ne anumtj in
form — continued .
the form or likeness of; muhhogkat
ntjtssUj *in bodily shape', Luke 3,22;
vbl. n. act. nunsuonkf minussuoiiky form
or shape (of an. obj.); icuttinnussiwnkj
his form, neaunaky the form or likeness
(of inan. obj.): nedunag yen muttaok,
'the fash- ion of this world', 1 Cor. 7,
31; neaunak menulcheg, in the form of a
hand; suppos. form of iteane [ne unne]y
that which is so or is such as: when it
ia (or being) such as, of that kind.
See shape.
former. See first.
formerly, negonnef negonnae {chenohkam*
miiey C). See first.
fornication, nanwunncodsqauonky nan-
vmnwudtsquauonky vbl. n. act. from
nanu*U7i7ia)dHquaaUy he fornicates or is
given to fomioAtion; compounded of
nanw€y anybody, common, and nood-
sqaaaUy he seduces or commits fornica-
tion with; nmnninncodsquaosuanky the
commission of fornication, whoring (by
either sex) ; nammnncoddqiiauaen (indef.
-squauaenm) y a fornicator (of either
sex), a prostitute; nanumnnwdaqtiau-
ausuen or 'Sguadsuen (indef. '8uenin)f
one who commits fornication or acta
the whore; nmiwuncodsquaome mittam"
wossisy a whorish woman, mansquadsu,
inanuhqumissUy rnanusquaausUy (she is)
a fornicator or commits fornication:
mittamwomsaog man usquaansUcheg,
'women who break wedlock', Ezek.
16, 38; kummansqiiadsy thou hast com-
mitted fornication with, hast played
the whore with (him). See aduitery.
forsake, ahquoanumaUy ohquanumaUy he
forsakes or abandons (him); ahquo-
andogy they forsake (him ) ; inan. ahquo-
antanty he forsakes (it). Same as for-
give, q. V.
fort, mansky manshky a fort or place of
defense; pi. matiskash (aumdnsky R.W.).
wonkondtiSy v^onkonms (u'6k(Dna)8y a
fence, C; tmukaun6»inty a fort, R. W.),
a fort, i. e. a palisade, a crooked [woan-
ki] or curved fence; see fence, menuh-
konogqy pi. -ogivashy -ogquashy strong-
holds; from menuhkenuniy he holds it
fast.
fourteen. See four.
Digitized by
Google
264
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
forty. See four.
foundation, quenohtag, suppos. part,
concrete fiom quenohtau, he founds or
lays a foundation; lit. that which is
deep (?). Cf. qimnanieadty *when he
had digged deep', Luke 6, 48; quenohr
taunriy he founded it; jisfia. it is
founded.
four, yaUf yauvv {ydh^ R. W.; Peq.
yauuhf Stiles; yan^ C; Muh. nmuvoh,
Edw.; Del. netrOy neiiri, Hkw.); yau-
ut nai, four square; pi. an. yauog^
yaxiwog {y6u'ocky R.W.) ; inan. yatiunash
{yonHnna^hy R. W.; yauumishy C);
yauut {yauvnUj C. ), four times, nabo
yau {piu€k-nab ybh^ R. W. ; Peq. pingg
naubtU yau, Stiles), fourteen; nabo
yauumdtj nabo yauxd, fourteen times;
so, nabo yauwudt kodJtumwae, for four-
teen years, i. e. to the fourteenth year;
or, fourteen times one year, yauunchag
{yoicinichecky R. W.; yaumnnechak,C,) ,
forty ; pi, an. ya HunchAgkodiog, yauunchd-
gottog; inan. yauunchagkodtash. yauivudt
pa^ika>a>og, four hundred (an.).
fowl, puppiyishaas. See bird.
fox, tconkqiissi^f nvnksisy pi. -\-sog; dim.
wonkqussissemes, a little fox (peqtunniSy
a gray fox; mi^hqudithimy a red fox,
R. W. ; Peq. a*wnump»y fox, Stiles; wonk-
q&ssiSy C).
fragment, chogq, a bit, a morsel; kod-
chukiy a piece or fragment of {cotcJiehln-
nemi weeyofts, cut me some (i. e. a piece
of) meat, R. W.). See spot; piece.
free (afij.), chipappu [chippe-appUy he
remains apart or by himself], he is
free; suppos. chipininnumii, when he is
free, being free {chippinninuiie netUy
(he is) free bom, C); gunnummatla
niU-chippinnwnuwf am not I free? om-
peuy he is free, unbound. See loose;
man {omp).
free (v.). See deliver; loose.
freely, nannowcy nanouivey nanoitiyeuCy
freely (nanauu^, nannduwey C. ), = nan-
we, common, anybody's (?).
freeze. See frost; ice.
Frenchmen, Funaehmonog (pl.),C.
friend, wetompy a favorite or dear friend;
pi. -\-dog; netomp {fietopy R. W.), my
friend, a 'general salutation' between
the Indians and English (R. W. 27)
{ptydush nHopy come hither, my friend,
friend — continued .
R. W.); ketompy thy friend; neetompaog
{nttompaCiogy R.W.), my friends (Del.
n^tschuy my friend; n*t3chuUiy dear, be-
loved friend; nUiSy (my) confidential
friend, Hkw.) Itt^etu-ompy house man,
companion, of the same household or
family; so, u^eetompassuy v-etompaSy a
brother or sister] . tonkqsy friend, cousin,
kinsman (natdncksy my cousin; watdncks,
a [his] cousin, R. W.; vwitonkqMn, a
cousin, C. ): nuttonkqsog, 'sirs', Acts
27, 25, i. e. friends; cf. (fem.) weetuk-
sqiiohy her sister; netukhtsqy my sister
{weticksy a sister, R. W.).
frog*, tindgkukquas, lenogkeqyixu, finogka}-
quaSf pi. '9uog (tmnogkohqofiWy pi. -mog;
tinnogkohieaSy pi. -j^suogy a toad, C).
mohmosktihimsulog']y frogs {mahmonkoh-
teaseogy Mass. Ps.), Ps. 78, 46, but not
elsewhere. Abn. moftkek^y a toad.
Peq. kopiausSy kupjjd^y frog. Stiles.
from, initchey Oitchy OK'h {iciichey initM,
R.W.; wutchey C; Muh. ochehy Edw.
The ch is guttural, nearly etiuivalent to
the German ch soft) . Primarily a de-
fective or impersonal verb, initchea
{trutclwy mtchn) , it proceeds from, comes
from, hence as a preposition from, of,
because of, etc. watch . . . yeatiy from
... to (after verbs of motion); noh
irutchny (it is) *of him', as a source or
cause, Rom. 11, 36; na rntch sohhamun,
'there went forth from', Num. 11, 31;
na a>ch qushkeny he returned therefrom
(hence); yeu wvtche (yd wuchPy R. W. ),
from hence, from this place; ne initche
(from that), for that cause, therefore.
This root serx'ed to express the origin
of motion or source of being, and is to
be traced under various modifications
of form in a great number of compound
words denoting origin, source, motion
(animate and inanimate), progression,
cause and effect, production, etc. See
come from; father; begin, com, vwrn,
he goes or departs from. See go
from.
frost, toohpuy (there is) frost (toohpy Mass.
Ps. ; tdpuy R. W.; mmitidpUy a great
frost, ibid.; taqudttiny frost, ibid, (it
is freezing — the effect of frost); auke
taqudtshay the ground is frozen, ibid. ; shp
taqudtiin, the river is frozen, ibid. ; tog-
Digitized by
Google
TBCMBX7LL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
265
frost — contiuued.
quUinash nuhtatiogashy I freeze my ears
(my ears are frozen), C. ).
froth.. See foam.
firait, meechummuonk {-mmonk, C), pi.
-ongash [vbl. n. act. from meechammco, it
is eaten, used as food, the pass. inan.
form of meechy he eats], fruit, perhaps
all vegetable food . anq, ashq, pi. asqtwsh ,
ashquashf green fruit or vegetables, pri-
marily anything green or immature of
vegetable growth, as umskeasgy pi. ivus-
keasqaoshy lender grass', 2 Sam. 23, 4;
Dan. 4, 15; from umskey new, young, and
asq; with the indef. particle, m'askeht
(or by reduplication, oskosk, C), grass,
that which is green. From the same
root is askcy raw [askurij it is raw, R. W. ;
askin, C); wuske^ new, young; ajiq,
ash<j, or asquaniy not yet, and (ishkmhqui
{askosquey C), green in color. The
word asq was used especially to refer
to the fruit of the Cucurbitacese, mel-
ons, gounis,. cucumbers, and what are
now known by their Indian name,
though the plural has been traasformed
to the singular, 'squash-es. askcotasq,
pi. askcotmqumhy used by Eliot for * cu-
cumbers*, Num. 11, 5, was ^^askuta-
squashy their vine apple, which the
English from them call squashes"
(R. W.), and w^hich Wood mentioned
(N. E. Prospect), as ^' isquoterqumheSy
their best bread * ' ; from askcoky a snake,
and asq-, snake-like or 'crook-neck'
squash, quortaxtsqy a gourd [from qunniy
long]; hence quAnmuxisky a bottle, C.
monaskcotasqy a melon (but by Cotton
mconosketHmnky 'cucumbers'. So, qxd-
nosketAmnky *muskmelon', and oMios-
ketdmuky 'watermelon', C, 'or a raw
thing'; from ajik^htamuiiy he eats it
raw), minney muiy pi. minneashy ber-
ries, nuts, small fruit, grain, etc., that
which is produced by and is peculiar to
each tree or plant [w'linwi, the kind
of, the species of]. In the singular in
compound words it denotes kind or
species, the growing tree or plant; in
the plural, the fniit, as xtealcheminy corn
finiit — continued .
in the field, standing com; pi. -minne-
ashy com, grain; wenominn^ash, grapes
{weenoniy a grape; weenomiSy a vine [from
tva^emiy it goes round] ) ; wdmpimineashy
chestnuts, R. W. [ivompi-minneashy.
white-nuts] ; anduchemineashy acorns,
R. W. {aniiahchimy a nut, pi. 'minojih,
C; Del. wunachquimy an acorn, which
Heckewelder (correspondence with Du-
ponceau, p. 407) derives from wunipach
{n^nnepoQy EL), a leaf, na<-/i {mUck)y a
hand, and qnbiiy a 'nut growing on a
tree': 'the nut of the tree the leaves
of which resemble a hand'. Here he
evidently mistakes the radical force
of wm, as the examples which he
gives suflBciently show. Seeoak. ); urns-
swaquatdmineugy walnuts, R. W. (wus-
saohquattdmin-ashy C. ; trdsaoqiuity a
walnut tree, R. W. ; Del. jn'mw, hick-
ory nut [^nuDsi-min, smooth nut] ; ptuo-
quim, walnut [petukqui-miuy round nut],
Hkw.); qussuckominedmigy the cherry
tree, R.W.lqu88ukquan-miny stone
fruit]; unUtdhimneashy R. W., icattah-
minne[ash']y C, strawberries. See
produce.
full, numwae. See fill.
fully, pakodchey completely, thoroughly;
wamCy wholly, entirely; pokahane (pd-
shanne, C. ), fully, completely, thor-
oughly. See completely; all.
future. "The time to come is expressed
by a word signifying futurity, added to
the indicative mood, as inosiy pishy shall
or will", El. Gr. 20. pish (pitchy^. W.)
with the present (or aorist) indicative
forms the simple future, as pish . . .,
he will . . .; pish . . ., I will . . . {pitch
n^keetamf shall I recover my health?
R. W.); mosy though sometimes used
by Eliot as the equivalent of pishy de-
notes the future potential or conditional
'must' or 'shall': ne mos nnihy 'it must
needs be' so; mos nunnupy I must die
{mocey R. \V.). paomawnky the future
or to come, C, vbl. n. intrans! from
peyomcDy it is coming, ompetak, in the
future, in time to come (afterward).
Digitized by
Google
•266
BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
Gr
.gall, weeswe; nmweeswey my gall. Cf.
veesde (wemuij R. W»), yellow; weesog-
koriy (when it is) bitter; so, AS. gealla^
gall; ge-aletre^ yellow; Gr. X^^^Vi bile;
X^orf, x^oa, greenish yellow; Arab,
murr, bile, bitter.
•game (animals hunted), adcJutuonk, vbl.
n. from adckau (auchaHi, B. W.), he
hunts. See hunt.
game (gamble). See play.
gape, idanneu, he gapes (t^iienat, to gape;
ntU'ioiwdnneem, I gape, C. ) ; v. an. tdan-
nehtaUf he gapes at (him).
garden, tayiohketeaonk, pi. tanohketea-
ongash, cultivated plants. Is. 17, 10; ut
7ioeu adtanohketeamxik^ in the midst of
the garden. Gen. 2, 9. Cf. tannettviog,
they grow as plants, are produced; dtan-
negetij it yields or produces.
•^annent, hogkcoonk {aukwotik, C), a
covering of skin; monak (mdnak, C;
mauneky an English coat or mantle,
R. W. ). See dress; clothe; clothing.
:gate, squonty usguonf. See door.
gather (collect), v. t. an. mianauy he as-
sembles or gathers (them) together,
he causes them to collect, miyaeog,
maiya/og, they gather or collect (them-
selves together) , they assemble; from
miijaey rnoeu {m&yw€yC.)y together; freq.
moh mot'og [i. e. m' mvjaiog']^ they gather
themselves together often or habitually.
See assemble, mdunum, he gathers or
collects (it) ; kum-mo\mumy thou gather-
est (movAnneey he gathers (fruit or the
like); movAnneeaHogy they gather, R.
W.); vbl. n. mdunumdonk, a gathering,
i. e. a tribute, custom, toll.
.^reneral, rmnuey common, q. v. (namve
wosketompj any man, C): nan we wut-
Epistleum Jude, 'the general epistle of
Jude* (=Del. /enwi, which Heckewelder
translates 'original, common, plain,
pure, unmixed' (Corresp. 412); more
exactly, common, genertl, normal).
^generation, pometuonk (vbl. n., a living,
i. e. a lifetime): up-pummetuongash
Adamy 'the generations of Adam*, Gen.
generation — continued.
5, 1; pometuongashf Is. 41, 4. See copu-
late; couple.
giant, niagoshketompy mogoskelomp [mog-
ke-u'osketompy huge man].
gift, mag(D6nky vbl. n. act. from magmi,
he gives, a giving or offering; urmnag-
(Ddnk umketompy a man's gift, Prov. 18,
16. See give.
girdle, puUukquobjmSt puttukquobus (nup-
puttukqiiobbeMn, 'it bindeth me about',
Job 30, 18; cf. puttogqueguohhony a. veil;
puttogu'honkj a covering; puttogqueUy he
hides; wohpe, the thighs); pi. puUog-
quohjyimnash.
girl, nunksqua, nunksq [nonkiBhq, C), a
young w^oman, a girl (adolescens)
[iionke-squay from nonkaneuy he is light;
so, nunkompy a young man] ; dim. nunk-
squaes {sqaasesey little girl, R. W. ; Narr.
squauhseSy Stiles; Del. ochquetschitschy
Hkw.), a young girl, puella; double
dim. n Hnksqua^meis. See virgin ; woman.
give, magouy mngco, he offers, pre-
sents, gives, sells; rnagcok {maugokey
R.W.),give ye; magish (m<iMA'«, R.W.),
give thou; nujgundt (mdgunuty C), to
give or sell: magnnat sephaiisuongash y to
offer sacrifices, Heb. 8, 3 (opposed to
attumunnumunaty to receive. Acta
20, 35) ; suppos. noh inaguky he who
gives or sells, a giver, a seller; act. par-
ticip. magunutchej one who gives, is
(actually) giving. See gift, aninnumau,
he gives to or bestows upon ( him ) (also
he helps or assists (him) : anhmumehy
help thou me (knttdnnummif will you
help me? R.W.) ); arnnmnndk meUuonky
'give ye them to eat'. Matt. 14, 16, i. e.
give ye food to (them) ; aninnumah
(ken ununumahy C. ), give thou to me;
klttinnumoashy kattinnvmoushy I give (it)
to thee, I will help thee.
glad, irekonUimy he is please<l, he is glad
[vekon-antamy he is sweet-minded];
nmicekontam {ncowekontamy C; noive'
c&titamy R. W.), I am glad; wekontashy
be thou glad, rejoice; vbl. n. vekontamd-
onk (-090/jA-, C), gladness, the being
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
267
^lad — continued. [
glad; wekontamwey 'tamu'de {-tamdej C.)y \
gladly, willingly; muskmtantam, he is ,
very glad, he rejoices, lit. he is boast- '
ful: icekontamcok kah ahche muBkouaiita- '■
mcokj rejoice ye and be exceeding glad, \
Matt. 5, 12 [mi«»i-«;eJbontow?].
%^i\^TUi!eyUH}fmppde^vx)h8ippo}dAe. See j
bright. j
g^lory, sohgAmSank Isoh-^vohsumaxmkj a '
shining forth; vbl. n. act. of ttohsumo), i
it shines forth. See note on forest].
gluttony, umssaumepcoonk {icussomup-
pooonkj C), vbl. n. act. from vms-
mumepo) [unissaume-uppcOf he eats too
much], he is gluttonous. See eat.
gnat, mgkemaji. From the same root as
9ogkepa), he bites.
g^, CD7/J, 6m, he goes from (a place
other than that in which the speaker
is) or proceeds from; wmooco^ it goes
from; na wmun, he went thence; com-
wog, they went on, proceeded on their
journey (as in Gen. 35, 16)^ tohnoh ,
k(Dmf whence dost thou come? (toh- \
hunno) kcom lekltf when did you come
from home? C. ; tanna cotra&m f whence |
come you ? R. W. ) ; wmttpf he did go or |
come from; ahque oomcogk, go ye not ,
from. Acts 1,4; suppos. vxigj when he
goes or proceeds from. |
an, he goes to (a place other than
that in which the speaker is); auog,
they go to; aush, go thou to; oiUuhj let
us go to (yd adntaj let us go that way,
R. W.); k-uttdn toh kod 6an, *thou
walkedst whither thou wouldst [go
to]*, John 21, 18; aiioTij if I go. The j
forms of this verb are more irregular I
than of perhaps any other of the i
primitive verbs. It is not always pos-
sible to distinguish its suppositive and <
participial forms from those of mm '
under the disguises of Eliot's phonog- l
raphy. This verb is often used intransi- I
tively , and its primary signification was,
probably, to go: noadtit nuiy 'he is |
gone a long journey* (afar off), Pro v.
7, 19; uttoh wamootik, vtioh aommuky
'whence it cometh, whither it goeth*,
Mass. Ps., John 3, 8; ne aydait^ *in the
way* (when thou goest), Ex. 23, 20;
suppos. uttoh nvh d6i or aydij whither I
may go. Hence m^aij, a path: inay toh-
gro— continued.
uxkh adhettUj 'the way wherein they
must walk*, Ex. 18, 20; vttiyeu may
aodgy by what way ye should go, Deut.
1, 33. See path.
amdeu, he goes away, he departs
(without reference to the mode or act of
going, but simply expressing the sepa-
ration or withdrawal of one person or
thing from another) ; amaish, go thou
away {nuttamdeeHf I depart; amaenat,
to depart, C. ); suppos. amaiit, amayit
. . . amayitch, if he depart ... let him
depart, 1 Cor. 7, 15.
monchn {mauchUf R. W.), he goes
(from the speaker or the place where
the speaker is supposed to be; opposed
to peyauy he comes; see come); iium-
monchem (-eew,C.), I go; num-monchip,
I went; monchish {maHchishj R. W. ), go
thou; suppos. particip. noh monchit, he
who goes; freq. momanchUj he moves,
i. e. continues to go; nishnoh oaas . . .
noh mainonchit, every animal . . . that
moveth, i. e. hath jwwer of motion,
Ezek. 47, 9.
vadpen, wdbeuy he goes up (absolutely
or without regard to the mode or act
of going), he rises; wdapeincOf it goes
up, i. e. it is raised up: mppeash vwa-
pSmcoash, the waters rise up, Jer. 47, 2
{ncoxmhetniy I arise, C). From wadbe,
impers. verb, adv., and prep., it is
above, above.
uwmsUf womuasiLy he goes down (abso-
lutely); (Dmmog, they go down; ncoivo-
mussin vxtdchu-ut, I came down from
the mountain; suppos. part. 7ioh wo-
mussit, iwhvwmmt, he who goeth down;
" neg womussitchegy they who go down.
From uwmeuy vwmiyeu, impers. verb,
adv., and prep., it is down or beneath.
kuhkuhqiieuy he goes upward, ascends
by progressive motion. See ascend.
nmkeuy he goes downward, descends
(from above to or toward the earth
[li^ ohke-a\i]\ cf. vwmsuy he goes down
below the earth or the speaker) ;
ncokoDp, he descended, came down;
7i(Dch ncokem kesukqiUy *I came down
from heaven*, John 6, 38; suppos.
noh noakity he who descends, goes or
comes down; ncokitchy let him come
down; inan. subj. naokemco^ it went
Digitized by
Google
268
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLimN 25
go — continued,
down or came down; v. t. inan. nmhi-
num^ he puts (it) down or lets (it) down.
qmhkhiy he goes back, returns. See
return.
assdushaUy he goes backwanl; nut-
assdushom, I go backward.
kuU'hittdmhaUf he goes forward, pro-
ceeds onward; nuk'-kitchittonshdm^ I go
forward; inan. subj. hitchiitOmhomco, it
goes forward [kutche]. See begin.
jxiswtshaUf hegoes near or comes near;
Buppop. 7ioh pas(Dtshadty he who goes or
' comes near; pdsaosukaUj he is going or
coming near, he approaches (imply-
ing, by the incorporation of k* progress-
ive, continued motion; pascotshcm ex-
presses merely the act of getting near
to, without necessarily including the
idea of voluntary motion).
petukaUj he goes in, enters (ingredi-
tur), i. e. he is going in.
petutteauj he goes into or within (init,
intrat); jxtutteash { peetitteashy C; p^i-
tecsj R. W. ), come thou in, enter, go in.
sohham [=«o/i-<»w], he goes forth.
negonuhkau [=negonne-k'' -aii]^ hegoes
before, precedes, leads; divested of the
idea of progressive motion (expressed
by A:'), negonnaUj nuk-komaUy he is in
advance, he leads or precedes.
asuhkau lamihke-auly he goes after,
follows; asuhkau-auy he follows (him);
suppos. noh asukiity he who goes or
comes after; an. suffix nah itut-<isuh'
kauoh, he followed them.
na>8ukau, he goes after, pursues, fol-
lows. See follow.
pomushaUy he goes on foot, he walks
See walk.
nmshauy he goes quickly to, hastens
[iisseuy with fih^ of violent motion], he
runs to (as distinguished from qiiog-
queiiy he goes by running, runs).
ptweuy he goes by flying (as distin-
guished from piimmefty he flies, and
pummunaxLy he flies to). See fly.
nohhamy nohhwrn, he goes by water,
sails (cemishodnhomf go you by water?
R. W. , i. e. by boat, mt>/io(5H ) . See arrive.
pummohhamj pomohJioniy he goes by
sea Ipummoh-am]; n. agent, pum-
mdhhamicaeriy pi. -iixienuogy they who
go by sea, mariners. See sea.
8*0 — continued.
kemuhkhoniy he goes spying, or as a
spy [kenim-mmy hegoes secretly].
panneauy he goes out of the way, goes
wrong; suppos. part! noh panneonty he
who goes wrong [panneiiy (he is) out
of the way].
xcauomty w6amiy he goes astray, wan-
ders; nayaxLU'6iny I go astray {nmwomvdn,
I wander; wawonn&ogy they wander,
C. ) ; suppos. jjart. nxjonty uHiyoiity going
astray or out of the way, hence the
setting of the sun, or his going out of
the way. See sun.
adhmihqueaxiy auhmihq-y ahauJisykq-y
he goes to and fro l^uh^uhquey to and
fro, 2 K. 4, 35].
AgushaUy dgqshaUy he goes below,
beneath, or under (it), 2 Sam. 18, 9;
Job 24, 8 [agtrey below]-
Cree itoot-ayooy he goes there; khc-
ayoOy he goes back, returns; kdospUy
he goes (from river or lake) inland;
ndisep ayoOy he goes to the river, etc.;
wuthaweeooy he goes out, Howse 81.
god, manit(mcmlty pi. inanittdwocky R.W.;
Peq.wuwrf/ J/, Stiles; Del. icelsit mannittOy
the good spirit); v. subst. maniitcOy
maniUOy (he is) a god; pi. manittwog,
manitoogy FA. Or. " We ' ay God is; the
Indian of this is Mannitcoco. The two
first syllables stand for God; the latter
assert his existence", Exp. Mayhew
(MS). In his translation of the
Bible Eliot has in most instances trans-
ferred the name of "God" and of
"Jehovah" to the Indian text. He
gives, however, J/aniY xvame masugkenuky
*God Almighty', Ex. 6, 3, and nen
ManittOy 'I am God' Is. 43, 12, etc.;
cf. yfanity *the Lord', Ps. 2, 4; Jeho-
vah y *the Lord', v. 7; God-uty *( against)
the Lord', v. 2. The possessive form
num-maniUnmy my god, Ps. 3, 7; 7, 1;
kum-manitmrny thy god, etc., is some-
times used. The word is derived either
from Anuey above, with the suppos.
part, form ^d indef. prefix: m*anity he
who is above or more than (all) (see
more), or from anheauy suppos. dnhity he
who does to or deals with. It is to be
observed that the derivative has the in-
definite and impersonal prefix m',
'something above all' or something
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
269
god — Continued,
which deals with us (see conduct one's
self), mattitnit (mat-anil) y he who is not
God, the not-God, the devil, or bad
spirit; see dexnl.
manittax>gy maniloog (manittoiwcky
R. W, ), the gods of the Indian mythol-
ogy. "They have given me the names
of thirty-seven, which I have, all which
in their solemn worships they invo-
cate*', R. AV. 110. Kauidntowint, *the
great South West God^ * to whose house
all souls go, and from whom came
their com, l^eans, as they say', ibid.,'
= Caw((i7itowinij 'their great God',
R. W., Introd.; cf. Jehovah Keihtannit
[the great god, kehie-duWiy 'the Lord
God ' , Gen. 24, 7. * * The Massachusetts
call their great god Khhtan [Kiehian?]^
. . . the Penobscots, thegod 7>i»fMr7^,"
Capt. John Smith, 1631. **They wor-
ship K I fun J their good god, or Ilohba-
mocoy their evil god", Lechford, Plaine
Dealing. Tdntnm was a contracte<l
form of keihtanif-wmy my great god or
our great god. ^^ Kiehtun . . . the
principal and maker of all the rest [of
the gods] and to be made by none . . .
who dwelleth aVxive in the heavens
... far westward, whither all good
men go when they die", Winslow's
Relation, 1624; and in the margin:
**The meanhig of the word Uehtuny I
think, hath reference to antiquity, for
chise [kutchml'] is an old man and
kiehchise a man that exceedeth in age".
(Del. (retaun'dointj God, Hkw. ) S(juan-
(a m ( = Kiehta n and Ka utanioirit?}:
*'They acknowleiige a god whom they
call Sfiuantam^ but worship him they
do not" (Josselyn, 3 M. C. H., in, 300).
Contracted from musfnuintamf he is
angry; musquantani Manity God is an-
gry, R. W. "If it \ye but an ordinary
accident, a fall, etc., they will say, God
was angr}' and did it", ibid. Hohba-
mock (Capt. John Smith), ITobbamoco
(Lechford), Abbamocho or Cheepie (Jos-
selyn), * their evil god', 'that we
suppose their devil'; see devil. Kee-
mckqudnd [kesuk-anitly 'the Sun God',
R. W., "a name of the sun, by which
they acknowledge the sun, and adore
for a god or divine power". Cheke-
g^od — continued.
suwdndy 'the Western God', R. W.
(chekeiWy the northwest wind, ibid.,
from chokes f \n61ent, fierce, with the
animate active termination). Worn-
pandndj 'the Eastern God', R. W.
livomjyan-anity the god of the dawn
or of daylight, Eos]. Wunnanam^anit,
'the Northern God', R. W. [vmn-
nanumau-aniiy the god of blessing, or
who blesses, confers benefits (?) ; nanu-
vuyeity the north]. Soirimndndy 'the
Southern God', R. W. [= awvandijeu,
s6aniye\{ (sowahiiu, R. W. ), southward,
to the south, in Eliot, but to the
southwest according to Roger Williams.
"They have a tradition that to the
southwest, which they call soinvainiil,
the gods chiefly dwell; and hither the
souls of all their great and good men
and women go", R. W.]. Was Soiv-
7m7i(hid [soivanhMinit'] another name
of Kiehtan or Kautdntowit? Wetud-
manity 'the house God', R. W. [vetn-
coniy my house, -«7»7]. Sguduanitf 'the
Womans God', R. AV. [squay woman,
-aniti, }fuckquachurkqHandy 'theCJhil-
drens God', R. W. ImuckquachuckSy
boy, ibid.]. NanejKiiiiihaf, 'the moons
God', R. W. Paumjydgumty 'the Sea-
God', R. W; "that deity or Godhead
which they conceive to l)e in the sea',
ibid. ; see sea. Yot'mnity * the fire God ',
R. W. [ybtCy fire, ibid.]; see fire.
g>old. "These Indians call gold vassa-
dory which argueth there is thereof in
the country" (Archer's Account of
Gosnold's Voyage, 1602, 3 :M. H. C,
VIII, 77). The Indians were those of
the mainland near Elizabeths i:<land
(i. e. Cutty hunk).
^ood, irunney vinne {irirrey uilli), (it is)
good, (it is) well (in the abstract, the
possible, or subjectively); v^imnegniy (it
is) good, a goo<l thing, good, pleasant,
fair (in the concrete, the actual, or ob-
jectively) ; pi. vimnegenashy good things;
suppos. part. inan. wunnegik, (when it
is) good; a good thing, that which is
good: wahteonun varugik kah machuk,
to know (that which is) good and evil,
Gen. 3, 5 {umnneginy welcome! R. W.;
Del. \Miky the good, Hkw.). wumie
is largely used in the comiwsition of
Digitized by
Google
270
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY.
[BVLLETIN 25
good — con tinued .
words to express goodness, happiness,
good fortune, beauty, etc.: mnineiUj
( he is) good, a goodly man, a handsome,
rich, or prosperous man (rvuyinetode,
good, C. ; wunnetUy proper and personal,
R. W.).
goods (effects, property, res), maumachi-
ash: teagiiashasuhmaumachiashy 'money
or stuff', Ex. 22, 7 {maumacninash [ty-
pographical error for maumacMuash'jf
goods, R. W.)
goose, hdnck, pi. hdnckocl% R. \V. ; Narr.
co^inikh, Stiles; Peq. kohunkf Stiles;
tvompdhtuckj a goose, C. See brant
goose.
gourd, quoncoasq (qudncowasky a bottle
(made from a gourd ? ) , C. ) . From qunnij
long, and a»k, green vegetable or fruit.
govern, nanaanum, nanaicunmimj he
governs, rules, protects (it); v. i. and
V. t. an. nanau^unnatt, ncniaunnan {nana-
uoyiaUj C.) , he ruleth, govemeth (tidnd-
tvamuneehf keep thou me, C; mmnuu-
nauuinyeuivamf I govern, ibid.); n.
agent, nananuivaen^ iianuumnnuimen,
nanamiaenf a ruler, a governor (pi. iian-
anuachegt magistrates, rulers, C. ) ; nana-
dnonchegj nayiawunoncheg, they who
rule. See ruler.
grain. See com.
grandfather, inuUmtchlkklnneasirij C.
(father's father?).
grandmother, okummes; koktunmuSf thy
grandmother, mother's mother, 2 Tim.
1, 5; hut kokumme^ J 'thy aunt'. Lev. 18,
14 {icuttookummls^iny C. ).
grape, wenom-in, pi. wenomxnneash {we-
ndmeneash, R. \V.). See vine.
g^ass, moskehtf ma»keht, for maskehtUy
m^ask-ehtUj that which is green, or sup-
pos. m*ask-Uf (when it is) green; pi.
moskehiuash^ grass, pasturage, hay (wo»-
ket flash f hay, C; maskituashj grass or
hay, R. W. ; oskosk, grass, C. ) ; v, subst.
moskehtuooy it is grass; dim. moskehtnemeSy
El. Gr. 12; nmfutskehtf much grass.
From askCf unripe, immature, raw (ask-
Mw, *it is raw', R. W.), from which by
duplication comes ashkoshki {askdM,
R. W.; askosque, C. ), green. See flags;
green; meadow; medicine.
grasshopper, chansomps {chdmops quc^-
shav, a grasshopper jumps, C). qua-
grcMishopper — continued.
queqiiefthonfj suppos. part. an. from qua-
quequeahaUj a double freq. from que-
shall J he leaps or jumps. Eliot uses
these words interchangeably for * grass-
hopper' and 'locust'. The Mass. Ps.
(Ps. 78, 46) has chonwmps for 'locust',
and perhaps this name properly belongs
to the common cicada, popularly called
' locust ' .
grave (adj.), manimnuj (he is) grave.
See slow.
grave (n.), iceenohke: icoskeche neenohkety
on or above his grave; posekhuuutu wee-
nohkeity laid in his grave, John 11,
17; tuppdskinongash, graveclothes. See
bury.
gravel, mamossompsquehtu (?), Is. 48, 19.
grray, n^mpishockif C; ufunitoquanat^
womptihrpiouaf, infin. to have gray hair
or be gray-headed ; vompuhquou^ he is
gray, ha»<agray head; nco-wompuhquom^
I am gray-haired; suppos. uompoquoi,
when I am gray; suppos. part, noh
xvompuhquonty he who is gray ( noh u-omp-
puhqiia, he is gray, C. ) [?/;o/w^i, white,
and it' progressive, becoming white].
great, mishe^ missi (mM*??, mishee, C;
mishiy R. W.), great, large, big, abso-
lutely and not merely by coraj)arison;
pi. adj. mimyeuashy (they are) great,
inan. obj. minhe is the usual form in
Eliot of the adj. and adv., rnim for the
verb: mishe uetUy a great house; iretu
missi J the house is great, as in 2 Chr. 2, 5;
Esth. 1, 20; Eccl. 9, 13. Comparative
Anne wishe, dnue missiy or mohsag (see
below), greater [w'-vA, the indefinite
particle with the radical '«A, expressing
excess, intensity, and perhaps primarily
greatness. Heckewelder gives (Del.)
chingvcj large; chingue or m\'hingue
puschiSy a large cat; nC cliomchicaiiy a
large knife; "still, it is easy to see that
m*chon in the latter word is derived
from chingue (?), large or great" (Cor-
resp. 448). Elsewhere he gives meechek
achsiniiiky at the big rock (Words and
Phrases 459). The m' certaiilly does
not belong to the root, which is identi-
cal with or nearly related to the -ash of
the inan. pi.], missagy molisag [rn^sagj
m'«/ifit], suppos. concrete, a great thing,
i. e. a thing when it is great, great rela-
Digitized by
Google
TBVMBULLl
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
271.
great — continued,
tively, great of its class or kind, of things
inanimate: mohsag ivetu^ * the greater
house', 2Chr. 3, 5; mofisdg matrheHeonkf
*80 great a sin*, Ex. 32, 21; ut mishik-
fcomukqiitf in a great house^ 2 Tim.
2, 20; cf. Del. m^chingue^ above.
mogkiy mogke^ mukki, (it is) very great,
huge, ingens, iramanis* (usually of
things inanimate); pi. inogktyeuashy
Gen. 41, 5 (mnmockluun^h vvquananti-
ganash, * great lights', i. e. the sun
and moon, R. AV. ); as n. mogagishj
magagishy great things; cf. mogkin-
nnjtij mukkinnmf he gathers together;
ogketam {dketaniy R. W.), he numbers,
counts, adds up; see mogke keitotnn-
CLuhy great cities, Deut. 6, 10. The
root is it* progressive or cumulative.
missugkey mamgke, great, powerful,
mighty (of animate beings, with rela-
tion to position, im[K)rtanre, power,
etc., but not to magnitude); noh mamg-
kenuky he (who is) great; mime ma-
sugkenuky the Almighty (Peq. maussha-
ked miwdtUy the greatest god. Stiles) ;
pres. part, noh mnmigkenutche, the chief,
and so the eldest (servant. Gen. 24, 2);
vbl. n. act. mmugkeuoDonky greatness, as
of a king, a warrior; see plenteous.
kehche (old, superior in age, therefore
chief), in compound words keht-y chief
or greatest, as in kehtequaiweet [kehte-
'iruMeeQy the great toe; kehtcoquaii itchy
the thumb; keihtotan lkeht-otan'\y & gre&t
city; keihtannit [keht-dnitly the great
god (the Lord God, Gen. 24, 7); hence
kehtohy the sea. See old; sea.
[♦Note.— " This requires correction; mogke
Rignifles great by ag^egation, hh Iih related
woMs 8how: mishe trrtu. a great house; mogke
kritotan, a great city."]
great (to make), misheheaUy he makes
(him) great; suffix an. num-mixhehy I
exalt him; ktim-miffh-ei^hy *I magnify
thee', Josh. 1, 7; inan. mi^hehteauy he
makes (it) great (mishwivdnaty to brag
or swagger, C).
g^een, ashkashki, a^hko^qidy oshko^hque
{askdjtkiy R. W.; askogqxtey C), green
(it is green): onatuh otthkoskq-ut, 'as
the green herb', Ps. 37, 2; oshkoshqiih-
kontUy in the green, * in green pastures',
Ps. 23, 2; pi. adj. and inan. pi. of verb
green — continued,
subst. njthkoshkiijeua^hy (they are) green,,
Esth. 1, 6. ;dimin. ashkosquest'y greenish.
ashkuhquame, green (of a tree, as op-
posed to dry or dead), flourishing: ut
a^ikuhquain-ut . . . ut-nunohta-uty* in the-
green tree ... in the dry ' , Luke 23, 31.
jiishnoh askuhnky 'every green tree';
askunkqy a green tree, Ezek. 17, 24
{askkosqueHhineaty tobegreen, C. ). From
aske {(ishhiy R. W. ; aakiny C. ), raw,
immature, unripe; by duplication ask-
ask-iy which is nearly relate<i to asqy
ashqy asquanty not yet, and trnskey new,
young, first in time. See grass.
grieve, neiianUtmy he grieves, is sorrow-
ful (nun-iKDhiJutmy I grieve, C; n'no-
mitamy 1 am grieve<l, R. W.); ahque-
iienantamcoky do not (you) grieve; vbl. n.
act. neaatUamdonky a grieving, sorrow,
grief {ncoxixinlamwey sad, sorrowful, C. ).
unkquanumaUy onkquanumaUy he is-
grievously afflicted or is in great pain
or sorrow; vbl. n. act. unkquaunmcoovky
onkq-y excessive grief or affliction [uh-
qiuicy unkque, at extremity, from iihq\ a.
! sharp point. See end.].
grind, togkuhwhosUj togguhwhosuy he-
grinds in a mill (togguhhuniy he grinds,
C. ; tackhhmminy to grind com: tack-
humilnneay beat me parched meal, R.
W. ) [togk\ radical, he strikes or beats,
and «««/, verb of an. action], sohqnt-
tahhaniy mkqxiehttahhamy sogqxittakhamy
he breaks it into small pieces, Ixa s
(it) to powder, grinds (it) small or
fine; causat. inan. from sohqunnumy he
breaks in pieces, and that from sohquiy
(it is) fine, in powder. See beat; mortar;
strike.
groan, nmhdndmauy mishonOmcOy he-
groans; nuin-mishanndmummy we groan.
auwohkontowaUy oivohkdniw&Uy auuxikon'
twauy he groans {nuttouahkontdamy I
j groan, C. ) ; vbl. n. act. auwakorUa>ivaonky
diuhkihitowaonky ahhaohhdmcoonk, au-
: uvhhdmmotiky a groaning.
: ground, ohke; nunnohohke. See dry;
earth.
' grow, tannetUy it grows, is produced,
as a plant from the seed: asinekdsog
pish tunnetuogy thorns shall grow or be
I brought forth, Gen. 3, 18. Else where -
na pish iannegen . . . niehtugquashy^ there-y
Digitized by
Google
272
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIK 25
grow — continued,
shall grow . . . trees', Ezek. 47, 12.
nekitif nehirif it grows, is grown, as a
plant increases by growth : nxDche iiekin,
it began to grow; pajeh . . . iiekikj until
. . . (when it was) grown; nish nehe-
wonche Jiektikwhy things which grow of
themselves spontaneously, 2 K. 19, 29.
iiekin means also he is born; suppos.
nekit, (when he is) born; infin. as subet.
vnitch nekimteaty from rtie birth; see
birth; born. adtcniehin=nekhi; adtane-
gek, Matt. 6, 28, =zneg\k, Luke 12, 27.
neetUy he or it grows, as a plant or an
animal: nmhanq neeiUj the rush grows
Jobs, 11; nag neetmg, they grow {neetu,
he is born, Prov. 17, 17; Job 5, 7); vbl.
n. act. metiionk, birth, =neek\umk. ke-
nupjteiHy he grows, increases in stature
(grows rapidly): mukkies kenuppetUy
the child grew. to/««, he is grown, has
attaine<l full growth. kemkk}n[neau']y
he is growing up, is attaining full
growth; suppos. }xijeh . . . kemkity till
he . . . is grown up. Cf. keewqiishiuy
high water, R.W.; see produce; ripe;
sun. smikiUy sonkim, it springs forth,
shoots up, as a plant. See spring up.
gfuard. See watch.
gfuide, monchanau (he carries away, an.
obj.), he guides (him); suffix an. um-
monchanuhy he guided them (kinnmd'
guide — continued.
uchaii'ishylwiU conduct you; maiicha^,
be thou my guide; mouchateay a guide,
R. W.). mmpirushanaUy mmpshanau,
he guides (them), conducts (them)
ariglvt; suffix an. imiMampshanuhy he
guides them; n. agent, samptcoshdssean,
a guide; part. pres. neg mmpshanoncheg,
they who guide, guides, leaders [samp-
w€y right].
guilty, kesantamy he is guilty; nuk-kesan-
tamun6Huny we are guilty. kewhkOon-
taviy he is guilty; suppos. kesoJikdontog,
when he is guilty (kesuhkotamcDonky
guilt, Danf.; keesanUim^ey guilty, C;
kewhkoadtamwey guiltily, ibid.).
gull (a bird), Peq. nhpurkachipy Stiles.
gun, phkiincky R. \V. "Conceiving a
similitude between our guns and thun-
der, they call a gun phknncky and to
^\9QhBT^ peskhomm'm — that is, to thun-
der", R. W. neimpduog peskSniwock,
thunderlx)lts are shot, ibid. Abn. jie-
p^skaitiy je tire du fiLsil sur quelqu'un;
aSeniu peskakf qui tire?, Rasles. The
root is the same as in pashkshemty it
bursts asunder with violence, through
pohsheau, it divides in two, and pdhshey
half. Cf. Cree pooskoo-puihuy it bursts
(from within), as a gun, Howse 146;
pAskesiggiuiy a gun, Howse 266-267.
gunpowder, saupucky R. W.; sabuck, C.
H
had {SLUxi\.)ymahchey inamahchey are some-
times employed to form a pluix^rfect
tense. See have.
haddock, iHikonnotamy C. See codfish.
hail, huimgony Ps. 78, 48; 148, 8; mis-
st'gmty Rev. 16, 21 [mtKn-kwiiy great
snow ?].
hair, mec^unky luemnnky meyansunk (me-
auuky C; urshecky R. W.), human hair
of the head. qmrnnhqiuKiUy he has long
hair, is long haired; pres. i«irt. qnanuh-
quoanfy qiuwonnhqudfuiiy having long
hair; vl)l. qfutuonukqndouk (miippdcuck,
R. W.), a (long) lock of hair, veshd-
gauy wUhagkin {vrnhecky hair, R. W.),
hair on the body or limbs of man or
animals, wool (noohke shakdnashy soft
hair — continued.
wool, C); verb subst. (Direshnganu, he
is hairy; pi. ireshakinmioomthy (his
hands) are hairy. Cf. Sax. scearga;
Engl, shag, hair; Ethiop. i^ha-hjy hair-
cloth. Mr. Pickering, in his Index to
Eliot's Grammar, gives ^^veahagmij hair
of animals". The meaning can not be
thus restricted. See beard, wishshu-
viissitonk (?) , hair growing on the body,
Lev. 19, 20, 21, 25, etc.
half, pohshCy jnihshey pohqne {poqnesu,
half [of an. obj.], R. W.; pamhCy some,
opposed to vamey all, R. W. ). poli-
sh iuum (jxiushimuny R. W.), he divides
in two, he halves (it); })ohsheaUy it
divides asunder, cleaves in two. Cf.
Digitized by
Google
"TBrMBCLL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DIOTIONARy
273
half — continued.
Sansk. paksha, a side, a half; Zig. pas^
yek'pash, one-half; Engl, piece.
hAnd, rrCnutcheg^ menutcheg {moiUchegj
C. ) ; vmnnutcheg, irunniUch {tvunnlchekty
R. W.), his hand; nun-nitcheh, my
hand, Exp. May hew; pi. wunnutche-
ganash {wunniskSgannash (?), R. W.),
his hands; tit \mAnnulchegan-\t^ in his
hand. From awi/, primary form of
anunit; pi. neg anitcheg, they that
take hold of; suppos. part% of anuivau
or anauj he takes hold of (him), noh-
kduj the right hand; wuttmnohkdu (un-
ninuhkoe menitchegf C), his right hand;
ntUtinnohk6uy my right hand; see
right hand. Perhaps for noh kdunuk^
he who carries, menadchuj the left hand
{mendtche vieiiitchegf C); ummenadchu^
his left hand; nt ummenadcheancooutj in
their left hands (yo nmunnatch^ to the
left hand (side of a path, etc. ), R. W. ) ;
menadchtiej -Me (rmmmatchn, C), left-
handed, putttikqunitch Ipetukqui-mitchy
round hand], the fist; anomanutch
[andme-nutchj within the hand], the
hollow of the hand; nogquanutchf the
palm of the hand.
handful, ydnUchan lydminum-nutchf he
shuts the hand; suppos. ydnitnutchj
when he shuts the hand] .
handle, mohmussunnunif he handles (it);
freq. from mus9unnnmy he touches (it).
handsome, vunne, vinne (m»mw»inw, he
. makes handsome, adorns, C. ; noosiriy I
adorn, ibid.). See good.
hang, kechequahinauy he hangs (him);
pish kukkechefpmbinuky he will hang
thee (hik-keechequaHibenUchy you shall
be hanged (I will hang thee), R. W.;
nukkechtqaahes pemimieaty I am choked
with a halter, C); suppos. part, con-
crete, adt kechequabenittimukj that upon
which or by which (he) is hanged, a
gallows. waashanaUy he hangs (him);
ne vaashtinaoky hang ye (him) thereon;
suffix an. (Divadshanduhy they hanged
him. wadshauy he hangs or is hanging;
uvh mivadshuriy he may hang or be
hangeil; suppos. part. inan. unashunky
wooshunky if it hang (upon him); nag
uvushaog mehtugqxdy they hang on the
trees, Josh. 1 0, 26. ogkcoch in yhogkcoch in ,
it hangs or is suspended, he is sus-
B. A. K, Bill. 25 18
hang — continued.
pended from [agu^e-wutcheu ] . trddslm d-
tally hehaags (it) on (him); ne wunooh-
shadtauunat vnaq, to hang a vessel there-
on, Ezek. 15, 3.
happen, asjmiiauy ashpunauy apunaUy
shpunaUy usp-y uahp-, he encounters by
chance, he is hapiiened to. The f onns
of this verb are irregular; it is gener-
ally used intransitively after an animate
subject, which in an English transla-
tion becomes the object: ne ashpuna-
hMt uosketompaog, ne vnit-ushpond-
neau puppinashimwog; jxtmik ushpundog
wamfy *that which befalleth men, he-
falleth l:>easts, one thing befalleth them
[all]'; taiuppe uspun&og wame (all are
happened to alike), * one event happen-
eth to them air, Eccl. 2, 14; iiagwnme
. . . u^hpunaogy * chance happeneth to
them air, Eccl. 9, 11; tohtinitch imme
yeu spimnaogy why is all this befallen
us? Judg. 6, 13; shpunnadti ioh kod
shpunnaiy *let come on me what will*,
Job 13, 13. miskauauy mussuhkauaUy he
encounters by mischance, he is hap-
pened to (restricted to the encounter of
evil or mischance): machukish . . . pish
mnmiskcuduhy ev'ils shall befall them,
Deut. 31, 17.
happy, umnniyeuy tvunnaiyeu [wunni-eu'jy
he is happy; anne wunniyeuy hap>-
pier (fnui . . . umnniyeuogf are they
well? C); kwniy thou art happy; onk
woh nconi tnitch keny that it may }ye well
M'ith me for thy sake, Gen. 12, 13;
kwnaiinnrWy ye are happy; suppos. part,
pi. neg wuyuiiitchegy they who are happy.
See good.
harbor. See haven.
hard, siogke (siokkey C; siuckaty R. W.),
hard, difficult; giogkoky if it be hard or
difficult; pi. sidgokishy hard matters or
things; vbl. n. siogkeyeuonky a hard mat-
ter, *hard saying*, John 6, 60. menuh-
Hy strong, unyielding, hard. See sour;
strong.
hare (?), mdhtukquAsog (Ps. 104, 18),
ogkoshquog (Prov. 30, 26), * conies*, but
in Lev. 11, 5, 6 *cony* and 'hare* are
transferred from the English, ockqut-
chaun [pgkushki- tchan (?), wet nose],
described by Roger Williams as *a
wild beast of a reddish hair, about the
Digitized by
Google
274
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 2&
hare (?) — continued.
bigness of a pig and rooting like a
pig', was probably the woodchuck
( Arctomys monax ) .
liarlot, nanwunnaxUquawaen-in, a harlot
or prostitute; nanutinnwdsqtiaausiien'in,
one who is a prostitute in act, who
acts the harlot [n. agent, from verb
nanvmnTKDdsfjuaU'Hssn'], manmqua,69u,
mansquadttu, she commits fornication,
acts the harlot. See fornication; adul-
tery.
harm. See hxirt.
harvest, kepenum, he harvests or gath-
ers the har\'e8t {kepenummin, to gather
com, R. W.); kepenush, 'reap thou'.
Rev. 14, 15; vbl. n. act. kepenu-
m(Donk, the harvesting, harvest; siip-
pos. impers. and part. pass, kepenumnk
(when it is har\'ested), the time of
har\'est {nunnoxva, harvest time; anod-
ant J at harvest, R. W.; from nunAeUj
it is dry(?); ^ ninnauimelj fall, autumn,
C). See seasons.
hasten, kenupfihaii, he makes haste; ke-
nupshaushf hasten thou, make haste;
suppos. part. an. kenupshont, when
hastening; freq. kakejinpshonf, making
great haste, going very swiftly; rtag
kakenupshonitchegj the swift (poten-
tially) [kenxippen, it is swift or quick,
with the particle of violent action '«/»],
wapantanif he is in haste; ncov^pdn-
tarn, I am in haste, C.
hat. See cap.
hatch, puohkuhhowau, (the bird) hatches.
See Is. 34, 15; Jer. 17, 11.
hatchet. See ax.
hate, sekeneamy sekenam^ he hates (it);
an. sekeneauaUf he hat^s (him); suffix
wiissekenaduhf v*u9sekeneau6iih, they
hate him; vbl. n. act. BckeiieauAonky a
hating, hatred; sekeiieausuonkf active
hating, hating in exercise; vbl. n. pass,
and recip. seken^aadtnonky a being
hated, reciprocity of hatred, en-
mity; vbl. n. inan. act. sekeneamooonky a
hating of (inan. obj). Primarily seke-
neam signifies he refuses, rejects, hence
manifests an aversion to, hates. Cf.
guhkouy he spits (nis-suke, I am spiteful
or mischievous, C. ). Del. kschingdlel,
I hate you, Hkw. jishantamj he
loathes, despises, hates {nut-jishantamf
hate— contin ued .
I hate, I despise, C); an. jishanumau^
he hates (him).
haug^htiness, qunuhqunneunkqussuonky
by reduplication from qunnuniqtiif
high, and u«^(, verb of action, he acts
very high ; vbl . in -onit, very high acting.
See proud.
have (auxil. ),maAc^ (after, thereafter).
A word which expresses completed ac-
tion or the end of action, that which
has been, was employed as an auxiliary
to the verb in forming the perfect and
pluperfect tenses (maut, maht-y mauch-,
mtsh-,'R. W.; niim-ma/ic/j^, Ihave; kum-
mache, thou hast, etc., C. Cree gheey
*have*; Chip, ke or ge)-. ne mahche,
that which hath Ijeen, Eccl. 3, 15; um-
mahche usserij he hath done it. Is. 44, 23
{tashin mhh commaugf how much have
you given? R. W. ; m^i mhh-nawmOnash,
I did not see those things; num-maut-
aukeeteaiimenf I have done planting,
R. "VV. ). Cf. maliisheaUj it decays, £ails,
comes to an end; majish, mauma<;hishy
at last (mauchaiihomy a dead man,
R. W. ) ; mahchinauj he is sick, etc. See
had.
have (v.), ohiauy he has, i. e. possesses
or owns {nuttohtdy I have, I possess (it);
nutahtoiij I have; kiUaktoupy thou hadst;
noh ahlcniy he has; nag ahtoogy they
had, C. ) ; suppos. noh ohtunk, he who
has, the owner; lug ohtunkegj the
owners or possessors; vbl. n. ohledank,
ahtdonkf a having, a possession; vbl. n.
pass, or suppos. part. inan. ohtenkj pos-
se8se<l, had, owned; hence a field, land
cultivated, inclosed, or to which the
idea of ownership attaches {ahVtukj soil,
a field, C. ). See belong to.
haven, harbor, kohpog^ kobpaonk, kup^
pohkomuky kuhpdhkomtikf koppSmuk,
kobpaonk f etc., all derived from kup-
pohham^ kobhamj he shuts close, closes
up, which is from kuppij kuppiyeu^ it is
close, thick, dense; suppos. kobpog^
when it incloses or closes up; act. vbl.
kobimonk, a closing or making close;
hippohkomuk Ikuppi-komuk'jf a closed
place, a covert, etc.
hawk, qimnunony Lev. 11, 16; onijh-
shaog^ Deut. 14, 15; mashquanon, Job
39, 26 (wmhdwunan, R. W.). Cf. qun-
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULLj
ENGLISH-NATIOK DICTIONARY
275
hawk— continued.
noruDy *lion'; qxiohqunnonou, *grey-
hound'.
lie, she, eiA'd, R.W. (Muh. uwoh^ Edw.);
noh, he, she; ndffunif him, her, EL and
C. (Del. nekaj nekama, Hkw. ). Strictly
regarded, noh is a demonstrative and
relative pronoun, corresponding to the
inan. demonstrative ne; ewb \uo] is the
proper personal, represented by iv'y u\
or a>' as a prefix, and ^oh or ^uh as a
suffix, in the 3d pers. sing, of verbs,
etc.: nen nnoh [nen iie-noh'\, I am he.
Is. 41, 4; 7ioh anakausitj he who labor-
eth [aiiakaumi (without prefixed pro-
noun), he laboreth]; uttiyeuwoht where
is he? John 7, 11; noh neen, I am he,
L e. I am that man of whom you speak,
John 9, 9; hoxvan nohf who is he? i. e.
that he, v. 36 (ul noh, in him; %d Jidgum,
to him; nashpe ndgum, with him,
C. ; matta ne, matia no, not that (house),
not that (man), ibid.; yo Appitch ewb,
let him sit there; awaitn ewbf who is
that? R. W.; Del. na nipauwit, he that
stands there, Hkw., = noh nepau, El.).
umhhog, his body, himself [w'hogk, his
body] {wuhbck, the body, R. W.):
nashpe wuhhogk-uh, by himself, Heb.
6, 13. nuttaiheh, he belongs to me, he
is mine: nen nnUtaiheuh, I belong to
him, I am his. Cant. 2, 16; pi. nish
vrnttaihe-ash, the things which are his;
viUtaihe, his. See this.
head, mnppnhknk, mnhpuhkuk, a head;
uppuhkuk, his head; kuppuhknk, thy
head [in^puhk^ik, the hollow; from
puhki, puhpuhki, it \s hollow], -ontup,
head (summit, top), in compound
words, as chepidniup [chippe-ontup, sep-
arated head], a skull {isqKinantep, iAte
de mort, Ragles) ; elsewhere, wttskonSn-
txip (bone head), a skull {muskonontip,
C); v'ompontitp (white head), a white
or hoary head; kodtantup, the top or
crown of the head (the scalp?) (uppa-
quontnp, the head; nuppaqudntup, my
head, R. W.; Abn. metep, t^te; netep,
ma t^te; 3d pers. Step).
headdress (?), chetuhquab, *a crown*.
heal, neetskehhuau, he heals or cures
(him). See cure.
health, vbl. n. pass, ncetskehettnonk,
health produceil or restored, a being
health — continued,
cured; act. wunnanumdonk, health, well-
being; Bumvunnuhketeaonkannuf is it a
healthy time, is it healthy? C. See
well.
heap, kohkuhquog, kuhkahquag (when it
is heaped up, made high) , a heap, a
summit, the top [from kuhkuhqueu, he
goes up, ascends] . n um uvn kquau ( it is
made full), nomunkqudg (when it is
made full), a heap; nanomwonkqnaeu
nana nunqnaash, 'heaps upon heaps',
Judg. 15, 16 [from nnmwaeti, it is full,
and unquaeu, it exceeds, or extremely].
ftokenug, a heap of com, R. W. "The
women of the family . . . dry the
com in round broad heaps'*, ibid,
[pass. part, suppos. from sokenum, he
pours (it) out: when it is poured out].
hear, nmiam {noh ncotam, C), he
hears (it), nunnmkim, I hear (nunnOS-
tam,C.)\ nmtmh, hear thou; an. ncotah
{kennoDtah, C), hear thou me; ncotau,
he hears (him) ; suppos. ncotiit, when he
hears; noh nwtiit, he who hears, may
hear; vbl. n. nootamaxmk (nootamHionk,
C.),a hearing.
hearken, kukkeitau, knhkeihtaxi, he
hearkens to (him), he listens with at-
tention to (him); suffix kukkehtah,
hearken thou to me; noh ktikkeitok, to
him ye shall hearken (nftop kikkita,
friend, heark«?n to me, R. W.; kuh-
kehiam, he hearkens (to it, inan.), C).
heart, metuh [ni'toK], a heart; nuttah,
my heart; kuttah, thy heart; imtiah,
his heart {miiUih, R. W.; Muh. utoh,
Edw.; Del. w'rf^^, Hkw.; Winsi uchdee,
Barton; Alg. othai, McK.). Pro-
nounced, says Duponceau, as "the
German dee or tee (English day or
tayy\ Notes to El. Gr. xi, xii.
heat, kusgUtau (it is warm), the heat of
the sun, natural heat. kussopUtag, kos-
Boppag (when it is hot), great heat (by
the action of fire); vbl. n. hismppi^tni"
onk [from kussoppisfni, he is hot], heat,
an inflammation (kittmpetteahd&nk, fer-
vency or heat, C. ) . kussampskussum, he
heats (it), makes it hot; suppos. part,
inan. htssampskusmk, when it is heated.
See hot.
heath-cocks, aunckuck-qudnog, R. W.
Probably the Tetrao cupido or pin-
Digitized by
Google
276
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bvlletw 25
lieatli-cocks — continueci.
iiated grouse, formerly very common
in New England, though now rare, but
poHsibly Tetrao umbellus, the ruffed
groui^e, pheasant, or 'partridge' of
Massachusetts and Connecticut. So
named for the beauty of its phimage:
ainiakeUf he is painted, decorated with
|)aint; pi. aunakeucky they are painted,
R. W.
lieaven, kesuk {kSesuckf R.VV.; Peq. keesky
Stiles; Hkw. ffutchuchj Del. )i the visible
heavens, the sky: ke^ik kah ohke, the
heaven and the earth, Gen. 1, 1. See
sun.
Jieavy, to/iJfccgun, tnhkequan, (it is) heavy;
tuhkequog, that which is heavy (tuhke-
qnan, heavy, C; kuckqumiquny kukqiis-
mckquiiy you are heavy; qussucquHy
heavy, R.W.).
lieed, nunnukqiissUj he takes heed,
acts cautiously (as if in danger); nun-
nukqumshy take heed to thyself, be-
ware; nunnukqunsilrhy let him take heed
{nen nunnukqu^y I l)eware, C. ; act. inan.
mnmukqiissuontash keitohy beware of the
sea, C. ); act. an. nunnukquHsuonaUy he
takes heed of (afi. obj.). Cf. ndnuk-
quey (it is) dangenms; nunniikquodtuty
in peril, in danger. See dangerous.
lieel, mogquan {mogqudiiy C. ), a heel;
nxygquaUy wogquoaiiy his heel; pi. -t-ash.
From viogqtieny it is enlarged, is more
great, swells, protuberates. Hence, too,
mogqueriy a boil or tumor (Webster
suggests with a query the alliance of
English heel with (5 reek kvXtj, a
tumor).
lieight, sohkunkquoky sohkunkquodty adv.,
in height (with measure of elevation or
altitude), ve sohkunkquoky ita height.
ne ancohque spmnogkogy ve arimhqueu
spongok (?), its height fn>m bottom to
top, Gen. 6, 15; Ex. 25, 10, =ne sohk-
unkquoky Ex. 25, 23, =w<r ancohque
spohtagy Ex. 27, 1, =ne ashpohtag, Ex.
37, 1, =ne ashptihtag, Ex. 37, 10, =ne
kddtunkquag, Ex.30, 2, =ne ohshfxjhtag,
Ex. 37, 25, =^ne sohkonkog, 1 K. 6, 2.
sohkonkqussuonky height of a man or an.
obj.; wuMohkonkqusjfuonkj his height
Isonkuky when it shoots up, as a plant].
See high.
hell, chepiohkomuk. See devil.
I helmet, vppuhhukqut (on his head);
j muhpuhkukqut (on a head).
I help, annumaUy anninnumaUy he helps
] (him) ; suffix n*u(-annumaohy he helped
i them; annitmumehy help thou me {kut-
I tdnnummif will you help me? neeu-kut-
I idnnum-ouSy 1 will help you, R. W.).
Primarily to give to, to bestow ui)on.
See give.
hemp. See flax.
hen, indnishy ndmiwuh, a hen, a cock, C;
monshy a cock. El.
her. See he.
here, yeuy yeuuty in this place; opposed
to naiity there, in that place. See this.
hereafter, ompetdk: nish pish om}>etak
dnagishy the things which shall be
hereafter, Is. 41, 23; Rev. 1, 19; 4, 1
(ompetagy shortly, C).
herrings (?), 6mm\Sy pi. ommissuogy her-
ring, C; aumsftog, a fish somewhat
like a herring, R. W.; Peq. umjmtaugesy
ale wives. Stiles. See menhaden.
hide (n.). See skin.
hide (v.), adtahtauy adtahiovy he hides
(it); nut-adtahiau-uny I hide it; adtah-
taushy hide thou it {attahtouHnaty to
hide, C. ). adtashai'i, he hides or con-
ceals (himself or another jwrson); adt-
ashy hide thou (them); suffix 7rut-tat-
tashuhy he hid them. puttogqueUy he
hides himself, is hid; puttogquenhy hide
thyself; vbl. n. puttogwhouk 1= putlog-
queu-onk'ly a covering or hiding; put-
togquequohhoUy that which serves to
hide, a veil. puttaghatUy puftughuniy he
hides (it), lit. he covers it over (jmt-
toghumuuat ])oshkissuonky to cover one's
nakedness, C. ). oukhmny he covers (it),
he hides (it): vut-onkhum nuskesuky I
hide my face; vbl. n. onhrhonky a cov-
ering (screen or curtain, etc. ) ; an. onk-
v'hauy he hides or covers (hmi),
high, qfinnunkquey (it is) high, tall {qui-
nuhqui v^etUy a high house, C, qui-
nuhquey highly, ibid.); qunnunkque
qunnunkqufy very high; qunnmikquoh-
teauy he is high, i. e. elevated, qiin-
nunkqttssu (quunauqussuy R. "VV.; qui-
nukquisuy C. ), he is high or tall. From
qunniy long.
high place, kodtuhkoagy kodtohkdagy kod-
uhkdagy a high place, the summit of a
mountain or hill; as adj. tU kodtuhkOe
Digitized by
Google
tbumbull]
ENOLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
277
high place — continued.
wadchu-ntj on the top of the mount
[kodt'Ohke? Cf. koih-ontnp, the top of the
head]. l-ogJciissohkoagt a high place; pi.
-(-w/i, 1 Sam. 13, 6 [suppos. redupl. of
kus»ohk6i']. htswhkdij hissohkoiijeVy a
(high) peak or point of rock or earth;
kumMotompskf * a sharp rock', 1 Sam.
14, 4; en kussohkoujeue wndchu-tity into
a high mountain, le. 40, 9 [from k6ujf,
nkq»y anything sharp or pointed].
hill, wadchuemeSf pi. ^ash [dimin. of
wudchuy mountain]; en icadchiie ohkeitj
*to the hill country'; wadchuekonlu,
*in the hill country' (Del. wachtschijinkj
on the hill, Hkw.).
himself, xvuhhog; see he. xouttin^ wut-
tinne, he himself, ille ipse. Though
Eliot mentions thiy tinne as 'suppletive
syllables of no significance, but for j
ornament of the word' (Gr. 23), it
is evident enough that they were em-
ployed to give emphasis to the pronoun
when separated from the verb. From
euby the pronoun of the third pers.
sing., was formal the verb miUinnaiin-
neat Iwut-unneainneat'ij to be like or j
such as [unne'] himself; see kind (n.).
neheiconchey of himself, sua sponte.
hinder, unUUimehean, he troubles, dis-
turbs, hinders (him); ahqae icuiUimheh,
do not trouble me [kotdmrnisfij I hinder
you; cotammume, colcunmey you trouble
me, R. W.; kooiamehhh, I hinder you;
ncotamehhfjLwam, I hinder, C). See
trouble.
hind parts, inUamiyeu {wutionuyettj be-
hind, as prep., C); (Dtdmiyeiij his hind
parts; ut u*utamiyeu, Mnto the draught'.
Matt. 15, 17. See behind.
hip, mob}>e€ [m'o6/»/], a hip, upper part
of the thigh, ham {mpmtSy a hip, C;
apbme, the thigh, R. \V.); kobpidogy
kitppidogj thy thighs; ipobpe, his thigh.
Cf. mehquau, a thigh.
hire, onkquoiteaUy onkqitafaUy he hires
(him), pays (him) wages: kut-onkquat-
oushy *I will give thee hire', 1 K. 5, 6
(kut'taunckquUtaunchy I will pay you,
R. W. ). annwnaUy he employs in serv-
ice, he hires (him) {knitannoonshy I
will hire you, R.W. ) . See recompense.
his, tcuttaihe. See he.
his own, nehemmnchey his own, their own,
of himself, 8U&8ix)nte{ wunnehenuoyicfie^
their own, C).
hiss, maunuwonaty to hiss; noh mdnodwaUy
he hisseth, C. queksm [qu€k-us»iC\y he
hisses; qnek^coogy they hiss. Lam. 2, 16
[lit. they make quacking, quek-usmiogj
onomatopoetic] ; quekmmauy quekiissu-
rnauy he hisses at (him).
hither, yen nogque (toward this place,
in this direction) : yen nogque in kah yd
iuy hither and thither {yninogqiiey thi»
way, C; Del. ya undachquij this way,
to this side, Hkw.).
ho! chuh! interjection of calling: chuhl
keriy qxiskish! *ho! such a one, turn
aside I' Ruth 4, 1 (chuh namuk! behold I
C).
hoarse, tanne ontowdonky a hoarse voice,
C.
hoe, anaskhamy he digs, he hoes (andg-
kigy pi. -i-anashy hoes; anaskhomwduiou''
vnuy a breaking-up hoe; anaskhdmmin,
to hoe or break up (the earth) ; anask-
homuvcky they hoe, R. W. ) . See weed.
ho^, ockqutchaujiy pi. -{-yiugy R. W., *a
wild beast of a reddish hair, about the
bigness of a pig and rooting like a pig,
from whence they give this name to
all our swine'. The animal named by
R. W. is the groundhog or woodchuck
(Arctomys monax). Mr Judd, in (ten.
Register, xi, 219, identifies the ^uood-
fihau\ * ttvodftchock\ and ^wejack* of
the early fur traders with the 'fisher'
or ^ tmllaneag^ (Mustela CAnadensifl).
See fisher. I suspect that * woodch uck '
is corrupted from the aboriginal name,
and that the dictionary reference, *See
chuck', as a guide to the etymology, is
wrong.
hoist, ushpunnuniy anhpunnumy he hoists
or lifts (it) up: ualipunnumwog M'])dg'
hunky they hoist the sail, uxiuaupnyiishy
hoist up (the sail), R. W. See hold.
hold, kdununiy he holds in the hand, car-
ries, bears (it). See bear (v.). kinunaUy
he holds or carries (an. o})j.): ukkin-
unohy she beareth them, Deut. 32, 11;
suppos. part. an. kdnunont ahtompehy
* handling the bow ' ; kdnunont anogqsohy
holding the stars (in his hand. Rev. 2, 1).
kogkdunum [freq. and intens. from
Digitized by
Google
278
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
hold — continued .
kdutiumi, he holds habitually or con-
tinues to bold (it), he holds (it)
strongly, lays hold of it. menuhkinunij
he holds (it) fast, takes a strong hold
of (it); nummenuhkinmim^ I hold fast
(I hold, C); menuhkenish, bold thou it
fast [menuhki, (it is) hard, strong,
firm], summ&gunum \nuinutcheg, he
holds out (stretches out) his hand; see
stretch out. ushpunum vunnnicheg, he
holds up (lifts up) his hand; suppos.
aspanug tvunnutcheganash, when he held
up his hands, Ex. 17, 11. vnttinnum
wequananteg vt icunnutchegut, he holds a
lamp in his hand, waapinum vunnut-
chegy he holds up (raises up) his hands.
hold (to take), tohqunan mosquoh, he
catches a 1>ear; see catch, wuttannun
wiisseettUy he takes hold of (catches him
by) his feet; noh anumwoh anunont weh-
iauogut, he who takes a dog by the ears,
Prov. 26, 17.
hole, v'dnogq, pi. wonogquash [wonogku,
dwonogkuy he burrows, has a hole];
vmiogquashy pits, holes, or dens of wild
beasts; excavations, pukquiy (there is)
a hole, an orifice; suppos. inan. puk-
quag J a hole or hollow (the eye of a
needle, Mark 10, 25); by reduplication
puppuhquag. See lx)re.
homage. See tribute.
home, nt wekit (at his house, to his
house), at home, to home {ivettu6mncky
at home, R. W. ). mat appu, he is not at
home (wa/«;W/, R. W.). nickquetiumy
1 am going home, ''which is a solemn
word amongst them, . . . confessing the
sweetness even of these short temporal
homes", R. W. (Del. n'tnaUchiy I will
gphome, Hkw.).
honor, quttidmimy quehtianumy he honors,
shows honor to; quttidnuma)k ketasswty
honor ye the king; with an. obj. quUid-
numauy he honora (him); quttidnum
ka)shy honor thou thy father (cf. queh-
tarriy he fears). quUidntaniy he honors
(it), i. e. regards it as honorable (qui-
tiantdmu'€y honorable, C); vbl. n. pass.
quUidnittuonky the being honored, honor
received.
hoof, muhkosy muhkas [in^uhkdusy a sharp
point]; pi. muhkossogy nails, claws,
hoofs: ^ hor8e^eko8sog\ horses' hoofs,
hoof— «>ntinued.
Judg. 5, 22; ^vuhkossogy his (or its)
hoofs {mokojunicky nails, R. W.; mooh'-
koSy a hoof, C. ). neegukosftauy he puirts
the hoof [iteese-uhkotfy two-nailed] ; part,
an. neesukossonty parting the hoof, pas-
sukkoMaUy *hedivides the hoof* (?), Lev.
11, 7 (cf, verses 4, 5, 6); from pasuk-
uhkoSy single nailed or having an un-
divided hoof (?). See claws; nail.
hook, ukquduy xihquoaUy uhquotiy a hook,
a fishhook {uhquotiy C; hoquahHy pi.
-aiknashy R. \V. ; Del. amariy a fishhook,
Hkw.). om. Matt. 17, 27. sohsogkinnit-
tumo) (it hooks or fastens), pi. -f"<7i
'hooks', 'taches', Ex. 26, 6, etc.; wh-
sogkittikeUy it is hooked or fastened;
from sogkuuumy he catches or claspe
it, hooks on to it. Cf. fogkepm [sogk'
uppa>\y he bites; »ogkemaSy a gnat. See
end.
hope, ann6o8u (noh annodtu, C), he
hopes; nui-anndus {nut-anndouSy C), I
hope; suppos. anndosity when (or if) he
hopes; vbl. n. act. ann6o9uonky ann(xii2-
tuonk {annodssHonky C. ), a hoping, hope,
expectation.
horn, askon; wviaskoriy his horn. Not
distinguishable from (if not identical
with) dskon or askouy a raw hide or
undressed skin, as well as muskon Im^a^-
konl'ly a bone; vruskotiy his bone. Cot-
ton gives oskSn, a hide; ireveerij a horn.
The latter is evidently from un^enUy it
winds around, is cur\'ed. See bone.
hornet, aohkeaumm^y Josh. 24, 12; but
bee, Ps. 118, 12. See bees.
horse, nahnaiyenmdoadty a horse, a crea-
ture that carries, C. Eliot, for the
substantive, transfers the English
'horse*, *horsesog\ but has noh naa>-
mukqut hornesohy he who rides a horse,
and naoDmukqutchegy nayeumukqutchegy
horsemen, riders {wunnia naynayoftme-
woty he rides on horseback, R. W.),
from nayeutaniy he carries or bears it
(upon his person); an. nayeaUy he car-
ries (him) ; pass. part, nayeumukycsuried ;
hence, actively, riding. See bear. Del.
nanayunge^y ahorse, formed from awegiSy
a beast (?), from which the last sylla-
ble is taken (?), and nayundaniy to
carry a burden on the back or shoul-
ders, Hkw. Corresp. 402.
Digitized by
Google
TXVMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
279
hot, kussiUau {kussuUah, R. W. )» it is hot,
with reference to the heat of the sun,
the weather, or natural heat; koslUagj
kdsittag, kdaohtag (suppos. part, inan.,
when it is hot), the heat of the day
{kescosiniieatj to be warm; nuk-kesaxipy I
am warm, C. ; kdusiUeks, hot weather,
R. W.). kussopdaitf when it is warm
[suppos. from kvutsopeam, dim. (?), a lit-
tle hot]. An. subj. kussopptLstru {kuss-ap-
wosu'jj he is hot {nuk-kissdpiSf 1 am hot;
nuk-kiMeeppeiSy 1 itch; kussuppesinneaty
to be hot, C); vbl. n. kusBoppissuonk
(a heating of the person), inflamma-
tion. ktJL880pittaeUj it is hot, by the action
of fire, made hot, heated, made very hot;
as adj. kussdpittdey kussdpetde, hot; sup-
pos. inan. kussoppag, (when it is) very
hot (vbl. n. kmopetteahdonky fervency or
heat, C. ; this is formed from a causat.
verb kvMopetteafihuaUy he makes it to be
hot), kusmmpskussumy he heats or
makes hot (a furnace, oven, or the
like) . The root in all these words is
ohhus {dku8)y as in nVkumiy a burning
coal, from which, too, in the suppos.
an. form, may perhaps be derived keniky
the sun; see sun. Cf.Gr. Kaiaj^Kavdo};
Kavdt^; aiBoOj to burn; atBrfpy the
empyreal region, the sky; cA.77, eiXrfy
heat of the sun; 77A10J.
house, wetUy El. Gr. 11; neeky neky my
house; keeky thy house; weeky weky his
house: ui wekity in his house; ut weeku-
wovi or wekuwomuty in his (their)
house; "hence we corrupt this word,
wigwam ", El. Gr. ll(?f^<M, ahouse; wetu-
dmuck ndteaheniy I came from the house;
wetudmucky at home; nSbicky my house;
k^kicky your house, R. W.); v)eetu ne
weetimuky *a tent to dwell in', Is. 40, 22;
pi. wetuomash; ut weetudmut, on the ]
house, in the house or houses. wHu is
evidently the 3d pers. sing, indie, of a
verb which can not be accurately trans-
lated into English, but to which 'he
makes his home' approximates, and
week (weeg) appears to be the supposi-
tive form of the same verb. From this
last comes weekinneatiy he lives in or
occupies a house; tt^eeib'/t^au, he builds a
house; an. tvekuhkau, he builds (is build-
ing or constructing) a housefor (any per-
son or an. obj.); vbl. n. weekitteaonky a
houBe — continued,
building. Nearly related are: tueetonuiu,
he lives with (another); weetompy a
friend, kinsman; weetaktUy a sister {ivee-
tauoogy they live together, Ind. Laws);
vjietaudmauy he takes (her) a^ a wife,
i. e. to his house; weetauadteogy they
marry or are married {awetawdtuocky
they make a match, R. W. ) ; cf. neetUy
he is born, he is produced, he or it
grows; neetuonky birth; nekity (when
he is) bom, etc. komuk (an inclosed
place), an English house or building
other than a dwelling house, rarely
employed except in compound words:
woskeclie komuky the top of the house,
on the roof; qunnunkque komuk (a high
building), a tower; maumachie komuk
<isuhmeechumeekomuk(meechimukkomuky
C), 'store house or bam', Luke 12, 24
{maayeakomuky a meeting house; chippi-
komuky a chamber, C).
how, tohy tohhen: tih kiUedsJief toh kuMecu-
hishf how many times?; tohhen nohnom-
put how often?; tohuttcochef how long?
(tout R. W., a general interrogative,
where? how? what? etc. : tou anikkqua-
quef tounuckquaquet how much?; tou-
nuckquaque yd wuchet how far from
hence? R. W. ; uttoh unnuhkijihqaait how
far? ; uttoh {ut'toh'\ mimf how great? ; uttoh
unnit what manner? C. ). tohsut tahshet
tohshef how much?; pi. tohshinasht toh-
shinashf toJutuash? how many?; an. toh-
siSiogf how many persons? {toh^hey so
much; netohshity so often; tohtohshinnash
kesHkodasht how many days? C. ; tashinf
how much?; tashinash papdnashf how
many winters?; an. pi. tahshincheckf
how many? R. W.). uttoh [to what,
ut'toh]y how, as adv. of comparison:
uttoh en wunnegeriy how beautiful {tUtoh
missiy how great, C).
howl, mishontooonaty to roar; mishontoo-
ahpuJisinneaty to howl; num-mishontd-
oahpuhsy I howl, C. (?). (oncOy he howls
or yells; wnwogy they howl; vbl. n.
amcDonky howling. See shout; roar.
hiixnble (adj.), hohpduy he is humble;
hohpde {hohpcoey C), humble; n. agent
hohpdSnUy one who is humble, suppos.
part. pi. nag hohpachegy hohhohpachegy
ahhohpdchegy ohhohpdnutchegy the hum-
ble; vbl. n. hohpaonky humility.
Digitized by
Google
280
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25^
humble (v.)» hohjxihehheau, he makes
(him) humble, he humbles (hmi).
hundred, an. poftiikmog, inan. pashk-
axtsh: neqnt pttmhaHtg^ one hundred
(persons); yauut piumkcoe kodtumwae,
for four hundred years, lit. yearly to
the four-hundreiith (nqnit p<nvmck,
one hundred, R. W. ; neqnt pa^sfikoo or
pas^koog, C. )•
hungry, kodtuppat, he is hungry; nuk-
kodtitpf I was hungry (n^cdttup^ I am
hungry, R. W. ; nnk-kodtnp, C. ) ; suppos.
noh kodtupuit, he who is hungry, pi.
nag kodtupmitcheg; n. agent, kodtnpuen
[for kodiupfXDenlf a hungry man [from
kod'itppaOy he desires to eat], paskd-
yiontattij he is extremely hungry, he
starves or is starving; }ioh nahen nnp-
pme paskanontarny he is like to die with
hunger; vbl. n. paskdnontamaxmkj starv-
ing, extreme hunger. See eat; starve.
hunt, adchaeUf he hunts, is hunting
{auchadif he is gone to hunt or fowl;
Ti'tauchadtneiijlgo to hunt; anclmiitnck,
let us hunt, R. W.; nnttahchuny I hunt,
C. ; Del. yuh^ cdlamcUanj come, let us go
a-hunting, Hkw.); vbl. n. audchaonky
hunting (the game taken by hunting,
Prov. 12, 27); n. agent, adckaen^ aud-
ehaen^ a hunter (adchdeniny a fowler,
C). V. t. an. adchunaUy he hunts (ani-
mals or live game); adchanaog^ they
hunt; suppos. p&rt. adchanontj (when)
hunt — conti nue<l .
hunting; noh adchanont, he who hunts;
with inan. obj. adchontam inmnehUionkf
he hunts his prey. Job 38, 39. See
strive after.
hurl, togkonat qfwnikquanashf to hurl
stones (from a sling, 1 Chr. 12, 2); v. i.
togkauj togkwj he hurls, he strikes. See-
strike.
hurry. See hasten.
hurt, uxfMeaHf uvskeheau, he hurts,
injures, does harm to (him); suppos.
part. an. woHkeheunt, harming, hurting
(w^hen he hurts); mat pish kwv^ekhiik-
kwj he shall not hurt thee; negat. im-
perat. tmskehexMon^ do him no harm
(uviikehheaog wuhhogkduhj they hurt
themselves, C. ; nayxroskheum^ I hurt,
ibid.); pass, nancoskhit, I am hurt;
adj. voskehhuii-de^ hurtful; vbl. n. act.,
woskehuit-nonk (a hurting), hurt, vio-
lence; vbl. n. pass., woskMttuonky
violence suffere<i (a being hurt), a
wound; n. agent, voskehhuwaeny one
who hurts or harms, *the spoiler'. Cf.
wnsqheonkj blood.
husband, urtxukeh, vxihsukehj the hus-
band of, (her) husband {uxUickj R. W.;
wasUkkion, imgekkienj a husband, C);
nasukj my husband; kasuky thy hus-
band; kahsukonvogf your husbands.
huBks, tnihhogkomminneash; xd tvtihhog^
komunitf to the husk.
I, neen^ nen; prefixed n\ mU {nehij R.
W.; neuj C. ; Del. nij Hkw.): nen nnohy
I am he. The characteristic n of the
first person fills the place that in several
other languages, Semitic and Aryan, is
assigned to the principal consonant of
the pronoun of the second person. It
may be denominated n* demonstrative.
With the Indian all action began or
centered in self, niiif the reduplicated
demonstrative, was the emphatic Hhis
one'; hence e^im, man; ninnu, male;
unniy any (one person or thing of the
kind spoken of), as well as ne.f this
(thing); wa, these; nohy he who, that
person; nag^ they; neaiie [we-urmi], so
I — continued,
as, thus; na», naian, the same; iCnih^,
it is so, that is, etc. (cf. Engl, thou,
they, the, this, that, then, thus, there).
nnttinne, I myself, ego ipse. See
kind (u.).
ice, kuppadt, kuppdd (capdtf R.W.; Peq.
hippatj Stiles) ; suppos. from kuppieu,
it is closed: when it is closed up or
stopped.
idle, sesegenam, $asegenam, he is idle
(habitually, by reduplication from
segenam, he is indolent, slothful; see-
slothful, slow); n. agent, sesegenamwenj
an idle man; vbl. n. sesegeneamawnk-
{sdi<fkeneamaKmky C. ), habitual idleness-
Digitized by
Google
TBT7MBCLL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
281
idle — continued.
nanompanMchick {i>\, ), idle persons, R.
W. ; vbl. n. nanompanissiwnkf idleness,
C. [from nanompanwauj he begs?].
idol, nunneukontunky nunndkontimk {nin-
nukdntonkf C), an image, an idol.
if, tohiieit: tohneit nenag, if it be so.
ima^e. See idol.
imitate, nuttiannduj I imitate; aiammu-
onaUf to imitate, C; cf. eiyane {aianne^
C), kinds of, or of the kind of. See
like; likeness.
ixnxnediately, teanuk (tedno, R. W.),
quickly, suddenly, immediately.
immerse, touopham, he puts (it) into
the water, hence he soaks, he seethes,
etc. {tomvopskhdmmke, *ca»t anchor',
R. W. ) . Cf . chauopliam v:eyatis, he boils
flesh {chmnvdphmhf cast it overboard,
R. W.); nepataush sahahegy he seethes
pottage.
impossible. See possible.
in.
[Note.— Left unfinished. See ui.\
increase, mxahehteauy he increases (it),
he makes (it) great; piah rnishelUeauuny
it shall be increased, made great.
mcDchekohJieaUy he increases (it), he has
very much of (it) . More commonly in-
crease is expressed by nanoy signifying
*more and more' (El. Gr. 15): nemo
missiy it increaseth (is more and more
great) ; nano vxiantaniy he increaseth in
wisdom (ii3 more and more wise) ; nano
mconatash (inan. pi.), they increase in
number.
indolent. See slothful; idle.
infant, peisses [for peMssu, he is] very
small, an infant (of either sex); intens.
papeissu {papods, R. W.; Peq. poup-
pousy Stiles); evippoa. peimssit, pupeissitj
when he is very small: noh peimssit,
the smallest child, 'he who is least'.
Matt. 11, 11; peississit ketompaSy thy
younger sister, Ezek. 16, 46; suppos.
part, (pi.) nag papemimtchegy infants,
very small children. From peaicey
peaeu, it is small; dim. pease, peasin
(suppos. peamk)y and papSase (suppos.
/wp^cwicA;), it is very small; papease-ussu
( contr. papeissii ) , he is very small . See
child, boy, girl, etc. (Del. pilaweeU, a
boy; pUawetity a male infant babe; qtie-
tit, a female infant babe, Hkw.)
inform, mihtinauy he shows (it) to (him),
he informs (him) of (it); nahtu»,
show thou (it); nahiusseh, show thou
(it) to me {nunnohiiny I show, C);
causat. inan. from ndau (he sees): he
makes him see it; cf. nehtaUy show
thyself to (him), 1 K. 18, 1. wahteau-
nxihuau [causat, inan. from uxihteaUy he
knows], he makes (him) know it {ivah-
ieauuxihy make him to know, C). kuh-
ka>tamany hikknhtomau, he informs
(him) of. See teach.
1 inhabit. See dwell.
I inhabitant, noh ayiiy pi. nag ayitcheg;
noh loadohkiiy pi. nag uxidohkitcheg. See
dwell.
inhabited, ohke na u-adohthnuk, a land
inhabited (i. e. where it was possessed or
occupied); ohke niatia w«to/iJ[:Wn, an un-
inhabited land; ohke pish ivutohkeiny the
land shall be inhabited ; chipohke [chepir
ohke']y uninhabited land.
injure. See hurt.
inquire, natmtomauy he inquires of
( him ) , questions ( him ) ; naiwtomuhkau,
he prosecutes inquiry, seeks informa-
tion from (him); nadwmhUteaiiy he in-
quires into (it), investigates (it) (neen
pitch nnadsittameny I will inquire into
it; tcunnadsitiamuttay let us search into
it, R. W. ) . See question.
instead of, nompey nohnompu: sun nen
nompiny am I in (his) stead? Geri. 30, 2
[nompeuy it is in the place or stead of
(it); nompenauy he is in the place or
stead of (him)].
instruction, kuhka>t<imwehteaonky in-
struction, teaching. See teach.
integ^rity, sampwuttahhdonk\ sampiveh-
teaudonky vbl. n. from sampwehteauy he
makes it straight or right.
intend, unnantamy ajiantaniy he wills,
thinks, purposes, intends, has in mind:
[tnattal'] ne anantfim neny gut ken ne
anantaman (suppos. ) , * not as I will, but
as thou wilt', Matt. 26, 39; ne anontag,
according to his will (what he may
will or intend). This verb expresses
simple mental activity — volition, pas-
sion, thought. It is the primary and
type of a large class of verbs (corre-
sponding to Zeisberger's third form of
conjugation, in the Delaware, *'in elen-
daniy indicating a disposition of the-
Digitized by
Google
282
BUBEAU OF AKEBIGAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
intend — continued,
mind " ) which Eliot regards as "a sort
of verb substantives" formed from
"adnoims of virtue and vice," etc.
(Gr., p. 16), and of which he gives, as
an example, a paradigm of the verb
tmantow, he is wine, regularly conju-
gated by affixing the verbal particles to
the **adnoun" waantam; but waantam
is primarily a verb and not an adnoun
or adjective. I have called unaantam
or anuntam the primary, but strictly
speaking it is a derivative by redupli-
cation from a more simple form, antam,
which expresses mental and emotional
activity, as tmm expresses physical
activity, and is correspondingly em-
ployed in composition (see uniianta-
m&ndt). kesoyitairif he purposes, in-
tends, forms a resolution or resolves.
pakodUirUam, he determines, intends.
intention, unnantamcoonk {urvantamoo-
onkf C. ) ; vbl. n. from unnantam: an in-
intention — continued,
tending {n^ teatamnwwonck, that is my
thought or opinion, R. W.).
into. See put into.
investisrate. See inquire.
iron, mcodshog, monshag (mowAshuck, R.
W.), from mm J black; cf. vompohshog,
brass (?), from vompiy whit<?. missSh-
chuog, iron, from mmi, great {missSh"
chmog, mines, C). See steel.
ifl, mnf is it?; mnnamatta? is it not? See
appu; ayeu; na; nont; ohieau.
island, munndh, munnohhan {munnok-
onkf C). Strictly munndh signifies an
island; munnohhan [munnoh-anni], smy
island or whatever is island (cf. kehtdh,
kehlohhan [a«/i], the sea, seas); pi.
munnohhanash; munndhhanii, menoh-
hannetj on an island. -Tor m*nunnUj
m^nunw, a dry place (it is dry)(?).
aquidnet, dhquednet, ogquidnet, (at the)
island: kishke ahquednetj near an island,
Acts 27, 16; pi. ogquidnashy islands, Is.
40,16.
jaw, tmUompeukf wuUompek^ his jaws;
u*utompeuhana>ooash J their ]sLwe-f mutom-
peukf a jaw, anyone's jaw.
jealous, mamimmuam (?), (he is) jealous;
suppos. part. an. moosumontf when he is
jealous; vbl. n. pass. mcositteamcDonk,
jealousy.
jerk, teadche VMtlotukkon, ** it jerketh or
suddenly twitcheth", C.
join, m6tiogqu€og, they join (lit. stick,
adhere) {nummUmgeem, I join, C. ) ; inan.
pi. m6si()gquohtaash, they are joined to-
gether, adhere closely. See stick (v. ).
mismmny (it touch en) it adjoins, reaches
or extends to. See touch.
joint, anaquesiionkf dnoque^uonky pi. -ong-
ashf joints.
journey. See day's journey; go; walk.
judg^e, vmsBum, he judges, passes judg-
ment on; with an. obj. vju89umauy he
judges, condemns, sentences (him);
suppos. part, noh ydssumont, vxi^iimonty
he who judges, he (when) judging;
suffix an. wsumuhy he judged him. vm*-
sittumf he judges (it), he passes judg-
ment on (it); sometimes in trans.
judg^e— continued.
noDsiUumj I judge; suppos. part, wussit-
tukf when he judges; 7ioh wussittuk^ he
who judges, the judge of; vbl. n. act.
wussiUumatonkf a judging, judgment,
sentence; vbl. n. pass. vtissumiUeaonk,
judgment, sentence (referred to the ob-
ject), being judged; n. agent, vuimumm-
waen{-in)j a judge; pi. -enuog, judges.
jump. See leap.
just, aampun, (it is) just or right; an.
mmpwesuj (he is) just, i. e. he does
justly; vbl. n. act. sampweusseonkf just
doing, justice. See right.
justify, mmpweogquanumaUy he justifies
(him), i. e. accounts him just; pass,
(same form), he is justified, accounted
just; vbl. n. pass. mmpweoguaniUuonk,
being accounted just, * justification'.
This word, probably formed by Eliot,
illustrates the copiousness of the lan-
guage and its self-defining power:
mmpicif right, just; ogquanum, he
counts (an. objects), with the pass,
vbl. form, denoting abstract activity,
but with regard to, or rather from
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
283
justify — continued,
the point of view of, the object of the
verb. Elsewhere (as in Rom. 5, 16,
18) Eliot employs the causat. form of
justify — continued.
thevbl. n.pass. samp weiuhittuonkt being
made just or right, from mmpwenehr
heaut he makes (him) to be just.
K
keep, vxidchanum, he keeps (it) ; covxtd-
chanum-un, he keeps it; suppos. noh
wadchanuk, he who keeps (it), a keeper;
wadchanishf keep thou (it) . See para-
digm of this verb in El. Gr. 24-27. It
signifies not merely to keep, but to keep
safely, to preserve, to save, wadchau,
he keeps (him), protects, keeps safe
(him) ; suflSx an, amadchanuhj he keeps
him; noDwadchanuk, he keeps me; rvad-
chanehy keep thou me; wadchanumehf
keep thou it for me (wavbchAuwamn, R,
W.) See paradigm in El. Gr. 28-63.
This verb is largely employed by Eliot
in the composition of words new to the
lan^age, but not the less intelligible to
his Indian hearers; as, vbl. n. pass.
wadchaiiUtuonky a being kept safe, * sal-
vation'; n. agent wadchuwaen^n, one
who keeps safe, a saviour (wduchaunatf
a guardian, R. W.). ndndwehteouHnat,
to keep (?), C. ; nun-ndnaueehto), I keep,
ibid, nandwanumehf keep thou me, C. ;
nun-nanauwinnity 1 am kept, ibid. See
protect.
kernel, vmtch ubhuhkumunit yedn wuh-
hogkomunUy 'from the kernels even to
the husk', Num. 6, 4.
kettle, ohkuky ohkuhk, ahkuhq {aucuckj
R. W.; o/iAru/te, C.),an (earthen) pot or
vessel, a kettle; pi. -\-^og [from ohke,
earth], mishquockuk, a red copper ket-
tle, R. W. [mishq* -ohkukf red earthen].
See dish.
kick at, togkishkoTTiy he kicks at or
against (it); kut'togkishkomun, thou
kickest against it (contract togBkom);
from togkuy he strikes, with ^sh of vio-
lent action. V. i. tittinnogshaUf he
* kicked', Deut 32, 15.
kidneys, muUamnussog (pi.), the kid-
neys, the reins; nvUamnnus»og, my reins,
Ps. 26, 2.
kill, nuikaUy he kills (him); nunnush, I
kill or killed (him); suppos. noh nush-
kill — continued .
<nit or yiashonl, he who kills; nusk {nisSj
R. W.), kill thou; nushaok {nisaokej
R. W.), kill ye; pass. nu9hau,nusheaUf
he is killed; pish nun-nushity I shall be
killed; nag mmhitcheg, the slain (Gr.
reKpoby vcKv^; Lat. nex, neeis; necoTy
neci). mishuhkau (he goes on killing,
continues to kill), he daughters {nisheh-
kmiaty to kill, C.) {nushaUy with 'it pro-
gressive]. \.\.nushehteaUynushteaUy\iQ
kills, he is a murderer {yiun-mishUamy
1 kill, C. ) : nushehteaog ut mayuty they
commit murder in the way, Hos. 6, 9;
n^at. imi)erat. nushehteuhkoriy thou
shalt not kill.
kind (adj.), womonaugu [worrumau-ussUy
he acts lovingly], he is kind to; vbl. n.
womonaumonk (love in exercise), kind
acting, kindness. See love.
kind (n.), unni (aidnney C; iancy Mass.
Ps. ), eiyaney of the sort or kind of ; as a
8ufl5x -in, -eniriy -aney etc., marking the
relation of an individual to a species or
of species to genus, family, or class; as
in nean€y neyanCy such as, of this or that
kind [ne-unni]', suppos. inan. neaunak
{nednagy such, C), when it is of the
kind, like; and as substantive, likeness
(see like) . unnaieuy unnayeUy it is such
or so, it is of the kind of lunne-ayeul:
ne wunnegen unnaivnneat (infin. ), *it is
good so to be', 1 Cor. 7, 26, i. e. to be in
such a state or condition (ayeuonk).
An analysis of this verb furnishes the
key to Eliot's translation of Ex. 3, 14,
which proved so inexplicable a puzzle
to Mr Pickering and Mr Duponceau,
and which Heckewelder concluded,
after long research, must, "if it means
anything, be either 'I am a man, I am
a man' or *Idoso, Idoso',"and which
his correspondent, Dencke, thought
might be a new verb formed by Eliot,
but "not genuine Indian" (Notes on
Digitized by
Google
284
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25-
kind (n.) — continued.
Eliot's Grammar, 2 M. H. C. 9, xxiv-
xliv). Mr Pickering, at the point
where his investigations promised suc-
cess, was misled by Cotton's vocabu-
lary, where the verb unniinat is given
with the translation 'to become' and
* * nuUinnlj I am become ' ' . This trans-
lation w^as perhaps suggested to Cotton
by some such use of the verb as in
John 1, 12: amnaumoniinneat (rod
[imf.nnaumon-unnainnmf\i 'to become
the sons of God', to be of or such as
sons of (iod. Eliot himself contributed
to the misundijrstanding by stating
that tlt^ iiiiy tinnr were syllables of "no
signification, but for ornament," and
only "in way of an elegancy" received
the affix of the verb, "as nuttinnej kut-
tinnej vmttinne. ' ' The manner in which
these augments are employed in Eliot's
translation makes it clear that, while
the t may be interposed for euphony
merely, the additional syllables are
always significant, though not always
translatable to English, and that the
compound pronouns are equivalent to
nui'Unni, kut-nnnif wiU-unni, marking
the contrast or relation of 'such as' I,
thou, or he to or with those of another
kind or class. This significance attaches
to the verbal forms: nut'tinniin, I am of
the kind of, I am such as; ne nuttinniin
{ne nuitunniin, Mass. Ps.), I am such
as that, I am of that kind or cla«e, 'so I
am', John 13, 13; yeu nuttiniin {yeu nut-
tinnaiiriy Hhus I have been', Gen. 31,
41), thus I am; nen nuttinniin nen nut-
tinniin, I am such as I myself am such
as, I am of my own kind, * I am that
[which] I am*, Ex. 3, 14. So with the
pronouns of the 2d and 3d persons:
nedne unnantog ... we xmittinniint 'as
he thinketh . . . so is he', Prov. 23, 7;
vmttinnin hawan, whosoever, i. e. of w^hat
kind soever, he be. Matt. 16, 24, 25; ne
pitih wuttinmin, 'so will be his manner',
1 Sam. 27, 11; neaniit xmittinneuminj ne
vmttinniin wuamntxmoniun^ 'as with the
servant so with his master', Is. 24, 2.
neanufsit (nedhhenissit, 'such a one',
C), 'after its kind', suppos. from
neanussu [ne-unni-ussuliy the an. form
of neane; suppos. neaunak, of the an.
kind (n. ) — continued.
kind or species of, resembling, like.
wame eiyane, all kinds of (inan. obj.).
See like.
king:, ketasscDtf pi. ketassmtamwogj kings
( = tahsmtam irog, Gen . 35, 1 1 ) . The first
syllable is kehtey great or chief, which
is occasionally omitted, as above, and
also in the verbal ketasscotamoDonh
(sometimes asscotammonkj as in Dan. 5,
28, 31, and tahscotamcoonky Zeph. 3, 8;
Matt. 4, 8, etc.), a kingdom. •! have
not met with the verb form an»a)tam
or tahsmtaniy and can not with certainty
determine its primary signification.
See sachem.
kinsman, neetomp^ my friend, my kins-
man; pi. i-aog; weetompy his friend or
kinsman; weetompdhiy a friend, a kins-
man, i. e. the kinsman of anyone, uut-
tinnunkumdhiy a kinsman of a female,
Ruth 3, 12; 4, 1; nuttinonkumdogy my
kinsman. Acts 9, 3. xciUtonkqs-ohy his
kinsman; nutonkqSy 'my kinswoman*,
Prov. 7, 4 {natdnckSy my cousin, R. W.;
xvadtonkqsiny a cousin, C). ouicatiionky
kindred, C. See cousin.
kiss, chipivuttoonapivany he kisses (him);
wni'chipwuttamapohy he kisses or kissed
him; chipwuttmndpivehy kiss me {mU-
chipwuttoonapy I kiss, C. ); reciprocal
chipvjuttoondpimittuogy they kiss each
other; vbl. n. chipxnUlconapmwnk (a
kissing), a kiss [chippe-wuttcony sepa-
rated mouth],
kite, qttssukcfuunushy Lev. 11, 14; weenonty
Deut. 14, 13; but veenonty a raven. Lev.
11,5.
knave, aiontogkompy a knave; pi. -\-aogy
C. (?).
knee, mukkuituk (mukkiUtuky C), a knee;
pi. -i-quog {ivonke kittuky a crooked
knee,C.) Ixti^quttauuky that which sinks
down, from qutlnueuy it sinks down,
goes down]. Cf. Engl, knee; AS.
cneow; hnigany incurvare, inclinare, to
bow, to bend, to incline.
knife, chohquog {chauq[u]ocky R. W.;
"whence they call Englishmen Chdu-
quaquocky that is, Knive-men"; see
Englishman); kenehquog {keeneehquogy
C), a sharp knife [from kenaiy it is-
sharp] {chequddtreehquogy a razor, C.)-
wiasecky rnocdlicky punnetuncky ciassunck^
Digitized by
Google
■TRUMBULL]
ENOLI8H-NATI0K DICTIONARY
285
kxiife — continued.
chaufjuockf a knife, R.W.; elemimonka»h
(pi.), knives, C; Peq. puimiedunky
wiyauzzegey knife, Stiles; Del. pach-
kwhican, a knife. **A11 words ending
in 'icauy -hican^ or -kschicwi denote a
sharp instrument for cutting", Hkw.
Corresp. 413.
Icnock, chuhchunkquUahhAm, he knocks
(at the door); nutchohchnnkquttahkam,
I knock.
know, waheauj he knows (him); suffix
k(Du>dhuBhy I know thee; kmxvah^umuw,
ye know me; suppos. part, iwh ^oak-
eontf he who knows; pi. nag t/nhe-
oTiicheg, they who know (an. obj.);
pass, tmheauy he is known {kooirahhish,
1 know thee; nanmeh nohj I know him;
TKDvahikf he knows me; kcowahik, he
knows thee, C. Cotton devoted more
than three pages of his Vocabulary to
know — C!ontinued.
examples of the forma, an. and inan.,
of the verb waheau^ irahieou); vbl. n.
vKthheonkj knowledge (of persons). uKih-
teoUf he knows, perceives, understands
(it); with inan. obj. or intrans. v^th-
teouuUy he knows it; n-ahtecmog, they
know (it) {nag wahteoog, C. ); noowah-
teouuny I know it {nowadtam^ I under-
stand, R.W. ; noov^teoj I know, I under-
stand, C. ) ; suppos. part, noh xoahteiink,
he when knowing, he who knows;
vbl. n. uxihteoiikj wahteaxwnk^ knowledge
(of things). Cans. an. wahieouwaheau,
he makes (him) known to (him), he
makes (him) know (him), icahteau-
unhhuauy he makes (it) known to (him).
tattaj 1 know not (nltop tottd, my friend,
I know not, R. W.; tattd pitchy I can
not tell, it may so come to pass, ibid. ;
mat naywahteoooj I can't tell, C. ). See no.
labor. See bear children; work.
lack. See want.
ladder, tohka)tauonk {tahka>8ou'07ituk,C.).
From (ohkaytaaUf he climbs upon; (oh-
kcofiUy he climl)s.
ladle. See spoon.
lake. See pond; water.
lame, quaqnenukqshauy kukqunukshaUf he
halts or is crippled, freq. from qunnuk-
quesu, he is lame {nickqusmqusy I am
lame, R. W.), denoting temporary or
casual lameness; suppos. part, noh
quanukesit, qainnnkqnesUf he who is
lame; pi. nag quanukesitchegy the lame
(quinnukqu^sukekeshkhamne adasy a lame
creature (animal), C). kehkechauy he
halts. Gen. 32, 31; suppos. part. pi. nag
kehkechirhutchegy they who halt, v^h-
u^pt'tUy he is lame, is a cripple (from
birth, Acts 3, 2; 14, 8). na>chu7nirem
[an. from nwchuimny it is weak], he is
weak, impotent, lame, etc.: ncochum-
wemi ut wuisseetity he is 'impotent in his
feet'. Acts 14, 8; he is lame, 2 Sam.
4, 4; noh noochutmcesity he that is lame,
Prov. 26, 7.
lamprey, qunnamaugy pi. -{-sucky 'lam-
pries, the first that come in the spring
lamprey — continued .
into the fresh rivers*, R. W., but qim-
nammagy bass, C.
land, ohke; wunohkey good land, Deut.
3, 25 (adkty »anankamucky earth or land;
nillaukey nismwndivkamucky my land;
tf^uskdukamueky new ground, R. W.).
See earth; field.
landins:-place, nundhkdmuky a landing
place ( * shore ' , Acts 27, 39) : ketahhanne
unnunohkomuky the sea shore, Jer. 47, 7.
From nunaCy dry; ohkey land; komuk,
inclosed place (?).
lang^ag^, unnontancaonk: unnontayxvaog
Canaane unnontcoicaonky they speak the
language of Canaan, Is. 19, 18 ( Indianne
iinnontanixionky the Indian language, C. ;
awanagusanU/woBhy speak (thou) Eng-
lish; eendntowash {=unnonta)a8h?)y
speak Indian, R. W. ) . penoovKinUDwaonk
lpeua>€'nnnantancaonk'iy a strange lan-
guage {nippenaicdintatcem, I am of an-
other language; penowantovxtwheltiiocky
they are of a divers language, R. W.).
siogkonta/uxumky a hard language.
hettmvxmky languafo, speech peculiar
to a nation [vbl. n. from hettuogy they
talk with one another].
laeciviousness, kogken»qua^conk [kogkeiy
mad, sqtiay woman: 'nymphomania'].
Digitized by
Google
286
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
last, inajUhf machi^hj at the la^t, lastly:
majUh ne kegiikoky in the last day; og-
guhsemese majishy *yet a little while' (to
the end), John 13, 33; peuvrit majish-
yeucOy * there remaineth the youngest*,
1 Sam. 16, 11; fmin mahche (see have,
aux.); it denotes time future, viauma-
chish [redupl. trommachish'i, the very
last, at last: nen maumachish, I am the
last {lit momdush ne kesukok^ at the last
day, John Cotton; inomachisheue, lastly,
C; inomachisheyeuej Danf.)-
lasting:, michemohtaUy machemohiau (it is
for ever), michemohtaej macliemohtaey
everlasting [micheme, forever, and oh-
tou]; suppos. michemohtag (micfieme
ohtagy Ps. 145, 13), that which is (when
it is) everlasting.
late (in the day or night), cMke^ checMke
(slow), wussdtune tAtsha^ it is too late,
R. W.
lately, pasivu {pasive^y soon, in a short
time, Cipammij nateah^ kummaj lately,
ibid. ) [pasuw, pasaxDj it is near], kut-
tumma, kittumma, very lately. El. Gr.
21 ( kittu mmdy or -mdish , even now ; kittu-
mydi tokian, as soon as I wake, R. W.).
laug'h, ahanuy hahanu (ahdnu, R. W.;
ahhdnUf C), he laughs; ahanuog, they
laugh; kenaau hahaneogishj ye who
laugh {ahdnuockf they laugh; tau hitch
ahdnean? why do you (dost thou) laugh?
R. W.); vbl. n. ahantLonk^ hahanuonk
{ahhaniXonkj C), laughing, laughter
{mnne tahansha or ahanshdx>nk, a pleas-
ant laughter, C. ) . ahanehtam , he laughs
at (it); ahanehtauau, he laughs at
(him).
law, naumatiumkj pi. -ongash. See com-
mandment.
lazy, segenanif intens. sasegenam, sesege-
neanij he is habitually or by disposition
idle, he is slothful {segeneamde missinniny
lazy folks, C. ). ndnnogquesuej lazily,
C. See slothful.
lead(n., a metal), mohmuUahtagy indmui-
tattag. In Num. 31, 22 the same word
is used for tin, but perhaps not else-
where.
lead (v.), mgkompanaUf mgkompagunaUf
he leads (them) ; suffix an.wussagkompa'
ndpohy he did lead them; ahqiie rngkom-
pagunaiinnean (sagkompaginneany Luke
11, 4; sagkompaginninneanf Ind. Prim.),
lead (v.) — continued,
do not lead us, * lead us not* , Matt. 6, 13;
suppos. part, noh iKtgkompagunontf one
who leading; n. agent, sagkompagunu-
aen-hij a leader, = sagkompaginnuerij Is.
54, 4 {nug-sogkampaginn&wam, I lead, I
rule, C. ) . See sachem. negonshaeUf he
leads, is in advance [from negonnej first;
see run]; n. agent, negonshaen-irij a
leader (but not implying authority or
command), monchayiau, he leads
(them), shows the way as a guide.
mmpxvushanaUf sampshonauy he leads
(them), makes them go right; n. agent.
mmpwoshuMaeny a leader, a guide; sup-
pos. noh mmpthanoni; pi. neg ftamp-
shanonchegy they who (may) lead or
guide, nohtompy in compound w^ords,
one who leads or directs; nohtompeantog
[from peantog, when he prays], a leader
in prayer, a minister; nohiompuhpe-
quodty one who leads in music, * chief
musician*, etc.
leaf, tvunnepogy pi. -{-quash (ivunnipog,
R. W. ; u'lmnepogy C. ; Del. wunipachy
Hkw. ), from uiinney beautiful, good, and
the suppos. of a verb which is nearly
related to or identical with neepau, it
rises up, stands erect. Cf. nej>eunky a
bush; nepurxy summer.
leag^ue, tcunnanvaonk. See covenant.
lean (adj.) , 6nouums»Uy he is lean {pandw-
unisftUy R. W.; dnauu^usftiiey C. ); iandu-
vussuy Gen. 41, 3; mneeyaiise^ nees pish
dfriaumisseumwy * the fatness of his fiesh
shall wax lean*. Is. 17, 4.
lean on, ompatussiny he leans on (it) ; pL
ompatussinwogy they lean on; suppos.
ompatussuky w^hen he leans, qiienohtauy
he leans, rests, or supports (one thing
on another). See Amos 5, 19; cf.
quenohtagy a foundation.
leap, qtieshauy quehshaUy he leaps or
jumps {chdnsops qumshauy a grasshop-
per jumps; nuk-qneeshshoniy I leaped,
C. ) ; freq. quequeshaUy he goes leaping,
continues to leap; queshadtamy queishon-
torn, he leaps over (it).
learn, netiihtaUy nehiuhtaUy he learns (it),
or V. i. nun-netuhtou-uny I learned it
(nunnhhtvhtouy I learn, C); vbl. n.
act. netiihtauonky learning {kodnehtdh^
toonky C).
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONABY
287
leave (to take), ivorikomau, he embraces
(him). See embrace; farewell.
leave (v. i.), amaeuj he leaves, departs.
See depart.
leave (v. t), nukkonau^ he leaves, for-
sakes, abandons ( him ) ; suppos. nukko-
nantj when he leaves, when leaving
(mat kunnixikanshf I will not leave you) ;
recipr. nukkdnitiuogj they leave or for-
sake one another. See forsake. V. i.
or inan. obj. nukkodtum {nukodlum, C),
he leaves (nfcMtto^A, leave thou, de-
part; nickdUammokef leave ye, R. W.;
ne teag nogkodlumukt a thing left, C).
See remain.
leave off, ahque, he leaves off, desists,
refrains from.
left (participle), nakkodtumuk; see leave.
9equnaUf sequnneau, he is left, re-
mains; suppos. part, noh sequnitf he
who remains; pi. nag sequnutcheg {nag
aagimutcJiegf Neh. 1, 3), they who are
left, *the remnant that are left'; sup-
pos. part. inan. ne sequnuk, ne ashqunuk,
that which is left; vbl. n. pass, sequnit-
iuonkf being left, a remainder, that
w^hich is left; see remain, sequttah-
whaUy asquttahwhau, ushquehtauwlmu,
etc., he is left or remains (with regard
to others who are not left or are gone) :
Tnatta pasiik usquehtahwhduny not one is
left; suppos. part. pi. nag sequttahwhut-
cheg {asqut-y ashqueht-, etc.), they who
remain; suppos. part, insin.'ne sequited'
muky what is left; pi. nish sequttedmuk'
ishf the remnants, the leavings.
left hand, menadchuy the left hand; urn-
menadchUf his left hand {mendtche men-
Uckeg, the left hand, C; nummaichu,
left-handed, C. ; yo nmunnatchy to the
left hand, R. W. ) ; menadchuey left-
handed; menadchSe wusseet, his left foot;
menadchHnnhjetiy on the left, to the left.
See hand.
leg, muhkoni {mohk^itj R. W.), a leg; pi.
-i-ash; wuhkonty his leg.
leggiagB (?), muttdga^hy metoMshy 'san-
dals', Mark 6, 9; 'greaves', 1 Sam. 17, 6;
'hosen', Dan. 3, 21 {muttdssashy stock-
ings, C. ). See stockings.
lend. See borrow.
length, ne sdhteagy its length (extent of
material object from end to end); a^h-
taeu nemhleagy on the two ends, Ex. 25,
length — continued.
19, i. e. on both ends or sides of its
length, on both ends, longways; vbl. n.
mhteaonky (abstract) length. Fromao^,
the particle signifying forth from: soh-
adty to BO far forth. Cf. ndadt, afar off,
to a distance. See measures of length.
lest, ishkont [=a8equnity ushqunitj there
remains, is left (?) ; see left].
let down, na}kema)y it is let down; nm-
kompanauy he let (him) down, low-
ered (him) as by a rope; punnompanau
tit manmtaly he let (him) down in a
basket ; yiun-ncokompanity I was letdown ;
suflSx an. umn-na)kompan-uhy she let
them down (by a cord), Josh. 2, 15;
nrnkinuniy he lowers (it), takes (it)
down.
let me, let us "may be expressed by
adding this word, pdy unto the indica-
tive mode, as pdnwwaxintamy let me be
wise", El. Gr, 25 {pd-va>vKtehy let me
know him, C); but Eliot very rarely
employed this particle to form the 1st
pers, pi. of the imperative, which in
all transitive verbs was regularly formed
in -ontuh or -uttah: ayeuontuh jnanmn-
skogy let us make bricks, Gen. 11, 3;
hah nushontuhy come, let us kill him,
Matt. 21, 38; Mark 12, 7; ayimuttah
wetuomashy let us build houses, Mark
9, 5 (=ayimontuht Gen. 11, 4); ontuh,
let us go to; V. i. monclietuhy let us go.
Roger Williams gives nearly the same
form for active verbs and for subjective
verbs, -etuck or -itucky as coimv^ucky let
us sleep; toketucky let us wake; m^tesit-
tucky let us go eat; petiteaHtay let us go
in; w*u«8au/iemtiWa, let us go forth ; nick-
attamuttay let us depart; mecduntiteay let
us fight; aqxietucky let us refrain, etc.
liberate. See deliver.
lice, yeuhquogy yeukax>g.
lick, nwsqtwdtaniy natsquatamy he licks
(it); heq. nwnwsquodtamivog puppissai,
they lick the dust.
lie, pannaywaUy he lies, deceives {noh
pannd5aUy C); ahqiie pannamnhy do
not lie to me; niatta nup-panncowaniy
I lie not; vbl. n. act. pannwwaonky
lying; n. agent, pannwimen-iny a liar
(suppos. pi. pupannouwdchicky liars,
R. W. 117). From panne-na)waUy he
speaks ^Tongly.
Digitized by
Google
•288
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLKTIN 25
lie dawn, seepsin, sepsiti, he lies down;
miS'Seepsinf I lie down; sepsijfhf lie
down; from sepe^ long, extended, and
msuj verb of an. activity: he makes
himself long, sesepdeu^ he lies stretched
at full length, he stretches himself;
freq. from sepe^ (it is) long, extended.
lie with. See couple.
life, keteaonkj living, the life principle,
life; poniantainax)7ik, living, life as a
state of being; pometuonkj a lifetime,
a generation. See live.
lift up, ushpununtj waapinum, he holds
or lifts (it) up; see hold, tahshinum,
he lifts (it) up, he raises (it); nut-
tahshinum nunnutcheg, I lift up my
hand; iafishinash (or tohshinush) kenui-
cheg, lift up thy hand; suppos. tah-
shinukf when he lifts it up; inan. subj.
kuttah tahshema)j thy heart is lifted up.
tahshinauy he lifts (him) up, raises
(him); tahshin kuhliog, lift up thyself;
nut'iahshin, I lift up myself.
liS^ht (adj.), nunkmnUj nonkaneUf he is
light {kun-naukij you are light, =:/turt-
naukotij ndukon^ light, R. W.; nonkk^^
wednuriy a light burden, C. ); anue
nunkinwog onk, they are lighter than,
Ps. 62,9; nunkompy a young man
[iiunkan€-omp'\ , di inin. ?j unkompae»
(ndnkiip or nonkumpaeSf a boy, C. ).
light (n. ), rcequai {weqmUy R. W. ; ncqud-
shim (dimin.?), moonlight, ibid.), it is
light; m6 vequni^ there was light; im-
perat. Sdpers. sing, wefpia'mj, let there be
light, wompag, (when it L^) light, bright
light, daylight; opposed to pohkejiahtu,
in darkness [suppos. inan. from u'ompieuj
it is.white or bright] ; see day. wequd-
nanteg {wequanantlg, R. W. ; ivasdfpxond-
neticky C. ), a light, candle, lamp, torch,
etc. {wekinan, a light fire, R. W.; we-
qudndnetuckonnduhtuky candlestick, C. ).
lig^htning:, ukkutshaumun (it lightens),
lightning; infin. as noun kut^fhamunatj
lightning, Zech. 9, 14 (cntshdushay R. W. ;
Abn. samnblgSak, I'^clair, Rasles).
like, ogqu^j (igqii^i vmiogque (ogqueu)^
like to, resembling; ne ogqu^y like it or
like that. See liken; likeness, unneu,
it is of the same kind as, it is of like
kind (see kind, n.) ; suppos. mniakj
duiiagy dnagy etc., (when it is) of the
kind, (when it is) like, neaiie, neyanne
like— continued .
(as, El. Gr.), jie unneu, that kind of,
such as that, in that manner, so, such,
like; neyann^yeuy neyanneUy it is like, he
is like; suppos. neaunaky ne dunagy
(when it is) like that, in the likeness of,
* according to * : n*naj neaunak tinnauma'
tuonk, let it be done according to the
law, Ezra 10, 3; nedunag yen mtUtaoky
* the fashion of this world ', 1 Cor. 7, 31 ;
neaunak menutcheg, in the form of (like)
a hand, Ezek. 10, 8; with verb of an.
activity neanussiiy neyanussiiy he is of the
kind of or is like to, he is such as [n€-
wnn^M-w^u]; suppos. neamtssity neydnu-
sity (when he is) of the kind of oris
like to: neanumt . . . n*ni/i, as is . . .
so is; neanusait woskeiompy * in the like-
ness of man*, Phil. 2, 7 {neahanmii
wosketompy such a man; neahhenissiiy
such a one, C.) . See so; likeness; such.
netatuppey that which is equal to or alike
(like, so. El. Gr. 22); neane . . . neia-
tuppfy like ... so {netdtupy it is all one,
R. W.); from ne and tatuppeUy it is
etjual; see equal. tatuppeyeuWy it is
like, i. e. it is equal to or the same as;
pi. tatuppeyeucoogy they are alike, ana-
tuhy as, like: onatuh . . . neiatupjyey as
... so (used only with the suppos.
mood, for urine tohy as though, as when,
as if).
liken, ogquontanxy he likens or compares
(it) to (it) {ogquantaniy he supposes,
C). ogquanumaUy he likens (him) to
(him or it); ahque ogqiidnum y * count
me not*, do not compare me with or
liken me to, 1 Sam. 1, 16; hm^an ogqua-
mnndg God-uty to whom will you liken
God? Is. 40, 18; sometimes in the
causat. an. form nut-ogquftheonatiy I
comimre (them) to, make (them) like;
elsewhere ogqumieauy he compares or
likens (him) to; vbl. n. ogquenneunky
likening, a likeness. ogqaenneunkqussUy
he is like, resembles, he is made like to
(by life or action [w^wm] ); inan. ogqiien-
neunkqnodty (when) it is like, is likened
to; sometimes as n., a likeness or com-
parison.
likeness, ogquenneunky agqtieyieunky like-
ness, resemblance; or suppos. form og-
quenneunkquodty agqxieneunkquoky when
( it) is like, neanumt (when he is like).
Digitized by
Google
TRCnCBULL]
ENGLISH-NATIOK DICTIONARY
289
likeness — continued,
in the likeneee of. unnuamonkj a like-
neas (of person to person), resemblance:
ut neJtewonche itrnttinnussuonganity *m
his own image ^ Gren. 1, 27; wuUinnua-
monk, his form, appearance, Is. 52, 14
[vbl. n. from unni and tu»u] . See like.
line. See mark.
lineage, ttmtonUeonk. See descent.
linen, haahabponaky * linen cloth'; vxme-
gik hashponak, 'fine linen'. See flax.
* * lion ' ' , qunnoncD, * ' For beasts, there are
some bears, and they say lions also; for
they have been seen at Cape Anne",
N. E. Plantation, ch. xii. Cf. quoh-
qunonou, 'a greyhound'; guanunon, a
hawk. Probably the * catamount* or
* panther'.
lip, mu8gU9ittam{miM&9tamy C), pi. -i-ask;
wussmelamashy his lips.
liquid. See soft.
lispins:, sekontarwaUy 0.(?).
little, peive, peavje, C, for j^edu, it is little
or small*; more commonly (dimin.)
peaMn, (it is) a little thing; suppos. inan.
petmk, peydsiky peesik, (when it is) little:
antte peaMk onk ne moteagy less than
nothing; double dimin^peamewtn, a very
little thing; otherwise pape(i«m, suppos.
papeasik, (when it is) a very small
thing, a very little thing; an. papeam,
suppos. papecufity papeissity (he is) very
little; and peississuy suppos. peississUy by
TeduiA. papeissimt. See infant. ogguhsSy
little in quantity or amount (o^ito«M;, C. ) ;
pi. an. ogguksuogy few (persons); inan.
oggimnashy few (things) ; dimin. ogguh-
semese nippCy a very little water. See
few.
[* Marginal note.— In the Dahomey lan-
goage "the addition of pee-toee, or small, is
sufficient to express an almost entirely dif-
ferent meaning in our idiom; thus toh, a city;
toh pee-wee, a village; hoh, a house; hoh pee-wee,
a hut" ( Forbes' s Dahomey, i, 219) . See Pee-wee
in Bartlett's Dictionary of Americanisms.]
live, pomarUamy he lives; nuppaman taniy
I live; suppos. noh pamdntogy he who
lives; pi. neg pamontogigy the living,
they who live; pres. part pamonta-
mutche, living, alive; adj. pomantamwaey
living; vbl. n. pomarUam6<mky life(a«i'-
paumpmaHntamy I am very well; as-
paumpmadntam gachiniy how does the
sachem? R. W. ; <uq nuppomantamy I am
B. A. E., Bull. 25 19
live — continued,
yet alive, C. ) . The form of this verb in
-aniamy denoting mental activity, with
the prefixed particle of indefinite mo-
tion or activity, pdy seems to mark as its
primary signification the power of men-
tal action, or, rather, the continued ex-
ercise of that power; cogitat, ergo est
Heckewelder gives, from the Unami, Hi
kUehdleya? are you yet alive?; ili n^pa-
pomimy I am yet able to walk about;
and states that ^^pommauclisin implies
action or motion connected with life,
which is still the principal idea" (Cor-
resp. 392).
liver, mushqun; ivuahquny ' wunquriy his
liver.
living:, keUaey having life; vbl. keteor
onky living, the life principle, vitality,
life: uk-keteaonk weyaus oJdeau wusque-
heonganily ' the life of the flesh is in the
blood'. Lev. 17, 11. keteaUy he is well,
he is recovered from sickness, he is in
life and health; causat. keteahheaUy he
makes (him) live.
lol behold! kusseh!
lobster, ashaunty pi. +teaugy R. W. ; Peq.
muachiindaug (pi.?), Stiles; au so haun-
auc kocy Wood.
losr, qutlowy a log, C.
long:, qunni (it is) long; qunni onky longer
than {aniqunnag [for anue qunnag ?]
longer, longest, C). sepe Isepeu] (it is
extended, stretched out), long, extend-
ed through time or space, 'a good
while'. Gen. 46, 29: sepe mahchey long
after. Josh. 23, 1; hence, sepuy sepy a
river; sepagenumy he spreads or stretches
(it) out; sepdghunky {sepdkehigy R. VV.)
a sail; sepepomantaniy he lives long, he
is long lived, * stricken in years'.
Gen. 24, 1; sepsin l8epe'Ussin\y he lies
down, makes himself long, stretches
out, etc.
long: CM) toIiscJike {td sdhkey C); time fu-
ture, ndpajehy so long a£, until; nisdhke;
ash: ask pamantamy while I live.
long: time agro, ndadty noddt t7, na>acU
(when it is far off ) , * in old time ' , Josh.
24, 2; ndadtucky a long time, El. Gr. 21.
neivutch chekuy 'after a long time',
Matt 25, 19. See far.
look, nuhquaeuy he looks or directs
the eye (with reference to the act of
Digitized by
Google
290
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25*
look — continued .
looking and without regard to the ob-
ject or purpose); nutiinuhqiuiin iwgqu£,
I look toward (it); unuhqndeujohadsuh'
queuj * he looks this way and that way *,
Ex. 2, 12; unnuhquash ketahhaniyeu^ look
thou toward the sea, 1 K. 18, 43; from
nogque, toward (?) ; cf. noohqueUf nmhque
{n6 uhquaeu), so far as; na ncohqae, so far
distant {neruohque, so, C); aruDhque,
so, thus; wehque {xc^que^ R. W.), so far
as, etc. The compounds are numer-
ous; as, ompamuhquaeUy he looks back-
ward or behind; 8ohha>quaetif 9onka>-
quaeuy he looks forth; ushpuhquaeu^
spuhqudeu, he looks upward (pdnikqudy
squint-eyed, C, i. e. panne-uJiqtiaeu^he
looks wrong or astray).
nadJtauwompUy natawompUy he looks
(in order to see something) ; neg nad-
iauioompuog, they look; nadtauwompip,
I looked; v. t. inan. nadtauv)dmpaUam,
he looks for (it) ; an. nadtauwompamau,
he looks for ( him ) . The primary verb
uxmpu or dmpu is not found by itself in
Eliot, but is pre8er\'ed in other Algon-
quian dialects; cf. Chip, ootvdhbunderiy
he seeth it, John 11, 9; nin ge wdhbah-
mahj I have seen him, John 1, 34; Cree
wdppu, he sees; ne wdppamoUf I see
him, Howse 43, 63. womdmpu, he
looks down; womompish^ womdmpsh,
look thou dow^n. vmasampu^ vmssompu,
he looks out from (a window or other
opening) : ncommp nukkenogkeneganitf I
look out from my window {unissanm-
patdmmirij to view or look about; vms-
saumpatdmoonckf a prospect, R. W.).
paysampUf posampuj he looks into or in:
poMampitj when he looked in (to the
tomb), pamampu, he looks away; an.
pwnampamaUf he looks away from
(him); pamampamehj look thou away
from me. Is. 22, 4.
moneauf he looks on or at (him);
suppos. part, moneauont mittamumssis-
8ohy (when) looking at a woman; mon-
neah, look on me; pass, infin. vmnnetu
en moneauwdneaty beautiful to look
upon, Gen. 26, 7; in tens, monunneaxi^
he looks at with attention, he regards
attentively (him); inan. moneam, he
looks on or at (it); intens. monunaum
ohke{G&[i, 6, 12), moninneam ohke (Ps.
look — continued .
104, 32), he looked on the earth; mone-
aumundt, monunneaumunat (infin. as-
noun), sight, appearance, looks.
natinneham, he looks for (it); natin-
neawhauy he looks for (him). See^
search for.
looking^-g^lass, pepenautchiichunkquonkf
peperuiwutchUchuhquoky a mirror {pehe-
nochichauqudnick and kaukakineamuck,
a looking-glass, R. W. ) . Exp. May hew
(MS) gives an Indian word of 61 letters
signifying *our well-skilled looking-
glass makers' : nup-pahk-nuh-Uhpe-pe-
nau -wut' chut - chuh-qud'ka'neh-cha'neh-
cha-e-nin-nu-mun-n^nok ( ! ) .
looks (appearance), nogqp^stuonk, appear-
ance or looks; nunnogquu, I appear,
C. dnukquok, ndqrwk: onatuh ndquok
n<Dteau, *&s the appearance of fire',
Num. 9, 15, =n6gquodty v. 16; nvskecJie
nokquok, (its) outward appearance, 2^
Cor. 10, 7. unnussuonk: tvoskeche unnui-
monk, (his) outward appearance, 1
Sam. 16, 7. See look; like; likeness.
loose, ompeu, ompUy he is free, loose^
unbound; infin. omphnatj to be free^
to be unbound, 1 Cor. 7, 27; suppos.
ompiarif if thou be free; v. t. an. om-
peneau, ompinneau, he looses, unbinds,
frees (him); vrnt-drnpinneuh, he loosed
him; ompinneuky loose ye him; inan.
ompenunit ompeneiim, he looses, unbinds,
(it) {aumpaniimminy to untie a knot;
a&mparmhj untie this, R. W. ) ; ompene-
aufUy he is loosed, set free, unbound
[pmpeneau-xisgUy denoting the act of
loosing or unbinding] . ponanau^ he lets
(him) loose, sets (him) free: pish pona-
nau pmksesoh, he shall let loose the
bird, Lev. 14, 7. See scatter.
lose, wanneheaUy he loses (him); suppos.
noh uxinneheontf he who loses (an.
obj.). xvannehUaxi, wanteau, he loses
(it); suppos. xvanteunkj xvanyiehiexinkj if
he loses (it); pass. part, ne wantedmuk,
ne vxinteamukj that which is lost. Cans,
from xvatine (there is not), destitute of,
without.
lot (hazard), tanohtdadtuonk, determina-
tion by lot, a casting of lots.
loud, mishontcowaeuy mishontcoaeu (there
IS a loud noise, lit. a great voice) ; rnxBh-
antanvashj shout, cry out, speak loud
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULLj
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
291
loud — continued.
{mishatlntowashf speak out, R. W. ); as
adj. mUhotitcDwaef loud; nano mashan-
twiragk mcocheke{?)y *it waxed louder
and louder', Ex. 19, 19. See noise.
love, loomantanif he loves, he loves
(it); nohivomatitamf I love; vomanta-
mmh tparwgik, love ye that which is
good; kco-womantam-umwo), ye love
(nwivoindniam tviisgukhank, 1 love a
book, C. ). An. icomonau, he loves (him
' or her); nooivomoriy I love (nmuvmon, or
wmdsj mittamnnSf I love a woman);
kwwomonsh {kanmmonnilshf C; cmcdm-
maunshf R. W. ), I love thee {coivam-
manntickf he loves you, R. W. ) ; vbl. n.
act \vomon&onky a loving, love (referred
to the lover); pass, and recipr. vomo- i
nittuonkj being loved or loving one an-
other, love (referred to the loved object)
or mutual love. Recipr. an. womonitlii-
teiih, let us love one another; womonit-
tegk {ivdmdnUkj E. M.), love ye one an-
other {tnunnehk-ivam&ntaopaneg, they
love — continued .
strongly (menuhki) loved one another,
E. M.). An. act. icotnonausiiy he acts lov-
ingly , is kind or loving ( tpoinosinneat, to
be kind; num-mahtche womoaiis, I have
been kind; uvmoatmnneaty to love, C. ) ;
vbl. n. twrnonatmionkf love in exercise,
kindness, love acting. Duponceau, in
Notes dn El. Gr., x, derives this verb,
as well astnnmanumj he blesses, *'from
tninnegen J good; Delaware, wtiZiVcA/?«, it
is good or well done." Perhaps from
uyiineantainf he thinks all or wholly
(of), he wholly regards.
low (adj. ) , tiohqiiiy liuhqxie [tiohqueUf it is],
short, low (tidhquohque wechumukko-
muk, a low barn, C. ). See short.
low (adv.), wwmhjexi (it is down), down-
ward; wwmiyeu nwmiyeu, very low,
Deut. 28, 43.
lower, nwkinumj he lowers (it), lets
it down; pass. inan. nrnkhnw^ it is let
down or lowered; ruokeUf he descends,
goes down.
M
mackerel, wawwhunnekesdog (pl.),R.W.
[miniie-awnekesuogy they are finely
painted, they have handsome colors]
mad, kogkeaUf kogkti, (he is) mad {kog-
keivqu, John 10, 26; kogkeae, mad, C.)
n. agent, kogkeanirxy a madman; suppos.
noh kdgkSadty he who is mad ; pi. nag kag-
keAcheg, kogkedcheg, they who are mad
vbl. n. kogkedonky madness, furor. An.
act. kogeesiij (he acts) mad; he is mad
in action. This word is apparently
derive<l from k* progressive by redu-
plication, it* k* denoting rapid or forci-
ble progression. Cf. Gr. ©uw, to move
with rapid motion, to rush, to rage, or
be furious; Gt'tfi?, a raging; Lat. furor;
Gr. (pEpi6Baiy ferri. kogkeusqiiawonky
harlotry, lasciviousness Ikogke-squUf
woman-madness] ; kogkeissippumooonk,
drunkenness, drink-madness, etc.
mag^istrate, nananuurteny an overseer,
ruler, magistrate (pi. nananuackegy mag-
istrates, Ind. Laws; nanauunnuaen-iny
a justice, C; neen-nanovmvi\nnemnny I
oversee it, R. W.). See keep; over-
seer; ruler.
maid, nunk^quay nunkgq, a girl, puella
{nonkkishq, wisskisquay a girl, C; Abn.
nankskS^y dimin. nahkskSimSy 'fille,
vierge*, Rasles); penomp {keegsqtuiWy
kihtuckqtuiiVy R. W.), virgo. See girl;
virgin; woman.
maimed, noh woskadty he who is (sup-
pos. ) maimed. See hurt,
maize. See com.
make, ayimy aguniy he makes (it);
ayimuvgy they made {nnitiyamy I make;
ayimiknaty to make, C); an. ayeiiau
ahtompehy he made a bow (but ayitn
kduhquodtashy he made arrows); noh
ayiky he who makes (it), the maker;
teagkutayimf what makest thou? kemt-
teaHy kesteauy he produces, perfects,
makes, creates; kesteauopnashaonky *he
created the wind*, Amos 4, 13; kuk-
kesteoh uxime teanteaqussinishy 'thou
hast created all things*, Rev. 4, 11;
elsewhere kesteaumU {kestoutimity to
finish, C), to complete, to perfect;
ne kesfeaumuky that which is created;
noh kesteunky he who creates, a creator
{nuk-keesteoj I make; nag kesteoogy they
Digitized by
Google
292
BUBEAXT OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 26
inake — continued.
make, C; keetfiUin keemck, he made
the heavens; wukkemttlnnes wdmCy he
made all; wuck^esilin adke, he made the
earth, R. W. ) ; with an. obj. kezheauy he
mafle (him), created (him); nuk-kezeh,
I create him; nuk-kezheop, nuk-kezheomp,
I did create (him); suppos. part, kez-
heuntf creating, when he creates. Cf.
keteaUf he comes to life, lives; keteah-
Jieau, he gives life to, 'quickeneth',
causes to live.
male, nompaaSy male, a male (of the
human species), nomposhinit a male
animal (other than man); adj. nompo-
shimwe, enewdshitn, a male animal,
R. W. **The males of quadrupeds are
called lenno wSchum, by contraction
lennochum; the females, ochque \Dechumj
by contraction ochqu^chum. With the
winged tribe ... lenno wehelle for the
males, and ochquecfidle (with a little
contraction) for the female", Hkw., of
the Delaware, Corresp. 368, 369. ntn-
nu (he is a man), male: ukkezheuh naho
ninnuoh kah squOj *he created them
male and female', Mark 10, 6 (but of
animals />w/i nompaiyeuco kah sqaaiyeucOj
they shall be male and female, Gren.
6, 19). See man.
man, ninnu, (he is) a man; pi. ninnuog,
men, homines (nnln, nninnuog, man,
men, R. W. ; Muh. pausuck ^nln, or ene-
skSetomp, one man; nemaymauw, (he
is) A man, Edw.; Narr. yhikf Stiles,
i. e. yeuoh, this one; Del. lenno ^
Hkw. ^^Jjenno in the Delaware lan-
guage signifies man, and so does lenape
in a more extended [restricted?] sense.
In the name of the Lenni Ijenape it
signifies people; but the word lenni
which preceties it has a different sig-
nification, and means original (?) and
sometimes common, plain, pure, im-
mixed", Hkw., Corresp. 412. This
lenni is the same word written nanwe
by Eliot and Cotton, of the same der-
ivation as ninnuy but with the form of
the adjective [niwnw-o^, n^nu-ae'if ^^^
signifies any, common, normal. See
general). This word ninnu is merely
the emphasized demonstrative of the
third, and through it of the first, per-
son, nohf neeriy n^un^ or «i*n, and with
man— con tinned .
the verbal form, en^n-Uj he is such as
this one or as I. It w^as employed only
when speaking of men of the same race,
tribe, or nation as the speaker, or those
nearly allied to it. "General [names]
belonging to all Natives, as Nlnnuock,
Ninnimissintiwockt Eniskeelompa ft wog,
which signifies Men, Folk, or People,"
R. W., Introduction. See he; kind
(n.); like; this; missin, below.
vx>8ketomp (vir, a brave), a man; pi.
-\-aog {ske^tompf pi. -\~auogf man, men;
eniskeetompatiwogt people, R. W. ; Eliot
has wosketompaog kah nandnuacheg,
*both high and low', Ps. 49, 2; woske-
tompf wosky man; nanvi wtwite, any man;
onkatog 'ux)ske, another man, C.) . This,
the tribe name of man, appears to be
compounded of woskeheau, tposkehteau,
he does harm, hurts, destroys, spoils
(see hurt) and omp, man. The lat-
ter word was perhaps obsolete when
Eliot acquired a knowledge of the lan-
guage, but it was retained in many com-
pound words, as will be noticed below.
wosket- may be nothing more than the
suppositive form of wnwita, young, as in
wvakenin (wiiskeniny C; um^khte, R.W.) ,
a young man, a youth; but this would
restrict the application of wosketomp to
young braves, when, as is evident, it
was understood to have a more ex-
tended use by Eliot and Williams. The
first-mentioned etymologj' gives a sig-
nificance to the tril)e name correspond-
ing to that of the Pequots {Pnguaioogy
the destroyers) and Mohawks {}fa>'
whauogy the devourers).
The recurrence of the word oinp in
compounds, though it nowhere ap-
pears standing by itself, shows it to
have been the ancient dialectic or
tribe name of man, appropriated, in
accordance with Indian usage, to the
favored race, whose men were all viri,
freemen, and masters, while those of
other tribes were contemptuously re-
garded as homines, barbari, captives
and slaves. See mimny below. From
this root come, apparently, nompaas
[n^omp'6d<Uy the man animal], male;
netamp [neetu-omp'iy my friend, brother
(Abn. nidanb^y Rasles); mugifomp
Digitized by
Google
TBUKBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY
293
man — continued.
[mogke-ompf great man], a captain;
nunkomp Inunkan-omp, light man], a
young man, not yet a warrior; penomp
Ipenwe-ompj strange to man, nescius
viri ?], a virgin; ompcUegash [omp^hta-
gish, belonging or appropriate to man],
weapons, used in the Mass. Psalter,
John 18, 3, where Eliot has auw<ih-
teaongash; ahtomp \adt-omp, ahhut-ompj
belonging to man], a bow; ompeh:
iedonk, ompeU&onk [vbl. n. from omp-
ohUaUj it belongs to man], 'an old
Indian word^ says Cotton, *that sig-
nifies obe()lence by giving any [trib-
ute]'; tribute or royalty, exacted by
and paid to a superior (see tribute).
The primary signification of the word-
omp is, perhaps, a freeman, independ-
ent, owing no fealty; it is allied to
ompeUf he is free, unbound, loose (see
loose), ompenum, he looses, unbinds;
but these last may be derivatives from
the common root. Heckewelder states
that in the Delaware the nam^ of
animals "walking in an erect post-
ure" terminate regularly in ap or ape,
* * hence lenape, man ' ' (Corresp. 41 1 ) . A
considerable class of words used by
Eliot to express manner of standing
and change of posture have apparently
a similar origin, being compounds of
a verb ompaw, he stands; as sampoDkom-
paUf he stood upright; quenikompaUy
he stands upon (it); ohpikkompau
[= ompik'Ompau'i'], it stands upon, etc.
(see stand). It may be that to stand
erect is the primary and to be free a
secondary signification of the same
verb, ompau or ompeu. Cf. Del. nihiUa-
petvif *I am fVee,' 'my own master,'
2ieisb.; Abn. arenahM (pi. +ait), homo;
ftShianbS (pi. -faA:), vir, Rasles; kiganbS,
*jeune homme non mari6,' ibid.; "les
petite animauxdi'r. [dicitur] na/ip^JtiJb^,
8k86HkSf du mAle et femelle", ibid.;
Alg. nape, male; alifdnape, man, Lahon-
tan, 11, 294; napema, a married man,'
ibid.
mismn, indef. misginnin, pi. missinnin'
niiogj man, homo, or rather barbarus;
in the pi. people, nations, race, etc.
Applicable only to men of other tribes
or races than that to which the speaker
man — continued,
belongs; hence, used to signify cap-
tives, tributaries, etc. From missi and
ninnu, corresponding exactly to the oi
TCoXXoi of the Greek. Roger Williams
has ninni mUsindwock (= iianvd mmiu'
ndogy common men), *folk or peo-
ple.' missinnin kah puppinashimy man
and beast (only in Gen. 6, 7) ; Jwwiie
missinnin kenf of what people are you?
manifest, pohquaeu, pohqude, open, clear.
See open.
many, mdnaog, (they are) many (per-
sons) ; inan. m&natash, mdnaash, many
(things) (wussaume maunduog, *they
are too full of people', there are too
many; mAunetashj * great store,' abund-
ance, R. W. ) . tohsdog f how many (per-
sons)?; inan. toJisiiashy tohshinash, tah-
sMnashf how many (things)? See how.
ne adiahshe, as many as; suppos. pi. an.
neadidhshehettit (when they are counted
or summed up), as many as.
mariner, pummdhharnvxten-iny a mariner;
pi. 'Waenuog {ptimmuhshottoeninuog,
mariners, C.) [pumm6h-a>mf he goes
by sea]. kehtahJiaruDg (pi. ), mariners,
seamen {kehtoh-<Dm, he goes by sea].
mark, kuhkinneasn, he marks (it), dis-
tinguishes (it) by a mark; vbl. n. kuh-
kinneasuonk, marking, a mark, a sign.
kuhkinneam, he marks, distinguishes,
notes (it) . kuhkfiam, he marks ( it) out;
sufiix ukkuhkhamun, he marks it out (cf.
kuhkuhhegf a bound or landmark; kuh^
kuhhunky a boundary; kuhkukiMonky
order, regularity).
marrow, w^in, ween, the marrow (Abn.
Mn, graisse de moelle, Rasles.)
many, wusshUam, he marries, C; *he
goes a wooing', R. W.;* nooseentam, I
marry, C. ; unissenetdock, * they make a
match', R. W.; vbl. n. wussentam6onk,A
wedding (a marrying) ; n. agent, wussen-
tamwaen-in, one who marries, a bride-
groom, noh wusso, she is married.
Gen. 20, 3; she *who is another man's
wife', Ind. Laws xr, p. 8. wetauomau,
w^eldommi, he marries (her), he takes
(her) as a wife {weetauog, they live to-
gether, Ind. Laws xiii, p. 10) ; suppos.
noh wetauadteadt, he who is married, a
married man ; pi. neg wetauadieacheg, the
married; vbl. n. wetaudtuonk, marrying,
Digitized by
Google
294
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 26
marry — continued .
takings wife; n. agent, wetauadteaen-inj
a bride (one marrying); recipr. v:e-
taxmdieog, they marry one another
{awetawdiuockf 'they make a match,*
R. W.). See husband; wife.
marwh. See meadow.
marten (Mustela americana), loappen-
aughf openock, Gen. Reg. xi, 2J9 (niarte,
pepanakessS; peau de marte, IpanakessS,
Rasles; openock and wappenauk^ Judd,
Hist, of Hadley, 355; Del. voop chm,
Zeisb. Voc. 13).
master, gonlim, master (governor, C),
i^osR, nvLS'Sonlim-om [-a)7/j], my master;
nu99ontim(mi kHasscoty *my lord the
king', 2 Sam. 13, 33; pi. aonlimdogj son-
iimoiog (vbl. n. fontimayonk, sovereignty,
C).
mastery, sohkausuonkt sohkdhsuonkj mas-
tery, victory, vbl. n. from sohkdsUf soh-
kaum, he conquers.
mat, munnotaubanay 'embroidered mats
which the women make ' to line their
houses, hangings, R. W. abockqudsin-
ashf the mats with which the wigwams
are covered, ibid. ; cf. ne Ahuhqudsiky the
covering of it, Cant. 3, 10; uppdhquds,
obbohquoSy a tent, covering, etc. inattayi-
naukej pi. mattannoukarmshy *a fine sort
of mats to sleep on', R. W. niatasqnaSy
a mat, C.
matter, Unniyhionky res. See business.
may, wohy 'may or can', joined to a
verb, * expresses the notion of a pos- i
sibility to be'. El. Gr. 20. Eliot classes ,
it as a 'conjunction of possibility', El. i
Gr. 22: woh kenushehf 'intendest thou
to kill me?* Ex. 2, 14; uttoh voh yeush
eii rCniht how can these things be? '
maybe, mamidty 'it may be that', Gen.
16, 2 {ammiaty perhaps, it may be; am-
miate matteagy may l)e not, C. ; see talldy
R. W. 63 ) . paguodchey pagivodche, it may
be, perhaps {pogqudtcJiey i)erhaps, C).
iohy 'it may be* (an 'adverb of doubt-
ing'). El. Gr. 22 {toh with the significa-
tion of would that! {utinam) is 'an-
nexed to ever>' person and variation in
the optative mood'. El. Gr. 34, 65).
See how.
meadow, uvmpaskeht; nvmpasquehiUy in '
a meadow, micuckaskeet^y a meadow,
R. W. l=mukko8hquty a plain, from
meadow— continued.
mogki-askehiy or inogki-oshk-uty great
green place, or where there is much
grass], tattagoskltiiashy* a fresh mead-
ow' R. W. l^tattdgk-oskehty pi. oskeh-
tuash y shaking grass ( boggy, marshy ) ] .
vjososhquitj marsh: na \d iivsoshquity
'the marshes thereof, Ezek. 47, 11
(wosadskeht, a meadow, C).
meal, pishqukhlcky unparched meal, R. W.
[=:pasquagy that which is fine or in
powder]. See fine, nmhkik (ndkehicky
' parch' d meal . . . which they eat
with a little water, hot or cold', R.
W. ; nocakey * which is nothing but In-
dian corn parched in the )|ot ashes; the
ashes being sifted from it, it is after-
wards beat to powder', Wood, N. E.
Prospect), used by Eliot for 'meal',
* flour ' , ' ground com ' : pasquag ii<Dhhik,
* fine flour ' ; vbl. n. causat. inan. ncokhih-
atiehten»hy 'grind thou meal', Is. 47,2,
i. e. make it to be meal. From ncohkiy
it is soft; suppos. ncohkiky that which is
soft. Del. ' * psindamdcatiy or ki^ftmandne,
as they call Indian com parched,
pounded, and used with water or boiled
down as pottage " , H kw. , Hist. Account,
p. 187. Abn. pesedamSny ' farine de bl6
groul^'; iiSkMmeny 'farine'; skamSniii'
Skhamen, 'farine de bl^ d'Inde*, Rasles.
measure, quttuhhumy qidfiaiHy quadham^
he measures (it), takes the measure
(weight, capacity, or dimensions) of it;
qiUiuhhush {qriUaohhushy C. ), measure
thou (it); freq. quaquadhumy he meas-
ures (it) repeatedly or habitually ; vbl. n.
qutiuhhammonky measure, weight, etc. (e
measuring); supjws. jMirt. inan. qitttuh-
hegy quttuhuhegy (that which measures)
a measure; v.t. an. and inan. qxUtuhhu'
mauaUy he weighed (it) to or for (him);
7iuk-quthumau ieaguashy I weighed him
the money, Jer. 32, 9; active (verb of
action) quttuhwhdsuy he measures; pass,
it is measured, hence, by measure; after
a numeral, measures of (sometimes, but
rarely, pi. quituhwhdsuash): shwinchage
qutiuhuh6»u pasquag nwkhiky * thirty
measures of fine flour', 1 K. 4, 22 (nen
fiuk-qiUtohwhouSy 1 measure, C).
measures of length: dmskinausHy a
span {omskijmauy he spans (it). Is. 48,
13); iieqiUomskijiatmiy one span (7if<w-
Digitized by
Google
tbumbull]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONABY
295
oneasiireB of length— continued.
aumsgussdyif two spans (of wampum);
8hwaumscussd}/if three spans; yowomp-
scussdyij four spans, R. W.). Cf. omp-
shot [dmpffcatj au?n«ca/, R. W. ; ompskod,
C). a penny (i. e. a penny's worth of
wampum, a span?); nequt-ompskoty one
penny {neesaumscatf two pence; yoiv-
dnvicat] four pence, R. W. ). quttauatu,
qudtiuatu [qutta, six] , six pence ( in wam-
pum) R. W., =quttcUa8haumscat; neiuj
two quttiluatuee; shwirif three quttdua-
tues, eighteen pence; t/otrm, four qut-
tduatues; quUatashincheckauTMcat (sixty
pence), ten qutt^uatues, ^pitickquat
IpitXck-quttaiuitu] , ten sixpences, =nquit-
tSmpeg or nquUnishcaiimy one fathom,
ibid. neemehchagunaHiu, twenty fath-
oms; nabo napanna tashinaHsUf fifteen
fathoms. Acts 27, 28 (nquittdmpeg^
nquUnishcaHmj one fathom; nees-aum-
paugatuckj two faihoma; piuckqtuimpdu-
gatucky ten fathoms, =nquit pciusck;
shwe-paHisuck, thirty fathoms, R. W.).
ishqudnogkodt * a cubit*; after a numeral,
isliquanogkodf an. ishquanogkussuj by cu-
bits, cubits long; nequt-iahquonogkotj one
cubit, Matt. 6, 27, ^nequt-isqudnogkody
Luke, 12, 25.
meaBures of time. Seeday;month;
year.
meat, weyaus. See flesh.
medicine, moskehtUy maskehtu {maskitf
physic, R. W.); iydnaskehtuash, 'many
medicines', i. e. various kinds of medi-
• cines, Jer. 46, 11 [m^askehtj grass, an
herb].
meditate, mistantam [missi-antamf he
thinks much], he reflects or meditates
upon (he aims at, C); natwontam, he
meditates, considers of, devises (studies,
meditates, etc., C).
meet, nogkwshkauy nogkishkauy he meets
(him) (nokuskduatees, meet thou him;
nocku8kauatiteat let us meet, R.W.;
nmnne nogkishkdadtuonk, well met, as a
salutation, C). See assemble; gather.
melon, monaska>tasq {ohhosketdmukt a
watermelon; mamosketdmukf cucumber;
quinosketdmuky muskmelon, C). See
squash.
melt, sdbohteauy it melts; inan. pi., gahoh-
tnanhj 9abahiaashf they melt, from
sabdcy saupaey (it is) soft; see soft.
melt — continued.
Act. in trans., sdbohsdsuy he melts, per-
forms the act of melting, sdbassumj sd-
bossuniy sduppammy he melts ( it) , makes
(it) soft; n. agent. $6bo88umv)aen'int a
melter, founder, Jer. 6, 29; suppos.
part. inan. [from sahde, mupaeUy it
melts] mhaJUgy sdbdh^g (when it soft-
ens), pottage; adj. sdha^mmwey molten,
melted. See dissolve.
melt away. See consume; dissolve.
member, pompuhchdiy pompuhchaHf a
member, limb, organ; pi. -\-yeua8k:
ukkosue pompuhckaH, the virile organ;
n. coWect, pompuhchdinneunky the mem-
bers (collectively), 1 Cor. 12, 26.
mend. See I'epair.
menhaden, ^^aums&og and munnawhat-
teaUg, a fish somewhat like a herring",
R.W. {&mmi8, pi. dmmismogy herring,
C. ; Peq. umpstiaugeSy ale wives, Stiles).
The former was probably the alewife,
Alosa vemalis. The latter was Alosa
menhaden, * white-fish', * bony-fish',
* hardhead ' , or pauhagen. It was used
by the Indians as a manure, whence
perhaps its name, from munndquohteauy
he manures or enriches the soil (cf.
"Fishes called * aloof es* used for ma-
nure", Winth., in Phil. Trans., 1678).
menstruation, qumnausuonk; qmsinau-
git [suppos. from quUinaugu']^ when (she
is) menstruous {qushendwmi and mcU-
tapeuy *& woman keeping alone in her
monthly sickness', R. W.).
mercy, monaneteau, he is merciful; mo-
nanetegk, be ye merciful; vbl. monan-
etecumkf mercy; mondnum, he shows
mercy, is kind; an. suffix monanumeh,
be thou merciful to me. kiUearrumUa-
nuniy he shows mercy or compassion,
he pities; suppos. noh kodtumonteanvr
moniy he who is merciful or pities (nuJb-
kitteamonteanitteam, I pity, C).
merry, weekontam, he is glad; howan we-
kontogf is any merry? James 5, 13;
weekontamwog, they made merry,
Judg. 9, 27. See glad; mirth.
message, kutUoonky nehtamdonk: negon-
imwauy he sends a message to (nekon-
chuonaty to send, C. ). See send.
messenger, annamaSn-iny a messenger,
one who is sent: annonau nncDncunauhf
Digitized by
Google
296
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bttllstik 26
xneBseiLger — continued .
he sent a messenger to (him). See
send.
metals. See gold; iron; lead; steel.
middle, ndeu, naihaueu, in the middle,
in the midst; en n/ku, ut ndett, in the
midst of; ndahluk, ndShtuk [n6eH'tuk]f
in the middle of the river; nSetipukoky
ndeutipukkok [n6en-tippa<x)'\f midnight.
mighty, misaugke (great, powerful); sup-
pos. masugkenukf (when he is) powerful:
wame rhasugkenuk^ the Almighty, Ex.
6,3.
milk, sogkodtunk {sogkodonk, C. ) [suppos.
part. inan. from toh-kodHnnum: that
which is drawn forth; pi. aogkodtungaah,
teats, dugs, mammse]. meninnunky
woman's milk: Meninnunk uniich Muk-
kiesogy 'Milk for Babes', is the title
of Cotton's catechism; and in the quota-
tion from 1 Pet. 2, 2, meninnuan&e is
substituted for the gogkodtungane of
Eliot's version (munniinnugy a woman's
milk, R. W. ) [from namaUy he sucks;
suppos. part, inan., that which is
sucked].
millstone, toguhwdnganompsky togioonka-
nompsk. See grind; mortar.
mind (to have in), unnarUamy he thinks,
purposes, wills, etc. See think.
mine, nuUaihey it is mine (it belongs to
me); pi. an. nutkiiheogy inan. nuUaihe-
ashy they are mine; nuttaihtiriy it is ours.
See belong to,
mingle, mix, kenukshaUy it is mingled or
mixed with; kenukshaog pemiwohtea-uty
they are mingled among the heathen,
Ps. 106, 35 {inik'kinukklmimy I mingle
or mix, C; uunnickshariy to mingle;
wunnickuhaaSy mingled, R.W.); from
ken ugkCy ( i t is ) among.
minister, nofUompeantog (nohtomp-peun-
togy one who leads in prayer).
mink (Putorius vison) , nottoma^ (?) , Judd,
in N. E. Gen. Reg. xi, 219 (=mikSiy
^cureuil, of Rasles ?) .
mire. See mud.
mirror. See looking-glass.
mirth, p6anatamy he makes mirth, Ezek.
21, 10;vbl. n. p6aniitama)onky mirth; neg
pdachegy they who make merry, Jer.
30, 19. mishe miiskouantamy he makes
great mirth, Neh. 8, 12. wekoniamax>nky
mirth — continued,
gladness, mirth [weibontom, he is glad].
See glad; merry; play.
miry, saupaeuy sabaeuy it is soft (softened
by water?); mup&ty sabAey soft, miry.
Cf. 9amp; suppawn,
mischief, ux>skehuttxionky hurt, injury
done; woskehitiuonky vx)skehUmonky
hurt, injury suffered. See hurt.
miserable, kiUumongkeneankquaty miser-
able (pitiable), C; kiUtumonkee ye&ey
miserably, ibid. See pity.
mishap, musmhkauauy miskauauy it hap-
pens to (him); applied only to the en-
counter of evils or mischance. See hap-
pen.
miss. See want.
mist. See fog; vapor.
mistake, nuj}-puhtdntamy 1 mistake, C;
vbl. n. ptihtantamcDimkj mistaking, ibid. ;
cf. ptUtahhamy he is caught, ensnared,
trapped. p<ini}e\iy he errs, goes wrong
or astray. See astray.
mistress, sonkisqy sfml-usgy »onk»qy mis-
tress, queen; kehche sonksq (great mis-
tress), queen, Esth. 1, 9, 11, 15, =kehchiS'
mnkisqy v. 12 (Narr. saunks, the queen,
or sachem's wife; pi. saunck^qiidaogy R.
W.; saunck sqnauhy queen. Stiles; sitnck
squay Conn. Rec. ii, 289) [mnthn-squay
master-woman, or sonkquan (Rohkau),
she prevails or has the mastery] .
mock, momorUauaUy inomonehtanaUy he
mocks, derides, makes a mock of
(him); suppos. part, noh momontauonty
one who mocks; suffix ummomontaur
6uky they mocked him; inan. momon-
ehtajriy momontamy he mocks (it),
he makes a mock of (it); v. i. act.
momantuhsUy nwmontussu, he mocks,
is mocking; n. agent, momonttihsueny
momon^htcunieny a mocker. 66nt6hkon~
aumiy he mocks at, derides (him)
(elseivhere, 66tuhk-y Hontuhk-, eionfogk-y
66ntogk'y etc.); wuUdontdhkonduhy they
mock him; kutUkmtdhkonehy thou raock-
est me; v. i. act. 66t6kko8SUy dontogkkossUy
he mocks, is mocking; n. agent, ddntdh-
kussmwaeriy a mocker.
moist, ogqtishkiy (it is) moist, wet. See
wet.
moldy, ogquonkshdeuy ogquanksfieaUy it
is moldy; adj. ogquonkshde; vbl. n. og^
quonkshunky mold, * mildew'. Cf. o^-
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY
297
moldy — continiied.
quonkquag, *rust*, Matt. 6, 19; ogqush-
ki, it ia wet.
xnole, mameechumitf Lev. 11, 30.
money. '^The Indians are ignorant of I
Europe's coin; yet they have given a
name to ours, and call it manSash^ from
the English money", R. W. Eliot
translates money by tedguush, teauguash
(pi. of tedg, thing, object), res; and
Roger Williams gives nut'teauguct^h,
* my money'. See wampum.
month, nepduz (the sun), a month {pau-
suck rCpa{iu8j a month; nqait pawmck-
erCpaHus, one month; nees pawsuck
vCpaduttj two months, etc., R. W.).
See sun; moon.
moon, nepauzshad, nanepauzukady nane-
patishadt {nanepaiUhaty the moon, the
moon god; munndnnock, a name of the
sun or moon, R.W. ; Peq. weyhan, moon.
Stiles); vuske nepauzsae^ new moon (yb
ocquitteunk, a new moon; paushSsuij a
half moon; weqaashimj a light moon,
R. W. ) . Dimin. from nepduz, the sun, =
7iepauzes^{?),
moose, nuDS, pi. inoMdog (for 'fallow
deer', 1 K. 4, 23) ("The Elke, which
the Salvages call a Mose *', Morton, N. E
Canaan. **Moo^j a beast bigger than a
Stagge", Smith, Descr. of N. England,
1616. mods, pi. modsuog, *the great ox,
or rather a red deer', R. W. Abn.
mSs, pi. mSsSk, 'orignal', Rasles.)
more, dnue (the sign of the compara-
tive): dnue vimnegen, better; dnue onk
nen, more than me; dnue onk wame,
more than all. aneu, anueu, he is more
(than another), he is superior {nuttdn-
n&u^un, 1 overcome or conquer, C);
suffix an. progr. wiit-aneukouh, he is
better than he, i. e. superior to him,
Prov. 12, 9i From the suppos. aneit
{noh aneil, he who is above or superior),
with the indefinite prefix, comes, per-
haps, manii [m'aneit'], a god, something
superior. "There is a general custom
amongst them at the apprehension of
any excellency in men, women, birds,
beasts, fish, etc., to cry out Manittdo,
that is, it is a god, as thus if they see one
man excel others in wisdom, valour,
strength, activity, etc., they cry out
ManiUdo, a god", R. W. 111. The
more — continued .
progr. form wutaneukouh, he is better
than he, is used in Prov. 12, 9, mean-
ing he is superior, is better off. Com-
pounds: dnuuvdt [d7iue-ux>h-<xdt]j more
than enough, too much; dnupde, over-
flowing; anuwutchuwan, anitckaan, it
overflows, nano (a sign of the compar-
ative), more and more.
moreover, xvonk, again, moreover, also.
morning, mohtompan {mautcibonj R. W. ).
See day.
morrow, saup {saiiop, R. W. ; saup, C. ;
Abn. 8&m, Rasles), tomorrow, nam-
podeuy on the morrow (i. e. early next
morning); suppos. nompuk, nompuh-
keik, nn ndmpunk, (when it was) morn-
ing, next morning [from nompe, again].
morsel, cliogq, kodchiihki. See piece; spot.
mortar, togguhwhonk, toguhwank, togwonk
{tdcunck or v^skunck, their pounding
mortar, R. W.), a mortar or place for
pounding com; ut togguhwhonganU, in
a mortar, in mills, Num. 11, 8. From
tackhilmmin, to grind corn, R.W.; tog-
guhhum, he grinds, C. [togkau, he
strikes, pounds].
mother, dkasoh, his mother, the mother
of (okdsu and uitchwhatv, a mother,
R. W. ; iMchehwaUf- her mother, C. ) ;
ndkas, ncokas, ray mother (ndkace, nich-
whaxvy R. W.) ; kdkas, kookas, thy mother;
wame okasuoh, she was the mother of
all (living), Gen. 3, 20; indef. wuioka-
sin (vmitookdsin, C), a mother, i. e. any
mother, the mother of anyone; collect.
dkasinneunky mothers, collectively or as
a class, all motherhood. From the
same root as 6hke, the earth, com-
pounded with 6das, animal, animate
being, or with -v^su, the verb of ani-
mate activity, the producing animal,
the animate producer; but the form is
that of the verb 61msu, she produces;
dkasoh, she produces him or her; dka-
suoh, she produces them. Cf. com, he
goes or proceeds from; wutcheu, he be-
gins, comes from or out of; (Dshohf
dshoh, father, etc. viitrhehunu is evi-
dently the caus. an. (utUcfiehhuau) from
wuicheu, he proceeds from or orioinates
from.
mountain, wadchn (wadchii, C. ) ; in com-
position -adrhu: misadchu Imissi-adchul
Digitized by
Google
-298
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
.mountain — continued.
hih wadchu^ * mountain and hiir, Luke
3, 5; pi. wadchuaah; dimin. wadchue-
meSf a small mountain, a hill; wadchue-
I'onhi (among the mountains), *in the
hill country', Josh. 13, 6 {niaquat-
chuwuHyneriy I go up hill; taguaichbvxishy
go (thou) up hill; R. W.; Del. wachts-
chunk, on the hill; wachtschunk n^ da, I
am going up the hill, Hkw.).
mourn, mauy he cries {rnduOj to cry and
bewail, R. W.; nen nummou, I bewail,
C); vbl. n. mauonk, maonk, a crying
{ma>onk, moumoonk, C). Freq. maue-
mau, he mourns for ( him) ; vbl. n. tnatLe-
mcoonky a mourning {moumoonk, weep-
ing, C. ); V. i. tnaumuttam, he mourns
(nummamiittamy I lament, C). See
cry.
'mouse (?), mishdbpuhquaSy mishabohquas,
*the mouse'. Lev. 11, 29; Is. 66, 17.
Cf. mattabpiuiq^ies, the bat; Abn. San-
bigSsesS, ^souris'; 111. accosima, rat.
mouth, mtUiam, a mouth; nuUamj my
mouth; kuttam, thy mouth (Peq. cutt<5-
neege, mouth, Stiles) ; iviUtam, his mouth
(uruttdne, R.W.).
.move, mamonchn, he moves or is in mo-
tion (denoting voluntary motion by
animate agency); suppos. mamanchii,
when he moves: nishnoh oaas noh ma-
monchity * everything . . . that mov-
eth'; freq. from monchu, he goes.
mamonturmunif he moves, i. e. imparts
motion to (it), he puts (it) in motion:
momontunnum nippe, he moves the
waters, John 5, 4; suppos. mamontunukj
when he moves (his lips), Prov. 16, 30.
oniohteauj ontahiau, (it) is moved (from
place to place), it is removed; pish on-
idhtauuriy it shall be removed. ontaUau,
he moves (it) from its place, he re-
moves (it); o^titaUaush, ontatoysh kus-
seetf remove thy foot; noh onlattunk, he
who removes (it), ontashau, he moves
(him), removes (him) from one place
to another. ontappUy he is moved (from
his former place to a place where he is
now at rest), he remains moved: God
ndeu appu, matta pish oniappa, *God is
in the midst of her, she shall not be
moved'; orUapush, onUapish, be thou
removed. Cf. ontharriy he puts out, ex-
tinguishes; ohtacoy uhtea, it goes out.
move — continued.
See stir, popomshau, he moves about.
Gen. 1, 2; freq. from pomushaUy he
walks.
mow, Tnanhmmminy to cut or mow grass,
R.W.
much, mcochekey an intensive used to ex-
press degrees of comparison, EL Gt. 15:
anue vKDcheke, much more; mcocheke onk *
nen, more than I; mcocheke mcocheke,
very much, exceedingly; noh mcocheke
anumauut, *to whom much is given',
Luke 12, 48. muttae, very ( valde) : mut-
tae moDcheke, exceeding much; muitae
wannegen, exceeding good, anuwodl
lanue-tvoh-adt?], too much, more than
enough. See how.
mud, pisaag, pissagcjuan, mire, mud (pia-
8ugk ut toumayog, dirt in the streets,
C); pmeogquayeuonk, a miry place;
pisseogqmheau, it is sticky, it sticketh,
adhereth. Cf. puppissi, dust, dirt.
multitude, muU&ancoog, muttdanwog,
(they are) very many, a great many
persons; vbl. n. muUannunk, persons
collectively, the many; suppos. maUad'
nukeg, (when they are) very many, the
multitude.
mummy chog, moamiUeaug (pi.), * a little
sort of fish half as big as sprats, plenti-
ful in winter', R. W. mohmoettinne-
aog, pass, and recipr. of mohmoeog, they
gather themselves together; schoolfish.
The fish described is doubtless the
smelt (Osmerus eperlanus), but the
name, in a corrupted form, has been
transferred to another species.
murder, nusJiehteau, nashteau, he is a
murderer, he commits murder; n. agent.
nusMhteaen-in, a murderer [shehleden,
* bloody man', Ps. 5, 6); vbl. nusMh-
teaonk, shehtedonk, murdering, murder
{nun-niahteam, I kill, C). Intrans.
subjective form of nushau, he kills.
kemineiachick, murderers, R. W. [as-
assins? From ifcemew, in secret?]; kuks-
kemineantin, you are the murderer,
ibid.
mxirmur, mcomcMkmwau, mcomcoskquenau,
he murmurs {moomoDsquerKDivdnate, to
mutter; moomcMkco^vonate, to murmur;
num-mcomcoskmwam, I murmur, C);
an. moomookomau, he murmurs at or
against (him); inan. mwmcosqueiUtam,
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
299
xnurmur — continued.
he murmurs at (it); vbl. n. mwmmskco-
imonk, a murmuring; mmmcoskomma-
onk, muttering, murmuring.
musical instrumexit, puhpequoriy pi.
-\-ash ; puhpequau, he makes music; mo-
nopuhpegt a trumpet ( puhpeeg, a trum-
pet or music, C. ). Cf. puhpeg, a dance,
an instrument of music, Ps. 144, 9.
From puhpuhkif hollow.
muskrat, musquash {musquassus (pl.)f
Smith'sDescr.of N.England, 1616. "The
muskevHxshe is a beast that frequenteth
the ponds", Morton's N. E. Canaan.
Abn. mSskS^ssSf Rasles), Fiber zibethi-
cus [musqui'66>&s, red animal].
must, moSj shall or must, auxil. Eliot
gives *'?no«, pishj shall or will", as
words * * signifying futurity, added to the
indicative mode to express the time to
come". El. Gr. 20; but, strictly speak-
ing, mos expresses obligation or neces-
sity, pish simple futurity: mos nun-
nupf I must die, Deut. 4, 22; ne mos
n'ni/i, it must needs be so, Mark 13, 7
(moce, mesh, R. W. ; mesh ndbnchem pe-
yaunij I could not come; moce, instantly;
mdishf even now, ibid.), mcoche, it
must — con tin ue<l .
shall or must be, expressing obligation
or necessity for future action [for mos-
imitche or mo-ootcfiel : mcoche kenpannup-
umsham^ etc., thou art to pass over
through, etc., i. e. it must be that
thou, etc., Deut. 2, 18; mmche nut-
tabuttantamau6mun God, we are bound
to thank God, 2 Thess. 1, 3. nont, used
by Cotton, sometimes for the verb to
be, sometimes apparently as a mere ex-
pletive, was sometimes employed to ex-
press conditional obligation or necessi-
ty — ^should or must — in a conditional or
conjmictive proposition: noh kodtarUog
aiuskoiantamunat . . . nont v:oh nuk-
kodtam, he who would repent must
forsake (his sins), C. kisjiontj kusnunt,
are similarly used by C. Mather (Notit.
Ind. 55) and in the title of the Indian
Laws. Cotton's Vocabulary gives pish
nunniipy I shall die; nont pish nunnup-
piimun, *you [we] must die'; mukkit-
chogqtiisog nont puhpHogj boys will
play.
myself, nuhhog [n'Ao^Jfc], my body, my
person, myself. Cf. Del. n^hakey, my
body, myself, Zeisb. See body.
isr
2iail, kenuhwheg, pi. -\-ash [for kenehheg,
kenaiheg, that which is sharp?], ken-
uhtugquonk, keneh-uhtug, sharp wood, a
wooden pin. CL w6nk6ntug, 'SLpin^ to
hang things on, Ezek. 15, 3, but lit.
a wooden hook {wonkiuhiug, crooked
stick). See pin.
muhkos, miihkas, the nail of a man,
the hoof, claw, or talon of an animal;
pi. muhkossog; wuhkossog, u*uhkassog, his
nails (mokdssuck^ nails, R. W.) liUhk-
vssu, the an. form of uhquaeu, (it is)
pointed. Cf. uhquon, a hook; uhque,
extreme, etc. See end],
naked, poskeu, (he is) naked; v. i. an.
poskissu, poskussu, (he is) naked, i. e., is
stripped, made bare, is become naked
(pauskesu, suppos. pi. pauskesitcheg,
'naked men and women', R. W.);
nupposkis {nippdskis, R. W.), I am
naked; poskis kuhkont, 'make bare thy
head', Is. 47, 2; poskissegk, make your-
naked — continued,
selves bare; vbl. n. poskisseuonk, poskis-
suonk, nakedness (a making bare ) . pos-
kinu7ny he uncovers, makes (it) bare:
poskinum wuhpit, he makes bare his
arm, an. poskinnu, posekinau, he makes
(him) bare, strips (him) naked; hence,
he buries (him). See bury, poskis-
sehheauj he causes (him) to be naked,
makes (him) naked.
name, wesuonk (El., R. W.,and C), the
name of a man; oovtsuonky his name;
noou^suonk, my name; koowhuonk, thy
name(vbl. n. Iroinussonessu, he is called,
he is named; lit. a calling, appellatio).
See call by a name (nominare).
namely, nahnane, namely, 'viz'; nei\e,
'id est', C.
narrow, pemayogok, pednogok (of a path
or way, Matt. 7, 13, 14; peemdyagdt, a
little way, R. W.). toUodchi aiyeuonk,
' narrow compass ' , C. ( ? ) .
Digitized by
Google
300
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BrLLETIN 25
nation, wxUohiimoin {wuUohtimmny C);
pi. -mdneash; n. collect. unUohtimoin-
neunky the nations, collectively or cor-
porately.
naught. See bad; no.
navel, menwee; weenwee, hia navel \m^en
ndeUf the middle or center],
near, pasoOj pdhsu, (it is) near {paswUy
'lately', El. Gr. 21; paswese, soon, in a
short time, C. ) ; pascoche^ a little way
off (after verb of motion) [pasca-cocJie'] :
monchu pascoche^ he went to a short
distance, a little way off. pasivohteau, it
is near, it draws near; pascotappu^ he is
near, i. e. he remains near; suppos. noh
paswiappii, noh pamvopit, he who is
near; pi. neg pasmtapitchegj neg paswo-
pitcheg, they who are near. pascotBhau^
he comes near (quickly, suddenly, or
with violence) ; pasmUihaushy come thou
near, pascosukau, he is going near; noh
pamikog, he who is coming or going
near; pasamikiitchy let him come near,
let him approach. paswaHy he brings
(him) near to; sufl5x up-pasm-uh, he
brought him near to him; pasmk, bring
ye (them) near; cf. paiuUaUf he brings
it near.
nearly, nahen, almost, nearly (ndheuj
C): nahen nuppw, he is *at the point
of death', Mark 5, 23.
necessary, needful, q^tenauety it is nec-
essary, Exp. May hew, MS {nwnat or
qxienauaty *to be wanting or defective',
C; quenauadtCy necessarily, ibid.).
pasuk ne woh aunagy *one thing is need-
ful', Luke 10, 42, i. e. one thing which
must be so. nawhonky *it is needful'.
Acts 15, 5. See want.
neck, mussiUipuk (missitt^ppegy C. ; ftUchi-
piicky R. W.); tcussittipuky his neck; pi.
~\~ancish.
need. See necessary; want.
needle, ahdmaquesuxiky ahamogquhuuk
(ohhamaqiiesuuky C; maumichhnanegey
R. W. ) ; adj. ahdmogquesiiey made by the
needle, needle-w^orked.
neglect, mishanantamy he neglects, C.
See despise.
neighbor, wetateamung-aniny a neighbor;
netatteamung {netohteamonky 0. Mather),
my neighbor; weetatteamungy his neigh-
bor; pi. +og.
nest, tvadshy wadich, a (bird's) nest:
wiitch cDwadshaty from her nest. Cf.
a>chy proceeding from; wutchcy from;
toadchuy he comes or proceeds from.
net, haahaby hashabpy a net for fish, pri-
marily vegetable fiber or fibrous ma-
terial; pi. ~{-pog (dshdpy dshdppogy C;
aaJidpy R. W. ; Del. achqudneman, a
bushnet, Hkw.). quomphunk (some-
thing to dip up with), a scoop net (?).
new, wusk€y weskey young, new: wuske
teagy a new thing; vmske nionak (wuska-
nuity R. W.), new cloth; vmskoshiniy
wmkUhirriy a young animal; weske kut-
chissiky in the beginning. Gen, 1,1, i. e.
when (what is) nearly began. Related
to asqy ashky etc,
news, unnaunchemookaUy he tells news;
vbl. n. unnaunchemcokaonky auncJiemook-
aonky news, tidings {achmaoonky Unnuh"
tainmonky C.) an. aunchemmkauaUy he
tells (him) news (aaunchemdkaWy tell
me your news; aunche?nokauheUUteay let
us discourse or tell news; tockeUdun-
chimy what news? R. W.; nvUMnchimy
1 tell, C); nuUinaunchemcDkauondoh
wunnaunchemoDkaxwnky *I communicat-
ed to them the gospel', i. e. I told them
good news, Gal. 2, 2. See inform ; speak.
night, nukon (nukkouy C); pi. -\-ash; nuk-
kondeiiy nohkogy by nighty in the night
{ndukockSy nokanndiviy R. W.): ne
nohkogy on that night. From nwkeUy
he descends or goes down (?), or from
nukkonauy he leaves, deserts (?). See
day.
night-hawk, peeksqy Lev. 11, 16; Deut.
14, 15.
nine, paskoogutiy pamikwgun {-\-tohsijL or
tahshey pi. an. tahsuogy inan. tahshin-
ash), pcakmgxin tahshinchag, ninety.
nabo paskcogiiny nineteen.
no, not, mattay maty matchaogy * adverb
of denying', no; "also mo sometimes
signifieth no". El, Gr. 21; matteagy
matta teag, moteagy monteagy nothing;
ohtoou moieag (Prov. 13, 4), ohtoou mat-
chaog (Prov. 13, 7), he has nothing
{machdxigy no or not; mojckdgey nothing,
not so; mdUa nowduwoney I knew noth-
ing; matta nickquihicky I want it not; mor
chag^ nickquehikdminay I want nothing;
mat endnoy it is not true; mat noteaaiigo.
Digitized by
Google
TRTTMBULLJ
ENGLI8H-KATICK DICTIONARY
301
no, not — continued.
I have no money, R. W.; Narr. mat-
tuks, no, Stiles; mdttaj no, not; mat-
nequiy not at all [not one, mat iieqat'] ;
iruUta webe, not only, C; Del. inakhia,
tah, "Sieisb.; mdUa, no; td, no (a lazy
no); tagHif no, not; attaj to, no, no; tak-
tani, taktdanif I don't know, Hkw.).
wannej without, destitute of: VHinne
nippeno, there was no water in it;
wamie vmtwshef without a father, hay-
ing no father; wanne homane, there was
no one (left). Num. 21, 36. ahque, do
not (refrain from, leave off), * adverb
of forbidding', El. Gr. 21. See do not.
The negative verb is formed from the
affirmative by interposing the diph-
thong CO betwee' the radical and the
syllable following, as coicadchanumun,
he keeps it; cowadchanumamn^ he does
not keep it. It is usually accompanied
by mat or mo/to, forming a double nega-
tive. The 2d pers. sing, of the im-
perative negative is formed in -dhkon or
-uhkon (from ahque, do not), as kum-
mwtilhkony *thou shalt not steal', etc.
Strictly this is the imperative of pro-
hibition or dehortation rather than of
simple negation.
noise, vxidtauatankqiumionk (vbl. n., the
making^ of a sound, a voice), noise.
See voice.
noon, pohshequaeu^ (it is) noon; pohshe-
quAey at noon (paushaqdatVf pawesha-
qAaWy R. W.; jxyhshequae^ C). From
pohshe, half. See day.
north, ndnumiyeUy nannummiyeUt nan-
nummaUf to, from, or at the north,
northward; nanumity the north wind
(nanummatin and mnnddirij R. W. ).
northeast wind, chepetuSmn, R. W. ; sd-
chimoachepeiv^sninf a strong northeast
wind, ibid. Is this from cheepie-ussa^
caused by the evil spirit, as contrasted
with 8(manisheiVj the southwest wind,
Hhe pleasingest, warmest wind in the
climate', from sovjwaniniH, the south-
west, where *the Gods chiefly dwell'
(R.W. 83)?
northwest, vrutcheksuauj northwestward,
Acts 27, 12 (chikesu, *the northwest
northwest— continued.
[wind]', R. W.; chekesUch, when thp
wind blows northwest, ibid.; Chekesu-
uxindy the Western God, ibid.; puh-
tadtuniyeu and mcujuamittinniyeu, from
the west, Mass. Ps.); umtchehniayeu,
westward, to or from the west. Gen.
13, 14.
nose, mutchan, a nose, the snout of an
animal; ^rM/c/io7i, thy nose; vrntcharifhia
nose; pi. -{-ash (Peq. umchai^nj the nos-
trils; kuchijagey [your] nose, Stiles;
miUch/hit a nose, C).
not. See do not; no.
notwithstanding^, onchf yet, notwith-
standing. See yet.
nourish, asaamau^ he gives food to (him) ;
sohkomaUf he nourishes, continues to
feed (him). See feed.
now, yeuyeu (by redupl. from yea, this).
number. See count.
numerals.
[Note.— Not completed. Bee one, two, three,
etc.]
nurse, nanawetea^ a nurse (a keeper, over-
seer), R. W. IndndwehteoUf he keeps
{nunndnaueehtoOf I keep, C.)].
nut, annachim, pi. -fmcw/i, nut, nuts, C;
cf. anducheminneashj acorns, R. W.
Del. quinij * a nut growing on a tree ' (?) ;
vmnachquinif an acorn, Hkw., who fan-
cifully derives it *from vmnipach [wun-
nepog^y a leaf, nachj a hand, and qnim,
a nut growing on a tree', meaning 'the
nut of the tree the leaves of which re-
semble a hand' (Corresp. 407). pad-
teateaminaghj nuts. Gen. 43, 11 . Ahn.pa-
gahriy pl.-Twir, noix, Rasles. Del. w'*im,
hickory nut [moisi-miny smooth nut];
ptucquim, walnut [petukqui-mm, round
nut]; wapimy chestnut [trompi-min,
white nut]; achauwemin, beech nut
Inoshirme-miny angular nut?], Hkw.
Virginian sagatamenery osamenery pum-
muckonery 'kind of berry like unto an
acorn', used to make bread and for oil;
aopummeneTy 'kind of berry like unto
an acorn', 'of this sort they make
bread*; mangummenauky 'the very
acorn of their kind of oak*, boiled with
fish or flesh. Tracts app. to Brereton,
3 M. H. C. viii, 120.
Digitized by
Google
302
BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 2&
O
oak tree, nmtimis pi. ruDtlmisseash {paii-
gatemisky R. W. ; pokhditimis^ white oak;
wesattimiSf red oak; wesokkunky (red?)
oak wood, C; Abn. anaskamesiy oak
which bears acorns, Rasles).
oath, chadchekeymw&onk (vbl. n. from
chadchek^yeuau, he swears or vows; lit.
he speaks vehemently, El. Gr. 21).
obey, 7KD9iv€taUj he obeys (him), pri-
marily he follows (him); ncomeetash,
obey thou (him) ; ncMweeicoky noswehiok,
obey ye {ken noomvetahj obey thou me;
namvelUau Manit, obey God, C. ) ; with
inan. obj. namcetamy ndswehtaniy he
obeys (it, ajs a command, a law, etc.);
na>»wetama)ky obey ye; vbl. n. namcehtor
mdonk {rMMwetamooonk, C), obedience,
an obeying; mat nco»wehtam6onky diso-
bedience. From namveuy he serves, he
yields, lounnamptauau (he believes,
trusts to ) , he obeys ( him ) . * * This word
they use just as the Greek tongue doth
that verb TCtdTevetVy for believing or
' obeying, as it is often used in the N.
Testament: coandumatow*, I believe you
or I will obey you", R. W. From
wunnamptaniy he believes.
object, tedg (thing, q. v.) .
odor, asumungquoty asumunkquoky smell,
odor; matchemungquoty a bad smell;
weetimungquoty sweet smell, perfume;
matchemungqussuonky a bad smell pro-
ceeding from or caused by an animate
being; so wuUisinimunkqussuonky 'his
smeir. Gen. 27, 27.
offeTy pummununiy pumminnumy he offers,
devotes (it) to a superior; freq. pau-
paumunaUy he offers or presents (him);
suffix uppaupaumenuhy he offers them.
Eliot uses this word to express the
offering or consecration of objects to
God, not sacrificial. Cf. ^^Pumponiy
a tribute skin when a deer is killed
in the water. This skin is carried to
the sachem or prince within whose
territory the deer was slain", R. W.
. magouj he offers; ummaguny he offers
it; see give, sephausuy he offers sac-
rifice {seepkausri, it is offered or sacri-
ficed); sephaxmneaUy he offers (it) in
sacrifice, he sacrifices (it); tepkausauaUy
offer — continued .
he sacrifices (him, an. obj.) to: nag
sephaxismog wunnaumonaoh , . . mat-
tanniiiwhy they sacrificed their sons to
devils, Ps. 106, 27; vbl. n. sephausuonk,
an offering, sacrifice; n. agent, sephau-
suaeriy one who makes offerings, a sacri-
ficer, a priest; sephamauauy he offers
sacrifice to, or he sacrifices (it, inan.
obj.) to. ompontinnum magaxmky he
sends an offering ( i. e. a gift or a tribute )
[omptvunnaUj he is tributary to],
ofbpring^, neechanog (pi.); n. collect*
wunneechdneunky offspring collectively,
all children, Rom. 9, 8. See child.
often, nohnompit [when it is repeated;
suppos. from nohnompu], oftentimes.
rruDcJiekit nompe, when it is many
times {mocMkit, ndmpe, often, C; kdn-
bUcheay ayatche (for adtahshe)y as often:
ayatche nippSeaniy I am (come) often
here, R. W. ). adtashey ahhut iakshey at-
UDche.y uUa>che, as often as, as many
times as ladt tahshe'].
oil, pummee {pummee or mmmey C).
From pummok, the sea, i. e. pumm&ey
of the sea.
ointment, su^sequionk (anointing; vbl.
n. from ^usgequriy he anoints).
old, k^hchi8y kutchisiUy (he is) old, an old
man; pi. kehchisog, kutchUogy old men,
elders, seniores. The inan. form is some-
times, though rarely, used, as kehchi-
yeue ketasswiy an old king; pi. kihchiog
(an. inactive), the old, the ancients
{kii4:hizey R. W.; kehchiuSy C; Del.
kigeyi lenno, an aged man, Hkw. ^*Chise
is an old man, and kiehchise a man that
exceedeth in age", E. Winslow's Re-
lation, 1624. kutchinnuy a middle-aged
man (?), R. W. ). kefichisquoy kutchisqijui,
an old woman {xvhiiMy pi. -mcky R.W.;
Del. gichtochqueuy an aged woman;
chauchschlsigy a ver>' old woman, Hkw. ).
hdmeSy pL -8xick, an old man, old men,
R. W. mahtauntamy vtohtantaniy (he is)
o\^\ nummohtantamy I am old; suppos.
mahtaantogy when old {muttaHniamy
*very old and decrepit', R. W. Del.
xnihilnmsy *an old man worn out with
age', Hkw.) This word has nearly
Digitized by
Google
tbumbull]
ENQLI8H-KATICK DICTIONARY
80»
old — continued,
the same relation to kehchis as thd
Latin senium to senectus: mohtarUam
primarily signifies he fails, decays,
is passing away (Grer. ein alter Gh^eLs;
Fr. un vieillard, un barbon, Notes to
El. Gr. xvii; see fade; decrepit);
kehchissuy an. of kehche^ chief, superior,
denotes age entitled to respect, a su-
perior by reason of age. sepepamantam,
(he lives long, is long lived) he is
grown old, * stricken in years', Gren.
24, 1, nukkukquiyeUf he is old, with
reference to a measure of duration {toh
unnukkoofiquiyeu noh nonksqy how old is
that girl? C). nukkdne {=negonn€f
first), old, ancient (of inan. obj.):
nukkone seip, 'ancient river'; nukkone
mayashy the old ways ; ne negonneayeuwihy
'that which waxeth old'; yemh nuh-
kdneyeuukish, 'these (are) ancient
things'. Of. nukkonaUf he leaves, for-
sakes, he is left, is forsaken, eatavrtis,
'it is old' (cloth), R. W.; eataHibana,
old traps, ibid.
old Age, kehchiyeuunneat and kehchiseun-
rteat (to be old; infinitive for noun), old
age: xU kukkehchiyeuunnecUj in thy old
age; ut vmnne kutchueunneatj in a good
old age, Gren. 25, 8. mahtaurUamdank
(vbl. n. from mohtantam), old age, de-
crepitude, senium, nukkukquiyeuonk,
old age.
oldwife (Anas glacialis). See duck.
on. See stand.
once, pamkqut. See one [pasuk).
one, nequi {pasuk, nequiy C. ; nquity R. W. ;
Peq. nuqwit, St. ; Muh. ngmttah^ Edw. ;
Bel. gvttiy ri'guitif pasiik [for peasuk^
a diminutive?] {pdwsuck^ R. W.;
*^neqnty a thing that is past; pa«uk,
a thing in being", C; pdichuk, "a
true Mohicanni word for one, and
so I suppose nequt to be, in its proper
place", Hkw.; Abn. pezekS; Chip.
paizhik; Cree ph^ak, one; jt/mA", ten).
See Heckewelder's observations on
nequt (n^gutti), pasuk, and other Dela-
ware words for one, in Notes on
Eliot's Grammar, xlv. The distinc-
tion indicated by Cotton does not seem
to have been observed by Eliot, Wil-
liams, or other early writers of the Ian-
one — continued .
guage, yet it is not improbably well
founded.
one by one, nanaseu (an.), nandse.
onion, weenwdmg (pi.).
only, webe: ken webe nussUf thou only;
maUa ne webCj (not that only) not only
so. nont{1): webe nont God, 'but [ex-
cept] God only', Mark 2, 7; p<uuk nont
God, 'there is but one God', one God
* only, Ind. Primer {pamk naiint Manit,
there is only one Grod, R. W.). nuk-
quttegheon, only son, Luke 7, 12; 9, 38.
open (adj. ), wdshvn, (it is) open; wdshicoh-
tde {wofikwohieau, it is) open, i. e. made
or become open, opened: wdshtcohide
muttam, open mouth; suppos. part, wdsh-
xoohtag, (when it is) open: woshwofOag
rmq, an open vessel, i. e. a vessel when
open; wdshwetashine, opened, open, as.
a door or gate. Rev. 3, 8. pohquaeuy
(it is) open, manifest, clear; adv.
openly; pohquadchit {pucqJikUchicky
R. W.), in the open air, out of doors.
See clear.
open (v.), wohshhxum, vmhwimnum, he-
opens (it) : wo8hwunnuma>k kenogkanegj
open the window; woshwunnum squont,
= vx)h«hUanum, he opens the door (nco-
ivoshTiUnum, 1 open, C.) ; suppos. woh-
»hinukf wdshinug, when he opens (it);
caus. inan. wohekiianum, vmhwetanum,
he opens (a door, gates, etc.), i. e. he
makes it open: tvohskUanush or iwhshi-
tanush squoni, open thou the door; an.
wohshitanumaUf he opens the door to
(him) (pauquanamiinneay open me the
door, R. W.).
opposite, anaquabit, (when he is) oppo-
site; anaquohtag, (when it is) opposite;
see before, piuhsuke, over against,
opposite to; freq. pdpiufisukef recipro-
cally opposite, over against each other;
see against, awque, awhquexiy ayeu-
queu, (he is) opposite, on the other
side, he opposes: howan awquef ' who is
my adversary?' Is. 50, 8; suppos. part
pi. nag ayeuqueagig, 'our adversaries',
opponents, Neh. 4, 11; hence ayetiuh-
konauy he opposes, goes on opposing,
makes war upon, fights with; neg nut-
tayeimhkonukquog, dwhkonukueog, our
enemies; see against; war; cf. nuh--
Digitized by
Google
804
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletik 25
Opposite — continued.
quaeu, he looks toward, facefl, =n^awh''
quaeu (?).
or, amii,
order (n.), kuhkuhwaonk (order of succes-
sion or position).
order (v.). See command; shape.
orderly, in order, hohtdhij hohtdeu,
*from time to time', £zek. 4, 10, 11;
*in order', ex ordine, Acta 11, 4. huh-
kenauii'ef kukkanede, in order, orderly
IkuhkenaihheaUf freq. from kenaihheau,
kenauwehJieaUf he shapes, forms, fash-
ions].
ordure. See dung.
orphan, touUSy Umwih, tautoiSs Itoueu-
u8»Uy he is deserted, left alone; or
dimin. from toueu'] ; pi. -\-og {tmrittwockj
fatherless children, R. W.). See de-
serted.
other. See another; other side.
other side, ongkoma^y ogkome, on the
other side of (beyond): ogkomde pum-
menetUunkanilf on the other side of the
wall {acdwmuck ndteahemy * I came over
the water', I came from the other side
[o</ifcamuO,R'W. ; acawmendakii [ogkome-
ohkW] , * from the land on the other side * ,
England, ibid. ). onkoue {onkkdne, C. ),
beyond, behind, on the other side of.
otter, nkek€y pi. nkequocky R. W.; nkS-
quashuncky' an otter-skin coat, ibid.;
Alg. nikiky Lahontan. From nekikaUy
neneHkau, he tears, scratches.
ours, nutiaihSiriy it is ours (partic. pi.);
kuttaihHriy it is ours (gen. pi. ) {nenauun,
ours, C).
out. See draw out; pour out; put forth;
spread out; stretch out; wear out.
out of, imtche. See from.
out of doors, poliqiiadchit. See clear;
open.
outside, pohqiwdchiyeUy (it is) on the
outside of, in an open place; see clear.
wskechCy without, outside of: voskeche
. . . lounonky qui anomuty 'the outside
of the dish, but within', Matt. 23, 25,
26; and wonkeche . . . anomuty out-
wardly . . . within, V. 28.
over. See above; other side.
overcome, rnhkoniy he overcomes, con-
quers (it); an. sohkaUy he overcomes
(him). See conquer.
overflow, anuwutchutrauy aniichuatiy it
overflows; anitchuwanney overflowing.
See flow.
oversee. See overseer; govern.
overseer, nanowHeay *an orderer and
ruler of their worship', R. W.; neen-
nanoynvdnnemwiy I oversee it, ibid.;
nanduweteay * a nurse or keeper*, ibid.
overwhelm, n&hhuhkomy it covers, over-
whelms (it) ; wun-n&hkukkom-vny it cov-
ered it, Ex. 24, 15, 16. From nmkeu,
it descends, goes down.
owe, na)namontukquohwhau, he owes
(him), lit. he is owed. unnorUukquah-
whaUy he owes, is in debt; suppos; part.
anuntukquohwonche, one who owes; toh
hiUinnontukquohhuky how much dost
thou owe to (him)? {kuttinnohtukqiuihey
I am in your debt, C. ; vbl. n. nummon-
tuhqucihwhuttuonky a debt, ibid. ; vbl. n.
pafls. noJiiuhquahwhiUvonk, debt, ibid.;
kunnamamautuckquaushy I will owe it
to you, R. W. ; nonamaiUuckquaMginash
( pi . ) , debts, i bid. ) . See debt.
owl, (DhcDTnaus {ohdmouSy R. W. ), kcoh-
kookhavjt; kitcheweuvfy kehche kcohkcok-
haufy a great owl (Strix virginiana?) ;
vrv'hy the screech owl.
own, xvadchanuniy he owns (it), he pos-
sesses, has in keeping. See keep.
owner, suppop. noh vdddchumU vxidchu,
Hhe owner of the hill', 1 K. 16, 24;
noh vxidtdiheunitchCy he who owns (an.
obj.); suppos. noh iradtaihetynoh wadti-
hHty the owner of (an. obj.); pi. nag
vxidtiheitchegy the owner. See belong to.
noh ohtunk (he who possesses; suppos.
part from ohtau) , the owner of (it) ; pi,
neg ohtu nkeg, the owners. See have ( v. ) .
oyster, chunkaOy apwonnahy C; oppone-
nauhock (pi. ), oysters, R. W. ; Narr. uh-
ponuhpugy Stiles; Peq. a^punnyhaugy
Stiles. From apwonauy he roasts, and
hogky shellfish: the shellfish which are
for roasting.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
305
-paddle (n.),fcuttu}ihunk (iwi/ifcMncifc, R. W. ;
paHtaus ne ndtehunck, bring hither my
paddle, ibid., =paudtash ncoUuhhunk),
paddle (v.), chemdu^ he paddles or rows;
menuhke chemdog, they were * toiling in
rowing' (rowing hard), Mark 6, 48;
suppos. part. pi. ivame nohtoe chema-
cheg^ *all that handle the oar * (w*ho are
skillful rowers), Ezek. 27, 29 (imper.
chhnoshy paddle or row; pi. chhneck,
paddle, R, W.).
pain, (mkqwmumccyonk, unkquanumaxmkj
vbl. n. from unkquanumau, he suffers or
is in pain; elsewhere (yngquomoma>f he
is in pain; ntU-onkquamonij I am in pain ;
vbl. n. onkquommomaxmky pain, torment;
from uiikque, sore, grievous, extreme.
See extreme, nchesammam, nchesam-
mattam, 1 am in pain, R. W. See sore;
torment.
paint (n.), vrunndtnif 'their red painting
which they most delight in', R. W.
From wunne, handsome.
paint (v.), vrusmckwhdmmen, to paint,
R. W., whence ^^vnt^sdckwhonckf a let-
ter, for having no letters, their painting
comes the nearest**; vMssuckhdmiy (he
is) painted, ibid. anogku, he is
painted, he paints himself {aunakesuj
he is painted; pi. aunakhick, they are
painted, R. W.; nut-annoglnnum, I
paint, C).
pale, wompehishonai, to be pale; wompe-
kushauy he is pale; wuskestik wompeku-
ahand, his face grows pale {wompekish-
eeae wosketompy a pale man; ncDwomp-
pohkisham, 1 am pale; wompishkauonk,
paleness, C). From wompiy white,
k* progressive, with -Uh denoting a bad
quality. Cf. gray.
palsied, nanunkqusm, ndnunkktissUj (he
is) palsied, has a palsy; suppos. noh
nanunkifil; pi. neg nanunksitchegf they
who have the palsy. From nunnuk-
kununif freq. of older form nukkunumy
he shakes, with an. active usm. Of.
nukkemcoy it is shaken; nunnukshaxi, he
trembles, quakes.
pant, mehmehshandmauj he pants; mim-
mehmehshandmupj 1 did pant, Ps. 119,
131.
B. A. K, Bull. 25 ^20
parched com, appuminnednaith (pi. ), up-
pum- {aupitimmineanashy R. W.; ai/pii-
minea-nawmump, 'the parched meal,
boiled with water, at their houses,
which is the wholesomest diet they
have*, R. VV.). From apwauy min: he
roasts or bakes com or other fruit.
pardon. See foiigive.
parents, cochetuorkguhy itmichetuonguh
(gen. construct), the parents of, his
parents: kootckeiuongancodog, your par-
ents {uiUchdtuongdnogy ancestors, C).
From vmlcheuy wadchiyeUj suppos. wad-
chitj he comes from. See come from.
part, navmtchey some, a part; opposed to
tvame, all, the whole, chippiy chippcy a
portion, part, division; suppos. inan.
cMppag (when it is divided or parted) :
yaue chippie yaue chippagy a fourth part;
piukque chippe (or chippag)y a tenth
part; adv. chipjyeuy partly, in part.
partridge, pahpahhhaasy pohpohkussu
{paupocky pi. paupockmogy R. W.; Peq.
papoqtuUeec€y quail; ciitquaiJutSy partridge,
Stiles. In Ex. 16, 13, Eliot has cho)-
chcowaogy quails; but quaiisog (obj. quail-
9oh) is transferred in Num. 11, 31; and
pcohpwhquUog is used for quails, Ps.
105, 40. Muh. pahpahcoghy Jeff.; L. I.
apacusy p&Ttridge'y ohocoteeSy quail, Wood;
Del. pcibhackuy pheasant; popocusy par-
tridge (i.e. quail), Hkw.).
pass away, nuzhisfteauy mahsheauy it fails,
fades, passes away. See fade.
pass by, pdmsheaUy it is passed, it passes,
*is over and gone*. Cant. 2, 11; 'is
past*, Jer. 8, 20. paumushaUy pamu-
shaUy he passes by; paumukauauy he
passes by (him); up-paumukau6hy he
passes by him, he goes by him (pomu-
shauj he walks, he goes onward). See
walk.
pastnragre, iannadtnppaxmky pasturing,
a pasture, vbl. n. from tanrmdtnppooogy
they feed or graze.
patch, meahashMonaty to patch, C.
path, mayyA way, a path (mdyiy R. W.):
ayim mayy he made a way; iieen mayy
1 am the way; kishke mayuty by the
wayside {mayudy is there a way?; mat
mayanunnoy there is no way; Umnishin
Digitized by
Google
806
BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
path — continued.
mfyif where lies the way? R. W.).
From aUf he goes to, aui, he goes, with
m* indefinite. **From aarij *to go*, ie
derived eyaya^ * whither I go ' " ( Chip. ) ,
Schoolcraft.
patient, manunnismy he i6x>atient; vhl. n.
manunniyeuonky patient, being patient;
maninnmuxmkf patience in exercise,
acting patiently. See slow.
pay, dadtuhkaUf he pays (him); dad-
tuhkahy pay thou me (oadtuhkah eyeu,
pay me now, G. ); inan. dadkhteaUy
(DadtehteaoUy he pays (it), as money,
tribute, a vow, etc., he makes pay-
ment of (it); ddlehteashy pay thou; pish
ktiUjadtehieamy thou shalt pay (it) (vbl.
n. oadtehteaonkf payment, C). kun-
naumpatous, kuk-keUkwhmh, I will pay
you; ke^skwhim teaiigmedn, pay me my
money, R. W. pdum, he pays, **a
word newly made from the English:
cuppdimishy I will pay you " , R. W. El-
iot gives a paradigm of this verb in the
suffix an. form (Gram. 28-58): kup-
paumush, I pay thee; nuppayuniy I pay
him, etc.
peace, aqatney R. W.
peag. See w^ampum.
peak, ku89ohk&iy kussokkoiyeu, on a high
peak or summit.
pekan. See fisher.
pen, rnequn (a feather) (meek, a pen, 0. ) ;
mSqunehquog, a penknife.
penny, ompskoi {dmpscat, R. W. ; ompskody
C): nequi-ompskot {nequtomskoty Matt.
20, 2), one penny {nequittdmpitcaty R.
W. ), i. e. one penny's worth of wampum
(=a span?). Cf. nees-a<ini»caty two
pence; m&i-aurmcussayiy two spans (of
wampum), R. W.
people, ninnimissinitwocky *folk or peo-
ple', R. W. See man {mmin). chip-
pmuogy a people, a tribe (they who
are separate or by themselves), from
chippey separate, and act. an. iissu. Cf.
chippanaxniky a tribe (collectively).
perform. See do.
perhaps, paguodchey pagtvodeheipogqudt-
chcy C), it may be, perhaps, mamidty
* it may be that', Gen. 16, 2 (ammiaty
perhaps, it may be; ammiaU matteagy
maybe not. C).
periwinkle, meteaiihoeky Hhe periwinkle
[Pyrula carica or P. canaliculata], of
which they make their wdmpan or
white money', R. W. The wdmpan
was made from **the stem or stock of
the . . . met^atihooky when all the shell
is broken off". Possibly from mShid-
uog, ear, and hogky shell: ear-shaped
shell; possibly from muUde, abundant,
as distinguished from the rarer black
peag or mickauhock.
permieaion, ummugkamaitttumky C.
permit, unnantamy he wills, intends,
purposes (it); an. unnanumau, he per-
mits (him); suppoe. unnantmiity if he
permit (him) ; inan. unnantogy if he j^r-
mit (it), i. e. if he will (unanumehy
permit me, C. ). See think.
person, howauy anybody, any person,
somebody; see any. N. collect, inut-
tannunky persons (as distinguished from
cattle, animals, or inanimate objects) ;
an. pi. muttdanooog (they are many ) , the
multitude, many persons.
persuade, nupweshanau, he persuades
(him); suffix u^un-ntpiceshan-uhy he
persuaded him [nunnupweshany I i)er-
suade, C); act. an. nupweshcmaHiUy
he exercises or uses persuasion (rmp-
tveshasJiscootiaty to persuade, C); vbl.
n. Jiupweshasswwaonky persuasion.
perverse, panneuy (it is) out of the way,
contrary ; suppos. noh pann^onty * he who
is perverse', who goes out of the way,
Prov. 14, 2. See astray; different.
pestilence, enninnedonky pestilence, con-
tagious or infectious disease, weemu-
shdonk {wemnashaiioticky the plague,
R.W.; vbl. n. from wesaxm^haMy he
hath the plague, ibid.). ivesdMionky
*a fever', John 4, 52; from vvaauiy
weenoey yellow, with -w/i of derogation
or bad quality. See fever.
pestle, quinaJisin: nashpe quinahainnwiky
*with a pestle', Prov. 27, 22 [i. e. a
* long stone ' , qunni-assun] .
physic, maskehtUy moskehtu (mmkity R.
W.), i. e. herbs. See medicine.
physician, poruutkehtudeuy one who gives
medicine [from ponamy he puts, ap-
plies; maskehiUy medicine] ; ponaskehtu-
uvftueny one who is giving medicine, a
physician in practice Iponam'maskeht-
usm].
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONABY
307
pickerel, gundmog (pi.), *a fresh fish
which the Indians bre^k the ice in
fresh ponds, when they take*, R. W.
(Peq. quiinnoosef * pickerel or long-
nose', Stiles; Abn. kSnSsS, pi. -aak,
brochet, Rasles). From qunnosuy he is
long.
piece, kodchuhkly a piece, portion, or
fragment of {kodchiihki weyaus, a piece
of meat, C. ): kodckAkki ohteuk, a part
of afield, Gen. 33, 19, = kodchuhkeohkCf
Josh. 24, 32; kodchuhkeu peiukqunnunky
a piece of bread, Pro v. 6, 26. choggj a
bit, a small piece or fragment, *a farth-
ing'. Matt. 5, 26 {chohhiy a minute of
time, C.)
pierce. See prick.
pigeon, ttmskuhivhun-an {vmskSwhdn,
R. W.).
pike, Alg. kinonge, Lah., whence mus-
kelonge. See pickerel.
pillow ('?), appuhquasaumcOy uppuhq-. Cf.
Abnhquottikf uppdhquoSy a covering;
abockqudginashy mats used for covering
the wigwams, R. W.
pin, kemwhvhonky kinnnnhvhonk; pi. -on-
gashy (wooden ?) pins (cf. kenxLhwheg,
2i nail, from kaiaiy it is sharp; also
Abn. kaiiSlSy kanSiaky ^pine, Rasles).
ohhomaquemnk (tor okkom-7)y a pin or
needle, C. w6nk6ntogy a pin (to hang
things on), Ezek. 15, 3; lit. a crooked
stick [v^nki-uhtug'] or wooden hook.
In Num. 3, 37, and 4, 32, the English
word pin is transferred, uppinnumaxiah.
pine tree, to, kcoiva {c&nnwy R. W.; co-
umvemcky young pines, ibid.; koowdSy
pine tree, C. Abn. kBi; Del. cuwe;
L. I. cit', Jeff.).
pipe, hopudncky R. \V.; iikpumnkashy
pipes, and fihpwonky tobacco, C. Cf.
kogkehodponaty to be drunk, C. ; xippcOy
he feeds, eats. See eat. timtiAmma-
goiiy a pii>e, R. W. ; Peq. umitummunCy
Stiles. Cf. ?n/ttai7irftio^, tobacco, R.W.
See smoke; tobacco.
pit, pcmohthegy piutsohthegy passahtheg {pas-
sdhtamxcogy they dig a pit); xvdnogqy a
hole {petshonat ogqunaty to fall into a
pit, Matt. 12, 11). See hole.
pitcher, pwthansh: uppcothanshy 'her
pitcher'. Gen. 24, 15, 20; adj. poothon-
chue nipp€y a pitcher of water, Mark 14,
13. Elsewhere 'pitcher' is rendered
pitcher — continued,
by vnsqy wiskq (see vessel), and xciMuh-
huppaUch, Eccl. 12, 6 (see draw water).
See Rasles, s. v. cruche: ^^potanteSy
esp^ce de cruche d'^corce, ronde en
haut", etc.
pity, kiUeamanteayiumy he pities. See
mercy.
place (n.), aijeuonk: kuiayexumky thy
dwelling place; ayeuonganity to the
place. Vbl. n. from ayeUy he is located,
he is in this or that place. See dwell;
high place.
place (v.)y pomimy ponaniy he puts (it);
upponamuriy he puts it; nupponam {nup-
pamumy C. ), I put; ponshy put thou (it) ;
pona>*, putye(it); an. ponau, he puts
or places (him) ; suffix uppanuhy he puts
him; ponehy put thou me; kuppon kuh-
hogy thou placest thyself, Ps. 139, 5.
Cf. appUy he sits, rests, is placed (?).
plagrue. See pestilence. •
plain (adj.), pahke, clear, manifest. See
clear.
T^laia (n.),mnkk08hqiU. See meadow.
plant, qhkehteauy ohketeatiy he plants (v.
i. and t. inan. obj.): ohketeaog ohieu-
kSnashy they plant the fields {auLee-
teatimeriy qutldunemuriy to plant corn;
aukeeUadmitchy planting time, R. W.;
nutohkeehteamy I sow or plant, C);
pish hUohketeaniy thou shalt plant;
suppos. part., pass, ahketeamuky when
it is planted, hence a plant; n. agent.
ohkehteaen-iny a planter, one who plants.
ohteuhkonauy he plants a field. See
field.
play, pauochaUy he plays, he is play-
ing; pauochafiogy they are playing, R.
W.; nippauochdunieriy we are dancing,
ibid. Cf. neg pdacJieg y they who make
merry, Jer. 30, 19. See merry. pompUy
pohmpUy he plays; pompuogy pohmpuogy
they play (pnhp&ogy C; nuh-p\iKpumy
I play, ibid.); vbl. n. pohmpuanky pom-
puonky play, sport {pojnpooonky recrea-
tion; puhpHoiiky playing, C; pohmpoo-
onky Ind. Laws), nuk-kissafionsy I play,
C, i. e. I play at a game, I gam-
ble; ak^suogy 'they are at cards, or
telling of rushes'; nHakheminy 'I am
telling or counting; for their play is a
kind of arithmetic', R. W. wiinnaug-
onhdmmmy 'to play at dice*, i. e. by
Digitized by
Google
308
BUREAU OF AMEBIC AK ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
play — continued .
throwing painted plum stones (amuayi-
ash) into a tray (wunndu^)y R. \V.
please (?), wusMkiUeahhuonat^ C; ncosse-
kittedhf I please, ibid, ivekontanif he is
pleased. See glad.
Pleiades, ofnshquUaxiog, Job 38, 31;
Amos 5, 8; but Roger Williams gives
this, shwwhciUtoww&uog^ as the name of
* the golden mete-wand' (i. e. the belt
of Orion), and chippdpnorkf Hhe brood
hen' (or Pleiades). The latter is more
probably correct, since 8hui»hcuUmi>
wduog or agishquUaog seems to be de-
rived from 8hw€j three, and nqutta^ fire
(HhvnBhcuUmr^ a wigwam with three
fires, R. W. 46), and chippdpuock
{=chipappuogy El.) means they keep
apart, are by themselves, are separate.
plenteous, musnegeny missegen^ (it is)
plenteous, abundant: missegene ohke^ a
plentiful land; suppos. ne masegik, that
which is plenteous or abundant, abun-
dance or plenty (as of a harvest, etc.).
plenty. See abound ; abundance.
plough, ajiaskham, he digs. See dig.
pluck, pahpasinum misfmnkqtiamhineash,
he plucks ears of corn ( pohtunkquenumy
Matt. 12, 1). kodtiihkom, he plucks;
nvk-kodifihkom, I pluck, C. (?). Cf.
kodtinnnm, he draws or plucks (it) out,
as a sword from the sheath, etc. ; an.
kodinneh, pull me out, Ps. 31, 4; kodnook
ruDtauiUy pull ye (them) out of the fire,
Jude 23.
plunder. See rob.
point, uhquaerij uhquAe^ at the point or
extremity of; rad. tl/iib, uhq, a sharp
extremity, a point, the point of. See
end; extreme, naiyag (when it is an-
gular or cornering), an angle, comer, or
point (e. g. of land). See angle.
poison, iihqfwskehty uhquoshket^ unkquas-
kety poison (of serpents, Ps. 140, 3; of
arrows. Job 6, 4): unkque nnkqnoshkety
'cruel venom', Deut. 32, 33. From
unkqxLe.y cniel, sore, grievous.
pole, qunnuhtug [quyini-uhtugy a long
stick].
polished, kussenaxime. Is. 49, 2.
pond, nippisMy nips [dimin. of nippey
water], a small body of water, a pool or
pond, often compounded with '/>oy,
^paug: nippissepogy nippissip(tgy nuppissi-
pond — continued.
jxig; en ynppissepagivuty into the lake,
Luke 8, 33; ydai nippisseimgvmty on one
side of the pool, 2 Sam. 2, 13; nuppisse
nippey water of the pool, Is. 22, 11;
mp«, apool, John 5, 2, 4, 7 (nippisy Mass.
Ps.; nipSy pond, pi. nipsashy R. VV.;
Peq. nuppsawangy ix)nd, Stiles) ; nuppis-
sejxigy 'standing water', Ps. 107, 35, i. e.
nuppisse-appogy supiK)s. inan. from
appuy he sits, remains in a place. See
water.
poor, incUcMkUy (he is) poor; pi. matche-
kuog (matchikuey poor; noh matchekcOy
he is poor; num-matchek (num-machekey
R. W. ) , I am poor, C. ) ; vbl. n. matcheku-
I onky poverty. From matchuky when it
1 is bad, or matchCy bad, with 'it progress-
ive, he is going on badly (?).
poplar tree, meetirey metwe.
porgry, mishciipy pi. mishcuppafiogy
j * bream', R. W., corrupted to 'scup',
*scuppaug', and 'porgy' or *paugee*
(Pagrus argyrops, Linn, and Storer).
The name is derived from the large,
close scales, mishe-kuppi.
porpoise, tatackommd tiogy porpoises,
R. W. (tatagkom, he strikes repeatedly,
keeps striking or beating; freq. from
togkoniy he strikes).
possess, ohtauy he has. See have (v.).
radchanuniy he has in possession, he
keeps (it). See keep.
possible, v'oh nnnag (if it may be so),
if it l>e iwssible; vame teanteaqiuisinash
H'oh n^nihgt'uashy all things are possible
(may l)e so), noskonongquoty noshkch
nnnkquodt, (when it is) impossible, an
impossibility; maita noshkonunkquodti-
noy it is not possible.
post, nejxitiuhquonky neepatunkquonky a
post, pillar, stake, standing upright.
From nepattauy it stands upright.
See stand.
posteriors. See behind; hind parts.
pot. See vessel.
pottage, s6bahegy sebahtgy sahaMg [sup-
pos. inan. from saupden, sabdcy it is soft,
thin, melting, when it is made soft or
thinned].
pound. See beat.
pour out, sokenuniy sokanuniy he pours
(it) out; nnssokiny niissokuny I pour
(it) out; sohkenushy pour thou; sokaiwk,
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTION ART
30&
pour out — continued.
pour ye; euppos. noh sohkenuk nippe,
he who pours water; suppos. part,
inan. sdkenng (that which is poured
out), *a heap of corn', R. W.; sokenip-
pash (for sokermsh nippe), pour thou
out water; an. sokenurnauauj he pours
(it) upon (him). From sokanouy it
pours, it rains. See rain.
poverty, matchehtonk. See poor.
powder, ttohquag (suppos. inan. from
8ohqtie)f when it is made fine or like
dust; sohquiyeUj ttukquiyeu, in powder,
powdered. See fine. wi^pucA:, R. W.,
mlmck^ C, gunpowder.
pox, m(\maski»ha(iiy he hath the (small?)
pox, R. W. ; inamaskishaiioncky the pox,
ibid. ; mamanklshadmitch, the last pox,
ibid.
praise, waeenau, he praises; suffix an.
jivweenomduhj they praised, commend-
ed him; waeenomaUj he praises (him);
u'oeenodtum, ivoweenodiumf he praises
(it). See flatter.
pray, peantam {peeyaunianij R. W.), he
prays; nuppearUam, I pray; pearUa-
mcoky pray ye; an. peantamauauy he
prays to (him); suffix kuppeantamouahy
1 pray (to) thee; vbl. n. peantamdonky
praying, prayer; suppos. part, nohpean-
toffy he who prays.
precious, mishoadtney mogoadtue [of great
price, mishe-oadiOaey mogke-ixudi^ae'];
pi. xmonegugkhy wdanegugish, precious
things; nompakouy a jewel, a precious
thing, a treasure; pi. -runash. See
treasure.
predict, quoshodtumy he prophecies (v. i.
or V. t. inan. obj.), he foretells or
predicts, he promises; vbl. n. quoshodtu-
onky a prophecy, a promise, prediction;
n. agent, quoshodtumwaeu-inj one who
predicts, a x)rophet; suppos. ywh qiiosh-
odtnk, he who predicts. See promise.
pregnant, trampeqnaeuy wompequCkmy she
is pregnant; adj. womitefjuae {uompfquOy
C), pregnant, with child; vbl. n. wvm-
pequationky -t'udonky conception, preg-
nancy. See conceive.
prepare, nanashminnumy he prepares (it),
makes it ready; v. i. nanashtreuy he pre-
pares, makes ready; nanushwishy pre-
pare thyself; v. t. an. and inan. najia-
shwetainauy he prepares (it) for (him):
prepare — continued.
nunnanashwetamau coweetuonky I i)repare=
him a habitation, £zek. 7, 14. (piosh-
aumtamy quoHh/iweJUaniy he makes (it)
ready l)eforehand, he prepares (it) ; freq.
qaogquoshwehtamy quagwaswetamy qua-
qxiosJnveUamy he prepares (it); quag-
quoshwehtamcok ummaijy prepare ye his-
way; an. quoHJuxau^heaUy he prepares-
(him), makes him ready. See ready.
prepuce, uhquAeUy uhqude iivdiihquab.
presently, teantiky immediately, quickly
{iednoy R. W).
prevail over, omskauauy he prevails-
over (him), he puts (him) to flight;
suffix vnit-omskau-ohy he puts him to
flight; V. i. act. omnkOsUy he prevails, ja
the conqueror. See conquer.
prey, tohqunnumoonk (vbl. n. from toh-
qunnuniy he seizes, lays violent hold on).
price, dadtehteaoiiky payment ( vbl. n. from
dadtehieauy he makes payment).
prick, konittequom (konniUihquomyC), he-
pricks (it); konnuksheauy it pricks or
pierces; suppos. kanukkaaJiunky kannk-
shunky when it pricks or pierces, pierc-
ing, penetrating; v. t. an. and inan.
causat. kdnukk^htahwhaUy he causes (it)
to prick or pierce (him), he piercea
(him) with (it): ukkdnukkehtahwhoh
iikqunndhtugky he pierced him with his-
spear.
priest, pauwau (a wizard, w^itch, magi-
cian, etc., in Eliot's translation), pi.
pamtxiuog {powwdwy a priest; pi. paiv-
vxidogy R. W. "These priests they
(the Indians of Cayenne) call ijeoayos;
we call them sorcerers." — De Vries,
Voy . to Guiana ) . Roger Williams gi vea
tanpoirawy 'a wise speaker'; pi. taupo-
vHxuogy * their wise men and old men (of
which number their priests are also)
. . . they make solemn speeches and
orations or lectures to them conc^erning
their religion, peace or war', etc. (p.
112). For kehtepoivu-uogy chief priests (? ) .
-priBoner J kiipshagkinauy he puts (him) in
prison; sufiix ukkiqjshagkinuhy he puts,
him in prison; pass. hipshagkinaUy he
is in prison, and kupahagkinaustiy he is
a prisoner; suppos. part, noh kobshag-
kinnky he who is in prison, one im-
prisoned; neg kobshagkimitchegy they
who are in prison, and kobshagkinau9-
Digitized by
Google
810
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
prisoner — continued.
utchegt prisoners; vbl. n. pass, l-obshag-
kinnittrionkj imprisonment (being im-
prisoned); vbl. n. act. intrans. kohshag-
kuieauwionk, imprisonment (being pris-
oner). From kuppogkiy it is closed,
thick, impenetrable, with 'sh of forced
or violent action, i. e. he is forcibly
shut up.
proceed, wadcheUy tvfUcheUj vmUMyeu^
he proceeds from, i. e. originates in or
is caused by; inan. pi. imh wutchiyeu-
ash Goduiy these things are God's, i. e.
belong to him, proceed from him as their
origin or source; suppos. noh wajhit^
noli wadchiit, he who proceeds from {noh
vvLJhet mittamwomssitj he that is *bom
of a woman', Gal. 4, 4). See from.
oiitseu, he proceeds from, is the offspring
of: wanne ontseiiy he is * without descent ' ,
Heb. 7, 3; nutonsem kah nmm Goduiy *I
proceeded forth and came from God',
John 8, 42; vbl. n. u^ut-onseonkj (his)
descent or lineage, ohhontseuj he pro-
ceeds or moves onward from one thing
to another: ohhonUedg mutch machuk en
niackukuty they proceed from evil to
evil. Cf. ontappu {ontmppu)^ he is re-
moved {nut-anta^apf I move, C);
onthamuriy it is put out (as fire or a
candle), it is extinguished; ontattau^ he
moves (it); ontashaUj he moves (him);
dontomukj the matrix. kutchiU/jushaUj
he proceeds onward, goes forward.
See begin; come from; go; move.
procure (?), nut-ahchuueehteoMy I pro-
cure; nut-ahchaywehteomunf we procure,
C. Cf. adcfiaeuj he hunts {nutahchuny
I hunt, C.)
produce, wutchekeuy tinUch^geny it pro-
duces, bears, yields, brings forth (inan.
obj. ) : vmtchegeii meechiim, it bore fruit.
adtannegeny dtannegeUy tannegeriy it
brings forth or produces (as the earth
plants,, or a tree fruits): vMtchegen
gonkuk onk dtamiegen meechuniy the
blade sprung up and brought forth
fruit, Matt. 13,26; iiapishtannegen . . .
mehtugquashy there shall grow . . .
trees, Ezek. 47, 12; imperat. diannSkej
ohke moskehty let the earth bring forth
grass, Gen. 1, 11. ummeechumUnruD, it
produces fruit; uninn-ummeechumilniUDj
it produces ^ood fniit ; matt-ummeechum-
unncOy it produces bad fruit. Matt. 7, 18.
profit, teag noochiiny what am I profited?;
(Dchiiriy it profits, it is profitable. From
vmtcheuy it comes from {tuanne teag
tvutchkuy it profiteth nothing, Job 34,
9, i. e. nothing comes from it). Cf.
(Dtcheuriy he made from (it). Gen. 2,
22. aiieuhamy he gains (it); suppos.
part. inan. aneuhhamuky that which is
gained, profit; pi. nish aneuhhamugishy
things gained, profits; vbl. n. aiuuha-
mafmonky gaining, profiting, profit.
progresa. See come from; go; proceed.
promise, qadshauy qudahoaUy he promises
{kcone qudshowdmwWy you promise well,
C); an. qudshomaUy suffix ukquoshau-
mohy he promisee him; kukqaoshomy
thoupromisest(it); vbl. n.quo»h6m&onky
quoshauynuivdonky a promising, promise;
quoahodiuonk, promising something, the
subject of a promise, the matter or thing
promised. From quoshd^y ( it is ) before-
hand, in advance or anticipation. So
quoshde naumy he foresees (it).
pronounce, matta wusmmpwe mitmohha-
mamny he does not pronounce it right,
Judg. 12, 6. sampwohquaUumunaty to
pronounce right; muUinnohquatumooort'
kdnruD, their manner of pronounc-
ing, C.
proper (?), ne tinnty that is proper or
right; nenih or sampiviy right, C; but
lit. ne unniy that which is so or such as.
property. See goods.
prostitute. See fornication; harlot.
prostrate one's self, punneuy he falls
prostrate. See fall.
protuberance. See swell.
proud, pehtudnumauj he is proud; suppos.
nohpehtuanumtvity he who is proud; vbl.
n. pehtudnumwonk, pride. See haugh ty .
prove. See try.
provoke, mcosqueheaUy mooaqheau;
freq. and intens. mmmcoaqheauy he pro-
vokes (him) to anger, causes him to be
angry (nM7ii-m^6mco«gTxe/i, I provoke; t/md-
mcosquehhUonaty to provoke, C. ) ; suffix.
ummcomcMqheouhy they provoked him.
Cans, from muaquanumauy he is angry
with (him)?
pudendum virile, ukkosue pompuhchaei-
yeum; ukk6»uonk,
pull. See pluck.
punish, samaiahwhau: freq. and in-
tens. aagsamatahwhaUy he punishes or
chastises (him); nussaummatohy I pun-
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY
311
punisli — continued,
ish him {nus9ohsamdtoh, I chaatise; niu-
sdsamitahhwamf I punish, C); vbl. n.
pass, sasamdiahwhuttetwnkj punishment
received, chastisement, being punished;
n. agent, sasamatuhhuwa^n, one who
punishes or inflicts punishment.
pure, pohkij pahke {it is) clear, open, pure;
an. act. pahkesuj he is pure. See clear.
purify, pahkheauj he purifies (him),
makes him pure; pahketeau^ he purifies
(it) [cans. itom. pahke].
purple, »ricH, black, R.W.; Peq. *»uggyo,
dark or black, Stiles; but the suckau-
hockf * black money* was in fact 'black
inclining to blue', R. W. (*of a violet
colour', Morton, N. E. Canaan), made
from the purple margin of Venus mer-
cenaria, the round clam.
purpose, kesontam, kemntam, he purposes,
intends; nukkesontam, I purpose; vbl. n.
purpose — continued.
kemtUamdonkf purpose, unnaniamj he
intends, thinks, purposes, wills. See
think. pakodtarUajUf he purposes (re-
solves, determines); vbl. n. pakodianta-
mtDonky purpose, determination.
pursue. See follow.
put. See place (v.).
put away. See cast away.
put forth, aohwunum vmnnutcheg, he put
forth his hand; an. whhcowunau, he puts
(him) forth, thrusts (him) out {kus-
mwhokij do you put me out of doors?
tawhttchf kusmwhokiMn, why do you put
me out? R. W.). sonkehteauy it puts
forth, springs out, as buds or leaves from
a plant.
put into, petaUj he puts (it) in or into;
suppos. inan. petunk (when it is put
into), a bag.
put to flight. See prevail over.
Q
quahaug. See clam.
quail, Peq. pauUhoonSf meadow quails
( meadow larks ) , Stiles. See partridge.
quarrel, mekonau, he quarrels with
(him); recipr. mekdmiiuogy they strive
together, they quarrel; suppos. part
wo/i mekonontj he who strives or quar-
rels (mecaHteay a fighter; wep^ kummS-
cauich, you are a quarreller, R. W.).
See fight. miahisaijLvxiWy a quarrelsome
fellow, R W.
queen, sonkisq, mnksq (aaunib, R. W.),
kefiche sonksqy kehchisaunkisq. See mis-
tress.
quench, oniham ncotauy he quenches, ex-
tinguishes, puts out the fire; ontha-
muriy it is quenched, extinguished. Cf.
ncotau uhteay the fire goes out, Prov. 26,
20. See extinguish. iihtappadtamuruD,
it is quenched, extinguished; pass. part,
neg. matta woh HJitappattau/hnuky (the
fire) shall not be quenched, Mark 9,
quench — continued.
46, 48; na>tau matta uhtapaUoSuny the
fire is not quenched, v. 44 (tahtippad-
tauHnaty to quench; ntUtahtdppddtoUy I
quench, C. ; cf. tahtippadtou tienaji, he
cools my tongue, Luke 16, 24).
question, Tuitwtomau/iUj he questions
(him), asks him a question; nata>to-
muhkauy he continues to question,
makes inquiries ['^* progressive]; vbl.
n. Tiata>iomuhteaonk, a question {naUoh
iumwehteaonky C), See ask.
quickly, tednuk. See immediately ; pres-
ently.
quiet, chequnappu, he is silent, he is still
{mU cheq&nnapy 1 am silent, C). 7na-
nunnappUy he is quiet, gentle, patient,
still, etc. See silent; slow.
quiver, petan; kuppetaUy thy quiver; up-
peianwonviy in his quiver. From petau,
he puts it into; cf. petunky a bag.
Digitized by
Google
312
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25-
R
rabbit, Peq. tupsadsy Stiles. See coney.
raccoon, aiimp {aumipp, Wood), pi.
^p&nuog (ior pauuog'i), R. W.; moM-
wonck^ a raccoon-skin coat, ibid.
rage, nun-nishquety I rage, C. Cf. nash-
qvUilriy nashquity a tempest, violent
storm.
rain, sokanon {sdkenuriy anaquaty R. W.;
scokhioHy C; onnokquaty raining, ibid.
Peq. Bohgheaiiy Stiles; Abn. sSgherann;
Del. sokelaaiiy Hkw. ) ; moghinnony much
rain; mishinmmy a great rain {nogkosse
wDk^noUy a shower of rain, C. ) ; nisken-
noHy nUhkenoriy vapor, fog, mist {saoken-
onniy it rains, C. ; sun SGokHnonf does it
rain? ibid.). Lit. sokanoriy sokenon,
impers. verb, it rains, it pours out (act.
sokenurriy he pours (it) out: sokanum
ncotauy he rained fire, Gen. 19, 24; nus-
sokun . . . muss^kouy I cause it to rain
hail, Ex. 9, 18. See pour out). N. col-
lect, sokenunky rain; nishkeneunky 'small
rain', mist, Deut. 32, 2.
rainbow, ukquanogquouy Rev. 4, 4; 10, 1.
raise, toaapenumy wxiapunumy he raises
(it) up, he lifts (it) up; suppos. wuapi-
nuk nrunmUchegy when he raised up his
hand; an. \mapenaUy he raises (him),
lifts (him) up [from ivadbeuy wadpUy it
rises, goes up], tahshiiium, he raises
(it), lifts (it) up; tohshinush kenntchegy
lift up thy hand; suppos. iahshinuky
when he raises (it) up; an. talwhinaUy
he raises or lifts (him) up, and pass, he
is raised or lifted up; nuUthshiHy I lift up
myself; tahshin kuhhog, lift up thyself;
suppos. tdhshinmity lifting or raising
(him) up; pass. part, suppos. tahshini-
muky when lifted up. The radical or
primitive form talmheuy tahsMy he lifts
up, is employed in forming the numer-
als from five to nine and their deriva-
tives, denoting the number of fingers
* held up * . omohkinauy he raises ( him )
up, causes (him) to rise. See rise.
ransom, mancohamy he redeems or ran-
soms (it); manmhuk ohteuky if he re-
deem the field, Lev. 27, 19 {cummand-
haminf have you bought it? (^mmand-
haTTwushy I will buy it of you, R. W.) ;
an.man(Dv.'haHy he ransoms ( him ) ; suffix
ransom — continued .
um-mana>wh6uhy he ransoms him; vbl. n.
TnaruDwhAonky a ransom. Cf. wunncD-
whauy he values (him), fixes a value on
(him) ; tcunnwwauy he makes an agree-
ment with, he covenants with.
rap, chuhehnnkqiiUahhamy he raps or
knocks (at the door), Rev. 3, 20 (nvt-
chohchunkquttahJuimy I knock, C).
rather, teaogkuy 'rather, unfinished,' El.
Gr. 21.
rattlesnake, seseky R. W. (sesikq, sesegkr
* adder ' , ' viper ' , El . ; pi. sesequdog ) .
raven. See crow.
raw, aske {askeu)y (it is) raw, not ready
I for use, immature (cwMn, R. W.,.
askitiy C, it is raw; Abn. sldS^iy crument,
I 4tant cru, non cuit, Rasles); related to
ashqj asqy asquam, not yet, before; umskey
I new, yoimg; askehty grass; askosquey
j green), askeyaus [aske-ireyaus'ly raw
flesh; ashki'htamunneauy he eats it raw.
I Cf . Ex. 12, 9. 'OHkeiamtiky in compound
1 words, *a raw thing' (i. e. to be eaten
I raw), C: mconosketHmuky cucumbers,
I *or a raw thing', etc., C. See squash.
i read, ogketatriy he reads, i. e. he counts-
I (the letters); suppos. jioh ogketogy he
, who reads (nuttogkeUtmy I read; sun
woh kuttogketaniy can you read? C).
' ready, quoshappUy he is ready [quoshae-
' apinC] ; quoshohteauy it is ready [quoshae-
! ohieau']] quoshimnriy he makes (it)
I reatly, prepares (it); caus. an. quo-
I shatur^heaUy and freq. quaqwishauweh-
heauy he makes (him) ready, puts
I him in readiness, prepares him; caus.
inan. quosvehtamy quaquoshwehtamy he
makes ( it ) ready, nanashweuy he makes
ready, prepares; nanashuinmumy he
makes (it) ready. See prepare; wait,
reason, umwmdiy ennomai {unnommaiy en-
nomaiyeuonky C. ; enomaiyeuey reasona-
ble, ibid.), a reason.
rebellion, cheketamooonk {cheketamdey re-
bellious, C).
receive, aUumunnumy attamumiumy
he receives (it); suppos. part. inan.
atlumunumuk: akquompi ne ahhut attu-
munumuky 'time for receiving', 2 K-
5, 26.
Digitized by
Google
TBUVBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY
SIS'.
recompense, repay, onkquattantamj
onkquadtantamf he recompenees or
rewards (it); an. onkquattoUj onkquat-
teau, he recompenses, rewards (him),
he pays (him) wages or hire; kutonk-
qvujiouBh, I will give you hire; kuppa-
pasku onkqualoiishy I will render to you
double {kuUmlneckquittaunch, I will pay
you, R. W. ) ; vbl. n. onquatunk (onquat-
onky C. ) I a recompense, a reward, wages.
recover (from sickness), keteau (he
revives, is made to live), he recovers:
sun voh nuk'keteamf {pitch n^keeteemf
R. W. ), shall I recover? asq kongketeaut
is he (yet) well? asq keteau^ he is well,
Gen. 29, 6 {nickeeienij I am recovered;
kongkeetedug, they are well, R. W. ) . See
live; well.
red, musquiy vrnhque^ msqui, (it is) red;
Buppos. masquag^ mashquag, mishquag,
when it is red {jtisfjuif R. W.; mishque,
C. ; Peq. mesh^piou , Stiles) . From a cans,
form, m^sqiUhheaUj it makes red, comes
the verbal noun musqu^heonkf m^squS-
heonkt blood.
refrain, ahqueteau {akquehtou^ C), he
refrains, leaves off, desists. See do not
{ahque).
refuse, usphancAonk^ ushphcow&onk, ttpHh-
Jumvdonky etc., a refuge (vbl. n. from
wpiihhwwau, he flies to for refuge);
adj. xispuhhancde ayeuonk^ a place of
refuge. See fly (v.).
refuse, sekenam, sekeneam, (1) he refuses,
rejects; (2) he hates, jw^antam, (1) he
despises, abhors; (2) he rejects, refuses.
See hate.
reins, muUamnussog (pi.), the kidneys,
the reins. See kidneys.
rejoice, wekantam^ he is pleased, he
rejoices. See glad, muskoxmntamy mu9-
kauanatam {mishkouantamf C), (1) he
rejoices greatly, is very glad; (2) he
boasts, makes his boast of ( intrans. mus-
Ar^M, he boasts; vbl. n.mi«^^onfc, boast-
ing) ; muskouantashy rejoice thou; wekon-
tamcok kah ahche mxiskouantammky * re-
joice ye, and be exceeding glad'. Matt.
5,12.
relation. See cousin; kinsman; uncle.
release, ompeneauj ompinneaUj he releases
(him), looses (him). See loose.
remain, appu^ he remains or rests in a
place. See sit. gequnau^ sequnneau^ he
remain — continued,
remains, he is left, sequnnum, he leaves -
remaining: sequnnum sequnittuonky he
leaves a remnant ; seqiUtahuhau , ashqueh-
tuhivlmuy se(pitieaUy he remains (is a.
remainder or remnant) of; suppos. part,
pi. neg sequtiahwhut cheg, ashqtiehiahrv-
huichegy they who remain, they who are
left (others being gone) ; ne sequiiedmuky
that which remains, the remnant or
remainder. See left. nusneqiinneaUy
nuasequnau [nussu-^eqtinnau] , he remains
alone; ncnwebenus^equnity I only remain,
1 K. 18, 22.
remember, mehquankimy he remembers;
mehquantashy remember thou; vbl. n.
mehquantamwonky remembrance of inan.
objects; an. mehqvi/lnumaUy he remem-
bers (him); SMf^yikummehqaanunwuBhy
I remember thee; nummequanumehy re-
meml)er thou me (mehquanfimehy C;
meqiuiunamiinneay R. W.; kummequdw-
namef do you remember me? ibid.);
vbl. n. mehqudnumdonky remembrance
of persons, a memorial.
remnant. See remain.
removed, ontappuy he is moved (from his
former place to one where he now re-
mains); ontohieaUy it is moved; ontah-
taUy he removes (it) from its place. See
move.
rend. See tear.
repair, onchteaUy oncheteaUy he mends,
repairs (it); onchitauunat rreky to repair
his house; suppos. part, noh onchteunky
he who repairs or mends; vbl. n. onch-
iedonky a repairing. In the title of
Rawson's revision of Eliot's translation
of The Sincere Convert, oncheteauun
is used for corrected or revised.
repay. See recompense.
repeatedly. nompCy again, after a nu-
meral, serves to express repetition, as
nUhivudt noinpe, three times, i. e. to the
third time; so mcochekit nompey often-
times. The primary meaning of nompu
appears to be he repeats, it repeats:
noh nompeyit ne teag (suppos. ) , * he who
repeateth a matter*, Prov. 17, 9. Sec-
ondarily, it means he is in the place of,
substituted for: sunnennunnompin Godf"
*am I in the place of God?* Gen-.
30, 2; 50, 18.
Digitized by
Google
314
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
repent, aiuskoiarUanij he repents; nutaius-
koidntamy I repent; aivskoidnlash, repent
thou, El. and C.
reply, nampwhanif he answers, he re-
plies; an. nampooharrmuj he replies to
(him) (nunnampaihamf I answer, C);
suffix 7vun-7iamp(Dha7n'au-ohf he replied
to him.
reprove, auuskontamy he reproves (it) ; an.
auuskamaUf he reproves ( him ) , he chides
(him) ; vbl.n.aMu«A;on/t«>nA:, reproof, cor-
rection; auuskomuwaonkf aushkdmuwa-
onkj repro\nng, reproof administered;
n. agent auuskomuaen, aiishkomuaenAn,
a reprover, one who gives reproof.
request, wehqukum^ he requests (it) ; vbl.
n. wehqattumcDonk (asking for), a re-
quest, a supplication. See ask for.
rescue, tomheaUj he rescues (him). See
deliver.
resemblance, ogqueneunio, agqueneunk;
an. oggxieneunkqussUy he is made like to;
vbl. n. ogqueneunkqu88uonk (the making
a resemblance or likeness) , a similitude,
a parable.
rest, anwdhMriy he rests, takes his rest
{ntUtannUwossumweh nuhhogy I ease my-
self, C); anwdhsincokj rest ye; vbl.
n. aniudhsindonky a resting, rest. See
remain; sit.
restore, nompenum, he restores (it),
renders it back [nompUy it is in the
place of].
return, qushkeUj he goes back, he returns,
turns back; nukqushkemy I turn back
{nukquishkeemy I retimi, C); vbl. n.
qushkeonky a turning back, return
(Cree khu-ayooy he returns, Howse 81).
nippUtakdnnamuny I must go back;
pUtuckishy go. (thou) back; pMickeiucky
let us go back, R. W.
reveng'e, anncotaii, he revenges, takes re-
venge {nuttannmtomey I revenge, C. ; kut-
tanndtouSy I will revenge you, R. W. ) ;
an. anruDtauaUy he takes vengeance on
(him); vbl. n. aruDtaonk {annotaonk,
C), revenge.
revive. See recover.
reward. See recompense.
rib, muhpeteogy muhpeteagy a rib [peteaH-
gouy R. W.; mehpeteaky C); wuhpeteog,
his rib; pi. wuhpeteagashy uhpdeagashy
his ribs. See side.
rich, wencttiweiUy (he is) rich {weenauwetUy
C. ; "a Winnaytuey that is a rich man, or
man of estimation, next in degree to a
Sachem or Sagamore", Morton, N. E.
Canaan, book 1, xix); vbl. n. wenauwe-
iuonky riches, wealth. Cf. vmnnetUy (he
is) good, excellent; wunnetuonky good-
ness; weenauwetUy for wunne-ivetu,
well housed (?).
riddle, nupwodonk {nupw6waonky a prov-
erb, C. ) . siogkcowaonk, a riddle, a prov-
erb, from siogkcy it is hard or difficult.
ride, i. e. be borne or carried. See bear
(v.); horse.
right (rectus), sampwiy (it is) straight,
right, just (saixmpiy R. W. ; sampwi, C. ) :
ayimcDk sampwi mayashy make straight
the paths; sampweyeu ephahy * a just
ephah', Ezek. 45, 11; act. an. samp-
wesuy (he is) straight, upright, right-
doing lsampw€'U88u] ; vbl. n. sampweiis-
seonky right doing, uprightness, right-
eousness; n. agent. sampwetissScten-iriy a
right doer, one who acts justly or up-
rightly; cans. inan. aampwehteaUy he
makes (it) straight or right; caus. an.
sampwerUhheaUy he makes (him) right,
causes (him) to be just or right, justi-
fies him; suppos. noh mmpwen^hheoiUy.
he who makes right or justifies; noh
sampwenehity he who is justified; vbl. n.
pass. mmpwen^hhiUuonkj the be^ng made
right, justification; caus. act. an. samp-
weusseahheaUy he causes (him) to do
right, makes him righteous; sampweog-
guanumauy he accounts (him) right or
just, i. e. he justifies (him), from og-
quanuTtiy he counts or reckons.
rig^ht hand, wiUtinnohkdUy (his) right
hand; nuttinnohkduy my right hand {yd
mtunnocky to the right, R. W. ) ; kuttin-
nohkdu pish nukkogkdunuky (freq.) *thy
right hand shall hold me', Ps. 139, 10;
vmtchmiUtinnok6uneiyeu€y from the right
side of (it), 2 Chr. 23, 10. From kdun-
wm, he carries; noh kdunuky he who car-
ries; ne kdunuky that which carries (but
kdu belongs to an earlier intransitive
form of this verb).
ring^, pekUhhennutchahy petehennitchab, pi.
■i-eash. From petaUy pehtauuny (it is)
put into, and niUchy hand, wayedag,
wohwayedagy pi. -\-ishy rings. Cf . woweavr
shiny it winds about See bracelets.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DIOTIONABY
315
ripe, kesancohttau {kesamuvtaj C.)} it is
ripe (?); suppos. inan. kemruDhtag^ ke-
«a/uz>to^,when it is ripe; pi. nUh negonne
kasanootagishf those which are first ripe.
anncotag [Hupix)s. inan. from annoh-
t€auT]j when it is ripe: figsash negonne
annaytag^ when figs are first rii>e, Nah.
3, 12. adtuhtag: negonne adtuhtag weno-
ininneashf when first (was the season of)
ripe grapes ; kesadt^htaash , ripe ( grapes ) ,
Gen. 40, 10. kdkenumunne meechum-
viuonky ripe fruit, Mic. 7, 1; kdkeneu-
munedshj the first-ripe fruits, Num. 18,
3 (cf. keneumunneash, first fruits, Lev.
2, 12, 14). kepenumcoonk kesukun^ the
har\'est is ripe. Rev. 14, 15, i. e. is fully
grown, mature. See grow, unnun-
nauoniy the harvest is ripe, Joel 3, 13;
cf. nCLnnoxmvUy har\*est time, R. W., from
nundeuy it is dry (?).
TiBe^wadpeUj wdheUj he rises, goes upward
(without regard to the mode or act of
rising); inan. subj. waapemcoy it rises:
nippeash waaphnoDOBhy the waters rise
up {nwwdbeemy I rise, C). omohkuy he
rises, gets up ( nuttomuhkemy I arise, C. ) ;
suppos. noh omohkit nompode, he who
rises early; inan. subj. omohkem<D, it
arose. neepaUy he rises to an erect posi-
tion, stands up. See stand.
rising' sun. See sunrise.
river, s^py seepj ^Hp, Bepu, pi. sepuash [se-
2>eUy it is long, extended] {seip, R. W.;
Peq. tepe, sebey Stiles); ut sepuuty at, to,
or by the river; ndshaue sepuwehtUy in
the midst of the rivers; sepupog, a river
of water, Ps. 119, 136; Rev. 22, 1. tuk-
kcDy iuk (not found in Eliot except in
compound words), a broad river, as
distinguished from a long river (s^p).
Its primary signification nearly corre-
sponds to the Latin fluctuosus, rising in
waves, and the pi., iukkcoogy is used
by Eliot for waves. The radical verb
hikkm may be translated by fluctuat,
it fiows in waves (so Rasles has
tegSy pi. teg^aky flot, for the Abnaki).
Heckewelder says that the Del. hit-
tucky " when placed at the end of a word
and used as a compound", means *'a
rapid stream'', as in LenapeunhUtucky
the river of the Lenape (Delaware
river), and Mohicanniitucky river of the
Mohicans (Hudson river), Hist. Ac-
river — continued,
count 33. ndahtuky nddfUuk [n6eU'tuk]y
in the middle of the river; ut kishketuky
at the bank of [kishkey by the side of]
the river; kehteihtukqut [kehte-tukutly to
the great river.
roar, chequttumwogy they roar (as lions),
Jer. 51, 38. onqaontcowauy ogquonta)aUy
he roars (as a wild beast), conaoy he
howls or yells (as a beast).
roast. See bake.
rob, mukkwkinnauy he rol)s, spoils, plun-
ders; ahque rnukkookhij do not rob
(them) ; suppos. noh makkmkinonty one
who robs; pi. neg mukkwkinoncheg, mag-
gmkinonchegy they who rob, 'spoilers';
n. agent, mukkookinnuwaen-iny a rob-
ber (suppos. mukka>kinnwaenuity *if he
rob', i. e. if he be a robber, Ind. Law^s,
xvi). From mukkukkiy he is bare,
stripped bare; cf. mukkaokegy strip your-
selves. Is. 32, 11. chekeheauy he uses
force to (him), he compels (him) by
violence (freq. impers. chechequniUiny
there is a robbery committed; an. aquie
chechequnnuwa^hy do not rob me; che-
chequnnuwdchick (neg chechekunuacJieg),
robbers, R. W. ) ; neg chechekqunukquea-
neg piih chechequnaog, *they that prey
upon will I give for a prey' (they shall
be preyed upon or despoiled) , Jer. 30,
16. From Mkeey by force, violently;
cf. chicMginy a hatchet, R. W.
robin, Peq. quequisquitchy Stiles.
rock. See stone.
rod, pogkomunky a rod, a stick [suppos.
I inan. from pogguhhaniy poghamy he beats
or threshe8(?); cf. pockhdmmin, to
thresh or beat out com, R. W.]
roll, unnequanumy he rolls (it), moves
(it) by rolling: unnequanummk mogke
quwukquanashy roll ye great stones.
tcUuppequanuniy he rolls (it); pass. part.
tatuppequanumuk (that which is rolled),
a wagon or cart, ompinchenaiy to roll, C.
room, taubapimminy there is room
enough, R. W. Itdpi, taupi, there is
enough], mohchoi weeky is there room
in the house? Gen. 24, 23 [mohchiyeuy it
is empty].
root, wadchdbukywutchxiubuk [wuU^-appu]
{trutchappehk or wottappy C; wattdpy
R. W.). In composition -adchdbuk,
-adchaubuk: unadchdbukaogy they take
Digitized by
Google
816
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 2&-
root — con tinued.
root, Is. 37, 31, =(Dwadchabuka>og, Jer.
12, 3; pish nukkodtahchabpdhkondogy I
will pluck them up by the roots, 2 Chr.
7, 20; kodohch<ibuhkohhamj he roots (it)
up. wvdchuhquom (and wiUchonquom)
matugquty at the root of the tree. Matt.
3, 10; Luke 3, 9; i. e. to the lowest part,
the base [wutch6mqvLtj to the bottom].
rotten, anlt (when it is corrupted, ^it is
putrefied', R. W. ); adj. anittuey cor-
rupt, rotten. See corrupt.
rough, koshkiykushkej (it is) rough: kushke
hogkcoonky a rough garment {koshkey^ue,
* roughly (a coat not soft),* C).
rotuid, pdukqulf petuhki, puttukquiy El.
andC.
round about. See around.
row ( n. ) , pumohtaash ( pi. ) , inanimate ob-
jects in a row or rows; an. pumikkom-
poogj (they stand in) a row. See walk.
row (v.). See paddle (v.).
rub, umukquinum-Hnaty to rub, C.
rule (n.), kuJikehhegy pi. -{-aahj a rule,
rules, C. Ikuhkuhheg, a bound, a limit;
kuhkhaniy he marks (it) out].
rule ( V. ), nanaanumy he rules or governs.
See govern.
ruler, nanfuinuwahiy nanutminnuiua^y
nananuahiy a ruler or governor; neg
nanadnonchegy nanawunoncJiegy they
who rule {nananuachegy magistrates,
rulers, Ind. Laws). aJtauskawaWy a lord
or ruler, R. W. ; pi. atatakawaxiog. See
master; sachem.
rump, tuadtariy vxxitan.
run, qiiogqueUy he runs; quogquiah {qvLa-
quiahy R. W.; Peq. koqaighy Stiles),
run thou; quogquttiy let me run {nug-
qm)gqueem, I run, C); adj. or adv.
qvLogqaewe (quogquew€y C. ), running.
ussishxiUy he runs to, hastens to or
toward a place or persons, he goes
swiftly or in haste to (it or him ). The
primary signification is to make violent
exertion, from t«*a, he acts, with *sh of
violent or rapid motion: nd tutsissfiash,
nd lishashy fly thou thither, escape^
thither. Gen. 19, 22; Num. 24, 11; ahctd-
sukque unsuhxwg, 'they run to and fro',
Joel 2, 9; nusaishau (nusseu-ussishau*),
he runs alone or by himself; moushaxiog
(moeu-iissishau*) y they run together;
iiegotishau (negonne-ussishau*) y he runs
first or in advance; n. agent, iiegon-
shaht-iriy a leader. These two verbs,
quogqueu and ussishauy distinguish the
action from the act of running. The
former denotes merely the mode of lo-
comotion or the physical action; the
latter, the action as means to an end or
a voluntary act as referred to the ani-
mate actor or agent.
♦ [Note. — " Perhaps these compounds may be
properly referred to au, he goes to, with *9h of
swift or violent motion prefixed: nuMeu-'cA-au,.
etc."] "•
run (as water)
ruflhee. Sc
See flow.
sachem, sagamore, sdchiniy a king; pi.
-{-auogy R. W. ; sachimduoncky a king-
dom, ibid.; Narr. sauncheniy Stiles;
Peq. sunjnm, Stilefl; Del. saklmaUy he is
a chief, Hkw. Related to sohkoniy he
has the mastery; sohkaUy sonkqhuaUy he
prevails over or has the mastery of
(them); or to sagkompanaUy he leads
(them); n. ag^nt. sagkompagunuaeny a
leader. Cf. sonksquay a queen, soh-
komau and mnkqhuau are easily cor-
rupted to sagamore and to saunchern,
sacrifl.ce, sephaustiy he offers sacri-
fice; ftephawtineauy he HEcrifices (it);
sacrifice — continued.
sephavisauauy he sacrifices (him) to;.
sephamauauy he sacrifices (it) to; n.
agent, sephaumaeuy one who sacrifices,
a priest. See offer,
safe, nanovdyeuey in safety [nandeUy he
is safe?] {ndnauwiyhiey safely, C); cf.
nanauarUamdey careful, C. ; nanaanuniy
he oversees, keeps, rules over, etc. jyd-
panney safely (?), Prov. 31, 11 {papdney
wholesome, C). pashqti€y safely, Acts
27,44.
sail (n.), sepdghunk (nejxikhunky C; s^pa-
kehigy R.W.) , a sail; Fuppos. part. inan.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
817
sail (n.) — continued,
from sepagham, he sails, lit. he goes by
spreading oat, from sepe^ suppos. sepak,
when it is spread out or extended
{sepogehommaiUay let us sail, R. W.;
seppagham&nalj to sail, C).
«ail (v. ), pummdhham, he goes by sea, as
distinguished from going in a boat or
by oars or paddles; hence n. agent, pi.
pummdhhamvxienuogy mariners, Jonah
1, 5, those who go on the sea Ipwrnmoh-
am].
isabnon, mishquammailquock (pi.)? i^'
fish, salmon, R. W. [musquij red; am-
maugq]; Abn. meskSamegSj pi. -j-akf
Rasles.
«alt. The English word is transferred
by Eliot, the Indians not having then
learned the use of salt. In a single in-
stance 'salt water' (James 3, 12) is
rendered sSippog^ i. e. sour water [sSe-
'pogy
«ame, nan; inan. nenan^ ne imn^ that
same; pi. ne nanoash; an. noh nan^ the
same (person); neane^ so, in the same
manner as (nenUn^ nnihy nont ne^ the
same; mat nahnane, not the same, C).
See as; like; such.
4Bamp. See soft.
sand, ndgunty nagont, sand, a sandy place;
nagontUj in the sand.
aasBafras tree, sa^aunckpdmuck't R. W.
satisfy, tdpiy taupiy there is sufficient,
enough; tapantam, tapanatam [tdpi-
aniam'ij he is satisfied, is satisfied with
(it); tapehteau, he satisfies (him) with
(it); taplieauau, he satisfies (him),
makes (him) satisfied; suppos. noh
tapheunty he who satisfies; tapeneaUy he
is satisfied with (him). See accept;
comfort: enough, iapepxiy he is sat-
isfied with food, he eats enough. See
eat.
saucy, aiuakeyhue, saucily, C; mat quor
qtUtdmmo), (he is) saucy, ibid.(?).
save, (omheauy he saves (him); iom-
wehteau, he saves, rescues, or delivers
(it) [cans. an. and inan. from tomeu,
he saves himself, escapes] . See deliver.
wadchanum, he keeps (it) safe, he saves
(it); an. ivadchanaUy he keeps or saves
(him), pass, he is saved; n. agent.
wadcJianutoaen-iny one who saves, a
savior.
(n.), pokaunkquonk, tu9sankquonk,
say, wussiUt he says, he speaks; ntu-
gin, I say; kusgUij thou say est; nximmy
if I say, when I say; uttoh aseany what-
ever thou mayest say {teagua kimmf
what do you say?; nimmuny we say, C. ) ;
nag wsy say thou to th6m, tell them;
nussipy I said, I did say. See think.
vmttinuh, he says to him; nuttiuy I say
to (him); suffix kuUinshy I say to thee,
I tell thee; imtUinduhy they said to him
{nutdmuDwapy I said, C; teagua n^tiln-
naiuen or nUawemf what shall I speak?
R.W.). nonwzw, he says; 7w»imo<7, they
say; nowiww^, say thou; nwvxigk, a&y ye;
lUDodiy if he say; naywop, he did say;
vbl. n. namaonky a saying, namau intro-
duces a quotation or has regard to the
thing said (nanixiM, *Sibboleth', Judg.
12, 6); xmumn and inUtinuh to the
speaker or the person spoken to: he
says, he says it to him. annmnauy un-
nunauy he says with authority to (him),
he commands, directs, or speaks as a
superior to an inferior, nanvau . . .
Jehovah toh dnukqufj ne nussiUy *he said
. . . what the Lord saith to me that
will I speak' (or tell), 1 K. 22, 14. See
command; send; speak.
scab, mukkee. Of. mogqiteiiy a swelling;
mogkiy (it is) relatively great.
scabbard. See sheath.
scales (of a fish), wuhhogkiagh (pi. ); neg
wuhhogkiUchegy those (fish) which have
scales [tvuhhogki, it covers the body or
it is covered, from hogy body; hogkwy it
is clothed; cf. shell].
scare, kus-Hashkisash^hy thou scarest me
( with dreams) , Job 7, 14.
scatter, sedhhamy he scatters (it); cans,
an. seahwhau, he scatters (them);
suffix vms-seahwhoh, he scatters them;
pass, nag aeahwhdogy they are scattered;
cans. inan. sSauhteaUy he scatters (it),
i. e. he causes it to scatter; suppos. part,
inan. s^auhteamuky ( when it is) scattered,
sprinkled; an. progr. geauJikaUy he scat-
ters (them) in flight or disperses them
(seauhkdnaly to scatter; aeaohkonnaiy to
sprinkle; nussewduhteamy I sprinkle, I
scatter, C. ). siawhdogy (they are) scat-
tered (sawhoogy gawhdsachicky loose
beads (wampum unstrung), R.W.;
elsewhere collect, seawany sexvan, loose
Digitized by
Google
Zl'
»r JtfcAV OF AXKKir.AS TTBSOl/^iT
r-
r;
f^.^/r-^.f, V, >rTaevr.: fK*Mj-t^f/*ju ■ *. I tear,
•*.>♦: JmL r*f/t/^*/rtu^ Hkv. : f^, f/A-
t/U'^*/iMuh; /</>ig( Md/3ihnstu»t^ in th*r
*«i^r^/f*f - '/if 'A*/pmiff*>f^stf* ; k^ht/jh"
«</>, it i» v*rrr trr*-at, %-a#l]. >*^ r:hi#?f.
Tf/fffowfA*, f/ttou»ffh^ p^MHt/tfo, a na//i#r of
t^^ »0ra nh^h «» nr/t f'/fjri'l #fX/5<-f>t in
''//f/<|^>»j/i/| »orl*. It IP. \>rtf\aL\f\y de-
hv<y| \f*fiu)A, ih^ jfOinU'Ur *4 imU-finit*r.
nfAirtrf*^], ffT vanaol^r tu'Aihn ora/rtiv-
; ♦ y , Fr'/f ft it ar *r ^^ri ^ M fmmrn/fh ytm ,
^»*' y'i** Ml f Jmt fN^i; jffffftm/fhhoiKitfo^it, a
y'*.,*Zf fh^f »i»irUu'*i *d th#f Kfa 'rrf. »r//«-
/■//•///' /ft//fn//i, fftffi. If 2.; oft/pM/jnupfMnif
M» t>M' <?r|((#f or rnarfdn '/f]; kfMiif/pfimf
h^/'h^fMtfft^ <fU XU*; >»hore [^b/irft^-jMim,
n\t*'.r4' th#? wa Uyin**], John21,4; Gen.
22^, 17; jf^fum//t/pjtjurilf 'the S#^ G^id/
K. U'.; jnimifw*'^ oil [j/timmAef of or
fror/i the >««/. jM/nupfuj^ j/nrrupMkf a
r'K'k in the »<<?a, a ifunken n;<'k, et^.
V rrMhiffi ( K. W, ; wan f lerhafiH a name
^iven by the In'liarM of the Hea {'uwi
Uf the in't^n tm the K^eat *prrxiuc«r'
( y*ijJdi/'.k^nf it yieWH, pnxliiee»«j of their
• staple ItKfilf i\nh,
••Arch tor, ruitinrwJuirnf he «eek« (it),
Mearch<fM for Tit;; wUinnehamf/jk^ search
ye for (\i) ( rui/inn/thfuif Hearrh thoa;
thitpi/L ninruiiinns'J what do you \(H)\l
ior7'f nUtufuxurutTuitinTt^hdramin, I can
I tor— ^.etiiTfetL
*. '.j^c'.v-'M, I *^!ajn.-ti. C. : Ms^ *•=* * •*?-
T'T* .'- . h^ *#r^k> > r Lir^ . T iL => -m r »-
•ettSOBS. Tben* vibfc i>* •ilr>i*<c • f tLe
Ir^fiian y*«r exartly Oj'rre5-=j«-Ei'iii-af t..i
'<.r ••^■orirrju aH'-lrrary fc*>ijc:.ii.»rr.; >i
the iLf^th« to f'xa- ffsa^'.-cp -.if e^^zal
Tr^^ar^ilariee jeir** the f-.-llowiii^ ar-
ni^istiu^f^x ^^ pr«»Vjai.»ly ^.-^-rrwl: >veil-
tim**. fi»,kf^*i\h*-*rit, *>priE^ R. VT. 'ini-
peraL '^ nuhn^i* '.^r#, R. W., •/•mT '•••<-
i/oi/4. *Aik/it*i*H, YX.'. let him f»lai;:\
Early .aiEirrjer. *^fpui>u spring. R. W.
arid C: «ciiin^r. H. Sninintrr. tJ^y**n
rwp'/.f*/!^. C. . El.. C-. and R. W.: •/ */-
tpiMpmu. R_ W. Harve^ time. ri'if.*.*.-'»x
arjd anftf/>\n/*t, R. W. ; 'u»rtrtnu9riiyt. falL
C. [fr»>m r/»Of/i^/. it i?- dry]. Fall of the
leaf, Uupf^'/urk, R- W, Winter, /''»/*'.f».
El. ; pttp^m^^ R- W. : ptt^/ftit»\f„ C.
seat, ai/p>s//nk, vbl. n. from a/^/>»«, he sit^.
See Fit.
aeawan. See K-aner.
aeocmd, tt/ihohiotn [next after, next in
order, wi ho}d/ku'\ * tUlhohto^t, C. i ; wth
fidt/jekiif the seer^nd i.^on or daughter)
in order of age, the next to the ekle^
or fi rrt lx>m,
secret, kernm, < it L« i «fcret, private;
khnf, Hecret ^h^meyhi^^ secretly, C. »;
rappoif. inan. nr. kcmeiieumnk, kemet/tunk^
that which in necret, a secret; uijsh ke-
rrwxo^if eecpet things.
•ee, ndum, he see?, he sees (it): nun-
naurrif I see i»nn kendumf dost thou
see? C. ); supprje. rviikf nag, when he
saw; luiurruHj, if we see; naum6gj if ye
see; nauhf see thou; naumwky behold
ye (chuh namuk! behold I C. ) ; an. ndaUy
he sees (him) (kunmitinif have you
seen me?; kun-nunnf/ug, I have seen
you, R. W.); n^it, see ye (him); vbl.
n. naumwonkj a seeing, sight.
seed, vmnkanneniy (iXt*) see<l; %caskannem
mustarflf a mustard seed; pi. wuskan-
Digitized by
Google
TBUMBXJLL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONABY
319
eeed — continued.
nemuneashy ikannhnunash, seeds (seed
com, Gen. 47, 19, 23, 24 ) . weep(immuvxie
wuskanneiriy semen virile.
seek. See look; search for.
■eethe. See boil (v.); immerse.
■eize, tohqunumf he seizes, lays hold
of (it); tohqunaUf he seizes (him); vbl.
n. tohqanumdonk, prey, that which is
caught or seized. See catch; stay; take.
seldom, chekhve, C. (?).
select. See choose.
self, hog J body. See body; myself.
sell, magoo, magou (he gives), he gives
in exchange for money or other things
{num-Tnagj I sell; indgunaty to give or
sell, C). See give, kodiauwampam,
kodtauwompasuj he sells or barters; kod-
tauwompashy sell thou (it); suppos. noh
kodtauiPompcutUy he who sells; n. agent.
kodiauompamien-my a seller {cuttattaiia'
mishy I will buy this of you, R. W.),
See buy; trade.
send, annamauj he sends (him), i. e.
gives him an order, command, or mes-
sage; prim, he commands (him), em-
ploys (him); mU-annamy I send (him);
annamehy send thou me; kut-anrKDnum-
wcOy I send you {kut-annwnshy I will hire
you, R. W.) ; inan. annootaniy he sends
(it). See command; hireT messenger.
negontomUy he sends to (him); lit. he
sends in advance or beforehand [?i€-
gonne] (nekonchudnaiy to send; min-
nSkdnchuaniy I send, C. ) ; cf . negonshaUy
he runs before or in advance; negon-
shaeriy a leader.
sentence, doom, pogkodMmaHy he sen-
tences, condemns (him); suppos. noh
pakodchimity he who sentences. From
pakodcheuy he finishes, makes an end of
it. See condemn; judge.
separate, chippiy cheppiy it is separate or
apart; chippinuniy he divides or sepa-
rates (it); V. i. act. chippachdusuy he
makes a division or separation. See
divide.
servant, vmttinniim (he ser^^es), a servant
(mUtinnumin, tcuUinninuminy a ser\'ant,
C. ) ; nuttinnineumy nuttinneuniy my serv-
ant, i. e. one who belongs to me; nut-
tinnumy my servant, i. e. one who
serves me or does me service; vmUin-
neurriy constr. wuUinneumoh, his servant,
servant — continued,
the ser\'ant of (him), who belongs to
him; ttniUinnumy constr. iimUinnumoh,
his servant, the servant of (him), who
serves him (tmUtinninniimohy his Hcrv-
ant, C. ) ; anoonden iniUinnumuriy a hired
servant; n. collect. ivuUinnumurmemiky
the servants, collectively, Ex. 21, 7;
wnUinnetimunneunky owned servants,
collectively, Eph. 6, 5.
serve, annaynau [pass, of annoDnaUy he
sends or commands or employs], he
is employed, he is hired; n. agent, an-
noonden-hiy one who 8er\'es for hire.
nmswetatiy noswehtauy he obeys or serves,
primarily, he follows (him); nwsweet-
axhy eerve thou (him) ; nwrni^eetrnky obey,
serve ye. See obey. u»u«mMm, he serves,
he is a servant; umttinnumunneaiy infin.
to be a 8er\'ant; v. i. act. progr. uvii
iinniuLmuhkaum (he continues to act a
a servant), he does service habitually
{wuttimnumikosginaty to serve, C. ) ; vbl.
n,vmUxnrieAmuhka%juionky (his) service,
a serving (him); wtUtinndmuhkatimonky
service performed, the doing of service.
From wuttinnuTriy (his) servant, he
serv^es (him).
set free. See deliver; loose.
seven, nesdusuk tahsJie {nemsuk, C. ; enada^
R. W, ; Del. nischoagchy nischcutchy Hkw. ;
Alg. nissouassouy ninshtuas900-y Peq. nez-
zdugnsky Stiles); an. nemusuk tahsuog
{enaddtcisuogy R. W. ). nabo neaauguk
adtahshey seventeen (piuck-ryah hiaday
R. W.; Peq. piugg-nauhut shwansk.
Stiles), nesaumik tahshinchag + -kodtog
(an.), 'kodiash (inan.), seventy.
sew, asequanuDy ushquamoOy he sews; ase-
quarriy ushquaniy he sews (it); htt-ush-
quarriy thou sewest (it) up {ushquamU'
nat monagy to sew one's clothes, C);
V. i. an. act. nsquoiiUmiy he is sewing;
pass, usquoniriy it is sewed ; matta usquLO-
9ina>hy{\t) was without seam, not sewed,
John 19, 23. Cf. usquonty squontaniy &
door.
shad, Abn. magahagMy pi. -gak, 'bar';
ketanUgSy pi. -gSdky *gros', Rasles. Cf.
Sarahagh^y a scale, *6caille\
shadow, onkauohteauy onkauohi, onkaur-
uoht; onkouohtde mehitigquashy shady
trees lonkhuniy it covers, and ohteauy it
Digitized by
Google
320
BUREAU OF AMEEIOAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
.shadow — continued .
is a covering or it is covered]. CLonk-
quequohhoUf a veil; onkwhegj a cover.
4Bhake, nukkunumj freq. nunnukhmuniy
he shakes (it), causes it to shake or
tremble; inan. subj. nukkemco^ nannuh-
kemooy it shakes, it is shaken; derog.
nunnukshectuj nannuksJieaUf he shakes,
trembles; vbl. n. nunnukshdcmky trem-
bling. See tremble, nenemuhkonau, he
shakes (him); pish kenenemuhkonishf I
will Jahake you, C. tattaudnu7n, he
shakes (it): tatUiuunum vnUhogkaxmk,
he shakes his garment; caus. inan. tat-
tauwohteaUy tadtauohieau, etc., he shakes
( it ) , makes i t shake ; tattauwohteash kuh-
hog, shake thyself; tattauwohieagk pup-
pissi, shake off the dust, Mark 6, 11
{=zpapauohteagk puppissif Matt. 10, 14;
Luke 9, 5) (tatdgganish, shake this,
R. W.).
•-shall, aux. mos. See must.
^shallop, wunnauan&tjtnuck; dimin. ttrun-
naxMnounuckqhese, a skiff, R. W. * 'Al-
though they themselves have neither,
yet they give them such names, which
in their language signifieth carrying ves-
sels."
^shallow. See ford.
.shape, kulikenauwehteauy he shapes,
fashions, forms ( it) ; kuhkenauw^heau^ he I
forms (him). Caus. an. and inan. from
hthkhaniy he marks it out, or kuhken-
auwe, placed in order: he causes (it or
him) to be made in onier or by rule.
nussu, tinnusttUf he is shaped or formed.
See form.
iiharp, kerwij keneh, (it is) sharp; suppos.
kenagj (when it is) sharp, that which is
sharp: vmssetunk . . . kenag, the haft
. . . theblade(of aknife),Judg. 3, 22;
kenehquog (keenneehqtwg^ C), a sharp
knife; kenompak {kmeh''Ompsk)f a sharp
stone. See edge; point.
4Bharpen, kehiadtaUy kehtattaUf he sharp-
ens; kehtadtaudmcDj it sharpens; pass,
part. kehtadiauuTiy (it is) sharpened
{keekodtauiinatj to whet or make sharp,
C).
«have, m(osum (he smooths (it), makes
(it) smooth), he cuts or shaves the hair:
mamim ummesunk^ heshavesoff his hair;
nuDsuky when he shaves his head (ma>-
iomunatf to shear, C); an. mamvau
shave — continued.
wuhhogkuh, he shaves himseli From
mom, it is smooth, peeghum&naty to
shave; nuppeegham, 1 shave; sun woh
kuppeegwhiUeamumf will you be shaved?
C. chequodtiveyaheau [caus. an., cfie-
quodtwahheau]y he shaves (him); che-
quodwShhamy he shaves (his head, his
face, etc.) inan. obj.; suppos. inan,
chequotweydahegy that which shaves, a
razor, Is. 7, 20 {=chequodtu'eeohhoUf
Ezek. 5, 1; chequddweehquogy C).
she. See he.
sheath, scabbard, pechehquogkunky pec-
hequog^wonk,
shell (?), muhhogki [it covers; or is it
causative, makes a covering? From hog-
km, it clothes, covers], a shell {woh-
hogkey a shell, C.) ; pi. -foa^, scales (of
fish ) , ffuckadhocky R. W. [siicki-iuuhhagkiy
black shell], 'black money'; poquaA-
hock [kuppogki'wuhhogkiy thick shell?],
'a little thick shellfish', R. W. (the
round clam); meteaHhock [-vnikhogki^y
'the periwinkle', R. W. (Pyrula).
anrMy a shell, C. ; andwsucky shells; m<^
kaiuinaimLck, the black shells, R. W.
(bivalves?).
shield, ogqunneg [when it covers; sup-
pos. inan^ from ogkco^ liogkcOy it covers,
clothes, is worn on the person], mut-
tukkit (muttugk-iiy on the shoulders), a
shield or * target ' hung on the shoulders.
shin, mismtHkoshky C.
shine, wohmmy he shines, emits light
{nepauz wohsiLtny the sun shines, C);
wohBumcomcOy sohmm(Dm(Dy it shines;
wequai sohsumamicOy the light shineth;
suppos. inan. wequanardeg wohsumw-
mwtiky a candle when it shineth; adj.
and adv. wdhsumAcy sofumrmvaey shining,
light-giving {wossunu^ey C. ) ; vbl. n. woh-
summonky 8ohsumx6onky a shining forth,
light emitted; anvohsumawnkuequ^nan-
tegy the light of a candle, pumohsumy it
shines, emits light about it. uohgittau,
it shines, is bright: nwtau wohsittaUy
'the fire is bright '< Ezek, 1, 13. woh-
sippohieauy it shines, glitters, reflects
light; adj. wohsippohtdfy wdsupohtde,
bright, glittering, as a sword, Nah.,
3, 3; a stone, 1 Chr. 29, 2, etc.; inan.
ca,ua.woh9uppahtumy he makes (it) shine,
he furbishes or polishes (it).
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
321
ship, kehiamog, kuhtaonog {kit^nuck, R. W. ;
dimin. kU6nuckquesey a little ship, ibid. ) .
From kehtoh-^Dm, kefdoliham^ he goes by
sea; kehiohhainywag, when he goes by
8ea(?). But see shallop. Ir kehte-dumik
a great * carrying vessel*?
shoe, mokus, mokis, mokkumn; pi. inok-
kumnoBh, moxinash (moctissinass and
inockussinchasSj shoes 'made of their
deerskin worn out',R.W.; Peq. m4cka-
wnSf Indian shoes, Stiles); ummokuSf
his shoe; kumTnokuSj thy shoe.
shoot (with a bow or gun), pummuj
he shoots; freq. pepummu, he shoots
often or repeatedly {pepenUn, *he is
gone to fowr, he is shootmg, R. W.);
pummuogj freci.pepummuogfpepumwaogt
they shoot; pumsh (pumm^ R. W.),
shoot thou; pummcok (pummokey R.
W.), shoot ye; noh pepemil, one who
shoots; neg pepemutcheg, they who
shoot; n. agent, pepumwaen, pepummu-
waen, a shooter, an archer; an. pepum-
muaUf pepumwaUf he shoots at (him);
suffix up-pepumwduh, they shoot at him.
See fly (v.) ; gun.
■liore, kehchippaniy keechepam Ikutche-
pummohlj where the sea begins, the sea
shore. ohquanupam[okquanu^ummoh']j
the sea margin, the edge of the sea;
ohquanu kehiahhanit, on the sea shore,
Mark 2, 13. See bank; haven.
short, tidhquif tiuhque, (it is) short {tioh-
kcostte^ (he is) short, C; tiaqu6nkqussUy
low and short, R. W. ).
shorten tiohqutieau, tioquehUeaUy he
makes (it) short, he shortens (it) [caus.
inan. from tiohquiy short].
shortly, teanuky soon, quickly.
shoulder, mohpegk, muhpeg, the shoul-
der; uppegky uhpegkf his shoulder (up-
pkkey pi. uppequbcky R. W.); uhpequan,
Gen. 49, 15: nanashaue ohpequanitj be-
tween his shoulders, Deut. 33, 12. miU-
tugkf m*tukf the shoulders, i. e. the up-
per part of the back: ut nuUukeety ut
nuUugkitf on my shoulders; vmUugkitt
'tmUtukit, on his shoulders {mittik, a
shoulder, C).
shoulder-blade, iipiman (?): vmtch nut-
tipimonit, from my shoulder-blade. Job
31, 22.
shout, mishontWy mishontaowau, he shouts,
cries out with a loud voice; vbl. n.
B. A. E., Bull, 25 21
shout — con tinued .
mishontootmonky a shouting, a loud
noise {mishauyitoimshySpesik. (thou) out,
R. W. ; mishontooonaty to roar, C. ). See
howl.
show, 7u!J/i/tnati, he shows (it) to (him);
suffix vmnnohtinduhy leunnohtinduhy
he showed (it) to them; kenahti-
nushy I show it to you; nohiuSy show
thou; natussehy show to me {nunndhtiriy
I show; nahtusseh keek, show me your
house, C). Caus. from naum, he sees,
ndaUy he sees him; udehtinau, he causes
him to see it; so, naehtauy show thy-
self to (him), 1 K. 18, 1. See inform;
teach.
shower, nepd.non, 0. na tiadtinony * there
Cometh a shower * , Luke 1 2, 54. pdpdd-
iinunk, showers, rain in showers (n.
collect, droppings). See rain.
shrill, mshkontanmonky a shrill tone or
voice, C.
shut, ydnittanuMy he shuts (it), as a
door, gate, or the like, to or together;
often, he shuts the door ( without squovd
expressed): yaniUanumivogy they shut
the gate. Josh. 2, 7 {yeaushy shut the
door after you, R. W.). ydnunumy
he shuts (it, as the hand, the eye,
etc.): yanumtsh vmskeeukmoashy shut
thou their eyes; hence, ydnequohhouy a
veil.
shut up. See close.
sick, mahchinauy he is sick (nummah-
cheeniy nurnmohichlnumy I am sick;
nummaiiijLmwus mbfichlnnaly my wife is
sick, C; mimmaMmemy I am sick;
mauchinauiy he is sick, R. W. ) ; num-
machinamy nen mochinaniy I am sick;
suppos. neg mahchinachegy the sick; vbl.
n. mahchindonky sickness. See fade;
have (auxil.); old; pa£« away.
side, muhpeteagy rib, side; uppeUagxmit^
uppeteoganUy to his side. »umppoeu , sus-
sippoey (it is) on the side of: gussippoeu
undchuy on the side of the mountain;
nequt sumppdiy on one side; kus-sugsip-
p&iyeuMy on thy side; sussipponkomuky
sussuppongkomuk [msgippoeu-kom ^^k] ,
the side of the house, vmtuhshame . . .
ongkouey on this side of . . . beyond or
on the other side of: wutuhsJiame sepuviy
on this side of the river {wuUoshimai-
yeuy on this side, C. ) . poaeny yddiy yode.
Digitized by
Google
322
BtTRKAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
side — i-on tinued .
OH one side of: pa^uk y6<u'u . . . onka-
(t(k fffjkomAeiij one on one nide . . . an-
other on the other, Ex. 17, 12. acait-
menuakity 'from the land on the other
side'; acdwnuwk n6teshem^ 'I came over
the water', R. W. \pgkonmeu-ohke\.
See other side, aeetawe^ aeetaae, ehtdi,
on both sides of; ehtAikeiuig, two-edped,
sharp on both sides; aeetaue seep^ on
both sides of the river.
flight, naumcoonk, a seeing, sight; vbl. n.
from nauTTij he sees.
silent, chequnappn {he remains (juiet), he
is silent, he stands still; chequnapshy be
thou quiet, be silent ( nutrhefpinnapf I am
silent, C).
sin, matchuk (evil), matcheneonk (evil do-
ing). See bad.
■ince, nddteuK {iiateahj lately, C): nad-
teuh ne kesukok, since that day.
sinew, muichohty muichahtj a sinew; pi.
sing, unncohxim, ancohom, he sings (songs,
etc.); anoohomaok, sing ye; suppos. part.
noh ancohomont, he who sings, he
singing; vbl. n. unncoham&onkj a song.
ketmhomomy he sings; nukketcohomom
{imkhLtiwhiLmom, C), I sing; ketmho-
mooky sing ye {sun kenauau kukkeioohum-
omuwf can you sing? C.) ; vbl. n. ketco-
homdonky a singing; n, agent, ketcoham-
waen-iny a singer.
sink, (pUiaueHy he sinks, it sinks, an in
water, in mud, etc.: kuhtamogquash kod
ipxttauweogy the vessels were ready to sink
(on the point of sinking), Luke 5, 7;
quttaueu ut pisseogquanUy he sinks in
the mire, Jer. 38, 6. Cf. qultuhhaiUy he
weighs (it). With particle of deroga-
tion or disaster, cpjUiauiushau, quUuh-
shan: (pUtuhshaiwg onahih (jussuky they
sank to the bottom like a stone, Ex.
15, 5. See dip.
oip. See sup.
sister, weetahtu-ohy her brother or sis-
ter, weetompas, ivetotnpassiiy his or her
brother or sister. See brother, vre-
iuksquohy vjetukishquohy her sister; tte-
tukkusqy my sister {wet irks, a sister,
R. W. ). ummissts, ummime«y his or
her sister; ummissewhy the sinter of
(him or her), nummissiSy my sister,
kummis)f'iSy thy sister, unimisslesin (the
'. sister — coutinueil.
I sister of any one ) , a sister; weesum ussoh ,
I hisorher youngersister, Judg. 16, 2 {ive^-
summiSj a sister, R. W.; Muh. n^mace,
my elder sister, Edw. ) . Abn. nit^kessSy
ma sa'ur, ait mulier; nebaenetiiSm {-Sn
H. V. parent^), ait vir, Rasles. See
younger brother or sister.
; sit, appuy he sity, primarily he abides,
I remains in a place, is at rest, he is
or remains inactive; hence with an.
j subj. often used to express passive
existence, 'he is', as ussu (agit) ex-
presses active existence or animate be-
ing with potential or implied activity,
and ohteau (it has itself) , inanimate pas-
sive existence, *it is'; nuttapy I sit;
nxMappiny I sit here or there, I am sit-
ting; unitappiriy he sits here or there, he
is sitting; appuogy they sit; apshy sit
thou; yeu apegky yeu apeky sit ye here,
abide in this place; suppos. noh apity he
who sits {yo dppiich ewby let him sit
here; mat apeUy he is not at home, R.
W.; ne appinneaty to tarry; appUy he sit-
teth, C. ) ; vbl. n. appuonky a seat num-
matuppUy he seats himself, he sits down;
nummatapshy sit down {nun-mtmmdltapy
I sit; nummatldpCinaty to sit, C; rndt-
tapshy sit thou down: mdttapsh ydtegy sit
by the fire, R. W. ; pish maltapuogy they
shall sit, be seated, Ind. Lawsxii).
ueetappUy he sits down with (him);
without object expressed, weetappemOy
Luke 22, 55 {welapwdximwaSy 'sit down
and talk with us', R. W.). kishkappu
[kishke-appu^y he sits near or by the
side of (him). quenappUy he sits on or
upon (it), he rests on (it) (vbl. n. quen-
appiwnky a chair or stool, C. ).
B}aii,inattnhquab[m* (idt-uhqiiae-appu ythaX
which is on the outside or the extreme
exterior], the skin of man ; wadluhquaby
I his skin. miskoHy Hskoriy askouy a raw
j hide or undressed skin (of an animal) ;
Kutaskojiy his skin {oakdn, a hide, C. );
n. collect, oskimky skins ,<h('epsoskunky
(undressed) sheepskins, Heb. 11, 37.
From iruskey new, or askiiUy it is raw, un-
prepared for use, see raw. ohkcouy a
skin dressed or prepared for use as cloth-
ing {ardhy a deerskin worn as clothing,
R. W.)i adj. ohkmme, made of skins
(cf. onkhiun, he covers or hides; og-
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONABY
323
skin — continued .
kunneat, to be clothed; ogkcD, he is
clothed; vbl. n. ogkaxmh, hogkooonk,
clothing). N. collect, ohkwimunky
skinB.
skull. See head.
skunk, Peq. aumunchy a'sMu*nshj Stilee;
squnck, Josselyn. Chip, shi-kaug, she
gog, Hhegang, polecat [related to chohkag,
8potte<i ?]. Abn. segankSy Raales [re-
lated to HegSdi, pisser, and mgkety El.].
sky, kesuk, the visible heavens, the sky.
See sun. pohkok, the clear sky (lit.
when it is clear), suppos. inan. from
pohkiy it is clear: pdhkok msqui, the sky
is red, Matt. 16, 2, 3. See weather.
slander, kekatnonauj he slanders (him),
lit. he talks about (him); n. agent.
kekomwaeriy a talebearer, a slanderer.
slaughter,, n?i^Aao7i*, a killing, from nu-
shaUy he kills.
sleep, koueuj kouweuy he sleeps; rmk-
kouem (nukkoxieemy C), I sleep; infin.
kouenat {kavhiaty C; Del. gawciiiy
Zeisb.); suppos. noh kaity kawil (Del.
gaiHty Zeisb.), he who sleeps; pi. neg
ka/'cheg (Del. gewitshiky Zeisb.); kn^uTiy
when thou sleepest (yd camshy sleep
thou here. Mo lodge here'; kukkmvS-
tomy *I will lodge with you', R. W.);
vbl. n. koueonk {kaiHeonky C), sleep; n.
agent, kouhien-iny a sleeper; kumik- \
koutUy he sleeps soundly, he is fast I
asletip [qu88uk'koueu{?)y he sleeps like |
a stone]. See soul.
sleepy, kodtukquomunaiy to be sleepy,
C (Del. n'gaiungu^any I am sleepy,
Hkw. ); cf. tinnukquominneaty to dream.
slide, slip, tameqmheUy taynukqusheuy he
slips: nm^et tameqmJnriy my foot slips;
Buppos. inan. iamukqw*hiky when it slips.
From tameffuey it is slippery, with 'sh of
derogation. os»6ep6sUy he slips or slides
backward; adj. ossdepdnie, assdepaauey
backsliding. Cf. assdushaUy he goes
backward.
elingjHooirampdgunehegy pi. r ash^swimm-
jHigunahhaTHy he slings (it); n. agent.
mru'ompagunahhamwaeny a slinger.
slip. See slide.
slippery, tanieqWy (it is) slippery; ta>ne-
qiiohUaUy (it) is slippery.
slothful, ^segeneaMy sasegenamy more
rarely segemtmy he is slothful, sluggish,
indolent: ahjne neaegeimmcoky ahque sa-
j mgkneammky be not slothful; ahqvte se-
geiifuncoky be not remiss or idle (in a
; particular matter; the freq. sese- or
msa- denotes general or habitual sloth-
fulness); \h\. n. Hei*egeHf(tm(Di)nky sasa^-
{adsekeneatficbonky C), slothfulness, in-
dolence; n. agent. sesegenamweUy an
indolent or slothful i)er8on. See slow.
slow, chekcy checMke: checMke kum-mus-
quantamy thou art slow to anger; cheke
hukkoueneavy * you sit up late', Ps. 127, 2,
i. e. you are slow^ to sleep. manunnUy
maniiniieuy (he is) slow, moderate, pa-
tient, quiet, gentle {maninney gently,
C. ) ; mdnunappuy he is (and remains)
quiet, slow, etc.; manunnissvy he acts
slowly, he is slow (in action) (mantin-
sJieshy go slowly, R. W.); n. agent.
mannnneyeueny one who is slow, pa-
. tient, gentle, etc. (cf. manunrie niUicon,
'slow of (my) speech', Ex. 4, 10, and
cheke ketetmhkonehy * let him be slow to
speak', James 1, 19). msmqiishduogy
they are slow; (mss^irnqm, vou are slow,
R. VV.
small, pecheauy he makes (him) small;
pass, he is made small; phihy * bring
thou him low', make him small. Job
40, 12 [cans. an. from peawey peaeuy it is
small]. See little.
smell, munitontajHy mmionlawy he smells
(it) {nnmminCmiumy I smell, C; nquitt-
maiintnshy smell thou, R.W.); vbl. n.
munnontamwonky smell, usmmunquodiy
am77inngquoty he smells of, has the odor
ofc umumungquQdkish myrrCy they {inan,
pi. ) smell of myrrh, Ps. 4o, 8; asumung-
quok (when it smells of), smell, odor,
of inan. obj.; (tsumungqusstty he smells
of, emits an odor of; vbl. n. asumungqus-
snonky smell, odor, of an. obj. matche-
mtuigquol, it smells badly; matchemung-
quoky a bad smell {machumanquaty a
stink, C-.). ufetlmnngquoty it smells
sweetly; weelimungquok, a sweet smell
{wetimmikquat or ireerhimGoquaty C).
smelt, nmimitteaugy 'a little sort of fish,
half as big as sprats, plentiful in win-
ter', R. \V. This was probably the
smelt (Osmerus eperlanus); but the
corrupted name *nmmmychog' has
Digitized by
Google
824
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Bn.I.KTIN 2.1
smelt — continued .
been transferred to another species.
From mohmdeogy pass, and recipr. moh-
vioittedogf they are gathered together.
smoke, pukuty pukit {puck, R. W.); pu-
kiUauWy (it) smokes; pukiUaucoashy they
(inan. pi. ) smoke (kek p&kkuUduOy your
house smokes, 0. ) ; adj. and adv. pukut-
tdey smoking, of smoke; dimin. pukkut-
iaemesy vapor, fog. Cf. pukquee, ashes,
mire; puhquohkey a clod of earth.
smooth, 7na>siy mcose, mcosiyeuy nicMeUy (it
is) smooth, bare (mcosiy bald, C); pi.
ma>8iyetiashj they are smooth ; but mease
qussukquanesashy smooth small stones,
1 Sam. 1 7, 40; ma>9ompsky a smooth stone
{mam-ompsk]. See bald, mwmmy he
smooths, hence he shaves his head, cuts
his hair. See shave, mampau [for iikd-
sehhuauy cans, an.], he makes smooth,
an. obj., hence he shears or shaves.
moMumwathqaoky that which makes
smooth, a razor.
snail, askeqattumy Lev. 11, 30.
snake, a»k(Dk {askugy R. W.; ascowkey
Morton, N. E. Canaan; Peq. skoogSy
Stiles; askooky C. ; Del. achgooky Hkw. ;
mdaskug [^man, black], a black snake,
R. W.; Del. suckachgooky Hkw.); pi.
-^og; dimin. askooksfy a small snake, a
worm, shekqy sesegky pi. sesequAogy a
poisonous snake, * adder', 'viper' («/'-
seky rattlesnake, R. W. ) [seMoOy he rat-
tles, makes a noise (?), 'he peeped', '
Is. 10, 14; sahsauagy when it tinkles, ,
'tinkling', 1 Cor. 13, 1]. Cf. mhky a>hq \
(oohkcy C), a worm. |
snare, appehy ahpehy appehhariy a snare, ;
gin, or trap. See catch; trap (n.). '
sneeze, wushikcOy he sneezes (mnneg- ■
kcoonk, sneezing, C. ; annuoiiky sneezing,
ibid.), paypcotaudonky sneezing (vio-
lent blowing, blast of air).
snow, kam (cdnCy R.W.; Del. p^n, guhiy
Hkw.) . sdchepoy R. W. ; Peq. souch*jx)H,
Stiles; sdchepwutchy when it snows, R.
W. mukpwuiy it snows; 9nm mrnhpu,
does it snow?; mcUta mwhpinnWy it does
not snow, C. ; miihpwe ke&ukody a snowy
day. El., 1 Chr. 11, 22 (cf. trnhpUy frost).
Cree mispoon.
so. See as; like; such.
sob, nohtimtinnneaty to sob or sigh; tmn-
nohtumupt I sob or sigh, C.
so far as, nmhqueuy noDhquey unnoohquen.
See far.
soft, nwhkiy naokiyeti {ruDhkUy C), it is
soft; an. nmhkhUy he is soft or tender;
caus. inan. ncokohteauy he softens (it),
makes it soft, mupdeuy mbdeuy it is
soft, i. e. it is made soft, perhaps pri-
marily softened by water: mup&e ma-
namsk, softened clay, 'mortar', Gen.
11,3, etc. ; hence, suppos. inan. sdbah^y
sobaJUgy pottage, that which is soft or
thinned, and natdumpy R. W., 'a kind
of meal pottage, unparched. From this
the English call their samp.' Dutch
mppaen (mppavmy RepavMy sepoUy Web-
ster), 'the crushed com, boiled to a
pap', Descr. of N. Netherl., 1671; fur-
ther corrupted to pone (Abn. nttan-
6a^7i,sagamit^,Ra8les). Beedrink(v.).
softly, manunne. See slow.
soldier, maiivatiy an enemy (in arms),
a soldier {malwauogy soldiers, R. W.;
cL matwaHumck, a battle, ibid.). See
enemy.
solitary, iommishiny Umishiriy it is solitary,
desolate, deeerteii: ohke pish totiishin,
the land shall he desolate; suppos. nek
ne tauuhshiky my house that is waste,
Hagg. 1, 9; as adj. iautvushinney solitary,
desolate. See alone.
so long^ as, nisohkey ne sohke, tohsaJd-ey so
long as, while. Cf . nesdhleagy the length
of.
some, nawhutchfy nawutche(n6whitchey C.) ,
a part of, some of (it) [na watche, there-
from, as a less taken from or out of a
greater]. paHsJiCy R. W. See half.
somebody, honxtn; pi. howamg. . See
any.
sometimes, momancliy mmmansh {mdmd-
nishy C), sometimes, now and then, at
times.
son, wun-natimon-uhy his son, the son of;
nunnaumouy my son; pi. minnaumonogy
my sons; nnnnaumon umnimumnnnhy my
son's son; k€imumon{kenOmony 0.)y thy
son; wnnnaumanihiy a son, i. e. the son
of any, any son; n. cx»llect. vmn-nan-
manunky sons; vxtme nunnaumonunky all
my sons. nnmmuMesey nummuckqud-
chucksy my sou, R. W. See boy; younger
son.
son-in-law, tmisshiumy he is the son-in-
law (daughter's husband) of: pish ken
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONABY
825
son-in-law — continued .
waaeenumukquehy thou shalt be my son-
in-law, 1 Sam. 18, 21; suppos. part.
vxi^htumukqulche, a aon-in-law {nostne-
mucky he is my son-in-law, R. W.).
soon, teannk. (pxaiau^ gucnAe, as soon as
( kitiumma i , kittumydi, R. W . ) . See i m-
mediately.
soot, penohtj C. (?). |
sore, kehkechai (it is sore), a sore; an. I
kehkechSnUj (he is) sore; vbl. n, kehke- \
chemmik, kehchemofiik, soreness, a sore i
{n\'ht*mmmamy n* chemmmattaniy I am
in pain; ncMsammam nestle, my foot is
sore, R.W.).
sorrowful, neuantam, he is sorrowful, he
grieves; v. i. and v. t. inan. he grieves, ;
he grieves for (it); vbl. n. mninyitama)- I
ouk^ sorrowing, sorrow. See grieve. j
sorry, aiugkoiantamy he is sorry; v. t. he j
is sorry for (it). See repent.
so soon as, guenaUy queiide, as soon as,
scarcely.
soul, ketedhogkMiy (he is or it is) a living
creature, a living self [keUae-hogkl.
This word is used bv Eliot for *sour, '
I
(living) * creature', a human being,
etc. It is doubtful if it was known to ]
the language before he employed it. :
(\)tton, however, has keteahogkaUf soul, j
roinrruH)fick \_=koneonk'\j the soul,*' he- I
caiLse they say it works and operates i
when the Ixxiy slc^epa Ikoneu]. micha-
chnncky the soul in a higher notion, '
which is of affinity with a word signi- '
fying a looking-glass or clear resem- |
sem])lance, so that it hath its name '
fn^m a clear sight or dis<*erning." —
R. W. noHhaunnk, the spirit of man, |
lit. breath, tcvf/u^icx. See spirit.
sound. See voice.
sour, m*, (it is) sour; suppos. s*og (when ,
it is sour), that which is sour: siepetuk- \
(junuunky leavened brea<l; see irhie, '•
'vinegar'; adj. ftedne [ftre-unuey sour- .
like], sour: seanetvenojriy sour (unripe) !
grape, Is. 18, 5. Cf. siogke, hard, diffi- i
cult. *
south, soivniidyeiiy »6anmyeUy southward,
to or at the south, but (sov^irainiCi) ac-
cording to R. Williams, 'the South-
west', where 'the Gods chiefly dwell'. '
soicanohkey the south countr}'.
southeast wind, nandckquttiny R. W. |
south wind, soicamhy fioxvamhiny there is
a south wind, the south wind blows
(somvarmheiry the southwest wind; t<ni-
wijltiny the south wind, R. W.).
sow, ohketeauy he sows or plants. See
plant.
span, dmskinausu. See mea8ui*e8 of
length.
sparrow, mameesashqties is used for
'swallow' and 'sparrow'; mam^shash'
quishy Ps. 102, 7 {mamessa^hquciSy Mass.
Ps.).
speak, ktittWy he speaks, he utters
speech; vbl. n. kuUwmiky kvUaywonk,
speech (a word, C. ; the Word, 6 Xoyo^) ;
with /:' progressive ketwkauy he talks,
goes on speaking; ketookash {kuUdkashy
R.W.), speak thou (noh wunne keketi6-
kaUy he speaks well or is fair-spoken;
nukkdetwkomy I speak, C). annamaUy
nnncomiUy unnanmxky he speaks to (as
a superior to an inferior), he tells or
commands (him); unndky speak ye to
(them); noh anonty he who speaks to
or commands; dndtiy when I speak to
(him) {tuii-dimamuky he commands
me; unnwirdnaiy to say, C. ). See say;
think. kenconxtHy he sjieaks to (him),
he talks with (him); kenaynooky speak
ye to (them); kena>«, speak thou to
(them) ; suffix hik-kena>7i»hy 1 talk with
you, I speak to you (as a superior to an
inferior) ; n. agent. JlTna>wwaen-iVi, a coun-
selor.
spear, qunuhtug, pi. -\-qua9h Iqunni-
uhhtgky long stick]; arw^ganuhtnky a
fish spear, Job 41, 7 (Del. notctm^shican,
Hkw.].
species. See kind (n.).
speckled, mum/mvy 'freckled', Lev. 13,
89; mdmonesu, (he or an. obj. is) speckled
{mOmdaesein, Gen. 30, 33 ) ; suppos. part,
pi. ueg momonesitcheg, they which are
speckled. See spot.
speech, kuitmuonky speech, utterance;
vbl. n. from kuttcoy he speaks; kekdcD-
kauonky continued speech, talk; vbl. n.
from kfketwkmiy he goes on speaking;
hettoowonky unnontamxionk, speech, lan-
guage. See language.
spider, niamuiiapUy matnxinappeht.
spill, quoiishaxi, quodshmiy it is spilled,
Luke 5, 37; Mark 2, 22; ne qnouhteamuk,
that which is spilled, 2 Sam. 14, 14.
Digitized by
Coogle
326
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
spin, tup}j€tiohte(VJ J ffttupftenoklemt, (he)
epinB, twists. 8ee strings; twist.
spirit, na*hauonkj breatli, the spirit of
man {nvevjia, spiritus). Apparently
a verbal from nashaue, it is between,
medium; because inteniiediate to the
material and immaterial or to animate
and inanimate existence, a *tertium
quid *?. See soul.
Spirit of Ghod, van-nattlutvanitcomoh God,
(ien. 1, 1 (cf. Dan. 4, 8, 9; 5, 18); ivash-
auanit, Matt. 4, 1 (cf. inattan'd, the devil,
ibid.).
spit, suhkou, he spits {rskauouttinmatf to
spit, to be spiteful, C; nntteeskmious, I
spit; nmuke, I am spiteful, C); acokq,
sohg, spittle.
spoil (n., booty ), s€quUahham(>onk [vbl. n.
from sequUahham, he leaves ( it ) Ijehind] .
spoil (v.). See hurt; rob.
spontaneously, nehenwonche, of himself,
of itself, sua s|x>nte.
spoon, wuUaitaimmitchy pi. • m/m/i (but
nootaUamvxietchf my cup, C. ) From
vmttattamwaehheau, -wehean [caus. from
wuftaUam] J it makes him drink, enables
him to drink (?). kniidm, pi. -^mdinog,
R. W.; kunndm, quomwm, and kiihpoh-
honk, spoon or ladle, C.
spot, chohkag, chogq, a small bit, a trifle,
a spot, a jot: wompi chohkag, a white
spot; freq. chohchohkag (suppos. inan.,
when it is spotted or has many spots),
that which is spotted; an. chohkemt,
ckokchohkem, (he is) spotted; suppos.
ckohchohkesit, when he is spotted; pi.
neg.chohehohkmi^hegf the spotted (ani-
mals ) . indmcoechohkesu, (he is ) spotted ;
neg mdrtux>echohk€sitchegy they (animals)
which are spotted [nwoi-chohkesUf having
dark or black spots ?]. See speckled.
spread about, pendekinnUf it spreads
about (as a vine), Ezek. 17, 6. From
panneauy it goes astray.
spread out, sejxtgemtm, sepakinmim, he
spreads (it) out; suppos. inan. part.
sepagkemamk, spread out; inan. subj.
8epagema>y sepakemm, it is spread out, it
spreads itself; v. i. an. s^jMikeog, they
spread themsel ves. See sai 1 ( n . ) .
springy ( a season ) . See seasons.
springy (of water), tohkekomy a spring, a
fountain, pi. -\-muash; t^hkekommnjtog,
springs of water, running water, Num.
19, 17; Josh. 15, 19.
spring up (as a plant), nonkiny ttoiih/Uy
it springs up: teanuk sonkenmh, (these)
spring up quickly, Matt. 18, 5; suppos.
part, sonkuk: ktUcfie sonkukf * in the be-
ginning of the shooting up', Amos 7, 1;
c^us. inan. mnkeimHihteau, he makes it
spring up. mnkehteau, it springs forth,
puts out (as a bud from a plant ).
sprinkle. See scatter.
square, yaue iiAi (four-cornered) , Sijuare.
See angle; (xjrner.
squash, ^^a/^kt'itatquashy their vine>apple,
which the Knglish from them call
squashes'', R. W. *' I»quoutersquashen
is their best bread in summer when their
com is spent", Wood, N. E. Prospect
"Squashes, but more truly squatter
ftgun8hes^\ Josselyn, N. E. Rar. 57
Eliot gives askcotoBq, pi. askcotasquagh,
cuciunbers. Num. 11, 5; monaskoot^iH-
quasfiy melons; qwrnwasq, a gourd, etc.
Cotton derives this asq from mke^ raw:
m(Dtu)skeiAmukj 'cucumbers or a raw
thing', and this etymology is estab-
lished by Rasles' Abn. hkiUxmek SamSe,
pi. eskUameghir, 'melon d'eau, i. e.
qu'on ne fait pas cuire' {skii', crud).
See raw. It was probably a general
name for the Cucurbitaceae or melon-
like plants, derived either from ankey
raw, i. e. which may be eaten uncooked,
or from the kindred word askehty oskelUy
that which is green. Cf. wame ashkash-
quosh,^ all the green grass', Rev. 8, 7.
nskiUasq (pi. askiita^quash) is perhaps
comp)ounded from askmky snake, and
anq, snake-like plant; perhaps from
askeht-mq, green melon-like plant. The
English adopted the plural asquftnh
as a singular and formed a new plural
scpmshe*.
squeteague (Labrus squeteague Mitch. )
is supposed to be an Indian name of a
species of fish common on the coast of
New England, but I have not found it
in any early writer. The same species
is in some places known as checout or
chequH.
squint-eyed, pdmkqudy C. [panne-mih-
qnaexiy he looks astray or wrong].
squirrel, arirqusy a little colored squirrel ;
pi. an^quvjusiicky R. W. ; the chipmunk or
striped squirrel, Sciunis striatus {anog-
keniy he is painted]. mCkS^y ^ureuil;
anikSseM, Suisse, Rasles. ''The Suisse
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENOLI3H-NATICK DICTIONARY
327
squirrel — continued,
squirrels are little animals reMeubling
ratfi. The epithet of Sui»*He is bestowed
upon 'em in regard that tlie hair which
covers their body is streakM with black
and white and resembles a Suisse' s doub-
let, and that these streaks make a ring
on each thigh which bears a great deal of
resemblance to a Suisse' s cap. ' ' — Lahon-
tan I, 236-236 (ed. 1703). mUMnnekej
R. W.; rtmhamutky pi. j wogyC] mUish-
dnneege and shetmeaffue, a squirrel, Stiles
lmi€he'a7U'qu8f great squirrel].
staff, annx)khau ( wut-dnhoy R. W. ) , a walk-
ing staff (cf. anwohmn^ he rests), qiin-
nuhiug, an upright staff, stick, or pole
[qunni-tugkj long stick].
stagger, chanisshaUy he staggers, an a
drunken man, C. ; vbl. n. chachwiisuJuX-
onk and chanehchashau<rnkj staggering
or reeling, ibid, kehkfpshau, quehqueh-
chikauy he staggers.
stand, neepaUf he stands, he rises up
(erect); nunneepohy I stand; nepaush,
stand thou (*up' Judg. 8, 20); ne-
paitchf let him stand; suppos. noh ne-
■ pauitj he who stands (nunnepWy I stand,
C; yd neepmish, stay or stand here,
R. W. ) ; inan. subj. neepaumcOy neepdma)^
it stands; nish neepdmcoashy these things
stand; inan. cans. nepadUtUy nepattauy
he makes (it) stand, he stands (it) up,
and with inan. dubj. it stands (i. e. it is
made t<» stand up) : matta pish nepad-
tauamshy they (inan.) shall not stand
up, Is. 27, 9; hence nepattuhqiiojiky a
post, a stake.
kompauy he stands erect, as a man
stands. This verb, related to omp, man ,
is not found except in compounds, of
which there are a considerable number.
Heckewelder obeer^'es that in the Del-
aware *ap or ap€y for walking in an
erect posture', is one of the regular
terminations of the names of animals;
* hence lenapey man', Corresp. 411,
mmpcokompau {^mrnpivey straight, up-
right], he stands upright, quenikom-
paUy qumkompauj he stands upon (it):
pish kukquesikompdu qussiiky thou shalt
stand upon a rock. Ex, 33, 21. ohpik-
kompau wusseetashy he stands upon his
feet, Dan; 7, 4; cf. ohpatitUy he walks
or treads upon. Job 9, 8. chequnikom-
stand — continue<i.
paUy he stands still, Jonh, 10, 13. og-
quekompauogy they stand like or in the
manner of. Job 38, 14. pumikomjmuogy
-p6og (they stand in a row), a row of
men or animals; cf. punidhtaash (they
are in a row), a row of inan. objects.
7m uwakompa u , nawdsikdmpau [ )ui u iraeu ,
nmiwdsUy he bends or stoops], he stands
bent or stooping. waeenikompaWiuogy
they stood round about (it); weinne-
kompattatiogy Gen. 37, 7 [waeenuy it is
round about, around], quinnuppekoni'
pau [qiiiimuppuy he turns about], he
stands turned about; hence *he is con-
verted', and qitinnuppekompauaeiXy *a
convert'.
qaenohteauy it stands (is supported)
on; suppos. inan. quenohiagy a foimda-
tion.
star, anogqs {andckquSy pi. aiuK'kmtckj
R. W.; anogqs, C); yl. anogqsog; misji-
dnogqus (mishdnnockj R. W.), the
morning star [mishe-anoqs'].
starve, paskdnantamy he suffers extreme
hunger, he starves: noh nahen nupp(x>e
paskdnontaniy he is like to die with
hunger, Jer. 38, 9; vbl. n. paskdnonta-
mcoonky starv^ation, extreme hunger.
stay, appuy he stays or remains. See sit.
togkogkuy togkogqshaUy it is stayed, is
stopped: enninneaonk togkogqshaUy the
plague was stayed. Num. 16, 48, 50,
=togkogqushomWy Num. 25, 8.
steal, kommoDtOy kumnuotOy he steals;
suppos. part. pass, kommcotomuk, (that
which is) stolen; neg. imperat. koni-
nux)tuhkony thou shalt not steal {nuk-
kummmty I steal, C; w^ cukkummooty
you have stole, R. W.) ; vbl. n. komma}-
towonky stealing, theft; n. agent, kom-
ma>tovxien-in, a thief.
steel, meniihkequogy missehchuog. See
iron.
sterile, Tn^hcheu, mehchtyeiiy (it is) sterile,
barren, empty. See empty.
stick (n.). See rod; wood.
stick (v.), pissogqusheauy pissogqsheaUy it
cleaveth, sticketh, it is adhesive or
sticky; adj. pissagquaney miry, sticky.
mosogquey it adheres, sticks close; mosog-
quohieauy it adheres to (it), sticks close
to (it); inan. pi. mosogquohtanshy they
stick together, adhere {numrndsogque-
Digitized by
Google
328
BUREAU OF. AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletik 25
stick (v.) — continued,
torn, I cleave to or stick to, C. ) ; from
mussunumf he touches (it).
Btill (adj.), chequnappUj he is still, he
remains quiet. See silent, cheqanussuy
he is still (in action), he does or acts
quietly, ahtotapagodtut (?), 'hesidethe
still waters', Ps. 23, 2, =^ianunushae
nippeitf Mass. Ps.
stiU(adv.). See yet.
sting, vbl. n. chohkmwaonkj a stinging
[chogqj a spot, a very small thing, and
kd, sharp ?] {chohkuhhco, a sting, C).
Btir, mornontunnumf ma-y he stirs, moves,
causes motion in (it): momoiUunnum
nippeashj he troubled the waters, John
5, 4; inamontonuk irumssittamaah^ when
he moved his lips, Prov. 16, 30.
Tnamonchu, he stirs, he moves; viamon-
chemcOy it stirs, ontahieauj otitohteau, it
stirs, it is moved from its place.
wogkauunaUj he stirs up, incites, sets
in motion (him); v-ogkouunumf he stirs
(it) up, seta (it) in motion; inan.
subj. otan wogkouwemaj, the city was
moved (excited), Act^ 21, 28; iiippe
wogkout^rnoDukj when the water is trou-
bled, stirred, John 5, 7; vbl. n. ivogkoue-
orikj stir, commotion. See move.
Btockingrs, cauk{Ktnashy R. W.; Peq. cm/i-
goimnitchj a stocking. Stiles. See leg-
gings.
stomach, mxippmchlnmij C. See bosom.
stone, qimsiiky a rock, pi. qiimukquanash
(fjusfrCu'ky a stone, R. \V.; qu«mky rook,
C. ). hnsauiij a stone, pi. ♦ atth; dimin.
hasmmevies (so 1^1. Gr. 10, 12; but the
distinction is not uniforrfTly ol)served
in his translation). qiuaukquaneMu,
among the rooks; qussukquaneidunk
(quisftukquannutonky C), a wall (Del.
mefchek aclmnink^ at the big rock,
Hkw. ; qussucqun, it is heavy, R, W.).
hoAsunnegk, a cave; hatisuytneutujiky a
stone wall, ompnky omp^qy in ooni-
j>ound words, an upright rook, a stone
(not found separately in Eliot's Bible;
but missiiche ompsquiy *a great rock',
occurs in Samp. Quinnup., p. 156):
kenompsqj a sharp stone Ikeneh-ompsk] ;
uxinashquompsky the top of a rock
[tvanashque-ompsk^ ; togv)onkan-
ompskj a mill stone, etc. chepiskq, chip-
stone— continued .
pipskf in compound words, a rock [a
detached, separate (chippi) rock?];
woskechepisky the top of a rock, 2 Chr.
25, 12; Ezek. 24, 7; ut chippipsquty *on
the rocks' (on a rock), Acts 27, 29
(iMLchipscaij a stony path, R. W., =may'
chippiskqtU?). pumipsk, pumuptq, pi.
pujnipsqtioshy a rock, rocks; kenugke
pumipsquehtUf among the rocks, Job
28, 10; pi. pumupsquehtwuh (?), 1 K.
19, 11.
stoop, mkoshkodtaeUy sukoshkodtassun
onatuh qunnonoUj *he stooped down,
he couched as a lion'. Gen. 49, 9; wish-
quosmriy he couched (as a lion). Num.
24, 9. See bend one's self; bow down.
storm, mifthehtashin {it storms), a storm
of wind, a t-empest (mishitdshiny there
is a storm, a storm, R. W. ; mishetdshin,
winds, C): waabin mi»hshe?Uashy there
arose a temi^estuous wind. Acts 27, 14;
suppos. muthehtashinit, when it storms:
vnUche mwfie iahshinU,lron\ the storm,
Is. 25, 4 [mishe-tahshiny it is greatly
lifted up, there is a great uplifting].
naskquttin (it destroys, it rages with
violence), a violent and destructive
tempest (nashqitiiny uhqudhquaty a
northerly storm or a tempest, C. ) ; sup-
pos. ncu*hquit; cf. nashquttagy fire; squtta,
R. \V.
I story, unnehtongqtuity a storv; pi. -\-(i9hy
I C.
' straigrht, sampivi. See right.
' strangre, penayur, different, unlike, for-
eign; penanrohkornuky a strange i)lace.
See different; foreign.
stranger, pencDwohteaUy he is strange or
a stranger, he is different, unlike; con-
tract, pencoiroht, penmcoty a stranger
(peTKDirohteUy C. ); pi. jyenartcohte^iogy
strangers, * the heathen ' , Ezek. 36,3,4
{nippniouxintawemy I am of another
language; penoioantowawheUuncky they
are of a divers language, R. W. ).
strawberry, wiUiahminneohy C; pi., v^-
I tdhimneashy R. W.
street, imimaogy tauwrnaog; en tauoomdog-
quehtUy into the streets.
strength. See strong.
I stretch out, trummagununiy samogkin-
1 nnm {summdgkiimmy C), he stretches
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULLj
ENGLI8H-NATI0K DICTIONABY
329
stretch out — continued,
out (his hand, a staff, etc.)^ suppos.
summoffunuk vmnnutchegf when he
stretched out his hand; ne samogkimi-
mukj that which is stretched out; sum-
magohieau^ it stretches out or is
stretched out, extended (mimmogqaifisin'
nunnaty to lie along, C, i. e. to stretch
one's self; nuBsummogqusmiy I lie along,
ibid. ) [whrmagunj he offers or presents
it forth] . s^esekexi ( ?) , he stretches him-
self, sesepdeuy he stretches himself, lies
at full length; suppos. part. pi. iieg sene-
pauecheg, they who stretch themselves,
Amos 6, 7 [from sepe, sese-appUf extend-
ed, at length]. See spread out.
strife, penudnittuonkf contention, strife;
vbl. n. recipr. from penuanumau, he has
a difference with (him). See conten-
tion.
strike, togku, he strikes. This, the pri-
mary intransitive verb, is rarely found in
use. The infinitive ^o<7/:ona/, 'to hurl'
(stones), occurs in 1 Chr. 12, 2, i. e. to
strike with, whence the suppos. inan.
togkunk, an ax, an instrument to strike
with (or to be hurled?), and vbl. n. tog-
wonky togguhwhonk \_=^togkuonk'\y a mor-
tar for pounding corn, lit. a striking.
togkomauy he strikes (him); nuttogkomy
I strike, El. and C; suppos. part, rwh
togkomoiit, he who strikes; intrans. noh
togkomitj he who strikes or Huiites (with
a hmI, etc. ), Is. 30, 31 ; frinj. tiUtagkomdUy
he strikes (him) repeatedly, he beats
(him); suffix vuttatiagkomouhy they
beat him {nuttatidgkomy I beat, 0. );
vbl. n. act. togkomcowaonky a blow; pass.
togkoinitteaonky a blow received, tog-
kodtdm, he strika*^ (it); suppos. part.
noh togkodtogy he who strikes; freq. nuh
tohtogkodtogy he who strikes often, who
beats; supjK)?. inan. togkodtcg, tliat
which strikes, when it strikes, a sword;
vbl. n. togkodluonky a blow, a stroke; Utt-
ttpgkodtnonkyO, beating {taitagkodtuongash,
stripes, Ind. Laws). taUeohtimil menut-
chegy to strike with the hand; pink tdd-
teadty he will smite with (it). Is. 3, 17.
See shake.
string, pemunneohty peniunneaty a cord, a
string { itembmeaht omey a fishing line;
pedmenyafUy a cable, C); pi. -{-(uthy
string — continued.
onash. tuUuppuUy tatuppitiy a (spun
or twisted) thread: insqut ttUiuppiriy a
scarlet thread, Josh. 2, 21; adj. tuttup-
pu7id€y twined or spun.
strip, poskinauy he stripe (him), uncovers
(him). See naked. mukkwkimiUy he
strips, plunders, robs (him). See rob.
strive, mekonauy he strives, contends,
quarrels with (him) {nut-chekeayeuit-
team, I strive, C); recipr, from cfieke-
heaUy he uses force. See fight; quarrel.
strive after, ahchuy he strives, exerts
himself, is diligent: aJicJiuej 'do thy
diligence', exert thyself, 2 Tim. 4, 9;
ahchue tapaekoriy ' labor not to comfort
me'. Is. 22, 4. See hunt.
strong, menuhkiy menuhkeu {munnuhkCy
Exp. May hew), it is strong, firm, hard;
an. menuhkesu (minik^suy R. W.), he is
strong; n. agent, menuhkesueji-itiy a
strong man, 'mighty man of valor', 2
Chr. 32, 21; vbl. n. menuhkesuonky ani-
mate strength, might (dimin. ininiO'
quemiy weak, R. W., i. e. a little strong).
strong drink, onkuppCy onkup; menuhke
imiUattaTudonk.
stronghold. See fort.
stuff, cheetham-iinaty to stuff, C; cf.
chetimauy he compels (him).
stumble, togkimttofminy he stumbles
{nuUogkimtdMiiiy I stumble, C); iogk-
xumUassumhettity when they stumble
[togkU'^eeUishy he strikes with his
feet? Cf. iogkishkomj he kicks at].
stump, wehqiumvnkqy the stump of (a
tree); cf. irehquey as far as; vehqshiky
the end of.
sturgeon, kaiiponhy pi. -^adogy R. W. ;
k6pj)onh and kaskdhaty C. ; Abn. X*«6«W',
pi. -mky Rasles.
substitute, tiomjxiieauy he substitutes
(it), puts it in the place of something
else. From nompey again, instead of.
succotash, iimckqmdaHhy R. W. (who
translates it 'boiled corn whole'. Its
etymology, however, proves that the
Indian m' sirkquatanhy like the modern,
was made from shelled corn or corn
separated from the cob: m^mkquUah-
hashy the l)eaten-to-piece8 (corn), inan.
pi. from mkquttahhamy he Ijeatij it to
pieces or beats it small).
Digitized by
Google
830
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bi'lletxn 25
such, 80.
[Note.— Definition not completed, iieenndthfiue:
dunag: naj: nan: neane: nemehktih; ne naj; nui-
tiniin; onk; unnag; vnnaiinneai; xeuttiniin; yeu
unne.]
suck, yuDnorUam, he suckH (it), he taken
by sucking, he sucks up {mukkoies
nanidntamf a child sucks, C. ; nooninneatj
to suck, ibid.); an. namauy he sucks;
pass, she is sucked, she suckles or
nurses at the breast); pisfi keiimn sog-
kodtunky thou shalt suck the niilk; part.
7iamonutchey one who sucks, a sucking
child; pass, suffix wuriamuhj she suckled
him, gave him suck, 1 Sam. 1, 23; sup-
pos. nam ti^, when he sucks or is suckled,
a suckling; adj. nwnukde, sucking (no-
ndiinisj namsUy a sucking child; mun-
niinniig [m^nconuk^y milk; v-unnunnd-
ganashy breasts, R. W.; Narr. nunnese
[namau-ussuly a baby, Stiles; Peq. nu-
muSy 'sucklings of men and beast',
ibid.).
suddenly, ieanuk. See immediately.
tiadchUy tiadchey unexpectedly Imatta-
adchu€y not sought for].
suffer, ntUchequnehlam wuUanehpunnaonky
I suffer affliction, C. ; nutchequineehlarriy
I suffer, ibid, unkquamowauy unkqii-
anumauy he suffers pain; rmtongquomoniy
I suffer pain, I am in pain. See pain.
suffice, sufficient. See enough.
summer, nepuriy sequan. See seasons.
sun, nipduzy (1) the sun, (2) a month;
pi. -j-9aog {nippaHMSy nippawuSy npa'dnSy
R. W.) [wpau, he rises up?]. Kmick-
quandy the sun as a god, R. W. [kesuk-
dnity the god of day], munndnnocky a
name of the sun and moon, R. W.
Veq! meeuriy sun; weyhariy moon, Stiles.
See day.
sunrise, Jiepduz paakpishauy the sun rises
{pdshishay it is sunrise, R. W. ) ; suppos.
pashpishonty paspiahont (when he rises),
sunrising: waj pashpishont onk yeu pajeh
wayardy from sunrise to sunset, Ps. 50, 1
{upposhpishaonk nepaZy sunrising, C. ).
From peshaUy freq. paspeshaUy he bursts
forth, he blooms; pishpeshauauy it blos-
soms, Is. 27, 6; 35, 1.
sunset, vxiyont [= uMnity when he goes
out of the way or is lost, suppos. from
wdonUy wnuomi'\'y nnyau, it is sunset
{wayadwiy the sun is set, R. W.; munija-
sunset — continued.
oyik liepazy sunsetting, C. ) ; ash vxiaong-
hipy before it was sunset, Judg. 14, 18.
sup, nummuhjqivaeuy he sups (it) up
(ftummoohqumaty to sup up pottage,
etc., C).
superior. See chief; more.
supplicate, xrehquetumauy he asks (him)
for (it). See ask. nanopassnmaUy nau-
umpassuniauy he entreats, supplicates
(him); nunnanumpasstim WuiaoshimaVy
*I will pray to the Father*, John 14,
16; suffix mmnanopasgumduh, they en-
treated him (kennanridmpassumush, I
pray or entreat you, C). cawaunkam-
ish and cuckquenamishy I pray your fa-
vor, my service to you, R. \V.
suppose, unnardamy he wills, thinks,
supposes. See think.
surface, woskhhcy on the top, on the
surface, on the face of (waskechey R. W. ) :
ut u-oskeche ohkeity on the face of the
earth; suppos. tvoskety ueskit: noh tresket
ohtagy that which was uppermost, Gen.
40, 17; rcosketohkeity on the face of the
earth. From iniskey new, at beginning;
cf . wtwitcywit, face. See outside; without.
surround, uxieenUy (it is) round about,
it surrounds ; wahiuhkauwaogy they en-
camp round about (them), Ps. 34, 7;
weenuhkoniy he encamps around (it),
besieges, surrounds it.
swallow (n., a bird), mamemshpieSy a
swallow, a sparrow; papaskhaSy sw^al-
low, Ps. 84, 3, elsewhere partridge
{mairwimehquaSy sparrow; wapunrtuk-
^uas, swallow, Mass. Ps.). See sparrow.
swallow (v.), qmsedshkaoy quosseashkoiiy
qushashkWy he swallows; kukquosseash-
kumivoOy you swallow; mmeashkcOy mis-
heaskkWy he swallows it up, swallows
(it) completely or entirely; suppos.
inan. ne maseashquty that which is
swallowed.
swan, wequash (wequashy pi. -r afiogy and
wdmpcUucky pi. -t quaog yR.W.'y nomiidh'
iuky a goose, C). From weqnaiy light,
bright; wequa^mSy tvequai-oaasy bright
creature.
sweat, kussittatmrntvey 'in the sweat of
the face', Gen. 3, 19; uk-kimttortu, his
sweat, Luke, 22, 44; kmsitteauy it is
hot (kissiiUishdnaty to sweat; nukkissit-
tdshomy I sweat, C. ). pemppa(ijogy they
Digitized by
Google
TRITMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY
881
sweat — con tin ueti .
are sweating, R. W., i. e. they are tak-
ing a sweat in the phujHmck, * hot
house' for vapor batht?.
sweep, chekham, he sweeps (it); an.
act. chekhatimij chekh/miy he sweeps, is
sweeping, and pass, it is swept; suppos.
inan. chekhihtnk (when it sweeps)^ a
broom.
sweet, u^koiif veekov, (it is) sweet; pi.
ivekonash,
swell, mogquhiy mogqueen, it swells, rises
up, protuberates, i. e. it l>ecomes rela-
tively great, from mogki, it is rela-
tively great; mogquervAWy it became a
boil, Ex. 9, 10 (an. mocqu^miy he is
swelled: vxime umhdck mockqiihui, all
his body is swelled; nuinmdckques€f I
have a swelling, R. W. ; mnnmokqueft, I
swell — continued,
swell, C). pmtOemco, it swells. See
boil; heel.
swift, kfniupahau, intens. kakenupshau, he
makes great haste, goes very swiftly;
adj. inan. kenTipshdey komtpshaej swift;
suppos. part, ifoh kemijahontf kak^nu]}-
sfiontj one who goes swiftly; pi. nrg
kakenup»honchegy the swift (muckqueUi,
swift; kummummuckquetey you are swift,
R. W.). See hasten.
I swim, iieg woh mscowecheg, they who
can swim, Acta 27, 43. pdmoosmeauy
})dm6s(mveaUy pumds-y pamv)68a>'y etc., he
swims (nup-pumosojitveemy I swim; sun
voh kup-pumdsdncemvwDy can you swim?
C). Lit. he swims in the sea (pum-
moh)?
sword, togkodteg. See strike.
tail, 7t*fjLSJidkqtiny (his or its) tail, El. and
R. W. [agulikauy it follows after].
take, nemunnmy he takes (it); nemu-
nushy take it; n^munilchy let him take it
(sun kenenvUnumtin-afit did you take it?
C. ); suppos. 7iemunuky when or if he
takes. cUtamunum, attumunnumy he
takes (it), i.e. he receives (opposed to
anninnum, he gives, presents, bestows,
and nemunumy he takes, i. e. performs an
act of taking, takes up, takes hold of);
ahquompi ne ahhut aUumunumuky a time
for receiving, 2 K. 5, 26. awidunwrn, he
takes (it) away; an. amaunummiy he
takes (it) away from (him); amdumh,
take it away, El. and R. W. ; nutamau-
numun, 1 take it away [ajndi, it goes
away], annun, vratannuUy he takes
hold and holds an an.obj.: ntUtannun
muimetashy she held him by the feet,
2 K. 4, 27; suppos. itoh anumtooh amin-
ont ivelvtauoguty he who takes a dog by
the ears, Prov. 26, 17; mutual annin-
yiittnog, they take hold of one another.
tokqimumy he takes hold of violently,
seizes, catches. See catch, iicokinum,
he takes (it) down [nmkeUy it goes
down], kodtinum, he takes (it) off or
out: kodtinnum ummokiSy he drew off
his fhoe, Ruth 4, 8. See draw out.
talebearer, kehkomtvaen-iny n. agent,
from kekomauy he talks of, he slanders.
talk, ketmkauy he talks, he goes on
speaking; freq. keketcokau (noh imnne
keket&kau, he speaks well or is fair-
spoken, C. ; kektUtokdurUa, let us speak
together, R. W.); n. agent, kehketwh-
kaen-iriy a talker; vbl. n. keketaokaonky
kehketoahkaonky talk, much speaking;
pi. ongashy 'babblings', 1 Tim. 6, 20.
See speak.
tall, qunnunkqusstiy (he is) tall {qunnaH-
qussuy R. W.); suppos. noh qunnunk-
qusmiy one who is tall (pi. qunnauqussit'
chiky the tall, R. W.).
talons. See claws.
taste (n.), »puhqwodty the taste or flavor
of anything; suppos. dshpukquoky spuh-
quoky when it tastes of anything {ted-
qua asptckquatf what does it taste of?
R.W.).
taste ( v. ), qutcheJiiamy qutchianiy he tastes
(it), lit. he tries it, makes trial of it;
suppos. qiUchehtamon petukqunnegy if I
taste bread; quadjtogy quajtogy if or
when he tastes (it); vbl. n. ktUchehta-
mcoonky tasting, taste, 0. See try.
tautog^, tauty pi. lautauogy 'sheepsheads',
R.W. (Peq. tautaugeyhl&ck fish. Stiles);
the name of a fish the plural of which
Digitized by
Google
332
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
tauto^ — continued .
has been retained for the singular
and has given a name to the species
Labrus tautoga Mitchell (Labrus amer-
icanus Bloch). Dr J. V. C. Smith
says ^'tauUog is aMohegan word mean-
ing black" ! (Fishes of Mass. 255) .
teach, Icuhkcotamy he shows (it), makes
it known; an. kuhkcotximauj he makes
(it) know^n to (him) (cans. inan. ^(A-
kcotumwehteau, he teaches, C; nuk-
kuhkootumwehteam, I teach, ibid.); n.
agent, kuhkmtomxvehteden, a teacher;
vbl. n. kuhkcDtomwehteaonky teaching,
instruction. See inform; show.
tear (n., lacrymal secretion), iniudppeg-
wash, musmppequash (pi.); unissippe-
quashf hie tears {m^dpukj that which
flows or drops down (?)]. See water.
tear ( v. ) , nihnekinumj nenekunum he tears
(it) {nunnegunumj I tear, C); iiehnek-
shaeuy it is torn; as n. a rent; with
'A progressive nehnekikkoniy he tears
(it) in pieces, i. e. goes on tearing it;
V. i. an. subj. n€hnMk6su, he tears
to pieces (as a wild beast, etc.), and
pass, it is torn in pieces; suppos. ne
nchnegikausik, that which is torn (ne-
nehb'ssdsu, cutting, cut, C); an. suffix
ivunnehnekukkauohj he tears him in
pieces, sohqshadtau, sdkshadtauj sohk-
vMshadtaUf he tears (it) in pieces, vio-
lently or as a wild beast tears its prey ;
suppos. sohqshadUmkj when he tears;
V. i. an. sohqnhkausuy sookiMausn^ he
tears, pass, it is torn {sokshau^ it is torn,
1 K. 13, 5); suppos. ne sojhquhkaustikj
that which is torn in pieces (by wild
beasts), Lev. 17, 15; 22, 8; v. t. an.
sohqsahanau, scokBhanau, he tears (him);
an. progr. sohquhkauaUf scoquhkaumiy he
goes on tearing ( him ) . The root is mi k-
(jnU'Hy sohqrdyeu, it is in small jneces.
See fine, tfmnogkinnum, he tears (a
garment, a skin, cloth, etc.) {Uwockij
tandckshOj it is torn or rent, R. W.;
kum-mahche'tanuakunamous, I have torn
it off for you, ibid.); tannogshemtj tan-
Tiogkusheauj it is torn (by violence or
by mischance). '
teats (ubera), sogkodiungash. See milk,
tell. See command; inform; news;
speak.
tempest. See storm.
temples, nruttahiukquosh, his temples.
tempt. See try.
ten, piukj piog; adj. piukqu^, piogque, the
tenth; piogqut nompty ten times, i.e. to
the tenth repetition; piogque chippagy a
tenth part; pi. an. piukqusmog, inan.
pinkqussuashy piukqvitmh (piiJuiky pi.
piucksuogy piuckquatashy R. W.; Peq.
piugg. Stiles; L. I.payac,paMnA:,Wood).
See chief.
tender. See weak.
tent, uppdhqudSy obohqtwSy abohquoSy a cov-
ering, an awning, a tent: abohquossokor
nony * a covert from rain', Is. 4, 6. wetUy
a dwelling, a house. See house.
terrible, unkqueneunkqusmy onkqueneunk-
qiuty (he is) terrible, an object of terror
[unkquejieunkque, grievous, cruel, se-
vere, from xinkqucy sore, sorrowful].
testes, wunnu88uog. From neesuogy a
pair (?).
testimony, wauuxionky witnessing, bear-
ing witness. From wauwauy he testi-
fies.
than, onk: 7nissi onky greater than.
thank, tabuUantamy he is thankhil, he
gives thanks; an. tabuttantanmuauy he
gives thanks to (him), thanks (him)
(kuiiabotdmish, I thank you, C; taHbot-
nemimray early I thank you, R.W.); vbl.
n. UihuttanUimoonky thanksgiving, thank-
fulness. From tdpiy ianpii, sufficient,
and -antamy verb of mental condition:
he is satisfied in mind.
that, ite, that (thing); nohy that (man);
pi. inan. nishy these; with reference to
place or time, na: naiU, na wf, there-
upon, on that; na vnitchey hence, from
that time; ne ?ru/r/i^, because, therefore,
from that (thing); ne najy * even so', let
that be so; ne teagy^ that thing, any-
thing.
thaw, michokat, a thaw {michokatchy when
it thaws, R. W.).
then, neit [ne-ui or 7ie with form of sup-
positive, upon that, when that].
thence, na)che, na coch (proceeding from
that), thenceforth, therefrom. See be-
gin.
there, na, at that place, at that time
(nekH^y there, C?) ; adv. of place, nailt,
therein, thereon, thereat. El. Gr. 21.
See that.
therefore, neunUchey ne vmtchey from that.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATI0K DICTIONARY
883
they, yieg, nag (na/io/i, nagohj El. Gr. 7;
nag^ nahog, or nagumau, C). they who;
nagohf them who, them.
thick, kuppiy (it is) thick, close, dense
(ntpjA-maduiugj thick wood, a swamp,
R. W.); kuppahtUj in or among that
which is thick or close, 'in thickets S
*in covert'; kuppohquodt {kuppaqwitf
R.W.), thick or cloudy weather; kup-
pogki (kohpoghij C; koppdckij R. W.),
thick, dense. See close.
thicket, kuppokkomuk (a place shut in or
inclosed or a place where trees are thick
or close). Cf. kuppahtUj *in thickets*.
thief, kommoatowaeny -in, n. a|2;ent. from
kommcotOy he steals. See steal.
thig^h, mehquav, meehquau; neehquau, my
thigh; cf. mobpu, the hip. apdme, pi.
apdmashf the thigh, thighs, R. W.
thin, saupae, mbde, thin, not hard or
dense, in a liquid or semiliquid state,
soft. See soft. v^o8sabpetWosappe{tb*us-
gdppiy C; vxusdppif R. W.), thin; tuos-
mppehteau (inan. cans.), he makes it
thin; pass, it is made thin.
things, Udg; ne tedg . . . rnaUa tedg,
matteagy something . . . nothing {ted-
quOy what thing, R. W.); pi. tedguash,
Uaugtuishy * money', movable prop-
erty, teaguasy a matter or thing not
material or tangible; pi. teaguamrmhy
things, matters, res; with redupl. wame
teanteagucumrmhy all matters, all things.
Gen. 24, 1 [Uag and u«9Hy a thing re- '
lated to or dependent on animate ac- I
tion].
think, andrdamy unArdanty he thinks, •
purposes, wills, supposes, has in mind; |
nuUenantamy I think; nuUenantamuny I i
think it, I will it; ne anantamupy that i
which I did think; mcUta ne ananiam
nen, qiU ken 7i« anantaman (suppos.),
Vnot as I w^ill, but as thou wilt'. Matt.
26, 39; ne anordogy what he may think
or may will, 'according to his will',
John 5, 21. In form this word is a
frequentative or intensive from an ear-
lier form, Antavfiy which is not foimd in
Eliot. Roger Williams has n' iunndntam
or nedntamy I think (Chip, inendamy
he thmks. Bar., q. v.). This primary
verb, which may be translated ' he is
minded' or *he has in mind*, is used
in composition of all verbs which ex-
think — continued,
press mental states, conditions, and
operations, the passions, emotions, etc.,
and denotes mental activity, as ussu
denotes physical activity. The animate
active form of andntam or undntam
would be andnauy he wills (him),
nearly corresponding with andnaUy un-
nunaUy he commands (him); and a cor-
responding relationship appears to exist
between ttMu, he acts, usseuy he does
it, and vmmny he says, missaniamy
mussaniam [misfd-antamly he thinks
much or habitually, he is minded or
disposed {missdntamy he aims at, 0. ).
third. See three.
thirst, kohketom, kuhkuttoony he is
thirsty; nukkohkuttaniy 1 thirst (niccdw-
katoney I am thirsty, R. W. ; nukkdhkU-
tam, C); suppos. kohhUtmgy when he
thirsts; noh kohkuUa>gy one who thirsts;
pi. neg kohkuttwgigy they who thirst, the
thirsty; vbl. n. kohkuUamaoonk, kdnkvitco-
naxmky thirst. From kdhnkan, ifcunfcan,
(it is) dry, and tamy mouth.
thirty, niahvAnchag (shvAnchecky R. W.;
nishwinnechaky pi. -8uogy C. ; Peq. neezun-
cJiaug naubut piaugg (twenty-ten) and
avmnchaugy Stiles); an. pi. -\-kodtog;
inan. pi. -i-kodtajfh.
this, yeuy this (thing); an. yeuohy this
(man); pi. inan. yeushy an. yeug (yd,
R, W. ): yeu nepauZy this month; yen
kegukoky this day, to-day; yeu unncy yeu
in (yeuunniy C), thus, in this manner;
yeu wajy for this cause; yeu or yeuyeuy
at this time, now; yeUy at this place,
here; yeunogque (toward this), hither
(yd w^quey thus far; yduxiy thus; yd
now^kiny I dwell here; yb vmche, from
hence, R. W. ). Cf. rw, that.
thistle, kdgkdunogohquohhou. Cf. kSnuk-
kehtahwhauy he pricks or pierces.
thither, yeany yam [y4 en, to yonder]:
yeu nogqiie in kah yd i?i, hither and
thither; monchish yeu vmichy yaatishy go
hence [go] to yonder place, Matt. 17, 20.
See yonder.
thorn, kduSy a thorn, briar, bramble;
aMnnekduSy assunnek&us [hassune-kduSy
stony (very hard) briar], a thorn,
thorn bush. Cf. m'ukqSy an awl; m^uh-
ko8y a nail; kduhquodt, an arrow.
Digitized by
Google
334
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
thoroughly, panuppey jjapanuppe, whol-
ly, thoroughly. 8ee through. paJcod-
rhf, pcipogkodche {pancdtche.j paiu/c6tchef
R. W. ), completely, to the full, entirely,
thoroughly, jxtpfiquanuc, utterly, thor-
oughly, completely.
thou, ken {ke^n); (inseparable) A*; hih-
hogy thyself; kuttinne, thou thyself, tu
ip.»<e, such as thou (see kind, n.); kui-
Udhe, it is thine, it belongs to thee.
thousand, muttannung^ mnttannunk; pi.
an. miUtajmonganog-kodtogj -kusmiog,
inan. -kodtashy -kiis9iuish: nequi mut-
tanong rmUtanonganogkussuogy a thou-
sand thousand (men) {nqnitte mittdn-
nugj R. W.; Peq. pmggshepauzue, ten
hundred. Stiles). For muttAanwog, a
very great number, very many. See
multitude.
thread, tiiUuppun, See string.
threaten, quogtix)ht6(my qtiogquohtdoUj he
threatens; suppos. noh (pu)gquoht6adt,
he who threatens {nuk-qnogquohidirajtty
I threaten; qaogquoldoadt, *if he make
threatening speeches*, Ind. Laws) ; vbl.
n. quogquoldomxidonky^, thresh..
three, nishive, nishreu (nish, El. Or. ; nbfhj
pi. an. shuogy inan. Hhuinashy R. W. ;
iiishy Jiishwe, three; ui»hw€y third, C. ;
Peq. ahwehy Stiles; Del. Jiachaj Zeisb.);
pi. an. nishuogj inan. nuhtrinashy shwhi-
(wh; ni8hmmnua}gf iiashwenuwgy nash-
irunnuwky the third (when it is third,
suppos. inan.); nashanUy nasheuooty nkh-
fvudt, the third (when he is third, sup-
pos. an.).
thresh, jyjgguhham, jfogoham, he
threshes (corn or grain), he l)eats (it)
out (pockhdmmifiy to thresh or beat out
corn, R. W.) [=jKjhf]uet(ihhaitiy lie
breaks it in pieces ?].
threshing-floor, tanuppogguhhmumotik
throat, mukquftunky in^qutiunk {(pUlKck,
R. W.); ukqutUink, his throat [from qut-
iaeUj it sinks down], munnaonky rmsh-
donky a throat, C.(?).
through, }>annuppHy panuppey (it is)
through, throughout: pannppn name,
(he) is through all, Eph. 4, 6; paiump-
pu wame muttaohknty throughout all the
world, Rom. 1, 8. pammpshaity pan-
nupwushaUy he goes through or through-
I through— continued.
I out; pannnpmUhaog otaruishy they went
through the cities {paunupshdnat kehtoh
1 koh ohkey to compass sea and land, C. ).
throw, jxtketaniy he throws away; nup-
pdkefam , I throw away ; ahpie pahketashy
i don't throw, C. See cast away.
! thrust through, papashpehtairhan . . .
ut umttahhuty he thrust (it) through
(him) to the heart, 2 Sam. 18, 14.
thumb, kehtequdmUchy kdhtcoqudn itchy pi.
-\-ea»h[keht€'Uhquae'nutchy great finger] .
thunder, padiohquohhan (it thunders)
{padtdhquohhany thunder; p(Ulohfpiohdn-
niy it thunders, C; Etch, pailakeak;
Muh. pauiqaauhau; L. I. patuyiuihamoCy
Wood; Del. peelfidcquouy it thunders,
Hkw.; Abn. pedang hiagS, il tonne,
Rasle.**): mUhe padaJiquohhany great
thunder, 1 Sam. 7, 10. neimpduogy
thunder; mimpdug peskh&mwocky thun-
derbolts are shot, R. W.; nimhaUy
thimder, C. ; nimpanickhikanvJi, *the
place of thunder clefts*, Exp. May hew.
thus, yen tmne (yeu unnij C. ), in this man-
ner. See this.
thy. See thou.
tide, tomogkorij tomniogkotiy (there is) a
floo<l {tamdccoHy flood tide; UiumdcokSy
upon the flood tide; keeitaqiishiny high
water, i. e. it has reached its full height,
is full grown (kesukvn) ; nanashotre ta-
mdecony half flood, R.W.; Abn. tamd-
gauy elle monte, Rasles) . skdi and mau-
rhetatiy ebb tide; imttdeskai, a low ebb,
R. W. (Abn. 8«tkkaty it falls, Rasles;
kisekaiy low tide),
tie, kiifhpinmimy he ties (it); v. i. act.
khfipifmiy he ties, is tying, and pass, it
is tied. See bind; fasten.
time, ahquompiy (it is) time, i3eriod, sea-
son: trutch uifoochteu kah ahqiiompi, *for
a season and a time', Dan. 7, 12; pi.
^ tfetiash {kestikkdttae ahqiwinpi, day-
time, C\; oggosohquompi {=oggiihi<e nh-
fpwmpi], a little time, C. 252); suppos.
aqnompaky when it is time, at tlie time
when;.7^<' aqnompaky at that time. See
long time ago.
tire, sdtiunumy he is tired, weary, faint:
matta sauunumco, he is not weaned
{mfu^AwaniH, niifsoirdnish kanmen, nmv-
imshkaicmen, I am weary, R. W.; f^og-
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
335
tire — continued.
kodche nussouununiy I ain very weary,
C); suppos. noh sauunuk, he who is
weary; an. sauunumauy he tires (him);
caus. saxiunnumwahhuau, he causes
(him) to be weary, makes (him) tired.
to, after verbs of motion, is expressed
by the directive and locative suffix H
{'Ut, -at, -it) when the object is inani-
mate, and by -o/i, -uh when it is ani-
mate, though -ut sometimes takes the
place of -oh, en is used after a verb
of motion or an active verb the activity
of which is directed toward, and not
immediately upon, the object: anncoB en
Joppa, send to Joppa, Acts 10, 5. yean
(jfd en J to yonder), to, as far as: wut<:h
. . . yean^ from ... to.
toad, tinnogkohieiutf 0. ; Abn. maskek^;
cf. Chip, omakikif a toad; omamaklmj
*he has the smallpox*. Bar. See frog.
tobacco, xovUajnduogj R. W.; wuilam-
mAsiirif give me tobacco; wutt&mmagon,
a pipe, ibid. ; Peq. vmUummunc, a pipe.
Stiles; umtioohpoamiweonishf tobacco, C.
(cf. wuitcohuppau^ he draws water);
Abn. StTaman; Micmac. tomahouee and
tomakan, a pipe. See pipe.
toe, pahchaseet (cf. pohchanuicheg^ finger) ;
kehtequaseetj the great toe.
tog^ether, moeu^ moae, miyae, m6e (innywe^
C), lit. there is a gathering or ai»8em-
bling. See assemble; gather.
tomorrow, mup {saiiopj R. \V.; a saw
upp, Wood). See morrow.
tongue, menatij El. and C; pi. -rftsh;
wenan^ his tongue (wtenat, R. W.; Del.
wilanOf Hkw.; Miami wehlaneh) Sauk
nenraneireh , Keating ) .
too, too much, wusmume ( wussdmme^ -C. ) ,
very greatly, extremely, too: tnutsaume
ndohkf 'if the way be too long*, if the
place be too far off, Deut. 14, 24; mu-
mume peasin, it is too small (misMivme
kus&pita, too hot; eosaume sokenuminis,
you have poured out too much, R. W. ).
tooth, meepity El. and C. ; neepit^ my
tooth (Peq. nfebut. Stiles); weepit, his
tooth (vrpity R. W. ) ; pi. j-teash. From
uppa>, he eats; mutual inan. uppitieaah,
they eat together. See eat.
toothache, pummaumpiteiinck, 'which
is the onely paine will force their stout
toothache — continued.
hearts to cry', R. W.; Del. n^nlpitine,
I have the toothache, Hkw.
top, wanashque, on the top; vbl. n. wan-
ashquojikj the top or summit: wanashque
umtanuK>hhoHy on the top of his staff;
im nashquodttn mi wadchuut^ ( when )
upon the top of the mountain, Ezek.
6, 13; wanachikomuk [xmnashque-komuk'\,
the chimney. Lit. at the end of; see
end. uvskeche, on the surface of: wos-
kechepiskqy on the top of a rock, Ezek.
24, 7; see surface, kodtuhkde [kodtuh-
toeiOj in a high place, on the summit of
(a mountain or hill) : ut kodtuhkde wad-
chuutf on the top of the mountain; sup-
pos. kodtuhkoag, kodukkdag^ kodohkdag,
( when it is at) the top, a high place; see
high place, kuhkuhquagy kohkuhquag
[suppos. inan. from kuhkuhqueUy he goes
up], the top or summit, also, a heap.
torment, onkapunanaUy he torments
(him); ahque onkapunanehj do not tor-
ment me, Luke 18, 28; pass, onkapu-
nandogy they were tortured, Heb. 11, 35;
vbl. n act. onkapunndonkj tormenting,
torment inflicted; pass, onkapunanittu-
onky being tormented, torment endured.
dwakampanauj he suffers torment,
is tormented; act. he torments (him);
vbl. n. atiwakompandankj torment; v. i.
act. dwakompannamy he inflicts torture,
torments.
torn. See tear.
tortoise, imuuppasogy Lev. 11, 29. See
turtle.
torture. See torment.
totem. This won! is a corruption from
xculohia£y u*utohtu. See init-.
touch, mumnumy intuninum, mussunum
(missinuuiy C. ), he touches (it); niim-
miuannumy I touch; ahque inussinumwky
do not touch (it), touch ye (it) not;
suppos. noh imisumiky he who touches
(it); an. nuismnauy he touches (him);
supjKjs. noh masunojity he who touches
(him) (vbl. n. mi^inuinttonky touch,
C).
tow, hashahp (ashdppogy R. VV.). See
flax.
toward, nogque: ne nogqiWy 'toward that
way*, El. Gr. 21; yeu uogcpiey hither;
nijUtinuhquam nogque, I looked toward
Digitized by
Google
336
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
toward — continued.
(it). From nuhquaeu^ he looks or turns
his face to. See look.
towel, chiskhenitchohhon. From chiskham,
jiskhamy he wipes, and nutchy hand.
town, otan, pi. otanash (otdn, R. W. ; otan-
icky to the town, ibid. ; Del. othtinky to
the town, Hkw.); dimin. otanemeSj a
small town, a village.
trade, kodtauwompasu, kodtawompam, he
sells, barters, trades. See sell, anaqa-
shau, he trades; anaqushdheUich, let them
trade {anaqusJihUOj let us trade; anaqu-
shadog (they trade), traders; mouanaqu-
shauog, chapmen, R. W. ) ; cf . anaqaesu,
it is joined, he makes a joint. nvJUom-
matiimun, we bargain; num-mahttommai'
Hmunf we have baigained, C; cf. nut-
toUdwarrij I buy, ibid. ; adtdaUj he buys
of (him). El.
trap (n. ), appehy ahpeh^ appehharif a snare,
a trap {ap^hanay traps; vmakapShanay
new traps; eataHbanay old traps, R. W. ) ;
pi. appehlianogy appefieatiog. From pah-
heauy up-paheauy he waits for (him);
suppos. noh pahhity he who waits for;
nuppaihy I wait for ( him ) . gunndckhigy
a falling trap for wolves, R. W. 143.
trap (v.), puUahhamy he is taken in a
snare, he goes into a snare or trap
IpetaUy he puts in, he is put in, and
-09171, he goes (verb of motion)] ; puttah-
hamwogy they are ensnared or caught,
Job 34, 30; an. putixihwkauy he traps
(him), ensnares (him), and pass, he is
entrapped; paUahvnrhoogy they are
caught in snares, are entrapped; noh
puUuhkuky he who is ensnared, trapped;
vbl. n. puUahhaviwonky entrapping,
catching in a trap.
travail. See bear children.
travel. See walk.
tray, wunnonky a dish, Splatter' {wun-
ndugy tray; pi. -^driashy R. W.); wun-
nonganity in the dish. Cf. wdnogqy a
hole; dwonogkuy he digs a hole (hollows
out?).
treachery. See betray.
tread on, taskuhkom, freq. tattaskuhkomy
he treads on (it); suppos. iaskuhkogy
tattasJikukogy when he treads on (it);
an. tnshthkauauy he treads on (him)
(jioh vnittahtAskuhkaimhy he treads on
tread on — continued,
him, C). ohpantUy he treads on, sets
his feet on (it), walks on (it).
treasure, nompakouy a precious thing, a
treasure, a * jewel*; pi. -runwih,
tree, mehiugy mehtugqy matug (mlntUcky
R. W. ; mehtuky C. ; Peq. a'tucksh, Stiles;
Del. hiUucky Hkw.); pi. mehtugqucuh,
matugquash; dimin. mehtugqueSy mehtug-
quemesy a small tree (muhtrnkoomeSy a
stick, C); pi. mehtugkcomesashy twigs,
'rods'. Gen. 30, 37. The radical is 'A' <t/^
or ^Ktuk (the initial m' being the indefi-
nite particle), as is apparent in the
compounds, where *tree* or *wood' is
expressed by -uhtugy and sometimes
(terminally) by -unk or -uhnk: mis-
9amnky rmmamnky a dry tree, Ezek. 17,
24; 20, 47 [muMcOy it is dried] (Abn.
memkS abdsif arbre sec, Rasles); as-
kunkq, ashbuhnky a green tree [askqy ash-
kosky greeni (Abn. areskmkSy Rasles);
agwonky under a tree, 1 Sam. 31, 13
\agw€y below]; and ut kishkunky under
[kiahkfy beside, near to?] a tree. Gen.
18, 4, 8. See ash tree; oak tree; pine
tree; poplar tree; sassafras tree; walnut
tree; willow tree.
tremble, nunnukkushaUy nunnukshauy he
trembles (nunnukktsfiomy I tremble,
C); suppos. noh nanukshonty he who
trembles; vbl. n. nunnukshdonky trem-
bling. From nunnukkunumy he shakes
(it), with 'sh of derogation.
tribe, chippanooonky chippancowonk. From
chippanaUy he separates or divides
(them); vbl. n. chippanwonky a divid-
ing, division, or separation, chippismog
(they separate themselves, they are sep-
arated), a people, a tribe.
tribute, ampwunnan, he pays tribute to,
he is tributary to (him); suffix wutom-
pvmnuhy he paid him tribute, he *gave
him presents', 2 K. 17, 3; vbl. n. amp-
ivunndonk and ompehtedonky ompicelea-
onk {ompehteaonky C. ), tribute; n. agent.
ompv^eUaeriy ompeteaen -iw, a tributary,
a payer of tribute; mdunumdonky mou-
unumoHmk (vbl. n. from 7ndunnumy he
gathers), a gathering or collecting
custom, toll, or tribute, 1 K. 9, 21;
Matt. 17, 25. pumponiy ^ a tribute skin
. . . carried to the sachem or prince,*
R. W. See offer.
Digitized by
Google
TEUKBULL]
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
337
trifle, chogq. See spot.
trouble, wuUamantam^ he is troubled,
disturbed, he haa care or trouble; noo-
tamantamy I am troubled (n^top, notam-
mdurUamf * friend, I am busy*, R. W. );
cauB. an. vmitamehheaUy he troubles,
disturbs (him), he gives him trouble,
makes him trouble (ncotamehhUivamf I
hinder, C; kotammishy 1 hinder you;
cotammej cotammijtme, you trouble me,
R. W. ) ; cans. inan. vmttamehteaUy . he
troubles (it), makes (it) trouble or dis-
turbance; vmtamehpunaonkf trouble.
trout, muhquskaUy C.
true, truth, wunnomrvau, he speaks
truth ; nwnomwamy I speak truth, 1 Tim.
2, 7; suppos. irunnomw6eei/an, if I speak
truth {ivunnaumwdyeartj if he say true;
vmnndumwashj speak thou the truth;
vmnndumwaw eivd, he speaks true, R.
W.); vbl. n. wunnomwdyeuonky a truth;
vmnnamuhkiUSyeuuky truthf ulnesB( when
it is true); adv. wunnamuhqutj truly,
verily; imnnamuhquUeyeuWy (it) is true;
pi. -yeuash, (they) are true; vbl. n. vrun-
namuhqutteyeuonkj truth (abstract).
trust, pdbahtantam, paubuhtantaniy he
trusts, he trasts in (it); uppabahtan-
tamurif he trusts in it {papahtanUimUnatf
to tnist, C); an. pabahtanumauj he
trusts in (him).
try, qutchehtanif he tries, he tastes (it);
caus. an. qulchehheaxi, he makes trial
of (him), he tempts or proves him;
caus. inan. qutcfiehteauy he makes trial
of (it), he proves it; vbl. n. qutcheh-
teaonk {qxUcheh&eoank, pi. -ongashy trials
orattempts, C). See prove, kodussv^
he tries, makes an attempt.
tumult, wogkoueonky tumult, stir, com-
motion. See stir.
turkey, iityhomy pl.neyhornmduogj'R.W.;
N. E. nahenan, L: I., nahiamj Wood;
Abn. nahame; Del. (shikenum.
turn aside or about, quinnuppti, he
turns: meshehlash . . . qumnuppUy the
wind turns about, changes its direc-
tion, Eccl. 1, 6 (nukquinujypenif I turn,
C); suppos. noh quinnvpity he who
turns; quinnupeity when it turns (as a
door on its hinges, Prov. 26, 14); v. t.
quinnuppenumj he turns (it); suppos.
turn aside or about — continued.
noh quimuppinuk wuhiauogy he who
turns away his ear, Prov. 28, 9; an.
quinnuppumiUy he turns (him), makes
him turn; vbl. n. quinnuppeonky turning.
turn back, qushkeUy he turns back. S^
return.
turn one's self about, quinrmppekom-
pauy he turns about, lit. he stands
turned about. See stand.
turn upside down, u*unnumuhkmumy
he turns (it) upside down; conumuh-
kinum-uriy he turns it upside down, he
overturns it.
turtle, Abn. iSrebiy Rasles (cf. tamup-
pasogy tortoise. Lev. 11, 29); amike-
nak^y *son 4caille'; cf. Chip, mik e noky
me ke nok, turtle, tortoise.
twenty, neetne^chagy nesnechagy pi. an.
-\-kodiogy inan. -^-kodtash {neem^echicky
R. W. ; Peq. iieezunchage or piugg nau-
but piugg (ten plus ten), Stiles; Del.
nigchinakhki; Abn. nisineski).
twice, neesit ( when there are two) : pasuk-
qui asuh neesit, once or twice; neescowudt
neesit nompey when it was doubled twice.
Gen. 41, 32; neese tahshe, suppos. neeHt
tahshiny twice as much.
twins, tagwosu weechauy * twins were in
her womb*, she bore twins, (len. 38,
27; iogquonsuwogy there were twins.
Gen. 25, 24 (togquoSy ogquoSy a twin,
pi. -\-suogy C. ; taakquluwocky twins, R.
W.)
twist, tuppindhieaUy freq. ttittuppennoh-
teaUy he spins or twists, caus. inan. from
tattuppunan, tainppineaUy it is twisted
(turned or rolled around) ; tuUuppuny
tatuppin (spun, twisted), a twisted
thread or string; sometimes tuttuppuno-
ahtog, that which is twisted or made to
twist. From tatuppey equal, alike;
tatuppehteauy he makes it equal, equal-
izes it, Ps. 33, 15. Cf. tatuppequanumy
he rolls (it).
twisted (tortuous), pepemsque {pemis-
qudiy crooked or winding, R. W. ). See
crooked.
two, neesey luesy pi. an. neesuogy inan. nee-
sinash {ne^ssey neesey neeSy pi. an. neemi}Ocky
inan. neenashy R. W. ; Peq. na^Zy neese.
Stiles). See twice. '
B. A. E,, Bull. 25-
-22
Digitized by
Google
388
BUREAU OF AMEBICAW ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 26
U
unable, nomum, namanumy I am unable,
I can not, and he is unable, he can not;
namonumiimuny we are notable (nond-
num, nodmhenif I t-an not, R. W. ; namat,
to be wanting or defective, C). Cf.
TMDc^umwn, weak; mniUinumj he is un-
worthy, Mark 1, 7. dnheaxi, he could
not^ Judg. 1, 19. matUi Uipenum^ he is
not able, he can not; matta tapenumo), it
can not, it is unable; from tdpi, taupi,
enough, sufficient; tapenum^ he suffices
for, can.
unbind, ompeneau^ he unbinds (him).
See loose.
Mmde^ u'U9sisse», wussusseSf his uncle
{owhesirij an uncle, C; wussese, R. W.);
naosusseSy my uncle; ummittamirussoh
(Dshesohy the wife of his uncle (Muh.
nmse, (my) uncle by the father's side;
rmchehqu€f (my) uncle by the mother's
side, Edw.).
unclean, nUhkeneiinkqtiej suppos. nish-
keneunkquodtj when it is unclean; an.
nishkeneunkqu89Hj (he is) unclean; vbl.
n. nishkeneiinkqu^monkf (the doing of)
uncleanness; cans. inan. nishketeauy he
makes (it) unclean, defiles it.
uncover, wohshinumf he uncover??
(opens), poskiriumy he lays bare.
under, aguiiy ague, it is below, under-
neath. See below.
understand, u-dhteou, he understands.
See know.
unclesignedly, pehcheu ('unawares',
Num. 35, 11; Gal. 2, 4).
une3q>ectecUy, tiadchu. See suddenly.
unless, hittumma {kUtumma, C; kottume^
knJUumma, C. Mather).
until, pajeh; yea pajeh, until now; n6
pajehj ioh pajeh (n6 pajeh j ndpajj C. ),
until that, until.
unto (as far as), vvhque {yd wtque, thus
far, R. W.) [w6hk6euy at the end of].
See end.
up. See go; lift up; spring up.
upper, kuhkukquey above, upper. See
ascend; go.
upper part, tvo^keche. See surface; top.
upright, «am/>t/v. See erect; right; stand.
upward, paamUj upward, more than (in
time): wutch . . . kah paamu, from
(one month old) and upward, Num.-
26, 2, 4. See above; go.
urge, chetimuau^ he ui^ges; chetimuonat,
to uiige, C. See compel.
urinate, suppos. uoh sdgketog, noh sagkeet,
he who urinates. Cf. sokinnurnj he
pours out.
urine, ninyeu, nunneyen; tminnunneyeUy
their urine. Is. 36, 12.
use, auwohieau, anvahteaUj he uses (it),
makes use of (it) (nutUiuohieam, I
use, C. ) : amvohtettog muUinnohkoUy they
use the right hand; auurthteaog yeu
siogkarnxwiikj they use this proverb,
Ezek. 18, 2; suppos. noh auuvhieadty he
who uses; vbl. n. pi. auirohteaongash,
weapons, John 18, 3 (utensils?), au-
nvhkonj it is used, habitually made use
of {auwohkonaty ompaitamfinaty to wear
clothes out, C). nohtdminif nehtdnum,
he makes habitual use of, knows how
to use, is skilled in the use of; suppos.
noh nohtonukf he who uses; pi. negnoh-
tonukegy they who handle or are accus-
tomed to the use of (spears, shields,
etc.), IChr. 12, 8; 2Chr. 25,5.
uselessly, tahnaoche, in vain, causelessly
[matta-ncDche'i'].
usually, yoyatche, always (usually, C,
and uximeyeufy usually, ibid.).
utterly, papaquanne. See thoroughly.
Digitized by
Google
TBIWBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY
839
V
vainly, iahruDche,
valiant, kenompae, valiant, valiantly; ke-
nompdonky valor; kenompdnunkqfis»uonkj
boldness, C. Cf. kenomp, a captain,
John 18, 12; keenomp and miLckqvuymp,
a captain or valiant man, R. W. See
captain. menuKkemy menuhke unsu, he
does valiantly (he is strong, powerful,
in action); Tnenuhketueiiy a ** mighty
man of valor', 2 Chr. 32, 21. mtUa>'
nantamoonky * valor', Man. Pom. 86.
valley, <Dn6uhk6iy mnduohkoiy mmndkCiyeii
(oonouwohkoaiy pi. -\-yeuasky C. ): en
(Dnouhk6iyeu€y into the valley, into the
low country [mndi-ohkey deep or low
land].
value, wurmharriy he values, fixes the
value of (it); mnmhamuriy he values it;
an. ivuncohauy he values him, estimates
his value (for ransom); vbl. n. umnco-
hamaxmky a valuing, valuation, esti-
mated value. See ransom.
vanish, mohtupohteauy mohtuppaeuy it
vanishes, passes away. See consume;
fade; pass away.
vapor, ouit'driy mist, vapor, nishkenoriy
collect. nuthkenu7iky mist, fog, fine rain.
pukkuttaemes [dimin. from pukkuty
smoke], vapor, mist.
vast. See great.
veil, onkquequohhouy -hcOy a veil {onkqueek-
ha>y a hat, C. ) ; vbl. n. caus. from onk-
u'huu, he covers (him), he is covered:
onquequohhoUy *he covered his face'
(with it), Is. 6, 2. puttogqueqaofthou,
vbl. n. caus. from puttagu'haUy piittogguh-
ivaUy he hides or covers over, ydtie-
qiwhhooy vbl. n. caus. from ydnunaUy he
shuts up, makes close.
venereal disease (?), mamaskisha'Ciiy he
hath the pox; mamaskislvaikmitchy the
last pox, R. W.
venison, tceyaus (flesh, meat), venison
(ncdUileam weeyoilSy I long for venison,
R. W.). See flesh.
very, ahche, very much, exceedingly;
muUae, mwchekey much, very much;
uvMaumCy too much, too, very {nanpehy
very; ruinpeh peawcufy least, very small;
ahche and pehtuhy very, C. ).
vessel, wiskq, wisq, wishq (weaskqy C), a
dish, pot, or vessel: wishquie pummeey a
pot of oil; nukkonUhquadty *in old bot-
tles ' ( when the vessel is old ) . Cf . ohkuky
earthen pot, kettle; qudnamsk [qunni-
wiskqy long vessel], bottle, u^skq or
weaskq was the name for any dish or
vessel made from a gourd or other
of the Cucurbitacese, ow^, asqua^h. See
gourd; squash.
vessel (boat). See boat; shallop; ship.
•vex, mwnqtieheauy mcosqheaiiy he vexes
him. Caus. an. from musquanumauy he
is angry with (him) (?). See provoke.
victory, sohkanauy he prevails over (him ) ,
he obtains the victory; v. i. an. sohkdsuy
he conquers, he has the victory; sup-
pos. noJi sohkausity he who is victorious;
vbl. n. sohk6h«uonky sohkaumonky vic-
tory. See prevail over.
view, kuhkinneamy kdhMhnumy he ob-
serves, notices, marks (it)'yktihkin}ieasUy
he marks it {nukkeehkcneaniy I view;
kuhkinammieaiy to take a view, C. ) See
mark, vmsmumpctl&mmmy to view or
look about; vTusscmmpatdmoonck, a pros-
pect, R. W.
villagre, otanerntSy small town; dimin.
from oidn,
vine, wenamijty wtnomxvumpogy wenomesip-
pog; pi. -|-tww^ or quash (uenomhiy we-
noniy a grape; pi. wenominneash).
violence, vjoskehutuaonk (vbl. n. act.,
doing hurt) ; troskekiltuonk {vhl. n. pass.,
receiving hurc). See hurt, chekeeneh-
tumik (vbl. n. pass.), suffering force;
chekeheauy he uses force or violence (to).
See compel; forw; rob.
violently, Mkee {chekeudey forcibly, C):
chekee usseanky an act of violence.
virg^in, penompypl. -{-aog (keegsquawy kih-
tuckquawy R. W. Edwards gives Muh.
penumpausooy pi. -f wA", a boy, boys.
Peq. qnausseSy a virgin girl, Stiles, for
squase9€y squauhseSy a girl (?), dimin. of
gqua).
vision, monomansuoixky a vision. Cf. mo-
neaniy monunaumy he looks upon, be-
holds (it).
Digitized by
Google
340
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
voice, rvddtatuUonkqussTMnk umttauatonk-
qussuonk (the making a sound), a voice,
noise, sound; couHidtaualankqustnwnk,
his voice, put for the noise of the sea,
Is. 17, 12; the sound of wheels, £zek.
3, 13, etc. rtmhontcowau, he makes a
loud noise, lifts up his voice, shouts;
adj. and adv. mishontcowdey with a loud
voice, loud-sounding [minhontWj there is
a loud noise]. peanUowau^ he makes a
voice— continued.
small noise, has a low voice; manunne
peantcowomcOy there was a still, small
voice, 1 K. 19, 12 {tanne . . . oiUo-
v^onky a hoarse voice, C).
vomit, menadtam (tneiuUtam^ C), he
vomits (n^mumiddtomminy I vomit, R.
W.); vbl. n. inenadUimcoonk, vomiting.
voyage, puinohhamcoonk, Acts 27, 10; vbl.
n. from pummohham^ he goes by sea.
^w
wade, (audhpeu, he walks into the water;
suppoe. tauohpitj when he walked into
the water {tocekekettwkj let us wade;
wHt-tocekemiriy to wade, R. W.).
wagon, tatuppequanumuk [suppos. part,
inan. from tatuppequMnum, he rolls (it) :
when it is rolled] , a wagon, * chariot*.
wait for, pahheaUy he waits for (him);
nuppaihy 1 wait for (him); suppos.
noh pahhiit he w^ho waits for; inan.
pahtaU'Uny he waits for it: \rus8epe pah-
tauurif he waits long, 'has long pa-
tience', James 5, 7; pahlo, he waits for
(it), ibid.; v. i. an. act. pahtussii, he
waits,- is waiting; suppos. noh pahUity
he who waits [pahisayogy they wait;
pahtm wunnenchhudnaly ready to do
good; nuppahtis monchenaty I am ready
to go, C); vbl. n. pahtauonky waiting,
forbearance, Rom. 2, 4.
wake, tmkeuy he wakes; nuttwkepy I
did wake; trnkish, wake thou (tdkishy
R. W.) ; an. tmkinaUy he wakes (him);
suffix ntUicokinuky he wakes me; taoh-
kinmk, wake ye (him) (tSkinidhy wake
him, R. W.); with *sh of sudden or vi-
olent activity, tmkshmiy he wakes sud-
denly.
walk, pommhauy paumuihauy (1) he
walks, (2) he goes a journey, he travels,
(3) with inan. subj. pomsheauy poinshauy
it passes, goes by; freq. popommhaUy
papauTMhaUy he walks much, continues
to walk, travels {nuppumwiishamy I
walk; ncowekontam piimmishemy I have
a mind to travel; cuUimieapummi-
shemf will you pass by?; aspummhviy
he is not gone by; aspummewocky they
are not gone by, R. W.); suppos. noh
pomushadty pamvmshadty he who walks;
walk — continued,
inan. subj. kemkod paumushom/mcOy
*day goeth away*, is passing, Jer. 6, 4;
vbl. n. pomushaonk (walking), a jour-
ney; n. agent, pomushaeuy a walker, a
traveler; pi. -\-uog. The primary sig-
nification, or rather that of the radical,
appears to be to pass, to go by. Cf . jxi-
mhncoy it passed (away), Ps. 18, 12; ash
pamamdty 'while he was yet speaking*
(going on, before he had passed by or
gone), Job 1, 16, 17; ashyeupumappedgy
•if ye will still abide here', Jer. 42,
10; ut pameUhik squontamiUy 'on the
threshold' (where it goes by or passes
the door), Judg. 19, 27; ashpdme (and
(uhpummeu) kesukoky while day lasts,
while it is yet day, 2 Sam. 3, 35; pummUy
he shoots; jjummwnflu, he flies; pdmom-
pageuy he creeps; pamontaniy pomajUaniy
he lives; nish pumohtaash, neg pumik-
kompaogy they are in a row; pummeeche
inayaiy in a cross way, Obad. 14; piim-
meneuiunky a wall; pummukaxmky a
dance, etc. See sea (pummoh),
wall. See fence.
walnut tree, unssoquaty R. W. {ivusmva-
qaaidmineugy walnuts; "of these they
make an excellent oil . . . for their
anointing of their heads", ibid.; icu9-
saohquaitomis and -dmlnashy C; Peq.
uishquutSy walnut tree, Stiles). Cf.
susseqeuy he anoints.
wampum, wompam, 'which signifies
white' (R. W, ), from wompiy was the
collective name of the white beads or
peag used as cuirency, as suckauhock
IsucH'hogky black or dark shell] was of
the dark-colored and more precious
kind. Both kinds were known to the
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGl^ISH-NATICK DICTIONARY
341
wampum, wompam — continued.
English by the name ivampum or warn-
pumpeage, wompam ^ the white beads
* which they make of the stem . . .
or stock of the periwinkle [Pyrula
carica or P. canaliculata Say] which
they call meteaiLhock when all the
shell is broken off*, R. W. 128:
imvUhnpeg or vxiuompSsichick-mmm,
give me white (money), ibid. "A
kind of beads . . . which they call
wampam-peak ... of two sorts . . .
white and ... of a violet colour",
Morton, N. E. Canaan. Abn. 8an-
banbij pi. -biak, white beads; negan-
bi, -biakf black beads; Sahbigan, -nait,
^ canon de porcelaine^ Rasles. The
primitive ompeag or ompekj *that wliich
pays tributes may be tnuied in EHot's
translation in such compounds as ne-
mompdai [nemunum-ompai], *he hath
taken a bag of money', Prov. 7, 20;
08<mJimnnompa<:hegy 'money changers',
Matt. 21, 12, etc. mckauhock {mmo-
hackm, Wood), * their black [money],
Micibi signifying black', R. W.; suckad,-
hockj nauaakSmchickj * the black money ' ;
mckauanaiimck, the black shells; mck-
aumkhmqamh Isiicki'imskestikquash'] ,
' the black eyes or that part of the shell-
fish called poquauhock (or hens) [qua-
haug, round clam, Venus mercenaria],
broken out near the eyes, of which
they make the black [or rather dark-
colored, purple, 'black inclining to
blue*] money', ibid, nquiitdvipeg^
* one fathom of their stringed money ' ;
nees-aumpaugatucky two fathoms, et-c. ;
enomph&mminf *to thread or string',
' thread or string these ' ; natouw&mpUea,
' a coiner or minter ' (a maker of wamp-
um); natouv'dmpiteeSj 'make money or
coin', R.W. See scatter.
wander, naniriyeUf he wanders, goes
astray {noh namvusshauy he wandere,
C), i. e. he goes at large (cf. yiamce,
general, any, common) , he loses him-
self, vnu&nu, u-ddnUy u'donuy he goes
astray; neg wauonitchegy they who go
astray {wdwdnchick, wandering, C; «•«-
u'onn Uogy they wander^ ibid . ) . Cf . vxiee-
ntiy round about.
want, quenauat or ruxmaty ' to be wanting
or defective'; qxienauadtey necessarily
want — continued.
(suppos., when it is wanting), C; tfoe-
nautty 'impers. verb, it is necessary',
Exp. May hew. An.pamkquenauinLsgUy
one ( man ) is lacking ; itxinne quena tt uiia-
mh pamky not one (man) is lacking, Num.
31, 49; qiienauwehiky quenaihhukqxiohy
quendhuky quetmuwdkiky he lacks, is in
need or want of ( it ) : wanne quenauivdhi-
kcOy he had no lack, 2 Cor. 8, 15; pamk
kukquenaiihik, one thing thou lackest,
Mark 10, 21; Luke 18, 22; kukquenahi-
himiLWy ye lack (it), Phil. 4, 10 {nuk-
qitenauvj^hhiky 1 want, C. ; matta nickqui-
hicky I want it not, R. W.); suppos.
quetiauhikquity if he lack (it) ; quenahuk-
qtiehettity when they were in want of,
when they lacked (it), John 2, 3; vbl. n.
qaenauwehikaxmky quendhikaxmkj a lack-
ing, wanting, lack of (cf. matta teag
nukquentamoomuny we missed nothuig,
1 Sam. 25, 15; mo teag quentamWy nothing
was missed, 1 Sam. 25, 21; qivenwwaUy
he denies (him); quena)wantamy he
denies ( it) ; qtienowduogy they complain,
R.W.; tdirhitch qnenaw&yeanf why com-
plain you? ibid.). Yrex\. queqiiermtixinu-
mauy he is in great want, need, or diffi-
culty: quequenauanumdog, 'they were
in a strait', 'were distressed', 1 Sam.
13, 6; vbl. n. queqtianaudnumdonky diffi-
culty, 'distress', Xeh. 2, 17.
war, ayeuuhleduy ayeuuiUteaUj he makes
war, engages in war, fights; pish kuta-
yeuiceJUeamy thou shalt make war;
ayeuhtedhuashy make thou war, Prov.
20, 18 (JCiheUekey fight ye; jHheUiUeay let
us fight, R. W. ) ; n. agent, ayeuteaen-iny
one who makes war, a fighter, a ' man
of war', Josh. 17, 1; vbl. n. ayentenonky
ayeumUtuanky warring, fighting, war.
See fight. ayenuhkonaUy he wars
against, makes war on (him); mut.
ayeuuhkonittHog (they are mutually op-
posed), they make war on each other;
suppos. 7ieg ayeuqueagigy they who are
opposed, adversaries. See opposite.
ayeuteaontmwaonk [noise of war, ayeunh-
1ede-(miam'aonk'\y an alarm of war, Jer.
4, 19 {tmmthaidowawdnawaty "tis an
alarm', R. W.).
warm. See hot.
wash, kutchissUtau, he washes (it);
kutchistdtUmsh kusseetashy wash thy feet;
Digitized by
Google
842
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[bulletin 25
wash — continued,
vbl. n. kulchimUoonkf washing (of inan.
obj.); an. kutchissuniau (-woo), he
washes (himself or another perHon);
nuk'kutchissumj I wash myself {nukkUi-
8um, I wash, C); hUchissumwush {kil-
tiagfamiish, C), wash thyself; vbl. n.
kutchi98uni6onky washing (of an. obj.).
waste. See barren; emi)ty; fade.
watch, askuhhunif he watches or waits
for (it); askuhhumimg^ they watch or
wait for (it); v. i. askuhwehteauy cw-
kuhwheteauy he watches, waits; askuh-
v'heteagky watch ye; nutaskwtteam, I
watch, Ps. 102, 7; n. agent, askuhuhete-
aen-hif a watchman; vbl. n. askuhwhe-
taonky watching, a watch; adj. and
adv. askuhwheteae itomuit, watch tower.
Cans, from askun, it is not yet. kSee
raw.
water, nippe^ nuppe; pi. nippeash {nipy
R. \V.; nupjif nupph, Stiles; maunip-
phiot have you no water? R. W. ; Muh.
nftey, Edw.; Chip, nebbi, Edw.; iieebi,
Sch.; 7i/p/, Keating; Abn. veh})\ inatta
nippeno, wanrie nuppeno^ there is no wa-
ter; yen nijyp€f *here is water', Acts 8,
36; mippe icutch nIppekontUj * water from
[among the] water', Gen. 1, 6; dimin.
nippissCj nips (niptxcese, R. W.; nippis^
Mass. Ps. ), a small quantity or body of
water, a pond or small lake: nuppme
nippey * water of the pool'. Is. 22, 11; pi.
nuppemxh, ponds; double dimin. nip-
peemeSf nippeineSy a little water (as for
drinking). The radical is ^pe or 'jofi,
to which is prefixed the ri' demonitra-
tive, ti'ji^', or, as Edwards gives it( for
the ^lohegan ) , nhey. This root is iden-
tical with or related to appu^ he sits,
stays, remains, and distinguishes water
at rest, standing water, or placed water,
iCpe^ suppos. n'pog (see ^wigr, below),
from sokenon ( water when poured ) , rain ;
kumtchuwan (water when proceeding
onward), a stream; tokkekom (when it
oomesforth continuously) , a spring; ink
( when it beats al)out or is disturbed), a
wave or rough- watered ri ver, etc. Suj)-
pos. jxjg {n*pog), water when at rest,
standing water, and in some com-
pounds not distinguishable in significa-
tion from the absolute (indicative) n'pe
(the prefixed?*' is discarded in all corn-
water — continued,
pomids): kehtahhannuppog, the waters
of the sea, Ex. 14, 21; mishippagj much
water, John 3, 23; tohkekomeupogy *nm-
ning water', spring water (i. e. water
after it is taken from a spring), Num.
19, 17; vxMtkeche sepupog-wut, on the sur-
face of the water of the river, Dan.
12, 6 (=8epue nippe-Uy v. 7); nuppis-
sepog^ yiippmipag, (the water of) a
pond or small lake; pi. -\-iPash; son-
kipog, sonkuppogy cold water {munqui
nipf is the water cool?; munkopatigoty
cool water, R. W. ) [sonkquiy it is cold] ;
nunnippogy fresh water, James 3, 12;
sHpogj salt water, James 3, 12 [ste,
bitter]. See cast into the water; draw
water.
waterfall, Narr. paiucky pawtuck; Abn.
paiintekSy chdte d'eau, Rasles.
waves, tukkcog. See river. Abn. tegSy
pi. tegSaky Rasles. .
we, neenaumriy we (exclusive of the per-
sons addressed, we and not you) ; keena-
umiiy we (inclusive of the persons ad-
dressed, we all, we and you) {tienau-
^ vmiiy iiemwuTiy neanauujiy we, us, C;
Muh. neaunuhy Edw. ; Del. nUutuiy kilu-
noy Hwk.; Chip, neenahtvindy keenah-
windy Sch. ) : nana^haue tienawun kahkeny
between us and thee, Luke 16, 26; na-
shaue kenawuHj between us, i. e. between
you and ourselves, Judg. 11, 10; kenatrnn
wamey all of us, 2 Cor. 3, 18; James
5, 17.
weak, ncochumwiy ncochummyeuy it is
weak, feeble, tender (primarily weak,
because in its beginning [lUDche] or
early growth): nmchumwe vmnnepogy
the tender leaf {ncochlmwey maimed;
noochUmwiy tender; nctfchimcDey weak,
C); an. ncochumxregUy he is weak, he is
tender; suppos. noh ntDchumwesity he
who is weak (nwchumwe^H^y weakly,
C. ) ; vbl. n. ncochumwesiionky tenderness,
weakness. See wound.
weapons, auwohteaongush {ompategashy
Mass. Ps.); nntauwohieaongaAhy my
weapons. FromaMwr>/i^€aM, heuse8(it).
wear clothes, kogkcoy ogkaoy he is clothed,
he wears clothes. See clothe.
wear out, ompatiamtvnaiy to wear clothes
out; nummahctie ompatianiy I did wear;
inaht-omjxxUamUnaty to wear out, C.
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY
348
weary, wiufinww, he i» weary, tired. See
tire.
weasel, Peq. a^muckshj Stiles. See fisher;
marten.
weather, wunnohquodt, (when it is) fair
weather {wunnohcpmi, pleasant weather,
C.) [wunne, good]. vickineauqikUj fair
weather; wekinnduquockHf when it is fair
weather, R. W.; wekeneankquat, warm
weather, C. pohkohqaodt, (when it is)
clear, in a clear day [pohkok, the clear
sky] {pduqai, pduquaqw&ty * it holds up * ,
the weather clears, R. W. ) . tohkokquokf
(when it is) cold {iahHf tdtakkif cold
weather; iadkackSj cold weather, R. W. ).
7natohquodt, (when it is) cloudy weather
{mdttaquai or kuppaquat, it is overcast,
R. W . ) ; niatohquokish, ' in a day of rain * ,
Ezek. 1 , 28 [matokqSf a cloud] . onkquoh-
quodty 'lowering*. Matt. 16, 3 (onndh-
quoLf raining, C. ; dnaquat, rain, R. W. ) .
wuUapdhqiiotj wet (weather), C; cf.
vmttogki, moisture, michokat^ a thaw;
mlchokaiehj when it thaws, R. W. See
cold; hot; wet.
weave, monakeneheaUf mormkenehteau, he
weaves, lit. he makes cloth [cans. inan.
from monaAr, cloth] {monagkeneehkdnaij
to weave, C. ) ; n. agent, monakenehleaen-
iM, a weaver.
wedding, vmssentamSonkj vbl. n. from
vnimentamj he marries.
weed, monaskdnTiemuny R. W. See hoe.
weep. See cry; mourn.
weigh, quUompaghootau, he weighs (it)
(noh guttompagh(Dta> iiashpe qvitooheg^
he weighs by the pound, C. ) ; suppos.
inan. qutiompaghcoieg, when it weighs, a
balance, 'weights*, Deut. 25, 13 (vbl. n.
quttompaghcDtd&nkf weighing, C. ) . From
quttaueVf it sinks do^Ti(?). Cf. qutinh-
haniy he measures.
weighty, tohkequn. See heavy.
welcome, kamepeam, (thou art) wel-
come, C.
well (adj.), kongketeau, he is well; asf^-
kongketeauf is he yet well? {kongkee-
tedugy they are well, R. W.; sun vntn-
nuhkeleamikannuf is it a healthy time?;
nuttan&kkd tmnnikkeV^am^ I am pretty
weK; ioh htttinukkSViamf how do you
do?C.).
well (adv.), wunne^ irinnej (it is) well;
rcuntiesu [w/wnn^-t/«rw], he acts or does
well — continued,
well; umnneneheaUy he does well to
(him), treats (him) well (caus. an.,
makes it well to him). See conduct
one's self; good.
well (n.), vmttahhamanky a well; cotlia-
monkf his well. See wet.
west. See northwest.
west wind, papdnetin, R. W. ; cf . papdne,
p6pon, winter. See northwest.
wet, wuUogkif (it is wet) 'moisture*,
Luke 8, 6 {uniUapdhquotj wet (weather);
an. nootdgkeSj I am wet; vnUtagkmmieatj
to be wet, C. ; Peq. wtUtiiggio eyhv keezuk
weenughy wet today, very. Stiles), og-
qushkij (it is) wet, moist; ogqushkaj^ let
it be wet, Dan. 4, 15.
whale, pcotdop, prntaby pdtah (pcotahj C;
pdtopf R. W.; Peq. podumhaug, pudum-
hang, Stiles; Del. w'Wdir, Hkw.) [p<D'
tauy he blows. ' * There she blows I " as
a modem whaler cries].
whalebone, wask^ke^ R. W.
what (interrog.), chagwaSy cJiaugivaa {tea-
gua; tohy teagua kuitindniamf what do
you think?; ioh kittinncowamf what do
you say? C).
whelp, wnskoshimj nmskoshimwuSj a
whelp, cub, the young of an animal.
when, ahquompakj FA. Gr. 21 [suppos.
inan. of ahquompij there is time; na ut
aquompagy ne aqucnnpak, at that time].
uttuhduncohj ttttuhhuflooh, C.
whence, toh noh, whence, whither (<on-
nohy where, whither, C. ; tunna kovdum?
whence come you?; tnnnock htitbmef
whither do you go? R. W.; tinmoh-
whitchf whence, C).
where, \itt\yeu; vJttiyeu due, wherever
(tiickiUy tiyn, where; tuckiu sdchimf
where is the sachem? R. \V.; fmmohf
where, whither, C).
wherefore, you*utche, yen waj, for this
cause, because of this.
whet. See sharpen.
whether, vttoh asuh vicUtOy whether or
no, C.
whetstone, caudmpsk, R. W.
which, relat. ne, that which; interrog.
uttiyeuy pi. uttiyeiuuh; an. tUtiyeug,
whom, Luke 6, 13 (vltuh, utftyeu^ pi.
vJUiyeuBhy which, C).
while, nisohkey ne aohke^ tohrnhkey whilst,
so long as, all the while that: nisohke
Digitized by
Google
344
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
while — continued.
pomaniogf 'all the days of his life*, so
long as he may live, 2 K. 25, 30. ask
(*adv. of continuation', 'still', El. Gr.
21), while, during the continuance of:
nshpdmej ashpummen^ while yet, before
the completion or termination of (as-
I pummhvi, he is not gone by, R. W.).
See walk.
wMppoorwill, Peq. muckko-whee^ce,
Stiles.
whirl, pepeinsqushauy he or it whirls about
(of the wind, Ecd. 1, 6); freq. from
pemsquaij it is crooked or tortuous.
whirlwind, peitisquoh, it twists about, it
whirls. See whirl.
white, wompif (there is) white; pi. wom-
piyeuashy white (things) ; wompUjeiicOy it
is white. El. Gr. 16; v. i. an. wompesUj
(he is) white; nooiwmpes^ I am white
(wdmpij R. W. and C. ; Peq. wurnbiow,
Stiles; Del. xrape^ Hkw.; Alg. wahi;
Abn. uxipiyo; L. I. uximpayo; dimin.
wompighockiy gray (whitish); u^ompe-
kisheedey pale, C. ) ; suppos. inan. worn-
pag, when it is white, (that which is)
white; brightness, bright daylight: ne
ivompag w66u, the white of an egg.
whither, toh noh; uUohf to what, where-
unto, whither, how; toh nogqueu, Ps.
139, 7. See whence.
who, pelat. noh, he who; interrog./jow'aw.
[ewo-unnij any he.] See any.
wholly, papanuppe; papaquanne, utterly,
completely; see thoroughlx. wame
(omnino); see all. mdmusse (ex toto;
mamiM'iJiuey wholly, C).
whortleberry, aUit&ash (pl.)» R- ^^'-j*
mutaash, ibid. (?).
why (interrog.), toh \mtche, toh waj,
wicked, matchetou [matche-ohtau], he is
wicked, inherently bad; matchesu [mat'
cfie-usm] , he is wicked , acta badly. See
bad.
wide, mishonogody mishoTiogok, (when it
is) wide, broad. Matt. 7, 13(?).
J widow, sekoiisq, pi. aekousquaog {segous-
j quaw, R. W.; sekduUhqy C. ). From
seqimaUf he remains Ijehind, is left,
or amihkau, he goes after, and wjuOj
woman.
widower, ^egaHo, R. W. [anihkauau?'};
mohkodtaen-in, C.
width, ne koshkag, the width or breadth
of it. See breadth.
wife, mittanunig, mittamumms, a woman,
a wife (mulier, uxor); nummiitarnvmSj
my wife; himmittamwuSf thy wife; urn-
mittarmrtissohy his wife, the wife of {mtt'
tamuSj R. W.; kommtttamus or kow^eux)^
your wife; nummittamus or nuUdganaj
my wife, ibid. ; kummitiiXmuSy your wife,
C. ) ; suppos. mittamvmssitj if she be, or
when she is, the wife of; indef. ummit-
tamum89in, a wife, any wife, 1 Cor. 7,
10; V. act. utmnitlamumssUj ummittamwus-
sissu, he takes to wife, takes as a wife
(cf. noh vmttgo, she is a man's wife,
Gen. 20, 3; wussentam, he marries, R.
W.; wuskiUamumg, a young woman
[wuske, young] ). nequt aokauau, he has
one wife, 1 Tim. 3, 2 (see Rasles, s. v.
homme). w^hvo, a "wiie', noweewo, my
wife, R. W. Narr. nehyewgh, my wife;
wenyghy woman, Stiles. Abn. phdi-
nem*, femme, Rasles.
[•Compiler's note.—" Can this be a-corrap
tion of the French?"]
wild, chachepiwuy (he is) fierce, R. W.,
wild, C. See fierce. aasMkussue . . .
puppinashimwog, wild beasts, Mass. P&.,
Ps. 50, 11; touohkomukque puppinashim,
wild beast, i. e. beast of the wilderness.
El.
wildcat, pusaoAghj R. W. ; pes8ov\ Judd,
Gen. Reg. xi, 219.
wildemeM, touohkomuk (deserted or soli-
tary place). See forest.
will (auxil.),pi«A, (pite/i, R*W.) 'a word
signifying futurity'. El. Gr. 20, which
is prefixed to verbs in the indicative to
form the simple future tense. Strictly
regarded, it is a unipersonal or defec-
tive verb, signifying 'there will be*.
Cf. pd, 'let me be'; paj, pajeh, until;
peyaush (imperat.), come thou; as, pd
nmwaantam, let me be wise. El. Gr. 26;
pish natwaantanif 1 will be wise; pajeh
yumvaantam, until I am (will be) wise.
will (v.), unndtUamy andntam, he wills,
purposes, intends, etc. See think.
wilUngly, unnaniamwe.
willow tree, anumtimssukuppe, anumanu-
aikkup {anumuasuhippe, Mass. Ps.).
win (v.), ttimmuhhoudnal, 'to obtain*, 1
Cor. 9, 25 (?) . Cf. aUumunum, he re-
ceives (it). See earn.
wind, tvaban {wdpan, C; vxiiipi, pi.
wdupanmhy R. W.; Peq. wutiun, Stiles;
Old Alg. looixn, Lahontan; Chip. no-
Digitized by
Google
tbumbull]
ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY
345
wind — continued.
tinCt McK. ). Cf. wadheiij woApu, it rises
up; icoppinnoky air, C. mishdApdti
[misfi^-rvdpan']^ a great wind, R. W.
miskaowepiTif a great calm; amvtpin, the
wind ceased, Mark 4, 39 [oo-imban or
woodban (the neg. fomi), there was no
wind] . wu nndgehan or wumiSffin tixiiipi ,
(there is) a fair wind; wnnnegitch imit-
tirif when the wind is fair, R. W. nuit-
tdgehariy a cross wind; rnaUdgehatchy
when the wind is cross, ibid. See
driven by the wind; east; north;
northeast wind; northwest; southeast
wind; south %ind; west wind.
wind about, woiveaushin, it winds about,
a winding about, Ezek. 41, 7. See
around.
window, kenogkoneg, kenogkeneg (kenag-
klnnegy a glass window; kunnateqiia-
nickyC).
wing, vmnnuppoh, (his) wing, the wing
or wings of: pasuk ^vunnuppohy one wing
of (mmnuppohypl. -\-whunash,C,; umn-
ndpy pi. -\-pashy R. W. ) ; also inmnup-
pohwhunoh, wunnupwhunohy the wing or
wings of: panuk vmnnuppohwhunohy one
wing of; wunnuppuhwkunduhy their
wings, the wings of (them); nuppoh-
nmnau (he has wings), 'having wings*.
Is. 6, 2; yamnnrpAhu'hniiaHy having four
wings, Ezek. 1, 6. From neepoh, nee-
pauy he rises up; cans, inan., it makes
rise up; wunnuppuhwhundiihy for tnm-
neep-uhhauuri'Mihy they cause them to
rise ( * their wings * ) .
winter, p6pon {papdnCy R. W.; Abn.
pehSn; Old. Alg. pipoouy Lahontan; Ot-
tawa, /^ip^i; ChiYi. peebmypipoon; Muh.
/ipoon, Edw.). See seasons.
wipe, chiskhamy jiskhamy he wipes (it);
inan. pi. vnitchiskhamunashy she wiped
them, Luke 7, 28 {mU-jeeskham, I wipe,
C). From chekhaniy he sweeps. See
towel.
wise, wuantamy he is wise (wau6ntamy a
wise man or counselor; suppos. pi.
waudntakicky wise men, R. W.); nco-
waantaniy I am wise; nxmniashy be thou
wise; waantajy let him be wise; suppos.
waantogy if he be "v^ise; noh uxiantogy he
who is wise; vbl. n. waAntamdtonky wis-
dom, being wise. From tmheuhy wah-
eaUy he knows, and anantaniy he has in
mind, is minded (?). taupowaw, a wise
\ wise— continued.
speaker; pi. iaujMwauogy their wise
men, R. \V. See priest.
wish, nontu'eantamy he wishes; nun-
nontvrdntamy I wish, C. kodtantamy
he wishes for, he desires (it). See de-
sire; would that.
witch, kdmikquoniy Deut. 18, 10. pautvauy a
wizanl or witch, a sorcerer; fem. ;;ait-
wdnQy witch, 'sorceress', Is. 57, 3; see
priest, mamontam , a diviner, a wizard ;
motietuonky 'divination', Deut. 18, 10;
inamontuma>onky 'enchantment' {mau-
n^tu, a conjurer, R. W.).
with, nashpey with, by, by means of (an
I inan. object) (w^a/ipe, by, G.). ireechey
with, m company with (a person or an.
object): kw-weeche u^aynutaimhy 1 go
down with thee, Gen. 46, 4.
, wither, ahpcoiemiy nhpa}teau, it withers;
(dries up?); pi. ahpooUiashy uppcotor
ashy they wither; an. uppwsuogy they
wither; cf. appaosuy he cooks, he is
baked, roasted {apiftummay warm this
forme, R.W.).
I withhold, kogkCunuMy he withholds
I (it); an. kogkdunumauy he withholds
\ (it) from (him). See hold.
within, andme {unnommiyeuy C); en
anomey en ancomuty in the inside of, in
the inner part of; wuttinnomhogy the en-
trails or inwards.
I without, uvskeche. See outside; surface,
poqtiadchey without, outside of (in
the open air); suppos. pohguadchUy
(when) outside, without, in open air
{puckfjAaichicky B,.^.). nnnne, with-
out (not having, destitute of). See no.
witness, uxtuuxtUy he bears witness,
he testifies; wauwonajy let it lie a wit-
ness or a testimony; suppos. Jt^g waw-
vxichegy they who bear witness; vbl. n.
j vauicaouky witnessing, testimony; n.
agent. itxtutvahi-inyB. witness {icdtraenin,
C. ); inan. obj. vxinontamy tratiu^ontam,
he bears witness to (it), he testifies to
(it).
wolf, mukquoshimy mummugquoshum
{muckquashlniy R. W. ; mukqulsshum, C. ;
naUmhqumwgy wolves, ibid.; naUcoh-
qu8y Mass. Ps., John 10, 12; natdquSy a
wolf; moattdqwty a black wolf; nat6-
quashuncky a wolf-skin coat, R. W.;
P(Ki. mucksy wolf, Stiles) [mogke-oaas,
great animal]. Cf. Muh. mqaohy bear.
Digitized by
Google
346
BUBEAU OF AMEPIOAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN '25
woiaaiiisqudcutf »qua«f sgtidu^f one of wom-
ankind, a female (femina) l&guaoddSf
female animal] (eshquaj C. ; squdrtrsy pi.
nqunwmcky R. W.; patimck 8qudit\ one
woman, ibid.; dimin. squcaese^ a little
girl, ibid. ; Narr. wyixaM/wiea, agirl, Stiles;
Del. ochqueuy a woman, Hkw. ; okhquehy
khqufUf Zeisb.; ochquetschiUch^ a girl,
Hkw. ) . See female. The radical »qua
is not used by Eliot except in compound
words, but in the verb form (sqtiaipeuoo,
she is female) is found in Gen. 6, 19.
Eliot has in Gen. 2, 23, pink hermou
Ishah, 'she shall be called woman \
but this is probably transferred from the
Hebrew, nunksqua, nunksq {nonlnshq,
C. ), a young woman. See girl, miila-
mums, mulier, uxor. See wife.
T'oznb, dont&mukf tdmdomuk^ 6t&muk ( with
two nasals, 'as one would pronounce
o with the mouth close shut', Exp.
Mayhew) (wuiimxt&mfikqut^ C. ).
wompaxn. See wampum.
wonder, monchanaiam {monchaidam^ C. )»
he wonders at (it), or v. i. he
wonders, he is astonished; vbl. n. mun-
cfiaiuitam<Donky wonder, astonishment,
and sometimes for the cans, mojichanu'
tamuxikhnxijaonkj (causing wonder), a
wonder, a marvel, *a miracle'; adv.
monchanatamwej wonderfully: kummon-
cfianatamweuAsemj * thou hast done won-
derful things'. Is. 25, 1.
wood, wuUuhqtvn^ wuituhqy umttuk (wvi-
uhtug, of the tree), a branch or bough,
wood for fuel (irndtuckquriy a piece of
Wfxxl; vmdtackquanafihy lay wood on
(the fire), R. W.; wuttoohqUnash or
mwhdfth (?), wood, C. ). See forest.
woodchuck, ockqutchauiij R. W. (?). See
hog.
wooden, mehtugqiie. See tree.
wool, westiagan (?). See hair, noohke-
shak&nashf soft wool, C.
word, kuUoowwiky pi. -ongash. See speak.
work, anakau9Uj he works, he la-
bore {nuttandkoiis^ I labor; elsewhere
nutUmnHkom, I work, C); imperat.
anakau»h<?tf labor thou, work; suppos.
7ioh anakavsitf he who works; n. agent.
anakausuen-in, a worker (anakdusu, pi.
anakdtisUchicky R. W. ) ; vbl. n. anakan-
monky work, labor; v. t. anakaxmm, he
work — continued,
works or labore upon (it), he does or
accomplishes work upon (it).
world, muttaohkey mutt^wk [muttae-ohkey
'exceeding much' land], the world,
worm, 6hkq, a>hk, pi. -qiuiag (oohk^f C);
from ohkeieiiy of the earth (?); but cf.
askmk. a^kookse (dimin. of askookj
snake), a worm. Is. 41, 14.
worship, nauuHiehtam, he bows down
to (it), he worehips (it) ; neg. imperat.
nauKifhtauuhkoiif thou shalt not bow
down to (it), Ex. 20, 5; Deut. 5, 9; v. i.
iiauwaeu ( he bows down ) , he worships.
wowugmniy tmwossum, he worehips,
prays to; an. wou'uwamau manittOt he
worehips a god (wovnissum God, wor-
ship God, C); suppos. pi. part, neg
tpdus»um(mcfiegt neg vowusgiimoncheg,
they who worahip.
would that! (utinam), napehnontf woi,
'"adverbs of wishing'. El. Gr. 21,
'O that it were!' "The adverb toh or
napehiiorU properly signifieth utinam, I
wish it were!" and is annexed to the
the verb in forming the optative mood,
El. Gr. 34.
wound, uvskehitttwnkf a hurt, a wound
( being hurt ) , vbl. n. pass, from woskehhu-
aUy he h}XT\»\ncochumwetanayw(i(mk, ixay-
chujnu^htahwhuttuonky a wound (being
disabled or made weak), vbl. n. pass,
from noDchumwehtahwhaUy the cans,
inan. of itoochumwi, he is weak,
wrestle, quogquadtinohkoTiau, he wrestles
wnth (him).
I wrists, mimpjni^skunriichegy C; cf. mus-
I 8'q)skj the ankle.
i write, wusmikhom, ums9ukhum, he writes
elsewhere, in cans, form, umsmkkuhhum^
he writes (it); namikhumt ruDsukkuh-
huniy I write, I write (it) ; cthquevmasuk-
v'hushy do not write (wvMiickquask^
I write a letter*; wM«nM;tM'/i^it(», wussuck
v'honckf a letter, 'from vmssuckwhdm
men, to paint, for having no lettera,
their painting comes the nearest', R.
I W.; wnsscohkhamiXnat wussnkqUohhonk^
to write a book; ncMoottquohhamj 1
write, C); v. i. act. wussukwhdsuy he
writes, he is writing {vnisstickhdmiy (he
is) painted, R. W. ); vbl. n. umMuk-
u'honkf tvussohquofiwoiikfWntmgfAlettdrf
Digitized by
Google
TRUMBULL]
ENGLI9H-NATICK DICTIONARY
347
write— con tinued .
a book, etc.; wussuhwhdmonkf (the a<rt
of) writing,
wrong, panneUf panneau^ he is out of the
way, perverse, he goes wrong; euppos.
noh pannSontj he who goes wrong;
panneau, he erreth, Pro v. 10, 17; v. i.
wrong — continued .
act. panneussuy he does wrong; suppos.
iwh pann^seUj noh pannesity he who
does wrong; vbl.n.pann^y^Mont, wrong,
error; panneusseonky wrongdoing, trans-
gression. See astray; perverse, maiche,
matchity bad. See bad.
yawn, tdannehiau, he yawns or gapes at;
nuttdannehtounkquogy they gape at me.
Job 16, 10 (infinit. tdanetiat, C; nuttoi-
tvanneeniy I gape, ibid. ; nuttMneniuny we
gape, ibid.). Cf. ^<z>7i, m^tamy mouth.
yea. See yes.
year, kodtumco; suppos. kddtummky kddtu-
muk; pi. kodtumcoash (kodtummdj pi.
-\-ashy C); adv. and adj. kodtumwacy
yearly, of the year; kogkodtumtvaey
yearly, year after year, every year; yeu
kddtumcoky this year {kakody this year;
neydnaty last year, C. ); kodtumxvohkom
[kodtumcoy with ^k progressive] he con-
tinues or goes on for . . . years, he is
. . . years old: naboneese kodtumwoh-
korriy she was twelve years of age, Mark
5, 42 (to/i kuUedshe kodtmmvohkomf how
many years old are you? C. ; nquilte kau-
tummOy one year; neese kmUummOy two
years; tafishe kautAmmo? how many
years? R. AV.).
yell, amcoy he yells; he howls; maush
kah mnshy *cry and howl', £zek. 21, 12;
oonwogy they yell, Jer. 51, 38 (of wild
animals). Cf. anuniy a dog.
yellow, weesoe {xv&Muiy R. W.). Cf. wee-
B^wey gall; veRogkon, bitter.
yes, yea, 6 or 66y nasal; **but there be-
ing another Indian word of the same
signification, viz, mix . . . the former
is scarce ever used in writing", Exp.
Mayhew. wujr, yea, yes, verily, El.
Gr. 21 (Narr. nuky Stiles; rau-, w^hich
** should rather be nukkiesy in two syl-
lables", Exp. Mayhew): nuxyeuamtchy
let it be yea, James 5, 12.
yesterday, vnmnonkoUy wunnonkco (it w^as
evening). See evening; day.
yet, onchy yet, notwithstanding; ohnchi-
kohy but yet. quty but, yet, but yet {qtU-
onchy but, because, yet so, but also, etc.,
C. ) . asqtunny asqy a9hqy not yet ( asquaniy
yet — continued,
not yet, R. W.; asqhutkoche [cw^-irf-
t(Dche]y whilst, C); cf. askuUy it is
raw; aske, raw (not complete, unfin-
ished, immature); asqy ashqaoshy grass;
vmskey young, new.
yield, vbl. n. ncosweonky yielding, sub-
mission; n€MwehtaUy he serves, submits,
yields to (nwn-noogweemy I yield; infin.
noMwencU'y namvetah neiiy yield your-
self to me, C. ). See obey.
yield (bear fruit) . See produce.
yonder, y6y ydy yonder, that way: yeu
iiogque in kah yd iny hither and thither,
to this side and that; yd nuUdnaUy we
will go yonder. Gen. 22, 5. Cf. yeUy
this; ndy afar off.
you, kenauau {ketmuy C).
young, timskey weske, (it is) new, young:
witske penompy a young virgin; n. agent.
urusken-in {uijutkeniuy C. ; wuskeney R. W. ),
a young man; wuskenUy umnkenmy he is
young; an. adj. (v. i. act.) vmsken^JtUy
he is a young man, he is young; vbl.
n. wusketiucoonky youth, the season of
youth. See new; small. wuskiUamious
[tvuske-m^ tamwus] , a young woman . See
woman, vmskoshimy wuskishiniy a young
animal (other than man): wushkoshim-
ivusy a whelp; pi. | sogy Pro v. 17, 2;
Nah. 2, 12. See new. Cf. Abn. Sskiy
de nouveau; ski^y creed.
younger brother or sister, weesumus-
8ohy his younger brother orsister (Muh.
ngheesumy (my) younger brother or sis-
ter, Edw.).
younger son or daughter, muMdsonSy
the youngest (son or daughter). See
brother.
yours, 7ie kvUaiheUy that which is yours,
which belongs to you; pi. nish hUtai-
JiAoash {kenayeUy yeu kenauy thy, thine,
your, yours, C). See belong to.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS
Page 4. agque. See ogquP.
8. andntaxn. See umiantamtmat.
16. asqueteahwliau, asquttahwhau. See seqiUtahrvhau,
19. aunchezncokatt. See unnaunchemwkau&nat.
aune. See unne,
auon^t. See ondt.
25. dtaxmegen. See adtnnnegen; tannegeii.
26. *eahtoli. See *«to/j.
29. howan. See unneu. \
35. ketassoot. See tahAcotam.
45. kuttauweu. See quUaueu.
77. *nftTitiinniatm. See *8unnddin.
107. oncquoxnonat. See unkquamdnat.
112. Gokos. HeewuhkoH.
227. board. This word is preceded by an asterisk in the manuscript
349
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
/
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
■\^
Digitized by
Google
3 9015 03074 4216
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
i
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11